Skip to main content

Full text of "Botanical gazette."

See other formats 


ee (7 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


iii 


EDITORS: 
JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, Ill. 
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 
J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 


VOLUME XIX 


Mo. Bot. Garden, 
i 


| 1894 
* MADISON, WISCONSIN 
PU..\LISHED BY THE EDITORS 


TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
oti Undescribed plants from Guatemala (with plates I, II, ee 
¥a,y XXIV-XXVI).- : Fohn Donnell Smith. 1, 255 — 
‘n the color description of flowers ¥. H. Pillsbury. 5. 
chenema, protonema and metanema 

Conway MacMillan. 490% 

Mutualistic symbiosis of algz and bacteria with Cycas : 
revoluta (with plates III & IV) Albert Schneider. 2 Ba 
Botanical notes from Bainbridge,Ga. August F. Foerste. 33 
On the genus Naegelia of Reinsch (with plate v) . ne 
Roland Thaxter. 49 | 

On some species of Micrasterias crud plate VI). ei 


Lica: Shteon. 

On the development of the bulb of ies -tongue (with 
plates VIl& VII)  . . Frederick H. Blodgett. 
Noteworthy anatomical and ee researches — 

66, 284, 327, $00 
The function of the secondary tissues in arborescent 
monocotyledons . Theo. Holm. — 
The réle of the pericycle in the ‘root of. Dracaena 2 
pinata <.. ; : co. Holm, 
Vegetable ferments © x. BS Bay. a 
Equiseta in the carbonifetous aun ad Whit fee 


The mechanics of growing plants 
D. Tr. MacDougal. 
The fixation of free nitrogen by pati ove 
Pe Seow Rassolh: 
The influence of traction upon the growth of plants | 
. Heald. 
Nourishment of the embryo and the ienpadiaee of 
the endosperm in viviparous teal ots plants 
eee Fe RS. 


iv The Botanical Gazette. 


Color bodies in seeds and seedlings G. H. Hicks. 
Investigations on pine and oak wood L. S. Cheney. 
Adaptation of African plants to climate ; ‘ 
: Theo. Holm. 
Some rare Myxomycetes of Central New York, with 
notes on the germination of Enteridium Rozeanum 


(with plates IX&X)  - - Elias ¥. Durand. 
Notes on the life history of a blue-green motile cell (with 
plate XI). ; ; : Bradley M. Davis. 


Flowers and insects. XII. Charles Robertson. 


_ An auxanometer for the registration of growth of stems 


in thickness (with plates XII & XIII) : ; 

Riskentas E. Golden. 

Artificial cultures of an entomogenous fungus (with plates 

XIV-XVI1) ‘ George F. Atkinson. 

On the aneorptign . water by the green parts of plants 

V. F. Ganong. 

The Ware eotlettion of Blaschka glass models of flowers 

at Harvard ; . Walter Deane. 

The influence of pretictieal resistance on the develop- 

ment and life period of cells . : . 

Frederick C. Nesiconabe: 149, I9I, 

A study of Quercus Leana . ‘ é #5 FFs 

A contribution to the histology of the Pontederiacee 

(with. plate XVII) . : Edgar W. Olive. 
Notes on Ueepiuce (with elite xvii) ; 

William Albert Setchell 

Leaf movement in Cercis acremeyyee- (with plates XIX & 

XX) , : ss S. G. Wright. 

Thomas Means - : Walter Deane. 

New mosses of North Aarne (with plates XXI & XXII) 

F. Renauld and ¥. Cardot. 

Notes on Richardia Africana . : Ernest Walker. 

A preliminary synopsis of the North American species 

of Amaranthus 


Edwin B. Uline sno Wm. 7 Bear. 268, 


215 
225. 


237 Sy 


241 


313 a 


Table of Contents. 


Notes on our Hepatice, II. 
Pleodorina, a new genus of Volvocinee (with plate’ 
XXVII) . Walter R. Shaw. 
Description of new species of the Uredinez and Ustila- 
gine, etc. (with plate XxXIXx) E 
James Logan Fohn W. Harshberger. 
Crystals of ice on ‘stint F. Christian Bay. 
The evolution of the Hepatice Lucien M. Underwood. 
Proceedings of Section G, A. A. A. S. 
Papers read before Section G, A. faa: Ma 
Titles of informal papers and notes presented besaee the 
Botanical Club, A. A. A. S. ; 5 : 
Filices Mexicane. V. George E. Davenport. 
Notes on Cribraria minutissima and Licea minima ; 
George A. Rex. 
Eduard Strasburger with portrait: plate XXXI) . © 
Fames Ellts inphres. 
Popular American plant-names Fanny D. Bergen. 
The nature and distribution of attraction spheres and 
centrosomes in vegetative cells (with plate XXXIII) 
Fohn H. Schaffner. 
Notes on dédoublement (illustrated) August F. Foerste. 
Contribution to the comparative histology of pulvini and 
resultitg photeolic movements (with plate XXXIV) 
Fred DeForest Heald. 
Two new ferns from New England 
George E. Davenport 
Some notes on the Leguminoss of Siam 
Glenn Calpers 


. 


. 


BRIEFER ARTICLES— 


Three new species of Mexican plants aes netgear 39 
Frost freaks of ee plants hig 40 

, A hybrid Baptis re Maclion: 42 
Notes upon the sevikwceiecs and Rocky mountain hore’ ' 

A. Isabel Mulford. 1%7 
Frost plan T. MacDougal. 120. 
iteal sore oa collection “of the U. S. National Herbarium 

F. V. Coville. 121 


P. Dietel. 302 


L. M. Underwood. 273 


279. 


397 
321 
347 
362 


2 ae ake 


vi . 3 The Botanical Gazette. 


am 
“a 
Compass plan : : ; Thomas Meehan. 168.7 a 
An aiditional | poisonous plant " E ; John W. Harshberger. 1§9 
Notes from Ver ; ‘ : , rout, 200. 
Other poisonous alae By ron D. Halsted 200 — 
Olpitrichum, a new pons of mucedinous fungi (with bases py XII) 
‘ rge ‘Atkinson, 
Notes on germinating breton tg spores . : ! . McClatchie. 245 
ae Sphaeroplea-annulina in Mi C. onway McMillan, 246 
aa ee on Stellaria cad (with plate XxVII1) Ida Clendenin, 296° 
aad peculiar malformation of an ovary and —— on en rubra- 
3 gra ahaaes : : Minnie Reed. 
‘ Germinating seeds in sawdus G. E. Stone, 3; 


i ge = the developeinen of a  alagk entous form of Protococcus in en- : 
: ostracan ha (with cay “iy Josephine E. Tilden 


hic euuen notes : Merritt L. Fernald 3 
Cross reo beeen of petunias : 5 : 3 . Minnie Reed. 3 
Trilliu ernuum . ‘ i 3 : x ; waite S Owen. 

An abn ormal Hepatica . 2 : : ; : Walter Deane. 338. 
Pleodorina in Indiana . : : : ; . David i "Mo tlier 
Pleodorina in Ilinoi ! ; : : G:F. Clinton. 
Fruiting of Eustichia Norvegica ; i : : . L. S, Cheney ae 
New localities : : ; ; ; G. P. Clinton, 415. 
Two Wisconsin fungi ; ; ; : ; ; J. J ae a5 
Ruled slides . i ‘ . W. J. Beal, ES 


New genus of Umbeliiterss (with es xxx) 
John 


ean ge oe papa Lohd : : George F. A Hinson 
a Valdiv n Massachusetts . «George C. Kennedy. 
ee nia malvy; ae W. 
Heh as ‘manifested by the swarm “spores of Rhizophidium glo- 
sum (A. Br.) Sch : e F. Atkinson. 503 
. The wild Hest ‘Mines sags eee ecomet eg Reid V. Coville. 
a. Salsola Kali tragus Sen ap i, Pane eee oe Fill. 
tees Lemna Valdiviana . : : ; , , : ‘Walter Deane. 507 


EDITORIAL — 
160, 201, 248, 339, 508. 
OPEN LETTERS — 


Acknowledgment . ; : 4 M. A. Carleton 81 
. new code of nomenclature : . Otto Kuntze. 

A criticism of the ‘‘Synonomy of Ju noodes’*. F. V. Coville. 

A defense of the Boteniecher  teahagrig dint x whne 


Jn compas S plants and the tw is es» lea ee Bay. 
ae Mast Studies’ p "Conway McMillan. id. 
a Warcisatis coc i ‘ : ne os nee 
Comment on ‘‘The meaning of tree life” ; : ” Roscoe Pound. 2 
CURRENT DLS ERTURE = (For titles see Index under 
“Review. 
e 43, 74, 122, 162, 202, 249, 299, 341, 385, 417, 409, 50 
c . NOTES AND NEWs— 


ERRATA. 


3, line 6 from bottom, for ‘‘avatis’’ read ovatis. 

3, line 5 from bottom, for ‘‘villose’’ read villoso. 

4, line 22, for ‘‘latio’’ read lat 

9, line 21, for ‘‘pynctulatis’’ ee punctulatis. 

12, line 17 from bottom, insert comma after verticillate. 

23, line 5, for ‘‘a’’ read a 

54, line 9 of footnote, for ‘‘those’’ read these 

54, line 13 of footnote, for ‘‘Sapromytces’’ hed ro agi 
86, line 12 from bottom, for ‘ eee read -pediu 

86, line 6 from bottom, for ‘‘Acw’’ d Kew 
118, line 3 from bottom, soe aaa read several. 
151, line 16, for ‘‘Lindb.”’ Lindl. 
191, line 9 from bottom, be gale read limits. 
191, line 8 from bottom, for ‘‘line’’ fp one. 
199, line II, for definite” read definitive. 
199, line 15, for Bivrccietin oe read Seas 
253, line 23, for ‘‘Name’’ read Maine. 
253, line 6 from bottom, for ‘“‘Osterhaut’’ read Osierhou 
253, line 4 from bottom, for ‘‘he’’ read we; for ‘'sent’’ Hee send. ie 
255, line 11, for ‘‘ovata’’ read ovato \ 
255, line 19, deve comma at end of line. 
256, line 7 from bottom, for ‘‘Layas’’ read Lajas. 
257, line 2, for ‘‘infirma’’ read infima. oon 
p. 268, line 8 from bottom, for ‘'132’’ read 13°. ; 
p. 269, line 22, enclose ‘tin part’’ in parentheses. 
 p. 269, line 6 oer bottom, insert comma after ‘‘thin.’’ 
p. 270, line 15 from bot ee dele comma before Anderss., and after ined. in-- 

sert ex a Gis Pen ot 

- p. 271, line 12, for ‘‘petiole’’ read phtegs 
p. 272, line 7 from bottom, de/e Son 
p. 277, line 5, for “Donnelli’’ read ace 
-‘p. 281, line e after ‘‘attachment’’ add of the cilia. 
p. 308, line 6 from bottom, for pa pie "' read appears. 
Pp. 312, line 14, for ‘‘on’’ read a 
Pp. 364, line 15 from bottom, for rt L.’’ read N. L. 
p. 385, line 6, for ‘‘funi’’ read fungi. 
p. 415, line 3, for ‘‘myt’’ read my-. 
p. 450, line 21, for ‘‘Neves’”’ read Meves. 
Pp. 455, lines 11 and 19, for ‘'45°’’ read 90°. 


[vii] a 


Se Meee ee Se SOS Se eS 


JANUARY, 1894. 


THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science. 


ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 
SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 


The subscription price must be patd in advance. No numbers are sent after the 
expiration of the time patd for. No reduction ts made to dealers or agents. 


In Great Britain, 14 shillings. n Germany, 14 marks. 
Agent, W. P. COLLINS, | Agents, R. ‘FRIEDLAND ER & SOHN, 
157 Great Portland St., London, W. ristrasse 11, Berlin, N. W. 6 


The prices named inelude postage, 

Subscriptions and business correspondence aid be addressed to the 
BOTANICAL GAZETTE, MADISON, WIS.; money orders and drafts should be made 
payable to the BoranicaLt GAZETTE. 

ate Copies— Contributors are furnished on request 25 separate copies of 
their articles fas when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied 
at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate, 
per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like GazeTTE, with 
title, $1.50 per 100, additional. 28" The number desired must be. marked at the 
head of the MS., as none will be printed unless ordered. 

Manuscripts.—Contributors are requested to write scientific and proper names 
with particular care, and in citations to follow the form shown in the pages of 
the GAZETTE. \susiaagh itd may be sent to any one of the editors 


ibsend, a hy 4. 


Articles requiring illustrations yoke corres- 
pondence about advertisements should be addressed to J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue 
University, L Ind. 


Missing Numbers.—Will be replaced = only when claim is made within 30 
days after receipt of the number follow 


{Entered at the Postoffice at Madison, Wi Wis., as second-class postal matter.] 


In the February. number will appear: oe 
Observations on Negeliella, by Dr. ROLAND THAXTER, ae 
Harvard University, ae be Mass. as 
On some species of Mi ‘jas, by L. N. JOHNSON, S 
University of Michigan, oS Arbor. 
_ On the development of the bulb of the adder’s-ton re y 
by FREDERICK A. . BLopcerr, Ehuee College, New Bruns: | 
etn N. oe a 
oop i Hots and J ca ee 


Plate I. 


Botanical Gazette, 1894 


C.E.Faxon del. 


B. Meisel, Lith.Boston. 


ARDISIA PASGHALIS, n. sp. 


_ 


>, Ma 
g. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


FANUARY, 1894. 


Undescribed plants from Guatemala. XII. 


JOHN DONNELL SMITH. 
WITH PLATES I AND IH. 
M. Casimir de Candolle has contributed to this article diag- 
noses and descriptions of new species among the MELIACEZ 
and PIPERACE@ submitted to him for elaboration. 


Peltostigma pentaphyllum.—Petioles half to two-thirds as 
long as leaves; leaflets 5, obovate-oblong to elliptical-oblong 
(6-8 x 2~—2.5"), the exterior pair reduced, acuminate, taper- 
ing to petiolule, entire: peduncle with 3-flowered cyme sub- 
equalling petiole, pedicels ebracteate: sepals chiefly 4; 2 
exterior herbaceous, ovate (1—2'): petals chiefly 5, exceeding 
interior sepal (8'): ovary 7-10-locular, truncate-conic, as 
broad as gynophore (3'); stigmas before anthesis sacciform, 
oval (1.5 x 1’); capsule globose, the matured not seen.—A 
tree 15-21" high with spreading branches. P. pteleotdes 
Walp., which has been the monotype of the genus, and 
recorded only from Jamaica, differs by short petioles, ternate 
smaller leaflets, compound inflorescence equalling leaves, 
smaller flowers, less numerous and less unequal parts of peri- 
anth.—Zamorora, Depart. Santa Rosa, alt. 5,500°, March 
1892 and April 1893, Heyde & Lux, (ex Pl. Guatemal. qu. 
edid. J. D. S. 3,058 and 4,437). 


Cabralea insignis C. DC.—Foliis maximis modice petio- 
latis abrupto-pinnatis 19-jugis, foliolis oppositis sessilibus 
anguste oblongis basi equali subacutis obtusisve apice ob- 
tusiuscule cuspidatis utrinque glabris, nervis secundariis sub- 
patulis tenuibus utrinque 25 et plus, fructu globoso glabro 
loculis monospermis.—Arbor? Foliumtotum ad 65 longum. 
Foliola ad 14.5 longa 2.5™ lata in sicco membranacea sub- 

I—Vol. XIX.—No. 1. 


2 The Botanical Gazette. ,  [January, 


pellucida late virescentia subtiliter pellucido-punctulata ver- 
ruculis porosisdestituta. Rhachisteres. Petiolus 10™ longus. 
Fructus indehiscens circiter 4.5™ in diametro, levis in sicco 
fuscescens. Semina elliptica circiter 18"" longa. Cotyle- 
dones carnosi coriacei elliptici, radicula intra cotyledones 
immersa.—Species magnitudine foliorum insignis, C. palles- 
centis C. DC. subaffinis.—Acatepeque, Depart. Zacatepequez, 
alt. 4,300", March 1892, J. D. S., no. 2,570. a 
Guarea Luxii C. DC. — Foliis modice petiolatis 3-jugis, — 
foliolis brevissime petiolulatis oppositis lanceolatis subaqua- 
libus supra glabris subtus junioribus adpresse pilosulis cito 
glabris, rhachi adpresse hirsuta, paniculis quam folii dimid- — 
ium brevioribus simplicibus modice pedunculatis spicatim 
cymuligeris, floribus longiuscule pedicellatis, calyce cupuli- — 
formi extus adpresse hirtello margine brevissime acute 4- 
denticulato, petalis glabris oblongis apice acutis, tubo glabro ~ 
cylindrico margine obtuse 8-crenulato, antheris oblongis 
glabris, ovario glabro ovato stipitem superante apice in sty- 
lum glabrum attenuato.—Frutex aut arbor 4-6" alta, ramulis 
junioribus adpresse pubescentibus cito glabris levibus subcin- | 
erascentibus, fructiferis in sicco circiter 2™ crassis. Foliola 
in sicco membranacea firmulave subpellucida crebre minute 
pellucido-punctulata ad 9.5™ longa et ad 3™ lata, nervis Se- — 
cundariis subpatulis tenuibus utrinque circiter 15. Petio- 
luli vix 2™ longi. Petioli ad 5™ longi. Flores circiter 37 
longi. Petala 4 zstivatione valvata in sicco rubescentia. 
Antherz 8 tubi denticulis opposite parve. Ovarium 4-locu- 
lare loculis uniovulatis. Capsula in specimine nondum ma- — 
tura subglobosa glabra circiter 12™ longa.—Species G. pedi- — 
cellate C. DC. et G. Shomburgkii C. DC. affinis.—S. Rosa, — 
Depart. S. Rosa, alt. 3,000", March 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. — 
3,276. 4 
Trichilia Donnell-Smithii C. DC. — Foliis modice peti- 
olatis 4-5-jugis, foliolis breviter petiolulatis plerumque OPP — 
sitis subequalibus e basi cuneata obovato-oblongis apice TO — 
tundatis obtusisve vel breviter obtusiuscule acuminatis utrin= 
que breviter haud dense pilosulis, paniculis e basi decomposttis 
quam petioli brevioribus, floribus longiuscule pedicellatis, — 
calyce acute profunde 5-dentato extus dense hirtello, petalis 
5 extus adpresse hirtellis ellipticis apice subacutis, staminibus- 
medium usque in tubum urceolatum glabrum connatis sursum 
laciniosis laciniis utrinque pilosis apice acute 2-dentatis, am 


1894. ] Undescribed Plants from Guatemala, 3 


theris 10 glabris oblongis apice acutis, ovario globoso glabro in 
disco carnoso glabro subcupuliformi insidente 3-loculari, loculis 
2-ovulatis, capsule glabra 3-valvatz loculis monospermis, 
seminibus ellipticis arilloque rubris. —Ramuli juniores hirsuti 
dein subglabri in sicco fuscescentes elenticellosi. Folia ad 
16” longa. Foliola ad 8™ longa ad 2.5™ lata in sicco firma 
subopaca epunctata, nervis secundariis plerumque alternis 
subadscendentibus utrinque circiter 8-10. Rhachis cum pe- 
tiolo 3™ longo teres hirtella. Floris pedicellus 2" longus. 
Petala 9™ longa in sicco flavicantia. Anthere inter lacini- 
arum dentes sessiles. Ovarii loculi oppositisepali, ovulis super- 
positis. Stylus glaber ovario zquilongus. Seminis testa 
dura. Embryo intra perispermium album carnosum inclusus, 
cotyledonibus foliaceis elliptico-rotundatis basi breviter cord- 
ulatis, radicula exserta brevi, plumula minima. — Species 
quoad floris structuram in sectione EUTRICHILIA (C.DC. 
monogr.) collocanda’sed propter semen perispermium inclu- 
dens ab omnibus Trichiliis quorum fructus notus discrepans.— 
Laguna Amatitlan, Depart. Amatitlan, alt. 3,900", March 
1890, J. D. S., no. 1,908; Volcan de Fuego, Depart. Zacate- 
pequez, alt. 5,500°, March 1892, J. D. S., 2,504. 

Var. #. Uniovulata C. DC.—Staminum laciniis extus 
glabris, ovarii loculi uniovulati. — Folia inferiora 1—2-juga 
cum impari foliolis lateralibus multum majore ad 9™ longo et 


Guatemala, alt. 5,000°, Febr. 1890, J. D. S., no. 1,909. 


Trichilia Heydeana C. DC. — Foliis modice petiolatis 
3-4-jugis, foliolis subzqualibus brevissime petiolulatis lanceo- 
lato-oblongis basi zquali acutis apice obtuse cuspidatis supra 
puberulis subtus dense molliter fulvescente-pubescentibus pan- 
iculis quam folia multum brevioribus dense pubescentibus, fere 
a basi ramosis, floribus breviter pedicellatis, calyce extus 
dense pubescente profunde acute 5-dentato, petalis 5 extus 
pubescentibus lanceolatis, staminibus inferne in tubum brevem 
glabrum cum disco connatum coalitis sursum laciniosis laciniis 
apice obtusis utrinque et intus densius hirsutis, antheris hir- 
tellis avatis apice acutis, ovario disco lato supra villoso insi- 
dente villose 3-loculari.—Arbor 10-12" alta. Ramuli juniores 
adpresse fulvescente-hirsuti, dein glabri in sicco fuscescentes 
lenticellis concoloribus. Limbi ad 12™ longi ad 4.5 lati in 
sicco subcoriacei opaci crebre pellucido-punctulati, nervis 
secundariis utrinque circiter 12 patule subadscendentibus. 


4 The Botanical Gazette. [January, 
Petioli ad 2™™ longi. Rhachis cum petiolo 3™ longo teres dense _ 
fulvescente-hirsuta. Panicule rami ad 7™ longi fere a medio — 
brevissime ramulosi, ramulis apice dense cymuligeris. Florum — | 
pedicelli 1™ parum superantes. Alabastra subglobosa. Calycis — 
dentes lanceolati. Petala circiter 2™ longa in estivatione 
imbricata. Antherz 10 lacinias subequantes.—Species T. — 
Wawrane C. DC. et T. Glaztovtt C. DC. affinis.—Naranjo, 
Depart. Escuintla, alt. 300°, March 1892, J. D. S., no. 2,574; 
Rio Esclavos, Depart. S. Rosa, alt. 3,000", May 1892, Heyde ~ 
& Lux, no. 3,274; S. Rosa, alt. 3,000%, May 1892, Heyde & © 
Lux, no. 3,275. 5 
Cedrela impari-pinnata C. DC. — Foliis longe petiolatis 
impari-pinnatis 3—5-jugis, foliolis lanceolatis basi equali acutis — 
apice acute acuminatis subequalibus utrinque puberulis later- 
alibus oppositis subsessilibus rhachi puberula, capsula oblonga ~ 
glabra 4-valvata seminibus elliptico-oblongis.—Ramuli jun- _ 
iores puberuli dein glabri leves in sicco fuscescentes, cortice 
tenui. Folia cum impari ad 34™ longa. Foliola in sicco 
membranacea subpellucida subtiliter pellucido-punctulata ad 
gm longa ad 3™ lata, nervis secundariis subpatulis utrinque q 
circiter 12. Capsula circiter 5™ longa valvis lanceolatis medio 
circiter 12™ latio. Semen cum ala 3™ longum, ala tenuis- 
sima. Species foliis impari-pinnatis insignis, C. Vellozian@— 
Reem. quoad foliorum formam affinis.—Volcan de Fuego, alt. — 
6,000", March 1892, J. D. S., no. 2,571. 3 
Oreopanax Taubertianum.—Primordial leaves broadly tri- 
angular; petioles robust, base abruptly broadly dilated and | 
amplexicaul; leaflets digitately 5-9, chiefly 7, obovate-ellip- — 
tical (6-9 x 2-3"), acutely acuminate, tapering to petiolule, — 
coarsely and sharply toothed above middle, membranaceous, — 
upper surface furfuraceous or glabrate, the lower stellate-pu- 3 
bescent, areolation minute and pellucid-punctulate: staminate 
racemes elongated (16-24"), curving; pedicels pubescent, 
crowded, slender, thrice exceeding small (3') globose heads; 


1894.] Undescribed Plants from Guatemala. 5 


by M. Marchal, of O. Xalapense Dene et Planch. The only 
other species described with digitate leaflets, O. Thibautiz 
Hook. f., is reduced by M. Marchal to a form of O. Xalapense 
(cf. Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 30: 282).—A tree 30-40° 
high with branchlets half-encircled by the scars of fallen leaves, 
known to the natives as Mata-gente.—Barranca de Corona, 
Depart. Guatemala, alt. 4,700", Febr. 1890 and 1892, J. D. 
S., nos. 1,905 and 2,664; S. Rosa, alt. 4,000%, March 18g92,. 
Heyde & Lux, no. 3,096; Chiapas, riled S. Rosa, alt. 3,500", 
Sept. 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 3,967. 

Ardisia paschalis.—Glabrous: leaves obovate or elliptical 
(6-7.5 X 3-3.5"), obtuse, narrowing to short canaliculate mar- 
ginate petiole, entire, coriaceous, nitid, rubro-punctate and 
-striolate: panicle terminal, exceeding leaves; flowers racemose 
on primary branches, single, 5-merous, rubro-maculate, pedi- 
cels longer and in fruit nodding: divisions of calyx convolute, 
round-ovate (1.5'): corolla in prefloration dextrorsely con- 
torted, yellowish-white, the conspicous stellate centre thick- 
ened by dark-yellow pigment-cells, tube minute (half a line) 
and equalling explanate throat, obtuse segments oblong (4') 
and revolute: stamens slightly monadelphous at apex of tube; 
anthers ovoid-oblong (2'), twice exceeding filaments, apiculate, 
before anthesis cohering in a cone by longitudinal sutures of 
of dehiscence: ovary ovoid, style filiform: fruit pisiform (3—4'), 
endocarp crustaceous. —A shrub 6-9" high, with fragrant and 
showy flowers that are singularly large for the genus, called 
by the natives CAz/i/, and used during Easter week for decor- 
ating the altars of the churches. —Cuyotenango, Depart. Su- 
chitepequez, alt. 1,100", April 1892, J. D. S., no. 2,465; S 
Rosa, alt. 3,000", May 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 3,023; Cerro 
Gordo, Depart. S. Rosa, alt. 3,500%, Sept. 1892, Heyde & 
Lux, no. 3,988; Casillas, Depart. S. Rosa, alt. 4,000°, May 
1893, Heyde & Lux, no. 4,537. Collected also along Rio 
ine i S. Pedro Sula, Honduras, July 1887, by Dr. C. 
Thiem 

EXPLANATION OF PLate I.—Fig. 1, branch with flowers. Fig. 2, branch with 
fruit. Fig. 3. portion of leaf. Fig. 4, flower-bud. Fig. 5, open flower. 

6, stamens. Fig. 7, pistil. =e 8, half of a corolla with stamens. Fig. 9, 
vertical section of fruit. (Figs. and 2 are natural size; in the others the ob- 
jects are variously enlarged.) 

Piper Luxii C. DC. (§ III. Srerrensta C. DC.)—Foliis 
modice petiolatis elliptico-lanceolatis basi inzquali acutis 
supra presertim ad nervos subtusque densius breviter hirsutis, 


6 The Botanical Gazette. (January, 


nervo centrali vix ad } longitudinis sue nervos adscendentes 
utrinque 5 mittente, petiolo hirsuto basi vaginante, pedun- 
culo quam petiolus breviore, amento ipso per anthesin limbi 
dimidium vix equante apice mucronato, bractea obovato- 
oblonga apice rotundata utrinque dense villosa, filamentis 
elongatis antheris ellipticis quam filamenta pluries brevioribus, — 
ovario conico parce piloso apice in stylum circiter eo equilong- 
um glabrum attenuato, stigmatibus linearibus recurvis. — 
Ramuli juniores dense villosi dein subglabrati, in sicco nigres- — 
centes leves, amentiferi circiter 2" crassi, collenchymate in| 
cortice continuo zona fibrosa continua intus aucto, fasciculis — 
intramedularibus uniseriatis. Limbi in sicco membranacei i 
nigrescentes pellucido-punctulati ad 20™ longi ad 9™ lati, 
juniores leves dein supra subbullati. Petiolus ad limbi latus — 
longius circiter 2™ longus. Amentum per anthesin circiter 
6™™ crassum. Stamina 4 filamentis longis exsertis. Stigmata — 
3.—Species P. /razuant C. DC. proxima, ab eo nervorum 

numero bractea apice obtusa ac longius densiusque pubescente — 
et antheris oblongis discrepans.—San Miguel Uspantdn, De-— 
part. Quiché, alt. 6,000", April 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 3,462. 


i ae 


ie 


usque nervos utrinque 4 alternos adscendentes nervulosqu 
validos mittente, petiolo basi ima vaginante dorso hirtello, — 
pedunculo quam petiolus circiter } longiore puberulo, amento — 
ipso limbi dimidium vix zquante apice mucronulato, bracte® 
pelta triangulari margine dense et longiuscule hirsuta pedicello 
extus piloso, antheris subglobosis quam filamenta brevioribus, 
ovario glabro, bacca glabra.—Suffrutex 1-1.5” altus, ramulis 
junioribus hirtellis dein glabris punctulis albis conspersis 
2.5™" crassis in sicco teretibus, collenchymate in cortice sub- 
continuo zonaque fibrosa discontinua intus aucto, fasciculi 
intramedullaribus uniseriatis. Limbi in sicco membranace 


connectivo supra loculos brevissime producto. Bacca tetra 
gona stylo destituta vertice in sicco rufescens. Stigmata 3: 
San Miguel Uspantdn, alt. 8,000, April 1892, Heyde & i 
no. 3,460; Cerro Gordo, Depart. S. Rosa, alt. 3, 500", Sept 
1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 3,827. 


1894. ] Undescribed Plants from Guatemala. 7 


Piper Yzabalanum C. DC. in Donnell Smith Enum. PI. 
Guat. pars 1!1.—Foliis longiuscule petiolatis ample ovatis basi 
inzequali cordulatis apice breviter acute acuminatis utrinque 
glabris, nervo centrali paulo ultra medium nervos utrinque 7 
patule adscendentes mittente, petiolo glabro limbum usque 
vaginante, pedunculo quam petiolus adultus 4-plo breviore 
glabro, amento quam folium pluries breviore apice breviter 
mucronato, bractee spathulate vertice inflexo triangulari 
glabro pedicello lato basi inter baccas producto et hirtello, 
bacca glabra vertice pulposa.—-Ramuli glabri punctulis albis 
notati in sicco complanati 4-5" crassi, fasciculis collenchy- 
matosis in cortice distinctis intus fibris aliquot auctis, fascicu- 
lis intramedullaribus uniseriatis. Limbi 18 longi circiter 
12 lati in sicco membranacei pellucido-punctulati. Petioli 
circiter 4™ longi. Amenta matura ad 6.5 longa 5™™ crassa. 
Bacce subtetragone stylo destitute vertex pulposus in sicco 
ambitu subproductus. Stamina 4. Stigmata 3.—Boca del 
Polochic, Depart. Yzabal, alt. 200, April 1889, J. D. S., 
no, Iy7r2. 


Piper Heydei C. DC. (§V. PoroMorPHE C. DC.)—Foliis 
longe petiolatis adultis } supra limbi basin peltatis ovato- 
rotundatis amplis basi rotundatis repando-subcordatis apice 
breviter acute acuminatis supra glabris subtus presertim ad 
nervos nervulosque fulvescenti-hirsutis 14-plinerviis nervo 
centrali nervos adscendentes utrinque 3 supra limbi basin et 
ad ; longitudinis mittente ceteris nervis e petiolo divarican- 
tibus, petiolo medium usque vaginante dorso apicem versus 
parce hirsuto, amentis apice ramuli sat longi glabri circiter 
12-umbellatis longiuscule pedunculatis ipsis florentibus quam 
foliorum limbi pluries brevioribus, bractez pelta triangulari 
margine fulvescente hirsuta, antheris subglobosis, ovario 
glabro.—2" altum. Folia juvenilia haud peltata basi cordata. 
Limbi in sicco firmule membranacei subopaci pellucido-punc- 
tati 33 longi medioque lati. Petioli adulti circiter 16™ longi. 
Ramuli amentiferi glabri verisimiliter axillares 16 longi. 
Amentorum pedunculi 5 longi. Amenta ipsa adhuc juven- 
ilia inequilonga ad 9™ longa. Stamina 3 quorum 2 lateralia 
tertium posticum. Anthere filamentis circiter zquilonge. 
Ovarium ovatum apice attenuatum adhuc juvenile. —Species 
limbis subtus hirsutis, ramulis amentiferis multo longioribus 
et presertim floribus 3-staminalibus a P. peltato L. valde dis- 
crepans.—San Miguel Uspantan, alt. 7,000%, April 1892, 
Heyde & Lux, no. 3,461. 


8 The Botanical Gazette. 


PIPER TUBERCULATUM Jacq. ic. rar., var. 6. obtusifolium — 
C. DC.—Foliis apice rotundatis czeterum ut in specie.— 
Frutex 3” altus.—Rio Ocosito, Depart. Quezaltenango, alt. 
250", April 1892, J. D. S., no. 2,592; S. Rosa, alt. 3,000%, 
June 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 3,464. Collected also near © 
Grenada, Nicaragua, by Lévy, no. 93. a 

Peperomia macrophylla C. DC. — Foliis petiolatis an- 
guste lanceolato-oblongis basi in petiolum decurrentibus_ 
apice acute acuminatis utrinque glabris pellucido-punctulatis 
penninerviis, nervo centrali fere a tota longitudine nervos 
adscendentes utrinque circiter 10 mittente, amentis ad ramos 
axillares aphyllos quam folia parum breviores laxe circiter 5 
paniculatim dispositis ipsis breviter pedunculatis folii dimidium 
vix zquantibus, bractea suborbiculari centro brevissime pe- — 
dicellata, ovario apice oblique scutatim complanato scutello — 
elliptico apice obtuso in medio stigma carnulosum gerente, 


decumbente e nodis radicante superne suberecta. Folia 
alterna. Limbi ad 20™ longi et ad 3.5 lati in sicco mem- 
branacei subpellucidi basi in petiolum ad 3™ longum angustati. 
Amenta matura in sicco 2™ crassa, basi squamis lanceolatis 
deciduis fulta, inferiora 2 alterna superiora 2 opposita ultimum 
terminale. Pedunculi circiter 5™™ longi. Antherz minute. : 
Bacce brevissime stipitate cum scutello 1.5" longz.—Palin, 
Depart. Amatitlan, alt. 3,560°, Feb. 1892, J. D. S., no. 
2,578; Barranca de Eminencia, Depart. Amatitlan, alt 
1,400", Feb. 1892, J. D. S., no. 2,579. 

P eperomia violefolia C. DC. — Foliis longe petiolatis & 
basi cordata inferioribus rotundafis superioribus ovatis apice 
_ acute acuminatis utrinque glabris 7~-9-nerviis, amentis oppositi-_ 
foliis sublaxifloris breviter pedunculatis glabris foliorum limbos - 


reviore. Bacca stipitem suum pluries superans circiter @ 


1894. ] Undescribed Plants from Guatemala. 9 


Peperomia Sisiana C. DC.—Foliis modice petiolatis ob- 
longo-lanceolatis basi acutis apice longiuscule anguste et sub- 
falcatim acuminatis utrinque glabris junioribus margine cilio- 
latis 7-plinerviis nervis lateralibus utrinque 2 e basi uno ex t 
longitudinis supra basin solutis, petiolo juniore parce hirtello, 
amentis adultis folia duplo superantibus filiformibus glabris 
densifloris, bractea orbiculari centro subsessile, ovario emer- 
So apice scutatim aucto, scutello in medio stigmatifero apice 
acuminato, stigmate minuto, bacca emersa patente cylindrica 
apice oblique rostellata.—Herba e basi radicante ramulos cir- 
citer 25™ longos erectos apice parce hirtellos inferne glabros 
agens. Folia alterna. Limbi in sicco membranacei subpel- 
lucidi ad 9 longi et 3—3.5™ lati. Petioli ad 1™ longi. Amenta 
matura vix 2™ crassa. Bacce 1.5"" longe.—Species P. Na- 
ranjoane C. DC. proxima, forsan eadem cum amentis maturis 
longioribus, limbis basi acutis a P. elongata Kunth differt sed 
ejus quoque proxima.—Rio Sis, Depart. Suchitepequez, alt. 
1,300", April 1892, J. D. S., no. 2,584. 

Peperomia San-Felipensis C. DC. — Foliis breviter peti- 
olatis anguste lanceolatis basi et apice acutis utrinque glabris 
et nigro-pynctulatis 5-nerviis, amentis terminalibus axillari- 
busque breviter pedunculatis glabris nigro-punctulatis subden- 
sifloris ipsis folia circiter duplo superantibus, bractea orbicu- 
lari centro subsessili, ovario emerso sub apice oblique stigma- 
tifero, bacca subglobosa glabra. —Herba repens glabra cauli- 
bus in sicco 1.5"" crassis. Folia alterna. Limbi in sicco fir- 
mulo-membranacei subpellucidi 3-4™ longi 8—10™ lati nervis 
subtilibus. Petioli6™™ longi. Pedunculi vix5"" longi. Amenta 
i" crassa. Species P. glabelle Sw. proxima limbis angus- 
tioribus nervorum numero ramulisque glabris ab ea discrepans. 
—San Felipe, Depart. Retalhuleu, alt. 2,050", April 1892, 
JD: Sj No: 4: 88%, : 


pellucida. Folia alterna. Limbi adulti ad 13™ longi cum 
petiolis ad 20™ longis in sicco tenuiter membranacei pellucidi. 
Pedunculi circiter 4™ longi. Amenta in sicco membranacea 


10 The Botanical Gazette. (January, 


PP bs Wie ae 


2™™ crassa. Bractea iumqueg p Pp —_— 
Species P. Gardneriane Migq. affinis.— Laguna de Ayarza, — 
Depart. Jalapa, alt. 8,000°, Sept. 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. © 
3,834. a 
Var. #. minor C. DC. —Foliis minoribus, limbis ad 9™ 
_longis in sicco paulo firmioribus, petiolis ad 6™ longis, amentis _ 
foliorum limbos superantibus. —Estanzuela, Depart. S. Rosa, — 
alt. 2,500%, Aug. 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 3,835. ; 
Peperomia Guatemalensis C. DC. — Foliis breviter petio- 
latis subrhombeo-lanceolatis basi cuneatis apice obtusiusculis 
supra glabris subtus pilosulis 5-nerviis nervis externis subtil-_ 
ibus, amentis terminalibus vel axillaribus pedunculatis glabris 
folia pluries superantibus densifloris, bractea elliptica paulo 
supra medium peltata subsessili, ovario rhachi impresso — 
obovato apice oblique stigmatifero, bacca globosa glabra.— _ 
Herba erecta circiter 12™ alta inter muscos crescens, caulibus — 
pilosulis inferne radicantibus. Folia inferiora opposita 
superiora alterna. Limbi in sicco membranacei subopaci pel 
lucido-punctulati 3-5™ longi 1.5-2™ lati. Petioli ad 4™ 
longi. Pedunculi ad 8™ longi. Amenta glabra ipsa matura 
circiter 10™ longa in sicco 1.5™" crassa. —Species P. Bauertan@ 
Miq. proxima.—Acatepeque, alt. 4,300°, March 1892, J. D- 
i} OL: 2, 587. | 


in sicco complanati, amentiferi circiter 2™ crassi, steriles ad 
o crassi. Limbi caulium fertilium 2™ longi 13” lati, stet 
ilium ad 3™ longi et ad 15™™ lati. Petioli 2—3™ longi. Ped- 
unculi ad 2™ longi. Amenta florentia ad 13™ longa et 4 
2™" lata.—P. obcordate Presl verisimiliter proxima sed folils 
majoribus et minus profunde emarginatis ab ea discrepans.— 
S. Rosa, alt. 3,000%, June 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 3,454 — 


Pilea Pansamalana. 


1894. ] Undescribed Plants from Guatemala. II 


phous and very unequal in the pair; the larger lanceolate to 
rhomboid-elliptical (18-36 6-10'), tapering each way from 
middle, apex obtuse, base acutely narrowed into short (2-3') 
petiole; the smaller obovate or rhomboid-orbicular, apex 
rounded, base acute, petiolate: dicecious; pistillate cymes (the 
only seen) not exceeding petiole of larger leaves, pedunculate, 
divaricate, flowers pedicellate, interior segment of perianth 
subequalling the others and minutely cucullate, twice ex- 
ceeded bystaminodes, half as long as obliquely oval (0.75') and 
pubescent achenium.—Nearest to P. dendrophila Mig.—On 
decayed mossy trunks of trees, Pansamald forest, Depart. 
Alta Verapaz, alt. 3,800", June 1886, von Tiirckheim, no. 939. 

Pilea riparia. — Stem repent, elongate, ligneous, simple 
branches ascending (6-12™): stipules minute, deltoid; leaves 
glabrous, thick, subentire, 3-nerved from*base to middle on 
upper surface and nearly to apex on reticulated lower surface; 
the larger in the pair oblong-elliptical (3.5-4x 1.75"), long- 
acuminate, tapering gradually to short (2-4') petiole; the 
other a fourth smaller, obovate-elliptical, abruptly acuminate; 
cystoliths of upper surface densely stellulate-punctiform, of 
lower minutely linear, of margins large and fusiform: dice- 
cious; staminate cymes not seen; the pistillate pedunculate, 
little exceeding petiole, divaricate, interior segment of peri- 
anth lightly gibbous on back and scarcely exceeding the oth- 
ers, staminodes as long, oval achenium thrice longer (0. 5’) 
and smooth.—Nearest to P. marginata Wedd.—Specimens 
of this, as well as also of the other proposed new species ex- 
cept P. irrorata, have been compared by Dr. Taubert in the 
Berlin Herbarium. Iam likewise indebted to him for the 
identification of several other Pilee, difficult of determination 
without the aid of authenticated material.2-On rocks in a 
stream, Pansamald, alt. 3,800°, August 1886, von Tiirck- 
heim, no. 1,040. 

Pilea irrorata. — Herbaceous; stem shortly rooting at 
base, stout, simple or forked (1-2"): stipules elongate-trian- 
gular (2-3'), persistent; petioles long (1.5-3.5"), canaliculate, 
dilated at base and apex; leaves membranaceous, smooth, 
ample (6-9 x 2-4"), elliptical, caudate-acuminate, obtuse, base 
acuminate, the opposite uniform and nearly equal, sinuate- 
serrulate above middle, 3-nerved from insertion to apex,. 
transverse veins distinct and subparallel, above punctulate 
and toward base lineolate, cystoliths scarcely present beneath: 


12 The Botanical Gazette. [January, 


monoecious or dicecious; cymes unisexual, subsessile, brac- 
teose, densely flowered; the staminate semi-globose (5-8! 
high), axes explanate, fascicled pedicels filiform (3'), perianth 
before anthesis obpyramidate (0.75') with inflexed cucullate 
tips, rudimentary ovary nearly obsolete; pistillate cymes 
smaller and glomeruliform, staminodes most minute, exterior 
segments of perianth small.—Distinguished chiefly by the 
long pedicels of staminate flowers.—Pendent from irrigated 
cliffs of the Barranca of Rio Samald, Depart. Retalhuleu, alt. 
toc", spt .1692, }..D::S., no.. 2,751: 

Pilea pleuroneura. — Rooting at woody base, ascending 
(12-18"), branching composite, branchlets complanate and 
alate, glabrous, glandulose: stipules minutely semi-obicular; 
leaves distichous, subsessile, lanceolate (7-9x1.5-2'), the 
smaller in the pair half as long and elliptical, apex obtuse, 
2—5-crenate, the inferior half entire and cuneate, penninerved, — 
the stronger 7-9 nerves ascending to margin, veins immersed, 
cystoliths present only on upper surface and linear: dicecious; 
staminate flowers not seen; the pistillate fasciculate at apex 
of longer (I-1.5') peduncle, short pedicels recurved, cucullate 
segment of perianth twice exceeding the others, achenium 
obliquely ovate (0.5') and rubro-punctate.—Pansamali, alt. 
3,800", June 1885, von Tiirckheim, no. 754. : 

Pilea senarifolia. — Herbaceous, glabrous; stem repent, 
branches ascending (12~-18"), opposite or verticillate branch- 
lets 6-alate: stipules scarious, minutely oblong, persistent; 


striolate with fusiform cystoliths: moncecious; unisexual 
cymes from adjacent axils in the whorl; the staminate twice 
to thrice exceeding petiole, 2—3-flowered, peduncle and pedi- 
cels subequal, perianth in przfloration globose (1'), tips of 
segments pileate, rudimentary ovary none; pistillate cymes _ 
minute, few-flowered, segments of perianth somewhat un- — 
equal.—Anomalous by leaves all strictly verticillate. —On old 
trunks of trees, Chiul, Depart. Quiché, alt. 8,000, April 
1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 3,145. 

Pilea Quichensis. — Herbaceous; stem simple (20-30); 
slightly pubescent, sulcate: stipules deltoid (1.5'), decidu- 


SS ee ee ee ee ee 


po ee 


: 
i 
j 
4 
’ 
} 
4 
q 


1894. ] Undescribed Plants from Guatemala, 13 


ous; petioles slender (1—2"), triquetrous by produced nerves 
of leaf, estriolate; leaves glabrate, the opposite somewhat un- 
equal, obliquely oblong-elliptical (4-6.5 x 1-2"), prolonged 
to a slender (6-9') and sharply serrate tip, base acute and 
induplicate, serrate throughout, 3-nerved to apex, exterior 
veins all equal and ascending to margin of incurved crena- 
tions, interior veins anastomosing, veinlets finely reticulat- 
ing, pellucid, upper surface striate with small cystoliths, the 
lower glaucous: moncecious; staminate cymes geminate, 
shorter than petiole (5-8'), peduncle bifurcate, flowers 
single and racemose or few-clustered on long spreading 
branches; perianth in aestivation oval (1') and exceeding 
pedicel, obtuse segments incrassate at the base and back, sta- 
mens twice longer, rudimentary ovary minutely subulate; 
pistillate cymes from uppermost axils much smaller, in anthe- 
sis conglomerate, broadly cucullate segment of perianth thick- 
ened and exceeding the scarious exterior ones, ovary slend- 
erly elliptical.—Intermediate between P. multiflora Wedd. 
and P. falcata Liebm.—San Miguel Uspantdn, alt. 6,500“, 
April 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 3,147. 
PINUS DONNELL-SMITHII Mast., Botan. Gaz. 16: 199. 


PLANATION OF PLaTe II.—Fig. 1, portion of branch with leaf-scars, tufts 
: ; 


se.—Fig. 
showing lines of stomata and serrations at the edge.—Fig. 3* , section of leaf 
di : : 


m 
leaf or ‘‘sguama fulcrans"’ 

2 diam.— Fig. 6, stamen 
; e 
side magn. 6 diam.—Fig, 8, pollen grain magn. 200 diam.—Fig. 9, ripe cone. — 

1g. 10, longitudinal median section of cone.—Fig. 11, detached scale of cone 
showing apophysis and umbo.—Fig. 12, scale of cone seen from the side.— 
1g. I g seed, 


Casionally furcate, filiform (12-17"), rachis angulate, bracts 
broadly oval and long-acuminate, flowers solitary and sessile, 


14 The Botanical Gazette. [January, 


sterile flowers somewhat exceeding bract, perianth }-partite, 
semi-erect segments oblong-lanceolate (1.5'), distinct sta- 
mens a third as long and exceeded by subulate staminodes, 
anthers bipartite-locular and shorter than filament, rudiment- 
ary ovary none; fertile flowers less approximate, segments of 
perianth linear (1.5') and equalling tube and bract, connate 
styles very short (0.5') and twice exceeding effete stamens, 
deflected stigmas bilabiate: capsules not seen.—The charac- 
ter is drawn from specimens collected at two localities and re- 
spectively of different sexes, but matching in form and anat- 
omy of foliage; in each the flowers are of novel structure.— 
Cerro Gordo, Depart. S. Rosa, alt. 3,500", Sept. 1892, 
Heyde & Lux, no. 3,869; Rinconcito, Depart. S. Rosa, alt. 
4,000", Nov. 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 4,359. 
Baltimore, Md. 


On the color description of flowers. 
J. H. PILLSBURY. 


In no respect is the description of a plant more often doubt- 
ful than in the color assigned to the flowers, especially if any 
trace of violet be present in the coloring. It is not at all 
uncommon to hear some one, reading the description of a 
flower, exclaim regarding the color, ‘‘that is wrong.” During 
the past ten years I have noted with much interest the differ- 
ent expressions used by students in my classes to describe the 
color of some of our most common wild flowers. Asarule, Ihave 
found that young ladies are much more explicit in their de- 
scription of the color of a flower than the young men of equal 
intellectual advancement. This is probably not due to a 
keener color sense, but to the possession of a fuller vocabulary 
of color terms. In consequence of this fuller vocabulary, the 
young lady seeks to express smaller differences of color. I 
have not found, however, that she is more accurate in her 
description of the color in question. Indeed, it has often 
seemed to me that the smaller vocabulary has led to a more 
careful discrimination and a more correct discernment of the 
components of the color. What we most need is not a fuller 
vocabulary but a more accurate use of the vocabulary we now 
possess. It is no doubt a fact that an occasional source of 
_ confusion in the description of floral color is a more or less 
feeble sense in regard to some one color. But this difficulty 
can not be of sufficiently frequent occurrence to be a serious 
source of confusion. The percentage of persons who are 
either color blind or possess only a feeble sense for some one 
color is so small that there is certainly likely to arise no very 
frequent trouble from such a source. 

€ confusion of color description arises mainly from two 
clearly discernible sources both of which, it seems to me, we 
may reasonably hope to be able to remove. 
he first of these sources needs hardly more than the mere 
mention to be recognized by every botanist. I refer to the 
fact that we have absolutely no recognized standards of color, 
and no generally accepted plan of color nomenclature. To 
Say nothing of the conflicting theories of color which are still 
iN vogue, each of which has its adherents, nearly every writer 


16 The Botanical Gazette. (January, 


on color, who has made the least attempt to suggest a scheme 
of colors to be used as a basis of color work, has proposed at ~ 
_ least one color which is peculiar to himself, either in name or | 
in quality; and in only a few instances has any exact defini- 1 
tion been suggested even for a single color. Where one — 
writer has used the term red to designate a primary color, © 
another has used the term vermillion. The former term, with- 
out any limitations, will includexa variety of hues; and the 
latter is by no means as definite as might be supposed, since | 
pigments called vermillion by different manufacturers vary — 
greatly in hue. In the few cases in which a particular color 
term has been proposed and designated by some such definite — 
limitations as the wave length of its vibrations, it has been — 
only for single colors. No series of colors has been proposed 
as standards upon which a scheme of nomenclature might be — 
based. The result has been the same as before. No remedy 
for the confusion that prevails is offered. é 

The second source of confusion is in part dependent upon 
the first and yet is a very distinct source of trouble. It is the 


7 


series of standards of color, this education will be not only 
Seg but easy. With a reasonable amount of training ity 
will not be found difficult to locate any color between tw? 
colors of the solar spectrum. ‘ 


1894.] On the Color Description of Flowers, 17 


It was these difficulties to which I have above referred in 
the use of color terms, and certain anomalies which I encoun- 
tered in the course of a series of physiological investigations 
regarding color sense, which led me to give my attention to 
the selection of a system of color standards taken from the 
solar spectrum, the only source of authority in color. (See 
Sctence for June 9th, 1893.) , 

With these standards to work from, I undertook to deter- 
mine the color analysis of certain of our common flowers. 
The following results will, I think, be interesting to botanists. 
The numbers given indicate per cent. of color required to 
produce the hue of the flower. 

The symbols used in the formula stand for the six spectrum 
colors, viz., red, orange, yellow, green, blue and violet with 
white and black (N for ziger being used to avoid the repeti- 
tion of B). 

Common forsythia, F. viridissima: pure spectrum yellow. 

Fringed polygala, P. paucifolia: R 48, V 52. 

Wistaria, W. frutescens, wings: R 11, V 89. 

4 a ‘sy. Stangara: & 9,. V¥ 20, wv ta. 
Flowering quince, Cydonia japonica: R 95, V 2, W 3. 
Wild cranesbill, Geranium maculatum: R 28, V 66, W 6. 
The variations of color in the early summer foliage is also 

interesting. The following analyses are for the upper side of 
fresh and well developed healthy leaves. It is not impos- 
sible that a little attention to these variations in the color of 
foliage on the part of artists would save us the annoyance of 
some of the abominable green which we so often see in the 
pictures of artists of good reputation. 

White oak: Y 7.5, G 11.5, N 81. 

Apple: Y 5, G 13, W 2, N 8o.: 

Copper beech: R 17, Nay ee 

Hemlock: Y 2, G9, N 89. 

White pine: Y 2.5, G 11, N 86.5. 


Shagbark hickory: Y 4.5, G 9.5, N 86. 
_ These analyses were made in a moderately strong diffused 
light with Maxwell discs of the standard hues referred to 
above. The discs were combined upon a color wheel giving 
sufficiently rapid rotation to blend the colors smoothly and 
give an even surface of color with which to compare the 
2—Vol. XIX—No. 1. 


18 The Botanical Gazette. [January. 2 


flower or leaf as-the case might be. The analyses can be 
easily made by any one and after a little practice with a good © 
degree of accuracy. The objects to be gained by such an- — 
alyses are twofold, viz., the determination of floral color with 
something like accuracy and the development of a keener per- 
ception of color relations. Discs in these standard hues can 
be obtained at a moderate price and they can be used on any — 
apparatus for rotating the Maxwell discs. 3 

It has already been intimated that greater confusion pre- if 
vails with regard to violet than any other color. By some 
writers purple has been used to designate the most refrang- _ 
able color of the solar spectrum. This is very unfortunate 
and has led to a great many errors that are exceedingly diffi- : 
cult of correction at the present time. All of the numerous 
hues to which the term purple is properly applied are com- 
binations of red and violet, often modified by the presence — 
of some white light and almost always with more or less of _ 
black, thus forming what is called a broken purple. In the — 
above analyses we have in-the fringed polygala the red 
and violet in nearly equal proportions. The color of the 
flowering quince is slightlyviolet red modified by the presence — 
of a small portion of white, On the other hand the color of _ 
the wistaria is a reddish violet, in the wings modified by white _ 
in the standard. Thecranesbillis a still more red violet, i. &, 
it comes nearer to a purple. 4 

The colors assigned to the flowers whose analysis I have — 
given above in two of the botanical text books most commonly _ 
used in our schools are as follows: under the description of F 


calls the same flower simply ‘‘purple.” 
Springfield, Mass. 4 


Archenema, protonema and metanema. 
CONWAY MACMILLAN. 


It is intended in this brief paper to call attention to certain 
gametophytic differentiations and possible homologies which, 
while not by any means everywhere overlooked, have not, 
perhaps, received the proper accentuation in current botan- 
ical thought. At the outset it may be well to attempt to give 
a definition of a gametophyte. As understood by the writer, 
this term does not by any means properly apply to every 
plant structure that produces gametes. The Coeloblastee, 
for example, mature undoubted eggs and sperms, but the 
plant body thus functioning can scarcely be termed a gameto- 
phyte. A gametophyte can be defined only in terms of a 
sporophyte held in contradistinction with it. Therefore it is 
only in that group of plants that I have named the Sporo- 
phyta! that. gametophytic structures may be rightly dis- 
cerned. It is inadmissible to apply the term to any plant 
below the position of Gidogonium (or Ulothrix?). A gameto- 
phyte, then, is a structure derived directly or indirectly 
from a sporophytic spore or its analogue, and itself capa- 
ble of producing, directly or indirectly, a gamete or gametes. 
The alge CEdogonium and Coleochete, ‘‘leafy moss plants,” 
fern prothallia, the endosperm of Araucaria, the polfen tube 
of Burmannia and the embryo-sac nuclei of Narcissus are 
types of gametophytes. The definition, it will be observed, 
takes note both of formation and of function. In the case of 
each a reservation must be made, for gametophytes may arise 
directly by propagative methods, as in the breaking up of a 
moss protonema, or by the activity of certain bodies (the 
homologies of which may be with multiple spores rather than 
with propagative structures), such as the gemmz of Aulacom- 
nium and Lunularia. And on the other hand, through apog- 
amy, as in Todea africana, Pteris cretica and a few other 
ferns, or in some less aberrant manner, the gametophytic 
structure may fail to produce gametes. 

_ Thus defined, the gametophyte may be isolated for study 
in any species where it occurs. It should be noted, perhaps, 
<-eieeentsyateeestlibimaiidee inienpionss etme ——— a 


? Metaspermz of the Minn. Valley 20. 1892. 


20 The Botanical Gazette. (January, i 


at this point, that theinterlocking and interdependence of spo- 
rophyte and gametophyte is such that, wherever they alter- 
nate, certain structures appear, under a rigid classification, to 
be included in both categories. The same cell may be mor- 
phologically sporophytic but physiologically gametophytic, 
or vice versa. This is true of the two unicellular stages 
which serve to distinguish so sharply the higher plants from © 
the higher animals (in which there is but one unicellular stage 
in the life-history of the organism). The spore, since it is 
structurally part of the sporophyte, must be grouped by mor- 
phology with the other sporophytic structures. But, since 
the spore is also the first stage of the gametophyte which be- 
comes elaborated through development, it must, by the clas- _ 
sification of physiology, be grouped with the gametophyte. 
The same paradox is to be noted for the fecundated egg. It 
is quite as distinctly gametophytic from a morphological 
point of view, but in the physiological sense it is sporophytic. — 
A consideration of the gametophyte of the Muscinez re-_ 
veals to the ‘student its comparatively high structural rank ~ 
among gametophytes. This high rank is evidenced most pat- — 
ticularly by its developing not as a continuous structure with | 
but one developmental stage, but as a discontinuous 
structure with two distinct developmental stages. While | 
; 
i 


gametophytes above and below the Muscinee may be 
considered as generally monomorphic, the gametophyte 
of the Muscinee is very constantly dimorphic. It ap- 
pears in two readily separable stages of certainly deep 
phylogenetic meaning. The first of these stages iS 


being particularly evidenced by increase of propagative 
with perfecting of propagative apparatus. The proto 


1894. ] Archenema, Protonema and Metanema. 2I 


tubers of Barbula muralis and Trichostomum rigidum are ex- 
amples of this increase; and, of a quite different category, 
the remarkable formation of protonemal chlamydospores by 
Funaria hygrometrica should be mentioned. 

Similarly one notes in metanemata much development in 
form and function, as the ascending series from Riccia and 
Anthoceros is followed. The metanema is, as has been con- 
jectured, very probably a highly specialized gametophore 
which has assumed in connection with its particular reproduc- 
tive functions many improvements in vegetative function 
with their attendant morphological developments. In such 
plants as Preissia or Conocephalus, where the metanema is 
differentiated into vegetative and reproductive branches, one 
seesa reiteration ofthe process by which the metanema was it- 
self differentiated from the protonema. 

The typical metanema of the Muscinezx undergoes a vegeta- 
tive evolution in two directions. It appears either as thallus 
or as leafystem. In the Muscinez, as far as I know, there 
is notruly filamentous metanema. The male prothallium of 
Salvinia, and pollen tubes in general—if they be metanemata 
at all—would furnish examples of the filamentous type. 
is perfectly apparent however that not all of the thalloid me- 
tanemata of the Muscinez are of equal rank. The same is 
true of the leafy-stemmed metanemata. In the Hepatice, 
where both thalloid and leafy-stemmed metanemata are to be 
found, some thalli may be regarded as original while others 
may be considered as derived from leafy stems. Marchantia, 
for example, may, with much reasonableness, be derived from 
a Jungermannia archetype; while Anthoceros, on the other 
hand, may be derived directly from a Coleochzte-like arche- 
type. Theclose genetic union of Marchantia with Ricciathrough 
Boschia and Corsinia, argued by Leitgeb? principally upon 
the basis of sporophytic homologies, is not perhaps to be con- 
Sidered as fully proved. If, on the contrary, Marchantiez 
are to be considered rather as reduced Jungermanniez, the 
Marchantia thallus may be defined as secondary. Thallimay 
therefore arise primarily by the evolution of protonemal 
branches or secondarily by the reduction of a leaf-bearing 
axis. The same suggestions apply to leafy-stemmed metan- 
emata. They may, like Lejeunea, be considered as having 
arisen from thalli the margins of which have become dissected; 


*Leitgeb, Die Marchantieen 49. 1881, 


22 The Botanical Gazette. [January, 


or they mayvarise directly from protonemal structures, as in 
Buxbaumia. # 

One may then classify the metanemal structures of the 
Muscinez thus: 
Secondary leafy stems. 


Leafy stems } Primary leafy stems. 


Metanema of Muscinez : 
tao a 

It is probable that neither in the Hepaticze nor in the 
Musci is there any gametophyte that is not susceptible of di- — 
vision into protonema and metanema. It has been affirmed — 
that Frullania, Anthoceros and a few other Hepatice develop 
directly from the spore as monomorphic structures (Nees ab — 
Esenbeck), but this is not borne out by the researches of Leit- _ 
geb* who figures for Anthoceros at least a well-marked pro- 
tonema. And for Frullania and its allies among the foliose 
Jungermanniez, while Hofmeister believed that the proto- 
nema might be suppressed, the researches of Grénlund® have 
well demonstrated that the protonemal structure is constantly — 
present in one form or another. Leitgeb himself concludes 
that the protonema is a normal stage for Frullania, Radula 
and the rest. § — 

Below the Hepatice there are undoubted gametophytes 
without any marked differentiation into protonema and met- | 
anema and others in which the differentiation is a matter of 
grave doubt. Of the first group, CEdogonium and Bul: 
bochete may be cited; of the second, Chara, Tolypella, © 
Lychnothamnus and their allies. For the gametophytic 
structure that does not show any differentiation into pro- 
tonema and metanema and stands lower than the hepatic 
gametophyte, I propose here the name of archenema. € 
Coleochete thallus is an example of typical archenema. The 


classed as metanema. 


*Goebel, On the simplest form of moss. Ann of Bot. 6:355. 1892. é 
*Leitgeb, Die Anthoceroteen. 20. f/. r. 1879. ei 
SGrénlund, Mem. sur la germination de quelques hépatiques. Ann. SC 
Nat. Bot. IV. 1: a 
*Leitgeb, Die foliose Jungermannieen 63. 1875. : 
7Vines, The pro-embryo of Chara. Journ. of Bot. 1878. . 


1 
’ 
i 
t 
q 
; 
q 
: 
. 


1894. ] Archenema, Protonema and Metanema. 23 


Three structural categories of gametophytes have now been 
established in this discussion; archenema, protonema and 
metanema. The very important question then arises:—what 
are the homologies of the fern. prothallium? It is apparent 
that there is no @ priori reason why it may not be any one of 
the three. In Coleochete the gametangia are borne upon 
archenema; in Buxbaumia at least the antheridia are produced 
upon protonema (Goebel), while in the great majority of 
Hepatice and Musci the gametangia are altogether metane- 
mal in their origin. The fern prothallium might then be 
considered as a developed Coleochete-like structure which 
has not passed through the differentiation into protonema and 
metanema; or it may be regarded as a thalloid protonema, 
the metanemal companion stage of which has been suppressed 
by reduction; or again as a metanema, the embryonal pro- 
tonemal stage of which has disappeared. It will be seen at 
once that the correct interpretation of the facts in the case is 
of great importance. Especially, in view of the fact that 
there is a modern effort to reach the conclusions of fern phyl- 
ogeny from the gametophytic as well as from the sporophytic 
side of the organism, is it imperative that the three possibili- 
ties be held distinctly in view. Indeed it would seem as if 
the criticism here undertaken might indicate the necessity for 
a revision of some important conclusions which have been 
put forth recently by students of the Archegoniate. For 
example, I am here strongly inclined to criticise the position 
maintained by Campbell® that ‘‘the prothallium of Hymeno- 
phyllum corresponds not merely to the protonema of a moss, 
but to the protonema f/us the leafy plant.” It is not that 
the position may not be a sound one (for the prothallium may 
indeed be archenema), but because the verdict should as yet be 
the Scotch verdict. And especially, in view of the very able 
and convincing argument of Campbell in favor of considering 
the eusporangiate ferns as basal and derived from the vicinity 
of Anthoceros with its undoubted metanema, must one hesi- 
tate to regard the prothallium of Hymenophyllum or any 
other fern as archenemal. But if not archenemal it must ap- 
parently correspond with either protonema or metanema. 
There is of course the possibility of arguing the derivation of 
the fern prothallium from archenéina, and its independent dif- 
ferentiation into protonemal and metanemal stages. The 


*Campbell, On the affinities of the Filicinex. Bot. Gaz. 15: 1. 1890. 


24 The Botanical Gazette. {January. 


prothallia of the Polypodiacee, Cyatheacee and Schizza- — 
cez, in which the first product of germination isa filamentous _ 
structure afterwards developing into a cordate thallus, or the — 
rather poorly understood prothallia of the Ophioglossee may 
be considered as dimorphic gametophytes and interpreted 
accordingly. It will be seen, however, that protonemal and 
metanemal stages would in such case be analogous (not 
homologous) tothe protonema and metanema of the Muscinea, 
offering a case of parallel development under similar phys-_ 
iological conditions. And under the methods of classifica~ 
tion proposed it is apparent that the conclusions’ of Goebel?’ 
can not yet be accepted. As to whether ‘‘we may regard as 
the starting point for Bryophyta and Pteridophyta alga-like 
forms consisting of branched filaments,” judgment must, I 
believe, be suppressed for the present. It must first be de- — 
termined whether the prothallium of the fern which is to be- 
taken for the basal fern corresponds with algal archenema oF ~ 
with the protonema or metanema of the Muscinee. . 
Conclusion.—The gametophytic structures below the ferns — 
may be described under the heads of archenema, proton r 
and metanema. 
It has not yet been clearly shown with which of these three 
series the fern prothallium is homologous. 
Until the exact homologies of the fern prothallium are dist Y 
covered, under such a classification it will not be possible to | 
make full use of gametophytic stages in fern phylogenesis. — 
Phylogenetic argument based upon previous interpretations a ; 
of the fern gametophyte may be considered as open to pos- @ 
sible emendation. a 
University of Minnesota. 


— 


= 


Bynes 
a ee ee 


— a 
®*Goebel, Zur Keimungsgeschichte einiger Farne. Ann. Buitenz. 7: 74. 1887. 


Mutualistie symbiosis of algw and bacteria 
with Cycas revoluta. 


ALBERT SCHNEIDER. 
WITH PLATES II AND IV. 

Recently my attention was directed to the tubercle-like 
growths on roots of Cycas revoluta. A cursory examination 
showed that they were infested by a nostoc. In my search 
for the literature on the subject I found few and incomplete 
references. Between 1870 and 1873 Reinke discovered para- 
sitic Nostocacee in species of Gunnera and Cycas. Jancz- 
ewski discovered parasitic alge in mosses, Cohn in Lemna, 
Kny in Floridee and Strasburger in Azolla. 

Reinke is to my knowledge the only person calling attention 
to an Anabaena found parasitic in a specialized parenchyma 
layer of Cycas roots. His incomplete though exact descrip- 
tion has induced me to study the subject more closely. 

Cycas root tubercles, which are simply short somewhat en- 
larged dichotomously branched rootlets, are quite common on 
most of our cultivated cycads. They occur on young as well 
as on old plants. The youngest plants at my disposal were 
about two years old. Only a few tubercles were present. A 
large, well nourished plant about twenty-four years old had many 
tubercles. They were most numerous near the surface of the 
soil; a few were wholly above and some were found a foot or 
more below the surface. Usually they are formed from the 
ends of rootlets, sometimes from the side of root branches, 
especially the single unbranched tubercles. In position they 
show evidence of negative geotropism. This is very mark 
in tubercles near the surface of the soil. Branching is always 
dichotomous (see plate II, fig. 3). Branches are short and 
somewhat spindle-shaped, the ends being bluntly rounded. 
Why they should branch dichotomously is interesting. It is 
Probably a form of atavism showing the relation of cycas to 
the vascular cryptogams. Likewise the occasional dichoto- 
mous branching of leguminous tubercles may indicate a descent 
from cryptogams.! As to color one may readily distinguish 


It may be mentioned here that the relative positions of the phloem and 


i 
xylem in the 1 ponds to that in 
vascular system of leguminous tubercles correspon Oo 


26 The Botanical Gazette. (January, 


three kinds of tubercles. Those of a yellowish tan color, 
generally found above the surface, are devoid of the symbio- 
tic algz; the second variety, of a slightly darker tan and 
often greenish near the tip, always contain the alge; they are 
the younger tubercles. The third variety, which also contain 
the alga, are of a dark brown color and are older than the 
others. These three varieties are found on the same plant. 
In external appearance they resemble somewhat the tubercles 
of Pisum sativum. Morphologically they differ considerably. 
In pea tubercles the symbionts are surrounded by the vascular 
bundles while in Cycas the symbionts surround the cen- 
trally located vascular system. They resemble each other 
in their mode of branching. 

Their mode of development is quite simple. Either the 
ends of rootlets branch dichotomously or they develop endo- 
genously. It may be more correct to say that all tubercles 
develop like primary roots and that the lateral development 
is only apparent. That is the developing lateral root branch 
receives its tubercular peculiarity from the very start. The 
line of demarcation between rootlet and tubercle is very dis- 
tinct andabrupt. The tubercle branch has about three or four 
times the dimensions of a rootlet of the same length. 

On making a cross section of any part of the tubercle ex- 
cepting the tip one can see with the naked eye a green circu- 
lar layer about midway between the epidermis and bundle 
sheath. This is the alga-bearing layer. At certain points 
this green layer is discontinuous. This always occurs op- 
posite outer lenticular structures which are quite common on 
the tubercles and are arranged in more or less broken rings. 
Having thus treated of the gross anatomy I shall next de-- 
scribe the minute anatomy. q 

A cross section shows six tissue layers. The first and - 
outermost is the dermal layer of irregular corky cells several - 
rows in thickness developed from a dermatogenic layel 
dividing tangentially. In the dermal layer are also included — 
the lenticular structures consisting of enlarged irregular corky 
cells which do not seem to develop from any definite phel- 
logenic layer. The cell walls of the dermal layer give to the | 
tubercle its yellowish or dark browncolor. The cells contain, — 
besides the remains of nuclei and cytoplasm, various kinds of — 
rhizobia in comparatively small numbers. The entire surface 
of rootlets, roots and tubercles is more or less covered by 


1894. ] Mutualistic Symbiosis. 27 


rhizobia, bacteria, hyphal fungi and various species of alge, 
the discussion of which will be taken up below. The second 
layer is the dermatogenic layer of tangentially elongated rect- 
angular thin walled cells. The third layer is the subdermal 
parenchyma of large rounded cells with intercellular spaces 
and air conducting passages. Considerable starch is present 
and often oil globules are found toward the inner side where 
the most rhizobia and bacteria are also found. The fourth 
layer is of the most importance. It consists of two opposite 
rows of palisade cells. This layer is only present in tubercles 
bearing algz and is formed from radially elongating paren- 
chyma cells beginning near the apical area of the tubercle and 
extending near the point of separation between tubercle and 
rootlet. The two rows of palisade cells are separate or only 
loosely connected in the middle. The cells are thin walled, 
about two or three times as long as broad, with large nuclei 
suspended in a granular cytoplasm. The large intercellular 
spaces are entirely filled with alge (Wostoc sp. ?). Besides the 
granular cytoplasm, the cells contain starch, amyloplastids, 
sometimes oil globules, and a waxy body near the base. The 
fifth layer or parenchyma proper resembles the subdermal 
parenchyma. The cells contain much starch. Numerous 
cells entirely filled with a waxy substance are present. The 
sixth layer is the vascular system sheath consisting of modi- 
fied parenchyma cells of several layers thickness. The vas- 
cular system need not be described as it is the same as that 
of the ordinary root. 

A longitudinal section shows the presence of a rudimentary 
root cap consisting of elongated loosly connected cells cover- 
ing more or less perfectly the rounded end of the tubercle. 
The apical area consists of small prismatic closely united 
meristem cells. The palisade cells do not extend quite to 
the apex. (See plate 111, fig. 2.) 

The exact cause of the development of these tubercles I am 
unable to state. That there is excessive metabolism is very 
evident from their appearance and the large amount of albu- 
minous substances present. That the infecting alge are not 
the cause of their development is shown by the fact that tu- 
bercles exist without the alga-bearing palisade layer. On 
Making a comparative study of Cycas roots and tubercles I 
found the following differences: The dermal and apical area 
of tubercles contained more rhizobia and bacteria than 


28 The Botanical Gazette. - ; (January, 


similar structures in ordinary roots and rootlets. Also the 
cytoplasm of tubercular cells is more granular, that is, it 
contains larger and more prominent dermatosomes, espec- 
ially the palisade cells. It is very likely that whenever a cer- 
tain amount of rhizobia and bacteria have infected the apical 
area of a certain rootlet, their irritating presence produces 
increased metabolism and rapid branching. Thus the in- 
creased number and size of the dermatosomes would be due 
to the rhizobia. . 
The question of the symbiotic relation of Cycas, alge and 
rhizobia is very interesting sand apparently rather complex. 
All soils, especially green house soils, contain rhizobia and 
other bacteria besides numerous alge. These alge are very 
common both in the soil and the vessels in which green house 
plants are grown. That they play an important part in 
binding the free nitrogen of the air has been conclusively 
shown by B. Frank. In examining carpellary and the rudi- 
mentary hypsophyllary leaves of Cycas it was seen that they 
often had a greenish coating consisting of alge. The follow- 
ing genera were noted: Protococcus, Navicula, Chroococcus, — 
Oscillaria, Gloeocapsa, Ulothrix, Chlceosporium and Nostot. — 
Numerous rhizobia, bacteria and several species of hyphal 
fungi were also found. Among the rhizobia I could readily 
recognize Rhizobium mutabile,? Rhizobtum curvum, and Rhiz- 
obium Frankii beside many, to me unknown, species of ba¢- 
teria and cocci. Examination of the surface soil in which | 
the plant grew showed a similar protophytic flora though in 
somewhat lesser abundance. The predominating types among 
the alge seemed to be Protococcus and Nostoc. Among the 
rhizobia and bacteria I could find no predominating type. 
Cross sections of tubercles showed that no algz are inside 
the cells, while nearly all of them, especially those of the 
dermal layer, contained more or less rhizobia and bacteria: 
Parenchyma cells and bast cells of vascular system contain ee 
some rhizobia and bacteria. They seemed to be quite abut 
dant in the apical area. Culture experiments developed three 
predominating types; a coccus, a probable rhizobium © — 
semblimg Rhizobium Frankii, anda larger Indian club shape@ 
bacterium resembling somewhat Rhizobium mutabile of Trifor 
zum repens though smaller and of a more constant size ane 
form (plate Iv, figs. 6, 8). i. 


*Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 19: 203. July, 1892. 


1894. ] Mutualistic Symbiosis. 29 


Culture experiments were made with special precautions to 
prevent the introduction of bacteria, etc., everywhere present 
on the surface of both tubercles and roots. As a suitable 
medium a slightly acid agar-vegetable root extract was pre- 
pared. Tubercles ofnormal appearance were secured and care- 
fully and thoroughly washed with plenty of hydrant water 
then quickly dried by means of blotting paper which had been 
passed through the flame of a Bunsen burner. A tangential 
section, including somewhat more than the dermal layer, was 
made down one side of the tubercle, then the tubercle was 
passed through the flame of the Bunsen burner so as to singe 
it thoroughly on all sides, and then broken (not cut) across. 
Inoculations were made from the broken surface farthest from 
the cut side. The inoculated tubes were placed in a dark 
chamber at the ordinary summer temperature (Ills.). In about 
six or seven days a small whitish growth was noticed in 
most tubes. Cultures made from the dermal and hypoder- 
mal parenchyma generally developed organisms resembling 
Rhizobium Frankiit (plate Iv, fig. 6), and I shall provisionally 
place them with that genus. I lati de from the palisade 
layer sometimes developed a coccus, more often there was no 
growth at all. As arule there are no bacteria or cocci to be 
found with the infecting nostoc. Cultures made from the 
vascular system, especially near the apical area, generally 
developed the above mentioned Rhizobium, but more often a 
peculiar Indian club shaped organism (plate Iv, fig. 8). I was 
unable to obtain absolutely pure cultures, but the two forms 
of bacteria (or rhizobia) described seemed to predominate. Cul- 
tures in which the rhizobium-like organism predominated 
finally took on a yellowish color. In this respect it resem- 
bled very much cultures of the rhizobia from the ‘‘Infektions- 
fiden” of Melilotus alba or T; rifolium pratense. This organ- 
ism resembles in appearance Rhizobium Frankii of Phaseo- 
lus vulgaris but differs in that it has cilia and is motile dur- 
ing its earlier life history. Rhizobia and bacteria are not 
Present in large numbers in any part of the tubercle. The 
question whether their presence is purely accidental or 
whether they live in active mutualistic symbiosis with Cycas 
could not be determined in the short time at my disposal. It 
's however quite certain that tubercles contain more bacteria 
TE ereetirreinsereesin gg 


eae eens 


a * * S . . 
. “Purther experiments in regard to the determination of the rhizobia are now 
10 progress. 


7 niet 


30 The Botanical Gazette. [January, 


and rhizobia than the normal root. It is also certain that 
there is greater cytoplasmic activity in tubercles than in the 
normal roots; this is shown by the greater abundance of al- 
buminous substances present and the greater prominence of 
the cytoplasmic granules* (Dermatosomen, Plasomen, etc.) 
(plate Iv, fig. 7). 
As already stated the dark tan and dark brown tubercles 
always contain the infecting nostoc. It is generally taught 
that algz can not develop in the dark. This is evidently not 
true as some of the nostoc-bearing tubercles are found as much 
as a foot below the surface of the soil. In fact tubercles 
wholly above the ground never contain the nostoc. That the 
nostoc is the cause of the development of the palisade layer 
is quite evident from their constant association. | 
The exact mode of infection is as yet undetermined. The — 
nostoc no doubt enters the parenchymatous tissue of the 
tubercle through a break in the dermal layer soon after it be- 
gins to form. Why the nostoc should take up a definite posi- 
tion in the parenchyma midway between the dermal layer and _ 
vascular system sheath is as yet unexplained. The paret-— 
chyma cells nearest the nostoc appropriate the extra nitro- 
genous compounds stored by the infecting symbiont, this 
produces hypernutrition of the incipient palisade cells which — 
elongate in a direction parallel to the easiest conductivity of 
nutritious substances, that is practically at right angles to the — 
vascular system. They serve a similar function to palisade 
tissues in other positions, as in leaves. Nostoc, so to speak, — 
takes the place and serves the function of chlosoplastids in 
true palisade cells. | a 
Nostoc is the only alga found in the tubercles. This is _ 
probably because it is more closely related to Schizomycetes- 
than Protococcus or Ulothrix. It is therefore better adapted 
.to lead a parasitic or a symbiotic existence. From a study 
of the infecting alga I conclude that it is Mostoc commun. ip 
Reinke placed it with Anabzna since he could detect 10 
gelatinous imbedding material. I found however that they 
were quite firmly united to each other and to the palisade cells 
by a gelatinous substance. Cells are spherical, loosely united, 
forming longer or shorter strings. Division takes place at 
right angle to nostoc chain. Sometimes a cell divides parallel 
ae 


* Contribution to the probabl biol f il. Torr. Bot. Club 
20: 339. Oct. 1893, P € biology of Plasomen, Bull. 2 el 


1894. ] Mutualistic Symbiosis. 3 


to nostoc filament thus producing a new filament at right 
angles to the original. I could detect no difference in color 
and general behavior from nonparasitic nostoc cells. Hetero- 
cysts increase in number with the age of the tubercle. Some- 
times, in very dark colored tubercles, heterocysts are present 
in greater numbers than the normal cells. I could detect no 
spore formation. 

From the appearance of the host it seems quite evident 
that the infecting symbionts are far from harmful. The om- 
nipresence and importance of schizophytic organisms in and 
on tissues of vascular cryptogams and gymnosperms is proba- 
bly far from being overestimated. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


I. Beyerinck, Bericht itber meine Kulturen niederer Algen 
auf Nihrgelatine, Centralbl. f. Bak. u. Parasitenkunde 12:— 
1893. 


2. Just, Ueber die Méglichkeit die unter gewohnlichen Ver- 
hiltnissen durch griine beleuchtete Pflanzen verarbeitete 
ohlensiiure durch Kohlenoxyd zu ersetzen. Forsch. auf. d. 
Geb. d. Agriculturphysik r und 2. 1882 
_3. Janczewski, Parasitische Lebensweise des Nostoc lichen- 
Oides. Bot. Ztg. 5. 1872. 
4. Klebs, Beitriige zur Kenntniss niederer Algenformen. 
Bot. Ztg. 76, 17, 78, IQ, 20, 2. 1881. 
5- Kuhn, Ueber eine neue parasitische Alge, Phyllosiphon 
Arisari. Sitzb. d. naturf. Ges. in Halle. 1878. 
Kny, Eine griine parasitische Alge. Sitzungsber. d. 
Ges. naturf, Freunde, Berlin. May 1874. 
7. Luerssen, Botanik, (Kryptogamen) 13. 1882. 
8. Prantl, Die Assimilation freien Stickstoffes und der Par- 
asitismus von Nostoc. Hedwigia 2. 1889. : 
9. Reinke, Zwei parasitische Algen. Bot. Ztg. 30. 1879. 
10. Reinke, Parasitimus einer Nostochacee in Gunnera~- 
Arten. Gott. Nachrichten 624. 1871. 
tt. Reinke, Parasitische Anabena in Wurzeln der Cyca- 
deen. Gétt. Nachr. 107. 1872. 
12. Reinke, Morphologische Abhandl. 12. 1873. 
ore Phyllosiphon Arisari. Bot. Ztg. 32, 33, 34 
, 2. 


32 The Botanical Gazette. . [January. 


14. Schmitz, Ueber die Structur des Protoplasmas und der 
Zellkerne der Pflanzenzellen. Sitzungsb. d. niederrh. Ges. 
f. Natur- und Heilkunde zu Bonn 322. 1879. 

15. Sorauer, Pflanzenkrankheiten. 2: 3. 1886. 

16. Strasburger, Ueber Azolla. 1873. 

University of Illinots, Champaign. 


EXPLANATION OF PLates III anp IV. 


Prate III.—Fig. 1. Portion of cross section of Cycas revoluta tubercle re 
presenting — Someenagy 76 dermatogenic, subdermal parenchyma, palisade, 
d parenchyma layers. Nostoc im situ 


” Fig oe ap ed of longitudinal section of tubercle showing apical per with- 
out the root cap. Beginning of palisade layer with a few nostoc filaments. 
ig. 3. Diagramatic section of tubercle, — manner of branitirie and 
distribution of vascular a es. 
Fig. 4. Vo. commun. 
= Fig. e of the parenchyma = palisade cells highly mag- 
nified showing retic slated: structure of cytoplasm and nucleoplasm. Larget 
black dots in cells represent full grown fee Same or dermatosomes. Starch and 


aan 7.P Plasomes from palisade cells. 
Fig. 8. Bacteria from paren chyma and vascular tissue 
(Figs. 6, 7 and 8 very highly magnified.) 


Botanical notes from Bainbridge, Georgia. 
AUGUST. F. FOERSTE. | 
Oaks as weeds. 


I suppose it is hardly proper to refer to any plants not her- 
baceous as weeds. Yet when the planter finds a ligneous 
plant which is becoming a nuisance and which is fast making 
itself a pest, he wishes a word which will express his mean- 
ing to other people. Seven years ago the plantations of the 
vicinity contained many open forests, in which pines predom- 
inated, and in which the oaks though abundant were rarely 
thought of. These pines are P. australis Michx., P. Taeda 
L. and P. mitis Mx. Among these the first greatly predom- 
inates. With its long leaves, often 15 to 20 inches long, it 
adds fully as much to the picturesqueness of the south as does 
the pendent Spanish moss. It is also a valuable tree, not 
only for its turpentine and resin, for which it is the center of an 
important industry, but also for its lumber. To be sure, in 
the north its enormous weight would not permit it to stand 
Competition with the lighter pines, but here in the south it is 
used for everything. ; 

ow the oaks are coming in so thick as to obstruct and 
often to prevent the natural seeding and development of 
young pines. But this is not all. Ina country where the 
climate is so favorable that cattle need feeding only two or 
two and a half months during the year, the raising of cattle 
and other grazing animals is an important industry. Now it 
happens that the invasion of oaks is so great that they shade 
So much of the ground as to check and limit the development 
of 8Tass to a tremendous extent, and it is no longer possible 
to raise so many cattle to the acre without feeding. At pre- 
sent, the writer has before him a landscape of this descrip- 
tion, into which these oaks have intruded within the knowl- 
edge of the present generation. Eighteen years ago it was 
all pine woods, A person could drive in any direction and 
the black-jack oak was only occasionally met. Even now it 
IS rare to find any black-jack oak of any size. They com- 
i Ne gradually to enter this territory, at first attracting 

ittle attention. Seven years ago the danger of the black 
3—Vol. XIX.—No. 1. 


34 The Botanical Gazette. (January, 


jack oak invasion was already clearly foreseen, and now they 
are over many acres so thick as to interlock their branches, 
though the trees are only ten to fifteen feet high. Even on 
foot it is at times a nuisance to penetrate through the thicker 
growths, often several acres in extent. 

The invasion seems to be from the north. At Marianna, 
and along the Appalachicola and Chipola in western Florida, 
they have not yet become a pest. West of the Flint the 
country was until lately quite free of them as a nuisance, but 
within the last several years reports have been coming in of 
the invasion of also that territory. Pines go deeper for theif 
food. Oaks seem to require more potash and more phos- 
phoric acid. Whatever the reason may be, nature, who has 
been raising pines for a long time, seems to have determined 
to quit the business, and has directed her attention to raising 
oaks. Perhaps the pines have exhausted the soil of certain 
elements, and have left others favorable to the growth of oaks 
in excess. 

An additional observation must here be recorded. Fire 1s 
set in winter to the grass in the woods to act asa natural 
manure for the coming spring. The pines catch fire more 
easily, owing to their pitch, and the cambium layer is readily 
killed by heat. Oaks under similar circumstances suffer much — 
less. A plantation house recently burnt down. Being a log” 
and board house built of the rich pitch pine of the country, 
the heat was intense for an hour at a distance of a hundred 
feet. All the pines in the vicinity were killed. Five steps 
away from the sills of the house in the direction of the draft : 
of the fire are black jack oaks, which have put out fresh 
branches all along the side of the tree away from the house 
and those within a foot of the house are putting out branches - 
from the roots. It was hoped that they were dead. Young 
fresh oaks are springing up everywhere near the burnt ground. 
Still this readier resistance to fire by oaks is only a very pat 
tial factor. On some plantations forest fires have not beet 
allowed for some years on this account, but the oaks are ste 
advancing. The worst oak in this respect is the black jack 
oak, Quercus nigra L., and it is to this oak that the tery 
weed would apply. The Turkey oak, Q. Catesbaei Michx.)¥®- 
common but not feared. . 
: Near the above mentioned house stood a pine about eight 
inches in diameter. A storm had inclined it to about fiftee? 


ee ee ee ee ee ee Se ee a a 


eee et ee ae sh ee i A a le a 


1894. ] Botanical Notes from Bainbridge. 35 


degrees from the perpendicular towards the north, Since 
then (in three years) the upper twenty-five feet of the tree 
had distinctly curved back towards a perpendicular, being in- 
clined only about seven degrees. That it should have done 
so considering the thickness of the trunk even at this distance 
(thirty feet) from the ground seems strange. 

A new compass-plant. 

A walk through any bit of open woodland in July is certain 
to reveal the presence of quite a number of plants whose 
leaves have assumed a more or less vertical, instead of hori- 
zontal position, owing to a twist in the petiole, or, if the leaf 
be sessile, in the lower part of its blade, near the base. This 
is especially common among the Composite, where such 
names as Seriocarpus tortifolius Nees, and, possibly, So/- 
dago tortifolia Ell. record the fact. A species of Aster, with 
ovate-oblong leaves, having a sessile, cordate base, shows a 
strong twist of the entire leaf towards the right or towards 
the left, but often in the samedirection over the major portion 
of the same plant. 

In Sericocarpus tortifolius the twist is confined to the nar- 
rowed base of the leaf; in some plants the twist is such that 
most of the lower leaves turn their upper surfaces towards the 
south, while the upper younger leaves do not show this ten- 
dency; in other plants even the lower leaves show no regular- 
ity as to which side is presented to the sun. 

In various species of Liatris the twist is confined more 
or less to the lower half or third of the leaf and the twist is 
quite regularly in the same direction, so that looking at the 
plant from above the twist of the leaf blades gives it an effect 
a little like that of ascrew. In general the twist is such that, 
holding the stem so as to place the leaf to be examined to- 
ward the right hand of the spectator, the upper surface of the 
leaf is directed towards him. Liatris scariosa Willd. shows 
this arrangement and Liatris graminifolius Willd. gives the 
screw-like effect very strongly. Other species of the genus 
show it. In a less distinct manner Hypericum angulosum 
Michx. shows the twisting of the leaf blades. 

hat is the meaning of this twisting of the leaf blade? 
Where the leaf blade is twisted throughout its entire. ex- 
tent the Cause may be a little dubious, but where the twist- 
ing is confined to the basal portion of the leaf it seems quite 
evident that the resulting vertical portion of the leaf blade is 


36 The Botanical Gazette. (January, 


of service in evading more or less the full effect of the sun's 
rays during the hottest part of the day. This is true even of 


more advantageous than a horizontal position would be. 

The same result is secured in other plants by simply as 
suming an erect position. Aform of Linum Virginianum L. 
is an interesting variation of this habit. Here the leaves are 


toward the right and toward the left. The lower side of the 
leaves is thus exposed and the upper side more or less pro- 
tected. In its earlier history the plant must have been simply 
a case of vertical leaves. Aster adnatus Nutt. must also a 
one time have had leaves entirely free from the stem, but 
erect, and more or less appressed to the same. In that po 
sition the lower half of the midrib became adnate to the 
stem and since then the upper half of the leaf has again re- 
sumed a tendency to spread. - 

It is Aster concolor L., however, which is the most intet 
esting of the latter class of plants. Here the upper leaves are 
erect, appressed to the stem, and rather crowded. 1% 


so erect, but have rather an ascending position. They het 
also show a very marked tendency to place their vertical lea 
blades in a north and south plane. This tendency disappeats, 
or rather, is obscured among the more crowded and ef on 
upper leaves. Where exposed to the sun freely the north 


mention. A number of years ago, the writer, I think, 


dence of a tendency to evade the hottest and most direct 
of the sun. 


q 
‘ 
e 
q 
’ 
‘ 
4 
, 
: 
4 
7 
: 


1894. ] Botanical Notes from Bainbridge. 5 


A curious rose. 


A neighboring planter, Mr. Griffin, has arose bush bearing 
constantly green roses. The calyx is fairly normal. The 
outer petals are small green simple toothed leaves, in other 
words, like any small leaflet from a rose leaf. The interior 
petals become less green, and more pale, and gradually less 
toothed, the upper teeth remaining the largest. The stamens 
are linear pale green flat petal-like bodies, abruptly expanded 
at the top, the outer ones notched at the apex. The achenia, 
on the contrary, are expanded at the base, and narrowed at 
the top, forming ovate lanceolate pale petal-like bodies. Of 
course there are no seeds, and the green roses appear on the 
same bush from year to year. 

Fungi. 

The first of July is the middle of the rainy season in the 
south, which lasts about two months. Florida and adjacent 
Georgia lie within the area of one of the heaviest rainfalls on 
this continent. During these months it rains frequently, 


familiar with microscopic forms. A trip down the Chatta- 
hoochee and Appalachicola in May, and another down the 
Chipola, and through Dead Lakes, revealed almost no fleshy 
fungi, except a few specimens of a lateral stemmed Agaricus 
onastump in the lakes. Fleshy fungi are, however, com- 
mon in December and early January, and are moderately 
common again in February when the spring flowers begin to 
be frequent. No attempt was made to keep a record of the 
same. Prof. W. G. Farlow was so kind as to determine the 
following species of gasteromycetes for me, which are com- 
mon late in December: Rhizopogon rubescens Tul., Hydnan- 
kum Ravenelii B. & C., Lycoperdon acuminatum Curtis (=L. 
leprosum B. & Rav.), and Clathrus columnatus Bosc. 


the w 
locali 
Alu 
th €nts the later fresh water facies. Above the sands hes 

€ Chesapeake bed. This makes it probable that the wide 
Spread Grand Gulf group of the lower Mississippi basin, in- 


38 The Botanical Gazette. [January, 


cluding localities providing similar palmetto leaves, also began 
its history at a date as early as the middle, pre-Chesapeake, 
Miocene. In this connection it may be of interest to notice 
that among the strongly washed marine fossils of Chipola age, 
at Gasteropod Gully, on Roseland Plantation four and one- 
half miles south of Bainbridge (owned by Prof. Pumpelly and 
- Major T. B. Brooks), were found two land gasteropods, onea — 
Helix somewhat resembling H. adamnis Dall, and the other 
four and one-half whorls from the upper part of a Bulimulus, 
similar to B. Heilprinianus Dall. Inthose days of the Chip- 
ola Miocene the Gulf Stream had a passage between what 
was then the island of Florida and the mainland of central 
Georgia and regions north. Gasteropod Gully must have 
been near the south shore of this mainlan& and received its 
land shells from that direction. The locality at Alum Bl 
is also a marine deposit, as is shown by the oysters and other 
shells not at all so very rare in these Alum Bluff sands. In-_ 
deed the Chipola fossils run up into the base of these sands. 
Some of the oysters occur at higher levels than the plants. 
The water may, however, have been very shallow and 
brackish. The locality is a very important one in that It 
enables the correlation of horizons in the widely extended 
Grand Gulf deposits, with this more local sandy late Chipola 
bed. Hitherto there has been no proof of their earlier that 
post-Chesapeake Miocene age. The writer is of the opinion 
that the Grand Gulf series includes horizons which are equiva 
lent in time to the earliest Miocene or Chattahoochee lime 
stone deposits of Florida and southwestern Georgia, but this 


i 


is hardly the place to develop this idea. = 


ee ee eee 


BRIEFER ARTICLES. 


Three new species of Mexican plants.:—Guarea Palmeri Rose (¢ 
littera).—Foliis modice petiolatis 2-6-jugis, foliolis oppositis subses- 
silibus e basi cuneata oblongis vel obovato-lanceolatis apice obtusis 
supra glabris subtus ad axillas nervorum secundariorum pilosis, pani- 
culis simplicibus racemiformibus, calyce obtuse 4-partito, ovario 
glabro 4-loculari loculis uniovulatis, capsula subglobosa glabra laevi, 
semine in arillo laete rubro immerso.—In Manzanillo (Palmer 1391). 

Arbor mediocris 5" alta glabra, Marte fructifera, corona lata sym-~ 
metrica. Rami pallide fuscescentes lenticillis concoloribus. Folia 
12-26™ longa. Foliola ad 12™ longa ad 4™ lata in sicco firmula pal- 
lida subopaca epunctata supra nitentia, nervus secundariis utrinque 
circiter 8. Rhachis cum petiolo circiter 2™ longo teres glabra. Pan- 
icule hornotine axillares. Capsula pallide fuscescens 2™ longa 22" 
lata 4-locularis. Cotyledones transverse superpositi crassi, radicula 
inclusa, plumula minima. 

Species G. brachystachye C. DC. et G. filiformis C. DC. affini 

Trichilia Palmeri.—Foliis parvis modice petiolatis 3- foliolatis, foli- 
olis petiolulatis lanceolatis basi aequali acutis apice breviter obtusa 
cuspidatis supra glabris subtus velutino-puberulis, paniculis glabris 
breviter ramulosis fructiferis quam folia multum brevioribus plerum- 
que monocarpinis, capsulis apice ramulorum sessilibus globosis par- 
vis, valvis ovato-acutis glabris extus nigrescentibus lenticellis pallidis 
numerosis conspersis, seminibus ellipticis—In Mexico (Palmer 1 ,292). 

Februario fructifera. Ramuli glabri pallide fuscescentes lenticellis 
albis conspersi. Folia ad g™ longa. Foliola in sicco firmo- membran- 
acea inconspicue subtiliter pellucido- -punctulata subpellucida, termin- 
alia 7.5°™ longa 3™ lata lateralia parum minora, nervis secundariis sub- 


‘ *While engaged in determining Dr. Palmer’s collection from the state of Co- 
‘ma, Mexico, I came across three peculiar species that puzzled me very muc 


pty all belong to the order imehtnneds, none were in flower, but all had mature 
t : termined to be a new species of Guarea and the other two w 
Sorel 4 referred to Trichilia. I finally submitted them to M an- 
lished . just reported upon them, requesting that his descriptions be pub- 
need ton icAL GazETTE. The following note mpanied his de- 
Scriptions: ‘‘I did not answer need ape ry se two of them 
ann puzzled me for some time, owing to the fact of their leaves and fruit 
m pees et the ont 3 charecters: of true 7 tiie combined with the abnor- 
vol But having received from Capt. John 


ik, “5 
ree Smith a third plant with flowers as well as fruits, which agro ena 
oe to 7) da eg —— its seeds contain a now hesita 

Ber to refer yours to the same genus.’’—J. N. R 


40 The Botanical Gazette. (January, : . 


adscendentibus suboppositis utrinque 8-10. Petioluli ad 6™™ longi 
subtiliter puberuli. Petioli ad 2™ longi. Panicule hornotinz axil— 
lares glabre. Capsula paulo latior quam longa, circiter 7™™ lata 
Semina circiter 4™,longa elliptica in sicco flavicantia. Embryo peti- 
spermio albo tenui inclusus, cotyledonibus carnosis basi cordulatis, 


radicula exserta subrotunda, plumula minima. 4 


Species sicut subsequens ac tertia e Guatemala alio loco describenda 
semine perispermium includente radiculaque e cotyledonibus exserta 
a caeteris Z7ichilits quorum fructus notus est discrepans. 

Trichilia Colimana.—Foliis modice petiolatis 5~6-jugis, foliolis sub- 
aequalibus petiolulatis oppositis subalternisve lanceolatis basi leviter 
inaequali acutis apice acute acuminatis supra subtusque densius pilo- 
sulis, paniculis fructiferis simplicibus quam folia pluries brevioribus, 
capsulis pedicellatis 3- vel abortu 2-valvatis, valvis late ovatis trans 
verse rugulosis hirsutis, loculis monospermis, seminibus subglobosis 
arillo aurantiaco circumdatis.—In Colima (Palmer 1,117). 

Ramuli adulti glabri, in sicco rufescentes lenticellis pallidioribus 
inconspicuis. Folia ad 30 longa impari-pinnata. Foliola superior 


caeteris parum majora ad 7.5™" longa ad 22™" lata in sicco firmule — 


membranacea inconspicue subtiliter pellucido-punctulata, nervis sec ; 
undariis subadscendentibus utrinque 10-12. Rhachis cum petiolo e 
longa teres pilosula. Panicule fructifere circiter 8™ longe. Caps 
larum valvae circiter 1™longae. Embryo intrasacculum persistentem — 
extus perispermio pulverulente albo circumdatum inclusus, cotyledon 
ibus carnosis ellipticis, radicula exserta brevi obtusa, plumula minima — 
—CASIMIR DE CANDOLLE, Geneva, Switzerland. 


Frost freaks of herbaceous plants.—The very interesting article by 
L. F. Ward on“Frost Freaks of the Dittany”? called to my mind some 
very interesting observations which I made on this plant during the 
winter of 1885-6, while connected with the University of North Caro- : 
lina. This plant is very abundant in the open woods at Chapel Hill 
where the University is located. During a short excursion one frost] 
morning the curious frost foils on the stems of Cuni/a attracted my a 
tention. On these particular plants the frost laminations did not : 
usually conform to the regular arrangement described by Mr. Ward, 
though sometimes the regular arrangement in whorls of two oF fout 
did occur. The sheets did however stand out vertically from long | 
tudinal slits in the stem and were curved into multitudinous form’ 
forming imitations of numerous objects. One case I particularly wy 


member where two sheets issuing from parallel rifts quite near 10" : 


gether, diverged as they extended outward from the stem, and the? 


ninay TE 
*BoTANICAL GAZETTE, 18: 183. 1893. : 


| 


1894. ] Briefer Articles. 41 


gradually approached forming a perfect imitation of the shell of some 
lamellibranch. I found upon observation that the longitudinal bars 
on the sheets were due to slight inequalities in the thickness, caused 
by corresponding inequalities in the size of the riftin thestem. Dur- 
ing the process of crystalization of the water at the surface of the cam- 
bium layer its expansion caused it to be expressed outward or verti- 
cally to the plant since this was the direction of least resistance to the 
forming ice foil. The forming crystal passing through the rift would 
be moulded into a fashion, so far as the thickness is concerned, corre- 
sponding to the inequalities of the rift. During the first stages of the 
crystalization frequently portions of the dead epidermis or periderm 
would be included, and as the foil extended outward considerable 
portions of the dead outer part of the stem would be carried out upon 
the terminal portion. 

Although familiar with the frost freaks of Helianthemum Canadense 
from the statements in manuals, I had never seen them, and this phe- 
nomenon on the stems of Cunila Mariana seemed to me to be of some 
interest which would possibly justify some extended notice of it to- 
gether with colored illustrations. Accordingly I engaged an artist 
friend to color in oil one of the most beautiful of the specimens. 
Since the frost work could not be taken in doors without fatal results 
to its form and beauty, and it would be rather chilly working at an 
easel in the frosty air of a cold morning, the object was placed just 


outside the window while the artist sat within. A very good picture 


was the result but further consideration of the subject led me to be- 
lieve that the phenomenon was of such common occurrence through- 
out nature it was not worthy of the very dignified treatment which I 
had in mind at the start. So the matter dropped so far as I was con- 
cerned and this interesting phenomenon waited seven long years to be 
recorded, | 

Several mornings during that and following winters the frost 
marvels were observed, and each time also there occurred the well 
known phenomenon of the formation of ice columns in moist soil, 
where the crystallization of the surface moisture causes the forming 
crystal to expand vertically to the earth since that is the direction of 
the least resistance. Capillarity of the soil provides the constant sup- 
Ply from below where the soil is not frozen, and columns are pushed 
UP several inches in height, carrying upon their summits portions of 
the surface soil and refuse matter in the way of leaves, etc. Warm or 
ie days and frosty nights, when the ground is not already frozen, 

or both the formation of the ice columns in moist places on the 
Sround, and the frost wings on the stems of the dittany. The peren- 


42 The Botanical Gazette. [January, 


nial root system probably does not supply by capillarity the constant | 
stream of water as does the capillarity of the soil. But I do not 
think it unreasonable to suppose that there is a degree of root activity _ 
which furnishes the necessary water. The cold being superficial the 
water in the surface of the cambium crystallizes, the dead periderm | 
cracks, and through the rift the nascent laminate crystal pushes its 
way. i 

A specific variation in the root activity of different plants as related 
to different temperatures explains, I think, why Cumi/a Mariana ot : 
the plants Mr. Ward mentions forms the crystals. I discovered also 


made at the time I can safely say that it was either some species 
Eupatorium or Vernonia, more likely the latter. I regret now thal bs 
did not accurately determine the species—Gero. F. ATKINSON, Bolan 
ical Department, Cornell University. 


A hybrid Baptisia—Several specimens of a Baffisia have been © 
lected in the vicinity of Manhattan which can not be referred to@™ 
of the species of the genus. The two species occurring here are ® 
australis, characterized by its glabrous foliage and erect raceme of bl 
flowers, and B, leucophea, with hairy foliage and a reclining race 
of cream-colored flowers. The specimens referred to are interme¢ 
in all these characters, even to the party-colored flowers, and are 
parently hybrids between the two species. Fruiting specimens h 


not been observed.—A. S. Hircucock, Agricultural College, Mar 
tan, Kansas. . : 


eS ee ee en eee 


ee ee ee ee a Se 


CURRENT LITERATURE. 
Microseopical methods. 


American botanists are much indebted to Dr. James E. Humphrey 
for translating and to Messrs. Henry Holt & Co. for publishing a 
very valuable work on botanical microtechnique. The work was writ- 
ten by Dr. A. Zimmermann,’ privat-docent in the University of Ti- 
bingen, and published in Germany last year. 

It is rare that such a wealth of detailed information is condensed 
into so small space. The general methods of observing, staining and 
mounting specimens are first taken up, followed by microchemical 
methods, methods for investigating the cell wall and the various cell 
contents, some account of the preparation and examination of bac- 
teria, and a list of literature and an index. The variety of substances 
which may now be detected microchemically is astonishing. Over 
one hundred compounds or groups of compounds are treated in the 
third of the volume given to microchemical methods. An equally 
great number of substances are dealt with in the next third of the vol- 
ume, relating to the cell wall and cell contents. 

In using the work some disappointment will be felt now and then 
on account of the brevity with which many of the topics are treated, 
but this fault, arising from the multiplicity of topics, is partly atoned 
for by the careful citation of literature, the page as well as the volume 
being named. 

Nearly two hundred authors are mentioned in the enumeration of 
literature, and two or three times as many distinct works. The text 
has not, however, been merely compiled from these abundant data, 
but the author has tested a large part of the methods, and given his 
views of their value, often suggesting excellent modifications. 

The work of the translator has been well done. He has taken oc- 
casion to add a few items to the text, the most important being in re- 
gard to celloidin imbedding. He has also added to the appendix a 
Series of very useful reference tables, notably a table of specific gravi- 
hes and percentage composition of a few common solutions and 
De Vries’ table of “isotonic coefficients” comparing the water-absorb- 
'ng power of six great groups of compounds. The author has also 


res. Trans. from the German by James Ettis HUMPHREY. 
figs. 63. New York: Henry Holt & Co. 1893. $2.50. 


44 The Botanical Gazette. [January,, 


assisted the translator in supplying paragraphs upon recent investiga 
tions, thus bringing the work fully up to the time of publication of - 
the American edition. : 

The typography and binding are satisfactory. Altogether the book 
is admirable, and no microscopical laboratory can afford to be 
without it. , 


Be 
+ 
“shh 


Minor Notices. : 
THE MyrRTLES of Brazil have just been enumerated by Hyjalmar 
Kizrskou', being a part of the work on the flora of Central Brazil ed 
ited by Eug. Warming. This characteristic Brazilian family is repre 
sented as containing 418 species, 120 of which are described as ne Wad 
Of the 13 genera, Myrcia and Lugenia contain over 300 of the species 
Myrcia is represented by 154 species, 37 of which are new, and Zugenia 
by 151 species, 52 of which are new. Only the new species are chat- 
acterized. Of the 24 plates, 12 are from drawings, chiefly showing le 
form and venation, and 12 are very good reproductions of photographs 
of herbarium sheets. - 


Dr. Joun W. HarsHBERGER has published an exhaustive account! 
maize.* He has brought together matters of great interest, and t 
contribution will make a valuable reference paper. The scope 
treatment can best be indicated by some of the titles. The chapt 
bear the titles: Botanical, Origin, Geographical Distribution, Chem 
ical, Agriculture—Physiological, Utility, Economic considerations: 
Future. Under “Botanical”, the gross anatomy, histology, and 
ography, are treated. Under “Origin”, which is a very interes 
chapter, meteorological, botanical, archeological, ethnological, ph 
logical, and historical proofs are considered, all of which are taken 
prove a central Mexican origin. “Maize originated, inall probabill 
im a circumscribed locality, above 4,500 feet elevation, north oF 
Isthmus of Tehuantepec and south of the 22nd degree of north ! 
tude, near the ancient seat of the Mayatribes. There is hardly 24° 


but that the Mayas first cultivated maize and distributed it in ev 
direction.” 


*KLERSKOU, HjALMar. —Enumeratio Myrtacearum Brasiliensium, ete. 

Pp. 200, 24 plates. Haunize, ex officina Hoffensbergiana, 1893. 

 HARSHBERGER, Joun 
D. Bo 


.—Maize: a botanical and economic study. ‘ 
trib. 1893. 


Ww 
t. Lab. Univ, Penn, 1: 2. 75-202. pl. 4. 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


Dr. Jos. Boeum, professor of physiological botany in the University 
of Vienna and also in the College of Agriculture, and an investigator 
of wide reputation, died December 2, 1893, at Vienna. 


De Lamar irre finds? that, for an equal surface, the leaves devel- 
oped in the sun show a greater intensity of respiration, assimilation 
and transpiration than those grown in shade, the well known struc- 
tural differences thus having a corresponding physiological signifi- 
cance 


: PRESERVING anatomical as well as herbarium material, Hein- 
richer avoids blackening of colorless saprophytes and parasites like 
Monotropa and Lathraea by plunging the living plant into boiling 
water for about a quarter of an hour and then transferring them to al- 
cohol or placing in a press, as desired.* 

MUELLER-TuHuRGavU has shown that various phenomena in cultivated 
Epes currants, apples, oranges, apricots and peaches, are directly re- 
ated to the number of seeds formed. The more seed formed the 
greater will be the weight of flesh, the slower the ripening, the greater 


. 


the amount of acid and the less the sugar, 


Mr. O. F. Cook sailed Oct. 25th for western Africa, to make further 
observations and collections of the plants of that region, especially of 
the cryptogamic forms. He will be gone a year or more. is former 
voyage resulted in securing a large amount of botanical material, and 
the present visit is expected to yield even greater results. 


MacmiLian & Co. of New York announce for early pe pant a 
work by Prof. G. F. Atkinson, entitled, “The study of the biology of 
ferns by the collodion method ; for advanced and collegiate students.” 
It is to be profusely illustrated, and is designed for laboratory instruc- 
tion and for reference on the development and structure of ferns. 


For MOUNTING preparations cleared with chloral hydrate which it is 
desired to retain in their transparent condition, Geoffroy suggests* a 
solution of 3-4 pure gelatin in 100” of 10 per cent. chloral hydrate. 

is can be used like glycerin, with the added convenience that it 
hardens at the edge of the cover, so that the cover can be cemented 
without tedious cleaning. 

QUANTITATIVE DETERMINATION of sugars by fermentation is de- 
scribed by A. Lasché in the Amer. Brewers Review 1: 2 
1893. The method is given by which the percentage of dextrose, sac- 
charose, maltose and isomaltose in glucose can be found by use of 
Saccharomyces apiculatus, S. Joergensenii, and S. cerevisie. Two 
types of the latter are required, the Frohberg type and the Saar type. 
ie 


“Revue gén. de Bot. 4: 481, 529.1 892. 


*Zeits. f. Wiss. Mikros. 9: 321-3. 1893. 
*Jour. de Botanique 7: 55. 1893. 


46 3 The Botanical Gazette. 


Dr. F. Francesca, of Los Angeles, Cal., has made a small collec: 
tion of the Guadalupe Island plants. The ‘plants of this pare have! 
been seldom collected. Although quite well known through c 
tions of Dr. Palmer and Professor Greene, so many of the peel ai 

endemic, that almost any collection from the island is valuable. 
F ranceschi has several sets to dispose of ers solicits correspondence 


THE QUESTION of the existence of a special membrane around t 
vacuole has been incidentally studied by Bokorny, who finds,‘ on 


sis occurs but the general protoplasm is slowly killed. 
wall however remains living ex a long time as spol by its reachousy 


A PROSPECTUS see a distribution of Uredinee Americana Exsitea 
by Prof. M. sok Carleton, has been issu ay The fa scicles are to CO 


at 
at 
=] 
th 
rr 
eT 
r 
mn 
x. 
3. 
Bo 
Oo 
| 
n 
= 
ca 
oO- 
om 
r) 
s 
oO 
or 
° 
on 
ra) 
wm 
Oo 
3 
cr 
2 
nl 
BP 
Ss § 
6] 
Oo 
ey 


the mi iddle of Jan 


THE PROCEEDINGS Pt the sixth annual convention of the Ass 
ae foisens “ioe po secon’ (1892), recently distributed as Bulleti 
2 ee U. S. ey tions, contains five bo oe pa 


ones; hele of fruit decays, aa B. D. Halsted; Notes on re: bre 
ing of fruits, by N. E. Hansen; and Cross sing of cucurbits 

ammel. The report of the section on botany gives ‘ane resume 
ten papers that were presented. 


Mr. G. J. Peirce E publishes in the Annals of Botany for Septem” 
the results of i investigations on the haustoria of the Cuscutas and 80 
other phanerogamic parasites. The author finds the haustoria t 
true lateral roots modified for their special work. In all the fi 
era studied, except the chlorophyll- -bearing Viscum album, the 


ustorium was provided with an axial bicollateral bundle wi 
strands of ducts and two of sieve tubes e haustorium phir 
site always penetrates to the fibro-vascular rin € 


of th 
xylem and sieve tubes are in direct contUnTeatiCnt with h the. 
responding parts of the host. The finding os sieve tubes in the # 


*Biolog. Cent. 13: 271. 1893. 


1894. ] Notes and News. 47 


toria of the Cuscutas when L. Koch and others had failed to discover 
them is especially interesting and throws much light on the food rela- 
tions of the parasite and its host.—R. A. HarPER 


A great portion of native botanic drugs are collected in the moun- 
tain portions of North Carolina, South Carolina, eastern Tennessee 


Ind., a botanical department [in charge of Mr. John S. Wright] is de- 
voted to the identification and inspection of vegetable drugs.—ZLz//y’s 


THE sEriaL, Studies from the biological laboratory of Johns Hopkins 
University, completed the fifth volume with the October issue. 


roots of the Taxodium distichum, by J. P. Lotsy (v. 269); and On the 
origin and development of the stichidia and tetrasporangia in Dasya 
elegans, by B. N. Barton (Vv. 279). 


language), all were found to show acontinuity of the protoplasm, ex- 
cept Oidium lactis, not only between vegetative cells, but also between 


in the fungi wherever transportation of material is necessary, and that 
plasma granules may pass from one cell to another in this way. In an 
experiment with Eurotium herbariorum this happened under the eye 
of the observer. (Cf. Bor. Gaz. 18: 437).—D. T. M. 


: £ ANNUAL MEETING of the Indiana Academy of Sciences occurred 
in Indianapolis, Dec. 27th and 28th. There was a good attendance, 
ao the scientific interests of the state were promoted in many ways. 
b ne half day was given to the discussion of the work accomplished 

y the State Biological Survey, a voluntary organization under the 
auspices of the Academy, and of plans for its future. The following 


are the titles of the botanical papers read: Some notes on a variet 


piss pteridophytes in Indiana, by L. M. Underwood; Histol- 


48 The Botanical Gazette. [January, 


thickness of the petiole of Richardia, by Katherine E. Golden; The 
effects of light on the germinating spores of marine algae, by. M.A 
Brannon; Notes on Saprolegnia, by Geo. L. Roberts; Contribution to 
the life history of Notothylas, by D. M. Mottier; Notes on evolu: 
tion in the cacti, by J. M. Coulter; The ash of trees, Notes on the bio- 
logical survey, and The stomates of Cycas, by M. B. Thomas; Poison- 

ous influence of Cypripedium spectabile, Symbiosis in Isopyrum bi- 
ternatum, and Work of the botanical division of the Natural History 
Survey of Minnesota, by D.T. MacDougal; Notes on sectioning woody 
tissues, Concerning the effect of glycerin on plants, and Notes on an 
imbedding material, by John S. Wright; and The adventitious plants of 
Fayette county, by Robert Hessler. Beside the above the presiden- 

Reg on by J. C. Arthur was a botanical theme. The special senses 

plants. 


Dr. SCHENCK recommends‘ a method of preparing unusually 
large and thick sections for permanent. preservation so as to be useful 
for lecture demonstrations and for. examination with the magnifier. 


IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING the World’s Congress on Horticulture # 
Chicago in August last, a series of meetings was held to consider t 
advisability of organizing a horticultural society which shall include 
every country of the globe. After much discussion, in which mail 
eminent men from various parts of the world engaged, the Worlds 


upon which occasions, also, it can greatly aid in procuring exhi fe 
from all parts of the world. ee 


‘Bot. Cent. 54: 1. April 1893. 


PLATE III. 


A. Schneider 


del. 
Seen ee! 


SCHNEIDER on SYMBIOSIS. 


Le 

Paes 
pas 

To] 


Pte] 

AT 

bite) 8] 6.) 
y Vi 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. 


PLATE IV. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. 


: 
7 
j 


A.Schneider del. | 


i a ——— —— | 


SCHNEIDER on SYMBIOSIS. 


CURTISS’ DISTRIBUTION OF SOUTHERN PLANTS. 


Having resumed my botanical work in Florida, after an interval of six years 
devoted to journalism, and being about to undertake the preparation of another 
of my ‘‘fascicles,’’ I would like to hear from my former subscribers and from 
others who may desire to secure Fascicle VIII 

{ can supply a few with most of the plants of Fascicles I and II. A catalogue 
and any desired particulars furnished on application. 


A. H. CURTISS, Jacksonville, Fla. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Gompany 


Successors to all business in Botanical Supplies in 


CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 
Herbarium and Laboratory Materials and Apparatus 
MICROSCOPES, BOOKS, SPECIMENS, EVERYTHING USEFUL 
TO BOTANISTS. 
S0S SATISFACTION ._ GUARANTEED. S03 


SUBSCRIBE Now For 1894 


A year’s subscription to Scr1BNER'S 
MaAGazineE will bring into your home 
twelve monthly numbers, aggregating 
over I500 pages of the best and most 
interesting reading, and more than 
700 beautiful illustrations. 


ANNOUNCEMENTS. 
George W, yee bah begin in the January 
number Pees nce entitled ‘John 
March, Keates i 


Two other fsactant peed a: hig re 
gaged from J. M. Barrie and Geo Mere: 
h 


se: wigs So will be abun 
— = tot, Ww. H. Bishop, 
pedatie Halev gts Pe 
Chandler erties aa git ang: ew 
will ewegistar 
Studies of American Life will be an import- 
i feature, including. Sora Bar Har- 
bor, etc., and the 
Rgoe srhaete abcd on ‘te even more numer- 
us and beautiful than ever. A series of 
Fr ontispieces chosen by Philip Gilbert 
Hamerton will be especially notable. 


CHARLES SCRIBNER’S SONS 
743 BROADWAY, NEW YORK. 


CHARACEZ OF AMERICA. 


4 

e first fasicle = the second part of the Characeae of America is now ready. a 

sited: recente 6 orntanee ies of Mitelin as follows: Nitella opaca te oe Alle, e 
era len, Blankinshipit Allen, Missouriensis Allen, flexilis A ubglo 

A. Br., and glomerulifera with fourteen full- “page Gisstraaions: (eight lithogre: 

phic plates and six popsarevetes.) These fasicles will be issued from time to time as 

ol can be prep ared. ge of each part $1.00—the actual cost if the whole edition of ~ 

copies be sold. Addr 
T. F. ALLEN, 10 East 36th St., New York City. 


N. Am. LICHENS FOR SALE. 


Collections 40 and 45, of 320 species each; also smaller ones can be made, ; 
About twenty new species of my discovery in these. My references: many ~ 
colleges, | 


Address W. W. CALKINS, 
147 California Avenue, CHICAGO, ILL. — 


SPECIALLY PREPARED 
Derbarium Paper? Botanists 


This paper is offered at th ihe chodies moderate price of $5.50 per 
ream. We also furnish— . 


No, 1 Genus Cover, 16% x 24 inches, at $4.00 per 100 
2 +e oe se 9.50 ‘i 


3 ot ry &é 1.50 oe 
Dryers, 2 215 8 2.00 * 
Species sheets, 164x284 “ ee ee 


o 
Orders will receive prompt attention. Write for samples. 


E. MORRISON PAPER CO., 


1009 Penna. Avenue, N. W., vee D.C. 4 


BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL CO., 


MICROSCOPES. TELESCOPES, 
PHOTOGRAPHIC LENSES. 
AND OTHER OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS 4 


Factory and Office ; ROCHESTER, N. Y.—531-543 N. St. Paul sea 
Branch Office ; NEW YORK .—48-50 Maiden Lane. 
a pores 


nof on or catalogue,with a number of improvements and additions | 
~ Seen lin microscopes, will be sent free on application to pat person interested * 


Pe ae ee ee ee See te 


The undersigned wishes to exchange his herbarium of 
about 5000 species of North American flowering plants for 
Graminez from all parts of the world. 

Aes tid CHCOCK, 


Manhattan, Kansas. 


Henry Heil Chemical Co., 


or. LOUIS, Mo. 


themicals and Apparatus 


LABORATORY 
SUPPLIES, 


GIVE USA TRIAL. YOU WILL FIND US PROMPT AND CHEAP 
Before Ordering Elsewhere, Get Our Quotations. 
Large Illustrated Catalogue assis ation, 


BAUSCH & LOMB OPTICAL C0., 
Microscopes & 
sme seCessories, 
ene weToNE Microtomes, 
NAY Sect iae Photo Lenses 
FACTORY AND ren ie, | amniutter S- 
aE bottoay N.Y. 


ENLARGEMENT OF THE 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


The steady increase in the studies worthy of record w 
are submitted to the Editors of the BOTANICAL GAZE 
compelled them during 1893 to print each month more t 
the 32 pages promised. In order to meet the growing 
mand fer space and to permit the prompter publication | 
accepted papers, the editors have 

Enlarged the Journal 
from its former size, thirty-two pages monthly, to a m 
mum of 
FORTY PAGES 
with the probability, as in the past, of often exceeding 
minimum. 

At the same time they are obliged to meet the incr 
cost, not only of the extra letter press, but espe 
the rapidly growing expense for plates. FORTY plates 
published in 1893, nearly double the number for pre 
years, and the demand for illustrations increases 
importance and length of the papers. Therefore, the 
lishers announce that the subscription price, beginnin 
January, 1894, will be , 

_ $3.00 a year 
_ STRICTLY IN ADVANCE. 
in Germany, 4 marks; in England, 14 shillings; in 

: 17 francs; postage included. 

No pee rates or discounts to agents. see 
Ths is = hoped chat all the subscribers will renew 


Vol. XIX. FEBRUARY, 1894. No, 2. 


a THE 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


a EDITORS: 

a _ JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, il, 

CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, 
J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 


= 


1S. 


ae > 7 CONTENTS: 


49 
E ictastesion: (with aoe WCE N. Snake = Se 
on the development of the bulb of the adder’s-tongue. (With plates 
) NU and VINL)— Frederick H. Blodgett. 2 0 
Noteworthy anatomical and physio logical researches. . . - - 66 
The function of the secondary tissues in arborescent monocotyledons.—Theo. © 
PSN NE pee Ge Et Re he gs 


&EO, 420 


- Vegetable ferments.—/. Christian Bay. is 
iferous.— | White. 


THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science. 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 


SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 
The subscription price must be paid in advance. No numbers are sent after the 
expiration of the time paid for. No reduction is made to dealers or agents. 
n Great Britain, 14 shillings. Germany, 14 marks 
Agent, W. P. COLLINS, Agents, R. ripen eI R & SOHN, 
157 Great Portland St., London, W. strasse 11, Berlin, N. W.t 
The prices named include postage. 

Subscriptions and business correspondence should be addressed to th: 
BOTANICAL GAZETTE, MADISON, WIS.; money orders and drafts should be mate 
payable to the BoranicaL GazETTE 

Separate Copies — Contributors are furnished on request 25 separate copies 0 
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be suppliel 
at the eee tates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate 
per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like GazerteE, wil 
title, $1.50 per 100, additional. FE The number desired must be marked atthe 
head of the MS., as none will be printed unless ordered. 

ipts.—Contributors are requested to write scientific and proper name 
with particular care, and in citations to follow the form shown in the pages ot 
the Gazette. cretion — be sent to any one of the editors. 


HHinmeteasi, 


Articles requiring illustrations and corte 
pondence about advertisements should be addressed to J. C. ARTHUR, Purdi 
University, Lafayette, Ind. 


Missing Numbers.—Will be replaced only when claim is made withia ? 

days after receipt of the number followin 
[Entered at the Post-office at as second-class postal matter.] 

ln the March number will appear: | 

Some rare Myxomycetes of central New York, with nots 
on the germination of Enteridium Rozeanum, by ELIAS sy 
DURAND, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. : 

Flowers and inseets. XII, by Cuar.es ROBERTSON 
Carlinville, Tils. 

On the history of a blue-green motile cell, BRaplet 
Moore Davis, Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 

An auxanometer for the registration of growth of stem 
in thickness, by RAssaeine E. oes, Purdue ccc re 
sity, Pee Ind. . 


POTANICAL GAZETTE 


FEBRUARY, 1894. 


Contributions from the Cryptogamie Laboratory of Har- 
vard University. XXII. 
Observations on the genus Naegelia of Reinsch. 
ROLAND THAXTER. 
WITH PLATE V. 

In his paper entitled ‘‘Beobachtungen iiber einige neue Sap- 
rolegniez, etc.,” published in Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher about fif- 
teen years since,! Reinsch has described and figured a pecu- 
liar fungus to which he gave the name Naege/ia including un- 
der it two supposed species which he referred to in the text 
as “species I” and ‘‘species II” respectively, without further 
specific designation. The genus, which like Leptomitus and 
its allies is characterized by the division of its hyphe into 
segments through the presence of successive constrictions, was 
based on its peculiar habit, any given hyphal segment pro- 
ducing distally whorls of sporangia and branching in a char- 
acteristic fashion. Although this habit is clearly indicated 
by the original figures and description, Cornu?, in the year 
following Reinsch’s publication, referred the genus unreserv- 
edly to his own Rhipidium interruptum, a form characterized 
by an extreme differentiation between a monstrously devel- 
oped basal cell and the numerous branches arising from it, the 

abit of which, if published data may be relied upon, is 
quite different from that of the form under consideration. 
Nevertheless according to Cornu, single detached branches 
= R. inlerruptum are alone responsible for the creation of 
Naegelia,” a name, as he points out, inadmissable from its 
Previous use in at least two instances. With this exception 


a 298. 1878. 
ull. Bot. Soc. de France 1879. 226. 
Vel Zita > 


Mo: Bot. Garden, 
1895, 


50 The Botanical Gazette. [February, 


few references to Reinsch’s genus are discoverable. Fischer 
in his recent work? retains the name Waegeléa Reinsch, with- 
out further designation of the species, placing it under the 
insufficiently know genera included by him in the sub-family 
‘“‘APODYE,” with the remark that it cannot be considered 
identical with Rhipidium. Still more recently Schroter*, with- 
out reference to the opinions of Cornu, assumes its distinc- 
ness and places it among the ‘‘LEPTOMITACE#,” proposing asa 
substitute for the pfeoccupied Naegelia the modification 
Naegeliella, with one species, NV. Reinschii n. g.et n. s., equiv- 
alent to the ‘‘species 1” of Reinsch. Lastly Fritsch® calls 
attention to the preoccupation of Naegeliella for a genus of 
fresh water alge and proposes a third name Sapromyces 
nov. gen. distinguishing two species, S. Rezuschit (Schriter) 
Fritsch and S. dubcus nov. sp., the last an equivalent for ‘‘Nae- 
gelia species II.” 

The last three references, for the most recent of which the 
writer is indebted to the kindness of Prof. Farlow, appear to 
be based wholly on the original account of Reinsch, the genus 
not having been observed since its first discovery. In view 
of the fact that this account has been discredited by the criti 
cisms referred to, and is moreover defective in important 
points, the following observations may be of interest, based 
as they are on the examination of fresh material obtained 
during the past season. 

The plant in question was first met with by the writer in the 
vicinity of York, Me., where it was found growing on a pine cone 
that had fallen into a wood pool of clear cold water. On this 
substratum the sporangiferous hyphe were luxuriantly de- 
veloped, forming a layer around it nearly a centimeter thick, 
but not very conspicuous from its transparency. The di= 
charge of zoospores was repeatedly observed in this material; 
but no indication was seen of the presence of any form of Se 
ual reproduction. Later in the season (September) the po® 
was again visited and additional specimens secured growing 
upon submerged fragments of branches, one of which furnished : 
fine examples of the curious oogonia and antheridia. An 
amination of this material has afforded the data for the follow- 
ing account, but unfortunately no observations could be mace 

a 


*Phycomycetes in Rabenh. Kryptogamenfl. (Pilze) 1: pt. 4. 377- 1894. 
*Engler and’Prantl. Naturl, Pflanzenf. 1: 103. 4 
*CEsterr. bot. Zeitschr. 43: 420. 1893. 


1894. ] The Genus Naegelia of Reinsch. 51 


at the time either on the germination of the oospores or the 
details connected with the process of fertilization. 
Hyphe.—The hyphe, as has been already stated, con- 
sist of successive segments connected by constricted portions, 
which may be plugged by a deposit of cellulin, or, more com- 
monly, are without any such pseudo-septum, the contents of 
successive segments being, as a rule, in direct communica- 
tion with one another. The primary axis originates as a 
single basal cell or segment which is attached by its rough- 
ened surface directly to the substratum, without rhizoidal 
outgrowths. It is often more or less bent and distorted but 
otherwise undifferentiated, except that its protoplasmic con- 
tents may be separated into isolated masses (fig. 9), through 
the partial obliteration of its cavity by deposits of cellulin. 
Above this basal segment the habit of growth characteristic 
of the plant begins directly. The primary axis may be con- 
tinued by several successive segments, but more frequently it 
divides almost immediately into two or more secondary axes. 
This Successive and more or less irregular multiplication of 
axes Is continued from the base to the summit of the plant, 
any given segment producing distally one to several similar 
segments, the whole resulting in a copiously branched and 
Spreading structure. In addition to the new segment or seg- 
ments which may arise from the distal end of any given seg- 
ment, reproductive organs, whether zoosporangia, oogonia or 
antheridia, are usually produced either singly or more com- 
monly'in whorls of from two to (rarely) six, zoosporangia be- 
ing often associated in the same whorl with oogonia or with an- 
theridia. Each of the organs just mentioned is separated from 
its parent segment by the characteristic constriction which in 


the case of the zoosporangia and oogonia is furnished with a 
cellulin plug. 


Zoosporan 


Porangia are 


: Vv : ‘gfe ‘ar 
asites, and in ery frequently attacked by chytridiaceous par 


such cases often become considerably distorted 


52 The Botanical Gazette. [February, ; 


or otherwise modified, and although no resting spores were 
observed in any of the sporangia thus attacked, the thick 
walled spherical ‘‘oospores” described by Reinsch® as occut- 
ring, several in an ‘‘oogonium,” are undoubtedly of this na- 
ture. At maturity the dense granular protoplasm within the 
sporangium divides into a large number of zoospores. 
Zoospores.—The zoospores make their escape directly 
through a terminal pore without any interval of rest, swarm- 
ing immediately after emergence and even while still within 
the partly emptied sporangium (fig. 2). They are sub-reni- 
form in shape, biciliate and apparently monoplanetic, although 
this character was not definitely determined. In several in- 
stances when the discharge was observed directly, there was 00 
indication of any process similar to that described by Cornu 
in Rhipidium, where the contents of the sporangium is said to 
be discharged simultaneously as a mass of zoospores which are 
then set free by the rupture of a thin surrounding membrane. 
Antheridia.—The branches which terminate in antheridia 
arise like the zoosporangia terminally or more often laterally 
in whorls of several members and although often associated 
with zoosporangia do not occur in any of the specimens exam 
ined, on plants which produce oogonia. They are much more 


slender than the ordinary hyphe, with few constrictions, — 
often very elongate, flexuous, or often more or less irregularly 


spirally twisted especially just below the terminal anther 
idium. They may be several times branched, and are slightly 
constricted at such points, while the free tips, finding thei! 
way to the oogonia, become rather abruptly swollen into the 
antheridium proper. The antheridia are irregularly cylindr- 
cal, sometimes divided by a septum (fig. 5), and adhere closely 
to the oogonium, often winding partly round it, before reach” 
ing its receptive apex through which an entrance is effected 
by means of a beak-like process, which, pressing the wall ° 
the oogonium inwards, perforates it at the bottom of the de- 


pression thus formed. Two antheridia (fig. 8), or even thret, 
may be applied to a single oogonium invariably at its apex 
their pollinodia penetrating side by side to the oosphett: 


After penetration there seems to be open communication be- 


tween the oosphere and antheridium (fig. 5), but whether any 


interchange of contents takes place between them coul 


be determined from the material examined. As the 00sP0 


*lic. ih: pl 75. f. g-5. 1878. 


4 


q 


1894. ] The Genus Naegelia of Reinsch. 53 


matures the beak-like pollinodium becomes closed, its walls 
are greatly thickened, and its cavity sometimes wholly oblit- 
erated, so that even in old oogonia it is very sharply defined, 
the old antheridium also persisting and becoming somewhat 
thicker walled. 

Oogonia.— The oogonia are either terminal or more fre- 
quently, like the sporangia with which they are often associated 
(fig. 4, x), borne laterally either singly or in whorls from the 
distal ends of the hyphal segments. They are nearly spheri- 
cal or in the majority of cases piriform in shape, becoming 
covered with a brown flaky #crustation disposed transversely, 
and are separated from the segment which bears them by the 
usual constriction, which is always plugged (fig. 6) by a de- 
posit of cellulin. Antheridia and pollinodia were present 
on every oogonium in the material obtained, even in the 
youngest specimens. In the latter the contents entirely fills 
the oogonium and consists of numerous large masses of re- 
fractive fatty protoplasm embedded in a more finely granular 
matrix. As this mass contracts to form the oospore a small 
. of residual protoplasm remains unused outside it 

g- 5). 

Oospores. —The oospores are always solitary in the oogonia, 
spherical, with very thick translucent walls which are slightly 
yellowish. The exospore, though slightly irregular in outline, 
shows. no signs of any characteristic modification. Their ger- 
mination was not observed. 

From the above account it is manifest that the genus Sapro- 
myces is very closely related to Rhipidium as far as can be 
determined from the fragmentary descriptions of this genus 
which are available. It is left quite uncertain by Cornu’s 
— how much importance should be attached to the dif- 
oo. between the basal cell of Rhipidium and its 
oe es, but if this character is as strikingly pronounced in 
= — remaining species as it isin R. interruptum, it would 
tio ° constitute alone a sufficient basis for generic separa- 

n. Whether the differences existing in the method by 


— the zoospores are discharged in either case should also 
Considered of 


lied upo 


h n by Reinsch as a basis for his genus, would seem, 
Owever 


» to be of comparatively slight importance. 


54 The Botanical Gazette. [February, 


In connection with the general habit of Sapromyces it may 
be noted that Reinsch in his first description, 7 where his sub- 
sequent ‘‘Naegelia species 11” is described and figured as 
‘‘Hyphomycetarum nov. gen.” represents the sporangiferous 
hyphe as arising at intervals froma ‘‘stroma ex filis tenui- 
- oribus elongatis subramosis inter muscos aquaticos intricatis 
formatum,” but no reference to this mode of growth is made 
in his second paper; and since no such habit was observed by 
the writer, the account just quoted is presumably of doubtful 

accuracy. : 

That the species under consideration is not identical with 
R. interruptum, as asserted by Cornu, seems sufficiently mani- 
fest, since it lacks the highly differentiated basal cell, its spo- 
rangiaare verticillate and its oospores are nearly smooth; while 
the receptive portion of the oogonium is always terminal, not 

‘‘vers la base.”® The close resemblances between the sexual 
organs and their action in the two genera is certainly striking: 
yet until further data are obtained concerning these phenom- 
ena in other genera of the sub-family, it seems not unrea- 
sonable to assume that they may have a more than generic 
significance. ® 

The form may be briefly characterized as follows: 


SAPROMYCES REINSCHII (Schrit.) Fritsch. 


Fritsch, CEsterr. bot. Zeitschr. 43: 420. Dec. 1893. 
Hyphomycetarum nov. gen. Reinsch, Contrib. ad Algol. et Fungol. 99 (Chlo- 
roph.) p/. 14 f. 1. 875. 
Naegelia species ret species 1, Reinsch, Pringsheim’s Jahrbiicher, 11: 298. pl. 
L vd ie 1878. Fischer, Phycomycetes in Rabh. Kryptogamenfi. Pilze 1: pt. + 
. 1892. 
ion: ‘Reinschit Schroter, Engler and Prantl, Die Natiirl. Pflanzent. 
Sapromyces dubius Fritsch, 1. c. 
SRR Te ih Reheat acon ee Mee a Wie a ae MORENO 
7Contrib. ad Algol. et Fungol. Chlorph.) p/. . a-d, 1875. 
resect gel. 99 | ss orph.) p/. 7g. f. Z. @ 75 


enomena described by Prof. Humphrey (Saprolegniacez of the U.S» 
nl w i im as 


The p ? 
etc.,) in connectio a Apodachlya' 
not, i i 


the papers already cited. In this connection the close rese 
noted between the so-called chlamydospores of Apodachlya and the 
Sapromytces. 


, 


1894. ] The Genus Naegelia of Reinsch. 55 


Hyphe composed of numerous successive nearly cylindrical 
segments, arising one to several from undifferentiated basal 
segments attached to the substratum, each segment produc- 
ing distally one to several similar segments, as a rule, bear- 
ing distally whorls of zoosporangia, oogonia and antheridial 
branches, the sexual organs on separate plants, but often as- 
sociated with zoosporangia in the same whorl. Sporangia one 
to sixin a whorl, slender sub-cylindrical to sub-clavate or stout 
and oval to elliptical or oblong. Oogonia sub-spherical to 
piriform becoming covered at maturity by a brown flaky in- 

_¢rustation disposed transversely, and containing a single 
spherical nearly smooth thick-walled oospore. Antheridia 
irregularly cylindrical, abruptly distinguished from the antheri- 
dial branch, sometimes divided by a septum, penetrating 
the oogonium always at its apex by a beak-like pollinodium. 
Hyphe 7~30u in diameter, the segments (larger) 450 x 10- 
154. Zoosporangia 22—25 x 35-200. Oogonia 26-40 X 32-55. 
Oospores 20-301. 

On Viscum stems and alge, Germany (Reinsch). On cones 
and twigs of Pinus in a spring, York, Maine, ; 

Cambridge, Mass. 

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. 
Sapromyces Reinschii (Schrot.) Fritsch. 
one 1. General habit of sporangiferous hyphe.—Fig. 2. Whorl of three 
gia, one empty, the next before and the third during the discharge of zoo- 

Se the axis segment turned to the right. —Fig. 3. Portionof hypha bearing 

€r sporangia (Naegelia species 11) before the discharge of Pp .—Fig. 4. 
Hyp a bearing oogonia, one of which is terminal. Also portions of two hyphe 
Boeecins antheridial branches, one of them also a zoosporangium, x.—Fig. 5. 


on apex of the oosphere.—Fig. 6 
icium showing flaky incrustation of oogonium wall, acellulin plug filling its 
Spesirioved base.—Fig, 7. ig. 8. Oogonium 
racniolsy oosphere with two antheridia attached.—Fig. 9. Th basal cells 
a tes rom substratum, their cavities partly obliterated, that on the left giving 

*o a sporangium and segments bearing oogonia and sporangia. 
igs. 2-4, 9. D, oc. 2. Figs. 5-8. D, oc. 4. Photo- 


On some species of Micrasterias. 
L. N. JOHNSON. 

WITH PLATE VI. ; 
The genus which forms the subject of these notes includes 
some of the largest and most beautiful of the Desai 
During the past summer the writer has had an opportunity ot 
studying an abundance of material of a number of ape rs. 
cluding one or two rare forms. Some of the facts note ; 
not appear to have been previously recorded, though aa 
ently of considerable importance. Most of the mate aa | 
collected on Long Island, in several large ponds, at Lol | 
Spring Harbor. : Jian 
Probably the most interesting find was Micrastertas fo és 
cea Bailey. This was very abundant in one gathering ey 
by rinsing waterweeds. The species was first describe 6d 
Prof. Bailey, in 1847, in a letter to Ralfs, and was publis a 
and figured by the latter in his British Desmidiez. = It 1s 

parently not a common species, though widely distribut : 
It has been reported from Burmah by Joshua, ”? from vue 
by Wallich,* from Java by Nordstedt. In this country ee 
found it once or twice,* but no one else appears to wp . 
ported it since Bailey’s original discovery. Prof. No a 
has described® a variety ornata, from Brazil, differing | te: 
the type only in having, on the superior margin of the Ye 
mediate lobe and the inferior of the basal lobe, two S™® 
aculei. . 


to 
were counted in a single filament, and the number apps 
be limited only by the strength of the connection of the the 
and the strain put upon it. Wallich appears to have been UE 
RIA RENAE Paes peter 


tThe British Desmidiezx, 210. 
2B 


a plo oe fF) a 1848. 
urmese Desmidiez, Journal of the Linnean Soc. 21: 636. 886. ist 
oi ee of Desmidieze from lower Bengal. Ann. and Mag. ote 
. 6: 280. pl. rg. f. 7-9. : tes: 
‘Bulletin of Torrey Hetasseel Club 9: 27. 1882. Desmids of the United S14 
118. pl. 78. f. 10, 11. 1884. toula quint 
*Symbolz ad floram Brazilie centralis cognoscendam. _Particula 22i. pl 
Carag Vidensk. Medd. fra den naturh. Forening i Kjébenhavet 
2 . 1869, 


1894. ] On Some Species of Micrasterias. 57 


first to notice the union into filaments.* Wolle found the fil- 
aments, and states? that the cells are held together by the 
overlapping of the end lobes. 

It is in connection with the form of this‘end lobe, and the 
means by which the cells are joined that the descriptions by 
various authors are most indefinite or confused. The figure 
in Ralfs’ British Desmidiee is very defective, and justifies 
Wallich’s remark that neither Bailey nor Ralfs seems to have 
noticed» the minute details of structure. Wallich describes 
the form which he found as var. B, but it seems scarcely dis- 
tinct from the type. He describes it as emarginate, with one 
spine on each surface, the two being diagonally opposite. 
He figures a chain of three cells, but they could not possibly 
be joined in the manner represented by him. 

Rabenhorst® mentions the species as one not yet found in 
Europe, and states that the emarginate polar lobe is biden- 
tate on each surface. Later writers seem to have followed 
him, and the statement is true, as far as it goes. The best 
figures of the terminal lobe are given by Nordstedt,® but 
there are some points not made clear by his plate and de- 
scription. 

The form of a single cell is shown by the accompanying 
drawing (figs. 2 and 3). The lateral margins of the frond 
are nearly straight and parallel, and the end lobe projects but 
slightly beyond them. This lobe is deeply emarginate, with 
an almost rectangular sinus. The portion on each side of the 
Sinus is depressed on one surface, in such a way that the two 
depressions lie diagonally opposite each other. This is very 
difficult to describe, but may be easily understood by refer- 
ence to the drawings. At the base of the sinus on either sur- 
face of the frond are two tooth-like projections. These have 
been often noticed before, but one peculiarity seems to have 
been overlooked. The tooth on the side adjoining the de- 
Pression is nearly twice as large as the other. An examina- 
tion of hundreds of specimens shows this to be constant. 

The manner in which the cells are joined in the filament 
ra be seen from fig. 4. The lower cell is slightly separated 
ti m the next, showing the manner in which the lateral por- 
“ons of the end lobes of the two fronds are dovetailed to- 


*Loc. cit. 
uit of the United States, 118. 
. ora Europaea Algarum aquz dulcis et submarine. 3: 195. 1868. 


58 The Botanical Gazette. [February, 


gether. When the cells fit closely together the projecting 
teeth interlock. It would be difficult to imagine a more rigid 
connection than this. The firmness of the union and the 
shape of the cells give the filaments little flexibility, and they 
are usually nearly straight. 

Unfortunately it was impossible to work out the develop- 
ment of the terminal lobe, as no specimens were found under- 
going division. ; 


small size. he average diameter of thirty specimen 


*°Phycologia Germanica 134. 1845. 

1 pBulletin of Torrey Botanical Club. 6: 122.8: p/. 6. f. 5. 1881. 
1*Flora 10: 643. 1827, 4 
18Sylloge Algarum omnium hucusque cognitarum, 1: 1114. 1839. 


1894.] On Some Species of Micrasterias. 59. 


156u. In another respect the latter are remarkable. The 
typical form, as is well known, has each of the four lateral 
lobes deeply bifid, but such specimens are not numerous in 
this material. The cell shows a decided tendency toward a 
form with simple lobes (fig. 14). Scores of specimens were 
examined of which no record was made, but of thirty taken 
at random which were measured, eleven were typical, two had 
one simple lobe, five had two, two had three and the same 
number four, three had but two typical lobes each, three had 
but one, while two were of the form shown in fig. 14, with all 
the lobes simple. Some of these varieties are shown in figs. 
9-13. Sometimes all the abnormal lobes are in one semicell, 
while the other is normal, but quite as often some lobes of 
each are simple, and these may be on the same or opposite 
sides of the frond. A curious and rather puzzling fact is that 
the lobes nearest the base of the semicell show the greatest 
tendency to this variation. If there are not more than four 
simple lobes these are almost invariably the basal ones. Only 
one exception to this was found among all the specimens ex- 
amined. | 
Another noteworthy fact is that the abnormal forms are al- 
Most invariably larger than the typical. Of the thirty speci- 
mens measured the eleven fypical ones averaged 133s, while 
the others averaged 163, and the average of those hav- 
ing over four simple lobes was 182, with extremes of 165 and 
200. Only two abnormal specimens measured less than 
140M, Often the difference could be seen in a single cell, 
the varying half being decidedly larger than the other. 
ae oF material collected in Connecticut, only a week or 
ii alter the former collection, these variations were very in- 
are but they were found occasionally. Of thirty speci- 
mri ay but three were of the typical form. Of the three, 
es a one semicell of the typical form, while the other 
Tur a form, with all the lobes simple. 
Wego — described and figured a variety decurta’* of M. 
cs ay i. which seems to be this simple form. He says 
Only tivo It is ‘‘a strange’ and apparently abnormal form. 
doubt semicells seen, of which one possessed a curious 
€ lobelet.” His material was from Watertown, N. Y. 


It j : 
is hardly necessary to call attention to the close re- 
14 


On 
1885, Some new and rare desmids. Jour. Royal Micr. Soc. 5; 936. p/. 16. f. r0. 


60 The Botanical Gazette. [February, 


semblance between the simplest form here described and Mr. 
Wolle’s description and figure’® of VW. pseudofurcata. The 
chief distinction given by him for this species is that it has 
‘‘only half as many lateral arms” as M. furcata. The origi- 
nal figure of M7. pseudofurcata Wolle, in the Bulletin of the 
Torrey Botanical Club is almost exactly like fig. 14, and prob- 
ably represents the same form. 

In this connection it is of interest to. note Wolle’s descrip- 
tion of M. furcata var. simplex.1® From this it will be seem 
that he collected and examined in Florida a series of forms 
showing all possible gradations from a form with two simple 
lateral arms on each side to one with but one simple lobe 
on each side of the semicell. He himself calls attention to 
the resemblance of the former to MZ. pseudofurcata Wolle, and 
says that it needs further examination. 

Combining these facts it seems to the writer that we afe 


lobed form. The varieties, decurta Turner, and simpler 


simple or bifid. 

No cause could be discovered for the greater variability 
the Long Island specimens unless it may be the lower tem 
perature of the water, the Connecticut specimens being from 
a shallow pool, where the water was quite warm. The lat 
ger size of the Long Island forms would perhaps indicate bee 
ter conditions for vigorous growth. 

Botanical Laboratory, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Ar bor 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 


: _ (Alf ) ig 2 
_Fig. 1. Portion of a filament of Micrasterias foliacea Botley. Kao - 
Single cell of same. x 400.—Fig. 3. Vertical view of frond, showiit 
of terminal lobe. X 400.—Fig. 4. Series of three cells, showing manuer” 
joining. X 400.—Fig. 5. Micrasterias pinnatifida (Kiitz.) Ralfs. x ie 
Fig. 6. Same, showing abnormal semicell.  400.—Fig. 7. Micraster ias f x 
cata Ag., typical form: Long Island. x 160,—Fig. 8. Same, Connecticut. 
Fig. 9-13. M. furcata Ag. showing variations. X 160,—Fig. 14 

form with lateral lobes all simple.  X 160. 


*S Bulletin of Torrey Botanical Club. 12: Z 88 
. 12: pl. sr. f. 6, 7. 1835. 
*6Freshwater algz of the United States > pl. 59. f, 6, 7. 1887. 


On the development of the bulb of the adder’s-tongue. 


FREDERICK H. BLODGETT. 
WITH PLATES VII AND VIII, 

Hundreds of small plants of the adder’s-tongue, or spring 
lily (Erythrontum Americanum Ker.) are found in the spring 
with the bulbs less than five inches below the surface of the 
soil, each bearing a single leaf and no flowers, while com- 
paratively few plants bearing two leaves and a flower each are 
found, and bulbs of these are at depths varying from five to 
nine inches. 

The question has been raised as to the method by which 
the mature bulbs reach their great depth. 

Early in March, 1893, I helped to fill a window box with 
surface mold taken from the woods, containing small bulbs of 
the Erythronium, apparently seedlings. These bulbs, which 
were found less than three inches from the surface of the 
ground, developed each its single leaf (fig. 1), which died 
down in a month or so. When the earth was removed from 
the box to make room for other plants, the bulbs were found 
to have developed ruriners with bulb-like thickenings at the 
: Having thus gained a clue as to the way in 
which the bulb of a flower-producing plant is formed at the 
depth at which it is found, many other plants were examined 
in Various stages of development. The bulbs of the plants 
which produced flowers this year are called flowering bulbs in 
these notes, in distinction from those of the younger plants 
Which are termed seedlings or secondary bulbs according to 
size and age. 

The runners start from the bottom of the bulb, but vary 
both in length and direction of growth, being from two to 
nine inches long, and ranging from perpendicular to nearly 
°F quite horizontal (figs. 2-5). As the supply of nourishment 
in the parent bulb is exhausted, the tip of the runner thickens 
into a Secondary bulb, which sends out rootlets from the up- 
s Part (fig. 11), and then the runner is absorbed, leaving, 
‘ss the cases examined, nothing but a dry and empty husk of 

© parent bulb and runner. ‘These secondary bulbs later in 
‘ne re lose their fleshy rootlets from the upper part of 

© bulb and send out the fibrous roots from the base. 


62 The Botanical Gazette. [February, 


The number of runners varies from one to three in the 
plants examined, and they grow in different directions. 
These runners are from two to nine inches long, so that if 
they grew vertically the bulb might be formed at the depth 
of the flowering bulbs,.but they run obliquely more frequently 
than vertically thus leaving the secondary bulbs nearer the 
surface than the mature ones. The secondary bulb, after 
reaching the depth of the flowering bulb, does not always 
blossom the next spring, for bulbs with six inches of soil 
above them have been found with one leaf each (fig. 8). 

On May 30th the leaves had in most cases disappeared 80 
that it was with difficulty that a few plants with fruit and de- 
cayed leaves were secured, while the soil was filled with the 
fleshy runners and newly formed secondary bulbs. These 
runners were often found on the surface of the soil, protected 
by the mulching of leaves. In such cases the new bulb is but 
very little, if at all, deeper in the soil than the parent. 

The flesh of the mature bulb is firm and white, and leaves 
a white coating of starch on a knife with which it has beet 
cut. When crushed between the fingers, it becomes sticky 
as it dries. The starch grains are about half the size of those 
of the potato, measuring from .o10™™ to .042™™ in length 
and from .007™ to .035™" in breadth. The mature bulbs 
do not produce runners. 

Plants frequently grow so close together that they indent 
each other, and adhere strongly one to the other, but no break 
in the skin at the point of contact was seen although look 
for carefully. These clusters of bulbs are formed by buds 
which the mature bulb sends off from its base as was seen 0M 
November 4th, and in a very large one on November oth. 
There was no runner present, but in other respects the bud 
corresponds to a secondary bulb, and comes to maturity 
close contact with the parent. This budding is carried of 
for an indefinite period, two buds of different sizes sometime 
being formed on the same bulb. 

Plants examined in July, on September 18th, and on Oc- 
tober 30th, showed no new developments except that the U™ 
ners and the parent bulb had both disappeared save traces : 


- 


the epidermis. 

On November 1st, I examined, without a lens, a numbef . 
small buibs which had been taken a couple of days before 
from just below the surface of the soil, in the same place 


1894. | The Bulb of the Adder’ s- Tongue. 63 


which the runners were so plentiful on May 30th, and where 
blossoms had been abundant earlier. These small bulbs were 
not more than a quarter of an inch long, and, mistaking them 
for seeds, they were cut open in search of the embryo. They 
proved to be bulbs, for within each there was a sprout formed 
of the single leaf, extending the length of the bulb, and root 
fibers were clustered at the base. 

These small seedlings had a loose husk or epidermis similar 
to that of the older ones, but not quite so dark in color. 
The mature bulbs had not softened since their time of blos- 
soming early in spring. They were as firm on November tst 
as on April 8th. 

On November 4th a microscopical examination of sections 
cut from bulbs of various ages was made. A vertical section 
of a mature bulb showed a sprout of a yellow color, made up 
of several layers running up through the flesh near one side 
(figs. 21, 22). The outer of these layers was formed by the 
two foliage leaves enclosing the bud of next spring’s flower. 
This flower bud was more than half as long as the whole bulb 
and its parts were well advanced. The perianth was nearly 
colorless, but the leaves were quite yellow. The stamens 
Were nearly three-eighths of an inch in length, of which the 
anther was more than half. The anthers were filled with pol- 
len, the grains of which were four times the size of the starch 
grains. The pistil was-five-sixteenths of an inch in length, 
the Ovary being one-eighth of an inchlong. The projections 
on the placentze from which the ovules are developed were 
seen and showed a dark center. 

After removin 


Seen to be made up of two modified leaves, or leaf scales, one 


makes it spongy on the other. These two tips, 
; » gave the impression that the root is a 
ing formed of modified leaves, which was after- 
rmed by studying the sections, and by comparison 
corm and bulb, and the examination of 


wards confi 


of the definitions of 
*xamples of each. 

_ #4 Section ¢ 
tip showed th 
which 


ut from the bulb a quarter of an inch below the 
© Sprout to be composed of concentric layers 
are the foliage leaves enclosing the perianth and other 


64 The Botanical Gazette. [February, : 


parts of the bud. The epidermal cells were distinguishable 
at the middle of the outer leaf, which completely surrounds — 
the inner one and overlaps, but the inner one does not meet 
around the enclosed flower-bud, as is shown in fig. 23. This 
is the character of the bulb scales, the outer one overlapping 
at the edges, which in its altered growth have united so that 
there is formed a continuous layer of very starchy flesh, 
which varies in thickness from one-sixteenth to three-six- 
teenths of aninch. The inner leaf and the inner scale agree _ 
in only partially surrounding the parts within it, and eachis 
thinner than its outer fellow (fig. 18). 
A second section showed each of the anthers to be com- 
posed of four pollen chambers, united by a delicate structure. 
The partition between the two in each of the lateral pairs of | 
anther cells was thinner than that which separated these 
lateral pairs (fig. 24). In the later growth of the flower the 
thinner of these sets of partitions is broken through and thus 
each lateral pair becomes a single cavity forming “two-celled 
anthers” described in the manuals. In the center the three 
lobed style is seen in section. It shows the tube in each lobe | 


from the edge of the Jeaf itself (fig. 25). tt 

In the tenth section the union between the filaments an ; 
the midvein of the petals was clearly seen. The anthers 40 nF 
adhere to the filament for their whole length as one of the ] 
filaments dropped away from the anther cells in this section : 

An external bud, at the base of the bulb, contained 4 SiM5, 7 
leaf in a state of development corresponding to that of a - 


1894.] The Bulb of the Adder s- Tongue. 65 


a quarter of aninch long. The upper surface of the leaf was 
marked by a line extending partly across the sprout. 

On examining the bulbs a quarter ofan inch long, from the 
seeds of last spring’s flowers, the leaf was merely a round yel- 
lowish body having a line extending nearly across it, showing 
where the upper surface of the leaf was tobe. In a bulb half 
an inch long, the leaf is convolute and its surfaces are free 
from each other. In an intermediate bulb, the leaf was con- 
volute above and conduplicate near the base. 

On November 29th a large bulb was found which had a bud 
almost entirely separated from the parent bulb, and there was 
also a bud forming at one side which had the sprout well de- 
veloped but the line of separation was indicated only by a 
notch on one side. A similar bulb examined December 6th 
is shown in figs. 17 and 18. 

Rutgers Colleze, New Brunswick, N. ¥. 


EXPLANATION oF Pirates VII anp VIII. 


= J 
hom 9 
wm 
be | 
ie) 
© 
i=} 
@o 
B 
wn 
(art 
@ 
a 
@ 
Lat 3 
® 
D. 
ng 
Qu 
> 
o 
= 
= 
oO 
B 
o) 
at 
@ 
oe 
od 
) 
p 
Qo 
1 


Fig. 1, Seedling plant in leaf.—Fig. 2. Seedling with growing runner.—Fig. 
¢ Seedling with runners started in opposite directions.—Figs. 4, 5. Runners 
8 ‘ent state. Fig. 4 is 9 inches from base to tip, in a straight line; fig. 5 is 
em from base of longer runner to its tip, omitting bends. —Fig. 6, 7. Run- 
th S developing secondary bulbs.—Fig. 8. Plant with six inches of soil above 

© bulb, bearing one leaf and no flower.—Figs. 10. Secondary bulbs 


t 
t 
cs aati. Sl ~— were made during the week ending Dec. 9th, from 


s y showing kag Cross sections of single anther. X32.—Fig. 25. Section of 
ay. ach . 
leaves, oped, anc the formation of ovules on the margins of these modified 
X35.—~ Fig. 2 
7~Vol. Xrvr..: ° 


Ovar 


Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches. 
The function of the secondary tissues in arborescent 
monocotyledons.! 


The secondary growth in the aerial and terrestrial stems of 
the arborescent’ monocotyledons has already been studied by 
various authors, as for instance: Karsten, Millardet, Mirbel, 
Nigeli, Réseler and Wossidlo®, These investigations have 
been mostly restricted to the mere origin and development of 
the secondary meristem, while the study of the function of 
this tissue has been rather neglected. 

The few authors, in whose works mention has been made of 
function, agree, however, in considering the secondary tissue 
as giving rise to a supporting apparatus for the stem, which 
often attains a considerable size in the Liliacez, for instance, — 
Dracena and Cordyline. 

The structure of monocotyledons in which a secondary 
growth takes place exhibits two characteristic cases: the cells 


main thin. There is no doubt that the first case shows 
function of support, while in the other case an entirely differ | 
ent and highly important function is attributed to this thin 
walled parenchyma. In Cohnia flabelliformis, for tmstanct 
the rhizome consists almost entirely of unlignified secondafy 
parenchyma. These cells contain a considerable quantity of 
a fatty oil, which constitutes an important nutritive depost 
especially for the development of adventitious buds. It 
otherwise rare to find such deposits of fatty oils in the 
rhizomes. 

A similar thin-walled parenchyma of secondary origin wii 
also observed in Vucca gloriosa, especially in the rhizome 
the cell-content was in this case a kind of sugar. Dioscoré# 
sativa shows the presence of broad layers of secondary tie 
sues, which form the principal element of the rhizome, a$ de 
scribed by De Bary’ as characteristic of other Dioscoreace® 
The cells contained here large deposits of starch. 


*De Corvemoy, Sur le réle des tissus secondaires A réserves des monocotjle 
dones arborescentes (Comptes Rendus 117: 1 32. 1893). 

*For citations see the original paper. 

*De Bary, Vergleichende Anatomie der Vegetationsorgane der 
men und Farne 60. Leipzig, 1877. 


‘s 


Phanerogy 


1894. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 67 


The secondary mestome bundles, which have originated 
from the secondary parenchyma, serve naturally as carriers 
of such substances as are useful to the plant. This is very 
conspicuous in Déoscorea, where starch grains form heavy 
masses around the mestome bundles; this starch becomes 
transformed, however, upon the renewed growth in the spring. 
At this time it takes a reddish-violet color with iodine, and 
the grains near the mestome bundles have decreased in size 
and look as if they were partly digested. THEO. HOLM. 


The role of the pericycle in the root of Draczna marginata.?* 


_The roots in certain monocotyledons show an increase in 
diameter, a fact that has been observed in Aletris Jragrans, 


and in some species of Dracena, e. g., D. marginata, D. re- 


differentiated into a corresponding number of secondary mes- 
The central cylinder, therefore, is the struc- 


cases, n marginata by Morot.* The pericycle had in these 
few A aaa preserved a certain activity, showing a 
Ons of its cells, 
seg song gh observations have been made by the author, 
nata Allt led the structure of the roots of Dracena mar gt- 
spcagi the roots showed the presence of secondary forma- 
: The pericycle had to a certain ex- 
tion, not pr itiplied, and had here a true mechanical func- 
these SMG eviously noticed. A transverse section of one of 


ts, in which . . 
formations, sh there is not yet any sign of secondary 


Ge Stdodermis, the cell walls of which are 
‘ 0: 


De Corp 
Bul EMOY, Du rdle d : . ase. 
all. dela soc. bot. de Vitis aor Soe la racine du Dracena marginata 


1s 3. 
217, ; Moror, Recherches sur le péricycle. Ann. d. sc. nat. Bot VI. 20: 


68 The Botanical Gazette. [February, 


thickened so as to constitute a U-endodermis. Inside this is 

a simple pericycle, where some cells show a tangential divis- 

ion; the groups of leptome and hadrome border on this peri- 

cycle, asin other roots. But a root measuring about 72™ 

in diameter shows that these tangential divisions of the peri- 

cycle do not produce any secondary parenchyma. There is, 

however, a secondary parenchyma present, but this is located 

in the bark, representing a secondary bark, of which the pri- 

mary layers rest immediately upon the endodermis. The 
secondary meristem, from which these tissues have origina 

ted, has been formed in the innermost layers of the primary 
bark. When this secondary parenchyma developed in the 
bark, the pericycle commenced to show tangential divisions 
in various places, especially where it consisted of from sevéll 
to eight rows of radially arranged cells. 

This increase of the pericycle causes a pressure from the 
interior to the exterior; thus the endodermis becomes tp 
tured in certain places, and a communication opens betweel 
the central cylinder and the cortical zone. The cells of the 
pericycle come to be, in this way, in contact with the second: 
ary bark. These pericycle cells show, thereupon, a begif 
ning sclerosis of their membranes. ‘ 

The result of this investigation is that although the se 
ondary formations in the root of Dracena have originated 
from the bark, the pericycle may, nevertheless, show a certalf 
activity, so as to produce a pressure from the interior to the 
exterior, by which action the endodermis becomes ruptuteé 
A communication is thus established between the two cot 
ducting systems, the primary and the secondary. | 

THEO. HOLM. 


Vegetable ferments. 


There is hardly any branch of physiology which claims out 
attention more than that including the ferments. Inthe a“ 


1894.] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 69 


ist; to review their general properties, mode of action, and 
composition.” He has also cited the literature of the subject 
extensively, for which the original paper must be consulted. 

I. CARBOHYDRATE ENZYMES. 

I. Diastase. Baranetzky found it in many plants, and it 
has been made the object for a special study by Kjeldahl, 
Brown and Morris, and others, especially in barley-seeds 
where it appears at an early stage of development and where 
it is found in the part of the endosperm adjoining the embryo, 
Preparing the food for the latter out of the starch present in 
the grain. In leaves, its existence was known, and its func- 
tion thought to be that of converting starch into sugar. Wort- 
man, however, did not ascertain its existence, whence he con- 
cluded that the protoplasm had, itself, this function. Vines 
and St. Jentys gave afterwards new evidence of its presence 
and function. This so-called translocation-diastase will dis- 


other form, viz., the diastase of secretion, was found by Brown 
and Morris, and Haberlandt; it is formed shortly after the 
beginning of the germination in the epithelium of the scutel-. 
lum, dissolving starch-grains by corrosion. It liquefies starch- 
Paste rapidly and has its optimum temperature at 50°—55°C. 

€ final product of the transformation is apparently maltose, 
the intermediate members being unknown. 

2. Lnulase. In Dahlia, Helianthus tuberosus, and Inula 


Corresponding ferment, inulase, has been found. 

en: erate This ferment inverts cane-sugar into dex- 

in ‘he evulose. It has been found in an extract of malt, 

of Robini eee by Kossmann, in pollen-grains, in petals 

by Kents Seudacacia, in the embryo of germinating barley 

tivcis sere Ne O'Sullivan, and in several of the Saccharo- 
sg Fusarum, and in Aspergillus niger. 

tn tt > Sc drolytic enzymes. These transform cellulose, 

Pheenj es Present as a reserve material, as in the seeds of 
- dactylifera. M. Ward has found that’ a similar en- 


| 
aL has been found by Brown and Morris 

I < COSIDE ENzy 
ben Geragn °” Synaptase. In certain species of Amygda- 


"Sand Prunus emulsin decomposes the amygdalin, 


70 The Botanical Gazette. (February, 


forming prussic acid and sugar: C,,H,,NO,,+2H,O=C,H,COH 
+HCN + 2(C,H,,0,). Its place in the bitter almonds was 
studied by Johannsen and Guignard; the latter found it in 
special cells in the parenchyma of all parts of the plant; the — 
greatest amount was, however, found in the seeds. 

2. Rhamnase. In seeds of Rhamnus infectorius, it decom- 
poses the glucoside xanthorhamnin into rhamnin and sugar. 

3. Erythrozym. 

III. PROTEO-HYDROLYTIC ENZYMES. Ferments of this 
_ group decompose proteids. 

1. Pepsin isthe most notable of these. Its presence in the 
fluid excreted by Drosera, Nepenthes, Dionaea, Pinguicula, 
Sarracenia, etc. is well known, as well as the theories based 
upon these facts, and also the lately announced Russian ex 
periments.’ A peptonizing ferment was also found by Kru- 
kenberg in A£thalium septicum. . 

2. Tryptic enzymes. In Carica Papaya one of these, the 
papain, has been observed; in the fruit of the pine-apple, 
Chittenden found another enzyme of this group. Inthe seeds 
of the vetch Gorup-Besanez found an enzyme, and also § 
the seeds of flax, hemp, and barley, while Green worked with 
the lupines. How these ferments work ix the plants has no 
yet been satisfactorily investigated. : 

. Rennet. In Galium verum, a substance was long since 
noticed which was able to coagulate milk. Afterwards, a 
enzyme was found in Pinguicula vulgaris by Linné and Dat 
win, in Withania coagulans (seeds) by Lea, in Datura Stra 
monium, Pisum sativum, Lupinus hirsutus, and Ricinus com 
munis, by Green. We may add that rennet has also bet? 
isolated from bacteria by Conn.§ 

GLYCERIDE ENZYMES. ‘Such are able to decompo 
oils or fats. Miintz was the first who paid attention to the 
splitting up of the oils in germinating seeds. In Ricinus 
communis an enzyme was found; it decomposes fats into fatty 
acids and glycerin. In many other seeds of this grouP ae 
ilar enzymes have been noticed. _ Five 

In many fungi and bacteria, enzymes are present. ee 
distinct enzymes were found by Vignal in the Bacillus pier 
tericus vulgatus: diastase, invertase, rennet, and 4 proteony” 


TBot. Gaz. 18: 105. 1893. ste" 
®Science (New York), 1892, 253. Fifth Report of the Storrs Agr. Exp: a 
tion, 1892. 106, : 


1894. } Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 71 


drolytic as well as a pectic enzyme. The enzymes of the 
pathogene bacteria are subjects of a great deal of study, and 
much has been written on them. 

Zymogens (‘‘mother of ferment”) are known from the ani- 
mals. They have been found in plants, such as Nepenthes, 
in resting wheat grains, in the irritable cells of Dionaea mus- 
cipula, and in others. 

A discussion of the constitution of the enzymes, the many 
theories with reference to their méde of action, etc., forms 
the conclusion of Professor Green’s solid work.—J. CHRIS- 
TIAN Bay. 


Equiseta in the carboniferous.° 


It is now about nine years since MM. Renault and Zeille™ 
published from the Commentry basin, upper coal measures, a 
description and figure of an Equisetum stem about 12™ long and 
4 or 5™ wide, showing thirteen nodes which are provided with 
unquestionable toothed sheaths in the arrangement character- 
istic of Eguzsetum. This Equisetum Monyi constitutes per- 
haps the first really good evidence of the presence of the 
genus in the carboniferous, though a number of unsatisfactory 
Species of Eguisetites were published years ago by older 
authors. This evidence is now essentially corroborated by 
the description and illustration, by Mr. Kidston, of several 
fructifications which, although the under sides of the hexago- 
nal sporangiferous shields with the sporangia cannot be seen, 
are SO nearly identical in every character with the cones of 
Equisetum limosum Sm. as to leave almost no room for doubt 
aS to the existence of the actual genus as far back in geologi- 
cal time as the carboniferous. The specimens are from the 
shale in the Barnsley thick coal, in the middle coal measures 
of Yorkshire, England.—Davip WHITE. 


The mechanics of growing plants. 


gos Charles Darwin, Krabbe, Clark and others have 
ra t to light many important facts bearing upon the work 
ee by plants in growth and movement, yet to Dr. 
“Fr must belong the credit of the formulation of the gen- 
*Roperr Kinston: ; - 
Ki z ; On the occurrence of the genus Equisetum (2. Heming- 
wm) in the Yorkshire coal-measures. fo and ys N. H.,’ F. 1892. 


Con : 
fossile 2° 30, Patios, 5 Ja 1885. Etudes sur le terr. houill. Commentry.—Flore 
* 394 P/. $7. 7.7. St. Etienne, 1890 


72 The Botanical Gazette. [February 


eral principles governing the performance of work, and the 

establishment of the relations between inner and outer mani- 
festations of energy in the growing plant.11_ The subject re- 
ceived its first important ideration from him in his ‘‘Pflanz- 
enphysiologie” (2:1. 1882), and later an exhaustive and 
critical discussion in his ‘‘Energetik der Pflanze” of which the 
memoir before us is an extension, together with the results of 
a series of close experiments on roots, seedlings, grasses, and 
alge. 

Plants were encased in gypsum casts rendered isosmotic by 
an admixture of nitrate of potassium or sulphate of magne- 
sium. Others were enclosed in clay and in gelatine. While 
thus held firmly, longitudinal and transverse pressures de- 
livered by various organs were measured directly by simple 
and ingenious dynamometers constructed for the purpose. 

The results of these experiments are of the deepest inter 
est. Inthe growing tips of roots of Faba vulgaris an elongat 
ing pressure of five to ninteen atmospheres was measured. 
In roots of Zea maisa similar force of nine to twenty-four at 
mospheres was observed; in Vicia sativa, eight to thirteen 
atmospheres, and in Asculus hippocastanum, six atmos- 
pheres. The transverse pressure delivered by roots of Faba 
vulgaris amounted to two to six atmospheres; by Zea mais — 
6.59 atmospheres. 

The power of geotropic curvature was found to reside in the 
nodes, internodes and basal portions of the leaves in various 
species of the grasses. The turgor producing this curvature 
amounted to six to thirteen atmospheres. 

In the case of transverse tensions, however, the total pres 
sure was far greater than that exerted by the longitudin®! 
tensions. All externally expressed tensions are set up 10 the 
same manner as the tissue tensions. In this connection ? 
large amount of valuable matter concerning turgor, and 1 
methods of analysis by plasmolysis are given. 

Perhaps the most remarkable facts recorded in the paper 
are the accounts of experiments in which Spirogyra, C ars, 
and Nitella were grown for several weeks embedded 1 the 
plaster casts, without injury to their organization. 

The notable lack of literature on the subject matter ist 
hances if possible the value of this and the preceding memolt: 


anzea. 
Pfl 


'1W. Prerrer: Druck-und Arbeitsleistungen durch wachsende 
ee d. math.-phys. Classe d. Kénigl. Sachs. Ges. d. Wiss. 20: 
Ke 


* 
4 
’ 
; 
4 
q 


1894.]' Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 73 


Taken together they form a comprehensive reference text, 
which by its lucid exposition, and simple methods of experi- 
mentation, will be useful as a laboratory manual in directing 
further research on this phase of plant life. As such it is 
available to any worker with even an elementary knowledge 
of the subject. The matter has a twofold importance; because 
of its connection with the physiology of the plant, and because 
through it only are the facts of mechanique capable of their 
true interpretation. —D. T. MACDOUGAL. 


CURRENT LITERATURE. 
The Buitenzorg Botanic Garden. 

Botanic gardens are not common in America, and moreover their 
usefulness is not generally recognized. From an economic and com- 
mercial point of view they are not considered of sufficient value to 
pay for their maintenance. Even from the purely scientific side of 
the subject the opinion is by no means unanimous that they are worth 
as much as they cost. There are good and sufficient reasons for this 
state of affairs, which, however, need not be rehearsed in this connec 
tion. Recently some indications of a change in popular and scientific 
sentiment have been apparent, encouraged especially by the prom 
inence and acknowledged success of the Missouri Botanic Garden. 
Probably the botanical public has never been more ready to learn 
about botanic gardens, their history, their aims, their resources, than 
now. ‘The recent appearance of the memorial volume! commemorat- 
ing the seventy-fifth anniversary of the founding of the botanic garden 
at Buitenzorg, Java, is therefore opportune. 

€ memorial volume was first published in Dutch, but has been — 
translated into German, and a dozen handsome views of the garden 
added, for the convenience of European botanists, a form that will 
also, no doubt, be acceptable on this side of the Atlantic. The vol- 
ume contains, as an introduction, the anniversary address of Dr. * 
Treub, the director, upon the “value of a tropical botanic garde®, 
and also very interesting articles giving a history of the garden, descrip: 
tion of a stroll through the garden, an account of the herbarium and 
museum, a descriptive and classified list of the scientific investigatio™ 
conducted at the garden, and an account of the more important ecr: 
omic plants cultivated, as well as several lists of plants, books, visiting 
investigators, etc., prepared by the several members of the gat 
staff. Nearly the whole volume will prove of much interest to botat — 
ists in general, quite apart from its local application. 

The seventy-five years (now nearly seventy-seven years), of existe 
of the Buitenzorg garden have seen great changes in its fot a 
Founded in 1817 to secure, test and distribute seeds and cuttings ° ce 
useful plants to the Dutch colonies, it flourished for nearly a any 
then for a dozen years was reduced to inactivity and nearly abolish 4 


*Der botanische Garten, ‘‘'s Lands Plantentuin,”’ zu Buitenzorg auf Jil ; 
Festschrift zur Feier seines 75-jahrigen Bestehens (1817-1892). Leipees iden 
helm Engelmann, 1893. Roy. 8vo. 426 pp. 12 photogravures. 4 maps: ™ " 


1894. | Current Literature. 75 


through political influence. In 1830 a young gardener, twenty years 
of age, Mr. J. E. Teijsmann, without scientific training, but with great 
energy, perseverance and sound judgment, was placed in charge. For 
more than half a century he directed the fortunes of the garden, rais- 
ing it from a state of lethargy to one of usefulness, and causing it on 
the whole to make wonderful development, although through politi- 
cal and other misfortunes it several times met with disheartening re- 
verses. In 1844 the large and important herbarium was ordered to be 
sent to Holland, to the Royal Herbarium at Leyden, a loss to the 
garden still felt in the study of the native flora, although the present 
collection is very ‘large. 

The library possesses about 2,400 volumes, more than half being ex- 
clusively botanical, also 165 periodicals. Large collections of vege- 
table products of various kinds form an attractive museum for study 
and instruction. The garden covers 144 acres, and abounds in beauti- 
ful landscape effects, noble trees, and a wealth of tropical plants, 
numbering over 9,000 species. The principal buildings are the museum, 
the agricultural-chemical laboratory, the pharmacological laboratory, 
the studio for photography and engraving, the large botanical labor- 
atory (where visiting botanists work), and the offices and small botan- 
ical laboratory. The staff consists of fifteen members beside the di- 
rector; the labor of caring for the garden is performed by about 200 
native Javanese. 

Although the garden was founded and has been maintained for 
practical ends, it has of late years attained a high reputation for its 
Scientific researches, partly published in the Annales of the garden, 
and partly elsewhere. The present management has provided facili- 
hes for visiting botanists, the laboratory for their use being opened in 
1885, and encourages the freest use of the same. The visiting list is 
already long, including many well known names, such as Professors 
Solms-Laubach (Strassburg), Goebel (Munich), Tschirch (Berlin), 
prnenad Soe Stahl (Jena), Haberlandt (Graz), and others. has 
ond Sects mit visit appears to be from November to March, al- 

ors are likely to be found in the laboratory at all 
times of the year. 
oivhey is given for the purpose of calling attention both to a 
bles fay and attractive book, and to a tropical laboratory where Amet- 
€stigators will find a hearty welcome and rare facilities for 


Study of vegetation under the tropics. 


76 The Botanical Gazette. . [February, 


Botany of the Death Valley Expedition. 

This report not only deserves notice for its own sake, but also as 
representing the result of the first attempt by the government to con- 
duct a biological survey from the botanical standpoint. The result 
certainly indicates the great advantage of having trained botanists as 
well as collectors in the field. Compared with the usual bare lists, 
with such meager information as collectors have made _ possible, the 
present report belongs to an entirely different class. Mr. Coville is 
known to be very systematic, and the parts follow each other with all 
the precision and fulness of an encyclopedia. The summary shows 
that the catalogue contains 1,261 species and varieties, forty-two of 
which are characterized as new. Two genera are proposed as new, | 
viz.: Orochenactis (founded upon Chenactis thysanocarpha Gray) — 
and Phyllogonum (a peculiar member of the Eriogonez). /remonto- 
dendron is proposed as a substitute for Hremontia under the rule of 
homonyms. As interesting as is the catalogue of species, with its very 
full and very valuable notes, the most significant part of the report is 
that which deals with the principles of plant distribution in general, 
the distribution of plants in southeastern California, and the character» 
istics and adaptations of the desert flora. The treatment of the general 
subject of distribution is best indicated in the following summaly 
given by the author: 

‘To sum up, the six ultimate factors in the distribution of vegetation até 
heat, light, water, food, air and mechanique. These factorsare variously com 
bined in actual fact into such conditions, among others, as geographic isola 
lation, latitude, altitude, rainfall, soil, fires, proximity to large bodies of water, 
slope exposure, and presence of forests.’’ 

Attention is called also to the fact that trees and shrubs are the best 
zonal guides, as illustrated by the Larrea zone (Lower Sonoran), 
which occurs a Grayia belt. In treating of the distribution of plants 2 
S. E. California, the desert plants east of the Cordilleran system are 
considered, the plants of the high Californian Sierras (which were 
found to show as close an affinity to those of the Rockies of Colo- 
rado as to those of the Oregon and Washington Cascades, which is 
taken to indicate a former boreal communication across Nevat® — 
and Utah), and those of Death Valley proper. The last show, 7 - 
was to be expected, a northern extension of Sonoran and Chihue 


huan types. The characteristics and adaptations of the desert f0% | 


*COVILLE, FREDERICK VERNON:—Botany of the Death Valley Expedition. | 
report on the Botany of the Expedition sent out in 1891 byt ‘ 5 ath Valley, 
4 is ea St ae 
ons U. . 


+z 


California. 8vo. pp. 318, with 21 plates and map. Contributi 
Herbarium, Vol. IV, 1893. ; “ 


1894. ] Current Literature. 77 


is a subject so full of interest that it cannot fairly be treated in 
our limited space. There is presented the source and distribution 
of moisture, the conservation of moisture, the temperature and 
seasons of the region, a classified list of the desert plants, and general 
and special adaptations. Under general adaptations the absence of trees 
is noted, and the size, spacing, and form of the characteristic shrubby 
vegetations in their relation to each other and the struggle for moist- 
ure. The marked special adaptations are also to be found chiefly 
among the shrubs, as the plants “subjected to all the seasonal changes 
of many years.” Naturally these special adaptations have to do chiefly 
with modifications for reducing transpiration, and also rapid radia- 
tion, and quite a list of plants is given with the modification in each 
case. This part of the report, however, deserves careful reading, and 
the whole stands as the most important one of the Contributions 
of the National Herbarium yet issued. It is also a matter of great 
congratulation that the twenty-one plates accompanying the report are 
of the best quality and not the rough ones that have been too com- 
mon in the “Contributions.” 
A Flora of French Polynesia.* 
_ Any account of the plants of the Southern Pacific is looked to with 
interest. The book before us is a regular manual, and looking through 
Its pages at once suggests a strange flora to one chiefly acquainted with 
north temperate regions. The structure of the islands, their topography, 
and the conditions of climate are described. All combine.to favor 
a luxuriant vegetation, one more brilliant than varied, and chiefly re- 
markable for the number of individuals. The great display of ever- 
green and suffrutescent species is noted, followed by trees and shrubs, 
the annuals representing a very insignificant part of the vegetation. 
The largest families, in the order of their importance, are Ferns, Le- 
Suminosz, Orchidacex, Rubiacez,Graminez, Cyperacee, Euphorbia- 
cex,and Urticacee. The usually dominant family of Composite is 
feebly represented, but it is interesting from the woody and arbores- 
cent forms it contains. The author considers the Polynesian Com- 
posite to be American in their affinities. The species of French Poly- 
hesia can be thrown into three categories, (1) those that are peculiar 
. ae) i which it has incommon with Oceanica exclusive of Ma- 
Th. ora, (3) those in common with the Indo-Malaysian region. 
rst group contains 28.9 per cent. of the flora, the second 20.8 

bee ae and the third more than the other two combined. The num- 
—__sPecies described is 744, of which 144 are ferns. 

*Det Castitto, E. Dra 
tesa eg 
352, with colored maps. 


KE:—Flore de la Polynésie Frangaise, description des 
issent spontanément ou qui sont généralement cultivées 
arquises, Pomotou, Gambier et Wal 

Paris. G. Masson. 1892. 


78 The Botanical Gazette. [February, : 


Minor Notices. 

Proressor L. H. PAMMEL, in connection with an account of Scler- 
otinia libertiana, has published a very valuable bibliography of fungus 
root diseases, containing considerably over 500 titles. The paper ap- 
pears in Trans. St. Louis Acad. 6: 191-232. 1893. 


po, ty Ee eal ea iene 


JUNCUS MARGINATUS and its varieties are discussed by Mr. F. V. 
Coville in a recent excerpt from Proceedings of the Washington Bio- 
logical Society. The forms of this widely variable species have been 
variously treated. Mr. Coville separates the species into three forms, 
characterized as /. marginatus (type form), /. marginatus aristulatus, 
and /. marginatus setosus, the last of which has never happened to be 
characterized. Some useful suggestions are also made as to the treat- 
ment of such groups. 


Mr. Witiiam E. MEEHAN’s “Contribution to the flora of Green 
land” has been distributed as a reprint from the Proceedings of the 
Philadelphia Academy. Asis well known, this reports the botanical 
results of the Peary expedition, the collections being made by Messrs. 
Burk and Meehan. Just 100 species of phanerogams and pteridophytes 
are enumerated. The profusion of lichens and mosses is remarked, — 
thirty-nine species of the former, and twenty-eight of the latter being 
noted. : 


THE REPORTS of the State Botanist of New York for 1891 and 1892 
are just at hand. The former contains a revision of the New York — 
species of Ompha/lia, twenty-one in number, besides the descriptions 
of seventeen new fungi. The latter contains an account of the New 
York species of Pleroteolus and Galera, besides the descriptions of 
thirty-seven new fungi. It is stated that forty quarto plates of edible 
(59 species) and poisonous (3 species) mushrooms have been ae 
pared, drawn full size, in color. These are ready for publication, 
gether with suitable explanatory text. Their early appearance 
delight all mycologists and mycophagists. 


Dr. Wo. TRELEASE has been studying the winter condition of om 2 
maples, and also the confused sugar maples.t The treatment of the — 
sugar maples has been so various that the synonymy is badly tangled: | 
Dr. Trelease recognizes three species of the group SACCHARINS 
. namely, A. saccharum Marsh. (A. saccharinum of the Manual) we a 
varieties darbatum (A. barbatum Michx.) and nigrum (A. sacchar ate 
var. nigrum of the Manual); 4. Floridanum Pax., with its variety 4 


*TRELEASE, WILLIAM:—Sugar maples, and maples in winter. Reprinted # 2 
asd from the 5th Ann. Rep. of the Mo. Bot. Gard. pp. 20 with 13 plait 2 
anuary I, I 


ae ee ee ee 


1894.] Current Literature. 79 


minatum; and A. grandidentatum Nutt. All these forms become va- 
neties of A. barbatum in Sargent’s Silva. This part of the contribu- 
tion is illustrated by ten plates. The second part presents a 
winter synopsis of all North American maples, and with the help of 
three plates not only shows the possibility of determinations in the 
winter condition, but also develops new specific characters. 

Proressor S. C. Mason has published in the Eighth Biennial Re- 
port of the State Board of Agriculture a preliminary report upon the 
variety and distribution of Kansas trees. 

Dr. J. H. Wakker opens a series of reports from the East Java 
Experiment Station‘ consisting of articles extracted from the archives 
of the Java Sugar-Industry, and treating of the diseases of sugar-cane 
and the improvement of cane by use of seed. 

Two PAPERS upon the flora of Wisconsin have been issued in the 
ninth volume of the Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy, and 
Separates were distributed in advance of publication of the vol- 
ume. These are “A preliminary paper on the flora of Dane county,” 
by L. S. Cheney and R. H. True, and “A supplementary list of para- 
sitic fungi of Wisconsin,” by J. J. Davis. The first is prefaced by a 
brief account of the climatic and geologic conditions of the range 
covered and accompanied by a topographic map reproduced from the 
sheets of the U.S.G.S. It includes spermaphytes, pteridophytes and 
bryophytes. The second paper is supplementary to Trelease’s list of 
the fungi of Wisconsin prepared in 1882. 

THE SERIES of bulletins from the laboratories of natural history of 
the state University of Iowa has just now reached the close of the sec- 

lume. The current number contains ten papers, six of which 


Seton fo Nicaragua, which seems to have been very successful in 
ait n of material and notes; Professor McBride furnishes 
hikick ac se namely, an account of the Nicaraguan Myxomycetes 
snot strikingly like those of the northern United States, of the 
tad ve Species collected nineteen being identical with those com- 

nly found in eastern Towa, and the six new ones representing 
a continuation of the presentation of the myxomy- 
scription of lowa (nine species, two of them being new), the de- 
new foe) et bysarum from Colorado, and the description of a 
—_0S! cycad (Bennettites) from the Jura-Trias of S. Dakota; and 
erabais saeingen Proefstation ‘‘Oost-Java.’’ Nieuwé Serie. Roy. 8vo. So- 


No. 1, : J : 
atrowroot en thy Foc bladziekten te malang, 7 pp. No. 2, Djamoer oepas 


18e5, 13 pp. 


planten, 6 pp. No. 5, Onze zaadplanten van het jaar 


80 The Botanical Gazette. [February, 


Mr. Chas. L. Smith presents a synoptical view of Central American — 
Pyrenomycetes, with descriptions of new species. 


ANOTHER ONE of the “Contributions from the U. S. National Her 
barium”, being no. 8 of vol. I, has lately appeared, being of special in- 
terest as containing all the unpublished botanical manuscript of the — 
late Dr. George Vasey, except that which had been prepared for the — 
concluding part of his Monograph of the Grasses of the United States 
and British America. This material appears under the titles “Notes 
on some Pacific Coast Grasses” (in which 8 species are considered), — 
“Descriptions of new or noteworthy grasses from the U. S.” (in which 
over 30 new species are described, 17 of which belong to Poa), and 
“Descriptions of new grasses from Mexico” (16 in number). In addi 
tion to these numbers, Mr. J. M. Holzinger describes four new species 
from Texas and Colorado, and gives a list of 17 plants, new to Florida, 
collected by J. H. Simpson; Mr.-}, N. Rose describes 3 new plants; 
and Mr. J. W. Eckfeldt gives a list of 42 lichens from California and 
Mexico, collected by Dr. Palmer from 1888 to 1892. 


“BULLETIN of the Maine State College Laboratory of Natural His d 
_ tory” is the descriptive title of another local publication to be i a 
at irregular intervals. The opposition of the GAZETTE to the multi: : 
plication of serials of an uncertain life tenure and limited distributio? 
is well-known. The present instance appears less objectionable than 
usual, as the number before us (Vol. I, no. 2) contains only matter : 
local interest. It is dated January, 1893, although the number reached 
us only last month (Jan. 1894). It consists of two bare lists with loca | 
ities, both prepared by F. L. Harvey and E. P. Briggs, one of 
phanerogams and vascular cryptogams of the Blake Herbarium, - 
it came to the college” (the only information descriptive of the collec ! 
tion), enumerating about 3,500 species, and the other of the phan § 
gams and vascular cryptogams of the state, principally from the vicl® 
ity of Orono, the college town, numbering less than a thousill” 
species. ” 


“9s 


OPEN LETTERS. 


Acknowledgment, 


m 
kimpfung, in Schweizer landw. Zeitschrift 1876. 7, as occurring in the 
germination of Gymnosporangium, Moreover, Dr. Farlow mentions 


ther experiments are necessary to establish the identity of pag? on 
im wi ibed. ere 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


Mr. R. BENTLEY, emeritus professor of botany in King’s College, 
London, died December 24, 1893 : 

Mr. JouN DonneELt Smitu sailed February roth for another visitto 
Central America, whose flora he is so energetically investigating. ! 

Dr. Ricnarp Spruce, the well-known English traveler, collector 
and hepaticologist, died at his home at Coneysthorpe on the 28th of / 
December, at the age of seventy-six. | 

Mr. G. H. Hicks, instructor in botany in the Michigan Agricultural — 
College, has been appointed assistant botanist in the Division of Bot 
any of the Department of Agriculture. ‘ 

Mr. ALBERT F. Woops, assistant in botany in the University of ; 
Nebraska, has been appointed assistant pathologist in the Division — 
of Vegetable Pathology of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. 

N THE ABSENCE of Prof. V. M. Spalding from the University 0 
Michigan for a year’s study in Germany, Mr. F. C. Newcombe, ie 
returned from Europe last summer, has been placed in charge of the 
instruction in botany. d 
_ Dr. E. Bonavia has been trying to identify the plants of the Assyt 
ian monuments. In some cases the identification seems to be sure 
enough; in others the representations are so conventional as to gre 


_ rise to large diversity of opinion 


Notice has been received of the death of Rev. Samuel Lockwood 
Ph. D., of Freehold, N. J., which occurred January I 3th. Pro ae 
Lockwood was an ardent naturalist and a very ready writer. He. 


butions to its earlier volumes. 
OF THE ANNUAL REPORTS of experiment stations for 1892 tet : 
especially interesting for their botanical matter: Vermont and pie 
ersey. e former contains fifty-five pages on plant diseases, by B 
R. Jones, and the latter 112 pages on plant diseases and weeds, DY ® 
D. Halsted. Both reports are well illustrated. ‘oll 4 


HEDWIGIA appears in an enlarged and somewhat altered lates 
Each bi-monthly part is to consist of 64-80 pages, with 2-3 ts of | 
The original articles are to be paged separately from the abstrac™ 
cryptogamic literature, and will occupy from 16-32 pages- oe 
is increased from eight to twelve marks. 


It sEEMs that the “Russian thistle” (S2/sola Kali var. T) agus), wo 
has proved so destructive in South Dakota is threatening N te? : 
over Nebraska. Bulletin 31, of the Agric. Exp. Station of evra 
prepared by Dr. Bessey, deals with the subject, giving 4? oe for i 
the structure of the plant and suggestions as to co-operation © 
eradication. 


1894. ] Notes and News. 83 


In THE Linnean Society’s Journal (30: 51), the first paper by Mr. J. 
C. Willis, under the title, “Contributions to the Natural History of the 
Flower” appears. It discusses the fertilization of C/ayfonia (two spe- 
cies), Pracelia (five species), and AM/onarda (three species), and is illus- 
trated by one plate. It seems that the writer is presently to visit the 
western United States, where some of the species of the paper and 
others can be studied in their native haunts. 


, 1895. 
German omat letters), English or Italian, and the society will pub- 
lish the accepted one in its quarto memoirs if agreeable to the author. 


fowa AcricuLturaL CoLLEGE has recently purchased the Parry 
Herbarium and Library for the sum of $5,000, which it hopes to make 
of service to the working botanists of this country. This collection 


ON THE EIGHTH of December, 1893, Professor Dr. Jacob George 
Agardh celebrated in Lund, Sweden, his eightieth birthday. On this 
occasion Prof. Dr. J. B. De Toni, on behalf of a large number of 
phycologists, presented to the distinguished Swedish algologist, an ar- 
Ustically gotten up address with the signatures of all those taking ee 

frein. The simple text of the address runs: “Clarissimo phycologo 
uD G. Agardh—ineunte aetatis suae anno octuagesimo—(8. Dec. 

CCCXIII—MDCCCXCII1)—gratulantes offerunt aestimatores.” 
—Bot. Centralb. 57: 96. 1894. 


eb ri original drawings and photographs from nature, with ac- 
degche of the characters of the defects and the insects causing them; 
~ sr thegag msi eae methods of preventing the occurrence of cer- 
»t er with other matter intended to be of interest to the 
' It will be sent free to those requesting it. 

Smale Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club (Dec.) Mr. John K. 
the Appalach account of the altitudinal distribution of the oe of 
Waphical dire et in ind of work in 

&eographical q system, representing a kin 1 


Olini Air gts 
oe and Louisianian. In the same number Dr. Thomas Morong 
fresting results of his studies among monocotyledons. 


84 The Botanical Gazette, [February, 3 


this cause, and became worthless. 


Tur BoranicaL Seminar of the University of Nebraska has under 
taken the publication of a “Flora of Nebraska,” in which the entire — 
flora of the state is to be described. The work will appear in twenty: — 
five parts, not more than three or four in any one year, and will cost 
one dollar a part. LIllustrations‘are to be freely used to illustrate the 
lower groups and the more difficult phanerogams. While the pros 
pectus is apparently addressed to students of botany in Nebraska It is 
of decided general interest, as it not only represents an effort unique 
in this country, but deals with one of those “middle regions” that have 
never had fair treatment at the hands of manuals. 


In tHE Journal of Botany (Jan.) Mr. F. N. Williams discusses the 
primary subdivisions in the genus Si/ene. He points out the “icon 
venience of regarding the mode of preefloration in the petals as 4 a 
‘mary character.” The primary divisions he bases on the structure © — 
the calyx, slightly modifying Rohrback’s arrangement, and follows 
Engler and Prantl in regarding each division as a subgenus, of which 
three are recognized. The delimitation of the genus by the c a 
of a unilocular capsule septate at the base transfers many of the North 
American species to the genus M/edandryum. 


rategus are also common. Questions as to the mechanism 0 i. 
distribution are suggested. The fact that birds’ nests are conta 
willow tops led to an investigation also of the plants used in ! 
ing. a 

AT THE EIGHTH annual session of the Iowa Academy of aoa 
. H. McBride: ‘af. 
the North American Cycads, and The distribution of XAus yer 


Mary A. Nichols: Observations on the pollination of some OF ae 
te; B. Fink: Some additions to the flora of Lowa; L. H. 
owdery mildew of the apple, Farther notes on Cladosporium ¢ 


1894.] Notes and News. 85 


ium Thiim., and Notes from the botanical laboratory of Iowa Agri- 
cultural College. The presidential address was also given by Prof. 
Pammel, the subject being: Bacteria; their relation to modern medi- 


cine, the arts and industries. 


the physiology of particular species of plants throughout their life 
history is greatly needed. The practical, as well as the scientific, im- 


great. It is true that physiological inquiries, whether on plants or 
animals are difficult to carry on. However these things which are 
hard to find out are the very ones our institutions for experimental 


should be equipped and trained workers employed for investigations 
on the physiology of cultivated plants.” 


and as the orders of the lower plants are found to be equivalent to the 
“series” of Bentham and Hooker, the former term is made to sup- 
plant the latter, and the so-called “orders” of the manuals become 
simply “families,” Of course the group of “Apetale” is not kept sep- 


= six “branches” are Protophyta (fission algze, including bacteria), 
ycophyta (green and brown algze), Carpophyta (the old “spore-fruit’ 

group), Bryophyta, Pteridophyta, and Anthophyta. 
‘ THE RADIATION AND ABSORPTION of heat by leaves has been studied 
er (Am. Jour. Science 45: 340-346. 1893). He found 


pig very different texture of leaves. 

abe mullein are essentially alike in their relation to heat. ’ 
A and other flowers transmit much more heat, and retain 
found to dif The upper and lower surface of leaves were not 
of burdoc ‘Wer in their behavior toward heat, with the single exception 
from the u;, which radiates but four-fifths as much from the lower as 
of = ol surface. Leaves are among the best absorbers and 
€atknown. A coating of dew over the surface, however, 

uce the radiation by one-third. 


86 The Botanical Gazette. [February, — 


_ Tue Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota is orga — 
ized upon a very liberal basis, especially favoring exploration and 
publication. The Bulletins, issued from time to time, have contained — 
much valuable material. The state botanist, Professor Conway Ma 
Millan, now proposes to publish Bulletin no. 9 in parts, under the 
title, “Minnesota Botanical Studies,” until a volume is complet 
The first part (Jan. 16, 1894), contains the following papers: “ n the 
occurrence of sphagnum atolls in Central Minnesota,” by Conway — 
MacMillan, in which the structure and origin of these peculiar ann: 3 
lar structures are discussed; “Some extensions of plant ranges, ie 
E. P. Sheldon, in which a new Polygonum and a new Aster are de. 
scribed; “On the nomenclature of some N. Am. species of Astragalus, — 
by E. P. Sheldon, in which the recent American rules of nomencla- 


plates illustrate the new Polygonum, the new Aster, and the hal 
Cypripedium. 


1894. ] Notes and News. 87 


“Mr. Gammie’s report strengthens in me the opinion which I have 
hich I have never formulated, that Sikkim, for 
its area, presents one of the richest, if not the richest, botanical re- 


nese, and American mountains are all richly represented, and there 
also are found the principal types of the steppe and desert vegetations 


of Tibet and Central Asia., In its temperate region European genera 


orion accessible, the author has made a complete study of the de- 
hoe perm of Azolla, concerning which litttle is known. The anat- 
Pe Next © mature sporophyte had been thoroughly presented by Stras- 
eat ut the account of the development of the prothallia and em- 
eats still incomplete 
sherds siving a brief account of the structure of the mature sporo- 
gertni author describes the development of the macrosporangia, 
erodes hoon of the microspores, the germination of the macro- 
bm » the development of the archegonia, of embryo, of the cotyle- 
: f 


of the stem-qu 
Tesemblanee t quadrant, of the root, and of the foot. In ev 


Azolla, and th 
est living ally, 


he : ; . 
«phn netal conclusions as to relationships are summed up as follows: 


rv 


ery 
© no other form is indicated by the development of 


© genus seems an isolated one, with Salvinia as its near- 


ave arisen f 
li rom for 
"es, the Salviniace 


88 The Botanical Gazette. ; [February. 


gard to the reduction of the sexual generation, but the sporophyte 
is much less like that of the ordinary homosporous forms than that 
of the Marsiliacez. | 

The two genera of Salviniacez differ much more from each other — 
than do those of the Marsiliaceze, and it is not at all likely that one 
form has been derived from the other but that the two genera diverge 
at an early stage in the development of the line.” 


RECENT EXPERIMENT STATION bulletins include excellent data on 


alf of the statements being true, and the experimental part being 
entirely unreliable. Electro-culture is again taken up by C. D. Wat 
ner (Hatch, Mass., no. 23), and although the experiments are appa 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. 


PLATE V. 


THAXTER on NAEGELIA, Reinsch. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. ; PLATE VI. 


JOHNSON on MICRASTERIAS. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. PLATE VII. 


BLODGETT on ERYTHRONIUM. i 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. 


PLATE Vill. 


> 


(SSRELy 
-SA 
ie . 


\ Ok y 


BLODGETT on ERYTHRONIUM. 


CARD INDEX OF GENERA, SPECIES 
AND VARIETIES OF PLANTS 
PUBLISHED | SINCE 1885 


JOSEPHINE A. CLARK. 
The first issue of 1000 cards now ready. Address: 941 S St. N. W. 
WASHINGTON, D. c. 


ee WAM PRD: aioe 


The age numbers of the BoTaNicAL a 


and 10 * volume I, 3: os, we 5: 7, 9, 11, 12 of volume 5. 
is & “4, 8, 9, 12 of Nahture: _ 7, 8, 11 of volume 10 

Will pay double the cioat price for them. Write, stating numbers you can 
furnish. D. T. MacDOUGAL, 


University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn, 


CHARACEE OF AMERICA. 
; The first fasicle of the second part of the Characeae of America is now wready. It con- 
ains descriptions of right species of Nitella, as f liows: Nitella opaca Fe ahiee obtusa Allen, 
0 a Allen, Blankinshipii_ A ann, Missouriensis ee flexilis Ag., subglomerata 


. Br., a 2 
phic he tes and ~— Pete: Sen cies These fasicles will be issued from time af ag 
T. F. ALLEN, 10 East 36th St., New York City. 

eM eM Rick ieee ea inshore Ee ie IS 2 


N. Am. LICHENS FOR SALE. 


Collections 40 and 45, of 320 species each; also smaller ones can be made. 


Ab: , ; ; 
me twenty new species of my discovery in these. My references: many 
colleges ’ 
3 » 


Address W. W. CALKINS, 
147 California Avenue, CHICAGO, ILL. 


SPECIALLY .PREPARED 
Herbarium Paper: Botanists 
This paper is offered at the moderate price of $5.50 per 


ream. We also furnish— 
No. 1 Genus Cover, 16% x 24 inches, at $4.00 per 100 
ae. “ é 250° . 


““ ‘ Ca 1.60..." 
Dryers, 2.00 
0 Species sheets, tee ; ie = A es , 
tders will receive prompt attention. Write for samples. 


E. MORRISON PAPER CO., 


1009 Penna. Avenue, N. W., Washington, D. C. 


i: 
a 

: 
ry 


CURTISS’ DISTRIBUTION OF SOUTHERN PLANTS, 


i 


dais resumed my botanical work in Florida, after an interval of six yea 
devoted to journalism, and being about to undertake the preparation of anoth 
of my “‘fascicles,"’ I would like to hear from my former subscribers and fro 
others who -may desire to secure Fascicle VIII. 
I can supply a few with most of the plants of Fascicles and Il. A = 
and any desired particulars furnished on application. 


A. H. CURTISS, sacooatl 


Laboratory Apparatial 


‘An AUXANOMETER and CENTRIFUGAL APPARATUS of new design (showna 
described at the Madison meeting of the A. A. A. S.) These machines ate 
‘superior workmanship, mostly of brass, full nickeled. They are simple in 0 
struction, convenient to operate, of the highest accuracy, and moderate impr 

AUXANOMETER - - - : % . » ) Ji 
CENTRIFUGAL (including-electric-motor and batteries) 25 00 


Address ¥.C. ARTHUR, fa Fanti 


ie 
5 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Com pal ) 
Successors to all business in Botanical Supplies in : 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 


DEALERS IN 


Herbarium and Laboratory Materials and hppa 


MICROSCOPES, BOOKS, SPECIMENS, EVERYTHING USEFUL 
TO BOTANISTS. 
SOD SATISFACTION GUARANTEED: 


FOR SALE ee AMERICAE SEPTEM 


by Renauld and Cardot. All the species known to occur in North At 

to 1893 are systematically arranged, comprising over 135° species, ot ‘ 
bered consecutively. The numerous suggestive foot notes as*t™ wef 
eo of certain species make this really more valuable than am 
list. “Very convenient for exchanges and arranging herbaria. 
Orders and amount:may. be sent:to 


JOHN M.-HOLZINGER, Wino 


Henry Heil Chemica! Co., 


OT. LOUIS, Mo. 


bhemicals and Apparatus 


LABORATORY 
SU PPLIES. 


GIVE US A TRIAL. YOU WILL FIND US PROMPT AND CHEAP 


Before Ordering Elsewhere, Get Our Quotations. 


Large Illustrated Catalogue on Application. 
EO gee ce eee dO ee 


Supplies for Microscopical Laboratories. ciass tices 
Cover glasses, dissecting knives, forceps, scissors, etc.), at 
special rates in quantities. CORRESPONDENCE SOLICITED. 
Send for New Catalogue B (microscopes 
and supplies), handsomely printed on en- 
ameled paper, with many new descrip- 
tions, new illustrations, etc. Note the 
very low prices on slides, covers, stains, 
ete. Special low rates, by duty free im- 
portation, on the various Reichert No. [ll 
microscopes. Write for tnfor mation. 


» QUEEN Se. 


PHT LRDELPH co ceca 


eT Ee IIe ce ee ne ae ey 


ENLARGEMENT OF THE 


BOTANICAL GAZE 


The steady increase in the studies worthy of record 
are submitted to the Editors of the BOTANICAL GA 
compelled them during 1893 to print each month mor 
the 32 pages promised. In order to meet the growilg 
mand for space and to permit the prompter publicati 
accepted papers, the editors have 


Enlarged the Journal 
from its former size, thirty-two pages monthly, to a 
mum of 
FORTY PAGES 
with the probability, as in the past, of often exceeding 
minimum. 

At the same time they are obliged to meet the il 
cost, not only of the extra letter press, but 
_the rapidly growing expense for plates. FORTY 
published in 1893, nearly double the number for preces 
years, and the demand for illustrations increases 
importance and length of the papers. Somers 
lishers announce that the subscription price, oy aes 
eat 1894, will be ~ 

$3.00 a year 
STRICTLY IN ADVANCE. 
'y, 14 marks; in England, 14 shillings; 
17 francs; postage included. 
- No special rates or discounts to agents. | 
‘Ati is hoped that all the subscribers will yenew » 
as no Puli Say sent after the expiration of the time 
_ Send Sate  « 


Vol. XIX. MARCH, 1894. No. 3. 


THE 


OTANICAL GAZETTE 


ae EDITORS: 

JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, Ill. eae 
_ CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 

ns teks ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 


ai i * 


CONTENTS 


THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science. 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 
SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 


The subscription price must be paid in advance. No numbers are sent after th | 
expiration of the time paid for. No reduction is made to dealers or agents 


Great Britain, rg:shillings: : In Germany, 1% marks. 
Agent; W. P. COLLINS, | Agents, R. FRIEDLAZNDER & SOES, 
157 Great Portland St., London, W. Caristrasse 11, Berlin, N. ¥.f 


The prices named include postage. 
Subscriptions and business correspondence should be addressed to the 
BOTANICAL GAZETTE, MADISON, a money orders and drafts should be mat | 
payable to the Botanica GazeTT 
Separate Copies.— Contributors are furnished on request 25 separate copis® | 
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will i | 
at the following rates: For each 4:pages.or less; per 100, $1.50; for each plate | 
per roo, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like GazeTTé, vit | 
title, $1.50 per 100, additional. g@-7he number desired must be marked wi) q 
head of the MS., as none will be printed uniess ordered. ee 
' Manuscripts. —Contributors are requested to write scientific and pro sane 
with particular care, and in citations to follow the form shown in the f 3 
the GazetrTe. Mannscripts may be sent to any one of the editors: 
— Mlustrati ts.—Articles requiring illustrations and ¢ 
ae about. advertisements should be addressed to J, C. ARTHUR, 
Ind. 


ssna Numbers.—Will be Se acta Sree: only whem claim ig made wi hi 


- a 


et ee ee Madison, Wis., Seas i 


In the April number well pppeiee | ene 

__ On the absorption of water by the green parts of 
by W. F. Ganon, Harvard University. Yq 
The influence of mechanical resistance ot the cet] 

"ment and life period of calls be NEWCOMDE, | eel | 

oe of Michigan. Ae 2a | 

__ Artificia 1 cultures of an siGuwcenar fone, se 

. Gro. F. ATKINSON, Conners. ect Sag ie 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


MARCH, 1894. 


Some rare Myxomycetes of central New York, with notes on 
the germination of Enteridium Rozeanum. 


ELIAS J. DURAND. 


Plate XII will be issued with the next number. 


which will be noted in this paper. 


I, Rare Myxomycetes. 


ARCYRIA MACROSPORA Peck, 34th Rep. of the N. Y. State 
Mus. Nat. Hist., 1881, p. 43. — This species illustrates the 
fact, that the Characters of species of Myxomycetes depend 


largely upon the power of the objective used in their study. 
Markings -which 


on objective. For example, the spores of 7richia 

seuss have long been described as warted, but under the one- 

; elfth inch objective, the epispore is found to be delicately 

p culated. Dr, Peck evidently based his description of 

"yrta “acrospora upon observations made with the lower 
7—Vol. XIX—No S 


MOTANICAL GAZETTE 


MARCH, 1894. 


Some rare Myxomycetes of central New York, with notes on 
the germination of Enteridium Rozeanum. 


ELIAS J. DURAND. 
WITH PLATES IX AND X. 


The lake region of New York state is famous as a botani- 
cal collectingground. Inthe Cayuga region alone I, 278 species 
of phanerogams have been catalogued. Although flowering 
plants are so abundant, ferns, mosses, alge and fungi 
occur in great profusion. The Myxomycetes form no excep- 
tion tothisrule. The multitude of gorges and ravines, which 
render the region of Ithaca picturesque and unique among 
our lake valleys, presents an environment very favorable to 
the development of these singular organisms. 

A large number of Myxomycetes have been collected near 
Ithaca at various times, but especially during the last two 
years. Many interesting species have been found, several of 
which will be noted in this paper. 


I. Rare Myxomycetes. 


} pebrrnis MACROSPORA Peck, 34th Rep. of the N. Y. State | 
) %s. Nat. Hist., 1881, p. 43. — This species illustrates the 


Aaynersion objective. For example; the spores of 7richia 

‘or cele long been described as warted, but under the one- 

Miiculates objective, the epispore is found to be delicately 
repr, me, Dr, Peck evidently based his description of 
te macrospora upon observations made with the lower 
7—Vol. XIX—No. 3 


go The Botanical Gazette. 


powers of the microscope. Under the highest powers, the 
characters appear to be so different as to be scarcely recog- 
nizable. I, therefore, redescribe the species on this basis. 

The description is drawn from material in the Cornell Uni- 
versity Herbarium, collected at Ithaca in 1879, and sent to 
Dr. Peck, in 1880, for determination. It is labeled ‘‘Areyria 
macrospora Peck, n. sp.,” and is referred to by him in hi ; 
description (Il. c.). 

Plants crowded or gregarious, stipitate, collected on acom- 
monhypothallus. Sporangia globose, or shortly elliptical, deep 
brick-red in color, witha shade of brown. Dehiscence cit 
cumscissile. Hypothallus yellowish-brown, shining, forminga 
broad thin sheet, on which the sporangia stand. The stip? 
equals the sporangium in length, and is dark brown, almost 
black in color. The base of the sporangium after dehiscent 
forms a shallow cup, in the center of which the capillitium® 
loosely attached, much as in A. aduata. The capillitiums 
dense, with the spore-mass deep brick-red in color when fre 
fading to cinnamon brown with age. The capillitial threats 
are about 6 in diameter, and are quite closely combined il 
anet. The markings consist of broad raised bands, clos 
combined in a reticulate manner. The bands are so thick 
that they appear as coarse warts when seen in cross sectiot 
along the edge of the thread. The spores are minutely ve 
rucose, and very large, being 10-13 in diameter. Plate 
figs. I, 3; plate x, fig. 9. sea 

This is a very distinct species, being strikingly diffe 
fromall of ourotherspeciesof Arcyria. Externally the ape 
ance is much like that presented by specimens of 4. 
but the internal characters of the species are recognz@ 
aglance. The large size and peculiar markings of the 
illitial threads, together with the large warted spores; © 
peculiarities which cannot be overlooked. | on 

P Ff fA inerm 


This species seems as yet to be quite rare. _ 
calities known at present are: Copake, Columbia Co; Net 
ton, Rensselaer Co., and Ithaca, Tompkins Co. al BP : 
York. The Copake and Grafton localities are given a 
authority of Dr. C. H. Peck. ’ : 


waa = 


1894. ] Myxomycetes of Central New York. gi 


The plant was noticed at Ithaca first in 1879, when it was 
collected from a hemlock log, in Fall creek ravine. On April 
13, 1893, I collected specimens from the same station. In 
June, 1893, a few specimens were found in Cascadilla ravine 
also, ona hemlock stump. I suspect that the species has 
been overlooked on account of its external resemblance to A. 
punicea and A. adnata. 

CRIBRARIA PURPUREA Schrader, Nov. Pl. Gen 8.8; 
1797.—Plants usually scattered. The hypothallus is small 
but distinct, formed only of the thick, expanded foot of the 
stipe. Stem rather elongated, usually two or three times as 
long as the diameter of the sporangium, dark purple. Spor- 
angium large, globose, reddish purple. The calyculus oc- 
Cupies rather less than one-half of the sporangium, and is 
usually ribbed. The thickened portions of the sporangium 
form an irregular net-work. The nodes are irregular in form, 
but are somewhat elongated, and filled with purple granules. 
The connecting threads are nearly colorless, with numerous 
free branches, in the form of short projections, or of threads 
which are not connected with any node. The spores are pur- 
ple in mass, but colorless by transmitted light. They are 
5-6. 5# in diameter, smooth. 

This is a fine species, very distinct from C. elegans B. & 
C., with which it is perhaps confused. It is the largest and 
by far the most beautiful species of the whole genus. It 
usually covers considerable areas on the log where it occurs. 
Nt the spores are dispersed they lodge on the mosses and 
: ha wood, when the deep purple color is very conspicuous, 
0 that it may be seen from a considerable distance. 


in we sbecies is by no means common, and is usually found 
0) 


he has 


and at Sand Lake, New York. He has received it from Can- 
Stati un) and from Maine (Harvey). At Ithaca three 

ons are known: — Six-mile creek, Fall creek, and Coy 
At these places the plants grow on logs, the individu- 


als standing :...1: 
: pg indifferently on mosses or the rotten wood. Plate 
4 


’ 


wee ERECTA Rex, Proc. Phil. Acad. Sci., 1890, p. 
small quantity of this rare myxomycete was col- 
@ rotten log, in Coy glen, near Ithaca, April 15, 
he specimens correspond very well to the descrip- 


The Botanical Gazette. [March, 


92 
tion by Dr. Rex, and are almost exactly similar to the mater. 
ial distributed as no. 2,496 of the North American Fungi. 

Dr. Rex has given an excellent account of the species in 
the proceedings cited above. The only station knownat that 
time was in the Adirondack mountains. Whether additional 
ones have been discovered since, I am not able to state 
This is a fine species, distinguished among the Trichias by 
the stipitate checkered sporangia, the spinulose cylindrical 
elaters, and the warted spores. ‘a 


Il. Germination of Enteridium Rozeanum. 


ENTERIDIUM ROZEANUM (Rost.) Wing. —lIt is my purpose 
in this part to present some of the results of studies upon the | 
swarm-cells of Enteridium Rozeanum. These investigations 
were undertaken during the winter of 1893,as a part of somespe | 
cial work upon the group of organisms to which this plant be 
longs. The material from which the cultures were ma ewe 
collected from an old log on Fall creek flats, an extensiit 
swamp at the head of Cayuga Lake. The plants were four 
about the middle of October, 1892, and put away in ay 
place. In December, the germination of the spore ot 
large number of species collected during the fall was 1® 
but those of Enteridium were the only ones which snow” 
any signs of germination. I considered myself fortunate ® 
have succeeded even so much, for the difficulties in the Wil 
of germinating the spores of Myxomycetes are well know! — 

As is the case with many fungi, myxomycete spores F 
quire a period of rest before germination wi yet 
The length of this period seems to vary, not only acc? 
to the species, but also according to the conditions ! 
which the spores are kept. Fully as important 4 re 
tion is the medium in which the germination is 

The method of culture which I employed was 
known moist chamber formed from several thickness* 
ter paper, wet with distilled water, sustaining 4 ald 
upon which, in a hanging drop of water, the spores 
sown. The best temperature for germination seems 
about 70° F. oe 

When about to germinate, the spore absorbs wae 
protoplasm swells, rupturing the wall of the spore the 
side. Through the V-shaped opening thus made 7 
cleated protoplasm flows or streams out in @ ne ae 
figs. 6, 7,8). After leaving the spore the protoplas™ . 


: 
; 
j 


1894.] Myxomycetes of Central. New York. 93 


it is now called, the swarm-cell, becomes spherical, and under- 
goes a short period of rest (plate x, fig. 10). The swarm- 
cells at this time measure about 9u in diameter. This diame- 
ter is found to be, on an average, about one and one-half 
times that of the original spore. 

After remaining in the spherical resting state for a short 
but variable time, the swarm-cell assumes a new form. The 
body elongates, becoming cylindrical or fusiform, measuring 
about 124x 2-34. At one end a cilium is produced which is 
long and lash-like, three to five times as long as the long 
diameter of the cell body. Often two cilia are produced, — 
one at each end (plate x, fig. 12). This biciliate condition 
seems to be peculiar to Enteridium Rozeanum, so far asI have 
been able to ascertain. De Bary mentions the fact that two 
cilia are occasionally produced, but his figures represent both 
cilia at the same end. 

By the lashing of the cilium the swarm-cell is made to 
move rapidly through the water, executing what De Bary calls 
the “hopping movement.” I cannot see the appropriateness 
of this term. It appeals to me more as an oscillatory or un- 
dulatory motion. Through the rapid lashing of the cilium, 
the body oscillates as if hung on a pivot at the center. The 
cell meanwhile is in constant amoeboid movement, so that 
Pid form is constantly changing, to a limited extent. The 
one the body does not change as a result of the motion of 
cell ORY but by virtue of some force within the body of the 
ber : : The vibration seems to be in a horizontal plane, 
rat “8 the double conical or figure-of-eight movement pos- 

sed by many bacteria. In the case of the biciliate swarm- 


the cil sneral shape of the uniciliate swarm-cell is fusiform, 
every naa being at the smaller, pointed end. In almost 
anum stance, the uniciliate swarm-cells of Enteridium Roze- 
(plate A a 4 curious appendage at the larger, posterior end 
toplasm, §- 11). This consists of a spherical mass of pro- 
of the ana a diameter slightly less than the short diameter 
joined t ody. is appendage contains a vacuole, and is 

° the cell body by a short thread of protoplasm. In 


94 The Botanical Gazette. (March, 


no instance have I observed this separating from the cell _ 
body., I did not once observe the creeping movement of the 
swarm-cell described by De Bary and Lister. When this 
movement is begun, the oscillatory movement is said to 
cease, while the cell moves slowly along the glass, with the 
cilium directed forward. 

In the course of its amoeboid movement the cell assumes 
many forms. Sometimes it is nearly straight. Again it will 
be bent double, so that the anterior and posterior ends are 
nearly incontact. At other times protrusions or pseudopodia 
appear in parts of the cell, so that the body assumes almost 
numberless outlines. 


gwartl | 
In these cells § 


into acommon mass, the young plasmodium (plate X, 
The plasmodia are about 24m in diameter, wher si 
spherical swarm-cells are only about 94. Whether the 


1894. ] Myxomycetes of Central New York. 95 


of the cells remain distinct in the young plasmodium, I was 
not able to determine. But in the plasmodium there is only 
one contractile vacuole, while each of the component cells 
contained one. The movements of the mass are distinctly 
amoeboid, and the protoplasmic currents can be clearly seenin 
the plasmodium as it moves slowly from place to place. The 
expansion of the contractile vacuole is very gradual until it 
attains its full size. After remaining expanded for a moment 
it suddenly disappears entirely. The time occupied from one 
disappearance to another is from forty to sixty seconds. 

n the movement of the young plasmodium the protoplasm 
flows in a definite direction for a time, until a large pseudo- 
pod isformed. The rest of the plasmodium then flows into 
the pseudo pod. The movement is that of the whole mass in 
a definite direction. The young plasmodium meanwhile is 
irregular in outline, owing to the putting out of small pseudo- 
pods from all sides of the mass. 

I was unable to induce the development of this species be- 
yond the young plasmodial stage. Many different methods of 
culture were tried, with many different media, but all without 
Success. I was particularly desirous of obtaining a mature 
Plasmodium of. this Species, in order to study the formation of 
the ethalium. As is well known, the arrangement of spo- 


» More fortunate than myself, may be able to com- 
Ra these observations, and work out this interesting struc- 
re. 


oe acknowledgments are due to Prof. G. F. Atkinson for 
si and kindly advice in carrying out this study. 
etantcal Laboratory, Cornell University. 


pra ipPendage. — Fig. 12, biciliated swarm-cell.— Figs. 13-15, am- 
Modium,  "/8-— Fig. 16, coalescing swarm-cells.—Fig. 17, young plas- 


Contributions from the Cryptogamic Laboratory of Har 
yard University. XXIII.' 


Notes on the life history of a blue-green motile cell. — 
BRADLEY MOORE DAVIS. 
WITH PLATE XI. 


In view of certain opinions that have been expressed by 
some botanists, notably Hansgirg, but which most botanists” 
have not generally accepted, that there exist motile condi- 
tions of certain members of the MyxoPHYCE (CYANOPHY- 
CE#), the writer was much pleased when last November he 
happened to meet with a unicellular blue-green motile orga 
ism and was able to trace its life history. 

These blue-green motile cells were first noticed while e& 
amining some material collected from a pool in the salt | 
marshes of the Charles river, Cambridge. They appeal 
in such quantities in vessels holding the collections of Begge 
toa, Oscillatoria, Melostra, Cladophora, Enteromorpha clath 
rata, etc., fougd in the salt marshes, that they formed 
scum upon the surface of the water and sides of the vessels, 
where they readily passed into a non-motile stage. ~ 
source of the blue-green swarmers was soon traced to colonit 
of bluish-green cells, that resembled colonies of Polycyst 
and were found commonly adhering on the sides of ™ i 
grass (Spartina) and other objects. The measurements © 
these cells were identical with those of Polycystts pallida, ‘\ 
the colonies resembled strikingly the herbarium specimens © 
this species. . m 
_ Anton Hansgirg has been the most prominent champ 

of polymorphism among the Myxophycee. He has expe, 
himself as believing that species of Euglena? give mS® Oy 
cillatoria filaments and certain blue-green swarmers he thin 


a 


sr repared under the direction of Dr. W. 
Hansgirg, Botanisches Centralblatt 23: 
‘Hansgirg, ibid. 


G. Farlow. oe 
v4 ae 

1d. p. 230, ) 22. 188) 

Goebel, Outlines of Class. and Sp. Morph. of Plants (Engl. trans: i 


32. 1885. 


1894. ] A Blue-Green Motile Cell. 97 


with considerable interest that the writer undertook the study 
of the form which he had found whose non-motile state so 
closely resembled Polycystis pallida. 


Motile stage. 


The motile cells were to be found at all times in small 
numbers. There was no time of day when they appeared in 
‘quantities, as is the habit of zoospores of members of the 
Chlorophycee, although they exhibited the same phenomena 
of collecting on the sides of the vessel nearest the light. When 
confined in a Van Tieghem cell they swarm about for a day 
or two, finally coming to rest at the edge of the drop of wa- 
ter 


The cells (plate x1, fig. 1) are broadly elliptical in outline, 
from 8-10 long and 5-6 wide. One end is slighly truncate 
in shape and contains a slight depression into which the pair 
of cilia are inserted. The cilia are not the same length, the 
longer being about as long as the cell is wide and the other 
somewhat shorter. They are so placed, and the figure illus- 
trates this point, that the longest cilium is nearest to the 
longest axis of the cell. 

Inside the cell are from six to ten disc-shaped bodies ar- 
ranged around the periphery of the cell. These bodies are 


seen chromatophores, although the blue-green tint is not al- 
bk confined to them. Sometimes the blue-green color 
the S to fill almost the entire cell, only the end which bears 
Cilia being hyaline. 
olen the middle of the cell on the periphery are one or 
Ways ‘ie bright red pigment spots: when two they are al- 
eacare near together, sometimes almost touching. The 
seem ae two Pigment spots in one individual did not 
‘aches, ‘cate that conjugation had taken place, for such 
Was S were not necessarily larger in size and no specimen 
t ver observed with four cilia. 
ually i ele end of the cell from the cilia there is us- 
the slate, ound a light colored area that probably marks 
Present ; we of the nucleus, which was demonstrated to be 
in the non-motile cells. 


98 The Botanical Gazette. [March, 


The motion of the motile cells through the water is quick 
and sometimes they dart to one side in a manner that sug- 
gests at once the motion of certain infusoria. They come to 
rest slowly, moving occasionally from side to side some time 
after they seem to have settled down. While they sometimes 
spin around on the ciliated end just before they settle down, 
they do not attach themselves in a perpendicular position but 
rest on one side. The length of time these cells remain in 
the motile condition, and the character of their movements, | 
forms a striking contrast to the motile phases of other alga, 
such as Cladophora, Draparnaldia, Ulva, etc., whose 200 
spores settle down within a few hours to develop a new itt 
dividual. 

Non-motile stage. 

The motile cells when they came to rest in a Van Tieghem 
cell, did not divide for two or three days and after that only 
at intervals of two or three days. The division consists of a 
longitudinal splitting of the cell into a pair of similar cells 
and hence in the colonies they tend to show a pretty fy 
ular arrangement in groups of twos and fours. They are about 
the same size as the motile cells but inclined to be a littl 
shorter and somewhat broader in their proportions. That 
there is a common gelatinous envelope surrounding young 
colonies is often clearly shown by the quantities of bacter 
that swarm at a fixed distance from the cells (plate 4 fg. 
2). This gelatinous envelope is not a marked character how 
ever and in large colonies it is quite insignificant (plate Xs 
fig. 3), although it is not difficult to prove its existence with 


proper stains. | 
ot al 


The chromatophores, in the non-motile cells, are ! I 
ranged in any regular manner and sometimes the entire Ge 
appears of an almost uniform blue-green tint. The chr 

ophores vary in size but are usually discoid in shape ae 


| 


XI, fig. 4). They may be brought out with great , 
ness in cells after treatment with absolute alcohol, and app" 
perfectly homogeneous. be 

One or two, and rarely three, pigment spots ar pai 
found near the middle of the cells on the periphery: i. 
color however is not so bright as in the motile stage but i 
clined to be a brownish-red. dea 

A well defined nucleus (plate XI, fig. 5) can easily be art 
onstrated when specimens, well fixed and hardened, : 


1894.] A Biue-Green Motile Cell. 99 


treated with dilute potassic hydrate solution to destroy the 
chromatophores and then stained with eosin. 

In several instances, while examining under the microscope 
the colonies scraped from the marsh grass, single cells were 
observed to slip out from the colony and swim away and these 
were identical with the blue-green motile cells. 


Taxonomy. 
The, presence of a well defined nucleus, pigment spots and 


chromatophores clearly showed that this form was not a, 


member of the Myxophycez as the group is defined by most 
botanists. 

Of late there has been considerable discussion on the inner 
structure of the cells of Myxophycee, particularly in respect 
to the possible occurrence of. nuclei and chromatophores. 
Almost all the investigators in this field of research agree in 
saying that there never exists a nucleus in the usual sense of 
the word; that, if present at all, it is in the form of some cen- 
tral body of very indefinite outline, or scattered through the cell 
in the shape of small granules which react with stains in a 
Manner similar to the chromatin bodies in the nuclei of higher 
plants. The nucleus in the present form is perfectly well de- 
fined and contains a distinct nucleolus. In regard to the pres- 
ence of chromatophores in the cells of Myxophycez there is 
less unanimity of opinion among recent writers. Several in- 
vestigators, Hieronymus, Zukal, and others, believe that 
chromatophores exist; but other investigators, Zacharias in 
Particular, have not been able to find them. ‘The chromato- 
pe of Hieronymus is present as a network just under the 
ne and is only made apparent by special treatment. No 
“i canal appears to have seen bodies as definitely organ- 
ro = outlined as the chromatophores in the cells of the 
the aon. has just been described. For a general review of 
es akean ; on this subject the reader is referred to a paper 

Saad ult in the Revue gén. de Botanique 5: 181. 1893. 
1 OE motile cells: have been known for a long time. 
under th § in 1838 published an account of three species 
le genera Cryptomonas and Cryptoglena and since then 
has been added to our systematic knowledge of 
- The genus Cryptoglena was distinguished from 
by Ehrenberg because of its pigment spot, and 


*Ebren| z 
berg, Die Infusionsthierchen als vollkommene Organismen. 1838. 


\ 


100 The Botanical Gazette. (March, : 


therefore the present form clearly belongs to Cryptoglena, 3 — 
defined by Ehrenberg, but no species of Ehrenberg agrees — 
with it in measurement nor does it resemble any of Ehrenberg’s 
figures. Moreover, none of Ehrenberg’s species were mariné 

Under the name Cryptomonas polymorpha, Perty® has it- — 
cluded all the blue-green forms of Ehrenberg as well as some 
grass-green forms, but his uniting so many various forms 
under one name does not seem to be warranted and has not 
been generally accepted by recent writers. Stein’ gives al — 


green and has two cilia. Cienkowsky,® previous to Steins 
publication, had minutely described a form, calling it Cryp | 
monas ovata, which is evidently much the same form as Steins 
Cryptomonas ovata. More recently Dangeard!® has given¢ 
description of Cryptomonas ovata and his seems also 0 
be the same as that of Cienkowsky and Stein. This form, | 
studied by Dangeard, Stein and Cienkowsky, is very different : 
from that which I have found. Their species has no pigmét = 
spot, no bodies corresponding to the chromatophores 11M] — 
form, it is much larger and the cell shows a degree of ra 
plication far greater than is found in the one here describe’ 

‘Dangeard!! has also described a new blue-green motile 
cell, Cryptomonas cyana, which is very small (3-4/4 long); 
quite recently!” he mentions having observed a marine Crypie 
monas (C. marina), but the description is too short to ene” 
me to judge whether or not it issimilarto the present organ.Sm 
A species that closely resembles my form in m 
has been described by Hansgirg!* as Chroomonas 
but this species differs in having no pigment spots 400 
shape of the chromatophore which is lamina-like with py" 
noids 3 wide. 


4 ‘ 
ALi 


*Perty, Zur Kennt. kleinster Lebensf. nach Bau. Funk. System 

7Stein, Der Organismus der Infusionthiere. mI Abtheilung, 1 Haltl® 
fig. 26, 1878. 

yaar aks Bot. Centralblatt. 24: 342. 1885. 

Cienkowsky, Ueber Palmellaceen und einige Flagellaten. 

Anat. 6: 424. p/. 27. 1870. 

10Dangeard, Contribution a l'étude des organismes in 
II.—:47. 1890, 
11Dangeard, l.c., p. 54. ; L=- 
i Dangeard, Note sur un Cryptomonas marin. Le Botaniste If- 

Hansgirg, Bot. Centralblatt 23: 230. 1885.—24: 376. 1885- 


pl 1H 
Archiv _ ! 
férieurs. Le BO” u 


ae 


1894. ] A Blue-Green Motile Cell. IOI 


As the presence of pigment spots, character of the chro- | 
matophores and general simplicity of the cell distinguish the 
form here described from the genus Cryptomonas as understood 
by Dangeard, Stein, Cienkowsky, and primarily by Ehren- 
berg, it has seemed best to adopt the name Cryptoglena with 
the character of the genus as defined by Ehrenberg, and as 
no described species appears to be like the present form, it 
seems desirable to publish its description as: 

Cryptoglena Americana, sp. nov.—Motile cells broadly 
elliptical, 8-1oy long, 5-6 wide: cell contents blue-green 
with 6-10 disc-shaped chromatophores arranged around the 
periphery: one or two bright red pigment spots placed on 
the periphery near the middle of the cell: one end hyaline, 
slightly truncate, with a depression from which arise a pair 
of an of unequal length, the longer about as long as the cell 
is wide, : 

Non-motile cells slightly shorter and somewhat broader 
than motile cells (7-9 long x 6-7 wide), arranged in groups 
of twos and fours in a closely packed Polycystis-like colony: 
almost uniformly colored, blue-green, with 6—10 disc-shaped’ 
chromatophores and one or two brownish red pigment spots 
near the middle of the cell at the periphery: nucleus near the 
middle of the cell. ; 

Habitat: salt marshes of the Charles river, Cambridge, 
Mass., on stems of grass and larger alge. Autumn. ** 

The agreement in measurements between the non-motile 
ri of Cryptoglena Americana and the cells of the American 
form of P olycystis pallida, described by Dr. Farlow,?® is very 
teresting and suggests the possibility that this Polycystis 
pallida is really the non-motile condition of this species of 
*s a nle Ihave had the opportunity of comparing her- 
wee Specimens of the American Polycystis pallida with 
id “pean specimens of the same species and they seem to be 

entical. 

We head Pe speeimens of Polycystis pallida give very little 
pe of a cell structure as differentiated as Cryptoglena 
rar ee but specimens of Cryptoglena Americana after 
the e. tied on mica for a month gave very little indication of 

romatophores and no indication of the pigment spots. 


“The Motile 
frequent y 


Condition appears to be common all through the winter. It has 
15 itten. 


“0 met with since the above was wr 
© Marine alge of New England 28, 1879. 


102 The Botanical Gazette. [March, 
The question of a possible identity of these two forms cat 
only be settled by an examination of fresh material of Poly. 
cystis pallida and it is desirable that botanists who have the 
opportunity of investigating this point should bear the ques- 
tion in mind. 
Cambridge, Mass. 
EXPLANATION OF Pate XI. 


All figures sketched with an Abbé camera and magnified about 750 diameters; 
reduced in engraving one-tenth. 
Fig. 1, Motilecells, killed with Flemming’s fluid. —Fig. 2, A young colony of 
non-motile cells; the boundary of a i pe is marked 


n 
phores,—Fi wo non-motile cells, after trea 
8 


Flowers and insects. XII. 


CHARLES ROBERTSON. 


CLEMATIS VIRGINIANA L.—The flower, with its horizon- 
tally expanded sepals, measures about 2™ across. The flower 
clusters form large, white masses upon the shrubs upon which 
the plants climb. The flowers are dioecious. The white 
color and the easily accessible nectar attract numerous, mostly 
small, short-tongued insects. The visitors, however, are 
principally flies, three-fifths of the species being of this kind. 

An interesting comparison may be made between this plant 
and Lsopyrum biternatum, an account of which is given in the 
GAZETTE, 17: 173-5. 1892. The flowers of both species are 
white, though the Clematis is more conspicuous, and the ex- 
tent of nectar concealment is almost identical. Nevertheless, 
the species show a marked difference in the kinds of insects 
visiting them, as the following table will show: 

RO Targa pee eC ae 


a | & a 
% _ ~ 
ae | & Z a | eat ile ae 
. Za = im = =) EO < 
Hn i= Oy i+] (2) < ie a a 
BiPkl Be Ee eR EEL 
m m a = I op Bs & 
ene Cae 
ddibeg biternatum | 31 ro) 10 I I 2 5 50 
—Matis Virginiana 9 oO 6 10. 7 Il 2 55 


The difference is mainly a result of the time of blooming. 


Sopyrum, according to my observations, blooms from March 
ge May 12th, and Clematis Virginiana from July 11th 
are ni Oth. During the blooming time of the former, bees 
the “eh as abundant as during the blooming time of 
jie: er. OF the lower aculeate Hymenoptera I have never 
the ‘” My neighborhood more than six species during 
shone ie of Isopyrum, though they become more abundant 
their m oe the plant goes out of bloom; but they reach 
which Pei during the period of Clematis Virginiana, within 
=i “i I have noted I15 species flying simultaneously. 

SPecies sere um 1S exposed to a tachinid fauna of only six 
S80, while the Clematis is exposed to thirty or more 


cc The Botanical Gazette. 


species. The Muscide are also more abundant while Clema 
tis Virginiana is in bloom. It seems that bees and Syrphitla 
therefore, are less abundant on the Clematis on accountof 
the competition of the lower Hymenoptera and the other 
Diptera. 
As far as I have observed in my neighborhood, this is the 
latest blooming of the Ranunculacez. By late bloomingit | 
gains the signal advantage of avoiding competition with such 
allies as Ranunculus, Isopyrum, Anemonella, etc., and it finds ; 
the general antfophilous "Msect fauna™at its maximum. Is” 
period overlaps with the periods of C. Pitchert and Anemm 
Virginiana. C. Pitcheri, its congene®, is hardly a competitor 
since, as observed below, it is adapted to bumble-bees. 
Anemone, being a pollen flower, also avoids competition 
some €xtent by attracting a different set of insects. 
The following insects were taken from the staminate flor 
ers on July 27th, 28th, 30th and August 3d: 
HYMENOPTERA.—A pidae: (1) Apis mellifica L.% %: CE 
Bombus virginicus Oliv. 8, s. and c. p.; Amdrenidae: (3) Hal 
ictus zephyrus Sm. 9, s. and c. p.; (4) H. confusus Sm. 
s. and c. p.; (§) H. stultus Cr. 49, s. and ¢. ps the a 
abundant visitor; (6) H. cressonii Rob. 4; (7) Sphecodes # 
vensis Pttn. 4, s.; (8) S. confertus Say? s.; (9) Prosopt 
affinis Sm. 89, s.; Eumenidae: (10) Odynerus tigris Sauss..§) 
(11)O.foraminatus Sauss. ,s.; Crabronidae : (12) Crabro mint” 
ics 65 (ES) C: interruptus Lep., s.; (14) Oxybelus me 
Say, s.; Myssonidae: (15) Nysson plagiatus Cr., sh 
(16) Pelopoeus cemenrarius Dru., s.; (17) Isodontia phi 10 
phica Lep., s.; (18) Sphex ichneumonea L., s.; Scoliidac: (9 
Scolia bicincta F., s. ig 
DIPTERA.—Conopidae: (20) Oncomyia loraria LW, 
Syrphidae: (21) Platychirus quadratus Say; (22) ' 
obliqua Say; (23) Mesograpta marginata Say; (24) SP 
Phoria cylindrica Say; (25) Eristalis transversus Vd. 
Syritta pipiens L.; Tachinidae: (27) Exorista sp-; (28) 
globosa Twns.; (29) Hyalomyia purpurascens . 
Jurinia apicifera Wik.; (31) J. smaragdina Mcq-; (3?) 
palpus fulgens Mg.; (33) Frontina flavicauda Riley 
Siphona illinoensis Twns.; (35) Miltogramma @ 
Twns. ; (36) Sarcomacronychia aurifrons Twns.; 
tdae: (37) Sarcophaga sp. ; Muscidae: (38) Calliphora 
cephala Mg.; (39) Graphomyia sp.; (40) Lucilia SP- 


ad 


az 


i 


1894.] Flowers and Insects. 105 


latifrons Schin.; (42) L. cornicina F.; (43) Compsomyia 
macellaria F.; (44) Musca domestica L.; Anthomyidae: (45) 

omalomyia canicularis L.; (46) Anthomyia albicincta FIL; 
(47-48) Chortophila spp.; Sepsidae: (49) Sepsis sp.; YZ. acal- 
yptratae: (§0-53) spp.—all sucking. 

LEPIDOPLERA.—Lycaenidae: (54) Lycaena pseudargiolus 
B.-L.) 8. 

HEMIPTERA.—Capsidae: (55) Lopidea media Say, s. 

CLEMATIS PITCHERI Torr. and Gray.!—lIn this case we 
have a bumible-bee flower produced by a very simple modifi- 
cation. The sepals, instead of being expanded’ horizontally 
so as to admit all sorts of insects to the pollen produced in 
the anthers, and to the nectar secreted by the filaments, are 
thick and rigid and have their edges so closely approximated 
that bees are only admitted at the small opening formed by 
their separating tips. 

he flower is nodding and is purplish exteriorly. It mea- 
sures about 2™ long and opens to the extent of 5"". The tips 
of the sepals are pointed and reflexed, so as to form foot-holds 
for the visiting bumble-bees. As observed above, nectar is 
Secreted by the filaments. After a bee has inserted its head 
as far as it will go, it still needs a proboscis from 12 to 15™" 
long to exhaust the nectar supply. 

In newly opened flowers, the stigmas are so far advanced 
(4"") before the anthers that cross-pollination very readily 
eccurs by the bees touching them before disturbing the pol- 
nite L ter, when the inner anthers dehisce, spontaneous 
oe may occur by these anthers, which finally equal 

oo coming in contact with the latter. 

. rie Seen the flowers visited for nectar by Bombus va- 
fans Sm. 9, and by Volucella vesiculosa F. 


RaNuNcuLus SEPTENTRIONALIS Poir.—The plant is com- 

scattered patches in low, rich soil. At first 
or 2%", the stems finally elongating so as to 
the surrounding grass. The spreading stems 
open flowers at a time, which renders them 
but increases the probability of cross-pollin- 
Wers of distinct plants. 


__ This p} ; 
it Am. Nat <a C_Viorna, which is desctibed and figured by Foerste 
» XIX.—No, 3 


i 


106 The Botanical Gazette. (March, 


The bright yellow petals expand horizontally, the flower 
measuring 2 or 3™ across. 

The flower is proterogynous. The styles elongate, holding 
their receptive stigmas above the anthers, which at first art ) 
allclosed. The outerstamens lengthen and discharge first, the 
dehiscence being extrorse. 

There is abundant opportunity for cross-pollination befor 
the anthers begin to discharge. Later cross- or self-pollint 
tion may occur by insect aid. There is no doubt that sell 
pollination depends mainly upon the visits of insects. lh 
however, the stigmas remain untouched until the inner at 
thers discharge, spontaneous self-pollination may occur ly 
pollen falling upon the stigmas, since the inner filaments fit: 
ally lengthen so as to hold the dehiscent anthers over the st 
mas. The plant was observed in bloom from April 8th® 
May 24th. On six days, between April 16th and May 7th 
the following list of visitors was observed: eae 

HYMENOPTERA.—A fide: (1) Synhalonia belfragel Cr 
s.; (2) Ceratina tejonensis Cr. 2, s.; (3) C. dupla Say 6% $# 
c. p., ab.; (4) Osmia albiventris Cr. 49, s. and c. P» ab. ; | 


O. conjuncta Cr. 9, c. p.; (6) O. lignaria Say % S- and ¢ Py 
olemollt 


ek 


c. p.; (17) H. ligatus Say 9, s. and c. p.; (18) gi 
Nyl. 9, s. and c. p.; (19) H. pilosus Sm. &, s. and c. Pi 
H. obscurus Rob. 9, s. and c. p.; (21) H. stultus Cr. % Bie 
H. zephyrus Sm. 9, s.; (23) Sphecodes dichroa Sm. 6) % 
DiPTERA.—Bombylide: (24) Bombylius pulchellus a 
one; (25) B. fratellus Wd., s.; Syrphide: (26) Pipiza ee / 
- Will., f. p.; (27) P. femoralis Lw., f. p.; (28) Chilosié To 
lata Lw., s. and f. p., ab.; (29) Melanostoma 
s. and f. p.; (30) Syrphus ribesii L., s. and f. pei Wig 
americanus Wd., s. and f. p.; (32) S. arcuatus Fil, f. pi 


ay, f. p.; Tachinide: (35) Siphona illinoens® 
Muscide : (36) Cyrtoneura sp.; Anthomytd@: (37. ) Hy 
sp., s.; (38) Homalomyia sp., s; (39-49) Anthomy!® 
(41-42) Chortophila sp., s. 


1894.] Flowers and Insects. 107 


COLEOPTERA. —Carabide: (43) Lebia viridis Say; Coccin- 
ellide: (44) Megilla maculata DeG., f. p.; Chrysomelida@: (45) 
Diabrotica vittata F., f. p.; Gdemertde: (46) Asclera ruficol- 
lis Say, f. p.; Anthictde: (47) Corphyra terminalis Say, f. p34 
Curculionide : (48-49) Centrinus spp., f. p. 

LEPIDOPTERA.—Hesperide: (50) Nisoniades juvenalis F., 
s.; (51) N. brizo B.-L., s.; (52) Eudamus bathyllus S.-A., s. 


RANUNCULUS FASCICULARIS Muhl.—This is the common 
early buttercup, blooming from March 24thto May 19th. The 
stems rise about 1. Each plant commonly shows only one 
or two open flowers at a time, so that in this case pollination 
between distinct plants is apt to occur; but well developed 
plants often show several flowers, when pollination is more 
likely to take place between flowers of the same plant. 

The flowers are bright yellow, expanding from 15 to 25™™. 
Newly opened flowers are less widely spread. They show 
the indehiscent anthers crowded in a compact mass, and the 
stigmas surpassing them by 1-2™". At this time, the stigmas 
are receptive, and I have often found them thoroughly dusted 
with pollen which must have come from other flowers. The 
flowers are therefore proterogynous and are generally cross- 
pollinated. In older flowers the petals are lengthened and 
“teal expanded. The stamens also lengthen and finally over- 
top the stigmas, the anthers nearly concealing them. At this 
time, if fertilization has not already taken place, spontaneous 
self-pollination may readily occur by the stigmas receiving 
Pollen from the anthers which now overtop them, and often 
touch them, as in the preceding. 
haa eat of its earlier blooming, its more scattered habit, 
ples © More exposed situations in which it grows, R. fasci- 
aa : is not So abundantly visited by insects as is the case 

Ths F oe lonalis, though it shows a very similar list. 
April 1, Wing Visitors were observed on’six days, between 

Pril tt and Ma ; 
liners TERA.—Apide: (1) Apis mellifica L.%,s.; (2) 

inks adage fr. 4, s.; (3) C. dupla Say 49, S., freq.; (4) 
Andrenidg musts Cr. 69.-n. ; freq. ; (5) Nomada sayi Rob. é,s.; 
Rob. 9 g . oe Andrena viole Rob. 4, S-5 £7) A. cressonii 
toralis “Ws ) A. flavo-clypeata Sm. é, s.; (9) Halictus pec- 
H, ligatus Pi 8. and c. p.; (10) H. coriaceus Sm. 9, s.; (11) 
c p: (13) > S. and c. p.; (12) H. fasciatus Nyl. 9,s. and 
oes - Pilosus Sm. 9, s.; (14) H. confusus Sm. %5s., 


108 The Botanical Gazette. (March, 


freq.; (15) H. pruinosus Rob. 9,s. and c. p.; (16) H. stultus 
Cr.'9,s.; (17) Augochlora pura Say, s. ard c. p., freq.; (18) 
Agapostemon radiatus Say?,s. and c. p., freq. 

DIPTERA.—Bombylide: (19) Bombylius fratellus Wd., s.; 
Syrphide: (20) Chilosia capillata Lw., s.; (21) Melanostoma 
mellinum L.; (22) Syrphus arcuatus FIl., s.; (23) S. ameri- 
canus Wd.; (24) Mesograpta marginata Say; s. and f. p, 
freq.; (25) M. geminata Say, s., freq.; (26) Sphaerophoria 
cylindrica Say, s. and f. p.; (27) Eristalis transversus Wd., 
f. p.; (28) Xylota fraudulosa Lw.. s.; Zachinide: (29) Gonia 
frontosa Say, s., freq.; Sarcophagide: ( 30) Sarcophaga sp., 
s.; Musctde: (31) Lucilia cornicina F., s.; Anthomyide: 
(32) Chortophila sp., s., freq. 

LEPIDOPTERA. —Papilionide : (33) Colias philodice Godt.,s. 

COLEOPTERA.—Cdemerida: (34) Asclera ruficollis Say, f.p. 


RANUNCULUS ABORTIVUS L.?—-Although apparently in 
need of a chance to pollinate its stigmas with pollen from its 
own stamens, as in the cases of R. fascicularis and septentii- 
onalis, the flowers of this species do not seem to be able to 
effectually self-pollinate. 

Newly opened flowers have receptive stigmas before the 
anthers dehisce and are consequently proterogynous. S00 _ 
the outer anthers begin to dehisce extrorsely and early be 
come reflexed. At this time the central carpels are above 


elongation of the receptacle. The lower pistils, howevel 
may receive pollen directly from the surrounding anthers 
when these have dehisced. 


flowers about 5-8" wide. The petals are minute, and Dei 
nectar pits on their bases, not protected by a scale. 
the flowers are quite inconspicuous 


sr On the sth of May I noted as visitors: : 

: fe NOP TERA.—Andvenidae : (1) Andrena ziziae 
* 'Feq.; (2) Halictus stultus Cr. 9, s. and c. p.; (3 

chlora pura Say 9, s. —_ 
2 ; : “ 7 a 

Nat, Se Piney omibations to the Life-Histories of Plants, VIL., Pree d 


1894.] Flowers and Lusects. 109 


COLEOPTERA.—Coccinellidae: (4) Megilla maculata DeG., 
f. p.; (5) Coccinella g-notata Hbst., s. 

The three species of Ranunculus, an account of which has 
been given above, are in Competition with one another and 
with other members of the genus, as well as with other mem- 
bers of the order, such as Isopyrum, Anemonella, Myosurus, 
Hydrastis, etc. In the period from the ldfter part of April to 
the middle of May, which is the maximum period of Ranun- 
culacee, Delphinium tricorne and Aquilegia Canadensis are 
also in bloom, but they can hardly be regarded as competit- 
ors, since the former is adapted to bumble-bees and the lat- 
ter to humming-birds. ° 


HYPERICUM CISTIFOLIUM Lam.—The stems grow from 
3-6" high and are often collected in rather conspicuous 
patches. The flowers appear in many-flowered cymes, are 
yellow, and expand about 15"". Of the numerous stamens 
the inner dehisce first, rising to the centre. The flowers are 
homogamous, with a chance of self-pollination. The homo- 
samy, however, does not exist as a provision for self-pollina- 
tion, though under certain conditions, it may be of advantage 


o this purpose; but is correlated with the fact that the 
pent are devoid of nectar, and are visited exclusively for 
en. 


Sty isa common. characteristic of pollen-flowers, 
ets pee many highly organized flowers which secrete 
gam Bes a abundant pollen. The fact is that dicho- 
ous oo sadvantageously in all cases in which a numer- 
tors 4 visitors come exclusively for pollen, for these vis- 
negiect the flowers which are in the pistillate stage. 
TRI a a cistifolium depends almast exclusively on bum- 
«females and workers, which visit it to collect pollen. 
Species were: ent days [| noted them thus engaged. The 
Pennsyloanse, ") Bombus americanorum F.9%, ab.; (2) B. 
occasion | ek eG. 8; (3) B. separatus Cr. 9%, ab. On one 
ob. 9 Sg the pollen collected by Agapostemon bicolor 
€ flowers bloom from June 18 to July 22. 


XYLUM AMERICANUM Mill.—The northern prickly 
uration, Apr ae ly spring, and its blooming time is of short 
tise from 13m 2th to 28th. The shrubs grow insmall clumps and 
Clusters and The greenish flowers are in small umbel-like 


a are NO more conspicuous than the young leaves 
Todd; Am. N 


XANTHO 
ash blosso 


at. 14: 668, and Trelease: ibid., 731. f 


110 The Botanical Gazette. [March, 


with which they appear; but insect visits are secured by 
abundant nectar secreted by the large gynobase. The corolla 
forms a loose tube about 2™ long, beyond the tip of which 
the entire length of the conniving styles is exserted. The 
ovaries and the gynobase each occupy about half of this tube. 
The elevation of the ovaries gives them the novel function of 
obstructing the tube and to some extent concealing the nec- 
tar, and the most convenient passages to the nectar are the 
intervals between them. In the staminate flowers the gyno- 
base is developed into a more widely expanded disc, with 
lobes extending between the filaments. In this form the nec- 
tar is concealed by the filaments and by the rudimentary 
ovaries. Access to it is most convenient between the fila- 
ments. Cross-fertilization between distinct plants is secured 
by dioecism. In spite of the inconspicuousness of the flowers 
abundant insect visits are insured. 

This is a good illustration of the value of nectar as an en- 
tomophilous character of flowers. The secretion of nectar is, 
as a rule, all that is necessary to induce insect visits to 
flowers in natural situations and under fairly favorable condi- 
tions, and I am in the habit of disregarding the opinion that — 
flowers are not frequently visited by insects in all cases where A 
Tam satisfied that nectar is secreted. When nectar alone is — 
such an effective agent in securing insect visits the fact that — 
flowers display even the least advertisement in the way % 
conspicuously colored parts is conclusive proof of the extreme — 
importance of insect aid. : 

The following visitors of Xanthoxylum were taken on fouf — 
days, between Apr. 12th and rgth: j 


Sp. %, S.; (15) H. gracilis Rob. 9, s., freq.; (16) H. arcuatus 4 
Rob. 9, s.: (17) H. lerouxii Lep. 9, s.; (18) H. ligatus Say 


1894.] Flowers and Insects. III 
Augochlora pura Say 2, s.; (25) Colletes inzqualis Say 9, 


s., ab. 
DipTERA.—Syrphide. (26) Chrysogaster nitida Wd.; (27) 
Syrphus americanus Wd.; (28) Xanthogramma felix O. S.; 
(29) Mesograpta geminata Say; (30) Spherophoria cylindrica 
Say; (31) Eristalis dimidiatus Wd.; (32) Helophilus similis 
Meq.; Tachinidae: (33) Jurinia apicifera Wlk.; (34) Gonia 
exul Will., ab.; (35) G. frontosa Say, ab.; Muscidae: (36) Lu- 
cilia cesar L.; (37) L. cornicina F. freq.; Cordyluridae: (38) 
Scatophaga squalida Mg.—all sucking. 
LEPIDOPTERA.—WNoctuidae: (39) Plusia simplex Gn., s. 


RHUS-GLABRA L.— The greenish-yellow flowers are 
crowded in dense terminal panicles. Each flower forms a 
broad, shallow cup, in the bottom of which is situated a broad, 
yellow, five-lobed disc, which secretes nectar. In the pistil- 
late flower access to the disc is impeded only by the style with 
its three large stigmas, and by small tufts of hairs on the in- 
ner faces of the five petals. In the staminate flower the disc 
8 somewhat concealed by the large anthers. 

As far as observed this species seems to be dicecious. In 


= patch of plants on which most of the insects were taken I 
0 only pistillate flowers, I have also found patches in 


hy all of the lowers appeared to be staminate, and in which, 
ater the flowers fell, no fruit was to be seen, but only the 
naked axes of the panicles. 


“ have noted the flowers in bloom from June 8th to 24th. 
1 account of 


Merous insects 


u Owers on three days, June 22d to 24th. 
(2) Se Apidae: (1) Apis mellifica L. ¥, s., ab.; 
r. 2 ina dupla Say 9, s. and c. p-; (3) Heriades carinatum 
3, 8.; ( ) iy c. p.; Andrenidae: (4) Andrena crataegi Rob. 
2 Halictus arcuatus Rob. 9 Sand ¢.-p., abi, (0) 
» 8.5 (7) H. lerouxii Lep. 9, s.; (8) H. fascia- 
Pruinosus Reg (9) H. pilosus Sm. 9, 5. and -e, ee FiO) HH. 
a; (12) y °®. 6% s.; (11) H. confusus Sm. 29, s. and ¢. p., 
a zephyrus Sm. 9, s, and c. p.; (13) H. stultus Cr. 
(15) pels B ab. ; (14) Augochlora pura Say 2, s. and c. P.; 
tus a aig ©Mon bicolor Rob, 9, s. and c. p.; (16) A. radia- 
’ 8-5 (17) Colletes willistonii Rob. $9, s., freq.; (18) 


112 The Botanical Gazette. [March, 


C. eulophi Rob. 89, s., freq.; (19) Prosopis affinis Sm. 4, s. 
and f. p.; Vespidae: (20) Polistes metricus Say, s.; Eumen- 
idae: (21) Odynerus anormis Say, s.; Crabrontdae: (22) Ox- 
ybelus frontalis Rob., s. ; (23) O. emarginatus Say, s.; Mime- 
sidae: (24) Mimesa proxima Cr., s.; PAzlanthidae: (25) Cer- 
ceris robertsonii Fox, s., freq.: (26) C. compacta Cr., s, 
freq.; Sphecide: (27) Ammophila gryphus Sm., s.; (28) A. 
vulgaris Cr., s.; (29) Isodontia philadelphica Lep., s.; (30) 
Priononyx thome F., s.; Pompilidae: (31) Pompilus margin- 
atus Say, s.; Braconidae ; (32) Vipio robertsonii Ashm. (MS.), s. 
DieTERA.—Empidae: (33) Empis sp., s.; Conopidae: (34) 
Physocephala tibialis Say, s.; (35) Zodion nanellum Lw., $5 
Syrphidae: (36) Syrphus ribesii L., s. and f. p.; (37) S. amer- 
icanus Wd., s. and f. p.; (38) Mesograpta marginata Say, s. 
and f. p., freq.; (39) M. geminata Say, s. and f. p.; Tachin- 
idae: (40) Ocyptera euchenor WIk., s.; (41) Jurinia apicifera 
Wlk., s., ab.; (42) J. smaragdina Mcq., s.; (43) Belvosia bi- 
fasciata F., s.; (44) Trichophora echinomoides Twns., s.; (45 
Sarcomacronychia aurifrons Twns., s.; (46) Masicera Sp., 5 
(47) Acroglossa hesperidarum Will., s.; Sarcophagidae: (48) 
sp-, s.; (49-52) Sarcophaga spp., s.; A/usctdae : (53) Stomoxys 
calcitrans L., s.; (54) Lucilia cornicina F., s.; (55) L. sylva- 
rum Mg., s.; Anthomyidae: (56-57) Chortophila spp., S- 
COLEOPTERA. — Mordellidae: (58) Mordella marginata — 
Melsh., s. , 
Carlinville, L11. 


An auxanometer for the registration of growth of stems 
in thickness. 
KATHERINE E. GOLDEN. 
WITH PLATES XII AND XIII, 
Description of the instrument. 

The main feature of this auxanometer for measuring growth 
in thickness (see plate XII) is a balanced glass arm supported 
hear one end, acting as a multiplying lever. The longer part 
of the arm has a bristle fastened at the end that registers the 
lateral movement upon one or more blackened glass rods car- 
oe on a brass spool, the spool being revolved by a 
clock, 

The glass arm passes through a short brass tube held be- 
tween two hardened steel points. The position of the arm is 
varied by changing the brass Y, holding the points, which is 
kept in place by aset screw. The longer arm is counterbal- 
anced bya weight suspended from the shorter arm. Close 
behind the steel points is a small fork; this fork presses the 
is : be measured upon one side, and the glass arm upon 
sink _ The fork is made at the end of a screw thread, to 
bese oe era backward and forward, to accommodate 
fine aan stems. To keep the long glass tube straight a 
an ae apes from one end to the other, passing over 
na aa yt ‘9 forming a truss. These pieces of mechanism 
esi A ace by a long wooden beam, supported on three 
levelling oo ling one end, one of which is provided with a 
height cv to admit of adjustment for plants of varying 
tended at € spool is made to revolve by having the axis ex- 

ar one end beyond its supports to carry a grooved 


pull eas t pO 
Suclicg ae ‘S connected with a similar grooved pulley, at- 


tween is u 
fect me fixed fork and the short arm of the glass rod. Per- 
Maintained hy the glass arm and the stem of the plant is 
t Y Means of a very light wire spring fastened be- 


oe * . 
tration)" Peam and the glass arm (not shown in the illus- 


\ 


a enon 


114 The Botanical Gazette. [March, 

The distance between the point of contact with the plant 
and the pivot is one-fortieth of the distance from the black- 
ened glass rod to the pivot, so that any growth of the plant 
is magnified forty times on the blackened rod. Thus a growth 
of one-thousandth of an inch will be represented by one- 
twenty-fifth of an inch on the blackened rod. 

From the blackened glass rod a permanent record can be 
obtained by making a print of it on sensitized paper, from 
which direct measurements can be made. 

The instrument was devised and made by my brother, M. 
J. Golden, professor of practical mechanics in Purdue Univer- 
sity. 

The following observations are given to show the work 
done by the apparatus. 


Record of experiments. 


The study of growth in length has received a great deal of 
attention from many physiologists, notably Sachs. He has 
found that there is a maximum and a minimum point of 
growth, and also that there are forms of growth for which no 
reason, as yet, has been assigned, these latter being termed 
‘‘spontaneous variations.” Growth in length has been studied 
for small as well as large plants, but in no recorded case has 
growth in thickness been studied upon any but large plants, 
and in these the measurements were made by the observer at 
intervals of time with some calipering instrument, thus intro- 
ducing a possible error due to the personal equation. The 
periodicity of growth has been determined for growth if 
length, but has been assumed for growth in thickness, largely 
as a result of measurements of growth in length and as am 
accompaniment to it. / : 

The amount of tension is one of the principal factors in 
growth, as there is little growth when the tension is low, 4? 
greatest growth when the tension is high. Kraus' has found 


in his measurements on stems of trees that there is a re 


growth have been found to occur by other investigators. But 
he states that he has found that temperature has very little 
effect on tension for the ordinary variations occur betweel 
10-30°C. In his experiments on the tension of stems 


*Kraus, G., Die tagliche Schwellungsperiode der Pflanzen 28. 


1894.] Growth of Stems in Thickness. 115 


figures show the greatest tension when the temperature was 
the lowest at 2 A. M., while the tension is lowest at I P. M. 
when the temperature was 2° short of the highest point it 
had attained in two days. 

Millardet? hasverified the statements of Kraus with respect 
to the periodicity of tensions, working with Mimosa pudica, 
but he has found that a rise of temperature increases the 
tension, while a fall of temperature diminishes it. Kraus’ 
measurements were made upon stems of trees (maple, birch, 
and oak) that would not show the effect of temperature 
readily, while Millardet’s were made upon the stem, petiole, 
and leaf of a plant that would easily show small differences of 
tension. The subject of tension in tissues is very important 
as each separate tissue has its own rate of growth, causing 
tensions to be set up in the various tissues. In measuring 
stems one has to determine whether an increase in the thick- 
hess 1S temporary, and due ouly to tension, or a permanent 
increase due to growth. If it be tension only, a decrease 
- thickness will follow the increase, this being caused by a 
Contraction of the tissues. 

CORR used for the following work were tomatoes and 
leagth i . being good growers in thickness as well as 
stiff are sd internodes smooth, or at least free from 
to allow of ; fi point had to be looked after carefully so as 
Mies. adjustment of the instrument. While the 
sel vies « were being made, a registering thermometer 
December ong the instrument. The work was done during 
few sunny Pi January, 1892-3, and while there were but 
nee ae ‘caged the plants were under favorable conditions 
and but slight r a goa from the plants would be low, 
the erin: eae of growth from light could occur; 
Would be jn the also, for the most part, was as high as it 
ina steam-heat warmer months, the work having been done 
T ed greenhouse. 


eto 
record Bh. Was measured first, and on Dec. 28th and 29th the 


. n bo : 
Very low, cr Cases of less diameter, the temperature was 


os ch might have occasioned a low tension. 

Mardet 

tes Mouvement nei recherches sur la periodicité de la tension: étude sur 
iques et paratoniques de la sensitive, 18 


116 The Botanical Gazette. (March, 


A factor of much importance in the growth in diameter is 
that of temperature, the plant responding within a short per- 
iod to a rise in temperature by a more rapid growth, and a 
slower growth following a fall in temperature. The term 
growth is used, but it is, of course, understood that the in- 
crease in diameter includes the tension as well, as the results 
of the two are not separable. 

Taking the line of growth for the tomato for Jan. Ist (plate 
XIII), it can be seen that the growth bears a close relation to 
the temperature, the high temperature being followed promptly 
by an increased growth. The total growth for the thirty 
hours can be seen very readily in the line plotted. 

e same points are seen in the lines of growth constructed 
from the record of the potato for Jan. 6th (plate x11). The 
potato gave a much greater growth, but aside from that the 
growth took place in the same manner as in the tomato. On 
these dates occurred the greatest growth obtained from either 
plant. These two have been selected as typical lines of 
growth for the two plants measured. 

In the lines of growth obtained by taking the average 
amounts of growth for the different periods, the effect of tem- 
perature is not so apparent as there were no regular varia- 
tions in the temperature, consequently the average line 0 
temperature is not satisfactory in showing the relation be 


obtained from twelve days’ records. The potato undef ap 
proximately the same conditions gave much the more vigor- 
ous growth, but the records for both of them showed cleatly 
that the increase in diameter was really growth, and not . 
€xpansion that would be followed by a contraction. : 
These observations and comparisons show what is possible 
by the use of the instrument. Further observations are bein 
made in connection with an auxanometer registering growt 
in length, which was also devised by my brother, and is 1" — 
ilar to the one exhibited by Dr. Arthur at the Madison meet- 
ing of the A. A. A. S ee 
Purdue University, La Fayette, Ind. 


BRIEFER ARTICLES. 


Notes upon the northwestern and Rocky mountain flora. I.—In the 
summer of 1892 I made a very interesting trip in the northwest. The 
months of June, July and August were spent in Idaho. My work in 
that state was done in the sage brush of the southern part, in the 
Owyhee mountains to the southwest, and in the highlands, foothills 
and mountains of the central and eastern portions. I traveled by rail- 
road to the principal points, and by stage, carriage or horseback to 
more distant ones. Of course I walked a good deal. I was well pro- 
vided with letters of introduction, and there was seldom any difficulty 
i procuring company whenever desirable, which was necessarily a 
Steat part of the time. During the entire season a collection of about 
eleven hundred species was made, two-thirds of which were from 
Idaho. Many of these are interesting from the fact that they show 
hew and unexpected localities, and many for showing variations de- 
veloped under changed conditions. Some plants seem to be quite 
new. I have learned to regard Idaho asa meeting place of various 
floras. There one meets with sub-arctic plants from the north which 
can even be traced to Siberia, and the Cacti and other southern plants 
. aga There is a large desert flora and also moist thickets and 
la a 4 most luxuriant vegetation. The Rocky mountain 
ees a those of California. In general, should say that its veg- 

"eats ela nearly allied to that of the Pacific slope. 

Sia oo my appreciation of the kindness and encourage- 
ion ; $ both from my friends east of the Rockies, and from 
their ‘icy Ortunate as to make in the state. Had it not been for 
ein Coral ina I could not have reached many of the distant 
a eae regions which I visited. 
Coulter, The anks are due to Drs. Bessey, Britton, Trelease and 
the beginnin oy only gave me the best sort of encouragement at 
of their Amal trip, but have since extended to me the privileges 
plants his ‘ erbaria and libraries. My interest and pleasure 1n | 
made of these & een greatly increased by the very free use I have 
I subjoin ge etties, which have made my work possible. 
ave been eed, of a few of the plants from Idaho which I 
y studying: 
thera Idahoens ; 
ems 20-5 
relent ee into a ee — came 
} Ire length; irregularly cut and incised with shar 
Usually at right males tothe ey prominent midrib; scab- 


“tea 


Sg The Botanical Gazette. [March, 


splitting in bud, and reflexed in flower; tube 10-14% long, very slen- 
der, considerably dilated at throat, lobes 45™™ long, narrow; delicate 
rose color; smooth on inner, hairy on outer surface and on pe- 
tals somewhat rhomboidal, emarginate, 45-50™" long, 50-60™" wide in 
dried specimen; whit elicately veined; stamens yellow, versa- 
tile, 12-14" lo te, not attenuate or c ressed, 30™" 
long, to” broad, very obtusely tetragonal in cross section; not win 


tween them, extending vertically at each angle; corky and _ hairy, tu- 
berculate: seeds in two rows, angled, not crested, minutely tuberculate. 

This belongs to the cespitose group, and I think must unquestion: 
ably be called the most beautiful representative of the genus CEnoth: 
era. I found it in but one locality and within a limited area. This : 


Boisé River, June 18th. I have named the plant in honor 


pleasant expedition which led to its discovery. 

rasera cerulea, n. sp—Stems slender, from a branching cave” 
ess or nearly $0; 15-z0™ high, slender: leaves elongate 6! 
pes oblanceolate, slightly margined; the two or three cauline PY” 
; and the radical ones 10-16 long; of the panicle 


1894. | Briefer Articles. 119 


duced to linear bracts: inflorescence rather closely paniculate; pedicels 
a con- 


as long or longer than flowers: sepals narrowly lanceolate wit on 


pamiculate: pedicels two or three times as long as the flowers: 
wly subulate: corolla creamy white; lobes 6-8" long, 
ength of the sepals, oblong, somewhat acute; bearing 
small obovate glands near base; encircling fringe rather short, 
ent pocket-like base, strongly incurved: scales be- 


This species appears to be more abundant than any of the preced- 

a8 think I passed it more than once when traveling through 
sin, and I collected it in two places where it was growing 
y. The fruit was developing on the side of the moun- 
arm Springs, at an elevation of about 4,500", July 
the flowers were in the height of their beauty on a rocky 


i Bs last two divisions of the genus in the Synoptical Flora. 
= ‘ong Ppedicelled, and thus have the loose inflorescence of 
airs... fpresented by &. albomarginata, to which the species I 


o; 
oO 


: hall in F, montana, and very large in F. ceeruléa. 
and Position of the glands show characteristic differences. 
Is ema Dougl.—This species is quite common on the 
: te Boisé City. As usually found there it accords very 
Ns fi dg description. On the higher lands I found so many 
the type that I could scarcely reconcile myself to 


™ t 


120 The Botanical Gazette. {March, 


of the light salmon-colored corolla. I describe the most extreme 
form as 

Var. diffusa, n. var.—Taller, stems much more slender, 75-100" 
high, much branched; branches long below, very short above: leaves 
linear, shorter, scattered: flowers in much smaller heads, at ends of 
branches, and summit of stem: glandular and cellular pubescence Very 
thick upon the calyx, bracts, and upper leaves, and sometimes the en- 
tire upper portion of plant is pubescent.—A. IsaBEL MucrorpD, Her- 
barium Like Forest University. 

Frost Plants.—Prof..Lester F. Ward’s observations on the “Frost 
freaks of the dittany,” in the Gazetre for April, 1893, occasioned much 
interest, since the phenomena illustrate one form of the movement 
of water in the plant stem. I have elsewhere! made a lengthy review 
of the literature of the frost plants and take occasion to call attention 
to the following references which may be accessible to the readers of 
the Gazette. ; 

Prof. Ward called my attention to the fact that the frost crystals : 
of Cunila and Helianthemum were noted by Dr. Darlington.* The 
first observation of frost phenomena recorded is that of Stephen 
Elliot on the stem of Conyza difrons (now Pluchea bifrons). St 
John Herschel noticed a similar formation on the stalks of heli ; 
trope and thistle.* Prof. John Leconte made an extended study ‘ 
of the frost crystals of Pluchea camphorata and P. bifrons, 0 1848, # 
along the coast of South Carolina and Georgia.® Prillieux his 
investigations on freezing in intercellular spaces described the forme © 
tion of radial ice plates by herbaceous plants.¢ These observations — 
were duplicated by Trecul at the same time, and Sachs has given ee | 
matter bearing upon this point.? In a recent number of this jour 
Professor Atkinson gave a note recording the fact that these phenom 
€na were seen by him in 1885-86,° while Professor Ward has fo ; 
that the frost freaks of the dittany are a matter of common inform 
tion In the locality in which his observations were made.° ot 

It seems established that the frost phenomena occur on plants whi 
have ceased growing, or are wholly dead; that the movement of i 
water upward through the stem and laterally is wholly physical yet 


ae of the University of Minnesota. 2; 30. 1894- ead 

*Flora Cestrica 350. 1837. 

‘Ledge tae . South Carolina and Georgia. 322. 1824- 
in ; os 

ompt. Trend. 70: i 8 

7Lehrbuch, 2 kak 0 vee 

*Bor. Gaz. 19: 40 1894. 

*Science 23: 66, 1894. 


1894.] Briefer Articles. 121 


that the frost plants show no especial differentiation of structure, so 
that it is probable that many plants, if they should pass through the 
death stage at a season offering the proper conditions of moisture and 
temperature would furnish ‘frost phenomena.”—D. T. MacDovueat, 
University of Minnesota. 

Proposed seed collection of the U. S. National Herbarium.—The 
Department of Agriculture at Washington, D. C., has inaugurated a 
seed collection in connection with the U.S. National Herbarium which 
is intended to include seeds of all the species of plants obtainable, 
especially weeds and forage plants. 

The seeds, when not too large, will be placed in flat-bottomed speci- 
men tubes of two sizes, the smaller 5" long by 1.5°™ in diameter, the 
larger in vials of twice these dimensions. These tubes will be neatly 
labeled, systematically arranged, and placed in covered trays made of 
binder’s-board. Fleshy fruits of native American plants will be put 
Into similar bottles filled with preserving fluid. Authentic herbarium 
Specimens of plants raised from the seeds represented, or of plants 
from which the seeds were obtained, will accompany the collection 
whenever possible, 

Seeds of North American weéds, grasses and other forage plants are 
especially desired and the co-operation of all botanists is earnestly re- 
Pita A suitable exchange of seeds for herbarium material or the 
aegis ei of the Division may be had in return if desired. In the 
ee oon Ss and forage plants a liter of seed is wished in order that 

tes “3m Prepared for distribution to Agricultural colleges. 
aboat ei a to the work above outlined the Division of Botany is 
germinative ertake the testing of various seeds as to their purity and 
and enn et for which purpose a laboratory will be fitted up 
Topean te 2) atter the most approved methods of American and Eu- 
air different oak Stations. In this laboratory and in the open 

ion and fad penowcal experiments connected with seed germina- 
ultimately ta Soha will be conducted. Histological studies may 
weeds and : € to determine the structure of the seeds of Ameri- 
nomic valye gh plants, and, if possible, to elicit facts of tax- 
its Serna, a entire work will be carried on with special eat 
Useful for p aa. while the collection will be particularly 


Seay has been placed in charge of Mr. G. H. Hicks, re- 
ea in botany at the Michigan Agricultural College, to 
: Pondence may be addressed.—FREDERICK V. COVILLE, 


U.S. D, rime : 
-“ nt of A : 
9-Vol. XIX — yo, : of Agriculture 


e 
cently 
Whom 


CURRENT LITERATURE. 


The Letters of Asa Gray.* 

Most of Dr. Gray’s personal friends have known that his letters were 
being edited by his wife, and they have looked forward, with keen an- 
ticipation, to the appearance of the volumes which are before us. Nor 
will his most ardent lovers (for that phrase alone fitly names those 
who came to know him intimately) be disappointed in this collection. 
unless by its unavoidable fragmentariness. In his busier years the 
letters he wrote were necessarily largely scientific or of purely personal 
interest, but ithas been Mrs. Gray’s endeavor “in collecting and arrang- 
ing the ‘Letters’ from Dr. Gray’s large correspondence, to show, as far 
as possible in his own words, his life and his occupation.” “Something 
of the personality of the man and his many interests may be learned 
from these familiar letters and from even the slight notes.” 

We can only wish that they might reveal fully his character and per 
sonality to those who were never privileged to come under its charm, 
but if only “something” of it is shown, the thousands who know his 
name will be interested in gaining these glimpses at the life of a rarely 
lovable man. 

The autobiography which Dr. Gray began, and from which the 
sketch of his early years published with a portrait in this journal (11: 
1. 1887) was chiefly drawn, forms the first chapter. His early under 
takings are detailed mostly in letters to Dr. and Mrs. Torrey and his 
father and mother, with a few to Dr. W. J. Hooker. These give 4” 
account of his studies while teaching at Utica and Hamilton colleg® 
of his life in New York with the family of Dr.and Mrs. Torrey, Whi 
Was a potent influence for good, of his relations to the South Sea Ex 
ploring Expedition and to Michigan University. The third chaptet 
Consists of extracts from a very detailed and intensely interesting 
journal of his first visit to Europe, where he made many life-long 
friends. The fresh and vivacious sketches of men and things, the 
racy comments, the epigrammatic skits hold the attention of the readet 
and, before his friends, the man lives again. The remainder of the 
volume tells of his work from 1840-1850. 

The second volume is devoted to mo ] dence which 
'S Srouped almost by decades under the ‘titles, second journey to Eu: 
Tope, letters to Darwin and others, travel in Europe and America, 4 
final journeys and work, 


‘Letters of Asa Gra i : 8 vo. PP 
Y, edited by Jane Loring G . 2 vols. crown 
838. pl. 6. Boston: Houghton, Mittin & Co. thos. “$a.c0, 


1894. | Current Literature. 123 


It is impossible to make any comment upon these volumes except 
in words of unstinted praise. The selection of appropriate parts from 
the enormous mass of letters written by Dr. Gray has been a difficult 
task, no doubt; but having been done by one who was for almost forty 
years in loving sympathy with him, it has been accomplished with the 
utmost good taste, in which it is in marked contrast with some other 
“Letters” of great men. ‘ 
Three photo-gravure portraits of Dr. Gray are given, at the ages of 
31,57and 76. There are also three half-tone engravings, of the botanic 
garden house in 1852 from a drawing by Isaac Sprague, Dr. Gray in 
his study in 1879, and the present range of buildings in the botanic 
garden, Nor must we fail to commend the very copious index, too 
commonly neglected in such books. 
€ younger generation of botanists, knowing Dr. Gray chiefly 
rough his floras, have, we fear, come to think of him as a specialist, 
great in his line of course, but limited in his interest to systematic 
votany. We, therefore, cannot urge too strongly upon such the read- 
Ing of these letters, that they may become acquainted with a man not 
ci Commanding ability as a specialist, but of wide interest in 
partments and keenest appreciation of them. 

Some, we are sure, will be surprised at these words: 

“Tam lecturing [to his colle 
on Physiological botany, 
tany this year, 


Pear as it Should be, — 
844 os 


ge class] in a popular and general way entirely 
and offering no encouragement to any to pursue sys- 
My great point is to make physiological botany ap- 
€ principal branch in general education.’’—p. 325. 


at work on smut, A la‘Bauer.’’—p. 330. (1845. 
mes will 
of hi 


“Dicorum facile Princeps!” For the letters to friends, 
Written 


4 true manife 
fragrant 


Praise, With Say, we gladly crown, at least with the flowerets of 
, this corolla of honor.” 


124 The Botanical Gazette. (March, 


Minor Notices. 

Mr. G. J. Prerce’s interesting studies on the haustoria of some 
phanerogamous parasites have been distributed in separate form. Mr. 
Pierce examined the haustoria of Cuscuta Americana and found them 
morphologically lateral roots, originating endogenously and growing 
only at tip, developing into an organ with bi-collateral vascular bun- 
dles united with those of the stem by two strands each of tracheids 
and sieve tubes. These tracheid and sieve tube strands unite with 
corresponding parts of the bundles of the host. The haustoria occur 
usually in groups of not more than the number of vascular.bundles in 
the host; and by the twining of the parasite the successive haustoria 
unite with different bundles of the host. Other species of Cuscuta 
were examined with similar results. Having thus found sieve tubes 
(not previously known) in the haustoria the question arose, do all 
phanerogamic parasites possess them, and are they thereby able to ab- 
sorb the newly elaborated material from their hosts? The study of 
haustoria of Viscum album, Brugmansia Zippelii, Rafflesia Patma and 
Balanophora elongata showed that sieve tubes were absent in the green 
parasite, Viscum, but present in those which must, because of the ab- 
sence of chlorophyll, depend wholly on their hosts for nourishment. 


THE VERY LARGE private herbarium and library of Capt. John Don- 
nell Smith, consisting of about 80,000 sheets and 1,300 volumes, has 
been offered to Johns Hopkins University on condition that a suitable 
building be prepared for their ion and provision be made for thei? 
maintenance in connection with a department for instruction and 
orginal work in botany. We long since understood that this inte 
“on was cherished by Mr. Smith, and we trust that the generous offer 
will stimulate the University to establish a thoroughly manned | 
equipped botanical department, to which Mr. Smith’s accumulations 
may be of service. A list of the chief collections comprised im the 
herbarium and abbreviated titles of the works in the library are pu 
lished in the J. H. U. Girculars, No. 109, Jan. 1894, in order that st 
dents (to whom they are already made accessible) may know what 
to be found there. We hope that Mr. Smith may long continue his 
enthusiastic investigations and add greatly to this important her)® 


“ieee SEMI-ANNUAL report (Oct. 1893) of Schimmel & Co. (Fritsche 
P ros.) of Leipzig and New York, who are special distillers and manu 
acturers of essential oils, is something more than a mere trade pam 


Pict _A lage amount of information, both botanical and ebesiS 
‘Annals of Botany 7: 291-327. Bl. 13-15. 1893. 


1894. ] Current Literature. 125 


is given in the first 67 pages, about various essential oils. This is fol- 
lowed by a table of the essential oils, giving the name of the oil and 
the part of the plant from which it is obtained, the botanical source, 
the percentage yield from the raw material, with various physical and 
chemical observations. The publication would be of interest to bot- 
anists generally, we think. It may doubtless be obtained from the 
New York house on application. 


IN THE “Wilder Quarter-Century Book,” a collection of original pa- 
pers dedicated to Professor Burt G. Wilder, at the close of his twenty- 
fifth year of service in Cornell University, by a number of his old stu- 
dents, appears a paper on the genus Phyllospadix, by Professor W. R. 
Dudley. This genus of marine Potamogetonacez consists of two spe- 
cles growing on our Pacific coast, and is believed by Prof. Dudley to 
bea comparatively recent offshoot of Zostera. This paper deals “with 
the morphology, anatomy and environment of the genus in relation to 
tts probable origin.” 
A FIFTH PAPER preliminary to a monograph of the Laboulbeniacee, 
the accumulation of new material, has been published 
by Dr. Roland Thaxter.t Thirteen new species and five new genera 
are characterized and a synopsis of the 23 genera and 122 species now 
hown is given 
M. Henry 
last summer, 
&TOwn in the 
Prove 


L. DE VitMortn, whom m ny American botanists met 
has distributed a reprint of an article on the flowers © 
French Riviera,? the beautiful sunny shores of maritime 
nee. The article will be of especial interest to lovers of flowers. 


ee Fink, of the Upper Iowa University, Fayette, has published 
cite, long muct With the title “Blights, Orchids and Ferns at Fay- 
the : th * The first group is presented with key and descriptions; of 
ers but brief lists are given. 
* Soa SETCHELL has distributed copies of a paper on the clas- 
lished in ae §eographical distribution of the Laminariacez, pub- 
Tans. C 


a Onn. Academy 9: 333-375. 1893. 
™. WiLcox publishes in the Jour. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist. for July- 
PP. lor-4 a fe i i »f the stem of 
Pontedey jn oe Saipg w brief notes on the histology of t 
*Contri z 
Beer Covet sb. Harvard Univ. XI. Now genera and species of 
sen 1893." with a SyNopsis of the known species. oc. 29: 
“Roy. Hort. Soc. 16: 80-104. 1893. 


OPEN LETTERS. 


On a new code of nomenclature. 


a did not consider itself an international body, and that American 
own 1 ¢, whic 
to any International Congress considering the subject—Ebs. ] 
I am surprised to learn from your letter that the American botanists 
of no 


menclature. That will produce a 


t 
Kevisio Gen, Pl. 3: [1] that only a few of these propositions 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


M. Gaston BonNIER has been honored with the title “Chevalier de 
la legion d’honneur.” 


Dr. W. G. Fartow is publishing in Garden and Forest a series of 
illustrated papers entitled “Notes for Mushroom-eaters. 


Dr. Paut Soraver has retired from the directorship of the Physio- 
logical Experiment Station at Proskau, and Dr. R. Aderhold has taken 
is place. 


M. S. Bess and Dr. THos. Moronc are both in Florida on ac- 
count of their health; the former at Clearwater Harbor, the latter at 
Jacksonville. . 

Dr. Orro Kuntze has spent the winter in Capetown, “in search of 
health,” as he writes. He intends to go over Capeland, Transvaal to 
Natal, and return to Germany next May. 


Mr. C. R. Orcurr has begun an extensive collecting trip, in which 
he will be en aged until fall, devoted chiefly to the Cactacee. He is 
pow in the Colorado Desert, from whence he will go to the Mojave 

Ssert, and then east to Texas and to the City of Mexico. 


BULLETIN 37 of the Wisconsin Experiment Station, prepared by 
ritestor E. S. Goff, gives a very full account of the Russian thistle, 
jit a fine illustration, among others, of a plant three feet in diameter 
rhe mr S.C eney, growing within a mile of the city of 
ison. J 


J.K. Hasskar_, once joint director of the botanic garden at Buit- 
enzorg, Java, 


distingui is 1 f the Cinchona 
culture there, SS porta through his introduction o 


Stances although h 
Tevenue reckoned 


at Cleve on the 5th of January in moderate circum- 
€ had provided his native country with a yearly 
by millions.—Aiinch. allg. Zeitung. 


mae MEETING of the Botanical Society of Munich on January 
the for t. F. Brand described and illustrated by herbarium specimens 
distin ms of the leaves of Nympheacez. He finds three sorts readily 
and Bushable. These are the submersed leaves, the floating leaves 


different. tial leaves, These are not only structurally but functionally 


es H. Pammet is the author of the following articles published 

-ransactions of the Iowa Horticultural Society for 1892, re- 
Crosgi tributed: Climate and its effects on the quality of apples. 
Cases of t of cucurbits, Fruit rots and their prevention, Fungous dis- 
Academy oeeaee The volume includes the proceedings of the Iowa . 
Pamme!” of 


Science for 1892 (113 pp.), also containing papers by Prof. 


In d 
ils Bataniste (Jan. 15), the editor, M. Dangeard, presents a paper, 
by four Plates, on the sexual reproduction of fungi; in 


- 


128 The Botanical Gazette. [March, 


which the general question of sexual reproduction in alge and fungi 
is first considered, followed by an account of the results of investiga- 
tion into the structure of Ustilaginez. As to the systematic position 
of Ustilaginez the author thinks that they, with the Uredinez, forma 
transition group, leading from the Phycomycetes on the one hand to 
Basidiomycetes and. Ascomycetes on the other. To this transition 
group the name Mesomycetes is given, already suggested by Frank. — 


In tHE Kew Bulletin for January the Herbarium begins the publi- 
cation of a series of novelties from tropical Africa. But three vol- 
umes of Oliver’s “Flora of Tropical Africa” (1868-1877) have appeared, 


\ 


and there has been but little time to prosecute the work further, the 
whole staff having been employed in determining the rapidly increas- 
ing collections and in assisting Sir Joseph Hooker in his “Flora of 
British India,” now approaching completion. Now, however, the 
“Flora of Tropical Africa” is to be pushed to completion, but in order 
to secure priority for names the present series of descriptions of new 
species are to be published in the Kew Bulletin. This first fascicle 
contains twenty-two species of Apocynacez, by O. Stapf; too ee 
Bake 


ee, twenty-two Boraginez, and ten Bignoniacez, by J. G. 


In THE March number of Harper's. Monthly Magazine there is an 
“the welcomes of the 


ligustrina, Iris versicolor, Collinsonia Canadensis, Rudbeckia nae 


Dr. ARNOLD DopeL-Port has begun the publication through Ces 
poping of Ziirich, of a new set of all charts entitled Der biologische 
rt as der Botanik. Those who possess the earlier set (published 
been 1878 and 1883 under the title, Anatomisch-physiologischen Al 

i be minded to order 


structure and contents of the ripe fruit and seed, can be order te 


Tocesses of fertilization (7) be left ou! 
(7) germination of the seed, can ; 

c en € glad to commend this work and hope for it a wide sale this 

me ee is very reasonable, viz.: M. 40 for the-first | 


PLATE IX. 


DURAND on MYXOMYCETES 


. 


PLATE XI. 


7 aS 
SEN 


SS) 


RYPTOGLENA AMERICANA, n. sp. 


ty : 

« ° . WZ | 

8 a) i 

x aa |= 
= | 

os —— | a 
= < ; 
Oo > 
2 Bye oy 
3 a Soy N fa } 
8 SO Saf | 


PLATE Xi\il. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, |894. 


DAYS 


GROWTH, 


LINES SHOWING One 


TryPicalL 


vAN. 6, 93, 


POTATO. 


dan.t, 83, 


ose PLM, f-AM, 5-PLM, 


s- a.m. 


S.A.M. 


| 
4 


oe Oh 
be 
a 
| 
had 
fae 


Le 
a i 


BBE B! 


j SRD Bi IR Ge 


me 
1 ie 


Se 


} 

it ; 
| aE | 
me } 
SSE | 
+ dais 
+ 


} 
| 
1 
| 
} 


if 
Lig 


pa 


tH | 


il 
J 


1} 


| 
i 


imal 


1 


a 
vg! Ie RG ORT, SS 8 


| WORE FS sv 


4 


a 6 + a REMI Ph Ge He 
ig 


RE 5 
| 


S— 


}-—| a 5 


Jt 


AVERAGE LINE FORK TWELVE PaYs, 


POTATO. 


AVERAGE LINE FOR GEVEN DAYS. 


TOMATO. 


8 aA RE es ea LT 


a a we Me A YS 


G4 EE a ee | 


taf 2a ee ee BY ee 


cE 


‘a BB ae Ss cee oe 


| ee 
| a fa al at 5 
CE Bee | 
Se a 


ihe mm 
(ee ew: 


LINE me ee ee ee 


THER NAIAL 


GOLDEN on AUXANOMETER. 


LNe 


GROWTH 


. . MEXICAN PLANTS FOR SALE . 
Having decided to limit my herbarium to the species grow- 
ing north of the Mexican boundary, I offer for sale my Mex- 
ican specimens, including a full set of the exclusively Mexi- 
can species of Pringle’s collections of 1885 to 1893. The 
specimens are fine and include a large number of new species. 

For particulars address H. N. PATTERSON, 
Oquawka, I[llinots. 
Cambridge Botanical Supply Gompany 
Successors to all business in Botanical Supplies in 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 


EALERS IN 


Herbarium and Laboratory Materials and Apparatus 
MICROSCOPES, BOOKS, SPECIMENS, EVERYTHING USEFUL 

TO BOTANISTS. 

ases are meeting with general favor. Size for 

1200 sheets, $12.00, 


ACTION -GUARANTEED. S03 


Our Standard Herbarium C 


S09 SATISE 
MEAS selma 


QUEEN & C0... 


1010 CHESTNUT ST. 


PHILADGLPHIA. 


MAKERS of the 
ME MICROSCOPES 
tal’’ Patterns. 


0 Ucn 
M New “Solid Comfort" Oissecting Microscope A 
In Both « ’ 
The impr American” and ‘‘Continen 
. eved Gray Botanical Micio- 


“ 
a 
CARD INDEX OF GENERA, SPECIES 
AND VARIETIES OF PLANTS 
PUBLISHED SINCE 1885 
BY 


JOSEPHINE A. Sa E 
The first issue of 1000 cards now ready. Address: . S$ St. : 
ouiNate Daa 
—— ae 


The following numbers of the BoTanicaL ics : 
3 yin ‘ a! youn er, 3. Mas 45°5, 7 0; the * an 

Nos. 1, 7, 8, 9, of Galasbe 6. os. 7, 8, 11 of volum 
Will pay double the oi price for them. ss stating pee you can 
furnish. D. T. Mac 


University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. 
_ ne 


ce ee ae 


Re OF AMERICA. 

Th - 
the secon d part of the Characeae of A regione is now fee: It com 
—_ descriptions of sight species of Nitella, as foliows: Nitel pecs cer 
ees Blankinshipi a aief Missouriensis tian Siexilis. 
merulifera A. Br. h fourteen full-page illustra ces inet ithogr> 
sean plates vee six eer eyes fasicles will be issued from time to time se a 
oes can be pri A ges ad of each part $1.0o—the actual cost if the whole edition 


copies be sold. Addre 
T. F. ALLEN, 10 East 36th St., New York City. . 


N. hw LICHENS FOR SALE. 
Collections 40 and 45, of 320 species each; also smaller ones can be 


About twenty new species of my discovery in these. My references: 


colleges, 
Address WwW. W. CALKINS, 
CHICAGO, ILE 


147 California Avenue, 


SPECIALLY PREPARED © 
Derbariurn Paper: Botanists 
This paper is offered at the moderate price of $5.50 a 


ream. We also furnish— 
No. 1 Genus Cover, 16% x 24 inches, at $4.00 per 100 
? id ‘cc “es : 2.50 . 


ai es 1.50 

Dry 2 x18 * 2.00 & 
Rpeeles sheets, 16% x23% “ 50 

Orders will receive prompt attention. Write for sam 


E. MORRISON PAPER 


1009 Penna. Avenue, N. w., W 


ENLARGEMENT OF THE 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


i The steady increase in the studies worthy of record which 
| _are submitted to the Editors of the BOTANICAL GAZETTE 
_ ompelled them during 1893 to print each month more than 
r the 32 pages promised. In order to meet the growing de- 
_ mand for space and to permit the prompter publication of 

accepted papers, the editors have 

Enlarged the Journal 
from its former. size, thirty-two pages monthly, to a mini- 


mum of 

FORTY PAGES 
a vrs saasaeed as in the past, of often exceeding this 
min 


pies 


eyes same time they are obliged to meet the increased 
cost, Not only of the extra letter press, but especially 
the rapidly rowing expense for plates. FORTY plates were 
Published in 1893, nearly double the number for preceding 
Years, and the demand for illustrations increases with the 
‘importance and length of the papers. Therefore, the pub- 


: pti - sous subscription price, beginning with 


oa 00 a year 

Ing STRICTLY IN ADVANCE. 
= many, 14 marks; in England, 14 shillings; in France, 
oe, 17 francs; postage included. : 

“ fee al fog or discounts to agents: 

ae all the subscribers will renew. prompt 

no 

. 20 munbers are sen after the pir p 


mes tne or drafts. payable to the BOTANICAL S oe : ; be 
, cash or " postal notes are at the cee nee 


; biel R. BARNES, 
ree of hecocecoupe 


“fe al 


Those wishing good herbarium specimens will find it m0 
convenient to send their lists of desiderata to 
SANDBERG’S BOTANICAL EXCHANGE BUREAU, - 
$7.00 per hundred. Satisfaction guaranteed. 
Address J. H. Sandberg, Minneapolis, Minn 


i. LOUIS, MO, 


Chemicals and 


APRIL, 1894. No. 


THE 


EDITORS: ae 

JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, Ill. 

CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 
J.C, ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 


CONTENTS: 
So fungus. (With plates XIV— 


- Atkins. 
Sat mater bythe grec part of ate — WF. Ganong 
ction of Blaschka glass models of flowers at Harvard.— 


mechanical sesidiadice on a the development and Jife 


“A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science, 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 
SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 


The subscription price must be paid in advance. No numbers are sent after the 
expiration of the time paid for. No reduction is made to dealers or agents. 


: In Great Britain, 14 shillings. | In Germany, 14 marks 
( Agent, W. P. COLLINS, | Agents, R. papier: LASNDER & SOHN, 
ae 157 Great Portland St., London, W. | Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N. W.& 


<< The prices named include postage. 
Subscriptions and business correspondence should be addressed to the 
Whe PUTeMCAL GAZETTE, MADISON —— money orders and drafts should be made 


their arenes (free) w when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be 
_ at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, 
‘per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers Tike GAZETTE, 
“title, $1.50 per 100, additional. g@-The number desired must be marked alte 
head of the MS., as none will be printed unless ordered. 

pts.—Contributors are requested to write scientific and proper nme 
with particular care, and in citations to follow the form shown in the page ° 
_ the Gazerre. oo ee be sent to any one of the editors. 
: rations and cortes 

ARTHUR, 


Purdue 


ie he 6 


Articles requiring illust 
“pondence about advertisements should be addressed to J. C. 
Missing Numbers. — Will be replaced free only when claim is made withit 

: days ater receipt of the number following. 


¥ 


paoteed the Post-office at Madison, Wis., as second-class postal matter:) 2 


- ‘May hie nel speeder: oe 
study of Quereus Leana, by Rev E J. Hut, Bae 
Chicago. = 
tribt butions to the life history of the pos 
AR W. O. 


LIVE, Wabash College, Crawfe cordscilles “4 
SetCeey ) 


on U; tilaginem, b y Dr. WILLIAM A. 
Ci eet Sta., New Haven. — 2 
anieal resistance 0 on Be 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


a APRIL, 1894. 


Artificial cultures of an entomogenous fungus. 


GEO. F. ATKINSON. 


WITH PLATES XIV—XVI. 


‘Just projecting above the loose leaves. This plant usually 
Consists of several sporophores, 1~2™ in diameter and 2-4 
a4 height, issuing from the host. The slender portion of the 
: res, Constituting two-thirds to three-fourths of their 
h, is from whitish to pale yellow or orange yellow in 
evoke; while the clavate portion, upon which the fructification 
in diameter, white in color and farinaceous 
he surface. A section of the clavula shows 


“Ss, very short usually, arise either singly, or 
Upon the ends of these final branches 


the spor “Y are borne in species of Penicillium. Indeed 
eo i. usters when separated resemble very closely the 
‘on of some species of this genus. The spores are 


lliptical or 
Re usually rounded, and measure about 2. 
7 vo. XIX.—No, 4. 3 


———- 


130 The Botanical Gazette. 


Upon reaching the laboratory with the material an attempt 
was made to cultivate the fungus in ordinary culture media. 
Accordingly dilution cultures were started in the usual way 
for the separation of the organism in agar-agar peptone broth, 
the three dilutions made in culture tubes being poured into 
Petrie dishes. The cultures were started at about 5 P. M. on 
the same day as the collection was made, Oct. 28th. On 
the following morning an examination was made at 10 A. M. 
No spores were seen which had germinated, though a vey 
thorough search was not made. Oct. 30th, at 9:30 A. Ma 
second examination was made. Numerous spores had ge 
minated and growth was progressing finely. One or two 
germ tubes issue from a single spore, and their points of 
origin, when there is more than one, may be on opposite sides 
of the spore or on the same side. The general course of the 
threads at first, when branching does not occur, is quite 
straight, but the outline of the thread is variously sinuous 
Septa probably occur at this stage but they could not be ob 
served while examining the culture in the agar. The proto- 
plasm is very finely granular, and appears to be massed to- 
gether in certain parts of the thread and_ spore, the other 


Spaces being occupied with a homogeneous or watery sub- 
stance. The study of the stages of germination ie — 
es 


from culture no. 1 by placing the Petrie dish upon t 
of the microscope. The spores on the sporophores of 
fungus were so numerous and the material was in such 4 fresh 4 
condition that very few foreign organisms appeared in dilu- 
tions 1 and 2, while dilution no. 3 was pure, and the sep 
ation was effected without any difficulty. From this se 
aration pure cultures were started by transplanting the fung® 
to culture tubes of ordinary agar, bean stems, and poe 4 
n fact pure cultures were also obtained by touching 4 ast 
platinum needle to the spores on the clavula of the spor 
phore and then thrusting it into nutrient agar. But the ge 4 
aration was considered necessary in order to have proof in hat | 
case of such small germs that the growth obtained was 8 4 
of the desired plant by watching the germination of the $ a a 
and the development of the colonies from these isolated CCF 
ters in the dilutions. ee 7 
The fungus grows quite rapidly on artificial media ae a4 
culture tubes, soon forming on the surface of the sage 
dense velvety growth with quite a long pile. \® or 


1894. ] Cultures of Isaria farinosa. 131 


slices of potato the larger part of which is exposed, partly 
dry and not in close contact with the sides of the tube, the fungus 
spreads quickly, and extends more slowly through the sub- 
stance of the potato to the surface which is in closer contact 
with the culture tube, and which is quite moist from the ex- 
cess of water on the bottom and the side of the tube to which 
it gravitates as the tube is kept in an oblique position. As 
the watery infusion gradually disappears by slow evaporation 
and by being absorbed by the growth of the fungus, the 
threads appear on the other side of the potato. Now since 
there is a less content of water and the substance has lost 
some of its richness, the fungus does not grow so profusely 
hor so rapidly. There is then a tendency to grow into sporo- 
phores composed of numerous parallel threads which arise 
tom the surface of the substratum in the same manner as the 
hormal sporo 
the pupa of the insect. The large majority of these sporo- 
phores on potato are much shorter than those on the insect, 
rae stouter, the diameter being two to 
our times that of the sterile portion of the sporophore as it 
From ten to forty of these sporophores 
rdinary sized piece of potato in a culture 
of an orange buff, or buff yellow color. 
e from 2-4™" high, while still others are 
y may be divided at the free extremity into 
In one culture a very large sporophore was 


May arise from an o 
tube and they are 


6-10", and the 


Perpendicular to t 
Perpendicular to ¢ 
long it ca 


this growth th 

ance characterist 

tek it Was obs 
taba lengt 

length eh nos inthe tube. This continued until the entire 

ts hat SPorophore was 3. At various places it ap- 

: ait and send out a thin membranous expanded 


132 The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


growth, closely attached to the side of the tube, showing the 
color of the sterile portion next the wall of the tube, and, on 
the opposite side, possessing the farinaceous appearance of 
the fruit. Eventually from several of these expanded por- 
tions of the sporophore elongated, radiating, branched, terete 
fruiting portions were developed, which altogether formed 
quite a complicated condition of this phase of the plant. 

Probably the reason that so many of the sporophores of 
the potato were very short was due to the fact that the moisture 
almost entirely disappeared before they were perfected. In 
every case, however, the free ends of these sporophores wert 
covered with the characteristic fructification. 

While no characteristic sporophores are developed at first 
when there is a large water content and the profuse growth 
of the fungus forms a long pile covering the substratum, yet 
spores are developed in great numbers. From these spores 
ona potato culture pure dilution cultures were started in nutrient 
agar, in order to study carefully the characteristics of, growth 
and the appearance of the colonies in the artificial medium, 
as well as the peculiarities of the fructification formed whet 
the sporophores are absent. Dilution cultures were made 18 
order to have the colonies properly separated in the plate 
Three dilutions were effected December 28th, at 5:30 Mey 
and were poured in Petrie dishes. From no. 1 the study of 
germination and the development of the colonies was ™# ; 
December 29th, at 12:30 Pp. M., the culture was examine® 
Only a few of the spores were germinating at this 
which were immersed in the agar were hyaline in appearan 
A few spores here and there were not wholly immersed in © 
medium, probably owing to the fact that they wer 
the dilutions were made and did not absorb sufficien 
to permit all of them to sink readily in the liquid. 
spores appeared quite dark, as if the wall was dark 1 
which resulted from the strong refraction of the light. ted 
these superficial spores germinated, the germ tube penetra 
the medium and was hyaline in appearance. Prior 
nation the spores swell considerably so that the diameter 
the spore is nearly twice what it is when the spores eee , 
tured or before they are placed under conditions favoral at 
germination. Those measured showed a diameter of 3-37 
The germ tubes were little more than 2 in diameter: Many : 

On December 30th the culture was examined aga!” 


t moisture 


n colof, 


1894.] Cultures of Isaria farinosa. 133 


spores had by this time germinated, one to two or three 
tubes having arisen from a single spore. Branching also by 
this time was taking place quite freely. Rather faint vacu- 
oles appear in the thread at quite regular intervals as if in the 
middle of the cell, the transverse walls of which are hard to 
distinguish in the agar. By December 31st the growth had 
increased sensibly and the branching was becoming quite 
profuse while some of the shorter branches were being elevated 
in the air, but there was as yet no evidence of spore forma- 

tion. 
When the colonies become perceptible to the unaided eye 
the surface ones are circular, quite compact, and with very 
fine humerous radiating lines on the margin, giving it a finely 
fimbriated appearance. When young the deep seated colo- 
hes are apt to be angular so that many of them are triangu- 
lar in form. Asthe colonies age the superficial ones, or those 
which reach the surface by later growth, become convex 
y the elevation of numerous threads which give it a 
whitish fluffy appearance at the center, while at the margins 
it is still finely fimbriate from the radiating threads. While 
oe are quite young they resemble those of a species 
encillium, probably P. glaucum, which appeared acci- 
ainsi no. 3. In plate xIv, figs. 2,3, 4, this 
sie colony of Penicillium can be easily differentiated from 
rey i. a, but in fig. I it is impossible to do so 
Ot ag the corresponding location of the colony in 
Ri dish rf € four photographs of the cultures being from the 
eoloiay frase fo ove stages ofgrowth. Whenthe Penicillium 
80 arrange Ta € Sporophores are quite long and erect and are 
: at open spaces appear here and there through 


Which the ]j h 
- t i 
strong diffe age more easily than at other places and a 
P 


m they become mealy white in appearance 
of er a of spores produced, mixed with the mass 
i naar The appearance of the colonies may be 
temper at by periodic growth, induced by variations 
— Clture ng. ature. Some tests of this were made with the 
3 ' 3 of the dilution for the separation of the fungus. 


134 The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


After growing for some time in a rather cool room, ata tem- 
perature ranging from 15-18°C., the culture was placed in 
the thermostat with a temperature of 25.6°C. Ina few days 
a profuse growth had taken place, making a distinct concen- 
tric ring. At the center was a strongly convex dense por- 
tion, separated from an outer ring which was elevated above 
the intervening portion. In the thermostat at the higher 
temperature this ring frequently became elevated consider- 
ably above the center of the colony. The margin of the 
colony presented a larger corona of radiating threads than 
would have appeared had the culture been kept at the lower 
temperature for the same time. 

By January 12th the colonies from the pure culture started 
Dec. 28th, examined with a low power of the microscope, 
show the loose cottony mass to be composed of numerous In- 
terwoven threads bearing short sporophores consisting of a 
single thread. Usually these were arranged ina monopodial 
fashion but sometimes they were opposite. These corte 
spond to the ultimate branches of the external layer of the 
clavula on the natural sporophores. Like them they are 
Surmounted by several short lanceolate basidia, the stemg 
mata of which bear long chains of spores, reminding oné 
very forcibly of the fructification of a Penicillium, though 
shorter sporophores. 

The illustrations in plate xIv are natural size reproduction 
of culture no. 3 at different stages of growth. In figs. 1 4% 
2, the colonies were not yet elevated above the medium, and, 
being transparent and very delicate, could not be photo- 
graphed by reflected light to show the peculiar characte — 
In figs. 3 and 4, the colonies were elevated at the centef 
above the medium. Figure 3 was photographed by ye 
mitted light to show the finely fimbriated margin of the © 
onies and the relation of the same to the denser Mader, © 
the colony. This photograph is not as good as it should 
under favorable circumstances, since by this time a 
dium had become milky in color from the entrance of pe 
Species of bacteria which had accidentally gotten into the of 4 
ture, a small colony of which can be seen on the milky ; 
right margin. The light transmitted through the me | 
portion of the medium also affected the sensitive plate ing : 
the differentiation between the colonies and the intervell = 
Spaces was not strong. It is sufficiently so, howevet, ” a 


a a ie as a, all OP le Lee ieee a | cee So 


1894.] Cultures of Isaria farinosa. 135 


the character of the margin of the colonies. By transmitted. 
light the elevation of the colonies could not be shown. This 
can be done by photographing in the ordinary way by re- 
flected light. Such a photograph taken on the same day is 
teproduced in figure 4, of the same plate. The margin of 
the colonies, however, is not shown by this process, but a 
knowledge of the true character of the colonies can be ob- 
tained by putting the two photographs together. 

Several cultures on artificial media in culture tubes have 
been made but in no case has any thing resulted which shows 
the perfect or ascigerous stage of the fungus. Upon nutrient 
agar, nutrient gelatine, and bean stems, nothing but the cottony 
or fluffy growth, covered by the farinaceous fructification, ap- 
Pears. On potato this growth first appears, to be succeeded 
by the characteristic fructification of the Isaria stage. 

Tulasne has shown!, not by cultural experiments, but by 
contiguity of development, that /saria farinosa (Dicks. ) Fr. 
is the conidial stage of Cordyceps militaris (Linn.) Link. A 
large number of cultures, perhaps varying the substratum 
and other conditions of environment, might result in the de- 
velopment of the Cordyceps form in artificial cultures from 
¢ Isaria stage, 
_ The fact that the Isaria stage will develop readily on var- 
pine oa as described above is evidence that it can de- 
res i uy as a saprophyte, and is thus more likely to be 
than if it In greater abundance and in wider distribution 
B “oterDiha able to propagate itself only on insects. 
al Department, Cornell University. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIV-XVI. 


'8. 7, gro 8. 5, germinating spores.—Fig. 6, farther advanced stage.— 
Ural tions basidia from sporophore of plant developed under nat- 


Con 
Plate XVI a ae 8 and 9, same, from culture on agar. 
were Started: noha Photograph of Isaria farinosa which cultures 


: from 
ony on a on twice.—Fig. 11, fructification in elevated portion of 
5 plat : 
56,7,8 ad and XVI the scale shown is 1™ magnified about 18 times. Figs. 
lucida, are Magnified 50 times more than the scale. Drawn by aid of 


Note sur x 
35. les Tsaria et Sphzeria entomogenes. Ann. d. Sci. Nat. Bot. IV. 
; 1865. 


1854 : F. 
57-—Torrubia Mmilitaris. Selecta Fung. Carp. 3: 6. 


On the absorption of water by the green parts of plants. 
W. F. GANONG. 


Notwithstanding many experiments, the question as to 
whether land plants absorb any considerable quantities of 
water through their green parts is still unsettled. It is to be 
noticed that the two extremes of absorption, i. e., the ab- 
sorption of the major part of the water supply on the one 
hand, and of extremely minute and physiologically unimpot- 
tant portions on the other, are here not brought into discus- 
sion. The first is settled beyond all doubt in the negative, 
and the second is of comparatively little importance and ap- 
pears to be beyond any of the methods of investigation yet 
applied to it. But to know whether plants can under any 
normal conditions absorb water through green parts to am ex- 
tent sufficient to profitably supplement the root supply, is of 
much general interest, even though, as a side question upon 
which nothing of consequence depends, it is of no great Sth 
entific moment. 

The belief in the affirmative of the problem is very old and 
wide-spread, perhaps indeed nearly universal among garden- 
ers and others dealing in a practical way with living plants. 
Its principal basis is the familiar fact that plants drooping 
through loss of water by too rapid transpiration revive i 
sprayed in the ordinary fashion. But if the conditions of 
this spraying be controlled and varied by experiment, the re- 
lationship of cause and effect is found to be quite differen 


that which is apparent. If (as has incidentally happened 1? 


t from ? 


some of the experiments presently to be described) the watel 


be kept from the roots and the damp atmosphere create 
the spray be soon removed, the plant does not revive. ps 
g 3 


weight is found not to have increased, but rather dimin! 
as the following shows: 


the damp atmosphere be retained and the plant nite 


Exp. a. Healthy young Ricinus, the pot and earth wrapped in ere 


. hen weighed 3728". Placed in bell-jar moistened within, in twenty 
ours it had completely revived, but weighed 369.430 
Or again, if a plant be used which has wilted not 

too rapid transpiration, but through slower loss of 


throug! 
water 59 


d by 
i 


ia ea hey 


Coe Fe ee ee ee eee Set a EE Hi a oe 


1894.] Absorption of Water by Green Parts. 137 


that the soil has become dry, and if the soil be protected, it 
will not revive at all when sprayed and kept in a damp at- 
mosphere. The explanation of these facts seems to be that 
the rate of supply of water to leaves by conduction from roots 
has a maximum which may be exceeded under the same con- 
ditions by the rate of loss through transpiration, and when 
this occurs drooping follows. To plants in this condition 
spraying, when it does not directly water the earth, 
creates a moist atmosphere which is for some time main- 
tained by evaporation of the clinging water-drops; trans- 
Piration is thereby diminished until it is equalled and ex- 
ceeded by conduction, and revival follows. But when the 
drooping is the result of absence of water at the roots, these 
being protected no revival can follow the spraying except by 
direct absorption through the green parts; and the fact that in 
such cases no revival takes place is fair evidence that absorp- 
tion through the green parts cannot, to any appreciably pro- 
fitable extent, occur. That the revival of drooping parts can 
eet follow simple diminution of too rapid transpiration 
of re addition of water, is shown upon a large scale out 
Pe a in gardens when hot summer days are followed by 
a ag and still better, in the irrigated regions of the 
sees wi . of which cases there is an evening revival of 
day, ich drooped under the heat and brightness of the 


So mu 
has b 
tance 
the id 
Wishin 


does Sita, upon cut plants, concluding that absorp- 
Henslow had t ace through green parts. In the meantime 
With similar fen carrying on independently similar studies 
Were publish fy €ven more positive conclusions, and these 
Physiolo shed shortly after.? Sachs in his ‘‘Lectures on the 
8y of Plants”* gives his opinion that the ‘‘numerous 
sino malar 


Bal ; 

2 rg ior Eot de France, 4:—.—. 

: Age “yr et de Physique. March, 1878. 
Ed. p, sed (Bot.) 17:313-327. 1879. 


in The Botanical Gazette. (April, 


researches directed to this end [i. e., absorption through 
leaves] have yielded no satisfactory results whatever,” and 
that it is not proven ‘‘that any considerable quantities of 
water, and salts dissolved in it, are conveyed by means of 
the leaves of the land plants, and that the activity of the 
roots and of transpiration is supplemented by this means.” 
Vines in his ‘‘Lectures”® devotes a couple of pages to the 
subject and concludes that while under special conditions 
such absorption may take place, ‘‘the evidence before us is 
insufficient to prove that the absorption of water is an impor- 
tant normal function of leaves.” Nothing further of impor- 


Pp. 65-67. : h show 

In Science, July, 29, 1893, Mr. E. A, Burt publishes some notes whic pare 
that cut shoots absorb some water. He also thinks that some absor rn clusiv® : 
Place in uninjured plants at night, but his experiments do not seem i 
on this point. 


"Op. cit. pp. 314, 315. i : 

“According to this contention, if a cut shoot could be supplied oe by q 
supply equivalent to that which it has before cutting, it could eng ing® 
normally in its water relationships for an indefinite period. Mere 8 4 
water is of course not enough, as root pressure is absent. 
tubes to the cut petioles of leaves, giving them a pressure of a page mere 
to four feet of water, and they remain fresh but little longer 
Placed with the cut ends in water. . 


1894.] Absorption of Water by Green Parts. 139 


cludes: ‘‘There are ample reasons for believing that dew and 
rain are under certain circumstances absorbed and utilized to 
supplement the root supply.” ; 
Whatever may be thought of the relationship of Henslow’s 
experiments to his conclusion, this much seems to be clearly 
shown by the former, that cut shoots do absorb water through 
their green parts. Many of his experiments have been re- 
peated with results similar to his.? But when very similar 


sorption of water through their green parts, and that no 
conclusions can be safely drawn from results in the one case, 
as to the conditions in the other. : 
In order to test Henslow’s conclusions, and to contribute 
the settlement of this problem, I have carried out a rather 
elaborate series of experiments; and although the results are 
= so complete and positive as was hoped, they nevertheless 
ave value in this direction. 
In experimenting upon entire plants some method of pre- 
venting access of 
can be 


to 


can be further secured by winding 
- The folds of the rubber may then be 
beneath the pot and tied. The result can bea 


ily injurious t t 10 and this was the 
Method used ; J o the plant,!%a 


and kept on it 


As also : 
Plants toon 1 Burt in the paper mentioned in foot note 6. 

€nd. On the the, for weeks or even months have been healthy and clean at 
bber didtine > er hand, there sometimes appeared a sudden and very marked 
tink great] At the contact of rubber and stem, the latter would turn 
is worth y and become dry. I could find no constancy in its appear- 
im Urse study. All such plants were of course at once rejected. Late 
P88 through plone ents, it was found that the rubber allows water vapor 
rey irce cannot} Pecially when stretched, but it is believed that any error from 
8reat enough to materiall y affect th y of the results 


140 The Botanical Gazette. [April 


stant supply of water both day and night to wet surfaces, it 
was done by connecting them by means of short ribbons of 
filter paper with beakers kept filled with water. All cases of 
comparative wetting, etc., were judged by other and dis- 
interested persons. In all weighings allowance was made for 
withered leaves, etc. Some of the experiments were con- 
ducted in large Wardian cases, others in bell jars. Whenit 
was needful to keep the airin the latter saturated, it was done 
by use of wet sponges as well as by shallow dishes of water. 
Those experiments which are described below are the best 
from a very large number. There were a few cases if 
which contrary results were obtained, but in all such, some 
error could have (or was known to have) come in 
For convenience, the experiments were divided into four 
seca eae 
. Absorption from wet surfaces. 

2. Absorption of water supplied in drops, as rain. 

3. Absorption from a quantity of liquid water. 

4. Absorption of water-vapor. 

. Do uninjured aig through their green parts absorb 
ces from wet surfaces 
Exp. b. Stro eaved, 2" high, 

Seiehite tt ahos sg Sie one en epee _broad-eav stalk abet 


half its length was ition aN filter kept tantly wet. 
paper kept constantly : 
air of room. Second day, traces of drooping in unwrapped stem, a ret 


: wilte th, ernibl Pete 
wilted; tenth day, all leaves dry and withered sm stems drooping; 2 disiate? 
ested person could not tell which was most wi 


Exp. c. Three strong plants of same species of ks all 20-24" high, Me othet 
bree 


ad 
- 


: plant. Fo evel 
stalks of - é : ie 
s of three ny ages somghaniy closely wrapped throughout, er? of roo 


Exp. d. a 


n 
lants of Her t ts, previously treated 
i Se oe ct oe a crepitans in separate pots, rt ae r unwrap” 


ompletely with filter ae ke Othe 


ye A b 
wilting, but no marked differe ence, if any the 


apped s the 
mo i both continued to wilt until dead, but euiee more te as ae 


ae ¢. Three plants of Coleus sp?; common little-colored variety: ' oy 4 
long internodes wrapped in filter paper kept wet; 2, unwr 


/ 


1894.] Absorption of Water by Green Parts. 141 


five d 
kept wet. Placed in large Wardiancase: third day, alldrooping both leaves 
“i aati : ; be 


and stem, but less in no. 3; ay, no perceptible difference between I 
and 2, but from no. 3 leaves have dr d, though stem in better condition 
than in 1 and2, Continued until all dead, with no marked difference be- 


In all of the above cases, and in others not here described, 
the wrapped plants acted precisely as if the wet paper were 
hot present; in other words they showed no signs of ability to 
“supplement their root supply” from this source. How very 
different is their behavior in comparison with that of Hen- 
slow’s cut shoots exposed to very similar conditions! 


Exp. f. A Coleus Sin high, allowed to dry slowly in Wardian case until drooping, 

Pe through Partial exhaustion of root supply; wrapped in rubber, wt. 158.- 

3 laid on side an sprayed with water for several minutes, completely 
8 


test. 
o 1oung Pelargonium dried slowly in Wardian case until leaves drooped; 
Wrapped in rubber and laid on side and thoroughly drenched with spray; dur- 
: a“ after drying it did not revive in the slightest 


1aN Case, wt 
nearly so, wt. 
wt. 203.0058, 


Y young Begonia; wrapped in rubber, and kept in Wardian 
d slightly, wt. 179.0908"; sprayed thoroughly and at once 


put in a wet bell jar; next day, wt. 179.0708m: four days later, 178.2508" and 
€ 


a troopin g, Ceti Begonia, ore and Hura pleas allowed to oD. slowly 

i reshdey cri from the roots, always failed to revive, and when weighed 
ti 

small of course true, that in any or all of these cases, very 


quantities of water may have been absorbed. But it 


seems plain that 
could be taken b m 
Plied to them. 


crease it: b 
» Dut 
wed toa mini 
ms : 
to the ny fertain that no absorption sufficient to be of use 
ccur, 
es, 
from oxo tes plants, through their green parts, absorb 
tity of liquid (hydrostatic) water? 


142 The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


Exp. j. Vigorous young Helianthus, 14™ high, was allowed to droop for want 
of water until it bent over tothe table. Its top, containing four young leaves 
of w 1 wer 


and the bud, was allowed to ap. hae a ate ater, cays two low 
leaves in i air. It showed n of im ment and s ied, 
Exp vigorous Silopthas ante ey shoe 18in igs allowed to droop 


for want of water until they bent over in a curve tothe table. Thetwo large 


their leaves were left outside. Whole placed in Wardian case where transpita- 
tion could not be too rapid. Both plants continued to wilt until dead, the 
leaves in water turning yellow oot soon dying also 
Lxp. 1, Young Begonia with two strong leaves, one ‘plac ced in basin of water, 
one it _ placed under a bell jar open at top; plant continued to wilt 
ied. 


On this division of the subject, the experiments are too few 
and inconclusive, but this is perhaps of the less importance, 
since such absorption could have very little opportunity to 
occur normally in nature. Henslow found that an uninjured 
plant of Mimulus moschatus lived for months after one of its 
shoots had been immersed in water, but this was plainly by 
virtue of the adventitious roots which it put forth. 

4. Do JO aes plants, through their green parts, absorb 
water vapor? 

Exp. m. Strong young Pelargonium, wrapped i in rubber cloth, weighed complete M 
187.1048"; dried rapidly by current of air dried by CaCl, until in two days 
weighed 181.1868"; then in Wardian case three days, wt. 180.1358) thes - 
wet chamber, nearly soir eo in one day wt. 179.5528™; in three days, 17 
7326; four days, 178.2128™; seven days, 176. 8 308m: and many new leaves re 
pearing'’; nine days, 175. gaom, Satine: to beet pose in a weight 
two months until it died. bed 
xp. n. Cane but well-rooted Co/eus, wrapped in dee ms weig! 
182.6458"; dried in on bell jar for four st weighed 181.802", droo ue 
placed in satura ted bell jar; after one day 181.3762", two ‘Oath 180.7 til 
ee to lose weight, dropping old ces and putting out new ones es ua 

ie 

£xp. 0. Strong young ik wrapped in rubber, all old leaves removed. Pits 
left in Wardian case s ral day cet recover; put out new leaves; t pti 


er ia jar and it teat weight until it died. Young pio “ 


ma ik Several plants died for want of water in an atmosphere ait 

These latter experiments prove nothing new, but they ee 
their value in this connection as showing forcibly thata pa 
may die for want of water in an atmosphere saturated witht 
If the absorption of water vapor were an ‘important norm 
ee of leaves” this ought not to be so rapid and positive 
as i 


th This was several times noticed, and is referred to by Henslow, who thie 
at young leaves are a medium of absorption, - are hence put out that 
mie bers when water from ria air isneeded. It is also worthr emark . 
evi “ng was observed indicating that when a leaf attached to Its P 
jured, it may absorb water through the injury. 


1894.] Absorption of Water by Green Parts. 143 


Of the whole subject, in summary, it may be said, that 
while these described experiments may appear to be too few 
and too imperfect to justify conclusions applicable widely to 
living plants under entirely natural conditions, nevertheless, 
made as they are upon fairly representative plants, they seem 
torender it very improbable that the absorption of water 
through their green parts is at all general or appreciable in 
amount among ordinary land plants. Whether in plants of 
special habit, with special structures which may be used for 
the purpose (as epiphytic Bromeliacez, etc.), such absorp- 
tion takes place is another and distinct question, and in-some 
Cases has proved, and in others may prove, answerable in the 
affirmative, consistently with an equally emphatic negative for 
ordinary land plants. 

Phanerogamic Laboratory, Harvard University. 


The Ware Collection 
of Blaschka glass models of flowers at Harvard. 
WALTER DEANE. 


In the botanical museum of Harvard University is to be 
seen a collection which is absolutely unique in every way. It 
is the Blaschka Glass Flower Collection, presented by Mrs. 
Elizabeth C. Ware and Miss Mary L. Ware, in memory of Dt. 
Chas. E. Ware, of the class of 1834. These flowers are intended 
to illustrate the typical forms of phenogamic vegetation I 
America, and certain forms of the cryptogams will also be rep- 
resented. The work is being done by the artists, Leopol 
and Rudolph Blaschka, father and son, living in Hosterwit2, 
Germany. It was through the untiring energy of Dr. Geo. 
L. Goodale that these artists were induced to abandon their 4 
work of making glass models of animals, chiefly marine ¥ — 
vertebrates, which were sold to museums over the worl 4 
and devote themselves entirely to the construction of plants. . 
They were, however, finally persuaded, on their own term — 
to give their entire time to this work, and, by the last CoP 
tract executed in Dresden in 1890, a certain number of moe] 
els are to be sent to this country twice a year, for ten ba j 
An American garden around their house supplies them " 
North American plants, while, from the royal garden 6 
nitz near by, they secure specimens of the vegetation his 
Central and South America. Leopold, the son, visited © 
country in 1892, and, in his travels to Jamaica and over ge 
West, he prepared himself, by studies in color and collection 
of material, for the production of over 200 species. 

Certain secrets are in their possession, such as th 
color, the preparation of the more fusible kinds of glass, 
a peculiar method of annealing. The process is not, 18 has 
sense of the term, glass-blowing. Dr. Goodale, who alr 
been permitted to see the artists at work in their studio ac 
astonished at the rapidity and deftness with which they 50 : 
complished their wonderful results.. They each average 
plants a year, and, when the amount of labor, and et 
ness of detail are considered, this is truly marvellous. ‘ 
450 large and 1800 small models are on exhibition her 


e use of 


BERR 


eke 


BSE ee nee Se on Pine ee eee eRe ae CS oh Se ae ee ee 


1894.] 


The Ware Collection. : 145 


played in plate-glass cases in well-lighted rooms. What I 
wish to call especial attention to in this paper is, not the 
economic or aesthetic side of these models, but their botan- 
ical accuracy. 

Has the general public, has even the scientific student any 
idea that the glass flowers in the Blaschka collection possess 
an accuracy of detail that is positively startling? The eye is 
at first attracted by the great beauty of the flowers, as they 
lie on their white cards in the glass cases, and, on a closer 
examination, we are more and more surprised and delighted 
to find nature so accurately followed in all those details that 
can be seen by the unaided eye. But surely the lens must 
reveal inaccuracies which are otherwise invisible. _ It seemed 
to me impossible that the artists could have produced a plant 
Covered, perhaps, with minute flowers, with such exactness 
that any flower taken at random should follow the specific 
characters of that particular species, as if we had the natural 
Plant before us. The general end would be subserved if the 
were kept in view, and a reasonable care in 


artists could not be too highly commended. But, surely, 
€xpect to find the right number of stamens in 


and such other 
Would reveal. 


curacy j t of 
= le those finer details that I made a critical study of a 


acters, In thi 
Not described 


DC, men was Aster Nove-Anglie L., vat. roseus 
t half of the plant is represented, besides four 
mer, icles of the flower-head. The hirsute stem and 
“us auriculate finely pubescent leaves are perfectly 
but, when one examines the inflorescence, the 
Ruided "i ens. As far as the delicate fingers of the artists, 
: accurate knowledge of the complex struc- 

Present, Ther head could accomplish it, everything is 
ee € linear recurved scales of the involucre, the 
fart Blaschica cqeation on the i i i i the article 
Jay apt Cl Flower Coco the Sco ChadanesMagusne 


I I _— 
Vol. XIX, —No. 4. 


146 The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


roseate rays showing even the styles (for in Aster the ray- 
flowers are fertile), the discoid or central flowers, are all 
clearly depicted. This is true not merely in a single head, 
but in them all, without exception. The young buds, show- 
ing only the involucral scales, are very natural, while in the 
older buds the rays are erect, not having fully expanded, and 
all the discoid flowers show only their small rounded tops. 
‘In the fully developed heads the central flowers have opened, 
and the syngenesious stamens show their yellow anthers in 
the outer row or rows, as one head is older than another. 
Herein the artists have shown their wonderful skill. Their 
models are the living plants, and every flower has its sepa- 
rate pattern, no two being exactly alike. They are not all 
cast in one mould. 

In the older heads the central flowers have all opened, the 
stamens cover the surface, and the rays are incurved WI 
withering tips. In this species, as well as in all the others, the 
magnified portions have been done with the greatest acclr 
racy, and afford a fine object lesson. An involucral scale 
shows the glandular pubescence, and a floret, enlarged thirty 
times shows the hairy akene with the pappus of capillary 
bristles upwardly barbed, while the tips of the five-lobed 
corolla have their peculiar rosy hue, so different from that of 
the rest of the floret. The stamens pointed at the top @ 
the forked style are all there too. The systematic analysis of 
this Aster can easily be made from the model, so perfect '5 
its construction. 

Ihave thought it best to give these details in the cas¢ of we 
plant, so difficult to produce, but, in the case of the others, whi 
were as carefully studied, to give the important features : 
only a few. I found the same fidelity in matters © tal 
slightest detail. Sixteen species I examined by saa 
comparison, besides making a more general observation ° 
large number. I sought faithfully to find some €ff0ty Ai 
thing systematically wrong. A fair criticism should eee ' 
whatever faults may exist, but I failed to find such fa “ 
with the exception of a very few cases, where some ee 
Was not quite like that of the type species. The artists 


plants, aud in the few cases where some slight de 
quite typical of the species, I am confident that thi 
to the fact that variation is apt to occur in plants 4? gc 


1894.] The Ware Collection. 147 


vation. There is such rigid observance of the very minutest 
features in every other case that we can be absolutely sure 


which the artists had in hand. 

Steironema ciliatum L. exhibited most beautifully all the 
fine characteristics of that gamopetalous species. The cuspi- 
date-pointed, erose-denticulate corolla lobes, with stamens 
opposite these lobes, give the flowers a most natural appear- 
ance. Here, too, the varying age of the flowers is shown, 
from the tightly-closed bud to developing fruit. The ciliate 
petioles, a character to which the plant owes its specific name, 
are faithfully produced: The magnified stamen shows the 
ne granules on the filament, as they occur in the living plant. 
In the case of Aralia spinosa \.., the building up of the com- 
Plex inflorescence with its multitudinous minute flowers, is 
In this cluster, with its flowers so small 


we invisible Owing to the position of the leaf on the card. 
« €very specimen in the collection to be inverted, the 

heute work would ba coon. 

r 'S needless to multiply cases. It would be a continued 
“cord of what has 

Work as thi 


‘ nd ature’s works was deep. This love, combined 
eoualleg S skill, has produced a result never before 
that will n can: We sufficiently admire the conscience 
this Red. ae the slightest detail to be overlooked where 
tience Beka: might most naturally be expected, and the pa- 
there be litte the last flower as accurate as the first, though 
Each q ndreds on a single plant. 
®csne, sh f our common milkweed, Asclepias Cornutt 
fottyfou, “hi the interesting features of this genus. Icounted 
Owers, and thirty buds, and in each case there 


that every model is an exact copy of the fresh specimen _ 


? 


148 The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


were the five hoods with their incurved horns surrounding the 
stigma. No two leaves were alike, but they exhibited the 
variation observable in this species. 

The delicate corollas of Zeucrium Canadense L., the wood 
sage, show their four exserted stamens. The blue flowers of 
Polemonium ceruleum L. are rendered wonderfully perfect 
by the five stamens, with hairy base, and fine 3-lobed style, 
while Euphorbia corollata L., in its singular involucre, con- 
tains the sterile flowers, each consisting of but a single stamen, 
and, in many cases, the fertile flower protrudes with its 
3-forked style, each fork showing under the lens that it is 
cleft at the end. Here again the natural character is shown 
in the fact that the fertile flower is in various degrees of de- 
velopment; in some cases not yet visible, and in others with 
its ovary drooping over the side of the involucre. The lens 
is necessary to detect all this. I would call special attention 
to the inflorescence of Adisma Plantago L., which is wonder- 
fully accurate, andalso to Hordeum jubatum L., a most succes 
ful attempt to copy the long-awned spike of this grass. The 
magnified portions show the structure of the flowers. 

But enough has been said to show the marvellous care and 
accuracy of the artists in all their work. Every plant tells 
the same story of nature closely followed out, and I am gla 
to bear my testimony to the almost magical work of Leopold 
and Rudolsh Blaschka. 

Cambridge, Mass. 


The influence of mechanical resistance on the development 
and life-period of cells. : 
FREDERICK C. NEWCOMBE. 
Introduction. 


The question as to what actively growing plant tissues will 
do when their growth is checked by external mechanical re- 


sistance had received but small notice in literature till the 
appearance of Pfeffer’s! latest published work. Some years 


ance and that the wood elements expanded more slowly. 
Krabbe® by applying a graduated pressure to the trunks of 
trees, found the cambium cells uninfluenced either in size of 
nmen or in thickness of wall both when the cambium was 
forming new cells under various pressures and when the form- 
ation of new cells was entirely stopped by sufficiently increas- 
: - This author confirmed De Vries’ observ- 
ation stated above, that the time between the formation of a 


at the subepidermal collenchyma was ab- 
This thickening he used to strengthen 
than pn believing that cell-walls grew thicker 
face ermally when they could not reach their normal sur- 
extension. 
Pfeffer in the 
Several s 


ty of growth, 


-'€ work referred to enclosed the root-tips of 

growin Eevee of seedlings, the stems of a few species, the 

"Ny Lala of Chara and Nitella, and the filaments of Spi- 

tions h 'N gypsum casts. From the behavior of these prepara- 
She deduces these results: 


"Pfeffer, Dy Rae Ree Se arate 
der Wine, ck und Arbeitsleistung. Abhandlungen der kinig. sich. Gesells. 
De ‘ Schaft 20: eee | 
iene’, ties, De lin 


fluence de la pression du liber sur la structure des couches 
fe Mittheitue® les. Extrait des Archives Neerlandaises 1876. Also, Vorlaii- 


a 8, Flora —: 97-102. 1875, 
in nah a das Wachsthum des Verdickun gsringes und der, jungen Holz- 
‘Wortmann pobangigkeit von Druckwirkungen. Berlin, 1 


1884. 
= tage zur Physiologie des Wachsthums. Bot. Zeit. 47: 286. 


150 The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


1. Embryonal tissue preserves for a long period in a gyp- 
sum cast its capability for growth. 

2. In gypsum casts the differentiation of tissue advances 
nearer the growing point than normally, thus necessarily 
shortening the zone capable of elongation. 

3. The cells of the embryonal tissue do not divide when 
their extension is prevented, but the cells of the tissue adja- 
cent to the embryonal tissue do, in some plants at least, divide 
at a size somewhat less than their normal. 

The following pages contain further observations on the 
questions already stated and besides show the effect of exter- 
nal mechanical resistance on 

1. The duration of the growing period of cells; 

2. The duration of the life period of cells; 

3. The permanent condition assumed by cells. 

This work was begun in Leipzig under the direction of 
Professor Pfeffer and completed in Michigan University since 
the author's return. 


Methods. 

The method used to arrest growth by mechanical means 
has been the employment of gypsum casts.* An organ to be 
encased had fitted about it an envelope of stiff paper clos 
at the bottom by a divided cork, by molding clay, or by cot- 
ton wool. A thick mixture of gypsum and water was stirred 
up and poured into the envelope and there allowed to harden. 
Two precautions are necessary to the securing of good rest . 
the cast must have a diameter several to many times that ° 
the organ encased to prevent springing by the energy of tur- 
gor;° the cast must have a length of three or more centimeter, 
since experience has shown that disturbing factors come into 
play in proximity to the limits of the gypsum envelope: 


: t 
At the cl i ration was 
ose of the experiment, the prepa ast and 


from the gypsum, two longitudinal trenches were SU" ___— | 
described 


°Pfeffer has used this method in researches for some time and has 
it in Berichte d. k. saechs, Gesellsch, d. Wiss., Dec. 1892: Ueber Anwendung 


en. - : reach 
ét Krabbe found the outward pressure of turgor under a ligature pfefit 
oo atmospheres in the stems of dicotyledonous trees (l. ¢.), # reach 2 


cas 
; e 
Some cases twelve atmospheres, while in the stems of some seedlings 3) 
Sure was six and one-half atmospheres. (Druck u. Arbeitsleistung, P- 


1894.] The Influence of Mechanical Resistance. 151 


knife or saw from opposite sides of the cast down nearly to 
the plant organ enclosed. The halves were then easily 
broken apart without injury to the plant tissue. 

he cells were regarded as living or dead according as 
plasmolysis was present or absent after placing sections in a 
ten per cent. solution of potassium nitrate. 

The following plants were used in the experimentation: 
Allium cepa L Ligusticum Leguari, 


Althea tauriensis DC., Melianthus major L., 
Archangelica sativa Mill., Myrrhis odorata Scop., 
Caltha palustris L., Phaseolus multiflorus Lam., 
Cucurbita pepo L., Phytolacca dioica L., 
Dahlia variabilis W., Pterocarya fraxinifolia Nutt., 

usetum limosum L., Ricinus communis L., 
Eryngium lanum L., Sambucus nigra L., 
Forsythia viridissima Lindb., Triticum repens L., 
Helianthus tuberosus Be Urtica dioica L., 

ra 


a nig i; Vicia faba L., 
Us effusus L., Zea mais L. 
um garganicum L , 


Experiments and discussion. 


Here, then, with all the conditions of growth favor- 
istem ae ne space in which to extend, the primary mer- 
to rest 5 — its functional capability as it does when obliged 
found hd ow temperature or by insufficient moisture. Pfeffer 

© the 


ing three months in gypsum 


bases of many stems and about the rhizomes so as 


to incl 
ude the Z ; A 
| Hae 0 reparations 
Were examined f meristem. Some of these prep 


: five weeks afterward, some after eleven weeks. 


‘Le, p. 124. 


152 The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


The cells of the meristematic zone were in all cases living and 
normal in appearance at both periods of examination. 

The growth of the leaves of Allium cepa is also intercalary, 
the meristem is at the leaf-bases. Several experiments were 
made on this plant by including within a cast the upper part 
of the bulb and the young leaves which had started from it. 
The cast was then fastened by bandages to the bulb so that 
bulb and cast could not separate, yet so that the roots could 
grow out freely. The preparations were examined, some at 
the end of two weeks, some after thirty-one days. The te- 
sults were the same in all cases. The meristem remained 
alive, and growth was resumed upon removal of the casts. 

The effect on the cambium of arresting its growth by ex- 
ternal resistance has been determined by enclosing within 
gypsum casts the stems of many plants both herbaceous and 
woody. To prevent by this method all extension or growth 
in the cells within is impossible, since the presence of inter- 
cellular spaces always affords some room, and the resistance 
of vessels is not sufficient to withstand the force of turgor 
the thin-walled cells. Thus, though the cambium has not 
been held in these experiments, and could not be, in a state 
of absolute rest as regards growth, its activity in this direc- 
tion has been, as will be seen, very slight. The amount of 


entirely on the room it can make for itself, and differs there- 
fore in different species of plants, and differs also in the same 
species, since the size of the intercellular spaces and the tur 
gor of a tissue will differ with age. In young stems of many 
plants the primary meristem of the fibrovascular bundles has 
been preserved in an almost quiescent condition for seve 3 
weeks. Rarer examples of long continued rest have bee 


furnished by Lamium garganicum, Vicia faba and Dahlia ee 
tiabilis in which so slight was the development within 


casts that for 40, 50 and 120 days respectively the formati®® 
of the interfascicular cambium was prevented, though it < 
formed immediately below and above the limits of the 
and the growth of the plants as a whole continued. Ye wi 
withstanding this long rest the primary meristem was appa 
ently and undoubtedly capable of farther active growt a 
In cases where the casts were applied after the meer : 
zone was completed, there are many individuals, repre 
several species, bearing testimony to the long pres 


3 


1894.] The Influence of Mechanical Resistance. 153. 


of this meristematic tissue when its growth is mechanically 
checked. In none of these cases were the experiments con- 
tinued till the death of the cambium, and hence the duration 
of its vitality, when its growth is mechanically prevented, is 
still undetermined. Pfeffer, in the work mentioned, states 
that the root-tips of Vicia faba in casts remained alive for 
five weeks, but that at the end of ten weeks had begun to die. 
The cambium certainly lives longer under similar conditions. 
Cucurbita pepo with considerable growth of stem outside the 
cast and very few changes within the cast has preserved its 
cambium for sixty-six days. Eryngium planum and Ligust- 
icum Leguari about whose stems casts were placed at the 
time the cambium ring was completed, grew well afterward, 
forming outside the casts normally thick stems, and at the 
time the plants were taken for examination had produced 
seeds; the cambium was thus preserved in these species for 
seventy days. Young plants of Vicia faba grew after the 
second or third epicotyledonary internode had been encased 
Nn §ypsum to a size and development equalling normal plants 
and had seeds partially formed when the plants were cut for 
*xamination 116 days after placing in gypsum. Dahlia var- ~ 
ve does not grow very well when a cast is put around a 
a stem. Several individuals however added half a 
fave 0 their height and were still growing and had healthy 
ni ng cambium within the cast 138 days after the begin- 
ing of the experiment. Pterocarya fraxinifolia, Juglans 


ar criment was continued for seventy days, at the end 
conditions OR the cambium appeared normal. In similar 
OF ninet ri with similar results Sambucus nigra was grown 
tolacca “to days, Ricinus communis for 100 days and Phy- 
stem, ther ws for 197 days. In the last named plant, in one 
bial derives: ni been formed within the cast five or six cam- 
gun, while is in a radial row after the experiment was be- 
cells had 1. oY 2nd below the cast thirty to thirty-five such 
It j ad been formed. 
itiacs i understood that in all these cases the stems- had 
Sreatly in diameter beyond that of the part within 


154 The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


the cast; as extreme examples may be mentioned Vicia, 
Dahlia, Ricinus and Pterocarya where the diameter outside 
the cast was often to that within as two to one. 


Effect of mechanical reststance 
on the duration of the period of development of cells. 


1. On the zone of elongation in roots and stems.—When 
root-tips or stem-tips of seedlings are fixed in a gypsum cast, 
the power of elongation becomes day by day reduced to nar- 
rower limits, so that when the growing point is released from 
its confining envelope, subsequent growth shows that the 
proximal limit of elongation is nearer the apex of the organ 
than formerly. Pfeffer* demonstrated this in several species. 
In the primary root of Vicia faba, for instance, where not- 
mally the elongating zone is about 10", he found this zone 
reduced to 5™™ or 6™ after two or three days ina cast. My 
own measurements have shown that in a normally growing 
primary root of Vicia faba at a temperature of 20°, the fourth 
millimeter from the apex of the root will in twelve hours have 
passed out of the segment of elongation. But Pfeffer’s root- 
tips showed elongation in the fifth or sixth millimeter after 
two or three days in casts. Thus it is evident that the effect 
of the casts was to,retard the passage of the elongating Seg 
ment into permanent tissue. : 

Analogous with this result is that obtained in my exper 
ments with Juncus and Lamium, where several very short 
shoots of the former in which tissues were undifferentiated 
were kept alive for eleven weeks in casts, and then show 
no differentiation; and in the latter the stem just behind the 
terminal bud was, in one case for twenty-five days, in another 
for forty-five days, by the same means kept from dev 
farther, except that two or three cells in the primary bundles 
slightly thickened their membranes. Meanwhile the stems 
had grown above the casts and the tissues had become mu 
better developed than within the casts. aly 
_ 2. Ondifferentiation in fundamental parenchyma.—Noe ‘lt 
in the tissue adjoining the meristem of growing points ne 
development proceed more slowly when a mechanical res! 


ance prevents expansion, but in those later change 
4 : ‘IL the same 


lly form the 


result follow. In Zea mais the cells which norma! 


 §*Pfeffer, 1. c., pp. 120 and 149. 


eloping 


a 


1894.] The Influence of Mechanical Resistance. 155 


sclerenchyma sheaths have, by the employment of casts 
around the stem, been kept thin-walled for thirty-seven days, 
in Caltha palustris for fifty-two days, though these cells re- 
mained alive and in the same stems above and below the 
casts passed into their thick-walled condition. 

_ Other plants in which the outer zone of pith-cells normally 
becomes thick-walled have served still better to illustrate this 
principle. Numerous examples of Vicia faba have shown 
that the outer pith-cells begin to thicken their membranes two 
or three weeks after their internode is fully elongated. If, 
however, a cast is laid around a very young internode, the 
thickening of the membranes of the pith-cells will be delayed 
for weeks after it has begun in the internodes of the same 
stem above and below the cast. Thus in a stem that had 
grown to the height of ten internodes, whose third internode 
above the cotyledons had been encased in gypsum before 
elongation was complete, the subsequent period of growth be- 
ing thirty-two days, the pith-cells beyond the limits of the 
cast were becoming thick-walled, while within the cast they 
retained their thin-walled condition. Other plants of the 
Same species similarly treated but allowed to grow twelve 
days longer, at which time they had added to their height 
eta to blossom, showed within the limits of the casts 


eat Preparations, but twelve days older, and consequently 


youn 
thick- 
ut o 
Othe 


eventual 
“yrrhis 


156 The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


pith entirely thin-walled, when above and below the casts the 
zone of fully thickened pith-cells has been six cells in radial 
width. 

If we turn now to woody plants we shall find the same re- 
sults presenting themselves. Several shoots of Melianthus 
major had casts placed around them so as to leave only the 
terminal bud exposed above. Up to the time when three in- 
ternodes had been subsequently developed there were no 
thick-walled cells in the pith of the segment in cast, but above 
and below the cast there was a broad band of thick-walled 
lignified pith. In shoots similarly prepared but of farther 
development above the casts, there was always an evident 
thickening of the outer pith-cells within the limits of the casts, 
this thickening progressing in the older preparations till it 
approached that of like cells outside the confined area. The 
same general results were obtained by similar experiments 
with Forsythia viridissima and Pterocarya fraxinifolia. 

Many plants which have collenchyma in the cortex of the 
young stem do not, as is well known, increase the amount of 
this tissue as growth proceeds, while others with increasing 


- age in an internode show the collenchyma increasing in num- — 


ber of cells. and thickness of membrane. Sambucus nigra be- 
longs to the latter class. When in the spring very youns 
shoots have some of their internodes enclosed in gypsum and 
are allowed to grow subsequently, the increase of the col- 
lenchyma is found to be more tardy within the casts than 
outside of them, though the thickening of cell-walls 's stil 


In the young stems of Archangelica sativa and My se 
a 


these cells would have remained thin-walled within the ¢ re 
was not determined by other experiments; but that they is 
still capable of growth there can be no doubt, for they-97 
at the time of examination well provided with protoplasm. 
The fact that the sclerenchyma of the fundamen 


develops more slowly against mechanical resistance has 


tal tissue 


1894.] The Influence of Mechanical Resistance. 157 


mentioned for Caltha palustris and Zea mais. The same is 
true of the only other plant in which the question was studied, 
viz., Cucurbita pepo. In this plant after elongation of the 
internodes the innermost cortical cells thicken into a heavy 
zone of sclerenchyma. In internodes confined in casts this 
zone has been delayed in development into sclerenchyma for 
several weeks, though it could there be identified as a band of 
thin-walled cells. Older preparations have shown this band 
becoming slowly thick-walled, the progress continuing after 
the full thickness of wall had been obtained in parts above 
and below the cast; though in the oldest preparation ex- 
amined these cells had not become so thick as in normal parts 
of the same stem. 
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 
[Zo be continued. | 


i oe AN ae ee ee. 


BRIEFER ARTICLES. 

Compass Plants.—I was among the first to be interested in the pe- 
culiar twisting of the leaves of the Si/phium Jlaciniatum, and my papet 
published in 1865, in the “Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Set- 
ences of Philadelphia,” shows how closely the curious plant attracted 
me. There were some lingering doubts about the “ polarity” of the 
leaves, till one day, when in St. Louis, my good friend Dr. Engel- 
mann, took me to a waste lot in that city, where Lactuca Scariola had 
just secured a foothold. He was a strong believer in polarity, and I 
gave up. Ihave, however, continued for a quarter of a century to look 
for additional facts. It is surprising, if we look closely, how many 
plants we shall find twisting as Mr. Foerste describes the leaves of 
some doing (this journal, azte, p. 35). Possibly the best of all to study 
are Gaura parviflora, and Chrysopsis villosa. Witha prepossession Im 
favor of “polarity” I used to think I saw in these good evidence 
thereof. Continuous and careful watching proved I was wrong: I 
have long had to abandon this hypothesis in all except the Silphium, 
as a single plant in my garden is not a fair test. Not seeing them 10 
any quantity I have to be simply an agnostic in regard to its “tendency 
to evade the direct rays;’ and many other suggestive explanations I 
have also had to abandon. : 

A few years ago, I found myself at Gettysburg a day ahead of time, 
Of course it was devoted to botany. Lactuca Scariola had go ther 
before me, and was in considerable quantity in some portions of that 
sacred ground. I walked and sat among them a couple of hours, de 
termined it should give up to me the secret of its upturned leaves 
With some strong shoots of species of Solidago before me, wa 7 
minded of a strong but cordial controversy by letter, extending yes : 
some time, that I had had in the past with Dr. Asa Gray, J affirming 
that the leaves of plants do not originate at the nodes 
they appear to spring—a point, by the way, I can more strongly de 
to-day. It could be easily seen, by these Solidago stems, 
blades had twisted pentamerously around the stems from eee 
hite point below, the edges of each leaf overlapping, just as pape se 
laps when the confectioner twists a piece of paper into 4 “cornucop 4 
bag to hold the sweetmeats; and that-leaf blade, as we finally ae : 
understand the term, is the last crowning act of the spiral gon ae . 
this key it did not take long to open the Lactuca mysteTy: | ince 
of my quarter of a century of search seemed rewarded. 1 BAYS = 
used the key to the mystery in other plants, and the treasure bony 
as easily. It is the same answer all round. Zhe twist ihe? ogical 
@ somewhat prolonged effort of spiral growth, and of 10 phys 
value whatever. 


We? OCR Ml Ie EP eee ee Te Ta ey eee 


Se a ae te 


1894. ] 


Briefer Articles. 159 


Iwas for a time puzzled by a certain uniformity in the direction of 
the leaves—not by any means always with the edges north and south. 
Especially was I puzzled in noting that the first opening of a flower of 
Helianthus mollis was to the south-east. But” here came in what I 
think is a point I have established, that growth is rhythmic and not 

.continuous, and that growths that start together are likely to rest 
together. A quantity of seeds, starting at the same time under the 
same day’s warm sun, would naturally have similar resting phases. 
Seeds starting at other times, or under some peculiar conditions of 
vital power, would disarrange total uniformity in results—THomas 
MEEHAN, Germantown, Philadelphia. 


An additional poisonous plant.—D. T. MacDougal (Bulletin 9, part 
!, Jan. 16, 1894; Minnesota Botanical Studies) gives in a convenient 
reference list the plants of Minnesota known to be poisonous, pro- 
ducing the symptoms called by physicians dermatitis venenata, or rhus 
Poisoning. He mentions two species of Ranunculus in his enumera- 
lion, R. septentrionalis Poir. and &. sceleratus Linn. Ranunculus acris 
L. must be added to the list of known or reputed skin irritants, as the 
following account will show. This species, preserved in alcohol for 
over a year, was distributed to a university class for study, and in 
hol ‘ hands were frequently immersed in the alco- 
pore ass Olive-green color. A day or two afterwards an intense itch- 


after the inflammation had disappeared, the skin of the fingers began to 
in my cag ywere chapped. These symptoms were exactly similar, 
*, to the effects produced by contact with the poison ivy, 
culads (diss; ton. The watery acrid juice, so universal in the Ranun- 
¢ plants a in many forms in drying), had been extracted from 
Precipitat. - ¢vaporating on the surface of the hands left behind the 
'pitated active irritating principle. 
by re vi distribution of the poison sumachs has been accomplished 
<a me drupes in the stomachs of birds. An instructive 
Stomachs, js “i come to light recently through the examination of crow 
Renata, and . discovery that the fruits of the poison sumach, Rhus 
bers Polson ivy, Rhus toxicodendron, are eaten in large num- 
‘row. W. B. Barrows has in one case recorded that 153 


Stery at A li excrement taken from a roost in the National Cem- 

\ ington, contained by actual count 1041 seeds of Rhus tox- 

r ick = 341 seeds of Rhus venenata, in addition to 3271 seeds 

florida and achs, 95 seeds of Juniperus Virginiana, 10 seeds of Cornus 

*rsity of R. eo of Nyssa sylvatica.—_Joun W. HarsHBERGER, Unt- 
“ansyloania, Philade iphia. 


wpe * 


EDITORIAL. 


THERE ARE many advantages in being in the current of the world’s 
activity. Botany is restrained in its development, and shorn of just 
recognition, because its representatives are still largely willing to pad: 
dle about in quiet bayous, content with the richness of botanical ma- 
terials and the opportunity of uninterruptedly studying them, without 
giving a thought to the great interests involved in the surging, push- 
ing mass of commerce and daily traffic which pass near by, accompa 
nied by the noise of enginery and the display of competition. A well 
known botanist, who has occupied a public position for many yeats 
explained to the writer some time ago that he preferred to go without 
much needed facilities in the way of books, room and assistance rather 
than make a request for them or do anything that would attract the 
attention of the politicians, who would probably abolish the office oF 
bring about some calamity if they remembered that he was in exist 
ance. This feeling is a survival from the old days when the botanist 
was a scholarly recluse, and neither he nor any one else dreamed that 
his knowledge could have a cash value. Botany was taught then, 
and is often taught now, as Arabic or quarternions are taught, not x 
cause it would help one to gain a livelihood, but for its disciplinary 
and educational value. 

A MIGHTY CHANGE has overtaken the spirit of the botanist in recent 
years. He has emerged from his herbarium den, and looks at the 
world with a clear eye instead of constantly peering through a magn 
fier at a bit of unrecognizable vegetation; he is occasionally see? e 
cultivated fields, instead of prowling through thickets and out of te 
way marshes; he speaks like a man who is watching for an opportun: 
ity to develop anew industry, and no longer acts as if he fully be- 
lieved ‘that industries and botanical science are unrelated 
incompatible. 


But the transformation is not complete, in fact it is only 0 far per 
There are still aa 


and so on *. 


pudiating the connection of these and other lines of inv’ 


1894. ] Editorial, 161 


with the science of botany, especially where a practical or commercial 
end is in view, the botanist loses the advantage derived from popular 
approval. It is more difficult to obtain ten dollars to equip a lab- 
oratory for vegetable physiology than a thousand dollars for a labor- 
tory of chemistry, because Baron von Liebig and others long ago 
fully convinced the popular mind that a knowledge of chemistry was 
essential to an intelligent pursuance of most of the arts and industries. 
And so thoroughly was this done that every man, even to the present 
day, although he may not know the names of the elements, associates 
chemistry with the indispensable in education, while he has hazy, if 
any, notions about vegetable physiology or itsapplication. A Liebig 
isneeded in botany 


It Is A sounp principle in advertising that having an article of 
genuine worth and general utility the profit from it will be in propor- 
ton to the extent to which it is made known. Botany, both as a fun- 
damental and as an applied science, is in some respects like a com- 
mercial article. The better its merits are known the greater its in- 
Come will be in the way of money for teaching equipment, for labor- 
atories, for research, for salaries, for assistance, the more and varied 
the demand for botanists, in short the greater activity and the greater 
Possibilities, 
he progress already made toward creating a need for botanists in 
commercial world is considerable, and is every year increasing the 


. et Laboratory at Eustis, and recently have formed a 
mpany to send a botanist around the world to collect and 
ub-tropical fruits, to observe their diseases, and 
~) Way possible to make available whatever knowledge an able 
ith practically unlimited resources. A method 
and vineyards, likely to be introduced by ae 
y, is the employment of a pathologist to take 
oh the health of the plants, cre them at suitable intervals, and 
Which le against parasites. There are at present many ways 1n 
teaching. te knowledge can be made to yield a livelihood beside 
trained in } © greater and more diversified the demand for men 
Science ang ty becomes the better it will be for all branches of the 
» 8nd for al] its devotees. 
12—Vo}, XIX.—Npo. z 


CURRENT LITERATURE. 


A Californian Manual.* 

It has long been recognized that the flora of the Pacific coast isa 
wonderfully rich one, and that detailed exploration is almost daily 
bringing to light new plant forms. It has also been a matter of regret 
that no handy manual brought even an outline knowledge of this flora 
within reach of those to whom botanical libraries are not accessible, 
The “ Botany of California,” in two large volumes, is a monument to 
the generosity of certain citizens of that state, and it formed a fitting 
foundation for study; but it is both costly and hard to get, and is now 
far from expressing our knowledge. Keen collectors have been plen- 
tiful upon the Pacific coast, and it seemed hardly worth while to pre- 
pare a manual which must of necessity be incomplete before tt could 
get through the press. The most indefatigable student of this flora 
has been Professor Greene, as his numerous publications will testify. 
His “Flora Franciscana,” appearing in parts, is already well know? 
and now he has presented a manual of the same region for the benefit 
of the schools and colleges, and all students desiring “to make a 
beginnings in the systematic botany of middle western California 
But nine counties are included, and ninety natural orders of flowering 
plants, the sedges and grasses being notable omissions, and the indi 
cations are that a complete manual of the whole state would be a huge 
affair. The author’s purpose is most commendable, and we do bt 
doubt that the book will bea great boon to beginning students in the “a 
“Bay-Region.” Besides, no botanist has so intimate a knowledge of ; 
the flora of the region presented, and hence no one is SO well fitted (0 ; 
act as guide. 4 

Our only criticism is from the standpoint of the professional be 

anist. Professor Greene says that “there is much that is new fort 
bibliographer and the nomenclator within these pages;” also ie : 
“this feature will not in the least affect the usefulness of the manu@ 7 3] 
a book for beginners;” but that “the inconvenience will be re : 
only by the experienced botanist.” We heartily agree with all three — 


here is veY 
: ; in 
much that is new for the bibliographer, and it 15 
convenient book for the experienced botanist that it has ates 
tune to examine. Knowing how thoroughly the autho ee 
San Frat 


_1GREENE, Epwarp Ler.—Manual of the Botany of the Region e 
cisco Bay. 8vo. pp. xiii, 328. San Francisco, 1894. 


: 6 
1894. ] Current Literature. 163 


: istinguished 
the value of frank criticism, of which he has sgmiee sae ook, 
an exponent, we venture to confess ourselves discou y after changes, 
Itgives one so constantly the impression of strain i, One expects 
that we find it hard to rid ourselves oF ie ee ete for 
areasonable amount of this in generic and ee : i attacks ordinal 
we can hardly move without jostling these; but w A how very com- 
names, sequence, everything, it makes one won af this impression 
pletely all other botanists have gone astray. tees fant i ET 
may wear off. The very great inconvenience of the tt can Kenly 
fessional botanist is the entire omission of af eee head all the 
be expected that a botanist in these days can pod tee: ible and about 
permutations of nomenclature, for it would be as meee it also can- 
aS profitable as to remember the daily weather Fag igie synonymy in 
not be expected that he will have time to look up ; ad delete than 
various publications. This seems to us a renee re nt, however, 
the omission of an index. Our feeling of gyno thelr refer- 
chiefly arises while contemplating the generic names a and Vergil, 
fnee. It seems to us that if Galen, and ee names, 
and Pliny, e¢ id omne genus, are to be consulted for Ce botany 
bibliography at once becomes an impossibility cee sis BA theios 
the common dumping ground for all literature. z clay volumes 
why the wonderful Semitic libraries should not add their ae that has 
to the confusion, for they indicate and name many a as has said 
been clearly identified. We are very glad that the au Lacon the 
that “no botanist will be obliged to adopt the spss ther at 
Manual of Ba -Region Botany,” and we sincerely hope t a ot 
; : thatif we don 
follow this wise caution. Of course, he means to a d to avail our- 
ike it we can Say SO, a privilege of which we are gla e of pre-Lin- 
selves, and we therefore enter our protest against me bs tions of no- 
We ourselves have participated in revo aplese may 
the interest of peace, and not that one oe t one thor- 
prelude to another. We have thought tha 


nan names, 

Menclature in 
simply be the 
ough resurrecti 
Might be neces 
but we do not 
a we esteem 
further in this 
that we have 
the company 


164 The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


Revision of Guttiferz.! 


This latest volume of a series of famous monographs, which form a 
continuation of the Prodromus, is the last one to bear the name of Al- 
phonse De Candolle. Ina prefatory note the son, Casimir, promises 
that the third generation will continue the work on the same plan. 
The volume is also interesting because M. Vesque has made large use 
of minute anatomical characters, including them everywhere in his 
descriptions. In the preface the author discusses the value of such 
characters and emphasizes the importance of their increasing use in 
recent systematic work. The limitation of the family is along the old 
lines, the Aypericacee and certain genera of Zernstroemiacea, which 
are included by Engler in Die Matitrlichen Pflanszenfamilien, being &- 
cluded. The Aypericacee are not excluded on the basis of the distr 
bution of resiniferous canals, as suggested by Van Tieghem, but are 
regarded as entirely distinct on many grounds, strikingly so in minute 
characters. For instance, the hairs, the stomata, the oxalate crystals, all 
oppose such union. The stomata of Gu/tifere are constantly of the ru- 
biaceous type, that is, with two accessory cells parallel with the cleft; 
while those of Hyfericace@ are as constantly of the cruciferous typ 
Such work is to be expected of M. Vesque, who sees in minute ane 
tomical structures the same principles of evolution developed, indi- 
cating genetic relationships, that we have been accustomed to apply 
only in gross structures. Under each species the two sets of charac: 
ters are distinctly separated, his “epharmosis” giving 4 compact ac 
count of the histological peculiarities. One cannot but feel amazement 
at the immense amount of work such treatment involves. This preat 
tropical family, of which the large tribe C/usice is exclusively Amer 
can, is represented in this monograph by 495 species, forty of wht 
bear the name of M. Vesque as author. The three large a 
are Garcinia of tropical Asia and Africa, with 186 species; Clusia, 
tropical America, with ninety-six species; and Calophyllum, of the trop 
ics In general, with sixty-four species. : - the 

_A curious and quite effective method of presentation is used 10 to 
discussion as to the value of “epharmonic” characters, in relation” 
the large stress put upon the development of the hypoderma. pee 
botanists, A and B, are represented as debating the question and t nic 
Opposite views. Naturally A, who adopts the value of “epharmo 


es evinces 3 Casiit 
Pot J.—Mono i Alphonse d 

ge graphiz Phanerogamarum, etc., AlpHoBs” Masso 
a editors, Vol. VIII, Guttiferz. 8vo. pp. 679. Paris: G- 


ET a Ee ae ES Ee oe TL eT or aS Pe ae eg ee ee 


Current Literature. 165 


The biology of ferns.' 

Weare somewhat puzzled to discover from what point of view we 
should criticise this book. To classify it is difficult. It is strictly 
neither a student’s handbook nor a treatise, but something of a com- 
bination of these. Nor is it sufficiently either one or the other to 
demonstrate clearly its raison d’étre. We have asked ourselves how we 
could use it; and the answer seems to be that it will be convenient to 
have the figures and the facts it contains in one book instead of in 
several; to have some fresh illustrations, instead of those already 
familiar; and to havé some concrete directions for collodion imbed- 
ding to supplement the general and comprehensive ones. 

_By this we do not mean to imply that the book is merely a compila- 
tion, for the author and his pupils have done a large amount of (in a 
sense) original work for it; yet there is not much in it that is really 
new. Nevertheless it has ample value to assure it a wide welcome in 
botanical laboratories. 

The book hardly seems to justify its title, if we understand it; for it 
treats not of the biology of ferns (which, we take it, cannot be studied 
by the “collodion method”), but of the morphology and comparative 
anatomy of ferns. In chapter 1 of the first part, Professor Atkinson 
describes succinctly the development of the gametophyte and its sex- 

He then devotes three chapters to the development, mor- 
Phology and anatomy of the stem, root, and leaves of the sporo- 
Phyte, and two to its sporangia. Chapter vii discusses the substitu- 
rossi growths from sporophytic and gametophytic budding, apog- 
»y and apospory, while vii is devoted to an account of the Ophio- 


bibli talsing prothallia, etc., and contains directions for study. A 
eve ee follows, listing the most important papers, which, how 
Allo hot directly cited in the text. 

are ats = gures are original, most of them are excellent, and some 
tinet “oriewptig fine, notably 49, 139 and 140. A very few are dis- 
i da aS 57, 58, 59. Fig. 131 is obscure and might do duty fora 
finished e eerclone: ..F igs. 19-23 and 25-27 were apparently left un- 

: accidentally, lacking the outline of the cell walls. It would 


‘er to put the initi i ide than to incor- 
Porate th put the initials of the artist at one side 


of draw 
Magnified 


€m with the tissues themselves. Nor can we quite see the use 

Ng a scale with each figure unless the figure and the scale are 

to the same degree. In every case where magnification 1s 
seeehee A reenie Meme Pak 


"Aner 
Method no 


M i a ii 34. fi . 16 3 


-~ 


166 . The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


shown it is stated in this form: “magnified 30 times more than the 


scale; scale=1™.” Why not, “magnified x diameters;” or “scale 
~~ 


.o5™”, drawing the latter with the same lenses as figure? 

The book is gotten up in luxurious style, with heavy paper, wide 
margins and large type. 

Minor Notices. 

FoLLowinc his revision of our N. Am. species of Epilobium, Dr. 
William Trelease now presents, in his careful and thorough way, @ 
revision of the small genera Gayophytum and Boisduvalia, six species 
of the former and four of the latter. Each species is illustrated by 
plate showing general habit and dissections. These genera are 
peculiar to our western mountain region, and are also found in cor 
Tesponding regions of S. America, but seem to be entirely wanting be 
tween. Dr. Trelease thinks that the indications are in favor of a former 
continuous distribution along the backbone of both North and South 
America. Gayophytum closely resembles the paniculatum group of 
Epilobium, and Boisduvalia was mergéd with CEnothera by Bentham 
& Hooker. The material is much confused in our herbaria, and this 
paper will do good service in helping us to proper identifications. 

AN INTERESTING SYLLABUS of a course of lectures in biology has 
been issued by Dr. D. W. Dennis,’ Professor of biology in Earlham 
College, (Richmond, Ind.). It is said of Oliver Wendell Holmes that 
he makes even an index attractive reading. A like ability is apparent 
in the present work, for the usual dryness of an outline of scientific 
lectures is relieved by the suggestive form of the topics, the a 
illustrative quotations and the range of the implied applications. oe 
use of the word biology is also to be commended, as embracing t ' 
different fields of biologic science in a reasonably just proportion. 


Dr. J. W. Mott describes? an oven for drying herbarium specimens 


tapidly. The apparatus is a double-wa!led oven with burners He 
trolled by a thermostat. The chief novelty, however, consists 1? 
use of corrugated paper, such asis used for packing bottles, 
the sheets containing the plants. This hint may be good, eve? 2 
the ordinary mode of drying. 


A CONVENIENT host and habitat index of Australian fungl has bee# “ 


Prepared by N. A. Cobb, government botanist of New South W 


It is based upon M. C. Cooke’s “Australian Fungi,” and makes 4 pa : 


phlet of 44 pages. 


1 


wot g 8vo. 20 PP., 10 cts. 
Separate from Botanisch Jaarboek 6: 1-23, p/. 7. 1894. 


betwee 


rn = 
Dennis, Davin W.—Biology: f ten lectures : 
Ear! : . gy: syllabus of a course 0 R pmondy 
Tham College: Department of University Extension, No. 3- [ a 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


THE APPENDIX of Bulletin de ? Herbier Boissier (Jan.) consists of a 
systematic conspectus of New Zealand Lichens, by Dr. J. Miiller. 


M. A. DE Jaczewsk1, in Bull. 2 Herb. Boiss. (Feb.), reports the dis- 
covery of Puccinia Peckiana Howe in Switzerland, on Rubus saxatilis, 


“HOSE INTERESTED in the finer structure of the Desmidez as ap- 
plied to classification will find an important contribution to this sub- 
ecton the pores of Closterium by Dr. J. Liitkemiiller in the CEsterr. 

tanische Zeitschrift 4.4,: II, 49. 1894. 


IN THE February number of Lrythea, Messrs. Ellis and Everhart 
describe twenty-nine new species of West American fungi; Mr. David- 
on concludes his field-notes upon Calochortus; and Mr. Bioletti 
gives some interesting experiences in herbarium making. 


 NaWASCHIN has not only fully established the fact that the so-called 
microspores” of Sphagnum described by Schimper are the spores of 
a fungus, Zetia Sphagni Nawas., but has worked out the life history 
ofthe fungus. See Bull. de 7 Acad. Imp. des Sci. St. Petersb. 13:394. 


Mr. A. P. Morcan has continued his publication of the myxomy- 
Cetes of the Miami Valley (Ohio) in pos “in. Soc. Nat. Hist. 16: 


W species. 


LETON, for several years assistant in the botanical 
tl : icultural College at Manhattan, Kansas, has ie 

ology. t W. appointed an assistant in the Division of Vegetable Pat 

Work th ashington, D. C. r. Carleton will have for his specia 
; € rusts of cereals and other plants. 

. frernal of Botany (Feb.) contains an account, with plate, of 
(one of the }j t of the stem and leaves of Physiotium giganteum 
Reeves << liverworts with auricles or water-holding sacs), by ape 
scribed Which the development and structure of the auricle are de- 

* and the stem found to grow by a two-sided apical cell. 
The PLANT 
and their e 


168 The Botanical Gazette. [April, 


IN A PAPER on the spore-forming species of Saccharomyces (Amet. 
Naturalist, 27: 685. 1893) one species was not mentioned, namely, 
the ginger-beer plant; S. pyriformis Ward, Phil. Trans. 183: 125. 1 
This species is one which easily forms spores at 25° C. in 40-50"; 
spores are also readily formed in gelatin cultures. This yeast lives 


S 
value, although apparently a surface injury, according to analyses 


the beets affected more or less with scab, while none had less than 
10% affected. 


Kentrophyllum lanatum (Necker), Xanthium spinosum (Linn 
names will give nomenclaturists something to think of! 
are lithographed and beautifully colored.—Bay. 


I : piographic! 
THE Journal of Botany eb, » A. Gepp Fae at the age 


N 
sketch of Richard Spruce, who died Dec. 28th of last 


of s - i i he wa 
eventy-six. From the first of his botanical careeT of his life be 


America, which were conducted unremittingly from 
After his return to England in 1864 his life was pass 

IN THE Bull. Torr. Bot. Club (Jan.) there appear several 1 jg 
papers dealing with our flora. Mrs. Britton presents the 
species of Orthotrichum; Mr. Small begins a series 


S. E. Flora, including in the present paper description’ “ ——= 


‘Pringsh. Jahrb. £. wiss. Bot. 25: 370. 1893. 


aia 


1894.] Notes and News. 169 


Amorpha from Ga., and a new Hieracium from Tenn.; Mr. Heller 
notes twenty-three Virginian species new to the manual range, and 
describes a new Pentstemon from N. C.; Dr. Britton presents his 
5g paper on new or noteworthy N. Am. phanerogams, giving, be- 
sides other notes, a synoptical and bibliographical list of the N. Am. 
5 of Stenophyllus, and proposing a new genus, Meehania, for 
dronella cordata Benth.; Mr. Coville deals with the genus Hemicar- 
phain N. Am.; and Professor Scribner describes two new grasses. 


ilarly; 3H,CO,=2H,CO,+ |H,O+C |. The H,O+C is formic al- 
and the H,CO, is supposed to decompose further, thus: 
0,=2C 2+2H,0,=2CO,+2H,0+0,. The experiments show ° 
mation of CH,O and of H,CO,. The rest of the process is 


hypothetical 


aot ets lants, that is, 250,000 fungi and 135,000 of all other groups. 
this Prediction those who are describing fungi are rapidly verifying 
year Bovanicar SEMINAR of Washington, D. C., was organized last 
FV. Co a present consists of the following members: E. F. Smith, 
AF. Woods. os 1 Galloway, Theo. Holm, G. H. Hicks, M. B. Waite, 


oods, D 
e Semi . : : | 
(2) the sivaneen for its objects, (1) the social intercourse of members; 


embe ar © : 
shane meetings, presentation of papers, and discussions being 
t Tmal. Papers on the following subjects have been recently 


is 
i weet plants, Holm; The Hexenbesens of Washington and 
ants in ihe ©; Some physiological factors. influencing the growth of 
enhouses, Galloway; Root development in certain plants 
ar at See EE 


‘Com 
Pt. rend, Acad. Sci. Paris 116: 1145, and 1389. 1893. 


170 The Botanical Gazette. 
= oe great plains, Coville; The downward water current in plants, 
mith. 


In THE Bull. de ? Herb. Boiss. for February M. John Briquet, who 
has in ‘ghclenanah oe a monograph of the Labiatee, discusses certain ques- 


Di n- 
tains 737. With consid- 
erable elaboration and illustration the status of Rumphius and P, 


while those of P. Browne are found to be perfectly logical. In refer- 
ence to the “once a synonym always a synonym” rule of the Roches 
: Mm 


c uet shows that it was already in the Paris code, thoug 
not so explicitly stated monly disregarded, and that “tout le 
; on the place 


note e author says that pre-Linnzean authors must a ysb t 
in order to understand Linzaus, but it is evidently his opinion tha 
r also. considers 


they should not enter into nomenclature. The autho 
the question of the nomenclature of subdivisions of species 
gards the genuine variety, which he tries to define, as t 
worth receiving a name from systematists, all minor sub 
being matters of systematic attention, but “biologically 
In conclusion, amendments to the Paris code, embodying | 


sented in the present paper. Altogether the paper is 


bution to the already voluminous discussion of nomenclature. 


SS feal Oe 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. PLATE Xil. 


GOLDEN on 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. 


PLATE XIV. 


ATKINSON on ISARIA FARINOSA. 


ATKINSON on ISARIA FARINOSA. 


il s 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894 


‘2 


a a 
er ry. 
nr 


POH hy 
?> 


+ 
—— 
a | 


ot 


Dtiracckes sel 


ATKINSON on ISARIA 


‘2 @ 225, 
O 
4y 
ré, £ re 9) 
OWL 1 VDOA ~~ 
® gr ay © y= on 
OLS TTF + 
aha “~ + 
tf S o ~ 
K 8 ) j 
be ea. 
2 
CO AX OY 
Y YQ 
we ON Q 
OOoOOT~ Qo 
roa C2009 
a ® M a 
ak sexes EO Sete 


Gn aocoady 
SO 
Oo 


FARINOSA. 


{ 


PLATE XVI. 


fe 


Sestce 
O 


ad 
sie 
ae ee 


~ T\ cy 
a ol 


1s. st 
& 
Q 


LY 


a 


WS 
- VY &b 
LOQOCOROU~ Vor 
AX) 


Complete Sets ... 


OF THE 


Botanical Gazette 


can no longer be supplied by the publishers. The first ten 
volumes are rarely offered for sale. Those who have not 
these volumes are recommended to purchase the 


Index to Volumes I to X 


in which can be found full references. A volume needed tem- 
obra: can usually be obtained from some college or private 
ibrary. 


PRICE, FIFTY CENTS. 
THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 
MADISON, WIS. 


POR SALE, 


a Botanical Department of the Iowa Agricultural College 
ers: 


One set of DeCandolle’s Prodromus, bound, 

Two sets of Bentham and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum, 
humber of other works, pamphlets, ete. 

Address for terms, etc 


—____- Prof. L. H. PAMMEL, Ames, Iowa. 
SPECIALLY PREPARED 
Merbariann Paper:Botanists 


— Paper is offered at the moderate price of $5.50 per 
- We also furnish— 


No. 1 Genus Cover, 164 x 24 inches, at $4.00 per 100 
2 66 ‘“ ts 9.50 ae 


> si “a 1.50 - 
Specie 2 x “ 2.00 | 
Org 1€s sheets, 16% x23% “ 


0 
*ts will receive prompt attention. Write for samples. 


E. MORRISON PAPER CO., 


1009 Penna. Avenue, N. W., Washington, D. C. 


CARD INDEX OF GENERA, SPECIES — 
AND VARIETIES OF PLANTS) 
PUBLISHED SINCE 1885 
BY 


JOSEPHINE A. CLARK. 


The first issue of 1000 cards now ready. Address: 941 S St. N. W. 
WASHINGTON, D.C, 


ee 
Gambridge Botanical Supply Gompany 
Successors to all business in Botanical Supplies in 


AMBRIDGE, MASS. 


Herbarium and Laboratory Materials and Apparatus 
MICROSCOPES, BOOKS, SPECIMENS, EVERYTHING USEFUL 
TO 
Our Standard Herbarium Cases are meeting with general favor. Size for 
1200 sheets, $12.00. 


SOS SATISFACTION GUARANTEED: SSS 


(QUEEN & C0. 


1010 CHESTNUT ST. 


PHILADELPHIA. 


= ae MAKERS of the 
Our New Solid Comfort’’ Dissecting Microscope. ACIIE rucRoscosg 


h ‘‘American’’ and ‘‘Continental’’ Patte 
The Improved “ray Botanical Micro= 


The Soy Plant Press 
(light and strong.) 
BOTANICAL PAPERS at reduced 
prices. (Special rates to schools 

and colleges, in quantity.) 
MAGNIFYING GLASSES, 
SCALPELS, and other supplies 
for science classes. 


ENLARGEMENT OF THE 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


The steady increase in the studies worthy of record which 
are submitted to the Editors of the BOTANICAL GAZETTE 
compelled them during 1893 to print each month more than 
the 32 pages promised. In order to meet the growing de- 
mand for space and to permit the prompter publication of 
accepted papers, the editors have 


Enlarged the Journal 


| ‘tom its former size, thirty-two pages monthly, to a mini- 
mum of 


FORTY PAGES 

P with the seat ae asin the past, of often exceeding this 
minim 

a At tie same time they are obliged to meet the increased 
| ‘ost, not only of the extra letter press, but especially 
q ai rapidly growing expense for plates. FORTY plates were 
_ blished in 1893, nearly double the number for preceding - 
_ *ts,and the demand for illustrations increases with the 
’ importance and length of the papers. Therefore, the pub- 


lishers nnounce that the subscription price, beginning with 


January, 1804, will be 

$3.00 a year 
STRICTLY IN ADVANCE. py 

14 marks; in England, 14 shillings; in France, ae 
_ 17 francs; postage included. : 
be ee rates or discounts to agents. Boe 
: eae ten all the subscribers will renew promptly, oes 
Sea, are sent after the expiration of the time paid for. - ae 
: ea 8 Orders or drafts payable to the BOTANICAL 

: Ste ee Cash or pasta notes are at She aes ete 


Indermany, 


 eunktn haan, 
~ =. Unt niversity of W a 


RS, aND PUBLISHERS. | 


Those wishing good herbarium specimens will find it most 
convenient to send their lists of desiderata to 
SANDBERG’S BOTANICAL EXCHANGE BUREAU. 
$7.00 per hundred. Satisfaction guaranteed. 
Address J. H. Sandberg, Minneapolis, Minn 
601 CEGNTRAL ANE. ¥ 


e ST. LOUIS, MoO. 


Ghemicals and Appara 


AND 


ABORATORY 
sur 


a YOU WILL FIND Us PROMPT AND\ 


e Microscopes & 
Pee OHOUES: ae 
-Microtome: 3, 
‘Photo. 

S 


MAY, 1894. No. 5. 


igor 


EDITORS: | | nae 
M. COULTER, Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, Ill. 2 os 
CHARLES: R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 
od C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 


Me HESS 


CONTENTS: 
Leana.—Z. /. Hill. ; ue 
‘to the tad Of the Poniniccceces (With plate 


= (Wit tate XVIIL )= William Albert “Son 


of Gechauical testes: on the develorenent aed. es 


we (continued), —Frederick se Newcombe. _ ‘ 1gr 


J. Grout. 
wip. Byron D. Halsted. 


= 


THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE 
L i 
A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science. 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 
SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 


The subscription price must be paid in advance. No numbers are sent after the 
expiration of the time paid for. No reduction is made to dealers or agents, 


: In Gri 
Agent, W. P. COLLINS, | Agents, R. ‘PRIDE NDER pe SOHN, 
157 Great Portland St., London, Ww. | istrasse 11, Berlin, N. W.4 
The prices seascedl include post 


eat Britain, 14 Shillings. | eeesiaie 14 ma 


eC. 
Subscriptions a business correspondence Pe be addressed to the 
BOTANICAL eaeve: MADISON, WIS.; money orders and drafts should be mate 
payable to the BoranicaL GazETTE 
Copies — Contributors are furnished on request 25 separate copies of 
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied 
at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plats 
per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like GAZETTE, with 
fe title, $1.50 per 100, additional. 2@®-The number desired must be marked a ? 
of the MS., as none will be printed unless ordere 


Articles requiring illustrations and come 
"about advertisements should be addressed to J. C. ART HuR, Purse 


-Numbers.—Will be — oh only when claim js made wits? 
days ater receipt of the number follo ; 


fer ill appear: : es. We a 
in Cereis Cndooe oe Mr. Ss o 


a 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


MAY, 18094. 


A study of Quercus Leana.1 


E. J. HILL. 


utorta Bartram, as a variety. It has been sparingly 
in the central states, and also near Washington in the 


uy years ago by T. G. Lea, near Cincinnati, O. Since 
Men it has been found in several places in Illinois and Mis- 
Souri by 
these | 
seen, 
hybrid 
‘Man has b 
one is fami 
‘ennial-fry 


illow Sp 


Eight or 
Out, and 


rom the typical Q. imbricaria. Most of these trees 
been cut down, and last year but one remained, 
= Col shoots were starting from the stumps of some 
: way cf Pert of a paper on ‘Natural Hybrids’ read before the Chicago 
*Pogeinans OS 

Woira w P. ‘ . 
— B~Vol, <<. Oaks. Botanical Works, 405 


172 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


that had been removed, showing that the roots readily pro- 
duce a coppice. Attention was first called to these trees by 
finding twigs torn off and scattered over the ground bya 
heavy storm of wind. Among them were some carrying 
leaves of an unfamiliar kind of oak, which were soon traced 
to the trees from which they came. The trees were mixed 
with others, mostly oaks represented in the hybrid, within an 
area of a couple of acres. The soil was of a gravelly nature, 
almost exclusively bearing oaks and hickories, with an under- 
growth of hazelin the more open spaces. The hybrid trees 
were from fifty to sixty feet high, their bolls free from limbs 
for the first fifteen or twenty feet, except from the occasional 
presence of adventitious shoots. The largest tree was three 
feet nine inches in circumference at a foot and a half above 
the surface of the ground, just beyond the swelling occasioned 
by the roots. The rest were about a foot in diameter, 90 
nearly of the same girth and height as to indicate that they 
were of about the same age. The outer bark could not be 
distinguished from that of the typical shingle oak of the same 
age and size, being but slightly furrowed, close and rather 
smooth, and of a dark gray color. The trunks did not have 
the black, rough and deeply furrowed bark so characteristi¢ 
of the black oak even on small trees, for it begins to ie 
this character quite early in life. A section of the ¥ 
showed essentially the same characteristics as that of ns 
shingle oak, the inner bark being of a reddish or reddis 
yellow color. 

he leaves are from three to seven inches long, ee 
third as wide, on peduncles about an inch in length. - 
are somewhat pointed, and with a variable base, either acu i 
wedge-shaped, or rounded, sometimes approaching 4 pees 
form, the broader leaves usually with a rounder or fuller’ ae 
The margin varies from forms slightly undulate to those ‘abi 
ularly sinuate-lobed to coarsely dentate-lobed. When 2 ute 
the segments .are either rounded or acute, and iene 4 
are triangular in form. The sharp lobes end in a pag is 
the adjoining sinuses are deeper and narrower than é 
leaves with rounded lobes. In this lobation the in with a 
the black oak is seen, changing the form of leaves soe 
entire margin, characteristic of the shingle oak, to — ee 
Proaching the less divided kinds of the black 007 ig 
leaves on the stool shoots are larger, and are less div! : 


1894.] A Study of Quercus Leana. 173 


those on the trees. This is apt to be the case in the young 
growth of all the oaks. The lobes are acute, or blunt, most 
of them tipped witha bristle. Some leaves are pointed as on 
the trees, and others are broader at the apex, ending in three 
lobes, resembling those figured by Dr. Brendel from a hybrid 
oak, Q. Leana, near Peoria, Ill.4¢ The leaves on the upper 
part of the trees showed a tendency to a deeper lobation than 
those on the lower limbs, especially than those on adventitious 
shoots of the trunk. The leaf surface is glossy, having about 
the same luster and color as that of the black and the scarlet 
oaks, but paler than in the shingle oak. In the mature leaves 


shoots, are more or less rusty-pub t, especially on the 


lower surface, about as much so as in Q. imbricaria. The 
margin of the leaves, particularly when young, is a little rev- 


to five-angled, larger than those of Q. imbricaria, but not so 
rv or rusty-downy as those of Q. tinctoria. The hairs on 
€ freshly started leaves are identical in structure with those 


of Q. imbricaria, being dense, matted, and curled or woolly, 
While those of 


straighter and 


ve wi pelowish-brown segments; the stamens are four to 
to one-half "se blunt anthers, on smooth filaments one-third 
an inch | their length. The acorns are roundish-ovate, half 
eu nits with a short blunt or truncated knob at the top. 

the 2 eg Fa aed, covering about one-third of the nut; 
©asional] : © cup are pubescent, blunt and appressed, oc- 
Orns ce ttle squarrose near the margin of the cup. The 
With band. cially when fresh, are often longitudinally striped 
Oaks, S of a darker color, as in many of the black- 
ak, with hs are somewhat larger than those of the shingle- 
‘lightly raised © P'OMinent knob, that of the latter being but 
‘ Sed or often quite flat or nearly obsolete, with a 


Entomologist and Botanist, 2: 316. 1870. 


174 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


flat areola at its base. In the black and the scarlet oak 
the knob is prominent, and more pointed and conical. The 
acorn-cup is flattish and abruptly contracted to the short pe- 
duncle as it is in the shingle oak, while in the black and the 
scarlet oaks it is more rounded and tapering below, sometimes 
in the scarlet oak being quite conical beneath. The acornsof 
nearly all specimens of Q. tinctoria growing in the vicinity of 
the hybrid were, so far as examined, considerably larger than 
those of the hybrid. Their cup-scales were very pubescent, 
and almost always with wavy, squarrose tips. The meat of 
the acorns was intensely bitter, from a light to a deep yellow 
or orange color, not white or pale as is generally the case with 
the scarlet oak. The interior of the cup was yellow. The 
meat of the acorns of the hybrid was of a pale yellow color 
and was very bitter in taste. By the character of the fruit, 
the color of the outer bark and the rich yellowish-brown or 
russet tinge of the autumn leaves, the neighboring biennial- 
fruited oaks had the characteristics of Q. tinctoria. But the 
leaves were usually deeply lobed, and the inner bark, though 
generally yellow, was sometimes reddish as in the scarlet oak. 
rom all indications, the hybrid seemed to be a cross of Q. 
tinctoria and Q. imbricaria. But the characteristics of Q. 
tinctoria and Q. coccinea sometimes blend so far as to ne 
it difficult to separate them, though from careful study of t 
various forms I believe them to be distinct. If, as many 49 
we regard Q. tinctoria of Bartram a variety of Q. pene re 
Wangenheim, then the hybrids at Willow Spings would 5e* — 
Cross derived from the variety, not the typ 
Quercus rubra occurred not far away in 
woods, but no signs of hybridism were seen between the 


Ce é of i 
the same piece ® — 


red 


oak and the shingle oaks in its vicinity. These were ee : 
tered throughout the woods, but were frequent on i 0. 


the hybrids were found. Two annual-fruited spect | 
alba and Q. macrocarpa, were the only other kinds sh 
but such seem out of the question for parentage. descrip 
The hybrids differed somewhat from the published of the 
tions of Q. Leana which I have seen, combining 7 other 
characteristics of the individual cases described from for 
localities. The number of trees offered a greater i was 
showing the influence of the double parentage. Pr mil 
quite easy to match the leaves with those which I : now if 
in the large collection of the Engelmann herbarium, 


1894.] A Study of Quercus Leana. 175 


the Missouri Botanic Garden at St. Louis. They do not 
differ materially from authenticated specimens from the origi- 
nal tree at Cincinnati, nor from those figured by Nuttall. As 
Dr. Engelmann did not specifically separate Q. tinctoria from 
Q. coccinea, there is no way to determine which of the two 
he regarded as most effective on the hybrid. He says of the 
hybrid: ‘The relationship to cmbricaria is unquestionable, 
and among the lobed-leaved black oaks we must look to one 
of i forms of coccinea for the other parent, as the acorns, 
oly the cup and scales, indicate.” Of one growing 
os aa ehh Ill., twenty miles from St. Louis, and of 
. cane was at’ first thought to be one of the parents, 
ae * ae of the acorn is to me decisive. It is tur- 
. ae hie with rather large canescent scales, squarrose 
“ veld “08 ~ different from either rubra or tmbricaria, 
Meer “ciel ose oe pategee The globose acorn, seven 
“so Einaoea one-third covered by the cup, shows twenty- 
talks "5 y-nve black stripes, so common in many black- 


ven ; 
ble oe undergrowth of shrubs. But it is proba- 
ae ot Or some of them, considering their 
cornice coors There is no apparent defect in 
as plump and are produced as abundantl 
ik ese of other oaks in the vicisity. Dr. Engelmann ee 
Femarks vada eary. of seedlings of hybrid oaks, and 
dantly fertij : All of the supposed hybrids are abun- 
ha *, and those of their acorns which have been tested 
os eae in fact, as far as ’ know, no difference 


Shae express it. For how many genera- 
"Ne OF the oth ntinue, and whether intime forms approaching 
? the Same oes Parent may not appear, remains to be seen. 
their fertility ‘hes it is a remarkable fact, that notwithstanding 
teat ‘ ®y do not seem to propagate in their natural 
— Mality in the ie Perhaps, ascribe this to a lesser degree of 

AC Pee lybrid pr ogeny which causes them to be crowded 
Works, 406, 


176 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


out in the struggle for existence; one of the provisions of 
nature to keep the species distinct; or, as Dr. Gray suggests, 
fertilization by one of the parents may soon extinguish the 
hybrid characters.” ® 

To those who question the hybridity of these oaks, and 
deem such forms varieties of closely related but very variable 
species, the answer may be made that, since hybridizing is a 
frequent resort of the horticulturist for the production of new 
varieties of plants, it is to be expected that something of the 
same kind will occur in nature where plants nearly related 
grow together promiscuously. As such crosses are effected 
by dusting the stigma of one species or variety with the pollen 
of another species or variety of the same genus, or in the case 
of bigeneric hybrids, of a different genus, similar results may 
be looked for among wild plants where this dusting must 
often occur whether effective or not. But it is in the highest 
degree efficient for plants of the same species to be cross 
fertilized, and in many cases it is the sole method of fertility 
It is done on so large a scale by various agencies that out 
surprise should not be at finding spontaneous hybrids, but 
that they are seemingly so rare in wild plants. Failure to 
produce them has to be ascribed to other causes than the 
lack of opportunity. And it is in genera with dicecious, and 
often anemophilous, flowers, such as Carex, Quercus and 5a- 
lix, that hybrids have most frequently been detected in nature. 7 
Especially is this the case with willows.7 With such eg 
the conditions are least complex, and the opportunities wa 
hybridizing most frequent. at has 

These oaks plainly show the marks of hybridism oI , 
have been noted by various observers, and summarize y 
Sachs, among which the two following closely apply: (4) Af 
hybrid is possessed of external characters intermediate 


be- 
tween those of its parent forms, usually nearly a ie rule 


re eee 


tween. (4)Thecl teristics of the parent-forms ar both 
so transmitted to the hybrid that the influence of die 
ion of the 


ferent peculiarities. ”® | 
: ybridity for these 


It is also very strongly in favor of their hy aa" 7 


®Botanical Works, 403. ae willows 
"Insects, especially bees, take an active part in the pollination ode Be 
Wimmer, Salices Europaeae, Introduction, p. xlviii. Ib. Wildw 


tardpflanzen, 144. 
®Lehrbuch (4th ed.) 891. Text Book, 917. 


1894.] A Study of Quercus Leana. 177 


oaks to occur only where the shingle oak is found. Having 
frequently and extensively traversed the woodlands in the 
vicinity of Chicago, and carefully examined the oaks of dif- 
ferent localities, since they are the prevailing trees, I have 
only seen this form where we first meet with the shingle.oak, 
which comes up the valley of the Desplaines as far north as 
Willow Springs, at least. It ison the border of the northern 
limits of the species in this vicinity, for it becomes a common 
tree only to the south. Immediately east and south in the 
sandy region by the head of Lake Michigan the black oak is the 
Prevailing species, probably ten times as numerous as the other 
biennial-fruited oaks taken together. But leaves ofthe peculiar 
form shown by the hybrid have been detected nowhere else. 
There are plenty of transitions in leaf-forms between the black 
and the scarlet oak, and to some extent between these and 
the red oak, but none between them and the shingle oak ex- 
cept where Q. imbricaria was first encountered, for both the 
‘Pecies and the hybrid were found the first time of visiting 
the locality. Though the proof ftom proximity may not 
be conclusive, when it is taken in connection with the blended 
aracteristics of the form, it is hard to resist the conviction 
vidi Parentage was specifically double, and that the parent- 

agg those whose characters are most evident in the off- 


Englewood, Chicago. 


Contributions to the histology of the Pontederiacex. 
EDGAR W. OLIVE. 
WITH PLATE XVII, 


Comparatively little work has been done on the histology 
of the Pontederiaceez. The roots have been studied some- 
what ina comparative way by M. Treub, L. Morot, F. Hilde- 
brand, S. Schénland, and others. A comprehensive study of 
the anatomy of water-plants was begun by F. Parlatore, but 
death prevented the completion of the work. Nine plates, 
however, were published in 1881. These contain among the 
drawings of about ninety species of water-plants a few very 
diagrammatic drawings of two species of Pontederia. No ex 
planation accompanies the plates. : ‘ 

Solms-Laubach has a monograph of the Pontederiacee 
A. et C. de Candolle’s Monographie Phanerogamarum, but a 
short review of this’ shows that it is systematic rather than 
histological. J. Duval Jouve, in 1873, investigated the dia- 
phragms, or cross-plates, in the air-cavities of Pontederia 
cordata. E. M. Wilcox, in the Yournal of the Cincinnati ai 
of Nat. Hist., July—Oct., 1893, has noted a few points ne 
histology of the same species. 4 

In the botanical laboratories of Wabash College, a 
studies were made in the spring of 1893 upon the histo i 
of Pontederia crassipes, a cultivated form, and since thena © 
parative study of all the available members 
undertaken and types of other aquatic plants ex 
Pontederiacee are aquatic herbs, growing in mud, ¢ 
water. There’ are two genera embracing four spec! f which 
northern United States flora, all but one species of Ww 
(Heteranthera limosa) are reported in our Indiana pecs 
the four species have been studied, as well as the cu en 
Pontederia. In the world’s flora there are reported 7 rin- 
three species and six genera? grouped under this order, P 
cipally tropical in their habitat. : : i 

Pontederia crassipes Mart. (see fig. 1) is an interes 


*Botanischer Jahresbericht 11: 622. 1883. 
*Bot. Gaz., 6: Supplement. 1881. 
*MacMillan, Metaspermz of Minn. Valley. 1892. 


or vessel Of 


cultivated aquatic, growing rapidly in a basin | : 


1894.] fistology of the Pontederiacee. 179 


water and spreading over the surface by means of off-shoots. 
It has a thick root-stock, and long roots with very many lat- 
eral rootlets, so that a light feathery appearance is given to 
the whole. The roots are colored a dark violet-blue.  F. Hil- 
debrand suggests that the probable biological reason for this 


is to provide immunity from living animals in the water by 


bulb, which serves to float the plant. The flowers of P. cras- 
“IPes, as well as of P. cordata L., are violet blue and ephem- 
eral. P. cordata, also, has a thick root-stock. It produces 
erect long-petioled mostly heart-shaped leaves, and a stem 
with a single leaf bearing the spike of flowers. # 
he three Species of Heteranthera, H. reniformis Ruiz & 

Vy 4. limosa Vahl., and H. graminea Vahl. are ‘‘creep- 
we: Hoating, or submerged low herbs, in mud or shallow 
water, with a 1-few-flowered spathe bursting from the sheath- 
ing side or base of a petiole.” 
eel a sectioning were hardened 24-48 hours in a 
Gree att apparatus and afterward imbedded in collodion. 
Mia was experienced in infiltrating thoroughly with 
ary ton the parts of P. crassipes above the water, the stem, 
$0 ak Presumably on account of the floating tissues being 

“+ samsaa to liquids, Especially was this difficulty found 
ized “very part of the leaf tissues, parts of which were cutin- 
difficult € loose aerating tissues of the root present no such 
‘Ost Saece - any of the tissues of_the other rae 
brought oat. ing points in the histology of this order we 


The ape Oe P Crassipes presents a beautiful structure. 
ap IS very large and is organically connected with the 
ie ‘only, being free at its upper end (fig. 3)- Good- 
Ponteder: that this sort of a cap occurs in several species of 
centimeter and envelops the root for the length of half a 


P . > 
n Sfor 2.5™ or even more. A median longi- 
3S well a Toot-tip shows well the connection of the cap 
“S the structure of the tip itself. Haematoxylin 


180 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


brought out a marked differentiation just without the central 
cylinder, in the pericambium. At regular intervals, certain 
small groups of cells peripheral to the central cylinder stained 
a much darker blue than the surrounding cells. From their 
position it was judged these were the nascent tissues of the 
lateral rootlets, the darker staining indicating their greater 
activity. The mode of formation and development of the 
lateral roots from the mother root can be easily followed. 
Longisections of the rootlet coming off from various sections 
of the root were secured. These show the rootlet branching 
from the pericambium and organically connected with the 
central cylinder only, for a space surrounds it and separates 
it from the endodermis, cortex and epidermis. 

Back from the tip at varying distances in different roots of 
the same length, but averaging about 1.5, were noticed the 
beginnings of the large air-cavities. A cross-section shows 
the plerome cylinder surrounded by a sheath of thin-walled 
cells. Just without this endodermis are about six or seven 
rows of very regular cylindrical cells (fig. 2) forming loose 
tissue, with large intercellular spaces. Outside of these, be- 
tween the cells of the cortex proper, occur the radiating 2 
cavities of varying width, traversing the length of the root. 

The coloring matter of the root and root-stock, anthocyal 
in, imparts a dark-blue color, except for an inch or mor 
back of the tip. It is in solution in the cell-sap of the epider 
mal cells only; is soluble in alcohol and is turned red by dilute 
acids. It 

The running stem bears an off-shoot at its distal end. a 
has aerating spaces particularly large and abundant ne — 
periphery. The closed collateral bundles are but few we ‘a 
loose region. By far the greater number are aggregate 
the center of the stem, forming in mass a cylinder. pil 
root-stock has a structure somewhat similar to that e on: 
stem. Bundles of raphides are very abundant, espernt 
ward the periphery, outside of the cylindrical aggregatlo i 
bundles. There was no evidence of starch being stor 
the root-stock. - enlogicll 

The leaf shows perhaps the most interesting histo!os? 


see pHe. When the inflated petiole is er thro hie 2 
exa iti —2™ indi en(fig- 4)- : d 
gonal cavities o. 5-2™ in diameter are seen(hg. loose tissue : 


ing cutinized partitions are plainly visible. This 1005 
is almost impervious to water. A section placed in * 
shows a great deal of air imprisoned in the cavities. 
flated petiole refused to be infiltrated. 


d 


1894.] Flistology of the Pontederiacee. I8I 


The cross-partitions, or diaphragms, are horizontal or ob- 
lique and are composed of polygonal cells, with interstitial 
air-spaces at the angles leading from one chamber to another. 
The cell walls in some of the partitions are very thick. Ac- 
cording to De Bary’ ‘‘air-passages in internodes, petioles, 
and leaves of most monocots are partitioned by diaphragms,” 
or “'stellate tissue,” as it is frequently called. De Bary fur- 
thermore makes the general statement that Pontederia has 
diaphragms composed of many-armed cells ‘forming a plate 
with wide lacunz.” In the plates of P. crassipes, ‘‘intersti- 
tial spaces” is the more correct term for the openings between 
the cells, because they are of much smaller volume than the 
Surrounding cells. True lacunar cavities occur in the dia- 
phragms of P. cordata, however, while those of Heteranthera 
limosa and H. reniformis are small like those of P. crassipes. 
The cells of the diaphragm each have well-defined nuclei and 
granular protoplasmic contents, with a few starch grains. 
These diaphragms Probably serve several purposes. Duval 
Jouve Suggests that besides the function of allowing the pas- 
‘age of air, they have the office of support points for the 
0ss-running® fibrovascular bundles. No transverse bun- 
dles, however, were noticed in P. crassipes, while in P. cor- 
few of the cross-plates of the smaller peri- 
do they occur, those of the central cavity be- 


ightness is secured. A large air-passage usually 
ep upanies each bundle, traversing the leaf side by side 
Stomates are abundant on both sides of the 
petioles of all the species except Heteran- 
faminea, the latter being submerged. The epidermal 
those és om are somewhat thin-walled with the exception of 
Outer walls, sy 

The Closed y 
Species, 


ata, which have minute tubercles on their 


ascular bundles are very similar in all the 

©y are surrounded usually by one layer of par- 

ew scl th a large amount of bast in the phloém and 
e 


Fenchyma cells opposite. Mr. Wilcox says that 
Rene. Anat., 217 


In Bot. Jahres, Tr 196. 


182 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


there are in P. cordata ‘‘peculiar starch cells” on each side of 
the fibro-vascular bundle. The ‘‘specialized cells,” as he fur- 
ther designates them, were noticed in the petiole and leaf- 
bundles of P. crassipes just without the xylem portion of the 
bundle on either side, also an abundance of grains was seen 
in the larger parenchyma cells of the sheath proper (see fig. 
4.). Also in P. cordata these cells were noted, with little 
starch or none in the larger cells surrounding. Sachs® says 
that ‘the reservoirs of reserve materials or organs of assimi- 
MUON no. are chiefly in that layer of parenchyma 
which immediately surrounds the vascular bundle.” This 
Sachs long ago introduced into physiology as the ‘‘endoder- 
mis” and called it the ‘‘starch-bearing layer.” As these 
‘specialized cells” are part of the parenchyma cells of the 
‘‘starch-bearing layer” of Sachs, one is hardly justified in des- 
ignating these cells ‘peculiar starch cells,” when their pres- 
ence is the rule in all bundles. In Heteranthera limosa starch 
is very abundant in stem, petiole, and leaf, particularly in the 
parenchyma bundle sheath and the loose cells immediately 
about the bundle on both sides of the xylem, also in the celis 
of the diaphragms. 

These conditions illustrate an important physiological fact, 
that the store-houses of food are near the highways, where tt 
is most easily accessible. The distribution of reserve food in 


: a F : r axes lac 
spindle-like shape (fig. 5.), with their longe ‘iia erted 
d into the 
f cal- 

this 


examined. In P. cordata, the sac attains a length ary’ 


than three times the thickness of the diaphragm. 
ee ee eee 


*Physiology, 358. 
1°Comparative Anatomy, 220, 


1894. ] fiistology of the Pontederiacee. 183 


refers to Meyen for authority for the statement that the 
“membrane of the sac covering the ends of the crystal ceases 
to be apparent, so that the latter seems to protrude freely 
into the air-space.” None in the diaphragms of the P. cor- 
data studied presented this phenomenon. On the contrary, 
it was found that all were in thick-walled sacs; i ita 
probability, the unusual thickness of the walls partly explains 
the long resistance to the action of acids. Concentrated HCl 
applied to the section of the diaphragm slowly dissolves the 
taphides in one to two minutes, while the lance-shaped crys- 
tals were not completely dissolved for 11 hours or more, leav- 
ing the thick wall of the sac but slightly shrunken. In 
Heteranthera limosa, no long crystals were observed. There 
was, however, an abundance of raphides, especially in the 
small peripheral cavities of the petiole. 

There was also present in most of the cross-plates of all the 
five Species, but most abundant in P. cordata, a reddish- 
brown secretion in ellipsoid or dumb-bell shaped cells with 
pad thick walls, scattered in few numbers among the stellate 
. : igs. 5 and 6). Ether acts very slowly on this se- 
cretion, Preliminary experiments led to the belief that it 
Mines... But, in 24-48 hours, the section left in ether 
vay a yellowish-brown color in the cells immediately sur- 
the ce the ellipsoidal cell, intimating the slow dissolution of 
lution Tn Benzine acted much more rapidly in its disso- 
there * Nall probability, the substance is a fatty otl, though 

foom for doubt. 7 i 
P. inden the upper row of long palisade cells of the leaf of 
lowish se @ are many others of similar shape containing a yel- 
betwee aes (fig. 7). These are somewhat regularly placed 
tial ee Bang many stomates, as can be seen in a thin tangen- 
this substar Probably also in P. crassipes and H. graminea, 
rmined nee occurs sparingly. Nothing was positively de- 

n th aS to its composition. 

iarity “tigege stellate tissue of P. cordata, a marked pecul- 
Cells met ees in the walls where the arms of adjoining 
dozen . nder high power frequently were seen one to a 
* More breaks in the thick wall which separates 
Served pin:.\'8 ©) Incross section, small pits were ob- 
n§ a narrow partition. In testing for cellulose 
€ stellat rated sulphuric acid shrunk the protoplasm in 
* cells, in some leaving a fine shrunken thread run- 


184 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


ning from the mass into each ray of the cell. In many cases 
the thread held fast through the pore to that of the adjoining 
cell—a beautiful exposition of continuity of protoplasm. 

The presence of active nuclei in the cells of the diaphragm 
and of starch in some, and the continuity of the protoplasm 
in the cells, is suggestive of these cross-plates serving a far 
more important function than the mere mechanical one of 
support. These facts indicate rather a close connection with 
the centers of vital activity in the plant. 

New light may be thrown by such a suggestion upon the 
presence and regular occurrence of diaphragms in this group 
of plants. Some physiological experiments may further 
point out the real functions. It is expected that a careful 
study will be made of the structure of plants of allied groups 
and the true relationships of aquatics sought. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
.Du UVAL Jouve, Diapvh ieZ uatiques 


3 vo TieGuem, Ann. Sci. Nat., V. 6: 132. édons. 
M. Trevs, Le méristéme primitif de la racine dans les monocotyl 
Musée Bot. ae Leide, 1876 orence, 
5. F. ParLatorg, Tavole = una anatomia delle piante aquatische. Fl 
1881. Published by T. Car 1883. 
6. F. aie EBRAND, Ber ichte ie Dounebek Bot. Gesell. 1: xxvit—XxIX. lin- 

7 a i Rnshierches sur = péricyclus ou seri périphérique es 
~ central chez les phanérogames. Ann. Sci. Nat., VI. 20: eh atc ® riace® 
S. ONLAND, The apical ctletain in the roots of the Pontede 
pak. of Bot i 179- 182, 1885. 0. = 
. S. Scudnianp, Engler and Prantl, Nat. PAanzenfam., II. Abth.4. 7 
To, i. Petrr, Nouvelles recherches sur le pétiole des phanérogames. 


S. L. Bordeaux—: I-50. 1889. data, Jout. 
It. E, M. Wincox, The nate Oey of the stem of Pontederia cordata, 
Cincinnati Soc. of Nat. , July—Oct., 1893. 


Wabash College, Cradle Ind. 
ExpPLANATION OF PLaTEe XVII. 


—Fig. *. 
Fig. 1. A young plant of ee — showing an off-shoot. X aioe 
Transection of ro ot of P. cras . *140,—Fig. 3. Lon ngisection fro P 


7. f fe of Pe cordata. Upper portion 0 
the large ¢ cel S among the palisade calla, the former filled wit 
350. 


Notes on Ustilagines. 


WILLIAM ALBERT SETCHELL. 


WITH PLATE XVIII. 


DOASSANSIA OPACA Setchell occurs on Sagittaria varia- 
bilis at Providence, R. I., and at New Haven, Conn. 

D. occutta (Hoffm.) Cornu has been collected on Potamoge- 
ton Claytonit at Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y., by Mr. Thomas 
Morong and at Bridgeport, Conn., by the writer. 


abundance by the writer in Twin lakes, Salisbury, Conn., 
iN a pool near North Haven, Conn., and in lake Whitney 
near New Haven, Conn. The species of Potamogeton have 

“n carefully determined for these specimens but they 


S far as the information at present is concerned 
$ to be good reason for still keeping it distinct from 
- The two species have in common the structure 
Sorus and similar host-plants. I have, however, 


“+ 48 Shown by Prof. Peck’s specimens, as well 
difference ; 


N the two. 
distrib ar or ANS Setchell has proved to be of rather wide 
i aan in the United States. It has been collected in 
La 4 m4 Rev. C. H. Demetrio and in South Dakota by Mr. 
: illiams. For specimens from these localities I am 
0 ndness of Dr. O. Pazschke and Prof. W. . 
“ew H. ven, . collected it near Providence, R. I., an 


a the 
betwee 


light. Sia intermedia, sp. nov. — Spot inconspicuous, 
'g Yellow to brownish, strep. one-fourth to one-half inch 


186 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


in diameter. Sori hypophyllous, in the spongy parenchyma 
of the leaf-blade, decidedly ellipsoidal, 200-260 long and 
120-160 thick. Outer covering of two or three layers of 
semigelatinized hyphe usually present at maturity. Cells of 
the cortex more or less flattened, sometimes closely crowded 
together, sometimes more loosely placed with moderately 
thick brown walls. Spores globular, or nearly so, 6-8 in 
diameter, in several irregular layers just underneath the cor- 
tex, not readily separable by crushing. Germination? Cen- 
tral portion of the cortex made up of thin-walled parenchy- 
matous cells almost destitute of solid contents. 

On leaves of Sagittaria variabilis. Shelburne, N. H., 
W. G. Farlow! Port Arthur, Minn., 7. W. Dewart/ August 
to October. 

D. intermedia is the sixth member of the Doassansia group 
and the fifth of the genus to be found upon Sagittaria variab- 
ilis. In structure of the sorus it comes very near to the spe- 
cies of the subgenus Doassansiopsis ; but instead of the spores 
being situated in a single regular layer underneath the cortex 
as they are in D. occulta, D. Martianoffana, and D. defor- 
mans, in D. intermedia they are in several (2-5) irregular 
layers. Consequently it seems best to emend the character 
of the subgenus as follows: noe 

DOASSANSIOPSIS.—Central portion of the sorus consisting 
of parenchymatous cells. Spores in one or more layers, ag 
separable at maturity. Cortex distinct. ‘ 

D. intermedia also resembles Burrillia pustulata Sete 
ell very much in general habit and structure but differs 


me Prote- 
sae umbella- 
Doe 
sia as D. punctiformis in 1887.7 In the meantime yee 
had bestowed the name D. punctiformts upon 68 De 
species inhabiting the leaves of Lythrum hyssopifous iy 
Toni in his review of the genus* names Protomyces an rmis 
mis Niessl, D. Niessiii and retains the name D. punctt? the 


for Winter’s species. Magnus has recently® proposed 


1Verhandl. d. Naturf. Ver. i. Briinn, 10:—. 
Re cy & 


2Pilzfl. Schles., 
®Rev. Myc., 207. 1886. ; 
4Journ. Myc., 4: 17, 1888 and in Saccardo, Syll. Fung. 7: 


505- 1838. 
SAbhandl. d, Botan. Ver. d. Prov. Brandenburg, 32: 253: 1890. 


an 


1894. ] Notes on Ustilaginee. 187 


name D. Wintertana for the D. punctiformis Winter, deciding 
to retain Schreeter’s name for Protomyces punctiformis Niessl. 
The writer, however, has shown® that Protomyces punctt- 
formis Niessl is not a Doassansia since the sori lack the cor- 
tex which Cornu considered the distinguishing mark of the 
genus, but that it is to be referred to the genus Entyloma. 
Consequently, the name Doassansia punctiformis belongs to 
the Australian species, of which, as Prof. Magnus kindly in- 
forms me, there is no specimen in Winter’s herbarium. This 
Prevents determining accurately whether D. punctiformis 
inter, in turn, is a true Doassansia or not. 

- Gossypri Lagerheim.—Through the kindness of Prof. 
Lagerheim the Writer has been able to examine specimens of 
this species. The sori occur in the spongy parenchyma of 
the leaf and are at first globular and wholly immersed. This 
's apparently the state seen by Prof. Lagerheim. Later how- 
ever the sori break through the epidermis, the coating of 
hyphae bursts open, and the spores are seen to be arranged 
in vertical rows, supported below upon sterile cells. The 
Structure is not that of a Doassansia but more like that of 
Some species of rust. The species may be referred provision- 
ally to the genus Chrysomyxa, as Chrysomyxa Gossypii 
(Lagerh. ), : 

CORNUELLA LEMN# Setchell has been detected by the 
Writer at Providence, R. I. and New Haven, Conn. A care- 
ful search among the dying fronds of Spirodela will probably 


Pies SPOres from the fresh material germinated readily in 
2.5 cae Save rise to promycelia 12—1 7 in length and about 
ein diameter. Each promycelium produced three, four - 
bingo which were about 154 long, of almost rae 
each “f (about 2M) throughout their length, and blunt a 
“Rip € sporidia produced germ tubes without fall- 
the Promycelia. No conjugation was observed but 
ditions as that shown in figure 8 seem to indicate 
place. Spores sown from dried material in late 
ne In November failed to germinate 


——_OMA CRasToPHILUM Sace. is the species to which 
— Botany, 


of 
6; 38. : 
4~Vol, XIX—No. : aA, 


188 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


the Ustilago lineata Cke. is referred at present. It is a very 
common form near New Haven, upon the leaves of Zizania 
aguatica. The spores are dark and form elongated sori in 
the leaf tissue. They germinated rather freely when sown 
in water in May, 1892. The promycelium reached a length of 
from 25 to Sou. The sporidia were usually four in number. 
They do not seem to conjugate but produce buds from the 
distal end both before and after falling from the promycelia. 

RHAMPHOSPORA NyMPHA:z Cunningham is described as 
occurring in leaves of different species of Nymphea in India. 
What appears to be exactly the same thing has been found by 
the writer growing in leaves of Nuphar advena near New 
Haven, Conn., and in leaves of Vymphea odorata at Ledyard, 
Conn., and at Woods Holl, Mass. Sowings were made in 
water both from fresh and from dried material but were un- 
successful. 

Cunningham’ separates this species from the genus Enty- 
loma and makes it the type of the new genus Rhamphospor, 
because all the spores are borne at the tips of hyphal branches 
and because the promycelium is subverticillately branches 

A comparison between Cunningham's figures® and east 
the germination of the spores of Extyloma Magnusti as figure 
by Woronin%and that of the spores of Doassansia obscura as 
given by the writer!° will show that the ‘‘branches 
promycelium are indeed primary sporidia and the fac 
they do not conjugate, while the bodies produced a a 
them do, is hardly sufficient for classifying them as pecu es 
structures. Inmany of the species of Entyloma and mee 
the primary sporidia do not conjugate, yet there is no Oe 
for considering them to be promycelial branches, for ee 
arise in exactly the same way that the primary sporidia W" ae 
conjugate do. The fact that these ‘‘promycelial br anches 
finally septate is not in the way of their being cons! 
sporidia, for the primary sporidia of many species 
and Doassansia are finally septate. The regular co 
between what Cunningham calls the primary sporidia is 8 ee 
but hardly sufficientiy characteristic to be regarded as 
eric rather than a specific distinction. 


‘ $33. 
7Scientif. Mem. of the Med. Officers of the Army of India, 3- ee 
®Loc. cit. p/. 2. figs. 7-76. 
®Beitr. z. Kenntn. d Ustilagineen, p/. 4, figs. 24-26. 
1Annals of Botany 6: p/. 7. figs. 37-42. 


1894, ] Notes on Ustilaginee. _ 189 


The development of the spores has not been studied very 
carefully in any species of Entyloma, yet it is known that in 
some species at least they are subterminal as well as inter- 
calary. Consequently, it seems best to regard this form as 
Entyloma Nymphee (Cunningham) rather than as the type 
of a distinct genus. 

The common barnyard grass is the host-plant of two pul- 
verulent smuts, the one 7, olyposporium bullatum Schreeter, the 
other Ustilago spherogena Burrill. The distortions produced 
by these two Species are very similar in shape and size and I 
was much interested to find both of them in the same locality 
at Woodmont, near New Haven, Conn., and even in the same 
inflorescence. 

TOLYPosPoRIUM BULLATUM Schreeter inhabits the ovaries 
of Panicum C rus-galli causing them to swell to several 
times their normal size. The surface of the swollen ovary is 
smooth and shining and the Tolyposporium may thus readily 
be told from the Ustilago on the same host. _ It is, therefore, 
not @ very conspicuous species, but is apparently fairly com- 
a in the New England states. The spores are agglomer- 
ated into balls and germinate readily in water at almost any 
Panag _A longer or shorter promycelium is produced and 
Se m this, sporidia bud off either terminally or laterally. 
ee oe Sporidia are produced from these, tertiary are pro- 
nt i turn; and so on until very complex branching forms 

Bok tie type of germination is of the Ustilago- as op- 
— to the Tilletia-group, but the germination of Tolypo- 
Porium bullatum differs very decidedly in its details from that 

sels as Woronin represents it. 11 rae 
spike! AGO SPHZROGENA Burrill causes distortions of the 
ts of Panicum C vus-galli which in size and shape 


€ More 

2 pe Size than those of the Tolyposporium and the surface 

rough, eg tion, instead of being smooth and poe Par be 
at, Short, rigid hai is i nted for e 

fact that the » tigid hairs. This is accou y 

Se and distorted by the fungus. . : 

in Ed lg are free and germinate readily on being tele 

the p Nn a slide. Sometimes sporidia were produced when 


“omycelium has reached a length of a few micromilli- 


4, Jigs. 5-8. 


190 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


meters but often the promycelium reaches a length of from 
484 to 50 before sporidia are produced. The promycelia 
grow obliquely up toward the surface of the water on the 
slide and some of the sporidia project above the surface into 
the air. On looking down upon a slide covered with germin- 
ating spores, these projecting sporidia form perfect thickets. 
The chains of sporidia readily fall to pieces and continue to 
bud until the whole slide is covered with yeast-like cells. 

Germinations were obtained from sowings made in Febru- 
ary, May and October. 

Yale University, New Haven, Conn. 


EXPLANATION OF PLatTe XVIII. 


re. 1. Doassansia intermedia sp. nov. Portion of a median section through 
as X 7oo.—Figs. 2, Bos and 4. PAs ato See bullatum Schroeter. Pro- 
wheat and sporidia. X 1000,—Fi igs. 5, 6 and 7. Ustilago spharogena Bur- 
rill. plans and avin The dotted line in fig. 6 represents the sur 
face of the X 1000,—Fig. 8. Entyloma i ao 6 Farlow. Promy- 
celium with sporidia producing germ-tubes. X I 


f mechanical resistance on the develop 
ingame nt and life period of cells. 
ee nice C. NEWCOMBE. 
(Continued from page 157.) 


‘i 
ffect of mechan 
3 . 154) that the © Be h row- 
inted out (p. : oining the g 
pa a extension in the tissue ser at homogenous 
= oo delay the differentiation eae ie oe cause 
tie oe eedians It is also ae alaee aonaaiean 
issue in ditcdy wale age 
later changes w ir elemen 
ee et. by which some Bes sen 
develo ed into mechanical xylem an : . of plants have re- 
ee Oung stems of various Species e that the primary 
ceived fot a internodes at ee ee as to mark off 
differentiation of tissue had proceede ch Intevnaded te cen ce 
fascicular from fundamental, and su 


and it must be 
is not due merel 
because no cell 
seen that the ¢ 
the casts retai 
responding on 
has in al] Cases 


in their pri- 
Myrrhis odorata thicken the ate walled secondary 
"ary bundles and form a wide band of a e a thick-walled 
in normal Parts of their stems pete the stem con- 
, sPears in any bundle in the op of thie plant mee 
YSypsum. A typical preparation. ot n the thickening 
Show the effect of the confining cast ‘thin the cast had 
Walls of vessels:-an average bundle wi | 


ed 
also to 
of the 


192 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


in a radial row twelve thick-walled vessels, twenty-eight thin- 
walled; above the cast in the same stem in an average bundle 
the thick-walled vessels were forty, the thin-walled twelve. 
A shoot of Sambucus nigra that had grown for several weeks 
with a cast around one of its internodes had when examined 
a secondary zone of cells within the cast as well as out of it. 
Within the cast and a little above the cast the number of 
cells in a radial row of this zone was eighteen, the same in 
each case. But in the former only three cells had thick walls, 
while in the latter there were six such. Similar results to the 
foregoing were obtained in Urtica dioica, Dahlia variabilis and 
Forsythia viridissima. No contrary effect was obtained in 
any plant. 

In experimenting on the effect of pressure on the develop- 
ment of thin-walled phloem into hard bast the results will 
perhaps be more striking, since in the plants selected the 
hard bast is of primary origin and the casts were not applied 
till the very cells destined for the fibres were present in the 
thin-walled condition. Hence in such cases certainly the pos- 
sible factor of the interference of the cast with cell-division 
and so with the final result is eliminated. 


een days after a lower internode in each had been mage 
walled cells, while above and below the casts hard ses i 
Present as well as thick-walled xylem. Other individu fifty 
the same species, which after similar treatment grew for 
days, had begun within the casts to thicken the walls 
bast cells. Urtica dioica, grown for twenty-three day 
application of casts, had within the casts no ‘ 
bast, but considerable in the normal adjoining inte 
Other individuals, after growing under the same eee 
of treatment as these for fifty days, had developed 


ditions 


1894. ] The Influence of Mechanical Resistance. 193 


of considerable but less than normal thickness. Archangel- 
ica sativa, examined after twenty days’ growth with a cast 
around a segment of its stem, had outside the cast strong 
mechanical bast, inside the cast only thin-walled cells. Dahl- 
ia variabilis when grown with a cast around the stem de- 
velops hard bast outside the cast several weeks before it ap- 
pears within; the same is true of Ricinus communis, Forsythia 
Viridissima and Pterocarya fraxinifolia. 

In all these plants in which the delay in the formation of 
thick-walled xylem and phloem has been considered, there 
as been an actual extension of the period between the origin 
of the cells and the assumption of their permanent condition. 
This is proved by the fact that all of the species that have 


4. On the time of cork-formation.—No experiments were 
made directly on the formation of cork. The results are thus 


volhin a casts of gypsum. Whether the influence of the 
¢ aad ue to the pressure which is soon developed by the 
hd oe Confined tissues to expand, to the protective in- 
termin, i the envelope, or to some other cause is left unde- 
general "It seems probable, however, as will appear in the 
Sure oY at the Close of this paper, that itis the pres- 
In all ich is the influential factor. 
ing, cork -: € plants that have given results under this head- 
| “ormation appears more tardily within the limits of 


the Casts : 
. t eT ‘ 
Vitidissima han outside. This has proved true for Forsythia 


Major jn tst hypodermal row of cells; and for Melianthus 
of the ah ae? hellogen appears in the innermost part 


: vas ies 

. °F mechanical resistance on the permanent condition 
assumed by cells. 

of experiments to convince one that if 


It r : 
a - 'T€S No series 
fgan in which primary extension is not com- 


Tan o 


194 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


plete be so encased that it cannot grow farther, the cells must 
retain a smaller size than normal. The matter cannot, how- 
ever, be so easily disposed of; the question of the interaction 
of the tissues, each striving to expand, still remains. We 
will consider first the effect on the division of cells; second, 
the manifestation of turgor between tissues; third, the defin- 
itive size of cells; and fourth, the thickness of membrane. 
The results of my experiments in those cases where the 
material was suitable to the purpose have coincided with those 
obtained by Pfeffer® in the roots of seedlings in which he found 
that cells behind the growing point and in the elongating zone 
divided after the zone was put into a cast. The cells would 
thus be found shorter (but more numerous) than they were 
when the cast was applied. Yet this division without expan- » 
sion does not progress very far, and it is only the cells that 
are near the stage of division before being put into the cast 
that divide within the cast. In cross-sections no division sub- 
sequent to the application of the cast has been found. It 
should be stated, however, that my preparations were not 
made to give, and were not often of a nature to give exact 
relations in this direction. , 
The displacement of tissues due to resistance to growth has 
been recorded in Aristolochia sipho by De Bary.’° In this 
plant the pith is compressed by the approach of the fibrovas- 
cular bundles toward the center, the impelling cause being 
thought to lie in the resistance of the leathery cortex. b 
similar movement of the fibrovascular bundles towar = 
center has been induced in many of my plants by the page 
ance of the cast. The conditions for this displacement - 
that the gypsum must be laid around the stem before p 
fibrovascular zone has formed a bridge of mechanical pi 
that the pith contains intercellular spaces or has lost the m 


of its turgor, that th rtex is in an active con j 
gor, that the corte Thus the pith 


the elements of the bundles are radially elongated — : 
vessels generally collapsed; the cortical cells are 


elongated and often assume the shape of palisade cells. 


®*Pfeffer: Druck und Arbeitsleistung, 127. 
*°De Bary: Vergleichende Anatomie, 549. 


1894.] The Influence of Mechanical Résistance. 195 


The explanation for these changes is not difficult to find. 
The pith is the nearest of any tissue to the close of its growth 
and has the smallest turgor. The cortex is at the stage of 
its most rapid extension, and every cell dilates in the direc- 
tion of least resistance. The young bundles grow also, but 
the amount of their extension is much less at this time than 
that of the cortex, consequently they do not check the inward 
pushing of the latter but are carried by it in against the pith 
whose cells are thus crowded closely together. This move- 
ment continues till the intercellular spaces are filled, or till 
the pre-existing pith-cavity is closed up, when an equilibrium 
ls established and the cortex grows no farther. Displace- 
ment does not always end here, however, for the force of 
growth in the primary or secondary meristem of the vascular 
ming May prove sufficient to crowd back the cortical cells, 
often causing them to show wavy walls and in some plants, 
as Ricinus communis and Eryngium planum, actually crush- 
ing them. 


ager than in normal growth their capability for extension, 
me oar of necessity reach a time when that capability is 
found ¢ ith a stem within a cast the pith-cells generally are 
furnish ae the least of any tissue the room for extension 
attain : ” the intercellular spaces. The size which they 
Which ss ative to their normal size is very nearly the same 
hus j r had When the gypsum was laid around the stem. 
youn = tchangelica sativa, which had been encased when 
ter a th € pith-cells were found to have one-half the diame- 
Cells i. above and below the cast, though none of these 
ing pro = ided meanwhile. A similar result with a vary- 
Bittner, See in the size was obtained in all the plants ex- 
recisel ath, ten species in all. 

tex, a Y similar results were found in the cells of the cor- 
Cast a that they nearly always expand more within the 
Power my to the pith-cells. In the cortex, however, the 
80 Much — is retained both normally and within ae 
the seh nger than in the pith that there were but few 0 
their defi under experiment that showed cortical cells in 
itive condition. It is true, nevertheless, that the 


196 The Botanical Gazette, [May, 


definitive size of these cells would be the same as that pos- 
_ sessed several weeks after the application of a cast, for in that 

period the cortex has reached the full extension allowed by 
the circumstances and any subsequent expansion will be con- 
fined to the bundles. In this case, then, we may reckon the 
size of the cortical cells after the cast has been around the 
stem for several weeks as the definitive size; whence it fol- 
lows, that, like the pith, the cortical cells will reach their de- 
finitive state with longitudinal and cross-diameter much less 
than in normal growth. 

De Vries and Krabbe in the writings already cited record 
the fact that the elements of the xylem, when growing under 
strong external pressure, will not attain their normal size. 
My experiments have confirmed this result in every plant 
used. The difference between the size attained and the nor- 
mal size differs in various species. In Eryngium planum it 
was found in one plant to be as two to three; in one plant of 
Pterocarya fraxinifolia as one to two. 

Not only the xylem part of the bundle produces elements 
of smaller size but the phloem also; though a smaller size for 
the cambium cells could not be demonstrated. These Krabbe 
found in his experiments to retain their normal size under all 
pressures; and it will be remembered as already cited in these. 
pages that Pfeffer found the size of the meristematic cells of 
the growing points of roots and stems to be unchanged when 
growing in gypsum casts. ‘al 

Regarding the ultimate thickness of membrane attaine 
by cells growing against pressure, it may be said that the 

mental tissue does 
not seem to be decidedly affected. There are many ¢ 
known where the cortical cells, for instance, 
elongation has ended, thicken up their membran 
ably. Such membranes have in my experiments 
found to become thicker within the casts than norme) 
they seem to remain much thinner. It is to be understo 
here that in this group of experiments th 
when the stems were very young and while fun 
was in its primary thin-walled condition; 
differentiation into mechanical cells is not rer 
only the even thickening of the parenchyma as It 
definitive condition. This thickening seems 
within the cast as well as out of it though the cel 


never 


the subsequent? 
ferred to, © 
assumes its 


to prog! 
if withia 


1894] The Influence of Mechanical Resistance. 197 


may come far short of attaining their normal dimensions. 
As soon, however, as the development of mechanical cells be 
considered, we shall find, as will soon be pointed out, a pro- 
found effect produced by the cast. It must be indicated in 
this place that the question that has just been discussed—the 
influence of pressure on the thickening of the walls of funda- 
mental parenchyma—may not be answered for every plant by 
my experiments. In all of my plants the normal thickness 
attained by this tissue is slight and hence a small variation 
caused by the cast would be difficult to distinguish. It is 
possible that in plants in which the fundamental parenchyma 
forms thicker walls than those used in my work, the effect of 
— would be apparent in preventing the normal increase in 
thickness, It is not at all probable, however, that the oppo- 
_ site will be found true, i. e., that cells will form thicker walls 
Nite normal when pressure prevents them from attaining 
their full size. Precisely this assumption was, however, made 
by Wortmann,. ‘1 He wound the stems of seedlings with 
tine and found upon examining them after they had been in 
these bandages for several days, that the cortical cells had 
thicker walls than normal. This result, it need not be said, 
seems contradictory to all of mine obtained by the use of 
te t can, however, I believe, be reconciled. 
Soak first place, it’ makes a great difference whether the 
In the "a confined by a twine bandage or by a gypsum a 
strands ormer case the peripheral cells grow out between the 
panied b Producing considerable distortion always accom- 
cell- te @ good increase in the thickness of neighboring 
, 8: This has been demonstrated by my experiments 
communis and Phaseolus multiflorus, the latter 
the plants used by Wortmann. When these 


of pl 


sreatly thickened, 
Plants have giy 


vor. 


€xtensj 
Space 


= » One must look carefully to escape deception. 
ort : 5 —_——— 
188, oer Beitrage zur Physiologie des Wachsthums. Bot. Zeit. 47: 286. 


198 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


In the third place when tension is induced within tissues a 
thickening of the cell-membrane follows.1* This is shown 
slightly in some plants in which the cortical cells elongate 
toward the center of the stem after the application of a cast. 
It is still more apparent when within a cast a few cells of the 
cortex die and the neighboring cells crowd in to fill the 
space. It is shown also in all my preparations at the limits 
of the casts where great tension has arisen between the con- 
fined segment of stem and that portion just outside the cast 
that is striving to expand.1% All these cases, however, lie 
outside the question as discussed by Wortmann. 

If now we return to the particular case of Phaseolus multi- 
florus, each of several individuals has shown that the per- 
ipheral cell-walls are much thickened where the coils of the 
twine bandage have caused distortion. In this plant also 
there are large intercellular spaces in the cortex at a very 
early age even before the elongation of the hypocotyl is com- 
pleted. The bandage of twine or gypsum causes these inter- 
cellular spaces to be closed within a few days and as a result 
there is at the angles of the cells a double thickness of wall, 
merely an apparent thickening. There was only one case 0 
which there seemed to be a possibility that the cortical cells 
had abnormally increased in thickness of membrane within 
the cast. Here these cells had elongated considerably 
toward the center of the stem, and if the membranes ss 
slightly stronger the change would probably be accounte 
for by the tension called forth. But in this plant it a 

al 


certain that the membranes had so thickened; since 
were no thicker than sometimes found in very young norm 
individuals. It can at least be said that Phaseolus multiflorus 
furnishes no illustration of Wortmann’s theory that membranes 
increase in thickness more than normally when 


. . - 
tension is prevented by mechanical means. All o thee 
used in my experiments have contributed to an gouge 4 


clusion. Moreover, Pfeffer, in his experiments vi ithin 
and stems of seedlings, noticed no unusual thickening W 
the segments enclosed in gypsum. 

The outer pith-cells in many of the species rec 
article become normally thick-walled to such an 


orded in this 
extent that 


ap lischaft det 
'*Hegler’s work as reported by Pfeffer, Berichte d. * a] tissue: 

Wissensch., demonstrates the fact that tension increa i 
*8 For details in these experiments see Newcombe: The € 

resistance on the growth of plant tissues. Leipzig, 1893. 


1894. ] The Influence of Mechanical Resistance. 199 


they pass into mechanical tissue. In no plant have these 
cells shown thicker walls within than without the casts, and 
where it can be determined that they have reached their de- 
finitive condition they are thinner walled within the casts 
than normally. Vicia faba and Melianthus major have 
illustrated the truth of the last statement. In these two 


within gypsum, was released and grew for weeks afterward. 
When sections were made the outer pith-cells were found 
thinner-walled than normal, though they had reached their 
definite condition. That they had reached their definite con- 
dition was determined from the examination of several indi- 
viduals at different ages, and thus the time when develop- 
ment ceased could be inferred. 

That the xylem elements remain definitely thinner-walled 
When gtowing under pressure was determined by Krabbe 
(1c) for trees. None of my plants have indicated a con- 
trary result and the two species in which it could be certain 
that the definitive condition had been reached corroborated 
Arabbe’s view. Melianthus major and Vicia faba have each 
several instances been released from casts and allowed 
“i stow Subsequently. The xylem elements that had been 
*rmed while the casts were present could be easily distin- 
guished by their thinner walls from those formed subse- 
iuent to the removal of the casts. 

Uni. ; (To be concluded.) 

"versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 


ee 


BRIEFER ARTICLES. 


Notes from Vermont.—In January last, while looking over some 
ferns at the Vermont Agricultural College, I noticed some very fine 
large specimens which did not look like anything I had ever seen be- 
fore. On closer examination they proved to be Drvopferis (Aspidium) 
marginale, but the fronds were tripinnatifid. I sent a specimen to 
Prof. Underwood and he tells me that he never saw a like develop- 
ment of this species. These specimens were collected by C. E. 
Stevens, at Colchester pond, near Fort Ethan Allen, which is also the 
only Vermont station for Woodwardia Virginica. 

Myriophyllum scabratum grows in abundance in a little pond in 
Johnson, Vermont. This is 200 miles farther north than before re- 
ported. 

Mt. Mansfield is well known as a locality for rare mosses but I can 
find no account of Zetraplodon mnioides, as coming from this locality. 
I collected this in the summer of 1893 on the skeleton of a hedgehog, 
in the swamp back of the Summit house. Aster tardiflorus was col- 
lected in Smuggler’s Notch, in the summer of 1893, being another 
rare plant to add to the long list from this locality.—A. J. Grout 
Johnson, Vermont. ; 

Other poisonous plants.—The note by Dr. Harshberger in the Api 
GazerTTE leads me to state that at least two other plants, perhaps not 
recorded as so endowed, produce in some cases an irritation or a 
sonous effects, namely: the Osage-orange (Maclura aurantiaca) 
the star-cucumber (Sicyos angulatus). A friend of mine ee 
that in working in the maclura hedges he has suffered conside ip 
and when the thorns pierce the skin they seem to leave a poise? 
the wound. : 

Another friend has been repeatedly poisoned in handling the wae 
cucumber. To me the plant is unpleasant to the touch, and flan 


larly the burr-like fruit, but it has never left any well-defined al . 


mation. Ordinary field barley, however, is extremely unpleasan 
writer, and when an awn is drawn across the wrist, for example, 
leave a line of redness for hours. d 

Some truckers, I have learned, are affected by ape The 
working in it for a few days the hands become quite swollen. 


it will 


. us. 4 
celery belongs to a family of which many members aoe re in 


D. Hatste> 


Some species of greenhouse aloes are also reporte 
flammation when the juice is applied to the skin BYRON 
Ruiger’s College, New Brunswick, N. J. 


; 
3 
i 


EDITORIAL. 


Many Botanists in the United States have felt that the time has 
come when it would be profitable to make a compact and complete 
Presentation of the North American flora, so far as it is known. It is 
thought that such a work will make information so accessible that 
study will be stimulated and knowledge developed much more rapidly. 
Such a work does not represent the end of investigation so much as a 
ation for its more vigorous prosecution. It is with this purpose 
ertain botanists now announce that arrangements have been per- 
fected for the publication of a “Systematic Botany of North America.” 


that ¢ 


Stapher wi] Onsistent nomenclature will be adopted, but each mono- 

OF si a ne responsible for his own matter. It is hoped that five 
X parts will appear annually, beginning with 189s. 

the hi but feel that this large undertaking marks an epoch in 


d extensive organization, and the large response al- 
ifies to a fine fraternal feeling among American 
but the ‘ieee “e very nature of things such a work will be uneven, 
Yelopedi “nness will be no more noticeable than that of our great 
it will also q There can be no doubt that in the course of Sp agg 
bespeak for ag many. new investigators of our varied flora. : 
monument to als the widest co-operation, that it may be made ee 

datum tine f : “hte and industry of American botany and a notable 
Made Tom which Subsequent advances can be more rapidly 


CURRENT LITERATURE. 
A text-book for advanced students. 

It was with pleasure increasing page by page that we read Dr. Vines’ 
latest book! which is intended as a general survey of the whole field 
of botany with suitable presentation of its salient features for students. 
Finding it necessary to revise the English edition of Prantl’s Lehrbuch 
der Botanik, Dr. Vines wisely decided that it would be better, while 
retaining the form of the previous book, to extend it sufficiently to 
' make it suitable for advanced students. This meant complete rewrit- 
ing. The first half of the book was issued by the publishers in Janu- 
ary, in response to numerous requests, and the second half, treating of 
the classification of seed plants and of physiology, is promised within 
the year. 

The portion before us treats of the morphology, the anatomy and 
histology, and the classification of plants through the pteridophytes. 
The first of these topics was the one most in need of thorough and log 
ical treatment, having in mind all members of the plant kingdom, 
and it is gratifying that it has received just such treatment. 

It is really refreshing to have the special morphology of plant mem 
bers discussed in such a broad and consistent way as Dr. Vines has 
done. We have long felt that the discussion of these matters 1D even 
the best books was obscured by the constant reference of structures 
to an arbitrary phanerogamic norm. It is beyond doubt that the tel 
minology in common use has been contradictory and confusing ~ | 
last degree, largely because we have approached the simpler plants ‘ 
from the direction of the most complex ones. No one book can ge 
to work a revolution either in ideas or terminology, but this on¢ © 


. ee) 
wrought out ideas for the most part logically and consistently: 
the matter of terminology there has been as little change as 

ws of ho 


ble, we think, consistent with the statement of modern views 
mology. Yet to those who are unfamiliar with these homer” 
the changed terms already proposed we can well understand ast his 
book would seem almost revolutionary in this respect. eye 
has been made the basis of severe criticism in the Journal of ned bis 

We observe with gratification that Dr. Vines has 9 
earlier usage of the words dorsa/ and ventral as applied toa : ate: 
was the reverse’ of their ordinary application. ‘This recalls TE 
_ Vines, S. HA. oar first half). 8v0. PP-¥ “9 Cp. 
sa 279 °Yondon! Swan Pathe bio e &, New York: Macmillan & 
; man 5 4 


1894.] Current Literature. 203 


proving snort with which Dr. Gray accompanied his pointed comment 
as he glanced over the preface of Vines’ Physiology where an explana- 
tion of the usage to be followed therein was given: “Humph! if a man 
wants to call the belly the back and the back the belly I suppose there 
is No way to prevent it!” 

In the discussion of anatomy and histology the author has followed 
the older lines more closely, too closely, perhaps. In the classifica- 
tion of the tissues, we had a right to expect the abandonment or sub- 
ordination of the three tissue systems of Sachs and De Bary, which 
test mainly on the course of early development and obvious but 
Superficial anatomical relations. ‘This is the more striking since the 
retention of these tissue systems is scarcely consonant with the adop- 
tion of the stele as a morphological unit, a step which we think emi- 
nently good. Neither is the treatment of the sclerenchyma and scler- 
Otic parenchyma as modern as it might be to its betterment. 

Without going into details regarding the third part, the classifica- 
— ef plants, we may say that while we do not think well of Dr. 
Vines Sreat divisions (e. g., we cannot agree that Thallophyta consti- 
ee Se in anything like the sense in which the Bryophyta and 
€ others do), we especially like the mode of treatment he has 
oes wherein he seems to have chosen the golden mean between 
vermuch detail and unintelligible generalities. 
ia. ig word we commend the book most heartily to American 
aa sited the use of advanced students, for whom Goebel’s Outlines 
too cost] ant he Comparative Anatomy were too detailed, too special, and 
ing ae Here isa work which will serve as the text-book accompany- 
etna courses in general morphology, in histology and in 
; a (when the second half appears). ae 
gle tla ao the publishers would issue the work not only in a sin- 
(When th ut also publish parts I and II, part III, and part Iv 
Might be ¥) independently, forming thus three small volumes which 
ulate the — separately. This would, we are sure, vastly stim- 
to Students sey this side of the water and be of decided convenience 
aper, bibisig: or the manufacture of the book we have only praise. 
half) is low. work and binding are all good, and the price (of this 


Teach Two laboratory manuals. 
aboratory n, nd students can hardly claim that there is no choice of 
Every tea anuals, as the number of these helps is rapidly increasing. 
any, however, has his own notions, and the proba- 


bilities cher of bot. 
are that such b i > : ; 
00k ill they are as 
5—~Vo), XIX.—No, 5 S will continue to be written t y 


204 The Botanical Gazette. 


numerous as the teachers. A late publication of this kind is that of 
r. E. R. Boyer,* instructor in biology in the Chicago schools, and his 
book is intended to stand for the work in biology in these very im- 
portant secondary schools. The book is primarily intended for those — 
schools that wish to offer a year of continuous work in a biological 
combination of zoology and botany, a thing which we do not believe 
in, but which is common enough. The greatest step is taken when 
secondary schools depart from text-book and “analysis” and seriously 
engage in laboratory work; and the next step in advance is taken when 
the plant kingdom is presented as awhole. Both these steps are taken 
in the book before us, which cannot, therefore, be other than helpful. 
Its further usefulness will depend upon the training of the teacher and 
the selection of proper illustrative material. That “the inductive 
method” demands better trained teachers than secondary schools ot 
dinarily possess is unquestionable, but this is no fault of the meth 
As to the selection of material in the present book, the series of amr : 
mal types is placed first and not intercalated with plant types, a thing 
to be commended, although we question the practicability of making — : 
the very first exercise a study of Amoeba, a thing that no instructot 
can have time to find fora large class and no beginner can find for : 
himself. The botanical series is much shorter, as it always is in these 
combination guides, and is made up of Protococcus, Saccharomyces 
Spirogyra, Vaucheria, Chara, Marchantia, Pteris, Pinus sylvestn 
Trillium recurvatum, and seed studies of bean, corn and pine. Be 
certainly question the omission of all fungi and mosses, espe! 
when the list includes Chara and Marchantia, which are hardly pine 
of anything excepting themselves. With properly trained ee . 
however, the book can hardly help working a revolution in the Chicag? 
schools. i 
An “Elementary Practical Biology” is the title of an introduc a 
to zoology and botany by Prof. Chas. W. Dodge of the University 
Rochester. In plan-the author combines to some extent the val 
of Sedgwick and Wilson with that of Huxley and Martin. The a 
begins with the examination of a drop of stagnant water. re the 
takes up the study of the cell as seen in one-celled animals ne 
tissues of higher animals. A similar study is made of vegetable with 
1Bover, Emanuet R.—A laboratory manual in elementary biology 
ductive study in animal and plant morphology. Designed eee 1894 
igh schools. Small 8vo. pp. xiii+ 215. D. C. Heath Co., a laboratort 
*Dopce, Cuas. W.—Introduction to elementary practical oe . Hat 
guide for high schools and colleges. 8vo. pp. xxiii a emeeetes) 
os. 1894, 


ar ogee 


* 


1894. | Current Literature. 205 


the sponge and ending with the frog. A similar series of plants is 
studied from vaucheria to the flowering plant. In the list of plant 
types it is difficult to discover the principle of selection. Why the 
blue-green algze, the red algze and the mosses should be omitted when 
Chara and Protococcus are given a place is not apparent. Yeast, pen- 
icillium and the mushroom can hardly be said to represent the fungi, 
nor do their life histories compare in biological interest with those of 
the Tusts, peronosporas and lichens. The types chosen are all famil- 
lat figures in the positions they occupy but the list can hardly be said 
to be up to date from the standpoint of the botanist. The book con- 
tains an abundance of material to meet the wants of any school. The 
directions for dissection are given in the form of questions which are 
Suggestive and stimulating and lead to the latest and best methods of 
making and exhibiting the more difficult anatomical preparations. 
As amanual of dissection the book is asuccess, but as an introducti 

to biology it is certainly open to criticism. A number of physiologi- 
cal questions and experiments are introduced after the dissection of 
each type but the organism is always approached and chiefly studied 
‘om the standpoint of the anatomist. For the beginner certainly the 
working Out of anatomical details is chiefly of interest and importance 
aS it bears on the solution of problems of function. A dissection 
i ah so planned as to lead the student to group the facts discov- 
aie “aring on this or that problem in physiology. Details of 
Cture which can not be readily so grouped are of secondary impor- 


ti ~ first year’s work in biology. 


of the bo 
Studies in 
 germin 
iN and interesting but they should certainly be preceded by a 

fe history of some one flowering plant. It is as if the 


Nap 


Tan ; : boc 
"via “cording to’the list of organisms studied and descriptions of 


The “© Common reagents and their uses, 
‘Ypography and general make up of the book are excellent. 


The sub; Agricultural Botany. 
i$ no cage of agricultural botany is a difficult one to treat. There 


defined Tange to it. Usually it is made to include the ele- 


206 The Botanical Gazette. [May, 


mentary part of all departments of botany, with portions here and 
there expanded and illustrated to meet the special problems in agri- 
culture. Occasionally a work is made to cover only those features of 
the science which specially affect agricultural practice. Really good 
examples of the latter form have not yet appeared in English, al- 
though a demand may be expected to arise eventually from our nu- 
merous agricultural colleges, if not to some degree already existent. 
We believe that the subject matter of a work, which can justly bear 
the title of “agricultural botany,” should be almost entirely, or even 
wholly, devoted to facts and problems of special interest to the agri- 
culturist. Yet we are aware that many schools, even some agricul- 
tural colleges of high rank, do not provide a course in botany suffi- 
-ciently full for the student to obtain, as he should do, a good founda- 
tion in the morphology, anatomy, classification and physiology of 
plants before entering upon the more special and more detailed study 
of the plant life as exhibited under the hands of the cultivator. There 
is a demand for a work of moderate compass at once elementaty and 
expanded upon topics having a practical trend, that is, for a book both 
general and special, a vade mecum, a short cut to specialization. — 
The recently issued volume by Mr. M. C. Potter’ covers this re- 
quirement most admirably, since it is well printed, well bound, abund- 
antly illustrated, of handy size, covers a wide range of information, § 
carefully written, and contains useful matter. The thirteen chapters 
deal respectively with the introduction, cell, root, leaf, stem, ad 
fruit and seed, food, reproduction, diseases, grasses, Leguminos®, @ 
classification. 
The attempt to write for the comprehension of the who 
formed in botanical matters, while giving the latest results of r 
and the most recent views upon unsettled problems, often interferes 
with a smooth and dignified presentation. P 
There is little in the work that is novel either in subject 


lly unin- 
matter OF 


from being a recent publication. It gives another tex 

choose, particularly for the use of classes. 

expect that any farmer, unless he be a recent college 

make much use of such a book. : ‘ lection of 
After granting that the author has made a fairly wise S€ 


: pare sas si 
matter for his work, there is little to criticise. The use of the pu 


form of the word stoma in place of the plural on pages 45-54 
mo. 


5 a 
‘Porter, M. C.—An elementary text-book of agricultural botany 
Pp. 250. figs.99. London: Methuen & Co., 1893.——3* °™ 


1894. ] _ Current Literature. 207 


assumed to be an oversight. The chapter on diseases is very inade- 
quate, and betrays a lack of knowledge of the great advances recently 
made in this line of study, especially in America. And one is justly 
suspicious of superficiality in a writer who uses the misnomer “fun- 
goid.” The first chapter contains the common attempt to show anti- 
thesis between animals and plants. The author in saying that “the 
plant, if supplied with the various elements required for its structure 
inthe form of mineral matter, can perform all its various functions,” 
¢tc., while “the animal, on the other hand, requires that all its food 
should be presented to it in the organic form,” forgets or ignores for 
the time being that more than one fourth of all known species of 
plants (fungi) are as dependent upon organic food as are animals: 
ndeed, the fact is recognized a few pages further on, where the au- 
thor says in another connection that “the fungus, in the manner of 
obtaining its food, resembles an animal in so far as it can only live on 
Organic matter.” How long must it be before writers will be able to 
forget the old fallacy of opposite characteristics in animals and plants, 
and come to recognize the unity of the organic world, and emphasize 
the correspondences rather than the antagonisms? 


i Botanical Classics. 
K Wilhelm Engelmann of Leipzig, to whom the botanical world is al- 
Ri Y greatly indebted for bringing out numerous standard treatises, 
undertaken the publication of a uniform series of the most im- 
“ etry older standard works of science under the general title 
upon aig h Klassiker der exakten Wissenschaften, to include works 
‘i we matics, astronomy, physics, chemistry and biology. 
In the = issue of the series is Sprengel’s “Mystery of nature disclosed 
four . and in the fructification of flowers.”! It is issued in 
mirably aq andy volumes, well printed, bound in leatherette, and ad- 
sas ie for perusal or ready reference. ; 
Well en volume is given up to the plates, which are remarkably 
Works are j uced, although somewhat smaller than the originals. The 
that they ea at such a low price, and in such an attractive form, 
tion with gaa greatly stimulate acquaintance of the present genera- 
“ aes early masters of the science. ; 
centennial anniversary of Sprengel’s discoveries makes 
€ of his writings well known to all; and this publica- 


M gry, i : 
: ti °pPortunity to become familiar with his own words. 
Srrexcer, Cu 

Gnd in 


Bay RISTIAN Konrap.—Das entdeckte Geheimniss der Natur im 
P1804 fruchtung der Blumen (1793). 4 vols. 12 mo. pp. wie 


7.25 p 
win tes (Ostwald’s Klass. d. ex. Wiss., Nos. 48, 49, 50 51 
: Leipzig, 1894. M. 2 per volume. 


OPEN LETTERS. 


A criticism of the ‘‘Synonymy of Juncodes.’’ 


3 
hoe 
i 


quoted by Mr. Sheldon, and was used first by Dillenius in 1719, 0 
by Mcehring in 1736, After the date 1753, adopted by the G 


t res nly t I 
fair illustration of the undesirable result of publishing uct 
when the results are not verified by critical study.—?RE rf 
Covitie, Washington, D. C. ‘ 


; in 20. 
*Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota. Bulleti 
62-65. 1894. Pe, 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


Mr. anD Mrs. T. S. Brandegee have removed to San Diego, taking 
with them their botanical library and herbarium. 


WITH THE CURRENT number (March) of Zoe, completing the fourth 
volume, it is announced that its publication will cease for the present. 
_ tv THE Bulletin of the Iowa State Board of Health, 7: 9, J. Christ- 
lan Bay gives a brief account of bacteriological work in medical 
science. ‘ 

PaRasitism or Nostoc and Chlorococcum upon Gunnera is treated 
by B. Jonsson in an illustrated article in the Botaniska Notiser for 

4, pp. I-20. 


_ THE MorE extensive use of pith in hand and microtome sectioning 
is pleaded for by Dr. A‘lfred C. Stokes in the February number of 
ueen’s Microscopical Bulletin. ; 


Dr. Tomas Moron, curator of Columbia College, died on Thurs- 
day, April 26th. A sketch of his life and botanical work will appear 
m the next number of the GAZETTE. 

» MOUGLAS H. Campse tt, of Stanford University, expects to sail 
for Europe early in June to be absent six months. He has in prepara- 
Yon a-general work on the archegoniates. 

8. F. H. KNow.ron has published in Bull. 105, U. S. Geol. ev, 
fe annotated list of the fossil plants of the Bozeman (Montana) coa 
leld, with a table of distribution, and descriptions of new species. 

Mr. Erwin F, Siru is editing a very interesting department of 


‘der the title “Memorabilia Botanica,” in which matters of 
“— terest and publication are presented in a full and attractive 
: Tue SP 


. M. 

. EcleS Of Isoetes of central France are characterized by 
“Abbe PF. Hy in Journal de Botanigue (March 1). The three. ili se 
Mice et as follows: Aquatica, three species; Amphibie, seve 
sa Hs, . ? 


Trestres, two species. 


ta HERBERT L. Jones will have charge of the summer course In 
ns " Yt Harvard ce summer. The pt course offered is one a 
dase? Bamic botany,” which means the general morphology an 
: Cation of flowering plants and ferns. 
Gols NUMERATION of the fungous flora of Portugal by P. A. seoroetpa 
g 2 da Sociedade Broteriana, 11: 9-70. 1893) gives 4 pact gation 
aT ee gas Of which the four groups of Agaricinee, Sphaeriacee, 
i “ce and Hyphomycetez embrace nearly two-thirds. : 
 Geated DIVISION, the Division of Agricultural Soils, has just been 
: Burean, wee’ US. Department of AB cooly i as apart of ae babies 
study oe tt Prof. Milton Whitney in charge. It is proposed to 
the relation of soil to crops and of soil physics. 


210 The Botanical Gazette. (May, 


BourQuE.or has found' that Aspergillus niger, when cultivated ina 
fluid medium to maturity, excreted a considerable number and variety 
of enzymes. Invertase, maltase, trehalase and inulase act on sugars; 
diastase on starch; emulsin on glucosides; and trypsin and pepsin on 


proteids 

PRoressor L. H. PaMMEL, of Ames, Iowa, has published some 
“Notes on the flora of Texas,” being an account of the flowering 
plants noted in central Texas during a visit in the summer of 1 
and 1889 while engaged in studying the “root-rot” of cotton. The 
list contains 291 numbers. 


THE EXPERIMENT STATIONS of Europe are being described in 4 
series of illustrated articles in the Axperiment Station Record. 
station at Bernberg, famous for the work of Dr. Hellriegel upon the 
assimilation of free nitrogen by the Leguminosz, and kindred sub- 
jects, is the last one treated. 


WE ark informed by Dr. W. Thornton Parker, in Science (Feb. 23), 
that “the loco-plant is regarded by Professor Gray. of Harvard Unt 
versity, as the Astragalus legum, a peculiar species of the Vetch tribe, 
abundant in the region of the ‘Texan Panhandle.’” We wonder where 
Dr. Gray made such a statement! 


AMONG Messrs. Swan Sonnenschein & Co.’s announcements for 
spring of 1894, we note the Handbook of Systematic Botany, by ms: 

. Warming, Professor of Botany in the University of Stockh re 
be translated and edited by M. C. Potter; Flowering Plants, by Jam 
Britten; and Grasses, by W. Hutchinson, the two latter in the Young 
Collector Series. 

THE QuaRTERLY BuLLEtIN of the University of Minnesota Pr 
reached the first number of its second volume. The last issue note 
tains a half dozen botanical papers. All but one, a preliminary atic 
by Prof. Conway MacMillan on the casting off of parts of the pare 
hairs of Azolla, are résumés of articles published in different 
and already noticed in these pages. Pro- 

A NEw “sand plum” from Kansas is described and figures y Wat- 
fessor Sargent in Garden and Forest (April 4). _ It is para late Dr. 
soni, from Dr. Louis Watson, of Ellis, Kansas, brother of the 

The plant has > 
n mistake? 


ant on the 


3 ees ies of 

IN THE Am. Micr. Jour. J. Christian Bay is publishing 3 Gescit 

papers on the study of yeasts. The February number infection — 
deutst 


paper on the aeration of tissues and organs in 
phanerogams, by W. W. Rowlee. ‘ch presente 
FoR MAKING microscopical preparations of alge which P as 3 


1Bull. Soc. bot. de France 40: 230. 1893. Cf. Bot. Cent. 67: 200. 


1894. ] Notes and News. 211 


their structural characters unchanged, Lemaire proposes? the following 
method: Fj saturated watery solution of uranic acetate, with 


Miss ANNA Murray Vai. has published in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 
(March 24) the result of a study of Psoralea in America. Twenty-one 
Species of palmate-leaved forms are defined, and 14 species of pinnate- 
leaved forms 

necessary than usual in such a revision and but one or two new spe- 
, . Otto Kuntze is not followed in transferring 
all the species to Lotodes Siegesbeck. 


Forscuuncs-BERICHTE ber Lebensmittel und ihre Beziehungen 
tur Hygiene, iiber forense Chemie und Pharmakognosie is the title of 
pew journal edited by R. Emmerich, K. Goebel, A. Hilger, L. 
Pfeiffer, and R. Sendtner, all of Munich. Dr. E. Wolff’s new scien- 
tific publishing house in Munich will publish the journal. No. 1 con- 

ns the beginning of a paper on the anatomy of the Cinnamomum 
ark, by R. Pfister (pp. 6-13). The list of contributors includes many 
distinguished names.— Bay. 


THE MEMBER 


: €0. L. Goodale of Harvard University, and Dr. Albert 
Schneider of Illinois Experiment Station. 

the ROFESSOR E..L. G 

The omPositee, In Erythea (April) the “Astere” are considered. 


ing claimed that there is such a thing as a genus 
ag net from Aster if it is stripped of its disguising a pet 
exclude N would, therefore, raise Euthamia to generic rank, and also 
ferred 0 ak SChrysoma. Several species, also, that have se re- 
8enus Proc are brought together under Sir William Hooker’s 


Two VIGOR: : 4 Bek: 
Meth Sus articles in disapproving criticism of the present 
ay teaching botany in the weocnie schools have lately ap- 
sity; th Science. One is by Miss K. E. Golden, of Purdue Univer- 
Trasoett by Geo. H ne 


. ough severe. is h he will reprint 
art » 1S sadly too true. We ope : 
; ape mhere aS many teachers as possible will see it. € are 
advance / n the period of the renaissance for elementary as well as 
‘struction in botany. 
a PT 
a 


212 The Botanical Gazette. (May, 


A NEw Ostrya, from Arizona (Yavapai county), within the Grand 
Cajfion of the Colorado, is described and figured by Mr. F. V. Coville 
in Garden and Forest (March 21). Our only other species (O. Virgin- 
jana) extends westward to the meridian of E. Nebraska and E. exas, 
and to discover a second species nearly a thousand miles west of this 
is a matter of considerable interest. The species was originally col- 


Arts, codperating with Superintendent Gowing of the State pe 


ary schools. e instruction in botany will be given by Principal 
Charles H. Clark, A. M., of Sanborn Seminary, Kingston, N. H, The 


by Isopyrum biternatum, by D. T. MacDougal, in which the tentative 


nitrogen; 
hich the 


5 valuable studies 
done so much t0 
” are noted, se¥ 

5 posit, 
on. Mr. 


Lastwoodia are each illustrated by a plate. The gr 


degee’s Lower California collection of 1893 are presen 
sor F. Lamson-Scribner. 


He shows that this satisfies “the demand of history, 
botanical evidence,” and that we will have to give up 


eee | 
fd a 


Wot 


214 The Botanical Gazette. (May, 


ferenblithe auf anatomischer Grundlage. J. Christian Bay describes 

gures his new infection-needle. In the February number, De 
Vries’ paper, Fine Methode Zwangsdrehungen aufzusuchen forms a fine 
supplement to his monograph on the same subject. W. Tonkoff hasa 
very interesting communication on swellings of the petiole in A/ragene 
alpina L.,’a climbing plant. . Zukal makes a communication con- 
cerning the much debated cell-contents of Cyanophycee, and A, Wagner 
gives the results of his investigations of the anatomy and biology of 
Strelitzia regine.— BAY. 


PROFESSOR F. LAMSON-SCRIBNER has been appointed agrostologist 
isi f Botany. This 


conduct spondence on this subject, and to have charge of 
special investigation of grasses and forage plants which m be u : 
= epartment.” Pr r Scribner needs no introductio 


to the readers of the GAZETTE, and the Department of Agriculture 35 
se d 
the study of each sone parasite is to ee yaa ount of the sy* 


must be considered, for one to say what he has to say in the © 
possible-way, and not to lead us gently to it by various circulto 
proaches. 


Pee eg tes ee eer ae re Been 


ys 


PLATE XVII 
oe 


bs 
ui 
oO 
= 
oc 
ee 
an 
tu 
fis 
= 
@) 
2 

fs 

fe} 
es) 
= 
—/ 
@) 


— 
: = 
a) .: ) 


TANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. 


7 
} 
q 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. PLATE XVIII. 


SETCHELL on USTILAGINEA. 


Complete Sets ... 


OF THE 


Botanical Gazette 


can no longer be supplied by the publishers. The first ten 
volumes are rarely offered for sale. Those who have not 
these volumes are recommended to purchase the 


Index to Volumes I to X 


in which can be found full references. A volume needed tem- 
Porarily can usually be obtained from some college or private 


library, 
PRICE, FIFTY CENTS. 
THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 
MADISON, WIS. 


POR SALE, 


S Botanical Department of the Iowa Agricultural College 
Ts: 


m set of DeCandolle’s Prodromus, bound, 

Wo sets of Bentham and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum, 
« humber of other works, pamphlets, ete. 

dress for terms, etc., | 


Prof. L. H. PAMMEL, Ames, Iowa. 
SPECIALLY PREPARED 


Derbarium Paper?Botanists 


Thi 3 
a. [Per is offered at the moderate price of $5.50 per 
a: € also furnish— 


No, » Genus Cover, 16% x 24 inches, at $4.00 per 100 
ms é 2.50 
: a a 150 
; Z D oe 
Species 2 218% 2.00 
One 1€8 sheets, 16% x 234% « 5 ck 


0 
eae ; 
S will receive prompt attention. Write for samples. 


E. MORRISON PAPER CO., 


1009 Penna. Avenue, N. W., Washington, D. C, 


CARD INDEX OF GENERA, SPECIES | 
AND VARIETIES OF PLANTS ~— 
PUBLISHED SINCE 1885 
BY 


OSEPHINE A. CLARK. 
The first issue of 1000 cards now ready. Address: 08 S St. N. W. 
ASHINGTON, D.C, — é 


(Cambridge Botanical Supply Gompanyg 
Successors to all business in Botanical B80 
AMBRIDGE, MA 
Herbarium and Laboratory Materials and Apparatus” 
MICROSCOPES, BOOKS, SPECIMENS, EVERYTHING USEFUL : 
TO BOTANISTS. 
Write for information about our boxes and trays for thick specimens. 


DOO SATISFACTION GUARANTEED. 209 
Se eee ir 


Acme Microscommn 


In both ‘‘American’’ and ‘‘Continental’’ Models. 
THE IMPROVED GRAY BOTANICAL MICROSCOPE; 
353 $1.65 =e ‘f 


THE QUEEN PLANT PRES 


(Light and Strong.) 
Our New Solid Comfort Dissecting Microscope 


BOTANICAL PAPERS at reduced 
prices. (Special rates to schools 
and colleges, in quantity.) 
MAGNIFYING GLASSES, SCALPELS, 
and other supplies for science classes. 
OUR ILLUSTRATED CATALOGUE B FREE 4g 
IF THIS AD IS MENTIONED 


seeeeseee 


QUEEN & CO. 


1010 CHESTNUT ST. 
PHILADGLPHIA. 


aL MICROSCOPE ay 
N. Y. OFFICE, 116 FULTON ST. GRAY BOTANICA 


ENLARGEMENT OF THE 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


The steady increase in the studies worthy of record which 
are submitted to the Editors cf the BOTANICAL GAZETTE 
_ compelled them during 1893 to print each month more than 
_ the 32 pages promised. In order. to meet the growing de- 
_ mand for space and to permit the prompter publication of 
_ accepted papers, the editors have 
Enlarged the Journal 


fom its former size, thirty-two pages monthly, to a mini- 


‘mum of 
FORTY PAGES 


with the Ee as in the past, of often ae this . 
Minimum, 


‘ At the Same time they are obliged to meet the icteaeed a 
Cost, not only of the extra letter press, but especially 
oe ‘Tapidly Stowing expense for plates. FORTY plates were — = 
Published in 1893, nearly double the number for preceding ae 
Yeats, and the demand for illustrations increases with the 
importance and length of the papers. Therefore, the pub- — 
ers eee that the seco: price, Fegan ie 
Janua a 1894, will be 
$3.00 a year 
=> <STRICTLY IN gies ce 
hae marks; in England, 14 sh 
17 francs; postage included. 
ig special rates or discounts to agents. ae G ) 
Bop i that all the subscribers will 


Those wishing good herbarium specimens will find it 
convenient to send their lists of desiderata to 


$7.00 per hundred. Satisfaction guaranteed. 


Address J. H. Sandberg, miner Minn, 
Ol CENTRAL AVE. 


Henry Heil Chemical 


ST. LoOuIs, Moe. 


Ghemicals and ae 


AND 


LABORATORY 
3 UPPL 


GIVE Us A TRIAL. YOU WILL FIND Us PROMPT 


Before Ordering Elsewhere, Get Our Quo : 


a fare ogee Catalogue on Application. 


BAUSCH & LOMB 


Microscopes & 


JUNE, 1894. No. 6. oi 


Be Lake Forest, ill. 
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 
J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 


: CONTENTS: 
= os Canadensis. (With plates XIX and XX.) 


new genus ge eae fungi. “cwits 


THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE 
2 Al oF 
A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science. 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 
x ‘ SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 
The subscription price must be paid in advance. No numbers are sent after the 
expiration of the time paid for. No reduction is made to dealers or agents. 
In Great Britain, 14 shillings. } n Ger ae re 
Agent, W: P. COLLINS, | Agents, R. PRIDE & SOHN, 
157 Great Portland St., London, W. | ristrasse 11, Berlin, N. W.4 
The prices halos *‘nelude postage, 
bseriptions and siness correspondence should be addressed t 
aendben GAZETTE, eset gis OBEY. orders and drafts should be ee 
payable to the Boranicat GazeT 
“Separate Copies.— oo are furnished on request 25 sepatate copies of 
_ their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied 
__ at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate, 
‘Per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like Gazerns, with” 
title, $1.50 per too, aioli IES The number desired must be marked oder 
head of the MS., as zone will be printed untless ordered. 
.—Contributors are requested to write scientific and proper name vy 
Boer with particular care, and in citations to follow the form shown in the ates 
_. the GazeTre. Manuscripts may be sent to any one of the editors. ee 
__ IMlustrations and advertisements. —Articles requiring illustrations and corres 
_ pondence about advertisements should be addressed to J. - ARTHUR, Pati 
_ University, Lafayette, Ind. 
sing Haishere: Wal) oP Pi ite: free Si when claim is made witin 3 


- 


Podenertbed plants: from Guatemala. X Xx 


ae the ee pisbhes well appear: es : 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


i 
it 
a’ 
Me 
et 


FUNE, 1894. 
_ 
8 
3 
P Leaf movement in Cercis Canadensis. 
: Ss. G. WRIGHT. 
3 WITH PLATES XIX AND XX. 


Among the numerous observations which have been made 
foncerning leaf movement the bulk of attention has probably 
ween given to the investigation of the especially interesting 
_ Phenomena connected with Mimosa pudica. The histologi- 

_ Gal structure and development of the unusually sensitive pul- 
“itus of this plant has been quite fully described. Numerous 
other members of the Leguminosz have well marked pulvini 


3 ~ offer admirable opportunities for physiological and hist- 
7 oh See Study. Cercis Canadensis L., while presenting less 


cable leaf movement than the sensitive plant, proves on 


' aoe examination to be a very interesting subject for inves- 
tigation, 


al Pulvinys. 


est | : 

di found on a thriftily growing tree gave the following 
Ments, : 

PEE os ok 5 esis si vewiasie 5. 
ENO nos cd ang vueuea wakes: (apne meeommare see Goad 

net SOW end ee arenas 3. 
diameter, tinea ~ ah Senhora oe eee 2 0 

zontal din pee SO rae a vs 
A fistieler of petisle. ©2222 its guano sm 

No. 


216 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


In the true or upper pulvinus, which shall receive the bulk 
of attention in this paper, the upper end may be said to form 
a portion of the upper surface of the lamina of the leaf, while 
the leaf veins, seven in number, of which the central one is 
probably twice the size of either of the others, are given off 
from its margin. An upper view of the mature pulvinus is 
given in plate xx, fig. 3. When a mature pulvinus presents 
a series of transverse markings or wrinkles it may be takenas 
an indication that the leaf is capable of very great movement. 
This is found to be quite true in the case of the plant under 
study. In a series of observations made on a number of 
leaves at different times during the day it was found that the 
angle between the petiole and the lamina varied nearly 100 
degrees. With slight modifications due to variations in tem- 
perature and light the daily movement of the leaf may be said 
to be as follows: The rise, beginning approximately at 3 4 
M. is continued quite rapidly untilg a. M. A slight decline 
then occurs, the lamina again rising to near its forenoon p& — 
sition at about 2 Pp. M. After this time rapid falling takes 
place, the full sleep position being reached at about 10 P, M. 


1. MOVEMENT OF UPPER PULVINUS. | FIRST DAY. 
A 


ANGLE OF LEAF-BLADE WITH PETIOLE IN DEGREES.| tEM- | AVERAGE 
TIME PERA- Move 
OF DAY. a era 
LEAF 1.|LEAF 2.|LEAF 3./LEAF 4.|LEAF 5.\LEAF 6.| °F. ya 
ee 
6 
2:30a.M.| 41 41 21 30 32 18 80 52.1 
5 eee Gee Bed Sale ce 75. | 3B te 0.3 
6 104 113 78 102 100 13: 
7 118 127 88 117 111 113 76 me 
8 112 127 82 118 105 111 76 a6 “e 
9 92 129 78 104 97 107 6 5, . 
10 gr | 125 | -79 | go | 96 | 108 | 3 Qi 
II 85 118 67 75 72 g! : sit a 
I2M 83 112 56 60 67 77 8 4 
I P.M 88 104 60 61 68 $3 *s 
2 95 Iil 63 73 71 9! 5 : 
3 105 125 73 81 84 gt 8 "7. 
4 114 128 80 gI go 94 re 5 10 
5 127 I 92 113 116 | 112 a es 2 
vd 152} 131 og. |-233--| 403: | 55 | ee 
7 101 1{4 85 87 86 és Bs 
8 84 | 91 74 70 71 Ue pie eS 
9 71 77 58 58 57 5 66 
10 60 61 43 60 46 a 


ty age oe NPR A aS ts a ae ae Sa 


Bae 


1894. ] Leaf Movement in Cercis. : 217 


2. MOVEMENT OF UPPER PULVINUS. SECOND DAY. 
SSS A SSR a 


ANGLE OF LEAF-BLADE WITH PETIOLE IN DEGREES. 


TEM- | AVERAGE 


TIME ae en es PERA- MOVE- 
OF Day. TURE. | MENT IN 
LEAF I| LEAF 2.| LEAF 3.| LEAF 4.|LEAF 5.|LEAF6.| “F- | DEGREES, 
4AM) 85 81 6 6 66 
4:30 gI I of gr 1 7 66 8.33 
§:30 97 | 101 68 85 Sao Bye dae 7 
“30 105 114 80 100 94 IOI 66 ri 
ei 119 124 89 106 100 110 79 Ai 
0 oa 131 90 115 104 113 68 ne cs 
10:30 ot oH 13 101 oe ss aie 
3 gI 9 go | 1 I as 
ae 115 125 go 93 87 Ill 68 es 4-83 
M.| 10 122 92 92 88 113 68 Ne a 
eas) 3s, | 8S | 8 | Se tO) 3. 
ee fo | | | Be eee 5 
4:30 ne 120 94 go 83 112 66 ary? 
5:30 : vege Het Be ee, 5) SO Oe aa 
6:30 StS | 98 | 6h so | ee ee 
7:30. - 68 71 51 4° 65 64 $4.85 
8:30 6 55 38 24 46 65 —14.5 
9:30 . 5! 37 24 19 29 64 — 4.66 
10:30 na ag 23 17 3° 64 ae 
45 37 21 20 17 30 64 
eS ae 
——__ 3. MOVEMENT oF LOWER PULVINUS. 
ANGLE OF PETIOLE WITH STEM IN DEGREES, ag 
cn zg 
“| si ; ; ; o|- wl 2 
Time im BS : Z + mo m™ | 00 a} = sid a ge 
m. |alals/e{e/e)/elele}els Zt 
Sees a S| al tia ae ee ea 
Ses < 
3:30 4.y} 7 Ses es Pe OTs ee oe ee Gt ee 
4:30 ay oe 150) 180} 172] 160 165] 150] 143 171} 66 8 
530} yygl | 180) 174 143} 171) 175) 171 a6 
6:30 ; 50] 152] 180 175| 160 150} 146] 165] 173) 171] 65 -1.25 
T30 | 173] 145 150] 180] 172] 163] 168] 11] 144] 167] 172 16 
8:30 ut Be on 177| 172} 163] 171! 150) 144} 163) 172 169) as _1,0$ 
| 4s 25 argo) Sol Sel 13) 35) 207 ear Ls 
30 | rye) 143 r3e| 179 169] 158] 165) 148} 140] 163] 165) 168) 71 |” “66 
30 Pg 1) 174] 171] 158] 168] 149] 144] 162| 163] 170 "a 
- ns a soa 173} 169 as I ia 142} 164] 164) 163 po f 
S30 | 172| 143] 131] 145] too] 104] 168 133) Tail Tesl seo} tee) 6-33 
6:30 oh 13 152) 177! 166] 162 169] 159] 142] 167| 163} 163 64 , 
730 | y78| 145] 150] 177] 170] 164] 167] res] 146] 169| 169] 169] 64 8 
ree 54] 175] 171| 162] 167| 153| 145| 170} 170] 169] 65 
ee | Is Sion Bor 


or ke al a Start SE aS ent “lie my | 


{June 


exact . 


In 


TTT ITT 
LTT TA 
ci cccKceA Ac AA 
eT CEE AAT 
TT TCA 
cA A A 
ET el CET 


TT cc 


bserva- 


ge move! 


two con- 
during 


’ 


= 


movement 


ing 


ious o 
the left hand 


erved 
d 


dur 
bs 


The downwat 


given the 
leaves. 


Tables t and 2 show 
The time of day at 


de on the upper pulv 
Table 3 shows the observations made on the 


dur 


h each observ 


the var 
inus 


le are 


| | 
A A 
eee TT ; | i ee etn 


iven 
is given in 


iven the avera 


is g 
ber of leaves 0 


ingle day. 


ation was made 


TT ht A 
EET i ll i cE 
iC an TTT 
OTe 


He cc ep ccc 
OE 


The Botanical Gazette. 
ight 
ire num 


ing a s 


. 


Se ———— 


ae TTT TTT 
Ae AAA 
IM at cf 


ccc eA AAA 


LEAF MOVEMENT AND TEMPERATURE CURVES. 


nus 


. 


In the central part of the tab 


in degrees as made on the separate 


at the extreme r 


degrees for the ent 
the time between observations. 


it 
enn ea i ae CCT 
IN TS a Be 


ic 


h 


tions as made on a number of leaves. 


218 

Above in tables 1, 2 and 3, are g 
the observations ma 

secutive days. 

lower pulv 

w 

160 


readings 
column 


column. 
in 


—e 


aS eo ee 


1894] 


Leaf Movement in Cercis. 219 


in each case is marked with a negative sign. The tempera- 
ture at the time the observation was made is given in a col- 
umn near the right. 

These observations were made about the first of March on 
small plants grown in the green house that were brought 
from the forest in the previous autumn. The average move- 
ment given in the last column in each table together with the 
temperatures are shown above plotted in the form of curves. 
Curves a, 6, and c correspond respectively with tables 1, 2, and 
3. Curves dand ¢ are temperature curves; d corresponding 
with table 1, and e¢ with tables 2 and 3 (the observations in 


o'clock A. M. is taken as a starting point in each case, thereby 
admitting of the graphical representation of the actual posi- 
ton of the leaves at any given time as well as of their ave- 
fave Movement. The degrees of the angles are represented 
on the ordinates, and the time in hours on the abscissa. 
The noon point is marked 12 mM. _ Fractions of a degree less 


tenths and over they are counted as one. The degrees of 
temperature for Curves d@ and e are indicated at the right 
aR the top. In comparing curves a and 4 it will be seen 
a ue the forenoon maximum is reached much later, and 
Gavi ¢ fall of the leaf in the afternoon takes place much 
amerthanin a. This may be attributed to the fact that in 


<S edienage day in the case of a. Curve c is to represent 
give wits of the observations made on the basal pulvinus, as 
Be teele3. The curve seems to indicate a slight 
the petiole during the middle of the day, but on 
the difficulty experienced in reading the leaf 
iSasa actions of a degree, I do not feel safe in giving 
Photogra = conclusion, Fig. 1 and 2, plate XIX, are from 
at nigh Pas and show respectively the position of the leaves 
ion in tents’ O'Clock a. M.), as compared with their posi- 
FE vaytime (eight o'clock A. M). 
trelve cn istological investigation of this subject a series 
ing of th “ctlons were made, beginning with the first swell- 
® leaf buds in spring and ending with the mature 


220 The Botanical Gazette. (June, 


leaf. The time required for the full development of the leaf 
is one and a half to two months, or from the first of May to 
the middle or latter part of June. A goodly amount of each 
collection was dehydrated in Schultze’s dehydrating appa- — 
ratus and then put in absolute alcohol. In connection with 
the material as above described a large part of each collection 
intended for coarser work was placed directly in alcohol. In 
addition to the supply of alcoholic material a number of 
young thrifty sprouts were taken from the woods in Septem 
ber and placed in pots in the green-house with the hope of 
at least inducing an early development of leaves for histo 
logical and dynamical study. This experiment was quite 
successful and leaves both on the old branches and on new 
shoots sent up from the roots afforded ample supply of mate- a 
rial throughout the latter part of winter and early spring for 
all necessary purposes. The young sprouts developed from — 
the roots were the ones on which the observations on leaf E 
movement as above described were made. The observations — 
were not made, however, until after the leaves had attaim 
almost if not entirely their full development. I also - 
took to secure growing material from seeds, but on accoult — 
of defects in the seed obtained the experiment was unsuc- 
cessful. ‘bed 
In the imbedding work, the paraffin method as ari = 
by Moll> of Groningen, Holland, was used. It was, ae r 
ever, found necessary to modify the method in some 7 a 


house supply and hardened in picric or chromic acid abet 
best results. Very little staining was done, a ate 


ollet- 
The mature pulvinus is composed of parenchy rs probably : 


* The application of the paraffin imbedding method in botany: 
Gazette 13: 5. 1888. 


*ith the 
tions, 


: 
2 
ign 
: 
2 
: 
P= 
re: 
a 
a 
. 


1894] 


Leaf Movement in Cercis. 221 


vinus. The bast which occupies the outer portion of the 
fibrovascular region forms a complete ring of closely set thick 
walled cells, and together with the woody tissues evidently 
constitutes the fulcrum or negative element in producing the 
tal movement. By the use of the phloroglucin? test for 
lignin it was found that in the petiole the wood-cells, scala- 
tiform vessels and bast were highly lignified, while in the 
pulvinus only the scalariform vessels with some traces in the 
wood-cells gave the lignin reaction. The bast in the pulvi- 
ius was entirely unlignified and seemed to be much more 
tasily macerated by the acid used in the test than in other 
parts. In the pulvinus the bast is much more closely packed 
sound the woody tissue, the sieve-tubes and phloem paren- 
chyma being less prominent than in the petiole. The posi- 
tion of these various tissues will be seen by an examination 
of figs. 4-12 inclusive, plate xx, which are intended, how- 
“ver, to show chiefly the changes in position of the fibrovas- 
cular bundles as they pass through the pulvinus. Fig. 4 is 
from a transverse section made at about the middle point of 
the petiole. The fibrovascular * portions occupy a single 
completed ting surrounding a centrally placed mass of 
pareachy ma. In fig. 5, which is from a transverse section 
Coely below the upper pulvinus, the fibrovascular part 
i. vided into two complete rings, in the larger of which there 
SO Pane of still farther subdivision. Figs. 6-11 inclusive 
Pa transverse sections through the upper pulvinus 
t €qually distant from each other from the base to the 
there | hg. 6, which is from the lowest section in the anes 

._,» Still more evidence of subdivision than in fig. 5 the 


tinet s 5 ent of parts culminating in fig. 10 in three dis- 
ith tho wes arranged as nearly as possible in a single plane, 
ast tissues closely packed around the woody por- 
i ony the paint of See 
* See explany biological Botany, 14. 

‘on of plates, for lettering of drawings. 


222 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


pulvinus. Fig. 11 shows the divisions of the fibrovascular 
parts as they enter the lamina of the leaf. At point vis 
shown a portion of a longitudinal section of one of the veins 
of the lamina. Fig. 12 is from a dorsiventral median longi- 
tudinal section of the upper pulvinus, point x being the lower 
and point y the upper end. In this section the fibrovascular 
portions appear only in a single line as they pass through the 
pulvinus. 

From an examination of the nine drawings just explained 
it is evident that the fibrovascular bundles, which in the petiole 
are arranged in asingle completed ring, are rearranged as they 
enter the pulvinus in -a plane corresponding with that of the 
lamina of the leaf, thus offering the least resistance to vertical 
movement. 

Francis Darwin‘ describes the first appearance of the pul- 
vinus in the cotyledons of seedlings of Oxalis corniculata as @_ 
transverse zone of longitudinally compressed parenchyma 
cells. This transverse zone of cells he says makes its ap- 
pearance about the second day of germination. In the plant 
under study it is possible to demonstrate leaves in the umop- 
ened winter buds of much less development than in the a 
cited by Darwin. By means of serial longitudinal sections © 
leaf buds passing dorsiventrally through the leaf petioles, 
leaves were found in which no evident trace of a pulvinus 
could be made out. This is true, however, only of the most 
minute traces of leaves; that is, leaves in which no differenti- 
ation into lamina and petiole could be made. In these yt 
bryonic leaves the first appearance of the pulvinus may in 
demonstrated. The pulvinus, as I believe, comprise 
the broadest sense simply a continuation of 
phyll tissue of the lamina down the petiole 0 
More carefully stated, it is an enlargement 


of the lamina of the leaf. It is a well known fac he la 
gradations of connection between the stipules*® — - ules 
mina of the leaf in various plants can be traced. The sully 
may be a part of the lamina, or they may be only Pe may 
separated from it leaving a winged petiole, or the pett©! 


- : ng + 
be naked as in the case of Cercis Canadensis leavll — 


“The Power of Movement in Plants 119. 1831. 
5Gray’s Botanical Text Book, sixth edition, 1: 105-107. 


1894. ] Leaf Movement in Cercis. 223 


stipules entirely distinct. With equal propriety a portion of 
the leaf lamina may remain in connection with the petiole and 
by special modification be changed into an organ for the pro- 
duction of motion. By means of dorsiventral longitudinal 
sections of the smallest leaves in which a distinction of parts 
could be made, the structure of the leaf, with the exception 
of a layer of epidermal cells along the dorsal (lower side when 
the leaf is expanded) surface together with a few parenchyma 
cells, was found to be uniform throughout. The next stage 
of development examined showed traces of scalariform ves- 
sels with evident parenchyma in both petiole and lamina. In 
the largest leaf which could be obtained from an unopened 
leaf-bud the parenchyma and fibrovascular portions of the 
petiole and lamina were found to be well developed and at a 
Point in the petiole near the base of the lamina were to be 
seen a number of parenchyma cells showing evident irregular 
cell division. This irregular cell division I consider as the first 
appearance of the pulvinus. It corresponds closely with that 
taking place in the increasing mesophyll tissue of the lamina of 
the leaf and is in fact connected withit. Examination of more 
advanced leaves shows only an increase in number of these ir- 
regular cells until the mature pulvinus is reached which is 
fomposed in the main of loose irregular parenchyma. In 
Contrasting the first appearance of the motile organ in the plant 
under study with that noted by Darwin in the case of Oxalis 
Serniculata, I should say that while he observes the first ap- 
pounce of the zone of cells which is to become the pulvinus 
rom the fact of ‘the transverse regularity of the cells, the 


act of the j 


ee regular cell division in the remaining portion of the peti- 


cart Summary it may be said that the pulvinus of Cercis 
ench "-* SOnsists in the matise form of collenchyma, par- 
With the bast and woody tissue so arranged as to produce 
Under th ©ast expenditure of energy on the part of the plant 
ina of eauiluence of light a daily movement in the leaf lam- 
to be nearly one hundred degrees. This motile organ is 
ittepyl waered as a development through multiplication by 
ivision of a portion of the parenchyma tissue at 
PPer end of the petiole, and moreover the development 


224 The Botanical Gazette. {June, 


of these irregular cells is seemingly in nowise essentially dif- 
ferent either in time or character from that taking place in 
the mesophyll tissue of the lamina of the leaf. 

Purdue Universtty, Lafayette, Ind. 


EXPLANATION OF Pirates XIX anp XX. 


. <a Fi ‘ 
XX.—External and sectional views of petiole and pulvinus of mature 
i epidermis; 4, collen- 

m 


ature pulvinus. g. 4. ns, 
Trans. section of petiole immediately below the base of the pulvinus.— 
. Trans. sections approximately 1™™ apart, from lower to upper é d 
of upper pulvinus.—Fig. 12, Median dorsiventral long. section of mature upper 
us, 


Thomas Morong. 


WALTER DEANE. 


It is with feelings of sadness and regret that we are called 
upon to record the death of another of the older botanists, 
who are far too rapidly passing away from us. Dr. Thomas 
Morong belonged to the old school of systematic botanists, 
and during his life rendered an important service to science. 
His botanical career was unique in many ways. Though a 
clergyman by profession, he always pursued with undying en- 
thusiasm his botanical studies in the face of many difficulties 
incident to the duties of a country minister, and late in life he 
abandoned entirely his profession to give himself up with- 
out restraint to the study of systematic botany in those 
branches to which he had always given his especial attention. 
homas Morong was the son of Thomas Morong of Salem, 
Mass., and Jane C. Travers of Newmarket, Md. He was the 
eldest of four boys, and was born in Cahawba, Ala., Apr. 15, 
1827, but as his father, who kept a store and owned a planta- 
na died when young Thomas was fifteen years old, the 
moved north and settled in Woburn, Mass. Here he 
a readed Warren Academy, and, part of the time, Hatha- 
Ny 8 boarding school in Medford near by. He received a 
aheagiseag | education at these two schools, and went to rage 
this oe 38 he was graduated in 1848, and on Aug. 24th o 
nai ar he married Mary L. Bennett, daughter of Rev. Jo- 
pi Bennett of Woburn, Mass. ; 
€ then entered the Harvard Law School, and for a time 


W . 
ee in the office of Judge G. W. Warren of Charles- 


ary, co pl 


Congr mp'eting his course in 1853. He was ordained as a 
Mien ee! Minister at Pepperell, Mass., Apr. 12, 1854, 


shes, at time till 1888 he had charge of various paf- 


gregational church. He wasinstalled as pas- 
beloved he. and there he remained among his people, much 
y them, for ten vears. : 

°rong early acquired a strong taste for botanical pur- 


226 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


suits, and as early as 1861 he built a greenhouse with his 
own hands and stocked it with plants. For two winters he 
had a class in botany in Ashland, and he was always ready 
to take his friends on a tramp, and instruct them in the se- 
crets of the plant world and of nature generally, in a most 
delightful and unassuming manner, as those who have been 
with him abundantly testify. Through his own collecting and by 
purchase he acquired a large herbarium of North American 
phenogams, which was especially rich in aquatics. He al- 
ways had a preference for flowering water plants, and in this 
branch he was an ardent student, besides having a wide know- 
ledge of botany in general. He was preeminently a field-bot- 
anist, and it was a familiar sight to see him tramping off to 
his favorite ponds and streams, armed with his box and 
dredge. His keen observation, mature judgment, and wide 
knowledge of his subject combined to produce work of the 
highest order, and Dr. Morong holds a most honorable posi- 
tion as a systematic botanist. : 
During the botanical expeditions which he made from time 
to time he studied the flora of many of the eastern states, and 
his name is familiar in almost all of our local floras, as well as 
in our leading botanical papers, which are enriched by his 
valuable notes especially on the aquatic vegetation. The oF 
der to which he gave the most attention was the Naiadace®, 
and his name will always be associated with the genus Pot 
mogeton, one of the most difficult, but to him most fascinat- 
ing of studies. Not only did he investigate these plants 
thoroughly in their native haunts in pond, river and stream, 


. i si 
but he carried on an extensive correspondence hi ae 
can and European botanists in regard to them. It a wee 


ter of congratulation that after so many years of honest, the 
Scientious work, he at last published in March, 1893, i of 
Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club, ‘‘The N ais 
North America” with illustrations of every species. t to 
work attracted much attention, and is a fitting monumen 
the author who died so soon after its publication. — 
In 1888, Dr. Morong carried out a plan which of his 
change completely the current of his life. This move 
: : ften 


confidential friends that he must do something ee lants 
and he longed to go to South America and collect PY 
through the great water-ways that intersect t 


eee ae ae ae 


he country in 


1894. ] Thomas Morong. 227 


every direction. He resigned his pastoral charge, collected 
a sum of money through the Torrey Botanical Club of New 
York, and a few kind friends, and on July 30, 1388, followed 
by the good wishes of his towns-people who presented him 
with a purse of money, he embarked on board the sailing 
vessel, Evie J. Ray, laden with lumber, for Buenos Ayres. 
He reached his destination in just ten weeks, and after a short 
stay in Argentina to perfect his plans, he went to Asun- 
cion, Paraguay. Here he collected the rich and varied flora 
of this region till July, 1890. His enthusiasm was unabated, 
and though alone and unaided he sent back to the Columbia 
College Herbarium in New York about goo species of phaen- 
°gamous plants, besides many ferns and mosses. 
uring his stay in Paraguay he went as naturalist on an 
exploring expedition up the Pilcomayo river, in the interest 
of the Paraguay Land Company. This trip of 400 miles into 
the heart of the Chaco wilderness, on a small flat-bottomed 
steamer was full of adventures with the wild natives and 
wilder jaguars, but Dr. Morong returned safely after an ab- 
sence of six months to Asuncion with a large collection of 
Valuable plants, consisting of about 2,500 specimens, includ- 
‘ig Some 225 species, many of them new to science. As an 
illustration of the many difficulties to be overcome on the ex- 
Pedition, he writes the following: ‘‘We came upon a Cata- 
Fact of which nobody had ever heard, with a fall of five or six 
feet of water, and steep banks fifteen or twenty feet-high each 
Side of jt. At first we thought this a ‘stumper,’ but finally 
we dug away an ascending plane on one side, and actually 
Pulled the steamer, weighing five or six tons, up the falls by 
after n July, 1890, he returned to Buenos Ayres, and 
th # Considerable delay owing to the revolution raging at 
at time, he sailed around the cape to Valparaiso, Chili, 
e 


gion. 
flowerin 
home, 
He had collected during his trip, entirely with 
S, 20,000 specimens of plants, a collection ren- 
valuable by his copious field notes. 


228 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


On his return home, Dr. Morong accepted the position of 
curator of the herbarium at Columbia College, and there, for 
three years, among congenial friends and co-workers, he de- 
voted himself heart and soul to his botanical studies. In 
1892, in conjunction with Dr. N. L. Britton, he published the 
results of his work in Paraguay, ‘‘An Enumeration of the 
Plants collected by Dr. Thomas Morong in Paraguay, 1888- 
1890.” This work is a valuable contribution to science, and 
it is pleasing to see that Dr. Britton has shown his apprecia- 
tion for Dr. Morong’s labors by dedicating many new species 
to him. His life in New York was a busy one. _ Besides the 
duties of his position and the original researches he was always 
carrying on in the herbarium, he was constantly writing for 
the various botanical journals. He conducted classes in bot- 
any at Barnard College, New York, and delivered lectures at 
the Biological Laboratory at Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, 
at the Brooklyn Institute and elsewhere. 

In December, 1893, he went south to shake off a bad cough 
which he had contracted in New York, but it was of no aval. 
Reaching Jacksonville, Fla., he was obliged to go to St. 
Luke’s Hospital, and there he stayed till the middle of April, 
hoping against hope, for consumption had set in. The few 
lines which he was able to write showed his old enthusiasm, 
and his determination to recover. He returned north with 
much difficulty in April and went to his son’s house in Bos- 
ton where he died April 26, 1894, at the age of sixty 
years. The funeral services were held in Woburn, and he 
was buried there in the family lot. His death was 4 peace- 
ful ending to a well-spent life. 

Cambridge, Mass. 


The influence of mechanical resistance on the development 
and life-period of cells. 


FREDERICK C. NEWCOMBE. 
(Concluded from p. 199.) 


The effect of external mechanical resistance on the duration of 
the life-period of cells. 


The fact that meristem in growing points, in the cambium 
and in zones of plants that increase by intercalary growth, 
May preserve its functional capability for many weeks while 


suM casts has already been shown. From what is now to fol- 
low it will appear that the life-period of cells may be prolonged 
if their growth or that of neighboring cells is mechanically re- 
Strained. : 

After young aerial shoots of Juncus effusus had been, with- 
out detaching them from the rhizome, kept in gypsum casts 


at any time in this stem. The greater thickness was not de- 
Pendent on a radial elongation of cells so much as on an in- 


by first the branching and then the death of these two inner- 


MOSt rows of living cells. As it was, the central cylinder of 
Cells that Were 


Crushed toget 


230 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


internodes within the casts did not elongate. In these inter- 
nodes the intercarinal canals had not formed in one plant, 
their place being occupied by living cells, while in the other 
plant but two or three cells had died in each of those positions. 
Above and below the limits of the casts the canals were of 
large size. It need hardly be mentioned that normally these 
canals arise mostly by the destruction of cells. Similar pre- 
parations to the foregoing but in which the stems were left 
in the gypsum twice as long, had, when examined, canals 
within as well as without the casts. 

A young plant of Zea mais the lower part of whose stem 
was so encased in gypsum as to prevent elongation of one of 
its internodes to one-third of what it would have been, had 
not within the cast thirty-seven days afterwards formed the 
usual lysigenous canals in the vascular bundles, the thin- 
walled cells being there undisturbed and living, while in other 
parts of the stem they were destroyed. Here since there was 
but slight constriction of stem made by the cast, the prolonga- 
tion of the life of the cells in question is probably to be re- 
ferred to the checking of the elongation of the internode. 

The growth of the leaves of Allium cepa is not easily con- 
fined by a surrounding cast; since, when the tip of the page 
left free the organ glides through the gypsum because of the 
very smooth sutface of the former. This. gliding can be pre- 
vented, however, by bending the leaf into a zigzag CoUurs© 
so fixing it before the gypsum is poured on. By pursuing 


within casts have been kept from becomin 
all cells remained alive. In the same leaves, aD 
low the casts the normal inflation took place twoo 
after the casts were applied. The longest pero 
central cells of such leaves within casts have been ke 
is fifteen days, or from eleven to twelve days after suc 


r three days 
d that the 
pt alive 
h cells 


had died in parts outside the casts. eres ag 
Sachs!* has shown that if an onion is gerne this 
dark, its leaves will not become hollow. Histologica”’ 


the peripheral cells of the young leaf to t 
these assimilating cells that the central hyal 


“4aung uad 
nerntete 1863 


En 
‘4 Sachs: Ueber den Einfluss des Tageslichtes auf New jlage. : 
tung verschiedener Planzenorgane. Botanische Zeitung, Bei 


ee ey ee Ti 


1894. ] The Influence of Mechanical Resistance. 231 


leaf is torn and the leaf changes from the thin, sword-shape 
tothe inflated. The cast effects what darkness effects; in 
both cases the small peripheral cells remain undeveloped. 
But casts better than darkness preserve the life of the central, 
hyaline cells, since the larger etiolated leaves always undergo 
considerable peripheral extension and always show a narrow 
cavity lined by fragments of destroyed cells. That this cen- 
tral part of the leaf has not been kept alive longer than about 
two weeks is accounted for by the fact that at about that 
time the leaf, which is plano-convex, in its effort to expand 
~ inward on its flat side, thus crushing the delicate central 
cells. 

The petiole of Ricinus communis when unextended con- 
tains no central cavity, but a wide one extended. By apply- 
ing casts the death of this central mass of tissue has been 
Prevented for about three weeks longer within than outside 
the casts. 

With the rhizome of Triticum repens a similar result was 
obtained, the internodes being allowed to reach not one-half 
their normal size, and the cavity appearing above and below 
the casts before appearing within. 

Before elongation was complete, casts were put around the 
stems of Caltha palustris, Lamium garganicum, Urtica dioica 
and Vicia faba. All of these plants form central cavities 
during elongation or at its termination, partly by the schiz- 
*senous partly by the lysigenous method. All of them have 
Preserved alive the pith of those parts of the stem within the 
Seats longer than in the parts outside the casts. The period 
of this Preservation was not determined for any species; nor 


tN Matter probably of much moment since the duration 


the 


wholly lies. in which several individuals were found with pith 
n °*Y living within the casts 116 days after it would have died 
‘ormally, 

Internode u ‘ : 


usu 
half A reached nearly a meter in height and had seed-pods 


Nn. 


4 


232 . The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


Similarly to the cells of the pith, the life-period of the cor- 
tical cells has also been prolonged. Lamium garganicum, 
Urtica dioica and Vicia faba have shown dead cells in the cor- 
tex outside the limits of the casts, when within the casts all 
cells have remained alive. 

There have come under my observation two species of 
plants in which, sometimes but not always, cortical cells are 
crushed within the casts before any dead ones appear outside 
the casts. These plants are Ricinus communis and Dahlia 
variabilis. This result is apparently brought about by the 
growth of the fibrovascular zone, the turgor there present be- 
ing sufficient to cause the less resistant cells of the cortex to 
collapse, whereas similar cells outside the limits of the casts 
live for some time longer, though the tissue which they form 
becomes looser and looser by the separation of cells. 

In all of the foregoing cases in which the life-period of 
cells has been more than normally prolonged, the cells were 
prevented from attaining their full size by confining their 
growth before they were fully extended. But in certain cases 
the death of cells may be deferred by checking the growth of 
surrounding tissue after the cells in question have reached 
their full extension. In Sambucus nigra and Helianthus tub- 
erosus, for instance, where the pith lives for several wpe 
after secondary growth has begun, a cast applied after the 
pith has grown to its definitive size will preserve the pith ea 
for several weeks after it dies above and below the limits © 
the cast. 

Summary. 

I. Meristematic tissue of growing points, intercalary ye 
and cambium will preserve for a considerable period tts si ve 
tional capability when growth is prevented by an exe 
mechanical resistance. ; ped bY 

Il. When in such meristematic tissue growth ts checké: 
mechanical resistance, the tissue remains apparently unalte 
the cells do not divide, nor the walls become thicker, mr 
composition of the walls undergo change. : : soutien 

Especial attention may be eed to the biologica! pone 
cance of the two facts just stated, and to the em’ or in- 
what takes place when growth ceases because of CO + of the 
sufficient moisture. It is manifestly to the per tissue 
plant-organism not only that the life of anid this tis- 
should be retained but that the primary condition 0 


ved; 
the 


1894. ] The Influence of Mechanical Resistance. 233 


sue should be retained, instead of the passing of such tissue 
over into a permanent state where growth could not be re- 
sumed when the obstacle to growth should be removed. 

If it should be found—what neither Pfeffer, Krabbe nor I 
have once observed—that in some plants the cell-walls of the 
meristem become slightly thicker during the enforced rest of 
this tissue, as Kriiger!® found thickenings to arise in the ra- 
dial walls of the cambium of some plants during the winter - 
rest, the importance of the biological truth would not be al- 
tered, that the meristem retains its functional capability. 

That the cell-contents may change during mechanical re- 
sistance was shown by Pfeffer1® in the case of the primary 
foot of Vicia faba, where there was a considerable rise of 
turgor after the root was enclosed in a gypsum cast. This 
Mise of turgor does not take place in all plants, as Pfeffer 
showed. 


TIL, The period between the formation of a cell and the ar- 
rival at its definitive condition is lengthened by an external 
resistance preventing or impeding growth. 

Under this general statement is included a group of phe- 
nomena the details of which may be the better emphasized 
by greater individual prominence, such as the following: 

1. The zone of eiongation in roots and stems passes more 
slowly into its definitive length. 

- Differentiation of the fundamental parenchyma into col- 
lenchyma, sclerenchyma and sclerenchymatous parenchyma pro- 
ceeds more slowlLy. 

3: All the thick-walled and lignified elements of the bundles 
develop more slowly. 

' It has already been stated that De Vries discovered this 

“/ clements of the xylem. The observations here recorded 
Show that it holds true for the hard bast also. — 

hy he formation of cork ts deferred. : : 
a 's Statement isin accord with the results obtained Len 

three plants under experiment and also with Gerbers 


a 9 Placing ligatures about stems. Since, as has been 
do si - this article and in the investigations of others, cells 
ot di 


vide under pressure till they have reached or. nearly 

18] —_—$<—<—$—$—— eee 

Zeitung 80: i die Wandverdickungen der Cambiumzellen. Botanische 

’Pioffer. D A me . ; 

ty * Vruck-und Arbeitsleistung, 65. : : 

iger het Ueber die jahrliche Kork cxoduction im Oberflachen-periderm ein- 
~ Inaug. Diss, Halle 1884. 


Cae 
Senet 


234 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


reached their normal dimensions, and since cork-formation 
must be accomplished by extension and division of cells, it 
follows as a probability that cork-formation is delayed by 
pressure because of the mechanical resistance to cell-extension. 
But since cork-formation is attended by the death of exter- 
nally lying cells, it is easily seen that soon after the formation 
of the phellogen, an external ligature or gypsum band will 
exert no immediate pressure in those cases where the phello- 
gen is some distance within the periphery of the stem, simply 
because of the contraction of the dying tissue between the 
phellogen and the external ligature or band. Thus it seems 
probable that if external resistance is applied early enough to 
prevent the normal extension of the cells in which the phel- 
logen usually appears, the formation of cork may be indefi- 
nitely postponed. If however the cells normally giving rise 
to the phellogen attain their full dimensions before the exter- 
nal resistance is applied we may expect the phellogen to be 
formed and cork-formation to proceed more or less slowly ac- 
cording to the greater or less vitality displayed by the cells 
external to the phellogen, and also according to the depth of 
phellogen within the cortex. 
In this connection it is worth noting that Krabbe*® found 
cork to arise deep within the cortex when a very great pre 
sure was applied to the trunks of trees, this phen 
being abnormal. This is certainly aregulatory act perfor oe 
by the plant, but whether to regard it as a means of furnisi- 
ing more room for the growth of the cambium cannot be d¢- 
cided with the lack of detail touching the accompany!mg “ 
nomena as given by Krabbe. It may be mentioned petaie 
that Melianthus major, though the cork appears within r 
enveloping cast more tardily than outside of it, oven 
frees itself completely from the resistance of the cast eee m 
very act of cork-formation, the activity of the cambium 
that time forward being usually great. ; cells 
IV. Under the pressure of a mechanical Agden “ant? 
veach their permanent condition with smaller size and tht 
walls than normal. : ‘od p 
V. Cells which usually die early have their iit d ad 
longed when their full extension or that of proper ly ve oi ancl: 
Jacent cells is prevented by an external mechanical Tor a 
As appears from the narrative of the experimenta 


rene oe ee 
1®Krabbe: Ueber das Wachsthum des Verdickungsringes, et¢- es 


Ee es Se Sige PY ee ae RE ee Sel eae eee IR NS bee eS 


1894.] The Influence of Mechanical Resistance. 235 


this article, the statement just made is founded principally on 
the behavior of the cells of the fundamental parenchyma. It 
was found in all cases where cells normally dying early were 
kept from reaching their full size that their life-period was 
extended. In certain cases also it was found that the pith of 
plants will live longer than usual if a gypsum cast is put 
around the stem after the pith has reached its full size, the 
cast, however, preventing the surrounding tissues of the stem 
from enlarging. It is probable that in the latter case, the 
pith lives because of the regulatory action of the plant, the 


buds a vegetative bud which developed into a shoot, and the 
flower axis instead of withering as usual lived to function as a 
vegetative axis. 

It is probable also that in the first group of experiments in 
Which the cells were not allowed to reach their normal size 
that the same Cause operated to prolong the life-period. Yet 
this Was 
of Funcus the cells remained alive though no greater demand 


— darkness, we have the direct evidence that it is not 
the use of the central cells for purposes of transport that keeps 
them alive. In such cases it is probable the cells in question 
i vain alive longer than normally because the conditions for 
theit existence are not so unfavorable; that is, they live be- 
oe the Surrounding tissues are not allowed by their growth 
coppulll these cells apart and thus bring them into unfavorable 

This question will be farther considered in a 
e. 


€xte ie eriments recorded in this paper have been peed 
life. néed enough in time to demonstrate the extension a. : 
the Period of the elements of the fibrovascular bundle. - 
in * clements also live longer than normally when surround- 
Stssues are not allowed to grow may be certainly inferred 


ns fos ebe. Jahrb. f. 
Is, Bot, ‘si ag abnormale Entstehung secundarer Gew J 


236 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


from the examples which all have -noticed of vines twining 
about trees or of ligatures left unintentionally for years about 
trees. Since the elements of the bundle of woody plants nor- 
mally live but a few years, it follows that beneath a ligature, 
such as those just mentioned, which has prevented radial ex- 
tension in a tree for many years, the elements of the bundles 
must live longer than normally, otherwise we should have the 
whole zone dying and the stem above the ligature also dying. 

VI. If during primary or early secondary extension in @ 
dicotyledonous stem, with pith of not great resistance, radial 
growth be prevented by external mechanical means, there will 
Sollow a displacement of the fascicular zone toward the axis of 
the stem, caused principally by the extension of the cortical 
cells. Later, however, the cortex will be crowded back by the 
growth of the fascicular zone. 

VII. When an external pressure is great enough to prevent 
the derivatives of the cambium from attaining their normal 
stze, the cambium will still continue to form new cells. This 
ts an expression of the fact that the power of extension im the 
cambium ts greater than that in derivatives of the cambium 
some distance removed from tt. — 

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor. 


3 eas 
ca Ot Rie ey a) 
a 


New mosses of North America. VY. 
F. RENAULD AND J. CARDOT. 
WITH PLATES XXI AND XXIL 

Archidium Hallii Aust. var. minus.—Smaller than the 
type, from which it differs besides in the leaves shorter and 
the costa percurrent or shortly excurrent. 

Louisiana: - near Mandeville (A. B. Langlois, 1892). 

Dicranella leptotrichoides.—Resembling in habit Lepéot- 
richum tortile. Dioecious, small, loosely cespitose, green. 
Stems short, erect, simple, 2-5"" long. Leaves erect or 
subsecund, lanceolate, acuminate, subacute or rather obtuse 
at the apex, quite entire, borders plane or partly revolute; 
Costa stout, percurrent; cells of the areolation oblong or sub- 
linear, shorter looser and subrectangular below.  Perichaet- 
lal bracts scarcely different, a little longer. Pedicel 5—-7™ 
long, yellowish when young, afterwards reddish. Capsule 
small, erect, symmetric, ovate-oblong, scarcely constricted 
under the orifice when dry; lid equalling the sporangium, 
long and obliquely subulate-rostrate. | Peristome purple, 
teeth trabeculate, striolate lengthwise, cleft to below the mid- 
dle into 2-3 subulate legs, granulose and partly connected; 
annulus very broad, deciduous, of 2-3 rows of cells. Male 
plant unknown, 
c Louisiana: on slopes, Riviére Tchiffouté, Abita Springs, 
“i Sar Fontainebleau near Mandeville (A. B. Langlots, 
ie dhoweea We have also specimens collected near Mobile, 
i by Sullivant, and distributed as Trichostomum 


Closely allied to D. Tonduzti Ren. et Card. from Costa 
ome but distinguished by the leaves straight when dry and 

© areolation different. 

Fissidens faleatulus. 
teen, Ste 


Very small, gregarious, yellowish 
eC eae Ms rather rigid, plumulose, 2—-4™ long. ate 
el falcate-secund and rigid when dry, linear- ke 
len hg Or subapiculate; vaginant lamina about one-ha 

8th, narrowly bordered, dorsal lamina not bordered, taper- 
Nutely wii apical lamina without a border, subentire or mi 
lation renulate at the apex; costa pale, subpercurrent; areo 

" Pellucid, cells hexagonal. Fruit unknown. 


238 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


Louisiana: on bark of trees, Catahoulou, near Mandeville 
and bayou Alexandre (A. &. Langlois, 1890-1891). 

Very near to F. exiguus Sulliv., from which it is distinguish- 
able by the rigid habit, the leaves narrower and falcate-secund 
when dry, and the more pellucid areolation. 

Physcomitrium turbinatum Brid. var. erassipes. (P. Hookeri 
var. serratum Ren. et Card. Musc. Am. sept., p. 31).—Pedicel 
short (4-6""), thick; capsule deoperculate, cup-shaped. 

Oregon (herb. Lesquereux): Sandy river (LZ. F. Henderson), 
Willamette river (7h. Howell). 

Bryum bimum Schreb. var. atrotheea.—Capsule black-red; 
leaves scarcely denticulate or quite entire at the point. 

Newfoundland (Rev. A. C. Waghorne, 1892). 

Timmia Austriaca Hedw. var. brevifolia.—Differing from 
the typical form by the stems shorter and the leaves more 
crowded, shorter and erect-imbricate, scarcely flexuous when 


dry. 

Colorado: Springdale, Boulder Co. (Marie Holzinger , 1892. 
Comm. J. M. Holzinger). 

Pylaisia polyantha Sch. var. Coloradensis.—Distinct from 
the type in the green tint and the cells shorter, very chloro- 
phyllose. : 

Colorado: Springdale, Boulder co. (Marie Holsinger, 1892, 
Comm. J. M. Holzinger).  ~ 

Brachythecium salebrosum Sch. var. Waghornei.—A pect” 
liar form, distinguishable from the type by the tufts ver 
dense, the stems erect, turgid, not radiculose, the leave 
more crowded, imbricate, and the lid mamillate. Differs gh 
the allied B. mamilligerum Kindb. in the leaves inher oe 
patulous when dry, and the stems not radiculose. ™" 
smaller than B. turgidum Hartm.—Moneecious! 391 

Labrador: Battle Harbor (Rev. A. C. Waghorne, : 
Comm. Rev. C. H. Demetrio). 

Brachythecium suberytl hi 
Cespitose, yellowish-green, facies of 2B 
creeping, radicose, sparingly branching, branc 2 
Leaves nei pba i eg oblong-lanceolate, long eg a4 

Il around; bores 
the middle, 


Mo cious, intricate- 
. velutinum. en 
hes procumben 


cid, cells rhomboidal-linear, the alar quadrate, 
Perichaetial bracts lanceolate, long acuminate-subvn : 
men serrate. Pedicel smooth, reddish, 10-!? et ricted 
Capsule suberect, turgid-ovate, not or scarcely © 


1894. | New Mosses of North America. 239 


below the mouth when dry; lid unknown. Teeth of the per- 
istome yellowish, triangular-lanceolate, segments narrow, 
split along the divisural line, cilia 1 or 2, long, filiform. 
Colorado: Springdale, Boulder co. (Marie Holzinger, 1892. 
Comm. J. M. Holzinger). By ln 
Nearly allied to B. erytiy 07 rhizon Soh: from which it dif- 
fers in the narrower leaves and the looser areolation. 
Brachythecium reflexum Sch. var. Demetrii. — Differs 
from the genuine form in the stronger habit, the thicker 
erect branches, and the broader softer leaves. 
Labrador: Squaw Island (Rev. A. C. Waghorne, 1891. 
Comm. Rev. C. H. Demetrio). et 
Eurhynchium Sullivantii L. et J. var. Holzingeri.—Dit- 
fers from the type in the branches shorter, generally obtuse, 
and the leaves broader and shorter acuminate. ; 
District of Columbia: near Washington (fF. V. Covtlle, 
1889-1890. Comm. J. M. Holzinger). 
Thamnium Holzingeri.—Green, slender, rather resem- 
bling in habit the small forms of Jsothecium myosuroides. 
"mary stems creeping, stoloniform, secondary ascending 
Gbcumbent, more or jess shrub-like, pinnate, branches 
complanate, generally attenuate. Lower stem leaves small, 


rep oblong-ligulate, obtuse or subobtuse, costa vanishing 
far from the apex, sometimes forking above; branch leaves 


a with the costa shorter and the lower margin inflexed, 


=e When dry, lid conic obliquely beaked. 
2 “stome yellowish, lanceolate-acuminate, subulate, ae 
sh narrowly split along the divisural line, cilia 2, 'ong, 

s€._ Seems to be dicecious. . 
fegon: Myrtle Point, Coos co. (Rev. G. A. Holsinger, 
- Comm. 


J. M. Holzinger). 


240 The Botanical Gazette. [ June, 


This fine little moss cannot be confounded with any other 
North American or European species. It rather resembles 
some small tropical species of the genus Homalia and Porot- 
vichum, but is easily distinguished from these by the perfect 
peristome, with long cilia 

Amblystegium Aplzingort. Loose, green or yellowish 
green. Stems depressed, irregularly branching. Leaves 
very loose, distant, patulous, ovate-lanceolate, broadly and 
obtusely acuminate, quite entire; costa generally simple, thin, 
vanishing above the middle, sometimes forked and shorter. 
Areolation rather loose, cells oblong or linear, flexuous, with’ 
the primordial utricle distinct, the alar shorter, looser. Per- 
ichaetial bracts oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, very: entire, Cos- 
tate, more narrowly reticulate. Pedicel short, 6-8 long, 
reddish. Capsule inclined or subhorizontal, small, ovate, 
arcuate, much constricted below the mouth when dry, lip de- 
pressed, obtusely apiculate. 

Virginia: bank of Potomac. District of Columbia: Rock 
Creek. (¥. M. Holzinger, 1891-1892.) 

Allied to A. adnatum, but easily distinguished by the short- 
acuminate and obtuse leaves, the generally simple costa, the 
looser and less numerous alar cells, the shorter capsule an 
the more depressed lid. 

Hypnum giganteum Sch. var. Labradorense.—A notable 
variety, distinct from the type by the leaves larger and longer 
and the costa attenuate, vanishing rather far from the apex 
and often forking. 

Labrador: Battle Harbor (Rev. A. C. Waghorne, 1892). 

Vesoul and Stenay, France. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXI anp XXII. jucida. 
All the oe ae oer are drawn by means of Nachet’ s sso oF leaves 6 
PLaTE X Die. (nl fr che mea a, entire plant; je: ¢, ca 
areolation ot the basal sortie “ d, do. in the middle; ¢, teeth of 
with the lid; phd — Aeopercu ee . port on of ibs "annulus; h, two of a 
the a —B. sidens yalein Z entire plant; ?, upper aginant 
tte tl 4 leaves; d, oe of a nad é, arcolation ee getter: sari “d, b, 
amina A blystegium flolzt a, entire plant; 4, capsule 
alar cells; d, areolation in the naiiie. é, &, Bees 2 of the apex; f 
operculate; g, the same Ponsa so portion of 
Prate XXII.—A, mnium Holzingeri. a, entire plant; ?, oy et 
a 


branch; ¢, c, lower a ricer ; upper stem leave rigs: aeolation on the 


pex ofa : ch ; a pract: 
peter in the middle; id, areolation of the apex; #, inner perichaetie im 
ule with cee aps ee tiie: of Sa Lamenggit | B. se d of 
erythrorrhizon ant: 4, -¢, alar cells: 4, % po 
Same; ¢, capsule Me senctenes of, tae a B pra frags 27> h. 


Notes on Richardia Africana. 
" ERNEST WALKER. 
Of the many abnormal ‘flowers” of Richardia Africana 
which have come under the writer’s observation the most in- 
teresting departure from normal structure yet seen made its 
appearance a short time since in one of the green-houses 
among a lot of several hundred ‘‘callas.” 
In this monster the spathe and spadix while developing in 
© manner of an ordinary inflorescence were found at matur- 
ity to be independent, or disunited, and each on a stalk of 
its own. 
_ The spathe was somewhat larger than usual, more spread- 
ing, and not at all convolute at the throat. Its stock or peti- 
ole was sheath-like from the spathe down to the base and 
clasped the scape which supported the bractless spadix almost 
in the same manner that the petiole clasps an ordinary 
“flower” stalk. 

The white color and texture of the spathe extended for 
some distance down the free wavy margins of the petiole. 


os upward, but this involved only the posterior wall of 
while the anterior edges were free. 
; * self-analyzed inflorescence makes clear the morpholog- 
cai Structure of the Richardia flower and peduncle. One 
explained the scape as made up of ‘‘several leaf- 
wn together in a bundle,” but it now is evident that 
vs A seg leaf is involved. The spadix is at the summit of a 
rth aren elongated internode of rhizome, to which in the 
een inflorescence the sheathing leaf-stalk is adnate. 
ma Spadix itself there is complete suppression of. ope 
Eve ain the flowers are, however, theoretically axil ay 
sca a “ping this in view it is not necessary to regard the 
eg ‘volving a number of leaf-stalks in its structure 
very practlets existed they would more likely be stalkless 
th ndages rather than the free tips at the summits of long 
“oretica] petioles. 


242 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


This ‘‘flower” had a good opportunity to fertilize itself if 
this had been possible. In the hope of getting it to seed the 
stigmas were hand pollinated after about the third day. But 
in vain. After about three weeks the ovaries had developed 
considerably and attained about half size. Then they stopped 
growing and the spadix began to shrivel. The spathe with- 
ered earlier. 

This result and experiments with several other plants con- 
vinced the writer that the flowers are proterogynous. Ex- 
amination showed that the stigmas were receptive of pollen 
about three days before the pollen of the same spadix begins 
to fall, and when the pollen appears the stigmas are muc 
shrunken. 

Four flowering plants were set aside, and with due precau- 
tions, left to fertilize themselves. Although the ovaries be- 
gan development they withered when about half grown. The 
“‘calla” is said rarely to produce seed in the green house. 

e now have in its proterogyny, the explanation. 

The spathe is a specialization looking to cross fertilization, 
although its convolute and funnel-like hase at first might seem 
nicely adapted for catching the pollen and bringing about self 
fertilization. It is likely this occurs, however, in Aracee just 
in proportion as the spathe is reduced and the individual 
flowers on the spadix become hermaphrodite and complete. 

In the Richardia there are on most of the older and large 
leaves two gland-like bodies at the summit of the petiole where 
the basal lobes of the lamina join the leaf stalk. They look 
as if they might be nectar glands; but they are probably merely 
thickenings to strengthen the blade against tearing, when a 
plants are growing in running water, and occasionally sud- 
merged, as is the case in their native land. 

: While engaged in these observations it occurred to 
investigate the manner in which the pollen is forced outt 
the minute pores. ; 

The anthers are almost sessile somewhat cuboidal wiper 
Wood's ‘Class book” gives them as two-celled, but the “al 
being bilocellate they may be called four-celled. The eS : 
are vertical, oblong, thin-walled, and confluent panne t 
single tube, terminating in a minute pore through whic 
pollen is pressed. : pout 

The discharge of the pollen was found to be brought pon 
by pressure caused by the gradual enlargement of the con 


me to 
hrough 


ata ae a 


— ee a ee oe 


1894, Notes on Richardia Africana. 243 


tive. In a young anther the connective is delicate and thin, 
making up about one-third the width of the anther. In old 
anthers it composes about two-thirds of the width, having be- 
come broad and plump as the cells decreased in size from the 
loss of their contents. All this takes place without any ap- 
preciable change in the size of the anther as a whole. The 
connective thus acts like a wedge between the cells. The 
sessile anthers being much crowded, growth of the connective 
results in a mutual pressure between the cells of one anther, 
and those of its neighbor. 

The grains of pollen are smooth walled and slippery with 
mucilage, so under the pressure readily escape through the 
small pore. While within the cell the grains are semi-trans- 
lucent but on escaping they become opaque white. The mu- 
cilage moistening their surface causes the grains to adhere 
together as they escape. Consequently the pollen is found in 
filamentous form. This is evidently with reference to trans- 
Portation by some kind of living agent. 

It 'S noticed that the summit of the anther through which 
ny discharge tube leads is transversely thickened and quite 
firm. This is for the purpose of preventing rupture of the 
Pore, and securing the discharge of pollen in the form of a fil- 
‘cht, instead of a mass as would be the case were it not for 
the precaution nature has taken. 
tig cutting off the summit of the anther the relief to pres- 
me in the immediate discharge of the pollen in the 
hiesiir cylindrical masses as large as the diameter of the 
subject “he It is seen the contents of the anther cells are 
the da toa considerable pressure, as necessary to secure 
in the arge of the pollen in the form of filaments as seen 

normal anther. 

New Albany, Ind. 


BRIEFER ARTICLES. 


Olpitrichum, a new genus of mucedinous fungi.—wiTH PLATE XXIIL. 
— Among the fungi which are active in hastening the rot ot the 
carpellary tissues of the fruit of Gossygium in the United States, when 
the cotton is mature and during wet weather, aré several mucedinous 
fungi which are attractive from the whitish or dirty buff color of the 
loose mass of threads and spores. Two of these which are quite com- 
mon are members of the genus Rhinotrichum Corda. They occur 
either separate or intermingled on the same boll. 2. macrosporum 
Farlow is, perhaps, the more common of the two and is quite fre- 
quently of a sordid buff color and can thus be provisionally separated 
from the other species, R. zene//um B. & C., at times, before examina- 
tion with the microscope. These two species are quite common In 
the vicinity of Auburn, Alabama, and I have found them in several 
other parts of the state. 

When visiting Brundage, Ala., for the purpose of inspecting the 
condition of the cotton in that region, I collected a fungus-on the 
bolls which I took upon superficial examination to be 2. senellum, 
from the fact that it resembled this species in color. It proved to be 
very different however, and the character of the basidia clearly sep 
rates it from the genus Rhinotrichum. ‘ 

In Rhinotrichum* the sterile hyphze are creeping, the fertile ones 
erect, their ends being denticulate to spiculigerous, the spores being : 
borne on these acicular sterigmata. In this new genus, for gee 
propose the name O/pitrichum, instead of the ends of the fertile hyp: 4 
_ being denticulate or spiculigerous, they bear well developed meat" 
shaped basidia, which are scattered over the surface of the 2 a 
portion of the hypha, or are clustered irregularly or in rosettes. 
genus may be characterized as follows: : Z 

Olpitrichum gen. nov.—Saprogenous. Sterile hyphz creeping, We 
tate, branched; fertile hyphe erect, simple or little branched, were 
Near the apex provided with flask-shaped, fusoid, or enlarged basi “it 
irregularly scattered or gregarious, which may be branched ot per 
proliferous, each bearing a single spore. Conidia. ovoid-oblong, Yack 
‘or pale colored. It is Rhinotrichum but with inflated basidia she 
are constricted at the point of union with the hypha. It page 
the same relation to Rhinotrichum that Pachybasium® does to ea 


Se : 
1Corda, Icones Fung. 1: 17. Saccardo, Syll. Fung. 4: oF. 
*Saccardo, Fung. Alger. Tahit. Gall. 6.—Syllog. Fung. 4: 149. 


1894. ] Briefer Articles. 245° 


um. The basidia resemble somewhat those of Cylindrodendrum,? are 
less regular in form, while those of Cy/indrodendrum are subopposite 
and sometimes whorled, and the conidia are strictly cylindrical. 


or 16-25 in diameter. On decaying carpels of Gossypium herbaceum, 
Brundage, Ala., Sept. 1891. 

The characters of O. carpophilum are shown in plate xxi, figures 1 
104. Rhinotrichum macrosporum Farlow and R&. tenellum B. & C. are 
also represented in the same plate. The spores of 2. macrosporum 

arl. measure 1 5-30 X I10-20/, and those of R. zenel/um B. & C. meas- 
ure 6-12 X 10-20/4. The ends of the fruiting hyphe or their branches 
aré Somewhat enlarged and denticulate or spiculigerous in &. senellum. 
eS aORCE ATKINSON, Botanical Department, Cornell University. 

ATE XXIII. : 
~~ ries Rhinotrichum macrosporum Farlow Figs. 9-13, &. ‘enellum, 
sume and a higher scale, 

— on germinating myxomycetous spores.—The paper upon the 
semination of spores of Enteridium Rozeanum, by E. J. Durand, in 
the March number of the Gazerre, suggested to me that possibly my 
OWN experience was worthy of record. 

a el perl : art of April, 1893, I brought. in a specimen of Reticu- 
Were "2 Bibi Fries. As soon as it was mature, five days later, spores 
to ‘eae In ordinary drinking water, and in a few hours were found 
TSN hes ei Further experiments showed that some spores 
minutes : : within from fifty-five to sixty minutes. Within ninety 
ated hick agate of the spores usually germinated, and few germin- 
chamber : D he Swarm cells remained active several days in the moist 
of Reticul ae the past year the spores of this and other specimens 
tory by aie umbrina have been frequently germinated in my seid 
By placin erent students, no difficulty ever having been experienc : 
glass, ein quantity of the spores in some distilled water ina see 
orm a cons ns of the Swarm-cells will appear in an hour or two an 

germinated Picuous white layer, with the ruptured epispores and un- 

: Spores as a substratum. 

Sei, Nat Be Handbook, Pragaas Reproduction des Ascomycetes, etc., Ann. d. 


among the di of cotton from Alabama, under the 


sea 
Mme Phi, 7 : i was 
a y notri which name 
€ver publis} chum macrosterigmatum Atkinson, whic 


Mien 0s Pt. 9. Ag: #2. : < 
Chicago, Pag appeared in the exhibit of the Agr. Dept. at the World’s F oo 


~ 


* 


concerning the identification or failure to note the defim 


246 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


In April of this year I collected a fresh specimen, and germinated 
spores from it side by side with spores from the specimens then a year 
old. I found that, as before, about one-tenth of the spores from the 
fresh specimen germinated, while one-third to one-half of the year-old 
spores germinated. The swarm-cells from the latter seemed to pos- 
sess more vitality also, remaining alive in distilled water longer than 
the swarm-cells from the fresh spores. Very few of the latter were 
found active at the end of twenty-four hours. There was little differ- 
ence in the time required for the germination of the two. The tem- 
perature was always that at which the air of the laboratory happened 
to be, no attempt ever having been made to keep the spores at any 
given temperature. 

The diameter of the spores is about 8, of the amoeboid cells about 
7M, and of the swarm-cells about 6. Only uniciliate swarm-cells 
were observed. : 

I have also germinated year-old spores of Diachaea leucopoda Bull. 
Hemiarcyria rubiformis Pers.,and Fuligo septica (Fries) Link., an 
spores of Badhamia hyalina Pers. two months old. Only a small per- 
centage of any of these germinated, but the time required was less than 
three hours for any of them. Only amoeboid cells of Hemiarcyria 
rubiformis were observed. In all cases about one-half hour was con 
sumed by the protoplasm in escaping from the epispore, and the time 
given above as the time required for germination is that between the 
moment they were placed in water and the moment the protoplasm 
assumed the swarm-cell form. 

It will be seen that my experience agrees more closely with that of 
De Bary than that of Durand. The time required for the eben! 
tion of some of the spores is shorter, however, than that of which 
find any record. I am indebted to A. P. Morgan for the determina- 
tion of the specimens mentioned in this article ALFRED jaune ae 
Ciatcuir, Biological Department, Throop Polytechnic Institute, Pasa 
dena, Calif. 


its occurrence in the United States. Wolle,* whether fro 
te terms 


vee lifor- 
Dr. Farlow’s announcement, states that “it is reported from Ca or 
d 6 

iggb® Baty, Comp. Morph. and Biol. of Fungi, etc. (Eng: trans.) 427 4% 


* Farlow, W. G., Notes on fresh-water alge. Bot. Gaz. 8: 224 _ 
* Wolle, freshwater alge of the United States. 104. 1887. 


BEAR Rc ie ae eae fe ee i) ae ea ne Oa en es 


1894. ]  -Briefer Articles. 247 


nia but without certain knowledge as to locality.” This hesitant 
inclusion is apparently the basis of the doubtful attributing of Sphae- 
toplea to America by Wille* in his monograph upon the family, but 
the true state of the matter is shown clearly enough by Magnus‘ in 
a brief note upon the distribution of the plant, published in Za WVo- 
farisia. There need be no further question, however, about the pres- 
ence of this plant in the United States, since it was collected in quan- 
tity by Mr. D. T. MacDougal and myself, in inundated meadows near 
Bass lake, Hennepin county, Minn., April 23, 1894. The filaments 
were intermingled with those of Zygnema and Spirogyra and were 
found to include all stages of development. The formation of sperms, 
€ggs and syngametes was noted and apparently at least two of the 
Varieties recognized by De Toni® were present inthe material studied. 
A further contribution may be looked for from the Minnesota labor- 
atories upon this plant.—Conway MacMILLAN. 


*Wille, N., Sphaeropleacez in Engler and Prantl. Nat. Pflanzenfam. Theil 
I Abth. 2, June, 1890. 
* Magnus, Paul, Nuova contribuzione alla conoscenza dell’ area geografica 
~~ Sphaer oplea annulina Roth. La Notarisia 6: 1215. 30 Ap 1891. 
De Toni, Sylloge Algarum. 1: 95. 25 Jy 1889. 
19—Vol. XIX—No. 6. Y 


EDITORIAL. 


A CORRESPONDENT takes the GazeTTE to task in this wise: “It ap- 
pears to me that the GazETTE contains too many articles that ought 
not to appear in print. . . . I would especially call attention to 
Mr. ——’s paper upon ——, and Mr hese articles 
are too defective for the Gazerre and do not add anything to our 
knowledge, but contain numerous poor statements of well-known 
facts.” 


We do not undertake to defend these ‘papers, whose defects were 
fully recognized by the editors; or to set forth the reasons, to us suf- 
ficient, for accepting them for publication. We content ourselves 
with saying that we conceive it to be the duty of the GazETTE to re- 
flect as correctly as possible in papers published the state of inyesti- 
gation in the United States, and to urge (as we have repeatedly done 
and now do again) the necessity of increasing care in the preparation . 
of papers offered for publication. It must be remembered that such 
criticisms as the above weigh chiefly against the authors. They do 
themselves discredit by the publication of any paper for which there 
has not been a careful consultation of all previous investigations along 
the same line, and at the same time tend to bring into disrepute, 
prima facie, all American investigators. 


THE STATE OF THINGS described so forcibly in Professor Koehne's 
reply to criticisms upon the Botanischer Jahresbericht is highly dis- 
creditable to botanists. We are glad to have the facts brought © 
notice, however, for we hope that a knowledge of them will work the 
desired reformation. It is really marvelous that under such difficul- 
ties the Jahresbericht is published as promptly and is as complet 
is. We think the editor and his staff deserve the warmest thanks 


highest commendation of the hundreds who have profited by their 
botanists 


Koehne’s letter further failure will be inexcusable. Reader, i sag 
anything botanical for scientific journals, sit down quickly and py 
Professor Koehne’s address in your mailing list. We are glad by : 
that the Boranica, Gazetre has long been one of the twenty jour 
nals which go regularly to the Sahresbericht. 


CURRENT: LITERATURE. 
Minor Notices. 


THE SECOND VOLUME' of biological lectures deliveréd at the marine ’ 
biological laboratory of Woods Holl has récently appeared, the first 
volume having appeared in 1890. Ten lectures are included, all given 
by investigators upon subjects connected with their own work, and all 
présenting current problems. It would be impossible to review a work 
made up of so many important and independent ‘parts, and where ' 
each part is the compact presentation of a large subject. It is suffi- 
clent to indicate such titles as are of botanical or general biological 
interest, and to’ state that ‘this ‘collection’ of lectures is one that every: 
student of biology'should réad. The botanical and ‘biological titles 
are: The mosaic theory of development, E. B. Wilson; The fertiliza- 
fon of the ovum, E. G. Conklin; On some facts and principles of 
physiological ‘morphology, J. Loeb; Dynamics: in’ evolution, J. A: 

det; On thé nature ‘of ‘cell organization, S. Watasé; The inade- 
quacy of the cell-theory of development, C. O. Whitman; The influence* 
of external conditions on plant life, W. P. Wilson; Irrito-contractility’ 
implants, J. M. Macfarlane: 

THE'PROCEEDINGS of thé’ Indiana Acadeny of Sciences for the year 
1892 have been issuéd and récently distributed. They form a creditable’ 
volume’ of 169 pages and two plates. The botanical part embraces- 
eee Papers given by title only, and nine! given in ‘full ornearly’ 
od oan are: Grinnellia Americana, by M. A. BRANNON; Botan- 
tide 2 work in western Idaho, by’ D. T. MacDoucaL; The applica- 
cRitain mathematics in botany, by KaTHERINE E. GOLDEN; go on 
1 gna pr ein er eee atte ie 
FE 7 Spines® of’ Cactaceie, by'E. B. ULine; The genus ae 
slisa: note! An atxanometet for the registration of the’ growth 'o , 
Pedias thickness (with plate), by KATHERINE E. GOLDEN; Notes on 
byy reent, by W. L. Bray; and-The Lilly herbarium: and 'its'work, 

OHN' S’ WricHt: | 
Hott ogica! lectures delivered at the marine biological laboratory of Mg og 
ton. 1854) Summer session of 1893. Large 8vo. pp. 242. Ginn &Co., 


OPEN LETTERS. 
A defense of the Botanischer Jahresbericht. 
The criticisms uttered by Mr. J. Christian Bay in the December 
number of the BoranicaL GazeTTE (18: 471-472. 1893) require 
an answer on the part of the editor of the Botanischer Jahresbericht. 


“books and papers, which could be bought or otherwise promptly 
secured.” The editor is not enabled to buy more than he does, for 


but private subscribers might be counted upon the fingers. 


work for the Jahresbericht for scientific, not for pecuniary peters 


labora- 
tors. They all stick to their work in the most disinterested pee = 


dea of. 


higher in price than most publications to be exchanged fo 
But, it must be added, periodicals are not what t 


periodicals goes from Berlin to Luckenwalde; then, in due pero sep 
Luckenwalde back to Berlin. After this, the editor has to prep: 
Other set of books for Karlsruhe. Having got it back from 


F, the third for B, D, F, G, etc., etc., and, moreover, the pee vn the 


lose all iewing periogier «5 pay- 
control. As to the collaborator reviewing Pp of time in pay 


1894. Open Letters. 251 


ing numerous visits (partly vain, partly successful) to the libraries. 
So his labor is i he time he needs for finishing 


estericht might be published more promptly a difference, for 
stance, for the bacteriological collaborator to have—as indeed he 
—on ree Separates every year from the authors themselves by t 


ing abroad their articles, but depend entirely on the staff of the 
Juhresbericht or of other periodicals of similar character—E. K@HNE, 
nedenau bei Berlin, Kirchstr 


If j On compass plants and twisting of leaves. ; 
th it be permitted, I would like to present a few remarks concerning 
€ nature of the Orsions in the leaves of the so-called compass 


Plants. These torsions were described as twisting by Mr. Meehan 


I 
ood r : 3 : : 
Mee €asons, interpreted as heliotropical torsions. ow, 


1“ tae that these torsions result from “a somewhat prolonged 
a ” 


rowth. 
r Meehan has, evidently, confounded different movements. Hav- 
to explaj Xperience with compass plants, I shall be ab’e, I ag 
stan, ain Mr. Meehan’s results. The question is very simple, an 
roi to the elements of vegetable physiology. i é 
*ss plants. Experiments (the literature was given In my 
ubject in the Deutsche Botanische Monatsschrift 11: 1. 


252 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


Darwin and Wiesner (Die heliotr. roy wrod 1878-80), namely, that 
heliotropic movements may become fixed by growth. 

That growth is rhythmic, and not contin sits was known already to 
Ingenhouss and Th. de Saussure. We know that “growths that start 
together” are by zo means likely to rest together, for Fe the 
question of individual differences has never been much studied, we 
are, in our studies, always troubled with individual vatiattone 

The cause of the polarity is light; polarity may be changed, in 
growing leaves, into the fixed, normal light-position, when surround: 
Ings are chan ged; ¢ rown leaves will continually stay in the position of 
polarity. All that is needed to demonstrate this is a couple of drain 


S. 

II. The twisting of leaf-blades was investigated by Wichura (Flora, 

Pay 1852.); since which time, these movements have not been much 
stu 


,in monocotyledons, torsion of the leaves to the right age place, 


us; Tr 
Secale; Hordeum. Torsion to yet Aas occurs in Fritillatia; Allium 
(some); Festuca; Avena (upper le ¢ 
It has never been proved that orbit is the kcal ais of these 
moye ments, for an elimination of heliotropism by mea of the clino- 
stat has never been made. The twisting of leaves in Guanine is of 
much systematic value, and says ten times more than a thousand sy? 
onyms ina omaer ion. 7 CHRISTIAN Bay, ete — Lowa. 


sota. ‘Botanical Stu ’ 
As.edit itor of ‘Min eae Ratan Studies 1 regret. “shit my ey 
ould, even in a single case, fail tom j 

ee Bae & 3 


‘ 


of articles for. its. pages s 
tion of Mr 


me, through the Gaze ree suggestions ‘concerning Ww at 
enous maropriety publish in, the special journal en 


ported by a Minnesota enactment, since it is’a Minnesota it 
cee acts. to do and since it is the wish o Ufhnd mb Oat 
sent out price to whoever might be suppos 
hope no one will fee! etaned if ae of its articles, from his beady 
ene sont of view, seem too local and of too restricted inte 
pu 
In rep case in'hand, while Mr. Coville’s opinion, ot wet ttt bel 
nesota survey shonld publish at a given, moment a 


oS al ‘ « + 4 b an : 4 ould 
interest, I trust he will pardon me for suggesting that ae : 
unusual critical powers may be in danger of deteriora ott or 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


It Is ESTIMATED that forty per cent. of honey dew, as it occurs 
upon the leaves of trees, consists of the rare sugar, melezitose (Comp. 
> 127). 


rend, 117 


ARTEMISIA STELLERIANA Bess. occurs at Little Compton, and New- 
i R.I.. In this connection an article in the March number of 
ournal of Botany should be read.—BalLev. 


THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE 
will meet this year in Brooklyn, August 16th to 22d. Announcements 
may be obtained from the local secretary, Prof. Geo. W. Plympton. 

DurinG THE coming summer Professor John Macoun intends to 
collect in the prairie region of Canada. These constant explorations 
are bringing to the Government Herbarium a fine representation of 
Our northern flora. 

Dr. G. A. Weiss, Professor in the University of Prag, and director 
of the School of Vegetable Physiology, died March 17, aged 57 years. 

- Hans Molisch has been called to fill the position made vacant by 
the death of Dr. Weiss. 

TEACHERS oF botany may be interested to know that Vegundo acer- : 
oides shows a beautiful set of gradations through scales to true leaves. 
ray’s Genera, vol. ii, their transition is only par- 
nally shown.—Bat.ry. 
bie ts Menrirr FERNALD expects to publish shortly an appends to 

's Name Catalogue, containing a record of work during the last two 
ag Nearly a hundred flowering plants have been added to the 

t many of them of very great interest. 


a utrence of the genus Physostigma in Eastern Africa, and on some of 
of the Med; peculiarities; P. Magnus, On some parasitic fungi 
editerranean territory.— Bay. 


HE BOTANICAL p iversi kes of the 
EPARTMEN rown University partake 
general “b =o vave taken the 


roe S. E. Cassino, the Boston publisher, having received Rte ie 
Specialti~> Persons to issue a directory of naturalists arranged by 
'€s Or departments of study, and from others who desire a 


» 


254 The Botanical Gazette. [June, 


geographical arrangement, has decided to publish such a directory of 
the United States and Canada, provided a sufficient number of sub- 
scriptions are received to warrant the undertaking. The names will 
occur in triplicate, alphabetically, geographically and by departments 
of study. If possible, the work will be issued in December of this 
year or early in January, 1895. 


t Wo 
Applications should be addressed to William A. Setchel 
house avenue, New Haven, 


. ° ; m- 
E ANIMAL FOOD of Utricularia vulgaris has been carefully Hie " 


y Mr. Thomas Scott, of the Fishery Board for Scotland, No utricles 


contained no organic matter, thirty-five contained organi able orgat- 
much decomposed to identify, and 384 contained seas be noted. 


eres eee oo ne 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. PLATE XIX. 
/ 


| 
| 


iw 


Wim: 


a D 
EI 


E 
| 


| | ge 2. Day position. 


WRIGHT on CERCIS. 


PLATE XxX. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. 


Cosh Pek be 
sigue 


seeeatee 


yates me 

80g, 

808 5 3h. 
0, 


10e 


0 
nado, 


a 
2.8 ond Re G20) 
eI I00e obs 

Re a 

008 

3 ee is 

Gegosted 

Goh 
20 

ett 


a 
Lins 
00! sf 
scene 
soon a 
CG, 


9 
Ci 


o>, 


oes 
2, 

re 

G ? 

7 Poh MB 


oF 


anced 


0 

Bae z 5080 
OsUmne IO 99 0F0e: 
Siveee 


or 
Oe, 


EG 


iy On CONN IG 


fasdate 


0% 


ero 


oes 
‘=> 


fect 
ag 


x ree Se, 
te Soeese 
ogee See 


WRIGHT on CERCIS. 


anes 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. PLATE XxXI. 


— 


A 
vii 
’ \) \ \, Ws 


pet MSC Dla aaa bh el ota cole vn aie | eee 


RENAULD and CARDOT on NEW MOSSES. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. PLATE XXII. 


A 


RENAULD and CARDOT on NEW MOSSES. : 


PLATE Xxill. 


_ ATKINSON on OLPITRICHUM, gen. nov. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. 


eomplete Sets :.: ; 


OF THE 


Botanical Gazette 


can no longer be supplied by the publishers. The first ten 
volumes are rarely offered for sale. Those who have not 
these volumes are recommended to purchase the 


Index to Volumes I to X 
in which can be found full references. A volume needed tem- 
porarily can usually be obtained from some college or private 


library, 
PRICE, FIFTY CENTS. 
THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 
MADISON, WIS. 


SPECIALLY PREPARED 
Derbarium Paper:Botanists 


This paper is offered at the moderate price of $5.50 per 
ream. We also furnish— 
No. 1 Genus Cover, 1634 x 24 inches, at $4.00 per 100 
2 66 66 6 950: + 
66 ra 6s 1.50 + 
TS, 3 Bee et Bee, 2.00. © 
Species sheets, 164% 38% ™ Bi) feeb. 
Orders will receive prompt attention. Write for samples. 
E. MORRISON PAPER CO., 


1009 Penna. Avenue, N. W., Washington, D.C. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Company 
Successors to all business in Botanical Supplies in 


CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 


Herbarium and Laboratory Materials and Apparatus 
MICROSCOPES, BOOKS, SPECIMENS, EVERYTHING USEFUL 
AN 


rite for information about our boxes and trays for thick specimens. 


» 
°SSATISFACTION GUARANTEED. °0o> 


LICHENES BOREALI-AMERICANI. 
Second edition of Decades of N. Am. Lichens. 
REPARED BY 
Crara E. Cummincs, Tuos. A. WILLIAMs AND A. B. SEYMOUR. 
Numbers 1-80 Ready in May. 

This second edition is prepared in response to urgent requests, t the sub- 
scription list of the first being full. The second will contain nothing that is 
not in the 4 e editors are glad to announce that Prof. Thomas A. Will- 
iams will hereafter be one of their number. His name will appear with first 
sition also after No. 150. Address, 

Aw E. Cummines, Wellesley College, Wellesley, Mass. 


CARD INDEX OF GENERA, SPECIES 
AND VARIETIES OF PLANTS 
PUBLISHED SINCE 1885 
BY 


JOSEPHINE A. CLAS 


The first issue of 1000 cards now ready. Address: se S St. N. W. 
canine D. C. 


Acme Microscopes.. 


In both ‘‘American’’ and ‘‘Continental’’ Models. 
THE IMPROVED GRAY BOTANICAL MICROSCOPE, 
| Bice ea 1.65 &S* 


THE QUEEN PLANT PRESS 


(Light and Strong.) 
Our New Solid Comfort Dissecting Microscope: 


BOTANICAL PAPERS at reduced 

prices. (Special rates to schools 

and colleges, in quantity.) 
MAGNIFYING GLASSES, SCALPELS, 
and other supplies for science classes. 


QUEEN & co. 


1010 CHESTNUT ST. 
PHILADGLPHIA. 
N. Y. OFFICE, 116 FULTON ST. 


ENLARGEMENT OF THE 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 
_. The steady increase in the studies worthy of record which 
| are submitted to the Editors of the BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 
| compelled them during 1893 to print each month more than 
the 32, pages promised. In order to meet the growing de- oe 
mand for space and to permit the prompter Abas OF S578 
accepted papers, the editors have . 
Enlarged the Journal 

from its former size, thirty-two euder pemess ba, to a mini- 
mum of 

oe FORTY PAGES » 

with the Sp akshiies as in the past, of often exceeding this 
minimum. ie 

At the same time they are obliged to meet the: incr asec 
Cost, not only of the extra letter press, but espe 
the rapidly growing expense for plates. FORTY plates were 
Published in 1893, nearly double the number for prec 
‘Years, and the demand for illustrations increases with 
importance and length of the papers. _ Therefore, the. Yu 
: lishers announce that the sebrpeton PES beginn RY 
ania, 1854, wil be cs 
ie SS.00. 8 year > ve ; 
mete oe IN ADVANCE. pais 


¥ 
Bh 


phages 


Those wishing good herbarium specimens will find it most 
convenient to send their lists of desiderata to 


SANDBERG’S BOTANICAL EXCHANGE BUREAU. 
$7.00 per hundred. Satisfaction guaranteed. 

Address J. H. Sandberg, reer Minn. 
501 CENTRAL AME. ,. 2 


Henry Heil Chemical Co, 


ot. LOuUrTS; BN? 


Chemicals and Apparatus 


LABORATORY 
SUPPLIES 


GIVE US A TRIAL. YOU WILL FIND US PROMPT AND CHES? 
Before Ordering Elsewhere, Get Our Quotations. 
Large lilustraied Catalogue on Application. 


Dissecting Microscopes, 
IN EVERY VARIETY: 


_BAUSCH & OMB “OPT, £0. 


Rochester, N. Y. 


JULY, 1804. No. 7. 


THE 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


EDITORS: 
JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, Ill. 
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 
J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 


CONTENTS: 


Undescribed plants from Guatemala and other Central American Repub- 
lies. XIII. (With plates XXIV-XXVI.)—/ehm Dognell Smith on ae 
A preliminary synopsis of the North American are of ager PE 
—idwin B. Uline and ties Le8 - < » 208 
—- Onour Hepatice. 11.—Z. J/. eee “a 273 
eodorina, a new genus of Volvoeinele: (With plate XXVIL. i Walter 
. Skaw : : 279 
Notexorthy anatomical ee phy sidewalk researches i niet a 284 
The ieee of free ne nitrogen by plants.—A. L. 2 
€uce of traction upon the growth of eae D. Heald. a 
Articles Se oh 
he trivin on Stellaria oer (with plate XXVIII }—Ida Clendenin. Lone 
A peculiar‘m otmation of an ovary and placenta on Begonia ru rubra-grandi- oS 
sy Saeasog Reed. coe 
Biilepiaa : Ce a 
Noletand News : pr 


[ISSUED JULY 16.) 


MADISON, WISCONSIN. 
PUBLISHED BY THE EDITORS. 


_ Tracy, Gibbs & Co,. Printers, Madison, Wisconsin. 


THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science. 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 


SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 
| The subscription price must be paid in advance. No ntimbers are sent after the 
expiration of the time paid for. No reduction is made to dealers or agents. 


; In Great Britain, 14 shillings. } Germany, 1 
; “Agent, Ww. = COLLINS, Agents, R.- ‘PRIRDIENDER ie gi 
Great Portland St., London, W. | strasse 11, Berlin, N. W.6 
The prices named inelude postage. ~ 
_ Subscriptions business correspondence should be addressed to the 
BOTANICAL rea MADISON, wis.: ; money orders and drafts should be made 
yates to the Botanica GazETTE 
-Copies.— Contributors are furnished on request 25 pee copies of 
‘their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied 
at the’following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 106, $1.50; foreach plats : 
pe 100, hae 00, A less number at the same rate. Covers like 
number isin od must be pa ite 


\ 
s T Gotntbalias are requested to write scientific ist ge — 
care, and in citations to follow the form shown in the pages 


oe advertisements. —Articles requiring ees wi corres 
ondence about advertisements should be addressed to C. ARTHUR, Purdie 
Ind. 


a sgits when cao i ae iin’? 


= 


SE SRR hs eR RE eg “Ree en Mae eI RE 


Las 


ae 


A SAC jf 
= = 


Teg ey 


ox 


Ly 


, Lith. Boston. 


. Meisel 


B 


Mez & Donnell Smith. 


x 
a 
oO 
Le 
ae | 
Oo 
= 
<= 
ut 


PHOEB 


rt 


Ptmtisie 


al 


Gasette, 


fa B4 


Ss i sae neces Bae : Sale ence greece iit om al 


NECTANDRA HEYDEANA, Mez & Donnell Smith. 


B. Maisel, Lith. Boston 


Setarnical Gazsette, 1494 


shia ay : B. Meisel, Lith. Boston. 
: eres eee 


os -GYMNOGRAMME SCIATRAPHIS Donnell Smith. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


FULY, 1894. 


Undeseribed plants from Guatemala and other Central 
American Republies.: XIII. 
JOHN DONNELL SMITH. 
WITH PLATES XXIV—XXVI. 


Heisteria Costaricensis Donnell Smith. ($ LEIOCARP 
Engl.)—Folia disticha anguste lineari-lanceolata juxta basim 
acute angustata supra medium sensim in apicem mucruncula- 
tum attenuata, margine adpresse retroflexo, petiolo brevi de- 
currente. Calyx urceolatus post anthesim retroflexus pedicelli 
dimidium zquans, dentibus brevibus triangularibus in setam 
desinentibus. Petala libera obovata ad apicem emarginata 
calyce sublongiora. Ovarium perianthium paullo superans 
latior quam longior collo coronatum. Calyx fructiferens 
corlaceus patulus pentagono-orbicularis cum pedicello breviore 
Sanguineus subtus maculis albis notatus. Drupa ovata- 
globosa calycis radio brevior atro-cyanea. 

arge bush with slender, drooping, and closely leafy 
branches that are toward their tips flexuose and angulate. 
Leaves 6-9 3 Q-I1', membranaceous, pellucid-punctulate, 
glaucescent beneath. Petiole 3-4! long, decurrent in narrow 
wings. Flowers scarcely a line high, apparently solitary. 
Stamens not seen. In fruit, pedicel 34—43'long, calyx 10-12’ 
in diam. Drupe 5 4'.—The only other species described, 
with similarly narrow leaves, H. salicifolia Engl. from South 
piers is distinct by its calyx, which in fruit is cupuliform, 

3 


I : ; 
tic 1 D.S., (ex Plantis Guatemalensibus necnon Salvador- 
‘ vrhogs Hondurensibus Nicaraguensibus Costaricensibus, quas 

‘dit John Donnell Smith, 4,760). 

'The title of th ; eocctipanyinn eae 
tributi €se papers, as well as that of the tickets accompanying the 
i eld af Plants, has been changed to the form here employed, in order to” 

“Series some collections from other parts of Central America. 
0. 7. 


256 The Botanical Gazette. [July, 


Cuphea Heydei Koehne (inserenda post C. Liebmannii 
Koehne in Engler’s Bot. Jahrbiich. 2: 409. 1882. Sect. x. 
MELVILLA Koehne, subsect. 5. Erythrocalyx Koehne). Icon: 
Koehne Atlas Lythracearum ined. ¢. 44. fig. 380.—Fruticulus 
rams juntoribus dense hispidis vetustioribus glabratis. Folia 
internodiis 2—3-plo longiora, basi acuta vel in petiolum 1-4™ 
longum hispidum attenuata, elliptica v. lanceolata (24-54: : 
11-17"), longe acuminata, parce ciliata, superiore pagina 
parce, inferiore in nervis densius hispida, vix rigidula, subtus 
pallidiora. Flores solitarit,; pedicelli axillares 9-20" equan- 
tes, parce hispidi, prophylla minutissima, quasi in setas 3-4 
dissoluta summo apice gerentes. Calyx (22—26™) calcare or- 
biculari dilatato subincurvo (fere 3"" longo latoque) instruc- 
tus, subrectus, subgracilis, infra faucem ascendentem valde 
dilatatam plicatam subangustatus, verisimiliter intense coccl- 
neus, infra medium hispidus, intus glaberrimus; /odz brevisst- 

mi, setts 4-6 ciliati; appendices lodis longtores, dorso seta 
valida munite. Petalaov. duo dorsalia minutissima a le 

lata. Stamina ad tubi 4 line recte inserta; episepala fere 5 

supra tubum exserta; epipetalorum 4 ventralia lobos ae- 
quantia, 2 dorsalia paullo breviora et ceteris vix inferius In- : 
serta; omnia glaberrima. Stylus glaberrimus, sub anthes! : 
-ovarium glaberrimum duplum aequans, demum Circ. ome 
sertus. Discus crassus, ovato-cordatus, deflexus, supt4 sul- 
catus, subtus convexus. Ovula 9-14.—A Cuphea Le 
Koehne proxima differt calycibus majoribus appendici im 
manifestis seta munitis et praecipue pedicellis axillaribus nec 
interpetiolaribus. a 

Nebéj, Depart. Quiché, Guatemala, alt. 7,000", May 189% 
Heyde & Lux, no. 4,480. 

IPOMAHA FISTULOSA Mart., var. Nicaraguensis eae : 
Smith.—Volubilis, foliis cordiformibus acuminatis oe 0 
bus supra pubescentibus subtus cano-velutinis. Sepa phe 
bescentia orbicularia. Corolla ad 3—4-pollicaris. Semina 
comosa. ; alt 120", 

Rio de Las Layas, Depart. Rivas, Nicaragua, (ar 
April 1893, Dr. W. C. Shannon, U. S. Army, 10- ae de 

Salvia Shannoni Donnell Smith. S ) 
frutex cano-pubescens. Folia ovato-la : ‘4 supra 
minata ad basim acuta obtusave serrulata a 

Racemorum 


Fe TES een sa enh ists Sy, 


CaLosPHACE.)—Suh 
nceolata sensim acu 


Se: ete iS 


scabriuscula subtus cum petiolis velutina, — 
formia contractius acuminata flores superantia. 


1894. ] Undescribed Plants from Guatemala. 257 


breviter pedunculatorum verticillastra coarctata 6—14-flora, 
infirma subremota. Calycis subsessilis tubuloso-campanulati 
labia late ovata, posticum integrum anticum acute dentatum. 
Corolla quam calyx duplo fere longior ad medium subzquali- 
ter labiata, tubo gracili vix ventricoso sub exserto, labii in- 
ferioris lobo medio reniformi bifido. . Stylus superne unilater- 
aliter fimbriatus. 

Leaves 3-4 x 14-18", petioles 6-8' long. Racemes 3-5 
long; bracts sessile, herbaceous, pubescent, purplish, per- 
sistent, 8-10 x 4-5. Calyx pubescent, virescent or colored, 
5' long, lips 13' long. Corolla blue, 8' long, nearly glabrous 
galea 3' long; lip pubescent on back, 4! long, middle lobe 
1} X 3. Filament produced at articulation; anterior branch 
of connective 13' long, not dilated, glabrous, dentate. Infe- 
rior lobe of style 4' long, the superior thrice longer.—Slopes 
of Volcan Chingo, Depart. Jutiapa, Guatemala, alt. 3,000°, 
Oct. 1892, Dr. W. C. Shannon, U. S. Army, no. 3,612. 

Triplaris Macombii Donnell Smith. —Folia pedalia oblique 
lateque elliptico-ovata abrupte acuminata ad basim late rotun- ~ 
data glabrata subtus rubro-punctulata, margine pilosiusculo, 
Costa subtus adpresse pilosa. Racemi feminei (qui soli sup- 
petunt) singuli aut bini aut terni ex summis axillis orti itidem 
in paniculam terminalem folia superantem congesti. Calycis 
fructiferentis lobi exteriores quam tubus oblongus altero tanto 
longiores linguiformes, sinuum late rotundatorum margini- 
Dus retroflexis, lobi interiores tubum subaquantes eique 
3-adnati setaceo-subulati ad basim plus minus appendiculati. 
peel nitide quam tubus } brevioris facies ovate, stylis 
auces haud attingentibus. 

Branchlets smooth, sulcate, verrucose at nodes. Leaves 


in 


: erat fruit 26' long, pale-yellow; tube appressed-villose, 
and wings sparsely pilose, 17 x 51, obtuse, narrowed to- 
base; interior lobes somewhat unequal, about 3' long. © 


258 The Botanical Gazette. [July,. 


Nutlet 5 x 34’, styles 2' long.—Most nearly related to 7. 
auriculata Meisn. and 7. Arnottiana Meisn., the originals. 


_of which in the Meisner herbarium of Columbia College have © 


been compared. —Jiquilisco, Depart. Usulutdn, Salvador, alt. 
220", Jan. 1893, Dr. W. C. Shannon, U. S. ., NO. 5,064. 
Named for Lieut. M. M. Macomb, U. S. Army, Engineer in 
Charge, Corps no. 1, Intercontinental Railway Commission. 


Piper flavidum C. DC. in Donnell Smith Enum. Pl. Guat.. 


2: 66; (§ III. STEFFENSIA C. DC.); foliis brevissime petiolati s 
lineari-lanceolatis basi zquali acutis apice acute acuminatis 
mucronulatisque utrinque glabris, nervo centrali circiter ad } 
longitudinis nervos utrinque 3 alternos adscendentes mittente, 
petiolo glabro basi ima vaginante, pedunculo glabro petiolum 
Superante, amento florente folii dimidium equante, bractee 
vertice triangulari margine flavide hirsuto, bacca subtetragona 
apice subtiliter flavide hirtella.—Ramuli glabri internodiis 
brevibus, corticis collenchymate continuo zona fibrosa con- 
tinua intus aucto, fasciculis intramedullaribus 2-seriatis. Limbi 
8™ longj 13" lati in sicco firmuli flavicantesque. Petioli ad 
2™ longi. Pedunculi6™™ longi. Amentia florentia 3™ crassa. 
Stamina 4. 

Barranca de Rubelcruz, Depart. Alta Verapaz, Guatemala, 
alt. 2,500", Apr. 1889, J. D. S., no. 1,744. 


Piper Tuerckheimii C. DC. in Donnell Smith Enum. Pl. 
Guat. 2: 96; (§ III. SrEFFENSIA C. DC.); foliis modice petio- 
latis, limbis 3™ supra basin peltatis oblongo-ovatis basi pater 
datis leviterque repandis apice acute acuminatis supra 14 “a 
subtus presertim ad-nervos hirtellis, nervo centrali circiter . 
3 longitudinis nervos utrinque 3 oppositos adscendentes ee 
tente, lateralibus 4-5 e basi solutis tenuibus, amento mers 
folium pluries breviore apice longe mucronato, ee 
quam petiolus pluries breviore, bractee apice ee 
tate pelta triangulari margine hirtella, bacca me 
vertice hirsuta. —Ramuli dense hirtelli. Limbi ad 24 ae 
ad 12™ lati. Petiolj 4.5™ longi hirtelli bas! tS 
Pedunculi 8" longi hirtelli. Amenti pars baccifera 5 
mucro 2 longus hirtellus. Stamina 4. 

Pansamalé forest, Depart. Alta Verapaz, 
3,800", Aug. 1886, von Tiirckheim, no. 1,038. 


. im, Fi 
Piper Santa-rosanum C. DC. in Donnell Smith a oul 
Guat. 2: 96; (§ STEFFENSIA C. DC.); foliis modice pe 


Guatemala, ~ 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


1894. ] Undescribed Plants from Guatemala. 259 


oblique rotundato-ovatis basi inzequali rotundatis subcorda- 
tisque apice obtusiuscule acuminatis utrinque dense velutinis 
7-nerviis nervis 5 medianis validioribus, petiolo dense velutino 
basi ima vaginante, amento baccifero limbum zquante, pedun- 
culo petiolum parum superante velutino, bractea spathulata 
apice rotundata utrinque et prasertim dorso hirsuta, ovario 
hirtello, bacca globoso-ovata_hirtella.—Frutex 3-4" altus. 
Ramuli dense velutini, cortex fasciculis collenchymateis dis- 
cretis instructus fibris destitutus; fasciculi intramedullares 
uniseriati. Folia in sicco subrubescentia. Limbi in sicco firmi 
circiter 12™ longi 7.5™ lati. Petioli 1™ longi. Amenta bac- 
cifera 3™" crassa. Stamina 4, anthere reniformi-globosz 
caduce filamentis circiter equilonge. 

River-bank near Santa Rosa, Depart. Baja Verapaz, 
Guatemala, alt. 5, 000°, Apr. 1887, von Tiirckheim, no. 1,174, 
distributed as P. patulum Bertol.; Santa Rosa, Depart. Santa 

osa, Guatemala, alt. 4,000°, May 1892°and Nov. 1892, 
Heyde & Lux, nos. 3,463 and 3,833; Capetillo, Depart. 
Zacatepequez, Guatemala, alt. 4,300", Mch. 1892, J. D. S., 

0. 3,590. 


’ 


Piper variabile C. DC. in Donnell Smith Enum. Pl. Guat.. 
‘i Ws. (S IV. Carpunya C., DC. ); foliis modice petiolatis late 
Ovatis basi truncato-rotundatis vel elliptico-ovatis basi sub- 


acutis omnibus apice acuminatis utrinque glabris, nervo cen- 


nervulos validos mittente, petiolo glabro basi ima vaginante, 
Ba tam subeequante pedunculo quam petiolus paulo 
breviore, bractee vertice glabro triangulari superne breviter 
Ri, ende Subquadrangulari pedicelloque basi hirsuto, 
bacca obpyramidato-trigona glabra.—Ramuli glabri. Limbi 
cohen subcoriacei opaci fuscescentes late elliptici 16.5™ longi 
ee lati, elliptico-ovati 16™ longi 8.5™ lati. Petioli LS. 
Pi al Amenta baccifera ad 6" crassa. Stamina 3.—Species 
rea forma in ramis amentiferis ipsis valde variabili in- 
m Wountain-forests near Coban, Depart. Alta Verapaz, Guate- 
ala, alt. 4, 300°, May 1879, von Tiirckheim, no. 434. 
Piper Donnell-Smithii C. DC. in Donnell Smith Enum. 
~ Guat. *: 95; (§ IV. Carpunya C. DC.); foliis breviter 


= 


260 The Botanical Gazette. [July, 


tus, fasciculi intramedullares sub-2-seriati. Limbi ad 13™ 
longi ad 4™ lati, in sicco membranacei nigrescentes opaci. 
Petioli 7" longi. Amenta submatura ad 4™ longa 3” crassa. 
Stamina 3. Bacca obpyramidato-trigona in sicco nigra.— 
Species P. eucalyptifolium Rudge mire simulans amentis an- 
gustioribus ramulis haud uno latere hirtellis et verisimiliter 
staminum numero ab eo discrepans, a° P. concinno C. DC. 
bractez pelta hirtella, a P. Costaricense C. DC. amentis brev- 
ioribus distincta. 

Pansamald, Guatemala, alt. 4,000°, July, 1886, von Tiirck- 
heim, no. 975 


Peperomia Cobana C. DC. in Donnell Smith Enum. Ph 
Guat. 2: 66; foliis alternis longiuscule petiolatis lanceolatis 
utrinque glabris, nervo centralinervos utrinque 4—5—6 mittente, 
amentis apice caulis et ramuli axillaris aphylli 3 alternis foli- 
orum limbos citciter zquantibus, ovario basi rhachi impresso 
apice oblique subulato antice stigmatifero.—Erecta glabra. 
Limbi ad 13™ longi ad 5™ lati in sicco subcoriacet ee 
nervis egre cernendis. Petioli ad 3™ longi. Ramuli amenti- 
feri pars infera sterilis 9™ longa. Amenti pedunculus ad 2 
longus. Amentum ipsum circiter 1™ crassum. Bractea of 
bicularis.—Species P. lancifolie Hook. proxima petiolis 
multo longioribus ab ea precipue discrepans. a 

Near Coban, Guatemala, alt. 4,600", June, 1879, von eee: 
heim, no. 78 

Peperomia Luxii C. DC.; foliis quaternis_modice ager 
tis e basi cuneato-obovatis apice emarginulatis utrinque § ne 
ris indistincte 3-nerviis in sicco coriaceis, amentis pcehanae 
bus pedunculatis pedunculos suos circiter duplo pio 
limbos circiter triplo superantibus densifloris, rhachi Se 
bractea orbiculari coriacea centro pedicellata, ovario ee 
merso ovato in stylum gracilem apice stigmatiferum hai 
ato, bacca ovata stylo ea breviore apice mucronata. a” 
procumbens glabra, caule in sicco coriaceo 4-sulcato bier cir- 
Crasso. Limbi opaci circiter 1 5" longi 8™ lati. pase i 
citer 3™" longi. Pedunculi 2™ longi. Amenta matura 
longa 1™™ crassa. 


Te See on Te 


1894. ] Undescribed Plants from Guatemala. 261 


Ojo de Agua, Depart. Santa Rosa, Guatemala, alt. 3, 500°, 
Sept., 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 3,828 

Phoebe amplifolia Mez et Donnell Smith; foliis amplissi- 
mis, adultis supra glabris nitidisque vel secus nervos adpresse 
tomentellis, dense nervis immersis areolatis, subtus tomento 
brevi puberulo, ad nervos ferrugineo mollibus, latissime ellip- 
ticis, apice breviter subacuminatis, penninervibus; inflorescen- 
tia dense ferrugineo-tomentella, submultiflora, laxiuscule pan- 
niculata, foliis multo breviore; floribus dense ferrugineo-to- 
mentellis; limbi segmentis zequalibus, subobtusis; filamentis 
pilosis quam antherz multo brevioribus; antheris omnibus 
4-locellatis; ovario glaberrimo. —Arbuscula videtur (ex ramo- 
rum habitu), ramulis crassis, dense adpresseque ferrugineo- 
tomentellis basin versus cinerascentibus, striatim subangula- 
tis; gemmis dense ferrugineo-tomentosis; cortice esipido, 
paullo mucoso. Folia petiolis usque ad 32™" longis, validis- 
simis, supra profunde canaliculatis, tomento peradpresso brev- 
'ssimoque adultioribus cinereo obtectis stipitata, sparsa, rigide 
coriacea, supra (praeter nervos adpresse cinereo-tomentellos) 
adulta saltem glabra nitidaque et dense venulis immersis 
areolata, subtus tomento brevi puberulo, ad nervos ferrugineo 
mollia valde prominenti-reticulata, latissime elliptica, basi 
breviter acuta apice breviter lateque subacuminata, ex speci- 


subthyrsoidea, dense adpresseque tomento ferrugineo obtecta, 
foliis Permulto brevior; pedicellis saepius 4"" vel paullo infra 
longis, bracteolis deciduis. Flores dense adpresseque ferru- 
s!n€o-tomentelli, limbi segmentis quam genitalia multo lon- 
Sloribus, zqualibus, lingulatis, apice subobtusis. Filamenta 
Pilosa quam antherez multo breviora, ser. 111 basi glandulis 
binis magnis, sessilibus aucta. Anthere subquadratice, ob- 


a 


tuse, omnes quatrilocellatz, locellis ser. I1 exteriorum in- 


= “rrimum, subglobosum; stylo crasso subequilongo; stig- 

Mate pulvinato, Bacca maxima (+ 33™ longa, 22” iam 

metiens), bene ellipsoidea, cupule crass, subpateriformi, ob- 

a duplicimarginatze, sensim conice in pedicellum valde 
‘assatum transeunti insidens. 


262 The Botanical Gazette. (July, 


El Jute, Depart. Quiché, Guatemala, alt. 10,000%, Apr. 
1892, Heyde et Lux, no. 3,033. 

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV.—Fig. 1, flowering and fruiting branch.—Fig. 
2, posterior view of stamen ser. 1.—Fig. 3, anterior view of stamen ser. 3, with 
glands —Fig. 4, posterior view of stamen ser. 4.—Fig. 5, Pistil. (Fig. 1 is 
natural size; the others are variously enlarged.) 

Nectandra Heydeana Mez et Donnell Smith; foliis adultis 
preter costarum axillas subtus sepius perconspicue barbel- 
latas glabris, optime ellipticis, basi nunc rotundatis nunc 
breviter acutis, apice .sueto acumine brevi sed eleganti 
preditis, utrinqgue valde prominulo-reticulatis; inflorescentia 
subcorymbosa vel subpyramidata, glaberrima; floribus her- 

dj 


Ser. 7,. It: nul ; 
Arbuscula 12-24?" alta (ex cll. Heyde et Lux!), ramulis 


ultra breviora, percrassa, basi glandulis binis minutls, 
globosis, sessilibus aucta. 
biculares, apice bene rotundate, papillose. 
glabrum, subglobosum, stylo crasso, subequilongo. 
ignotus. 000", 

Santa Rosa, Depart. Santa Rosa, Guatemala, alt. z sad 
Nov. 1892 and Jan. 1893, Heyde et Lux, nos. ses 
4,578.—PLATE XXV. 


Fructus 


1894.] Undescribed Plants from Guatemala. 263 


Pedilanthus macradenius Donnell Smith. ($EUPEDILAN- 
THUS Boiss. )—Folia glabra ampla obovato-oblonga angulo ob- 
tusissimo terminantia, basi obtusa. Cymez ex axillis supremis 
orte breves oligocephalz, bracteis oblongo-ovatis peduncu- 
los superantibus. Involucrum ad basim rectangulare, calcaris 
quam tubus paullo minoris deflexi glandulas 2 majusculas 
gerentis labiis ovatis sub apice plica intrusa auctis, tubi lobis 
binis inferioribus ovatis cano-fimbriatulis superiore cum inter- 
Mediis aequilongis alte connato. Bracteole numerosissime 
flores masculos aequantes, pedicellis masculis et femineo fila- 
mentisque glabris. Capsula depresso-sphaerica lineis dehis- 


' centie 6 latis albis notata. 


Arboreous. Leaves olive-green, at apex of branchlets 
4-6 x 2-3"; petioles smooth, 3' long. Bracts rubescent be- 
neath hoary pubescence, 6x 3'. Peduncles pubescent. In- 
volucre rubescent, smooth within, 5—6' long, spur 3} X2' with 
oval glands 1' long, tube 4x 3'. Capsule 4' in diam., coccules 
ecarinate, seeds _trigonal-globose.— Canival, Depart. Hue- 
huetenango, Guatemala, alt. 3,200%, Dec. 1891, Dr. W. C. 
Shannon, U. S. Army, no. 412. 

¥chmea Friedrichsthalii Mez et Donnell Smith; foliis 


Placentis interno loculorum angulo apici affixis. —Epiphyta 
(ex cl. Friedrichsthal !), acaulis, florifera ad 0.5" alta. Folia 


is Parvis, patentibus aucta, praesertim dorso adpresse alluta- 


theta pulchre rubentia, subglabra. _Inflorescentia multiflora, 
Picem usque e ramulis distiche florigeris, subpatentibus, vix 


264 The Botanical Gazette. [July,. 


aciculo multo altiorem dilatatis. Petala 13" longa,ex BA gay 
lineari in laminam angustam, sublanceolatam, peracute in 
spinulam terminalem transeuntem dilatata, 2™" a basi ligulis 
binis profunde fimbriato-incisis aucta. Stamina petalis paullo 
breviora, filamentis anguste linearibus, tenuibus, ser. 1 liberis, 
ser. II'cum petalis peralte (ultra lamine basin) intime con- 
natis; antheris luteis, fere 3™ longis, lanceolatis, utrinque 
sed praesertim apice acutis, prope medium dorsifixis. Ovar- 
ium subglobosum, longitudinaliter sulcatum, ad 7™ longum; 
tubo epigyno subnullo: stylo antheras exacte aequante, grac- 
ili; stigmatibus longe divisis, perangustis, laxe spiraliter ee 
tortis. Bacca ceerulea!, globosa, Pis¢ magnitudine, sepalls 
Persistentibus tenuiter conice conniventibus coronata; seminl- 
bus allutaceis, vix 2™™ longis. ee 

Isla de Catina, Rio San Juan, Nicaragua, ' 1839, Friedrichs- 
thal, no. 609, (herb. Vindob.). Rio Jiménez, Llane ; 
Santa Clara, Comarca de Limén, Costa Rica, alt. 650, Apt. 
1894, J. D. S., no. 4,962. 


Piteairnia puberula Mez et Donnell Smith; foliis is 
oribus ignotis, interioribus haud petiolatis, anguste ees 
tis, integerrimis, subtus junioribus lepidibus albis P ecriebnd 
nos simulantibus furfuraceis; inflorescentia simplicissim® 
; in the Kew 
1Mr. Hemsley has remarked, that all of F riedrichsthal s plants hes wer ite 
herbarium are ticketed as from Guatemala; and this is the — in 
Vienna specimen above cited. In fact, the collections were made! 
and Costa Rica. , 


eri- 
la- 


re 


1894. ] Undescribed Plants from Guatemala. 265, 


medium usque laxiuscule, apicem versus dense racemosa, 
multiflora; foliolis scapalibus internodia longe superantibus; 
bracteis maximis, triangulo-lanceolatis, infimis flores axil- 
lares triplo vel ultra superantibus; floribus pedicellis brevibus 
crassisque stipitatis; sepalis anguste triangularibus, haud 
carinatis; petalis eligulatis; seminibus utroque polo tenuiter 
caudatis.—Imperfecte solum cognita, florifera vix ultra 0.4” 
alta. Folia rosule desunt. Scapus validus, erectus, foliis 
permanifeste brevior, lepidibus araneosis cinereis vel albidis 
puberulus, dense foliolis iis rosulae absque dubio aqualibus, 
anguste lanceolatis, longe peracutis, viridibus, supra glabris 
subtus junioribus lepidibus albidis pilos magnos simulantibus 
dense furfuraceis, adultis + perfecte glabratis, omnibus erectis 
internodiaque perlonge superantibus, inflorescentiamque me- 
dio fere equantibus usque ad 18" latis, omnino inermibus 
instructus. Inflorescentia simplicissima, medium usque laxi- 
uscule apicem versus dense racemosa, paullo infra 0.2” longa, 
40™" diam. metiens, cylindrica apiceque rotundata, multiflora; 
thachi recta, haud vel vix angulata, lepidoto-puberula; bracteis 
inflorescentiz basin versus persensim in folia scapalia trans- 
euntibus triangulo-lanceolatis longissimeque acutis, erectis, 
infimis flores axillares triplo vel ultra superantibus, supremis 
quam sepala subduplo brevioribus. Flores deflorati fructi- 
feri solum cogniti stricte erecti, pedicellis percrassis, lepidoto- 
puberulis, haud ultra 4™™ longis stipitati; sepalis subglabris, 
ad 21™ longis, e basi 5™ lata in apicem acutam sensim an- 
Sustatis triangularibus, sy tricis, haud carinatis. Petala 
(nonne revera, ut ex sicco videtur alba vel lutea ?) eligulata. 
Genitalia ignota. Capsula matura + 18™ longa, ad % 
longit. Supera, tenuiter conice perlongeque acuta, basin usque 
dehiscens, seminibus 2.5™ longis, fere rectis, utrinque cauda. 


“ognite, qua petalis eligulatis gaudent, utraque infeliciter im- 

Perfecta solum mihi ante oculos. fs 

S Cenaguilla, Depart. Santa Rosa, Guatemala, alt. 4,000, 

Spt. 1892, Heyde & Lux, no. 3,879. 

anthericum apodastanthum Donnell Smith. (Subgenus 

7 a ide HES Baker. )—Folia radicalia linearia graminoidea 
© T15-17-nervata, margine vix ciliolato. Scapus sesqui- 


266 The Botanical Gazette. {July, 


pedalis teres glaber ebracteatus. Racemus (in exemplaribus 
mihi suppetentibus) simplex flexuosus, nodis inferioribus re- 
motissimis. Bractez interiores ovate cuspidate, exteriores 
lanceolate denique subulato-attenuate. Pedicelli terni in 
medio articulati. Perianthii segmenta perspicue 3-nervata, 
interiora in sicco lutea. Filamenta muriculata nunc ovarium 
aut antheras aequantia nunc eis duplo longiora. Stylus nunc 
ovarii nunc perianthii longitudinem aequiparans. Capsula 
oblongo-ovalis perianthio marcido } brevior semina in loculo 
quoque 9-10 habens. 

Rhizome not seen. Leaves 12-15" x 2~3'. Raceme 7-8" 
long, lower internodes 13-3" long, exterior bracts at length 
t long, pedicels 4-9! long. Perianth 6-7' long. Anthers 1}! 
long.—Indicated by Mr. J. G. Baker as undescribed and 
nearest to his A. Skinnert.—San Bartolo, Depart. Zacate- 
pequez, Guatemala, alt. 5,000 *, May, 1890, Heyde & Lux, 
no. 4,644. 

Gymnogramme sciatraphis Donnell Smith.—Stipites ¢ 
caudice brevi crasso caespitosi graciles spithamei straminei 
glabri, basi paleacea. Frondes acuminato-ovate pedales gla- 

re 4-5-pinnatim decomposite, jugis plurimis confertis, 
pinnis pinnulisque oppositis e basi truncata subsessili ovatis 
lanceolatisve, pinnis infimis maximis, pinnulis ser. I thom- 
boideis 1~2-fidis, ultimis ellipticis deorsum attenuatis ple- 
rumque bifurcatis, segmentorum nervio unico infra medium 
usque ad furcam sorifero. Ke 

Scales ovate, 3-4' long, rigid, blackish, imbricating. Stipes 
and rachises canaliculate. Sterile and fertile fronds similar, 
20-26-jugate. Basal pinnze accuminate-deltoid, spreading, 
incurved, 673" long, 15~20-jugate; its lower pinnules 2’ pe 
9-12-jugate. Segments oblong, acute, 1-1}! long, fruit- ee 
cylindrical.—To be grouped with G. chaerophylla Desv. an 
G. schizophylla Baker, which differ chiefly by absence of ger 
dex and of scales, circumscription and loose pinnation - 
fronds. —Shaded precipitous banks of Rio Jiménez, ego 
Santa Clara, Comarca de Limén, Costa Rica, alt. 050% 
Apr. 1894, J. D. S., no. 5,084. 

Baltimore, Ma. : 
_EXPLANATION oF PLATE XXVI.—Fig. 1, frond.—Fig, a pinnule.—Fig. 3; 
Pinnule of secon rder.—Fig. 4, ultimate pinnule.—Fig. 5. scale conf 
Stipe. (Figure 1 is somewhat reduced; the others are variously enlarged 


A preliminary synopsis of the North American 
species of Amaranthus. 


EDWIN B. ULINE AND WILLIAM L. BRAY. 


In selecting work for the present year, our attention was 
called to the comparatively untried field of North American 
Amaranthacee. The only systematic work since Moquin- 
Tandon’s exhaustive revision of the order was that of Dr. Asa 
Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. 5: 168-9, where he presented a 
short synopsis of our western Amblogynes, restoring the old 
generic name of Amblogyne Raf., which had been reduced to 
a section of Amaranthus by Bentham in Fl. Australiensis 5: 
212. Aside from this and an occasional new species by Wat- 
son, Torrey and others, we were left to the difficult task of 
disentangling the vague and conflicting statements of Lin- 
neus and Willdenow, and of setting them right as far as pos- 
sible with Moquin-Tandon and subsequent writers. Up to 
the present time our study has been confined to the genus 
Amaranthus. ! 

Geographically, an attempt has been made to embrace 
forms from Mexico and the West Indies whenever material 
and facts were at hand, though they may only meagerly rep- 
resent the forms that will yet be found in those regions. 

For the use of herbarium material, grateful ackhowledg- 


Fro. John Macoun, Dr. C. E. Bessey, Mr. John Donnell- 
Smith, Mr. Walter Deane and Mr. Jared G. Smith. Over 
1,000 herbarium sheets of the genus Amaranthus alone were 


to us in revealing the European conception of some of the 
older species. Mr. Hitchcock’s West Indian collection and 
Mr. John Donnell Smith’s Central American plants have been 
specially interesting in pointing out the probable line of 
prinkde that many of our introduced species have taken from 
their original tropical home. The late Dr. Thomas Morong’s 


268 The Botanical Gazette. [July, 
collection in the Columbia College Herbarium fairly repre- 
sents the South American forms. 

The characters that are used in the following synopsis to 
circumscribe sub-groups are by no means absolute, for there 
is always some shading off and overlapping in one particular 
or another, which is forever bound to resist every attempt at 
definite separation. Yet they are natural groups worked out 
from a common origin, and the group characters herein set 
forth can only serve to point out these broader lines of differ- 
entiation along the path of descent. Likewise many of the 
Species approach dangerously near to one another; and the 
complex question of adaptation and modification of adventive 
forms together with the still greater uncertainty which pre- 
vails in regard to hybridization among certain groups of 


or less united at base, or Sree. (AMBLOGYNE. ) 

This section is as well marked in geographical limits as 1n flower 
characters, being restricted with few exceptions to Texas, New Mexico, 
Arizona, Nevada, southern California and the arid plains of northern 
Mexico. The characteristic rank weedy nature of the genus is some- 
what overcome here by a tendency to color and gracefulness of habit. 

* Plants monectous. 
+ Stamens 2 or 3. 
++ Utricle indehiscent. 
«1. A. BERLANDIERI (Moq.). 
Sarratia Berlandieri Mog. DC. Prod. 132: 268. 1849. 

Stem slender, ascending or erect, 15 to 30™ high, ere 
ing from base: leaves crowded, deciduous on the on pee 
of the stem, oblong-obtuse to oblanceolate, 1.5 to 2-5 st 
inflorescence in small clusters, crowded, axillary: pie 
darkish, short (2™"): bracts one-third as long as the Ree 
stamens two: fruiting sepals 3-nerved, coalescent i nike 
third their length, not constricted into a tube above: utr 


1894.] North American Species of Amaranthus. 269 


indehiscent.—Texas, from Austin and Big Springs to the Rio 
Grande, and northeastern Mexico. 
These forms have been known as A. folygonotdes, but the more 
leafy smaller habit, more minute glomerules, smaller darker flowers, 
di I sepals and uniformly dehiscent utricle 
I 


2. A. URCEOLATUS Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. 158. 1844. 
Amblogyne urceolata Gr. Proc. Am. Acad. 5; 168. 1861. 

Slightly branched: leaves rather small and narrow: sepals 
of female flower unequal in width, the two exterior with 
slightly narrowed tri-carinate claw; lacinee with spatulate or 
orbicular laminz, the three interior with strongly narrowed 
uni-carinate claw, all with entire or slightly crenulate margin 
with green branching nerves: utricle indehiscent.—The — 
Species not reported from North America, but represented by 
three varieties. 


slender petioles. € more vigorous vegetative character 1s prob- 
ably due to growing in gardens. . 
“Var. OBCORDATUS (Gray). 

Amblogyne urceolata var. obcordata.Gr. Proc. Am. Acad. 5: 169. 1861. 

Lamina or dilated summit of sepals strongly notched and 
nearly obcordate.—Western Texas and New Mexico. 

Var. Jonesii, n. var. 

Plant dwarfed, branching at base, erect, spreading, 7 to 
15" high: stem slender, smooth, purple: leaves scattered, 
oblanceolate to linear, 1.5 to 2™ long: flowers bright purple: 
Staminate sepals 5: stamens 3: sepals of pistillate flowers 
Sey narrowed below, white-margined, with one slightly 
tanched bright purple mid-vein: utricle purple, narrowly 
oblong, thin indehiscent.—Collected at Bowie, Arizona, in 
1884 by Marcus E. Jones. 

++ ++ Utricle dehiscent by a circumsctssile line. 
3. A. POLYGoNoIDES L. Pl. Jam. Pugill. 2: 27. 1759: 
Amél, ie 


ogyne polygonoides Raf. Fl. Tellur. 42. 1836. , 
Amarantus’ polygonoides Hemsley Biol. Cent, Amer. 3: 14. 1882, in part. 


270 The Botanical Gazette. (July, 


to 
have traveled; one reaching Florida by way of the West Indies, the 
other coming across the plains of Mexico as far as Texas and New 
Mexico. 


4. A. FIMBRIATUS Benth. Wats. Bot. Calif. 2: 42. 1880. 

Easily known by the broad fimbriate often beautifully 
colored sepals.—Reported abundantly from southern an 
eastern California, Nevada and southern Utah, western Texas, 
Arizona, New Mexico, southward into Mexico and Lower 
California. 

«Var. DENTICULATUS (Torr. ). 

A, venulosus Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 17: 376. 1882. 

Sarratia Berlandieri var. denticulata Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 179. 1858. 

This is not dicecious as Watson described it, but agrees 
with A. fimbriatus except that the broadly dilated lamina of 
the sepals is not fimbriate, but entire or emarginate, and con- 
spicuously marked by branching green veins. 
5. A. PRINGLEI Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 21: 476. 1886. 

Known from A. fimbriatus by the more scattered axillary 
inflorescence, distinct sepals with green mid-rib, broad scar- 
ious margin not fimbriate, longer acute outer sepal and longer 
spiny bracts. 

Probably has much the same range as A. fimbriatus, but 1s not re- 
ported from so many stations, nor in so great abundance. 

6. A. SQUARRULOSUS (Gray). 


Ambloygne squarrulosa Gr. Proc. Am. Acad. 5: 168. 1861. 
Scleropus sqguarrulosus. Anderss. ined. 


A species from the Galapagos Islands, with the beet 
ovate or rhombic-ovate lamina of the female sepals 4 
abruptly contracted into a narrow claw, peduncles an 
pedicels thickened, as in A. crassipes. Plant tall and slender, 
resembling A. fimbriatus. 


Cc assa m : h 
while the tall, slender habit and the abrupt narrowing of the 


+ + Stamens five. fhe 
__ The two following species show a departure from the pce ar- 
blogyne character toward the Euamaranthus group, in How’ 
acters particularly. 


1894.] North American Species of Amaranthus. 271 


7. A. CHIHUAHUENSIS Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 21: 436. 
1886. 


Leaves ovate-lanceolate to oblong: sepals broadly spatulate, 
setose-apiculate with green (sometimes branching) mid-vein 
much thickened at base. Apparently not found in any of the 
border states. 

Collected by Palmer at Hacienda San Miguel, Chihuahua 
(no. 197), in 1887. 

8. A. Bigelovii, n. sp. 

Moneecious, erect, 4 to 5° high with abundant slender 
erect rather short branches: leaves lanceolate, obtuse, 4 to 
7” long, with long slender petiole, much reduced toward the 
apex of the branches, becoming oblong-elliptical, all promi- 
nently mucro-tipped, with prominent veins: inflorescence 
leafy, axillary, crowded toward the extremity of branch, the 
stem terminated by a leafy spike: bracts subulate, pungent, 
slightly exceeding the calyx, 3" long: staminate flowers 
with five stamens and five sepals: pistillate flowers with sepals 
Spreading, rather unequal, spatulate-obtuse, the two lateral 
acute, the one next the bract mucronate-tipped: utricle cir- 
cumscissile with calyptra very much folded and retracted 
after dehiscence.—Collected in the Mountains of the Cibola 
in 1852 by Dr. Bigelow (no. 1,190). Distributed as Sarratza 
Berlandieri Mogq. 


Var. EMARGINATUS (Torr.). 
Sarratia Berlandieri var. emarginata Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 179. 1859. 
_Lacinize of the female calyx widely wedge-shaped, or. 
pnate.—Collected at Camp Green, New Mexico, by Dr. 
arry. : 


* «Plants dioecious. 
+ Utricle indehiscent: sepals equal. 
9. A. GREGGII Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 12: 274. 1877. 
Differs strikingly from both A. Torreyi and A. Palmert in 
habit and in the very short bracts, while the utricle character 
not only of this but particularly of the following variety 1s 
smarkably suggestive of that of A. pumilus.—Collected by 
Dr. Gregg near the mouth of the Rio Grande in bee? ee 
fact : d, and tha 

=F pistillate lowers od kere ace 4 abe Hant are in existence, 

aces this species on a rather perilous footing. 

2I—Vol, AIX Wo. 7. 


e 


272 The Botanical Gazette. [July, 


Var. Muelleri, n. var. 

Plant more branching: leaves longer, narrower: inflores- 
cence freely branching: sepals spreading, 2™ long, two-thirds 
as long as the broadly ovate inflated coriaceous utricle: seed 
larger.—Collected by Mr. Fred Mueller near Vera Cruz in 
1853. 

It is only for convenience in presentation that these two inseparable 
forms are permitted to fall with the other dicecious species, with 
which their affinities are otherwise very slight. In the utricle char- 
acters they display affinities for the Euxolus group, while in habit they 
are quite anomalous. ore material and added knowledge may lead 
to a very different disposal of them. 

10. A. TORREYI Benth. Wats. Bot. Calif. 2: 42. 1880. 

Western plains from Nebraska to Mexico, extending as far 
west as Nevada. It is the only northern dicecious form, being 
replaced in the south-west by the more abundant 4. Pal- 


Var. suffruticosus, n. var. aes 

Stem woody: leaves narrowly rhombic-ovate, with numer- 
ous prominent nerves on the under surface. Distributed as 
Amblogyne Torreyi.—Lower California, Cape St. Lucas (Xan 
tus 100 of 1859-60). 

11. A. PALMERI Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 12: 274. 1877. 

Distinguished by its long terminal spikes and very long 
rigid pungent bracts. —It is found from western Texas, through 
central New Mexico and Arizona to the Pacific Coast, but 
reaches its greatest display in the plateaus of northern Mex- 
ico, where it is one of the commonest of plants in gardens, 
cultivated fields and bottom lands. Very variable. 

Var. glomeratus, n. var. 

Low, decumbent or ascending, branching at base: leave’ 
narrow, very small (not exceeding 1.5™): fertile flowers - 
gregated below in large dense glomerules becoming 3 es 
in diameter at the base of the plant: sepals more spreé wn! 
—Collected in 1889 by Dr. Palmer at Lerdo, Sonora, Mex 
(953 &, 958 4). 

A form from Lower California (Orcutt, 1884) is taller and geo 
and has not the display of pistillate glomerules at base; but n & 
aspect it presents greater affinities here than for the species. 

(To be concluded.) 
Herbarium Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, Il. 


Notes on our Hepatice. II. 
The genus Riccia.! 
LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD. 


€ main purpose of these notes, made in reviewing the 
material that has been accumulating in my, herbarium for the 
last few years, is to call the attention of local collectors to 


American, no, 63, are of this species. R. Watsoni Aust. 
founded on male plants is doubtless the same species, as 


urvey; these are fertile and conform to the type of R. Froséit. 
Specimens from the eastern portion of the range are more 
robust than the mountain forms but the spore characters are 
Similar; they may be characterized as follows: 
. SICCIA FROSTII major, n. var.—Thallus much larger than 
in the type, 3-4 times dichotomously branched, irregularly 
Spreading and somewhat imbricate, the divisions wider, com- 
Monly tinted with purple at the margins.—Banks of Mis- 
Sourt River, St. Charles, Mo. (Demetrio, no. 5); Manhattan, 


Kansas (Kellerman); sterile forms are also at hand from 
Illinois (Woff), mee ‘ 


1 “ RH) 
No. I of this Series is in this journal 14: 191-198. 1888. 


4 


274 The Botanical Gazette. [July, 


R. ALBIDA Sulliv. is known only by two plants. The type 
was collected by Wright in Texas in 1845 and is in the Sul- 
livant collection. I have received a single plant from Lang- 
lois, collected in Louisiana. Both plants are lacking in fruit. 
The plant is allied to R. glauca in its vegetative characters . 
but its spores are a desideratum in order to understand its | 
affinities. 

R. LAMELLOSA Raddi as represented in Austin’s Hepatice ; 
Bor.-Am. no. 140 has spores quite unlike those figured in . 
Lindenberg (Monog. Ricc. ¢.30), lacking the hyaline margin. 

t may prove to be an undescribed species, but until Raddi’s 
type, if in existence, can be seen it will be desirable to let it . 
rest in its present position. The spores in this specimen are ) 
very characteristic, being 84-94 in diameter, clearly and 
regularly but not strongly reticulated over the rounded sur- 
face. Austin’s plants were from Closter, N. J.; the same 
plant has been sent from Mobile, Ala., by Dr. Mohr. . 

R. ARVENSIS, var. HIRTA Aust. is apparently a very dis- 
tinct species differing widely from R. arvensis in the densely 
ciliate margins of the thallus and especially in the larger 
spores (92-108) which are nearly black and consequently al- 
most opaque and very indistinctly reticulate. It was issued 
by Austin (Hep. Bor.-Am. no. 142) but the specimens In the 
set in my herbarium are sterile; Austin has described the 
spores in his MSS. now in my possession, which is important 
since they were omitted in the original description. Speci: 
mens sent me in 1884 by Parish from San Bernardino, 
material collected by Bolander, and especially the fine et 
terial furnished by Dr. Campbell for our exsiccate Sent 
Amer. no. 138) have enabled me to separate and diate 
this very distinct and elegant species, which will take t 
name Riccia hirta Aust. (1869, as synonym.) ‘hed and 

R. CALIFORNICA Aust. was very imperfectly describe aes 
the type is inaccessible if in existence. I have referre ey 
this species some sterile fragments from the California Aca 
emy of Science, and fragmentary fertile specimens ©” 
near Berkeley by M. A. Howe, which closely agre : 
brief description. The light brown spores with faint re a 
tions with very small areola (12-14 measuring the ante 
surface of the spore) are quite characteristic of these pee 
mens. More material is needed to trace the full chara¢ a? 
the species and the same is true of its congeners R. tem 


1894. ] The Genus Riccia. 275 


Lindenb. (known only from the very imperfect specimens dis- 
tributed in Austin’s Hepat. Bor.-Am.) and R. cz/iata which is 
known from this country only through the report of Austin, 
there being, so far as I know, no specimens at hand. 

R. CRYSTALLINA L.—The figures of this species in Lind- 
enberg’s Monograph ‘do not fairly represent the species as 
it appears in various European exsiccate nor do they conform 
to the usual description. Misled by this inaccurate represen- 
tation we issued plants under this name that are quite readily 
distinguished from R. crystallina now that suitable material 
is at hand for comparison. There is some resemblance be- 
tween R. crystallina and R. Frostii in the method of dis- 
Semination of spores but they are distinguished by their 
thallus characters. 

The following undescribed species have been sent in from 


southern and lower California: 


; Riccia aggregata, n. sp.—Thallus 1-3 dichotomous, form- 
ing more or less radiately divided crowded masses 1I-2™ 
or more in diameter; divisions of the thallus narrow (I-1.5""), 
solid, papillose-reticulate and green above, purplish beneath 
and provided with purplish scales not exceeding the margin 
of the thallus which is somewhat membranous; capsules 
rather prominent, with a purple spot in the thallus just above; 
Spores 70-784 in diameter, nearly black, finely reticulate but 
almost opaque, scarcely margined. 

On the ground, Pasadena, California, March 1893. (A. F. 
McClatchie, no. 24.) 


Riccia Cataline, n. sp.—Thallus thin, loosely attached to 
| the soil, 3-4™ in diameter, stellately or radiately 3-6 dichoto- 
; mous; divisions of the thallus broad (2—3™"), more or less re- 
| ticulate-spongy above, the apices more or less expanded and 
| fmarginate, naked beneath and at the margins; capsules 
| arge, in one or two rows; spores 86-95 in diameter, very 
| dark brown, nearly opaque, with very large obscure reticula- 
| tions which often contain a free ridge-like crest, bordered 
| with a more or less minutely crested margin. 
| Wet soil in a cafion, Santa Catalina Island, California, 
| September, 1893. (McClatchie, no. 441.) 
Riccia Brandegei, n. sp.—Thallus orbicular, 2-4™ in diam- 
eter, stellatel many times divided, closely attached to the 
Soil; divisions of the thallus narrow (1-1.5""), spongy-cellular, 


276 The Botanical Gazette. [July, 


narrow margin which gradually disappears with age. 
Lower California, 1892. (7. S. Brandegee.) 


The species north of Mexico may be separated by the fol- 
lowing table in which spore characters, hitherto not recorded, 
are utilized in separating species, although wherever possible 
the characters of the thallus have been employed in order to 
make possible the discrimination of material in the sterile 
condition. iccta bifida and R. Beyrichiana are omitted as 
ea is no recent evidence that they are members of our 

ora. 


Thallus with large air cavities which communicate with the 
upper surface. (SPONGODES Nees.) 


urple rystallina i 
rUpper surface of the thallus mostly smooth bamay rit the jeg 
groove; divisions long, yellowish green. ge rae _ 


Thallus solid, mostly without air cavities \. LACHENODES 
hoff. ) 


a surface of thallus spongy, pitted, green or fie 2% 
le 


2 OSLO 8) SOR See OE 6 0 ee See ee ee 2S eee Le 


Bischo 
a. Thallus without scales or cilia on the margins or Uf 
derneath. 
z. Spores medium size or small (at least under 100/)s 
1. Thallus only slightly reticulate above or not at all. 
* Spores small (60y or less). ; 
Thallus be wide divisions, thin and flat; pariet Reg 


PPUIOGE ie es eek ee ak eee R. te 

Thallus with — divisions. 7 Aust. 
Spores obscurely muriculate..........--++ lee 
Spores snanaly teticulate .. .52 x. Huebeneriana 


* * Spores larger (75-95 /)- ete 
Divisions of me thallus broad; spores nearly opaq derw. 
PevCulstione cs ee ie it Le. tee cous deep 
arvensis 


1894. ] The Genus Riccia. 277 


2. Thallus glaucous or white, clearly reticulate-papillose. 
Spores brown, 65-80y, reticulate................ R. 


glauca 
Spores unknown: thallus milk white above.... &. albida Sulliv. 


#2. Spores very large (130-170) black, opaque. 


Phallus: very Jatge, 4—7%" wide os 0565s cawd as R. Donnelli Aust. 


6. Thallus scaly underneath, not ciliate. 
?. Scales and usually the thallus purple underneath. 
igo ong simple or forked: spores light brown anastomose-reticu- 
ate R. ni, 


Pecus eek ahi 6 hy eb lee eee . nigrella DC. 
Thallus 1-3 dichotomous; spores nearly black, finely reticulate, 
Ramee Wpeiue 2. 626 os Se R. aggregata Underw. 


#2. Scales usually whitish; thallus green underneath. 
Spores light brown, 84-94; scales reaching beyond the margin. 
R. lamellosa_Raddi. 

Spores dark brown, 64-70; scales not reaching the margin. 
R. minima L. 


c. Thallus ciliate at the margins or apices. 


z. Spores black or nearly so. 
Thallus small; spores (about 85.) reticulate with 10-12 areole 
across the surface R. ciliata Hoffm. 
Thallus larger; spores 92-108“; opaque, scarcely reticulate. 
R. hirta Aust. 


9 eee 9 ee) ea, 6 ee ee 


zz. Spores brown. 


Thallus simple or bifurcately lobed, spores 84-92/- 
é sed R tumida Lindenb. 
Thallus stellate or fan-shaped, forming rosettes. 
Spores 68-73; faintly reticulate with 12-14 areolz across the 
convex surface R. Californica Aust. 


Roby De se ee a Se ea ae ae, 


Spores 85-110, reticulate with 7-8 areolz across the convex — 
surface R. Lese 


uriana Aust. 


Bee AO 8 88 666 ee etre ew ae Ce eee 


The following geographic distribution shows rather the 
Paucity of our information than the real limits of the range 
of most of the species. Six species are known only from 
California, viz.: RR. aggregata, Californica, Cataline, cil- 
ata, glauca and tumida. . 

Donnellii is known only from Florida. 
ey albida is known from Texas and Louisiana; R. #irta 
rom New Jersey and California. 
$s = nigrella is known from California, New York and Penn- 
php R. Hubeneriana from Massachusetts, New Jersey 
kee Ohio; R. Lescuriana from New Jersey, Florida and Illi- 


« 


278 The Botanical Gazette. [July, 


R. lamellosa is known from Ontario, New Jersey, Alabama 
and ome: 

. arvensts from Connecticut, New Jersey, Ontario and 
Distaet of Columbia; R. crystallina from iltnois, South Car- 
olina, Colorado, and ‘Neva 

R. minima is known from New York, New Jersey, South 
Carolina, Illinois and California, R. senuzs from New Jersey, 
Delaware, Ohio, Missouri and Arkansas. 

R. Frostit is known from Ohio, Illinois, Missouri, Kansas, 
S: Dakota, Idaho, Montana, and Colorado: 

R. lutescens leads the list, being known from Massachu- 
setts, New York, Virginia, Tennessee, . Louisiana, Ontario, 
Ohio, Illinois, Minnesota and Idaho. 

From 21 states there are no Riccias reported and fourteen 
others have reported each a single species. 

The above showing would strongly point to the fact that 
there is need of much local observation before we can form 
any rational idea’either of the extent of the genus as devel- 
oped in America or of its geographic distribution. 

Greencastle, Indiana. 


el 
* Ricciocarpus natans and Ricciella — formerly included in this genus 
have a much more extended distribution 


Pleodorina, a new genus of the Volvocinez.' 
WALTER R. SHAW. 
WITH PLATE XXVII. 


In September, 1893, the writer collected at Palo Alto, 
California, a Volvox-like alga, which Dr. D. H. Campbell at 
once suggested was different from any described genus. 
Subsequent review of available literature on the subject at 
Stanford University and by Dr. W. G. Farlow and Mr. B. M. 
Davis at Harvard University, brings to light no mention of a 
similar form. The plant is a so-called ‘‘ccerfobium” of about 

128 biciliate cells, one-half to two-thirds of which are, in the 
non-sexual form observed, ‘‘parthenogonidia.” In view of 
its apparent affinity with Pandorina and Eudorina, the larger 
number of cells, and the differentiation of the cells into two 
kinds, the name Pleodorina seemed appropriate and was 
adopted. 

The first specimens were collected Sept. 19, 1893, in an ir- 
tigation ditch at Palo Alto, and others were taken from the 
same place at intervals of a few days for about two weeks. 
They were kept in a wide bell-jar until Oct. 13th, when they 
suddenly disappeared before a swarm of insect larve. The 
living specimens from which drawings were made were held 
in place under the microscope by allowing the cover-glass to 
Press upon them slightly. An attempt was made to deter- 
mine the time required for the full development of the goni- 
dium-bearing individual from the gonidium by isolating ma- 
ture plants in watch glasses; but the daughter plants were 
not healthy, and did not come to maturity. 

€ typical specimens are those in which the gonidia have 
reached their full size previous to division. Such individuals 
are spherical (fig. 1) or more often ellipsoidal, and measure 

2 7-258 in long diameter;? the short diameters of ellipsoidal 
Specimens measure 7-20 less. With one exception the num- 
ber of cells in those counted varied from ninety-eight to one 
hundred and twenty-six; the exception numbered sixty-three 


Prepared under the di i bell 
. e direction of Dr. Douglas Houghton Campbell. 
nee of the measurements and also the counts of the cells given ae a 


Staining Specimens permanently mounted in 25% glycerine after fixin 


280 The Botanical Gazette. [July, 


cells. The cells are situated in the periphery of the sphere, 
of which the gonidia occupy a hemisphere or more and the 
vegetative cells the remainder. The centers of the two areas 
thus distinguished coincide with the ends of the long diame- 
ter in ellipsoidal specimens. The vegetative cells are about 
12 in diameter, and the gonidia just before division 25-30. 
Each vegetative cell (in young individuals the cells are all 
alike) is oval, with the smaller, clearer end directed outward, 
and bearing two cilia which project through the gelatinous 
envelope. In each cell a pyrenoid and a red pigment cor- 
puscle are conspicuous, the latter situated on the surface near 
the forward or outer end (figs. 5 and 7). The pyrenoid is in 
the inner end of the cell and appears to lie within the center 
of the single chromatophore, the edges of which extend for- 
ward around the periphery of the cell. Specimens fixed with 
1% chromic acid, washed, stained with hematoxylin and after- 
-ward with alum cochineal, show in each cell a centrally 
located nucleus with a well defined nucleolus (figs. 7 and 8). 
Some young specimens fixed with picro-nigrosin show a vacu- 
ole in the hyaline forward end of the cell. ; 
A number of specimens were fixed and stained with a view 
to ascertaining whether any protoplasmic connection exists 
between the cells. After fixing on the slide with 1% chrom- 
ic acid, some were stained with safranin, Bismark brown, 
alum cochineal and haematoxylin. Others were fixed and 
stained with picro-nigrosin, but in no case did any connect 
ing threads appear. At the time when these observations 
were being made, the writer met with a specimen of Volver 
minor Stein, and here the connecting threads between a 
cells were visible in the living plant under a magnification 
only 57 diameters and without the use of any stain. In the 
young of Pleodorina the cells are all of the same size and 4P- 
parently alike, but in the older ones the gonidial cells be- 
come gradually larger, and then more spherical an é 
even Slightly flattened. The granular cell-contents increas® 
the pyrenoids increase in number, and the red pigment nee 
puscle becomes less conspicuous and disappears. sl 
The movement of the plant in the water was followe' ia 
the case of a few individuals bearing well developed gom! : iv 
In swimming through the water the vegetative pole is pare 
forward and the plant revolves to the right (in observed re 
' on the axis connecting the vegetative and reproductive po 


1894. | A New Genus of the Volvocinee. 281 


The path is parallel to this axis in upward vertical as well as 
in horizontal movement. 

The division of the gonidia was followed in a number of 
cases on different days. The first cell division took place 
about two hours after noon and the daughters escaped from 
the mother plant eighteen to twenty-four hours afterward. 
Previous to division the investing membrane of the-cell begins 
to swell up and withdraw from the protoplasm, doing so at 
first in a zone just back of the point of attachment. This for 
a time gives the forward end of the cell the form of a beak 
(fig. 6). The two cilia persist on the gonidium and are 
active even after the cell has divided several times. The 
succession of divisions is essentially as in Eudorina elegans.* 
The first two divisions are perpendicular to the surface of the 
whole sphere and to each other (fig. 2, a-c). Before the 
next division takes place the walls already formed become 
curved and oblique, so that seen from the front the cells over- 
lap slightly (fig. 3, d). The next division is anticlinal and 
somewhat oblique (figs. 2, d and 4, 4). As the division pro- 
ceeds a plate of cells is formed which becomes concave trom 
the front (fig. 4, c); the concavity increases until the plate. 
becomes bowl shaped, and the mouth of the bowl closes to 
form a hollow sphere of very closely arranged cells before the 
last division takes place. The cells separate slightly and 
become rounded; then the last division into about 128 cells 
occurs and the cells are again closer and flattened by contact. 
Finally the cells become gradually more and more separated 
from each other, though fixed in the common envelope. 

After the last division takes place the cilia begin to form 
as outgrowths, two from the outer end of each cell. Thus it 
is to be borne in mind that the cilia do not arise on that end 
of each cell which corresponds to the ciliated end of the 
mother gonidium, but on the opposite end. As the cilia be- 
come longer they acquire movement and each daughter plant 
rotates slowly within the swelled up membrane of the goni- 
dium from which it has developed. The daughter plants es- 
‘ape as spheres of cells which are all alike. One case was 
observed in which the formation of the cilia began before the 
young plants had reached the spherical stage. This was 1n 
he above mentioned sixty-three-celled plant. In this in- 


Goebel, Outlines Trans.) 37. 1887. . 
: , Ou of Class. and Sp. Morph. of Plants (Eng. Trans.) 3 

dian y ~ this point the sraucition Wad ack actually followed but traced by 
©nt stages present in each of two fixed mother p 


282 The Botanical Gazette. (July, 


64 cells each (maximum estimate). Usually one or two of 
the gonidia fail to undergo division, and occasionally there 
are one or more cells in the reproductive area which do not 
even increase in size. 

In comparing this plant with others of similar type it is 
reasonable to suppose that there is a sexual generation yet to 
be observed.* If we consider that Gonitum, Pandorina, Eu- 
dorina, and Volvox represent a near approach to a true line 
of ascent, we have then in Pleodorina, so far as we can judge 
with no knowledge of its sexual generation, a new member of 
the series intermediate between the latter two, but much 
nearer to Eudorina. Its close affinity to Eudorina is indi- 
cated by the absence of any discernible protoplasmic connec- 
tion between the cells as well as by the mode of development 
of the individual from ciliated gonidia. It resembies Volvox 
more than Exdorina does in the number of cells composing 
the individual and the specialization of certain cells for the 
Purpose of reproduction. Thus we may expect in the sexual 
generation a degree of differentiation which shall be a step 
higher than that of Ludorina and nearer to the latter than to 
that of Volvox! 2 

With our present knowledge we may briefly describe the 
subject of these notes as follows: 


PLEODORINA, gen. nov.—Plant body a hollow, spherical or 
spheroidal ‘‘ccenobium” of green biciliate cells fixed i : 
hyaline gelatinous envelope. Red pigment spot in each cel. 
No connecting filaments between the cells. Non-sexual aa 
Production by gonidia; gonidia formed by increase in yes 
Part of the cells; daughters escape from mother plant : 
spheres of similar biciliate cells. Sexual reproduction 1? 
known. 


ts have 
5Up to date of present writing, April 7, 1894, no more of the plan 
been collected. 


1894. ] A New Genus of the Volvocinea. 283 


sexual reproduction by development of one-half to two-thirds 
(50-62%) of the cells into gonidia which retain cilia until 
ready to divide or longer. Diameter of gonidia 2—3 times that 
of vegetative cells. Each daughter plant enclosed within the 
swelled membrane of its mother gonidium until it becomes 
independent; active before escaping; ae cells alike at time of 
escape. Sexual reproduction not kno 

Habitat: Fresh water ditch, Palo Alto, "California, Auta: 

Stanford University, California. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII. 


Fig. 1. Typical plant of 120 cells; from a4 cilia diagrammatic and added 
afterward from fixed specimen; X 178.—Fig. Su pears ve sta ages s of division 
of gonidium, front view; a, 2:50 P. M.; 4, clit M.; 115 P. M.; d, vi 
: :40P. M.; nea 10:15 fo ollowing sree! cilia here ioe Gawcoueaies 337. ie 

Fig. 3 her gonidium fro mother plant; lighter c central pines in-: 
neste bali portion of cal eZ x ei obliquity of dividing walls; 2, 2:45 
¥ » 3:25 P. M.; ¢, 3:40 ; d, 4:50 P. M.; X 337.—Fig. 4. ide view of 
icticas gonidium from same mother shdegri a shows only one of two cilia which 
were present in full size and a * @, 2:20 P. M ; 6, 3: ise 13 4:35 P. M., 
30. Foe. 5. “Two reunion ‘al from same plant to show relative size; 
cilia as in Og.°1; xX 337.—Fi ig. wo gonidia = rw to eg 
X 337.—Fig. 7. ica sea show ing erate corpuscle; chromic acid 
1%, and safranin; permanent mo in spt ee x 1,000,—Fig. 8. Vege eta- 
tive cell showing chrom tophore peak nd 2 ing ppresells chromic acid 1%, eae 
hemat toxylin, afte sche stained with alum-cochineal; permanent mount in 
ey erine; X 1,000.—Fi Sia Two gonidia showing pak aly and pyrenais in 

each cell; same s pecimen as fig. 1,000. 

All | drawings ieenchat with an Abbé camera; pyr. = pyrenoid; zu, = = nucleus; 

fig. = pigment s 


Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches. 
The fixation of free nitrogen by plants. 


A review of the question of the assimilation of free nitro- 
gen must of necessity be somewhat disconnected as different 
investigators approach the subject from such different stand- 
points, some dealing entirely with the economic phase while 
others treat its biological aspect. 

The present synopsis deals mainly with the literature of 
the year 1893, including only those papers of the previous 
year that throw light upon concluding investigations. 

Research on this question has not been as active during 
the past year as in preceding years, and in a number of cases 
papers are only concluding pieces of work undertaken earlier. 
The general trend of the whole subject, broadly considered, 
has been much more in the line of general physiological exper- 
iment than in the morphological study of the agent of nitro- 
gen fixation. 


Assimilation by non-leguminous plant organisms. 


Concerning the question as to what organisms are able to 
utilize uncombined nitrogen, several papers have appeared. 
rank’s contribution to the subject in showing that some 
of the alge possess this ability seems now to be — 
beyond dispute. Schloesing and Laurent? experiner 
upon this question, using both the direct and indirect meth- 
ods of nitrogen determination and found that not only ha 
the green alge able to fix gaseous nitrogen but that some be 
the mosses possessed this peculiarity in a marked nee 
Koch and Kossowitsch ? have repeated this work with gree f 
and blue green alge, using purely inorganic solutions an 
have arrived at the same conclusion. While the nu 
experiments upon this point seem to show conclusively et 
the lower green forms of vegetable life possess this pow? 
yet it would seem desirable if experiments were also er " 
out with pure cultures of various forms and thus pee es 


exclude all possible chance for misinterpretation of FAN 
a ag Inst. Past. 6: 110. 1892.-Comptes rendus Acad. 115: 732. 1892. j 
ot. Ztg. 51: 342. 1893. é approx” 
_ > Some of Schleesing .and Laurent’s experiments were carried out oD 
imately pure species but they were not grown in sterilized culture media. 


1894. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 285 


The importance of algal assimilation, for so long a time over- 
looked, is by no means inconsiderable, for it doubtless will 
enable one to harmonize many results that heretofore seemed 
inexplicable. Particularly is this true with experiments car- 
ried on in natural soils with non-leguminous phanerogams, 
where the nitrogen claimed to be assimilated is always rela- 
tively small. 4 f 

In regard to chlorophylless organisms, Berthelot * has 
recently studied several soil bacteria in pure culture, Asper- 
gillus niger, Altenaria tenuis, and a Gymnoascus, using for 
a culture medium, humic acid and kaolin. With these 
forms he was able to detect a marked increase in the nitro- 
gen content. The bateria of lupine tubercles grown in humic 
acid and Cohn’s solution increased the amount of fixed nitro- 
gen by fifty per cent. He also noted that when the amount 
of combined nitrogen becomes large, the organisms utilize 
this rather than continue to fix the elemental gas. 

Winogradsky ° has issued a preliminary paper upon the 
ability of bacteria to function as nitrogen collectors. He 
worked under bacteriological conditions, using for a culture 
medium a non-nitrogenous but fermentable solution (pure 
dextrin and specially prepared mineral salts). With this 
medium, he isolated one well characterized bacillus able to 
form gas and produce butyric acid in quantities. It would 
grow neither on gelatin nor on gelatinized silica to which 
Sugar had been added. In general, it bore a strong resem- 
blance to Fitz’s B. butylicus. 

While the evidence at hand as to the ability of lower or- 
fanisms to utilize atmospheric nitrogen seems to be fairly 
complete, it is not so definitely settled whether the same 1s 
true for higher plants, excluding of course the legumes. 
Frank has persistently maintained the view that the ability 
* fixing nitrogen was a function of protoplasm and was resi- 
dent in the higher plants as well as the simpler. Especially 
is this marked, he claims, in thrifty, vigorous plants in the 
Srowth subsequent to the seedling stage. He has found, re- 
Peatedly, a marked increase in the nitrogen content of soil 
and crop where non-leguminous plants such as rape, oats and 


po Sa which a fixation of .N was observed with oats, cress 

be 4 Sal vegetation flourished, but where this was excluded no gain 
4 etected. 
Comptes rendus Acad. 116: 842. 189 


s : 
Comptes rendus Acad. 116: 1385 3- 


189 


~ 


286 The Botanical Gazette. [July, 


mustard were used. In his last paper,? he brings together 
the results of several experiments made during the last few 
years, in which is shown a gain in N, both in crop and soil, 
over what was in the seeds and soil at the beginning. Frank's 
methods are not given in sufficient detail to enable one to 
judge of his results critically; in fact this charge has been 
made repeatedly against many of his observations.® He uses 
mainly the indirect method of nitrogen determination, plant- 
ing the seeds in a soil containing a known quantity of fixed 
nitrogen and then determines by analysis the content of the 
soil and crop. If the sum at the end exceeds the total 

amount available at the beginning, he reasons that the plant 
has assimilated gaseous nitrogen. A control pot with un- 
planted soil is usually analyzed to see if there is any change 
in the fixed nitrogen of bare soil. As his experiments are 
usually carried out on unsterilized soil and his unplanted 
check soils often show a gain in fixed nitrogen, there 1s 
hardly any doubt that the N-increase in his experiments with 
non-leguminous plants is in part due to fixation by lower ot- 
ganisms, alge, fungi, or bacteria that are common to the 
oil 


Kreusler® points. out a serious objection to his methods of 
analysis as not sufficiently accurate to discriminate in the case 
of non-leguminous plants where such small increments are 
to be noted. 

In the résumé above referred to two experiments with ys 
leguminous phanerogams are given which were made in 4 
solutely N-free land, the results of which are as follows: 

Sinapis alba (4 plants): grams of N in seed, 0.0012; in crop, 0.0043. 0.2186. 
Solanum tuberosum (4 pieces): grams of N in seed, 0.022; in crop, 9-*" h 

He also describes a still more recent experiment, made wit 
Sinapis alba. In this case he used large bell jars and 
though the plants did not develop normally (they were 
able to unfold their flower buds in this closed space), he fo 
a certain amount of nitrogen fixed. 

The N content at beginning was as follows: 

Three seeds, 0.0009%"; soil, 0. 162%; 
at close of experiment, 
Crop, 0.0507; soil of pot, 0.215%; 
0.195%. a 
7 Bot. Ztg. 51: 150. 1893. 


® Journ. f. Landw. 41: 144. 1893. 
* Bied. Cent. 21: 257. 


un- 
und 


soil of control, 


1894. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 287 


Frank claims that the results reported by Liebscher!® with 
‘mustard are in general confirmatory of his experiments. This 
latter investigator worked under field conditions and claims 
that upon rich soil white mustard can collect twice as much 
nitrogen as thrifty peas, beans or clover. Liebscher’s paper 
is very full and explicit as to methods and details but his ex- 
periments were conducted under such conditions that the dif- 
ferent factors were not controlled, hence the value of the con- 
clusions is much lessened. He concludes that the ability of 


under optimum conditions. In rich unsterilized soil, peas do 
not increase in thriftiness even if they are fed with combined 
nitrogen, while the non-leguminous plants are much benefited 
by such a treatment. 

Liebscher thinks that errors of analysis will hardly explain 

_ the quantity of nitrogen apparently collected by the oats and 
mustard but as he admits,no control was exercised over the 
rainfall or the water used for watering, neither was the in- 
fluence of algz or soil organisms taken into consideration. | 

It would seem that while there may be an increase in the 
nitrogen under field conditions that may possibly possess some 
economic value, vet from the standpoint of physiology, these 
experiments are not sufficiently conclusive to prove that the 
higher plants themselves were able to fix the nitrogen. 

Lotsy!! has recently studied this question relative to the 
mustard assimilation in a careful way, employing both sand 
and water cultures in sterile and unsterilized condition, and 
from his work concludes that neither S. a/éa nor S. nigra are 
able to live without combined nitrogen. In this connection 
it ts only necessary to refer to the exceedingly careful re- 
Searches made previous to this by Schloesing (fils) and agent 
rent!? in which they showed by a comparative set of experi- 
ments, by both direct and indirect methods of analysis, that 
white Mustard, oats, cress, and spergula were unable to as- 
Similate free nitrogen. ‘ 

In 1890 Petermann!? affirmed that barley was as efficient a 
nitrogen collector as beans. Since then he has published a 
“cond paper’ giving full details of his experiments. His 

‘° Journ. f, Landw. 41- 180, 1893. ea Aare eee 

- ES. Dept. of Agricuiture 78. 


| 
| 
| 


1? Ann, Inst Past. 6: 

12 Mém pie - Seas oe 

14 : - Toy. de Belg. 44: 1889. 
Mém. Acad. roy. de Belg. 47: 1892.-Abs. in Chem. Cent. 2: 988. 1893. 
a2—Vol, XIX— No. 9. 


288 The Botanical Gazette. [July, 


plants were grown in natural soil, under normal atmospheric 
conditions, and also in air freed from combined nitrogen. His 
results showed a marked gain with barley in normal air, and 
somewhat less increase in air freed from fixed nitrogen. The 
N-content of seed, water added, drainage water, and crop 
were carefully determined but as he himself says, the factor 
of unsterilized soil does not exclude the possibility that lower 
organisms may have functioned in the capacity of nitrogen 
collectors. He has since repeated his experiments, *” using 
both natural and sterilized soils, and arrives at a different 
conclusion. In,unsterilized unplanted controls, having, how- 
ever, evident algal growth, a slight gain was noted. In ster- 
ilized unplanted soil and soil sown to barley a slight reduction 
was found. This corroborates Schleesing’s results and shows 
that the increase sometimes ascribed to arable land is really 
due to its living organisms. Unfortunately, the experiment 
in unsterilized soil planted to barley was lost, but the fact | 
that the sterilized soil planted with barley lost a part of its N 
shows that the supposed gain in the previous series was really 
due to soil organisms of a lower type. . : 
In Frank's last paper, already referred to, he presents his 
views in a compact and well digested form, citing experiments 
of his own, some of which are detailed for the first time, and 
critically reviewing the work of other investigators. He re- 
gards the experiments carried on in closed 
unnatural inasmuch as the conditions are so a 
plant is unable to fruit. As he claims that the nitrogeae 
similation of non-leguminous plants can only take place wie? 
the plant is thrifty and vigorous, this objection seems se 
founded. As conditions more nearly approaching pie 
the open air necessarily embrace influences that must be pi 
sidered, it would seem that the only way to settle this wk 
tion is to carry out simultaneous experiments under pi: 
conditions by both direct and indirect methods and then ©? 
late the results. 
Frank summarizes his results as follows: _ 
1. The legumes can assimilate free N wit 
vention of the symbiotic organism. + anal 
The strongest case he cites to prove this is the Experian 
cia in N-free 8 


made with four plants of Robinia pseudaca 


15 Bull. Acad. roy. de Belg. 25: 267-276. 1893. 
16 Bot. Ztg. 51: 139. 1893. 


hout the: iat 


1894. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 289 


ized sand, in which an increase in nitrogen from 0.0024™ to 
0.0538" is noted. This experiment he regards as fatal to the 
theory of Hellriegel, inasmuch as this legume without tuber- 
cles on its roots can materially increase its nitrogen supply. 

2. The symbiotic microbe isolated from a leguminous 
plant thrives luxuriantly on organic N but barely lives when it 
derives its N from the air. 

In this view he is opposed more or less strongly by Praz- 
mowski,’? Laurent,1® Beyerinck,1® and Bertholot,?° all of 
whom maintain that pure cultures of the tubercle organisms 
take up quantities of uncombined nitrogen. 

3. The quantity of combined N in root tubercles does not 
suffice to account for the N in remaining plant organs 

He takes the analyses of five plants of Lupinus luteus and 
determines the N-content of the tubercles, the aerial organs 
and the roots proper and shows that at no time during the de- 
velopment of the plant do the tubercles contain more than a 
fraction of the nitrogen that is present inthe plant. Unless the 
tubercles yield up a continuous supply of N, which has never 
been claimed as taking place, it is hardly possible to account 
for the N supply of the plant unless the plant itself takes part 
in the assimilatory process. -As the samples selected were 
ta en from an open field, the conditions are such that the con- 
ee is hardly warranted that the plant itself assimilated a 
“re part of the nitrogen. Frank’s own experiment with this 
ime plant in sterilized soil (sand) only showed with six 
ei an increase from 0.042 in seed to 0.3475™ N in crop, 
: at the factor of soil and its organisms seems to be more 
mportant than anything else even in his own experiments. 
er The non-leguminous vegetable organisms can assimilate 

€ nitrogen. 
ea : show how wide spread is this function, he classifies ex- 

Ples under the following heads, including: 

@)‘tungi, quoting as an example a ten months’ culture 
of Penicillium cladosporioides in a nitrogen-free sugar 
Solution as fixing 0.0035 of N; 

(6) algze and mosses : 

(¢) phanerogams; 


*” Landw. Ve 
: - Versuchst, 38: 5. 1801. 
=i Inst. Past. 5: Vg ag 
toe ent. 52: 137. 1892. 
mptes rendus Acad. 16: 842. 1893. 


290 The Botanical Gazette. . (July,. 


citing a résumé of the experiments he has made with different 
plants. He also quotes confirmatory evidence from Liebscher 
and Petermann that may now be disregarded or at least con- 
sidered of very doubtful value. 
. How far is combined N (nitrate), if used as a manure, 

utilized by the plant and what becomes of it in the soil? 

Frank holds that this subsidiary question should also be 
considered in a discussion of the nitrogen question. Most 
agriculturists affirm that if plants are fed with increasing 
amounts of nitrates a corresponding increase in N will be 
found in the crop. Frank planted mustard in N-free soil to 
which definite amounts of Ca(NO;). were added. 

The seed contained .0003™ and the soil .061™ in the form 
of the salt, while the crop showed .051%" N and no trace was 
found in the soil. An unplanted check soil containing .001% 
at the same time contained only .0046® N, thus showing that 
there is a large loss that is of no use to the plant. 

‘Repeating a part of the experiment with unplanted soil 
pots to which a definite amount of the nitrate had been added, 
a large portion of the nitrogen was found to have disappeared. 
This disappearance he thinks is due to activity of micro-or- 
ganisms of the denittifying type as shown by Breal, aS se 
ing and others, but it shows that the increased amounts 
N furnished in a manure may not reappear in the crop. They 
serve to make the plant more thrifty in the beginning and oat 
increase its ability to utilize free nitrogen. For this ra 
it is necessary to furnish combined nitrogen to non-lega 
ous plants during the germinating period while the Mi 
on the other hand can forego fixed nitrogen from the ae 
owing partly to their highly albuminous seeds and part aire 
the symbiotic relations that they maintain with the ei 
organism by means of which the assimilatory activity 
plant is largely increased. 


The actual fixation of nitrogen by legume tubercles. 


: ‘trogen 
Concerning the ability of legumes to acquire free ee 
there is no diversity of opinion, but just how these ae gen 
this gaseous element is not so definitely known. — 
erally accepted idea that the process bears an 1m F 
: : int 
tion to the presence of root nodules is no doubt correct 


main, but whether the nitrogen is fixed by the nodule ofgat" 


21 Comptes rendus Acad. 114: 681. 1892. 


1894. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 291 


ism or the plant itself or is a partnership act is by no means 
settled. 

The most important contributions to this phase of the ques- 
tion that have appeared in the past year are the joint papers 
of Nobbe and Hiltner.2? In their several papers, covering 
experiments since 1890, they show concordant results. They 
hold that the assimilation of nitrogen by legumes bears a di- 
rect relation to the formation of bacteroids. In numerous 
cases they found that plants (peas) growing in good soil and 
well supplied with nodules were unable to make much gain. 
When inoculated with pure cultures of B. radicicola, some 
plants would gain largely in nitrogen while others would ap- 
parently suffer from nitrogen hunger. When the tubercles 
on these plants were carefully examined they noted that the 
nodule-producing organisms were unchanged in those plants 
that hungered for nitrogen, while in the thriftier ones, the 
bacteria were changed into bacteroids. They conclude that 
(I) tubercles in which bacteroid formation does not occur 
are injurious instead of beneficial to the host plant, (the un- 
changed bacteria are then merely parasites); (2) the un-. 
changed bacteria present in tubercles seem to have no rela- 
tion to the nitrogen fixation by legumes; (3) the more 


In some experiments with Robinia they obtained striking 
results. The plants gained more nitrogen in the end when 
cultivated in nitrogen-free soil than in soil containing nitro- 
gen. This was because there was a more complete conver- 
Sion of the bacteria into bacteroids in non-nitrogenous soil 
than where nitrates were present. Manuring with nitrates 
Causes a more rapid development of the plants at first, and 
| with this a more rapid growth of smaller nodules, but these 
| were of less benefit than the larger nodules noted in nitrogen- 
| free soil, the bacteria of which. were entirely changed into 

bacteroids. 
The formation of bacteroids in the light of this view will 
ve then an increased interest. 
Nobbe and Hiltner claim that the bacteroids are formed by 
repeated division of the tubercle germ without the separation 
into isolated individuals. This continued division usually 


2 
* Sachs. landw. Zts. 76: 165. 1893. Landw. Vers. Stat. 42: 459. 1893. 


| 


ha 


292 The Botanical Gazette. {July, 
takes place transversely, and this produces an elongated 
growth although lateral protuberances often arise making a 
branched and irregular appearance. They liken the swollen 
branched bacteroids to a gill respiration, the nitrogen being 
absorbed by the water and this coming to the absorbing sur- 
faces in a dissolved condition. The fact that nodules are 
less active in their assimilatory Capacity in water cultures 
than in soil is commented upon and the inference drawn that 
the slower exchange of gases in the water than in capillary 
soil is the cause of this lessened activity. 


Variety of species of nodule-producing organism. 


Regarding the question as to whether there is a variety of 
species of the nodule forming organisms, Nobbe and Hiltner 
give some additional experiments in infecting different legumes 
with bacteria normally found in other species.** In nitrogen- 
free soils, certain plants like Lupinus luteus, L. augustifoltus, 
Acacia Lophantha and A. ¥ulibrissin produced tubercles when 
inoculated with bacteria of pea and bean tubercles. In sol 
containing nitrogen no infection could be noted, indicating 
that there must be a nitrogen hunger in the plant before the 
tubercle bacteria of one species of legume can penetrate a 
root system of another species. 

Atkinson?‘ records in his paper the failure to produce tuber- 
cles on Dolichos sinensis when inoculated with pure cultures 
isolated from Vicza sativa while this organism introduced into 
its normal host developed abundant tubercles. 

The multiplicity of forms that have been noted among ; 
bacteroids of different legume species has led to the vier 
there are specific forms for different species of legumes. . 
view receives support from a morphological basis but the ia 
certainty of a classification based upon a possible involutio 
or abnormal structure is obvious. he 

Schneider?® classified the tubercle organisms under ae 
generic title of Rhizobium, adopting Frank’s generic ere 
He based this classification at first on purely morphologi< 
characters as they appeared in the living tubercle, but he 
since cultivated several forms artificially and has a 
tural characteristics to his morphological data. 


the 


?8 For earlier data on this question see Landw. Vers. Stat. 39: 227-359: 
24 Bot. Gaz. 18: 157. 1893. 
”° Ber. d. d. bot. Ges. 12: 11. 1894. 


1893 


dded cul- : 2 


1894. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 293 


Atkinson has suggested that the influence of the macro- 
symbiont upon the tubercle organism may have much to do 
with the variability of form as seen in the different types of 
bacteroids. 

Bearing upon this question of variety of species are the very 
interesting observations of Bolley?® on the natural distribu- 
tion of tubercles on the roots of indigenous and introduced 
legumes of the western plains. The native flora of the region 
is distinctively leguminous and he gives a list of native forms 
that he finds well provided with tubercles under natural con- 
ditions of environment. Many of the introduced legumes, es- 
pecially Trifolium pratense often fail to establish themselves in 
the Dakotas forsome reason. On stray plants, self-seeded and 
alone, he finds few, if any, tubercles, even though they may 
be growing in the midst of the native leguminous forms, but 
when preceded by 7. repens this form develops nodules on 
its roots and is apparently thrifty. Several other introduced 
aie fail to produce tubercles when planted on the virgin 
soil. 

The inability of these species to produce nodular outgrowths 
would seem to favor the theory that their special organism 
was lacking and therefore would indicate that there is a vari- 
ety of species. These observations have, however, only a 
circumstantial value in lieu of actual infection experiments. — 
H. L. Russe xt. 


The influence of traction upon the growth of plants. 


Hegler in a recent paper! points out some of the work 
done on this subject by other investigators: (1). Baranetzky 
concluded that the duration and intensity of growth were in 
no wise affected by traction. (2). Max Scholtz thought that 
the effect of traction was twofold: (a) a retardation which he 
Considered a pathological effect; (6) an acceleration in which 

€ Saw the real mechanical effect of the traction. The 
author advances some important objections to these conclu- 
‘tons and then gives an account of his own investigations. 

Method.—Two plants were used, one with and one with- 
Cut a weight. Measurements were taken by means of dis- 
tance marks, microscope and micrometer, or by the Bara- 

76 Ag. Science 7: 58 1 ee 
therein Rosen® Ueber den Einfluss des mechanischen Zugs auf das 

er Pflanze. Beitrage zur Biologie der Pflanzen, 6: 281. 1894. 


» 


294 The Botanical Gazette. — (July, 


netzky registering auxanometer. The curves of both plants 


were plotted together for comparison. Shoots, petioles and. 
seedlings of the following plants were used. Helianthus an- 


nuus, Helianthus tuberosus, Phaseolus multiflorus, Tropaeo- 
lum majus, Tropaeolum minus, Ricinus bipinnatus, Linum 
usitatissimum, Cannabis sativa, and Dahlia variabilis. 

By a series of experiments, using weights of 20-150™ 
the conclusion is reached that the retardation of growth is to 
be regarded as a typical irritation phenomenon. An acceler- 
ation of growth takes place as soon as the weight ceases to 
act as a stimulus; but a new retardation can be produced by 
upsetting the equilibrium by an increase in weight. 

I. The amount of weight necessary to produce a retarda- 
tion varies in the same individual. Weights of 1.3-5%™ are 
sufficient to call forth a response in some plants, but others 
require still larger weights. 

Ill. The retardation produced by traction is the greatest 
at the beginning of the grand period, diminishes towards the 
maximum, where it is almost nothing, and again increases as 
we descend the other arm of the curve. Large weights 
(150) call forth a retardation even at the maximum of the 
grand period. cee 

IV. The same is true for the daily period. If the eer 
bility at the daily maximum is very low, the weight whic 
before called forth a retardation, here produces an ee 
tion of growth. Whena weight which has upset the equili 


rium remains constant, the change of stimulus gradually 


ceases to work and to give place to the mechanical effect. 
A diminution in the weight also produces a retardation. 4 
retardation then is dependent upon the abrupt change 
weights, either an increase or a decrease. a 

V. By using etiolated specimens, the daily periodicity tain 
avoided, when the retardation was not inhibited at eh 
phases but remained regular. The etiolated specimens W 
very sensitive to the weight as a stimulus. 

I. The approximate proportion given by Scholtz 
the acceleration and the number of days is an inver tion. 
portion between the weight and the amount of acceleratt’ 
For the same number of days the acceleration 
the increase of weight and passes with the hig 
second to fourth day to a retardation of growth. 

VII. A new retardation may be produced by a 


decreases W! 


‘iar = : 


between 


h weight inthe | 
spontane 


3 


ae a 


: 


1894. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 295 
ous increase of the sensitiveness to the stimulus; if it con- 
tinues to increase, an inhibition of the growth in length must 
result. 

VIII. The retardation is not produced by a depression of 
the hydrostatic pressure. The comparison of the turgor of 
cells from plants provided with weights and plants without 
weights showed a higher pressure in the plants subjected to 
traction. A similar retardation and increase in turgor was 
produced by gypsum jackets. In roots, especially, the pres- 
sure reached a considerable height and is perhaps of consid- 
erable biological importance. The investigations of Eschen- 
hagen, Wortmann, and Zacharias are also analogous and 
showed with increase in turgidity, a retardation or inhibition 
similar to that produced by traction.—F. D. HEALD, Umz- 


versity of Wisconsin. 


BRIEFER ARTICLES. 


Synchytrium on Stellaria media. (WITH PLATE XXVIII.)—Since Far- 
low and Seymour’s Provisional Host-Index of the F ungi of the United 
States does not report Synchytrium on any species of Stellaria, it is 
possible that its occurrence upon Sve//aria media Smith, in the vicin- 
ity of Baton Rouge, La., may be of interest to mycologists in this 
country. 

Stellaria media is one of the most common weeds in and around 
Baton Rouge, and as early as the middle of January of the present 
year plants growing in low wet places were attacked by the fungus. 
The presence of the Synchytrium is first indicated to the naked eye 
by the appearance upon the host of blister-like swellings, each of 
which, a little later, shows in its center one or more bright yellow 
spots which, as the fungus matures, change to a reddish brown. The 
diseased areas show marked hypertrophy (figs. 1 and 2), and the cells 
of the host are deprived of their chlorophyll and finally of their en- 
tire protoplasmic contents. The lower internodes of the stem and 
the petioles and midribs of the leaves are favorite areas of attack, but oe 
if damp weather favors the development of the fungus, no aerial part 
of the host escapes, and the disease spreads to leaf-blades, pedicels of 

_ the flowers, calyx leaves, petals and even to stamens and pistils, every- 
where swelling and distorting the tissue, dwarfing the growth and fin- 
ally killing the plant. 

A cross section of the stem where the spots in the pustules os : 
turned reddish brown shows numerous resting-spores occupying caVr Sue 
ties that are apparently much enlarged epidermal cells (figs. 1) 4): 
The normal number of resting-spores in each cavity is one, thou a0 
quite frequently two and even three are found, in which case pres ss 
usually somewhat reduced in size. The upper wall of the epidi od Se 
cell in which the spore forms becomes quite thin and often breaks a 


; 
: 
i 
. 


cane 


ieee foe 
; : ve 
shaped granules. Within this outer granular coat 1S 4 thick, be “ 
brown, more compact layer; this has not the homogeneous et ae | 


1894. ] Briefer Articles. 297 


that carries in it many oil globules (fig. 4). The resting-spores show 
considerable variation in size, ard differ noticeably in the roughness 
of the outer surface. 

Along with the resting-spores, though in separate cavities, are occa- 
sionally found sori composed of a varying number of angular, poly- 
hedral sporangia enclosed in a delicate, transparent sac (figs. 6 and 

. Each sporangium has a thin, colorless wall and finely granular 
contents that are colorless when the sporangium is first formed, but 
change to a bright yellow as it matures. 

A section through a leaf or stem where the disease is in its earlier 
Stages shows many of the epidermal cells slightly enlarged and occu- 
pied by almost transparent spores that range in size from extremely 
small spheres to that of the average mature resting-spore. Now these 
may be early stages of either resting-spores or sori, but since in older 
diseased tissue, resting-spores are many times more numerous than 
sori, it seems probable that most of the immature bodies are resting- 
spores in process of formation (fig. 8). 

_ The size of the resting-spores and their rough, reddish-brown cover- 
ing agree with the description of Syxchytrium Stellarie Fuckel as given 
by Schroeter* and Fischer,* as do also the size of the sori and the 
variable number of sporangia. The host, too, is the same. The con- 
tents of the sporangia, however, are bright yellow instead of orange- 
ted, but it is possible that those examined were not yet mature. 

Schroeter states that in the same cavity with the sorus and lying 
Just above it, is always found an empty membrane. He explains this 
as the original wall formed around the swarm-spore after it enters the 
epidermal cell of the host, and out of which, through an opening at 
its lower pole, the contents pass when ready to form a sorus. De 
Bary* mentions this membrane as indicating a possible sexual origin 
for the sorus, but thinks Schroeter’s explanation probably the correct 
og This may also explain the empty membrane represented in 

g. 6. 


Some of the resting spores, in their earlier stages, show a pouch like 
body closely adhering to the outer surface (fig. 9). It is barely posst- 
ble that both sori and resting-spores result from the conjugation of 
the swarm-cells, 

So far, all efforts to induce the resting-spores to germinate have 
“en unsuccessful, and the writer is not able to state whether their 
Sontents first break up into sporangia, or pass directly into swarm- 
cells—Ipa CLENDENIN, Baton Rouge, La 

‘Schroeter, Krypt rz 
Sirens cr, Rabenhors's Krypt. Flora von Deutschland, CEsterreich und der 

De Ba thl. IV. 52. : q 
ary, Comp. Morphol. and Physiol. of Fungi. 168. 


a ipeeceeeneeeeiem aE 


fe 
*) 


“yubra-grandiflora.—Last spring while engaged in a series of cross fer- 


298 The Botanical Gazette. [Haly, 


EXPLANATION OF + Soi eae —Fi Pig. 1. Section through two pustules on 
st —Fi Cross section of healthy stem. X 105. 


ia. : 

—Fig. 3. Cross. seston of Sti pa resting-spore, the latter emptied of 
its contents. X 425.—Fig. 4. me esting-spore with outer thick coat broken and 
fe) 


425. Rig. 
eased part. X 425.—Fig. 6. Section through an upper internode, showing two 
sori in a common hig Set one sorus emptied of sporangia. x 425.—Fig. 7. 
—Fi 


A larger sorus. 425. ig. 8. Section Soe a younger pustule, showing an 
immature tating. spore or sorus. X 425.—Fig. 9. Young resting-spore with 
membrane attached to one side. x 425. 


A peenliar malformation of an ovary and placenta on Begonia 


tilization experiments, I observed a very peculiar ovary and pistil in 
one of the flowers I had crossed. It was Begonia rubra-grandiflora 
and it had been fertilized by pollen from Begonia Verschafeltii with 
all the usual precautions against accidental fertilization from other 
sources. ‘The ovary was superior instead of inferior, as it is normally. 
The four branches of the stigma seemed to be attached to the sides 
of the ovary near the base; or rather the ovary seemed to have grown 
up in the middle of the ous pushing the four branches of the stigma 
apart. The ovary also seemed to be turned wrong side out, exposiNg 
the parietal placenta on its outer surface, which was apparently cov 
ered with tiny whitish ovules. No capsule was developed below the 
base of the calyx, as in a normal pistillate blossom. These ovt 
or seeds could be seen very distinctly four or five days after fertiliza- 
tion, without a lens. 

Unfortunately, after about ten days of growth, this peculiar ovary 
was accidentally broken off; but the stem was placed in water i 
a bell jar until the seeds NES brown, and seemed ripe. a | 
the seeds seemed shrivelled when dry ee were nevertheless agzit 
but none germinated. 

This malformation was so curious (and so far as I could find unre ree 
corded), that I would not trust my own observatjon, but showeé nd 
plant to several botanical students, and to Prof. A. S. Hitchcock, amu 

t. M. A. Carleton, all of whom agreed with me that these * 
bidies on the outside of the ovary appeared to be seeds. 
scraped off with a scalpel and examined under a microscope; | 
all outward appearances seemed to be genuine seeds. might 

have never read of a similar freak, so think this pag 
be of interest to other botanists.—Minnie Reep, Botanical DDS 
ment, Kansas Agric. College, Manhattan. = 


CURRENT LITERATURE. 
Embryology of the Amentifere. 

A recent paper' upon this subject, by Miss Margaret Benson, con 
tains some remarkable results. Embryologists have long looked 
hopefully at the Amentiferze as a possible fruitful field for the dis- 
covery of certain homologies of the phanerogamic embryo-sac. ‘The 
results here recorded have been obtained from work that has been 
going on since 1891, in the botanical laboratory at Cambridge, at the 
suggestion of Professor Oliver. The material was difficult to obtain 
in the right stages and much time elapsed before satisfactory results 
could be obtained. The present paper is but preliminary and frag- 
mentary, but it contains results that deserve announcement. British 
forms of Fagus, Castanea, Quercus, Betula, Alnus, Corylus and Car- 
pinus are considered. A comparison is instituted with Treub’s re- 
sults with Casuarina, indicating the close affinity of that genus with 
the Amentiferee. Treub, it will be remembered, considered the 
chalazal entrance of the pollen-tube a fact of sufficient importance to 
Set off the chalazogams (represented by Casuarina) against all other 
phanerogams (porogams). It now seems that Alnus, Betula, Corylus 
and Carpinus are also chalazogams. ‘The adaptations to this chalazal 
entrance are well pointed out. Other striking similarities aré to be 
found in the development in the Amentifere of genuine “sporogen- 
Ous tissue” in the nucellus, several similar contiguous cell-strands, 
from which one or more embryo-sacs are developed; and in the prev- 
alence of ceca formed by the embryo-sac (tails of macrospores) 
which serve for the unimpeded pathway of the pollen-tube up the 
nucellus, as in Casuarina, or forage for the needs of the embryo, as In 

agus. It is a question for which of these purposes the caca were 
originally acquired. In Castanea, also, there is a somewhat incon- 
stant development of tracheids around the base of the embryo-sac, as 
in Casuarina, taken to suggest some ancestral organ. The remarkable 
branching and resting stage of the pollen-tube found in the group 1s 
also suggestive of Casuarina. No intimation as to the homologies of 
the antipodal cells or as to the nuclear fusion of the embryo-sac was 
obtained. The group is evidently one worthy of exhaustive study, 
and likely to bring us somewhat nearer the solution of the problem 
a8 to the genesis of phanerogams. 


ar >. MarGaret. Contributions to the embryology of the Amentiferz, 
- Reprint from Trans. Linn. Soc. II. 3: 409-424. 6 p/. 


300 The Botanical Gazette. [Jy 


Minor Notices. 

A List of the vascular flora of Rensselaer county, N. Y., has been 
published by Drs. H. C. Gordinier and E. C. Howe. The list env. — 
merates 1345 species and varieties. The first list of the county was 
prepared by Professor Amos Eaton and Dr. George Marvin in 1819, 
under direction of the Troy Lyceum. Si 


complete and valuable. The distribution of species is given ¥ 
fully. A series of about seventy-five figures illustrate the general a 
Structure of the sixty-six genera described. ‘The second volume is 
promised for next year. ahep 
THE FIRST PART of a preliminary revision of North American 
tacez by Dr. John M. Coulter has been issued by the Department 
Agriculture. The work has been in hand since 1899, and he ye 
conducted, with the help of various assistants, in the field, in the 
gelmann collection of notes and types, and in the study of all 
ble American collections. The nature of the material and gi 
quent loss of types have made the study exceedingly dit 
the numerous garden names and descriptions of the older a i 
have made an inextricable synonymy. The Mexican boa 
regarded, aud all species that have come under observation ane 
reasonably certain are included. The present part con ae 
genera: Cactus, replacing the generic name, Mamillaria, — 
64 species and varieties are defined, twelve of which are new; 
lonium, with 4 species; and a new genus, Lophophor ” Peoeraplia 


distribution 1s discussed, so far as meager information will allo 
a handy artificial key is provided for the species of pare 
merous notes left by Dr. Engelmann, including descrip ie 
published species, have added greatly to the value of the revi ne 


= En ge ee ee ae ae Pee Co es 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


In Meehan’s Monthly (June) will be found a portrait of Dr. Wm. 
Baldwin. 


In Erythea (June) Mr. J. G. Lemmon describes and figures ‘a new 
Pinus of S. E. Arizona, named from that “ Apache-infested” region 
P. Apacheca. ; 


STEPHEN ELLiott is honored in Garden and Forest (May 23) by a 
biographical sketch, with portrait, and also by a full description and 
figure of Elliottia racemosa. 

PROFESSOR VON Sacus of Wiirzburg conti his physiolog 
in Flora. The last note forms an exceedingly interesting paper of 
28 pages, on mechanomorphoses and phylogeny (Flora —: 215-243. 
1894).—Bay. 

A TRANSLATION of Kerner’s admirable Pflanzenleben has been made 
by Professor Oliver and Misses Busk and Ewart and is already in 
course of publication in sixteen monthly parts by Messrs. Blackie & 
Son, London and Glasgow. 


Tue Journal of Botany for June is largely devoted to tropical 
African plants, Mr. A. Rendle describing some new Asclepiads 
(one a new genus), and in connection with Mr. James Britten describ- 
ing several new Convolvulacez. : 


_ MEssrs. Morris & WILSON of Minneapolis announce the publica- 

ton of a translation of Dr. Walter Oels’ little manual of experimental 
plant physiology by Mr. D. T. MacDougal of the University of Minne- 
Sota. We shall present a fuller notice of the book later. 

IN THE Kew Bulletin (May) is published a list of fifty-two plants col- 
lected by Dr. W. L. ripe F Aminacead naturalist, on the Aldabra 
Islands (north of Madagascar), and name . J. G. Baker. The 
collection contains ten new species, but not a single fern, grass, orchid, 
or Composite 


. 


M 
of North America north of the Mexican boundary in Bud/. Torr. Bot. 


Herr Four of the Berichte d. deutschen botan.Gesellschaft — 
Johann Bachmann, on the influence of external factors upon the for-. 
mation of the sporangia of Thamnidium elegans Link; H. sboocinces Th: 
the position of the Spicnephy ate in the system; J. Christian wel 

1;, 2 4 new genus of the yeast-like fungi which does not cause alco- 
holic fermentation.—Bay. 


Tae Bulletin de ? Herbier Boissier, in recent numbers (April and 
May), published a series of botanical studies of the islands of the Le- 


302 The Botanical Gazette. (Joly, 
vant by C. J. Forsyth Major and William Barbey; a comparative study 
of the genus Thunbergia by Charles Roulet; and new plants from 

the eastern slopes of the Caucasus, by N. Alboff, many of which have 

strong North American affinities. ~ 


In THE Bulletin of the College of Agriculture of the Imperial Uni- 
versity of Japan, (2: 1-33) is a paper by Prof. O. Loew, on the en 
ergy of living protoplasm. This paper outlines the history of proto- 
plasmic action in view of the discoveries of Loew and Bokorn 
Prof. Loew brings together a series of new facts about the occurrence 
and réle of the active albumen, which he has found in very many 
trees, leaves as well as flowers.—Bay. 

In THE Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club (June) Dr. Britton 
publishes a revision of the genus Lechea, having succeeded Mr. Leg- 


A 


been confounded; Mr. Kearney describes several interesting plants 
from the southern states; and Professor Underwood describes a nev 
Selaginella from Mexico. _ 
sses of botanists — 
lready - ie 
; : , now at 
these pages: Dr. W. Saposchnikoff, formerly in Moskow ioe tothe e 
Botanic Gardens at Naples; Dr. Giessler (Géttingen) was a A 


Pomological Institute at Proskau, O. S.; Dr. 

heim took Dr. Otto’s position at the Kgl. Landw. Hochschule ae | 
lin; Henry O. Forbes is now Director of the Museum t Bologn 
Eng. - Fron ©). Mattirolo is now at the Botanic sate : cl 
(instead of Prof. Delpino); Dr. C. Avetta is at Parmai pF D. Lov 


liari, as professor | 
sato has been called to the Botanic Gardens at Cagli snic Gardens 


Botany at Cambridge, was elected senior assistant in Botan 


seum, Copenhagen, Denmark; J. E. Willis, recogniz rod 
turer at Queen Margaret College in Glasgow, Scotland.—Ba¥. ma 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. . XXVII, 


| 
| 
| 


W.R. Shaw del. , an 


SHAW on PLEODORINA. 


PLATE XXVIII. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. 


| 
| 
| 


CLENDENIN on SYNCHYTRIUM. 


.Oels’ Experimental Plant Physiology... 
anslated and Edited by D. T. Mac 

A concise een text, adapted for the use of ae in soy school or 
college, either alone or in connection with a course in plant anatomy. The 
value of aconvenient manual in English on this subject will be "apparent to 
every teacher of botany. Octavo, 100 pages, 77 illustrations, cloth binding. 
By mail, au $1.10 oe 
AORRIS & WILSON, Publishers, Minneapolis, Minn. mies y 


SPECIALLY PREPARED 


erbarium Paper:Botanists a 
This paper is offered at the moderate price of $5.50 per “4 


ream. We also furnish— 
No. 1 Genus Cover, 164 x 24 inches, at $4.00 per 100 
2 6c 66 re > 50° % 


3 “ec é ci 1.50 6 
Dryers, x18 <* 200) 4% 
sheets, 16 16% x23¥% * a aeleeey 


peci j es 
Orders will receive prompt attention. Wfite for samples. 


E MORRISON PAPER CO., 


O08 Penne: sero OS Sea 


-Acme Mee ie. : 


**American 


> and * ”> Models. 
THE bieacin GRAY ea MICROSCOPE, — 
34 $1.65 Se 


THE @QUGEN . PLANT (PRESS 
(Light and 


Our New Solid Comfort Dissecting 3 Microscope. 
BOTANICAL PAP. 
pele ERS at reduced 


Those wishing good herbarium specimens will find it m 
convenient to send their lists of desiderata to 


SANDBERG’S BOTANICAL EXCHANGE BUREAU. 
$7.00 per hundred. Satisfaction guaranteed. 


Address ay H. eee bide i Mim. 
Ol CENTR 


Henry Heil Chemical Co 


21 LOUIS Maw 
a 


hemicals and Apparat 


LABORATORY 
| SUPPL 


GIVE US A TRIAL. YOU WILL FIND US PROMPT AND 
Before Ordering Elsewhere, Get Our Quotations. 
Large Iilustrated Catalogue on Application. : 


tg BY PROF. C. R. BAI 
000 Sold in One Yor 


Bitiscer ‘& LOMB opt 


Rochester, N. ¥. 


AUGUST, 1894. No. 8. 


THE Z 


BOTANICAL, GAZ 


a EDITORS: 
JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, Ill. 
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 
J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 


CONTENTS: 

“Description of new —— . the Uredineze and ns gin etc. wich 
plate XXIX.)—2?. D fee ae as 

- James Logan.— John W. ee : 

A preliminary ae of the North hese species a Amaranthus, 

—.. (Conciud uded).— Edwin B. : 


Bes : me = 
News . . 


THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE 
A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science. ; 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 
SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 


The subscription price must be paid in advance. No numbers are sent after the 
expiration of the time paid for. No reduction ts made to. dealers or agents. 


In Great Britain, 14 shillings. Germany, 14 marks. 
Agent, W. P. COLLINS, ioe R. ‘RIED LZINDER & SO 
7 Great Portland St., London, W. arlstrasse 11, Berlin, N. wi 
The prices — énelude ae 


Subscriptions ness correspondence should be addressed to the 
BOTANICAL Dalgerre ak WIS.; money orders and drafts should bettas 
payable to the BoranicaL GazETTE. 

Separaie Copies.— Contributors are furnished on request 25 Bis 
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied — 
at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate, 
per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like eis t 
title, $1.50 per 100, additional. I The number desired must be parted at the 
head of the MS., as none wi// be printed unless ordered. 

Manuscripts. Contributors are re sinepies to write es 


the Gazrrre, Manuscripts tay be sent to any one a the editors es 
Hiustrati dyerti Articles requiring iNustrations ; and core 
‘pondence setae Sythe = should be addressed to J, €. ARTHUR, ! 
University, Lafayette, Ind. a 
Missing ae ie be replaced free only when claim is made 
days after receipt of the number following. 


[Entered at the Post-office at Madison, Wis., a5 second-class postal m 


* 


: in the september wicker wat appear: 


a fuctning the eddies of t the easier = Ds . 


e = Loehiae and abstracts: of the enper 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


AUGUST, 1894. 


Descriptions of new species of Uredinex and Ustilagines, 
with remarks on some other species. II. 


P. DIETEL. 
WITH PLATE XXIX. 


Chrysomyxa Arctostaphyli, n. sp.—Sori hypophyllous on 
red brown spots of about 4™" diameter, arranged into groups, 
flattened, of irregular outline. Depth of the layers 160- | 
240u, spore cells' oblong, about 18 in diameter. 

On Arctostaphylos Uva Ursi. Wisconsin, leg. Dawis (no. 
921), comm. Ellis. 


Chrysomyxa Chiogenis, n. sp.—Spots yellowish or none; 
sori hypophyllous, scattered. Uredo layers appearing, when 
fresh, honey colored; uredospores formed in chains, ovate, 
22-29 X 15-21 #, with colorless, coarsely verrucose mem- 
branes. Teleutosori orange-red, waxy, 95-120 in depth, 
Spores 8-124 in diameter. : 

On Chiogenes serpyllifolia. Wisconsin, June, 1893, leg. 
Davis (no. 6,078), comm. Ellis. 
: By the dimensions of the spores this species is hardly dis- 
tinguishable from C hrysomyxa Pyrole (DC.), but the uredo- 

0 


reba of notice although small, consists in the structure of 
; membranes of the uredospores. In Chr. Chiogenis the 


of be more dense staff-like portions of the membrane are 
like “ig than in Chr. Pyrolez. On the other hand the staff- 
s ru . . 


Ledi (Alb. et Schw.) and Chr. Rhododendri (DC.) than in our 
Species under consideration. 
* 23-Vol. XIX—No.8. 


304 - The Botanical Gazette. . [August, 


Puccinia vulpinoidis D. & H., n. sp.—Hypophyllous, sori 


small, elliptical to linear. Uredospores obovate or elliptical, 
pale brownish, echinulate. Teleutosori long covered by the 
epidermis, afterwards erumpent, black; teleutospores clavate 
or fusiform, somewhat constricted in the middle, upper cell 
truncate or attenuated, often obliquely, thickened at the 
summit, lower cell cuneiform, clear brown, the apex being 
darker colored, epispore smooth, 40-65 x14-19u.  Pedicels 
persistent, about half the length of the spores. 
On Carex vulpinoidea. Lafayette, Ind., Nov. 1888, leg. 
H. L. Bolley. 
Puccinia areolata D. & H., n. sp.—Aecidia and teleutosori 
hypophyllous on pale spots of 1-2.5™" diameter. Aecidia 
forming small irregular groups, pseudoperidia decaying, 
white, with torn edges, aecidiospores ovoid, about 25x21 
with colorless minutely verrucose membranes. Teleutosori 
scattered, dark brown, punctiform to 1™" in diameter, soon 
naked, pulverulent. Teleutospores rather different in form 
and size, mostly elliptical to clavate, apex rounded, Sut 
mounted by a large hyaline papilla, lower cell with a eee 
papilla on the germ-pore beneath the septum, rounded att e 
base or somewhat narrowed toward it. Central coe 
moderate. Epispore beset with minute warts, hardly ven 
in water, brown; 50-80x21-34u. Pedicels deciduous, us® 
ally short. Bi 
On Caltha biflora. Skamania co., Wash., Aug. 1888, le: 
W. N. Suksdorf. : ou 
This is the fourth Puccinia on Caltha, all of which are * 
to occur in North America. Puccinia Treleastana vinici 
a a 
th of 


never seen the last named species from America. XXIX, 
parison we give figures of all four species. —Plate 
figs. 1-4. 


tical, slightly constricted at the septum, round 
apex with a flat conical hyaline thickening, !ow® 
vided with a similar lateral thickening, me 
(5-6), chestnut brown, smooth, 47-53 X 32-37# 


Re en ern ————— 


Php ee eee ee = aie es = 


1894. ] New Species of Uredinea, ete. 305 


colorless, easily detached at their bases with the spores, 100- 
120 long. 

On Chrysopsis villosa. Helena, Mont., April, 1889, leg. 
F. D. Kelsey. 

Puccinia Chloridis mihi in Hedwigia 31: 290, 1892, is appar- 
ently identical with the previously named Puccinia Chloridis 


lous and on the pedicels and stems, on the leaves circular or 
oblong, often following the principal veins and confluent into 
long patches, soon naked, pulverulent. Uredosori orange 
yellow, teleutosori dark brown. Uredospores ovoid or ellip- 
tical, 22-30 x 15-234, membranes colorless with minute dis- 
tant papilla. Teleutospores usually two-celled, seldom 
three-celled, elliptical, blunt or rounded at both ends, barely 
Constricted or not at all, membranes yellow brown or dirty 

Frown, so transparent as to make recognizable the orange red 
Contents, covered with large tubercles which swell somewhat 


In water, sometimes nearly smooth, provided with three. 


serm-pores in each cell, 30-44 x 20-28y, three-celled Spores 
45-54u long. Pedicels colorless, to 604, detached with the 
Pores, 


On Potentilla gelida. Chiquash Mts., Skamania co., Wash. 
Aug. 1892, leg. W. N. Suksdorf (no. 351). 
_ It will seem contradictory that we have placed this fungus 
in the genus Phragmidium, for the three-celled spores are 
Present only in a very small number, about one per cent. 

ut in many other respects it accords so completely with the 
typical Phragmidia, that, in placing it in the genus Puccinia, 
one would Separate this species from its nearest allies. e 
shall discuss particularly this point on another occasion. 

Tilletia Elymi D. & H., n. sp.—Spore masses black, de- 
Stroying the Ovaries. Spores globose, dark olive brown, 
24~-28u in diameter. Epispore reticulated with ridges 2.6-4y 

a 


wt Aumus spec. Skamania co., Wash., Aug. 1886, leg. 
ksdorf. 


4 Tolyposporiam Davidsonii D. & H., n. sp.—Spores pro- 

sced in spherical firm walled galls of about 0.7"" diameter, 
th the outside and at the bases of the perigonial leaves and 
li hermes within the inflorescence. Spore mass powdery, 
"St chocolate brown, discharged by irregular ruptures of the 


Be ee eee ae ae ee 
me oe ae (hx eh 
a aaa 


306 The Botanical Gazette. [August 


galls. Spores aggregated in very different manner into balls 
of 2 to 7 cells or isolated, longish or isodiametric,’ flattened 
on the sides of contact, pale, densely verrucose. Dimensions 
of the spore cells 12-15 x 7-13. 

On Atriplex spec. Los Angeles, Calif., Sept. 1893, leg. 
Dr. A. Davidson. This is a very remarkable fungus on ac- 
count of its peculiar appearance, represented in plate XXIX, 
fig. 5. The arrangement of the spore cells is a very variable 
one. In bicellular spores the cells touch each other by their 
longer sides, or the plane of separation is inclined (figs. 74, 7). 
In three-celled spores the cells are arranged into a triangle 
(7¢) or into a straight line or in an intermediate manner (74). 
If the spore ball is four-celled, the component cells are situ- 
ated across in the same plane (7e), or may be arranged in @ 
different manner (7f). Likewise in aggregates of more than 
four cells, these may lie in the same plane (7g) or forma 
nearly spherical body (7%). More than seven cells in one 
spore ball have not been observed; the most frequent case 
are two to four cells. The spores are produced within s 
‘ pisiform receptacles walled by a few layers of parenchym- 
atous cells of the host plant. The formation of the spores 
begins in the center of the galls and gradually proceeds out 
wards. In the more advanced conditions the interior W: 
of the cavity is covered with a stratum of hyphe whose IY 
nermost beds are transformed into a gelatinous mass forming 
the spores (see figs. 6 and 8). a 

Peronospora phlogina D. & H., n. sp.—Conidiophe! 
erumpent in whitish afterwards dirty flocks from the ps 
surfaces of the leaves, five to seven times bifurcated, sc ee 
minal branchlets slightly curved. Conidia ovoid, 2 a 
20H, nearly colorless, in masses appearing dirty ee’ ae 
smooth. QOospores spherical, 32-484 diam., coarsely 
cose, yellow brown. 388, leg: 

On Phlox divaricata. Decorah, Iowa, June 190% 
Holway. 

Leipzig, Germany. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX. wat 
: o iana.-Fig. et ee 
Fig. 1, Puccinia areolata.—Fig. 2, Puccinia Treleasiana. Jn Davie 
g. 


5-8, To | 
Sonii.—Fig. 5, A diseased twig of Atriplex (with broken (6% 
Part of a section through a gall. x250.—Fig. 7, Spores. X5 
spores, 


CO ARS ae eee i ee Pee Ee ee ee Soe 


James Logan, an early contributor to the doctrine of sex 
in plants. 


JOHN W. HARSHBERGER. 


No part of botany has so often engaged the pen of the his- 
torian as the doctrine of sexuality in plants, established by 
Rudolph Jacob Camerarius in his works collected by Johann 
Mikan, professor of botany in Prague, under the title Opus- 
cula Botanici Argumenti. Before the year 1691, and after 
that date although to a less extent, the authority of the 
ancients was still great, for in the books of that time, the 
views of Aristotle, Empedocles and Theophrastus are con- 
stantly quoted in support of one theory or another. Even 
Camerarius insists that the opinion of the Greek authors on 
natural history is not opposed to his sexual theory. A peru- 
sal of the works of Grew, Ray, and Malpighi show how loath 
these botanists were to set up their opinions against the scho- 
lasticism of the middle ages. A historical retrospect interest- 
ingly shows that progress in botany, as in every science, was 
made spasmodically, and often in an uncertain and indirect 
way did the leaders in botanical thought break away from the 
Scientific mysticism of the ancients. ; 

The path forward was a long and tortuous one. The phil- 
osophical speculations, founded deductively on the hypothet- 
ical observation of nature, could only be set aside and a true 
sclence created in one way, namely that of experiment. 
The value of Camerarius’s work lies in the fact that be for 
the first time attempted to solve the question and remove the 
difficulties which embarrassed the sexual theory by direct ex- 
Periment. To the scanty knowledge concerning the date 
palm, the terebinth and the ‘malus medici,’ as given by The- 
ophrastus, and the untrustworthy observations of Ray and 
Malpighi, Camerarius added much of value by his careful 
Mvestigations. 

Sachs, in his ‘‘History of Botany,” after a full discussion of 
the matter, giving all honor to the scientific spirit of Camera- 
"J Hames him as the founder of the doctrine of sexuality in 
Plants, and states further, that the botanists Bradley, Logan, 
Miller, and Gleditsch, were instrumental in adding much ad- 


ditional €xperimental proof. The purpose of this paper is 


308 The Botanical Gazette. [August, 


to show how far James Logan, an American and Philadel- 
phian, contributed to lay the foundations of that doctrine 
which received its true scientific stamp from the hands of Jo- 
seph Kolreuter, Conrad Sprengel and Karl Friedrich Girtner, 
Philadelphia at the beginning of the eighteenth century 
stood for the excellence of science in America. Franklin, 
Bartram and Logan lived contemporaneously. It is to the 
little known writings of James Logan, an Irishman, governor 
of Pennsylvania, that I wish to advert. Sachs mentions him 
as one of the adherents and a founder of the sexual theoryin 
plants, one of the first to determine by direct experiment the 
necessity of the pollen (farina) to the fecundation of the ova 
(ovules). The experiments were made to controvert the 
statements of M. Geoffroy in Miller's dictionary to the effect 
that by some experiments on maize, hé (M. Geoffroy) was 
convinced that seeds may grow up to their full size and ap- 
pear perfect to the eye without being impregnated by the 
farina (pollen). James Logan states in a letter to Peter Col- 
linson, dated Philadelphia, Nov. 20, 1735, that he had reason 
to think otherwise.!_ His experiments were undertaken with . 
a definite end in view, to test the truth of M. Geoffroys 
statements. ee 
The results of the experiments were given in brief in - 
letter to Peter Collinson, and later a full account was pu 
lished in Latin in a work entitled, ‘‘Experimenta et Melet 
emata de Plantarum Generatione, etc., auctore Jacobo io 
Fudice Supremo, & Praeside Concilii Provincia P. pedine 9 
tensis in America. Wugduni Batavorum. Apu wate : 


Haak 1739,” pp. 3-13. (Preface dated Philadelphia yh . 


from the Original Latin by J. F., London, print® 
Davis, over against Gray’s Inn Gate, Holborn, ye on the 
Latin text appeared on one page, and opposite to Ke f these 
other, the English translation. Sachs mentions bot pie of 
_ works, but was unable to consult them in the prepay editioa 
his history. Dr. Fothergill’s preface to the Englis 15 eX 
is worth quoting, as an introduction to Governor Loga” Be 
periments. ee 


*Phil. Trans., 34: 192-195. 


1894. ] James Logan. 309 


“The following essay in Latin was published at Leyden in 
1739: It is now translated and reprinted here, that the sen- 
timents contained in it may be submitted to more general 
consideration. Our author’s address in choosing and con- 
ducting experiments, and his capacity for the abstrusest re- 
searches would doubtless have enabled him to have given to 
the world ample satisfaction on this intricate subject had he 
been permitted to prosecute his inquiries. But his country 
called him [Cincinnatus like] to more important affairs, and 
kept him constantly engaged in employments more immedi- 
ately beneficial to society. 

‘The translator has endeavored to keep close to his author’s 
sense. In point of expression, he fears, he often falls short of 
the original, the style whereof is nervous, concise and truly 
Roman. The Latin botanical terms are mostly retained, as 
we have not yet words in our own tongue to express the va- 
rious parts of plants and flowers, which the growing science 
is obliged to describe, and to explain by terms adopted from 
other languages, etc. J. F.” » 

he experiments, given in the quaint style of the period; 
speak for themselves. 

“As several doubts had formerly occurred to me, in re- 
Spect to the generation of both plants and animals, when I 
first heard of the farina foecundans, or impregnating male 

ust, I conceived great hopes that these would be easily 
solved, and the whole of this intricate affair receive consider- 
able light from the discovery. And as I had long ago ob- 
Served with surprize, the singular way of growth of our Indian 
wheat or maize, I judged it, of all plants I had seen, or per- 
haps of any that nature produces, the most proper one for ex- 
periments of this kind. Indian wheat grows to the height of 
SIX, eight and sometimes ten feet. At the top of the stalk, 
It bears a thready tuft or tassel (called by Malpighi muscar- 
lum), furnished with apices [anthers] which yield the farina. 

rom the joints of the stalks below, the ears grow out, which 
are six, eight, ten and sometimes even twelve inches long. 

hese consist of a pretty solid substance, about an inch thick, 
Set quite around with grains regularly disposed in rows, In a 
very beautiful manner. Generally there are eight such rows, 
olten ten, sometimes twelve, and I once saw sixteen. There 
“re Commonly forty grains in each row, more or less; which in 
their first rudiments, and whilst the stalk they grow upon 1s 


/ 


310 The Botanical Gazette. - (August, 


soft and tender may justly be called the ova or eggs. Toeach 
ovum, there adheres a white, fine, smooth filament, which ex- 
cepting that it is hollow, resembles a thread of silk. These 
filaments are disposed, one by one, in order, betwixt the rows 
from that end where the ear rises from the stalk to the other, 
where they creep from under the base, that encloses the ear, 
and make their appearance, in the open air, in a bundle or 
skein. Their color in this part is mostly whitish, though 
sometimes a little yellow, red or purple, according to the na- 
ture of the plant they grow from. These filaments, as I for 
merly suspected are the real styles of the eggs. oe 
‘Intending, therefore, to make some experiments on this 
plant, towards the end of April, I planted four or five grains 
on hillocks, as is usual in sowing maize, in each corner of a 
little garden I had in town, which was forty feet wide and 
eighty feet long. About the beginning of August, when the 
plants were full grown, and the tufts on the top, and the ears 
on the stem had acquired their full extent, I cut off these tults 
from every plant on one hillock. On another without meq 
dling with the tufts, I gently opened the leaves that covere 
in the ears, and cut away from some all the styles and then nae 
closed the leaves again; from others a quarter part, from 
others one half, and from others three quarters, and left the 
rest untouched. I covered another ear, before the skein of 
styles appeared out of the case, with a piece of very fine, ar 
muslin, but so loosely, that its growth could not be injers 
and whilst the fuzzy texture of the muslin suffered it to eee 
all the benefit of the sun, air and showers, the ae ve 
effectually secluded. I left the plants on the fourth hi va 
as I did these except in the circumstances above mention 
unmolested till they were fully ripe. ‘ 
About the beginning of October, when it 
inquire into the success of my experiments, I ut off 
lowing observations. In the first hillock, where I had : their 
all the tufts, the ears whilst they remained covered ‘ct 
husks, looked indeed very well, but were small, alg oe 
light when handled; and not one perfect grain to a e 
in them, except in one large ear, which grew yore wer ich 
farther from the stalk than usual, and on that side se ee 
faced another hillock in a quarter from whence OF » ad abe 
winds most commonly blow. In this ear a I ee rtributed 


was time to ‘ id 
made the fol- - 


twenty grains which were full grown and ripe 


Po 


1894.]  - James Logan. air 


this to the farina brought by the wind from a distant plant. 

In those ears from which I plucked off some of the styles, I 
found just so many ripe grains as I had left styles untouched. . 
In those covered with muslin, not one ripe grain was to be 
seen. The empty or barren eggs were nothing but mere dry 

husks. 

‘From these experiments, which I made with the utmost 
care and circumspection, as well as from those made by a 
great many other persons, it is very plain, that this farina 
emitted from the summits of the styles, is the true male seed, 
and absolutely necessary to render the uterus and grain 
fertile, a truth which however certain, yet was not known till 
the present age. The discoverer of this grand secret of nature 
ought ever to be remembered with due applause. Sir Thomas 
Millington, sometime Savilian professor, seems first to have 
taken notice of it, before or about the year 1676 [simply a 
conjecture without experimental proof] according to the ac- 
count which Dr. Grew gave in a lecture read before the Royal 
Society the 9th of November the same year (see Grew’'s 

orks p. 161, 171). Malpighi nowhere that I know of, 
mentions its use. And Grew himself, though he allows it 
necessary for fecundation, yet did not suspect that it entered 
the uterus: but S. Morland about twenty years after, asserted 
that it entered the uterus through the canal of the style (see 
Phil. Trans. No. 287). I once saw a small grain in the mid- 
dle of this canal; nor is it to be doubted, but that stricter in-- 
quiries will discover more of them passing the same way. 

n another paragraph, Logan seems to presage the discov- 
ery of the fact that nature abhors continuous self-fertilization 
by providing many adaptive floral arrangements. He says: 
“Not only in this plant, in nut bearing trees, reeds, in all the 
tribe of gourds, as pompions, melons, cucumbers, etc., In 
which the male and female parts of generation are separately 
Placed, but also in most of those flowers which from both 
Parts being placed within the same flower-cup, are by some 
called hermaphrodites, the apices are so situated that after 
the farina is perfected, they can seldom, if ever, touch the 
Summit of the style or os uteri. But in these, as well as in 


5 


312 The Botanical Gazette. [August, 


Another observation of his is quite modern in its view: 
‘‘There is likewise farther to be observed in the maize, that 
on the same day when the apices burst and hang loosely wav- 
ing in the air, the skein or bundle of styles appear from under 
the husk or sheath that covers the ear, and are in like manner 
exposed. This circumstance should put us upon observing i 
what happens in this respect to other plants.” 

It is certainly to be regretted that Governor Logan did not 
observe what happens in other plants, but gave his time and 
attention to state affairs, for much that Sprengel afterwards made 
known might have been unraveled by him. His experiments 
might pass for those of the present age, but unfortunately hedid 
not confine himself to recording facts pure and simple, but 
the latter part of his paper wandered off into disquisitions 00 
the nature philosophy of his day. The following explanation — 
of Logan’s to account for the sexual process smacks of medieval 
scholasticism. 2 

He states boldly, that his observations are in support of the 
doctrine of sexes in plants, and that ‘‘there is room to aa 
be readily adopted by posterity.” ‘‘The farinais coma Le 
to the air, that it may receive out of the air, the little seed of 
plant, pre-existent and completely formed, tho’ in stamina 
inconceivably minute and invisible; and thus becomes pres” 
nant thereby.” ‘‘It is drawn by an inherent at , 
first into the style, and through that it slides by proper cap 
to the ova, and from this farina, nourished by the 
the plant for the purposes above described, the bu 
seed is formed. Lastly the little plant hid in the seed 
clothed with a terrestrial matter, which it borrows from | ‘¢ 
farina, exerts itself, and, increasing by proper 
which it draws from the earth, at length springs UP. Pere 

One is reminded of the theory of evolution of Ca a 
rault and of his ‘‘aura coclestis” of the opinions of oar 
and Varro. Logan, although he had worked at the mattel © 
perimentally was unable altogether to t ; 
of oR wade So much og man influenced by the age?” 
time in which he lives. Nevertheless, Governor i 
| : ee: future discuss” 
serves more than a passing mention in any u 
of the sexual theory of plants. : 

University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. 


A preliminary synopsis of the North American species 
of Amaranthus. 


EDWIN B. ULINE AND WILLIAM L. BRAY. 
(Concluded from p. 272.) 

$2. Sepals 5, oblong with mucronate tip, or acute, pun- 
gent pointed, not conspicuously nerved, mostly unequal (the 
outer one long and spiny pointed), thin or somewhat thickened 
at the base, not urceolate: utricle thin, scarious and little 
wrinkled or retracted after dehiscence: leaves mostly large and 
long petioled: flowers in naked terminal or axillary mostly 
panicled spikes (EUAMARANTHUS). 
The species of this section are with difficulty distinguished. 


* Stamens only 3. 
Forms related to those of § t, but with nearer relationship to typi: 
cal Euamaranthus. 
ee A. POWELLII Watson. Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 347. 
1875, 


The three species of Watson, viz: 4. Powellit, A. Wrighti, Proc. 
Amer. Acad. 12: 275. 1877 and A. obovatus, |. c., together with certain 


* x Stamens 5. 

Includes a maze of indistinguishable forms comprising some of the 
Coarsest and rankest weeds. Of the several species previously enum- 
erated, but two are retained. . 

13. A. RETROFLEXUS L. Sp. Pl. Ed. Il. 1407. 1762 
gapreading everywhere throughout the United States as 4 


coarse 

: ek, sometimes growing eight to ten feet high. _ Apparently in- — 
digenous southwestward. wer it may be satisfactorily fap © : 
co and 


RE ae 


314 The Botanical Gazette. [August, 


* 14. A. HYBRIDUS L. Sp. Pl. 990. 1753. 
A. hypochondriacus L. Sp. Pl. 991. 1753. 
A. Chlorostachys Willd. Hist. Amarant. 34. p/. ro. f. 19. 1790. 
A. Chlorostachys var. hybridus Wats. Gray's Man. Ed. 6. 428. 1889, 
This species is scarcely less widespread than the preceding, also in-. 
digenous southwestward, both species having rapidly sprea north- 


Var. PANICULATUS Uline and Bray, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 
5: 145. 1894. 

Not sufficiently distinct from the species, but provisionally | 
embraces those forms having reddish color and lanceolate 
leaves, and particularly those with very long, slender, flexu- 
ous, paniculate spikes and commonly shorter bracts. 


15. A. CAUDATUS L. Spec. Pl. 990. 1753. 

A. leucospermus Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 347. 1875. a 

Resembling A. hydridus, but easily recognized by the white sah bod a 

lowish seed with rimmed margin (marking the albumen line). ew Hak 
ally from the American tropics but spreading northward in Ar 

where the Indians cultivate it for the seed. . 

* & & Stamens irregularly 3 to 5: bract 

acuminate. 


s very long and . 


16. A. bracteosa, n. sp. eae 

Plant erect or ascending, glaucous: leaves distant, fishy, 
long-petioled, spatulate-obtuse: glomerules interrupted, | is 
lary and terminal: bracts foliaceous, awl-shaped, 6 a (A. 
long (thrice the length of the calyx).—New Mexi = 
Fendler 735 in 1847.) ee 

This specimen is in the Gray Herbarium and is labelled 4 all 
flexus, though it is radically distinct from that species 4S it ‘ the Te 
other Euamaranthi in its thick glaucous spatulate leaves He nal - 
markably long leafy bracts. Another specimen in the a He al 
barium was raised from Arizona seed by Dr. Vasey 19 1879. 
ity in Arizona is not known. ee 

$3. Sepals 5: utricle thin, bursting or imperfectly 
cumscissile: a pair of stipular spines im the 4a 
large leaves. 


1894.] North American Species of Amaranthus. 315, 


17: 4c, SPINGSUS’ L...-So. Flvoot, 4 3ee 
Known as the only thorny amaranth. A slovenly weed, spreading 
from South America northward through Mexico and the West Indies, 
throughout southern and southeastern United States north to Kansas 
and New England. 
$4. Sepals various: flowers in very small axillary spikes 
or clusters: stem low or prostrate with smaller leaves than 
in the preceding sections: stamens 3. 
* Sepals of both kinds of flowers 4 or 5: 
plant prostrate: utricle circumscissile: seeds large (1.3""). 
18. A. BLITOIDES Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 12: 273. 
1877. 


three sepals to it, though it is difficult to see how he could have com- 
mitted the error, for the very types upon which he founded the spe- 
~<a clearly contain four or five sepals in addition to the subtending 
ract. 
Var. densifolius, n. var. 


Leaves exceedingly crowded, small, oblanceolate (1 to 2™ 
oe Hackberry (Rusby 804); Colorado (Greene 
14). 


Var. Reverchoni, n. var. 


Stem and branches very slender: leaves narrow, reduced, 


not crowded: calyptra of utricle brownish red.—Collected 
near Dallas, Tex., in 1881 (Reverchon, 824). 
The character of red coloration in the utricles is not exclusive, ier 


24s also seen in specimens of A. d/itoides from Providence, R. L., an 
Scott’s Bluff co., Neb. 


* * Sepals four or five, spatulate, united at base; peduncles _ 


and pedicels (apparently abnormally) thickened (SCLEROPUS. } 


* Utricle indehiscent, thick, coriaceous: style branches 2, 
lyrate in fruit. 


19. A. CRASSIPES Schlecht. Linnza, 6: 757. 1831. 
SP ographical range the same as A. polygonoides with which it has 


included (Hemsley Biol. Cent. Fite 3:14) on the rod gag 


that the incrassate character of the peduncles is pathologica 


316 The Botanical Gazette. 


[August, 


rmal. 
geographical limits and suffices in itself for a reasonably stable diag. 


] 
nostic character 
+ + Utricle circumscissile, smooth: style branches 3. 


20. A. scleropoides, n. sp. 

Stem whitish, slender, erect (3°" high) with few erect 
branches: leaves small (I to 1.5), oblanceolate: peduncles 
and pedicels indurated: sepals five, unequal, spatulate, one- 
nerved, united at base: utricle smooth, circumscissile, equal- 
ling the calyx: stigmas two or three, divaricate at maturity: 
seed obovate, 0.6™ in diameter.—Near El Paso, Texas 
(Wright 582 in part). 


Quite distinct from J. eat fa in habit, character of seed, utricle 
igmas. 


+" Sepals 3: 
++ Bracts conspicuous, long, pungent: seed small (0. 6™" wide). 
= Plant erect. ? 


21. A. GRACIZANS L.! Sp. Pl. 990. 1753- 
A. albus L. Syst. Ed. X. 1268. 
A. albus Willd. Hist. Amarant. Dl. 4. fig. 7. 


*Of the Pyxidium group as defined by Moquin-Tandon, the follo 
been referred to North America: A. blitoides Wats., 4. albus L., 4. 
L. (A. Blitum var. grecizans Mogq.), and A. BlitumL. A. blitot 

i k 


ist ig. 7). reover, S 
from California, which Moquin calls 4. Blitum var. 
1s 4. albus L. and was so named on the sheet in Sereno Watsons 52 
A. grecizans and A. a/bus, then, are identical 


a , an 
This arrangement also eliminates A. Blifum from 


1894.] North American Species of Amaranthus. 317 


One of the so-called “tumble weeds,” found everywhere from Arctic 
North America to Mexico. It is very variable in habit, assuming the 
spherical tumble weed shape in the upper Mississippi valley and on 
the western plains. nown from its habit and particularly from the 
numerous long pungent bracts. Certain upright forms with larger 
leaves and tardily dehiscent utricle resemble the erect A. Ca/ifornicus, 


ut the presence of long bracts points to A. grecizans. 
Var. pubescens, n. var. 

Diffuse, spreading from a common root-stock, covered with 
dense viscid pubescence, which at length causes the plant to 
be covered with sand and dust: leaves very much crisped: 
bracts broader and shorter, not so sharply pungent: sepals 
thicker and longer than in the species. —New Mexico and 
Arizona. 

Specimens examined: New Mexico, Silver City (Greene 
185 in 1880), Empire City (Torrey 457 in 1865), Camp 
Bache (Bigelow in 1852), place unknown, (Fendler 731 in 
1847); Arizona, Flagstaff (¥ones 3978 in 1884), San Fran- 
cisco Mts. (Knowlton 198 in 1879). 

= = Plant prostrate. 

. 22. A. CARNEUS Greene. Pitt. 2: 105. 1890. 

Prostrate, branches somewhat radiate, slender, pinkish, the 
glomerules and lower face of the leaves purple: plant florifer- 
ous throughout: leaves setose-tipped, 1.5 to 2.5™" long: bracts 
acuminate, setose-tipped (shorter than those of A. greci- 
zans): utricle smooth, seed 0.6" wide.—Montana, Idaho and 
Oregon. 


This species is too near A. grecizans in leaf,bract,floral,and seed char- 


acters; but in its depressed habit and an occasional reduction of sepals 


23. A. BLITUML. Sp. Pl. 990. 1753. 
See footnote under A. grecizans, p. 316. 


CP SP RE RN 
rd the plants referred toin Man. 6th. ed. from New York city and Boston — 

at name preve to be either 4. slitoides or A. lividus. It also serves to distin- 
the ha srecizans L. and A. sylvestris Desf. which are reduced to ergo 

name grecizans in the Kew Index. The latter stands as Moquin's idea © 

typical Blitum (A. Blitum i i : ee 

+ ognized by Planchon as identical with Linnzus’ type in herb. ' 
By Willdenow’s suggestion that perhaps 4. gr@cizans was not eastern all, A. 
whi oo eat en as the abundant Continental pd —. form, y nage 
Bern repea substantiated by the labels on the old specimens 

hardi herbarium, ‘i 


318 The Botanical Gazette. 


(August, 
++ Sepals fewer than 3. (MENGEA). 

24. A. CALIFORNICUS Wats. Bot. Calif. 2: 42, 1880. 

. Mengea Californica Mog. DC. Prodr. 132: 270. 1849. 

Diffuse ascending or erect: leaves spatulate or ovate vary- 
ing from 0.5 to 3.5™ long on the same plant, only the upper- 
most white-margined. Flowers not differing essentially from 
the following.—California, from San Diego to Mendocino 
county, and western Nevada. ‘ 


25. A. albomarginatus, n. sp. 

A very dense-leaved prostrate plant forming a dense mat — 
on the ground. Stem white, leaves elliptical, uniformly very 
small (the smallest known in the genus, averaging only about 
3 to 4™" in length), all conspicuously white-margined: 
flowers crowded amongst the dense foliage, sepals reduced to 
2 or 3 minute scales, mostly appearing only one-sepaled.— 
Monterey co., California (Palmer 456 in 1876). Distributed a0 
as A. Californicus. eee 

$5. Sepals two to five, narrowly oblong or spatulate, i 
widely separated, mostly longer than the indehiscent utricle: oo 
bracts inconspicuous.’ oe 

Six species of this section are found in the United Sta se a 
our flora in being adventive, or but recently introduc on a 
countries. Thus, excepting that 4. crispus is found at Albany, * "» 

. emarginatus Salzm. only at New Orleans, and A. deflexus | 0 
dens about San Francisco Bay ” (Greene), all are con 


gion “where it is the common pig-weed ” (Morong, on la 

mens from Paraguay). Ieawts 

* Stem erect, succulent, mostly deep red or purple: oor 

. large. as 

+ Utricle smooth, scartous. 

26. A. LIvIDUS Linn. Sp. Pl. 990. 1753- 

Further distinguished from the next by its ee Jot 

emarginate leaves, fleshier stem, inflorescence Be fee 
late, with a short rather thick terminal spike.—fOU"” 

Boston and New York city. os 


North American Species of Amaranthus. 319 


+ + Urtricle rugose, coriaceous. 
27. A. VIRIDIS. L.* Sp, Pl. Ed. H. 1408, 1762. 
Leaves rather smaller and more acute than in the preced- 
ing: inflorescence in slender flexuous spikes, the terminal 
longest, with several shorter ones crowded near its base. 
Stem weak, flexuous, prostrate: leaves small. 
+ Utricle smooth, leaves deeply emarginate. 
28. A. EMARGINATUS Salzm. ex Mog. |. c. 274. 


Euxolus viridis var. polygonoides Mog. DC. Prodr. 13%: 274. 1849. 
A, viridis, Index Kewensis |: 100, 1893. 


+ + Utricle rugose: sepals 5: leaves crisped. 
29. <A. CRISPUS Braun. Gray’s Manual 6th Ed. 428. 


+ + Utricle fleshy, prominently 3 to 5-nerved, much ex- 
ceeding the 2 or 3 sepals. 


30. A. DEFLExUS L. Mant. 2: 295. 1767. 


easily distinguished from A. crispus by the above characters and 
eareer oblong seed, and short thick terminal spi es. 
ative habitat said to be southern Europe. It is reported from 


"The names /ividus and viridis have both been used to designate each so 
rugose ; Some authors calling the smooth utricled form 4. viridis nen 
One A. lividus, while others have done just the reverse. We have “* 


rsp Sc the names as indicated on specimens compared by Dr. N. L. Bri 


*e—Vol, XIX, 8. 


320 The Botanical. Gazette. [August, , 


Valparaiso, Chile, and recently from the San Francisco Bay region. 
All the specimens seen from the United States were from ballast soil. 
Now well established about New York city. (Addison Brown, 1880) 

x «x *« Stem short, fleshy. 


31. A. PUMILUS Raf. Med. Repos. 5: 360, 1808. 


species. 
32. A. acutilobus (A. Br. & Bouché), nom. nov. 

Euxolus emarginatus A. Br. & Bouché Ind. Sem. Hort, Berol. 1851, not 
Salzm. ex Mog. 

A. viridis Index Kewensis 1: 937, in part. 

Habit of A. emarginatus: the leaves narrower and more 
retuse, almost obcordate with acute lobes: inflorescence axil 
lary, crowded toward the tips of the branches in a loose lealy 
spike: bracts very conspicuous, setose, at least twice the . 
length of the utricle, in this respect differing radically from 
all of the Euzolus section. 


Two of the sheets examined bear the signature of A. Braun, dated 
“Indices Semimum © 


the Berlin Bot. Garden by A. Braun and Bouché. We saw pe 
men from the Bot. Gard. Harvard University 187- 5 pear All 


Herbarium Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, It. 


Crystals of ice on plants. 
J. CHRISTIAN BAY. 


That ice crystals are formed on the surface of plants under 
certain conditions of weather and surroundings, as has been 
noticed lately by Profs. L. F. Ward and D. T. MacDougal, 
is by no means little noticed. In the winter and spring of 
1892 and 1893, these crystals were not unfrequent in Tower 
Grove Park and the adjacent fields in St. Louis, and I ob- 
served this phenomenon also in Europe, in the Botanic Gar- 

en, Copenhagen, as far as I remember, in the winter of 
1887-88, 

_ Supposing that the phenomenon has been sufficiently out- 
lined by the two first named observers’, I add the following 
references to those named by MacDougal.? 
_ James D. Dana mentions? that he has found, on cold morn- 
ings in spring and autumn, thread-like ice-crystals appended 
vertically to the stems of trees. Papers concerning the same 
subject are: 

R. Caspary, Auffallende Eisbildungen auf Pflanzen. Botan. 
Zeitung 12: 665. 1854. H. HoFFMANN, Pflanzenklimatologie 
329. 1857. HuGo Von MOL, Botan. Zeitung 18: 15, 16. 
1860. J. Sacus, Krystallbildungen bei dem Gefrieren. Be- 
richte d, kgl. Siichs. Akad. d. Wiss. zu Leipzig. Math.- 
Phys. Cl.—:1. 1860. C. N&GELI, Ueber die Wirkungen des 
Frostes auf die Pflanzenzellen. Sitzungsber. d. Miinchener- 

cad. d. Wiss. Math.-phys. Cl., 9 Februar, 1861. 

The communication of Sachs is, of course, classical. It 
should be remembered that H. de Vries and H. Miiller-Thur- 
§au have also been working with the influence of cold upon 
Plant cells; likewise Goeppert. 

a Plants on which ice-crystals have been observed. 


Conyza 
ton sp. [Herschel, 1833 
1854.) Topium sp. [Herschel, 1833.]; H. peruvianum (Bouché and Caspary, 
eee ee min yaar tad 
arly fen wu ee 35". 29 D 1893. 
rterly Bull., Univ. of Minn. 2: 30-31. 
Mineralogy, 46. Ed. 2, New Haven and Philad., 1849. 


1 
2er ae. Gaz. 18: 183. 189 
* Manual 


it L. (Pluchea bifrons DC.) [S. Elliott, 1824.] Waly Mei ront 


322 The Botanical Gazette. [August, 


Cunila Mariana [Darlington, 1837; John Le Conte, 1850; L. F. Ward, 1893; 
MacDougal, 1893; Atkinson, 1885-6. (see Bor. Gaz. 19: 40-42. 1894.)] 
Pulchea camphorata DC. [John Le Conte, 1850. ] 


Helianthemum Canadense [Eaton and Bigelow; publ. 1837 by Darlington. 
Lantana aculeata, Tagetes Bonariensis, Perilla arguta, Alonsoa incisifolia, 
Cuphea cordata, C. tubiflora, C. platycentra, Manulea oppositifolia, Calce 
laria perfoliata [Bouché and Caspary, 1854. 
Viburnum Tinus [Hoffmann, 1857.] (?) Vernonia sp. [Atkinson, 1885-6,] 
Aucuba sp. [Hoffmann, 1857]. : 
Gymnocladus sp., Ailanthus. sp., Juglans sp., Asimina triloba, Paulownia, 
leaves. [von Mohl, 1860. 
Rhamnus sp., Amygdalus communis [Bay and Jensen, in scheda, 1887-8] 
The splitting of wood and the appearance of ice-crystalsin 
the fissures are well known phenomena to tree-planters. In 
twenty-seven plants, the crystals have been hitherto observed; 
only those who do not possess sufficient knowledge of the 
literature will believe that a re-discovery has been made. : 
The occurrence of similar ice-crystals on the ground is we! | 
known in Germany where the crystals are called ‘Se 
(comb-ice); it has been investigated by J. Le Conte, von Mohi, 
Sachs, Hoffmann, and Caspary. meee 
The many observations on sections of plants, os - 
Sachs, Niigeli, H. de Vries (Botan. Zeitung 37: 649. pe 
and by H. Miiller-Thurgau (Landw. Jahrb. 9:) shou ee j 
mentioned in this connection, only because they afford gh 
portunity of forming an opinion of the causes of these 
nomena. * 


b. Forms of the crystals. 


1. Single ice-columns on the surface [E ee 
Sachs, Bouché and Caspary]; id. on the surface of pe ; A 
gh of Beta [Sachs; see also Bonnet, Usage des eh 

XXXII. 1754. ana, 

a fede united in sheet crystals [Herschel ey 
Le Conte, Bouché and Caspary, Ward, MacDougal, bay *" | 
Jensen]. : euttitt 

3. Crystals of ice united and forming a layer on th 
(a) under the bark of dead trunks, [Herschel], @) pulvinus 
trunks [Caspary], (c) on the fresh surface of the le fi ‘sections 
of falling leaves [von Mohl], (d) on the surface Of °" 
[Sachs, Niageli, de Vries, Miiller-Thurgau.] and two (- 

In consequence of this, MacDougal’s results oné ined, 
C., p. 351) are premature, and cannot b enaese 
they do not represent all of the observatio Bor ou 

4On i in winter see Russell, POT 5 183 
pib-ze2, 189, and J Le’ Conte, Am Jour SoH 1: 89% 95 


lliott, Hoffman? 


1894. ] Crystals of Ice on Plants. 323 


c. Formation of crystals. 


1. The form and fabric of the crystals indicate that the 
latter grow, and that they are somatropic. The end of the 
crystals were first formed, and as the column grew, the pri- 
mary ice-layers were pushed out into the places where they 
are afterwards found. 

2. The central parts of the water-supply layers do not 
freeze. 

3. The formation of the crystals does not result from the 
organic nature: of the substratum; it depends entirely upon 
molecular forces. 

That capillary forces are active in carrying water from the 
ground up to where the crystals are formed may be seen @ 
Priort; but the capillary forces a/one cannot explain the phe- 


plicated. The contraction of the cells is one important factor, 
and the permeability of the membrane is another. 

_ Von Mohl’s explanation of the appearance of ice-crystals 
is “that the cold, before it pervades the branches, first 
Causes a contraction in the outer layers, by this contraction the 
fluids are driven out into the already formed fissure, and there 
it freezes.” That contraction of the layers in the lower parts 
of the stem of Cerasus does take place, I observed in the fol- 
lowing way. The lower parts of the stem, measuring I10™ in 
length, and about 4™ in diameter was cut off from the rest of 
the young tree, and kept for three days ata temperature of 18° 
©. On the fourth day this piece, which had been hitherto kept 
in wet rags, was dried and placed outside the window where 
the temperature measured —5°C. After a while big drops 
of fluid were observed on the cut surface of both ends, cover- 
ing the entire surface; this fluid rapidly froze, and formed, in 

ve hours, a layer of ice in the place where it had been forced 
cut. A similar experiment was made by von Mohl on 
Rhamnus. (Cf. Sachs, l. c., 14). The ice-column at the ends 
of the stem were of a slight white color; they containeda great 
number of minute air-bubbles. 

‘ While Atkinson thinks ‘‘that there is a degree of root ac- 
tivity which furnishes the necessary water,” and that ‘‘a spe- 
Cific variation in the root activity of different plants as re- 
lated to different temperatures” is a factor in the development 
of the crystals, Mac Dougal is of the opinion that capillary 
forces are the only active agents. In regard to the first opin- 


324 The Botanical Gazette. [August 


ion, it is no doubt remembered that Sachs viewed the matter 
thus: ‘‘Jede Kraft, welche sehr langsam und continuirlich 
ein Austreten des Wassers im Sinne der Imbibition bewirkt, 
kann die Krystallbildung beférdern, solche Kriifte sind die 
Contraction des Gewebes, der von den Wurzeln aus stattfind- 
ende Saftdruck.” The older experiments of Sachs, as wellas ; 
the latest investigations of Strasburger and especially of _ 
Schwendener® show that we know very little of the means by — 
which water ascends to the middle and the higher parts of trees. _ 
Yet sheet-crystals are found at a considerable distance from 
the bases of the stems. As to the specific variations sut- 
mised by Atkinson, no record of experiments concerning | 
them can be found in my lists of literature. : 

Capillary forces alone would hardly be able to supply the ; 
crystals, especially those on branches of trees, etc.; the old 
experiments by Montgolfier and Jamin, and the numerous [a , 
ter experiments with Jamin’s chain prove this. It is well 
known that in capillary spaces filled with air and water, the 
latter does not move to any great extent. : Saye 

For these reasons, and from the above mentioned free 
ing experiment, it becomes evident that the exudation 
water from cut surfaces is in the first place caused by beg 9 
traction of the cells and tissues; we further know pee 
produces a power of filtration in the membranes gre a 
under normal conditions of temperature. In cold, ie a 
very slight pressure will be necessary to make the flui f a 
pear at the ends of the wood. As far back as 1859, 


: ha that any 
these forces js unknown, it is most safe to Saj h the stem? 


agency which is able to force water upwards throug: 


can supply the ice-crystals with water. 
arenes ayes ishiusivuibiess_oomsneniassionncie niall aie . ain, 
*Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften zu anne 
and ibid, October 26, 1893.—I may add that it is four y en the 
Conte’s Paper; at present I have access only to the phadasgsiey ik 
Scientific Discovery,’’ ed. by D. A. Wells, Boston 1851, P- 


1894. ] Crystals of Ice on Plants. 325 


a. Conditions of formation of crystals. 

From what has been said it appears that the conditions for 
the formation of the ice-crystals are: 

1. The temperature must be above zero in the soil sur- 
rounding the roots of the plant [Le Conte and Sachs]. 

2. Ihe temperature of the central parts of the water-con- 
ducting tissues must be above zero. 

3. The soil must be sufficiently charged with water. 


Summary. 
The cold causes a contraction of the tissues all over the 


Sues, and it may be assumed that different plants (even differ- 
ent individuals of the same species or different parts of the 
Same plant) have a different coefficient. MacDougal supposes 
that plants with large and numerous vessels and thin-walled 
cells in the medullary rays are especially adapted to form 
sheet-crystals. It is quite sure that such plants have a larger 
Coefficient of contraction than other plants. 
Capitol, Des Moines, Towa. 


; [Since the above article was written, I have found a quite 
interesting note entitled “Frost, and the Cunila Mariana L., 
= dittany,” by J. Stauffer, Mount Joy, Penn’a, in The Horti- 
Culturist and Journal of Rural Art, 7: 73-74. New York, 
1857. On December 6, 1856, Mr. S. was passing near the 
Willistown Baptist Meeting House, in Chester co., Pa. 

ere, he found the ice crystals: ‘‘What, however, amply re 
Compensed me for the attention bestowed, was the discovery 


326 The Botanical Gazette. 


cr 
of ice shoot from the cracked bark at the root. Our 
has attached to the stem a shell-work of ice, of 
whiteness, beautifully striated, sometimes, like a s 
shells one in another—at others curved round on eit er 
of them like an open, polished, bi-valve; then, in o} 
again, curled over in every variety of form, like the pe 


4 


bud underground.”—Bayv. ] 


—— oe. 


Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches. 


Nourishment of the embryo and importance of the endo- 
sperm in viviparous mangrove plants. 


The remarkable phenomena attending the germination of 


‘viviparous plants in the Rhizophoree and other mangrove 


plants have been noticed by a number of investigators. In 
the present paper! Haberlandt makes a noteworthy contribu- 
tion to the knowledge of the subject. 

Treub? was the first to call attention to the peculiar behav- 
ior of the endosperm in the Verbenaceous Avicennia officina- 
“is which, with its included embryo, grows out of the micro- 
pyle into the cavity of the fruit while the latter is still attached 
to the tree. Later the placenta pushes out into the fruit in 
all directions, the endosperm serving as a haustorium to se- 
cure the necessary food for the embryo. 

_ Warming* observed a similar outgrowth of the endosperm 
a Rhizophora Mangle. He describes it as a large celled clear 
tissue apparently entirely wanting in food material and ex- 
tending above the ovule as a micropylar arillus, whose of- 
fice seemed to be to conduct nourishment from the mother 
plant to the embryo. However he brought no certain proof 
to support this view. Ih this plant, according to Warming, 
the entire surface of the upper part of the cotyledon is thickly 
Covered with glandular hairs, below which lie scattered secre- 
tory or haustorial cells which he calls true sessile glandular 
airs 


Goebel! described vivipary in certain mangrove plants and 
also touched upon the haustorial nature of their endosperm. 
He states that the embryo in the rhizophorous Brugusera 
symnorhiza takes part of its nourishment from the cotyledons 
_ that a large portion of the starch of the hypocotyl arises 
‘om its own assimilative activity, since a considerable amount 
of chlorophyll is found in its external tissues. Goebel also 

"G. Haservanpr, Ueber die Ernabrung der Keimlinge und die Bedeutung des 
podosperms i viviparen Maagicvadlaidia, Annales d. Jardin botanique 

7 -seempmind* 12: 1-114. 1894. p/. 10-12. Leide: E. J. Brill. 
@. Bun l'embryon, le sac embryonnaire et I'ovule. Ann. 
» Buitenzorg, 3: 79 ff. 
epaoische F ragmente, II. Engler’s Jahrb. 4: 517 ff. 1883. 
anzenbiologische Schilderungen, 1: 113 ff. 1889. 


328 The Botanical Gazette. [August,, 


maintains that the endosperm in this plant is consumed by. 3 
the cotyledons. ei 


Bruguiera. The central portion is expanded and | Bev 
the heavy embryo from slipping down, while the petiolar 
sal part, which projects from the pericarp like a collar or crown : 
serves as a protective sheath for the plumule. ler 
Finally, G. Karsten® has made very serviceable studies : 
the germination of the mangroves. s 
Haberlandt’s observations have been confined pri 
to three species: 


septa occurs. From the widely open mictopy a 
true endosperm tissue in the form of a collar or ar 

in width. This, however, is not reflexed as 15 3 Dal 
Case in this genus and does not surround the — : 
intercalated between the calyx and the uppermost 
URS ORS ag atin stants dear 


Die indomalayische Strandflora, 42 ff. Jenat8or. *; Bib! 
“Ueber die Mangrove-Vegetation im Malayischen Archipel. 
tanica 22:—1891. ; 


1894. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 329 
the hypocotyl. To the function of this organ we shall recur 
soon. 


The importance of the above-mentioned semi-lenticular 
cells has been entirely overlooked by previous writers. Ac- 
cording to Haberlandt they serve as starting points for the 
development of a many layered secondary endosperm which 
forms the haustoria already mentioned. This secondary 
endosperm sends between the loose parenchyma cells of the 
seed coat haustoria-like processes of one to many cells. These 
haustoria are frequently lobed and possess papillose ends. 
Their walls are of thick cellulose excepting those of the ter- 
minal cells which are thin. 

The author sketches the development of this peculiar 
Structure, which finally forms a flattish disk whose cells are 
easily distinguished from the surrounding parenchymatous 
tissue by their thickened walls and abundant content of pro- 
toplasm. The primary endosperm at this time has become 
reduced to a few cells. If now the sides of the cotyledons 
lying next to the testa are examined, their cells will be seen 
to be arranged radially, with the outer layer colorless and 
characterized by an abundance of plasma and large nuclei. 
In this stage of development the cotyledons act only as ab- 
Sorptive organs. 

Haberlandt removed the cotyledonary. bodies, which at 
this period are abcut as large as peas, carefully washed them 
and gave them a coating of wheat starch. Microscopic ex- 
amination after twenty-four hours showed that the grains of 
starch were strongly corroded, thereby confirming the pre- 
vious supposition of Schimper that the cotyledonary tissue se- 
cretes a diastatic ferment. The same corrosion was exhibited 
by the layer of secondary endosperm. Upon making cross 
sections through the integument and the endosperm the in- 
teresting fact was brought out that in many places solitary 
endosperm cells send in tube-like processes between the pali- 
Sade tissue of the cotyledons, often to a depth of two or three 
layers of cells. These evidently serve to form a point of 
union between the endosperm and the embryo. 

The author next considers the function of the so-called 


330 The Botanical Gazette. [August, 


and send strong haustoria into the calyx tube. The pa 
renchyma cells of the calyx tube lying between these haus- 
toria are marked by their large size and thin walls. Here, 
to all appearances, the developing embryo secures the greater 
part of its nourishment. In addition to obtaining food the 
endosperm collar has a purely mechanical function. The 
fruit of Brugutera ertopetala falls off when the hypocotyl has 
reached a length of 8 or 9™. The young seedling at this 
stage possesses neither sufficient strength nor firmness, nor 
does it fall far enough to fix it vertically in the slimy soil. 
This, position is secured by means of the firm, pointed calyx 
lobes which serve as an anchor. At the same time the 
strongly turgescent endosperm collar takes up water and in- 
creases considerably in thickness, thus acting as a wedge to 
separate the calyx from the hypocotyl and reminding one of 
the lodicules in grasses which, according to Hackel,” by their 
rapid swelling push away the glumes and thus effect the 
opening of the flower. 

Haberlandt undertook a quantitative analysis of the chlor- 
ophyll in the hypocotyl of Bruguiera eriopetala, to ascertain 
whether there was a sufficient amount present for the neces 
sary assimilative processes. He found the chlorophyll content 
of the hypocotyl to be rather more than half the amount con 
tained in a single foliage leaf. He also found that in this 
species there are about five stomata to every square millimeter 
of hypocotyl surface. 


ot ap- 
n tne 


hypo 
cotyl pierces the testa but does not enter the fruit, an te 
formation of endospermal haustoria takes place only 
region of the placente. : tant contti- 
he paper here noticed is one of the many impor nated from 
butions to botanical knowledge which have emanate eTTE, 
the Buitenzorg botanic garden. (Cf. BOTANICAL x 
19: 74. 1894.—G. H. Hicks. 


"Ueber das Aufbliihen der Graser. Bot. Zeitung 38: 432. 1880. 


1894.] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 331 


A contribution to the physiology of the genus Cuscuta. 

G. J. Peirce brings out in the Annals of Botany for March, 
the results of his experiments on this interesting group of 
parasites, which has at various times received so much at- 
tention. It will be remembered that in a previous article Mr. 
Peirce described the origin, structure, and development of the 
haustoria of several species of Cuscuta and other parasites. : 

It is found that Cuscuta during the process of attachment 
to a host plant or a support has two distinct methods of form- 
ing coils. In one case by circumnutation and geotropism the 
steep loose coils characteristic of the majority of twining 
plants are formed. In the other, closely wound tendril like 
coils are formed as a result of the irrito-contractility of a 
region of the growing tip of the stem. hen a seedling 


i t the para- 
g coils, 


1 pi . 
har Live Structure of the haustoria of some phanerogamic parasites. Ann. 
- T2291. 1893. 


332 The Botanical Gazette. [August, 


ring of the clinostat has acted as a repeated stimulus, thus - 
exhausting the power of response). The Cuscuta is placed 
in the limited category of twining plants which have the 
power of irrito-contractility. The comparison of its phenom- 
ena of this character, with those exhibited by tendrils are not 
always happily made, while throughout the paper the author 
seriously confuses climbing and twining plants. 

Cuscuta is not markedly hydrotropic and exhibits only a 
weak heliotropism. The latter power is not in any way cor- 
related with the amount of chlorophyll present, which varies 
inversely with the amount of nutriment received from the 

ost. The high development of the power of movement and 
special senses of this parasite renders it a formidable enemy 
to succulent plants, whose only means of defense against it 
are firmness of cortex, size, and the possession of poisonous 
juices. 

In places the article calls for the closest scrutiny of the 
context to bring out the meaning. The large mass of detail 
presented makes this obscurity in part unavoidable. —D. T. 
Mac DOUGAL. 


~ BRIEFER ARTICLES. 


od 


Germinating seeds in sawdust.—Germinating seeds in sawdust is 
not so commonly practiced, we believe, as it might be, owing to the 
fact that sawdust frequently has a detrimental effect on root growth. 

In our intercourse with other teachers of botany we have often been 
reminded of this fact; andin many instances we have observed the 
roots of germinating plants grown in this medium to be in a very un- 
healthy condition. 

For the benefit of those who use sawdust in germinating seeds, and 
have experienced difficulty in obtaining satisfactory results, we offer 
the following suggestions. 

The difficulty lies in the selection of the sawdust. Care should be 
taken to select sawdust which contains no tannin, as this is the ele- 
ment which causes abnormal root growth. Roots grown in. sawdust 
containing tannin show a reddish coloration, are crooked, and are 
very much reduced in size. In testing a number of different kinds of 
sawdust, we have found that that taken from the varieties of oak and 
chestnut should be avoided, since these woods contain tannin in suf- 
ficient quantities to cause the tannin poison. On the other hand, 
sawdust obtained from the conifers has no detrimental effect what- 
Soever to root growth. ph 

The sawdust taken from hemlock, which is noted for containing 
large quantities of tannin in its bark, did not cause the tannin poison; 
neither did a water solution of the sawdust give a tannin reaction 
when tested with a solution of molybdate of ammonia in concentrated 
ammonium chloride. This is due to the fact that the tannin is located 
In the bark in this species and our sawdust was from heart-wood. 
That the abnormal appearance of roots grown in chestnut or oak saw- 
dust is caused by tannin can be readily shown by saturating any Saw- 
dust suitable for normal growth with a 1 per cent. solution of tannin. 

one has an unknown variety, or a mixed sawdust in which the ele- 
ments are not readily recognized, a water decoction can be prepared 
and a portion of the same tested for tannin by one or more of the well 
known tannin tests. 

In our opinion, no germinating medium is better than sawdust, as 
Clean straight roots for class study or for experimental purposes can 
be readily obtained. We have never experienced difficulty with any 
Sawdust which failed to give the tannin reaction, and during the past 
Year we have used the same sawdust continually without changing: 


334 The Botanical Gazette. [August 


We prefer a rather coarse sawdust to a fine one for general pur- 
poses. The seeds should be sown in well drained pots and watered 
at least once a day. It must not be forgotten, however, that roots 
germinating in sawdust or even in moist air or water, are slightly dif 
ferent from those grown in earth. The roots of sawdust cultures pre- 
sent characteristics in their growth which are closely allied to roots 
grown in moist air.—G. E. Stoner, Amherst, Mass. 


Note on the development of a filamentous form of Protococens in en- 
tomostracan appendages. (WITH PLATE xxx.)—While examining a col- 
lection of Sph@roplea annulina brought in during the latter part of 
April, a very curious object was discovered under the microscope which 
at first sight might well have been mistaken for a new algal form. It 
proved to be fragments of the appendages of some entomostracal, 
presumably a Branchipus, in which a colony of Protococcus had ob- 
tained a foothold and was apparently in a very thriving condition. 

The plant was an aquatic form, the collection having been m 
from submerged meadow lands. It agreed in every respect with the 
description given by De Toni of Protococcus infusionum (Schrank) 
Kirchn., var. Roemerianum (Kuetz.) Hansg. The cells were of a bright 
green color, globose when free and angular in the crowded portions 
of the mass; the cell membrane was thin and the contents were homo- 
geneous; the average diameter of the cells was about lof. 

One fragment of the animal appeared to be a part of the antenna, nif 
ing two long slender sensory hairs each furnished with one row of spines 
and a single short hair bearing two rows of spines. A second bit yer : 
made out to be probably a portion of the gills. Two lobes ee 
furnished with a row of hairs about .5™ in length and 17 19 . ae 
ter. These hairs were hollow and were very similar in appeals | 
size to the two long hairs of the antenna. A mass of Prolecea . 
formed in the broad basal portions of the structures and ote - 
were so numerous that they were crowded and pressed out of vo 
tural form, becoming angular in outline and giving the ere 
a plate or layer of connected cells. Some of the cells had ‘a i 
their way up into the hairs, and undergoing division there had : mee 
entirely filled the hollow lower half of each hair. Every epee 
tained from one to four oblong masses of cells each mass being ae 
sult of the division of a single cell. ; Is lying 

The common form of Protococcus consists of single cells . each 
gether in a loose mass. Instead of this we here have filamen™ 
composed of several cells. This is apparently brought dual cells 
by the conditions in which the plant finds itself. di gave OP” 
were forced up into the hairs whose walls, being transparenb | : 


1894. ] Briefer Articles. 330 


portunity for the admission of light, air, and moisture sufficient for 
the further growth and development of the cells. Division then tak- 
ing place in the only direction possible from the shape of the enclosed 
space, a row of cells is formed which resembles in a marked manner 
filaments of Oscillaria. 

This form of growth then affords a striking illustration of the effect 
of outward mechanical conditions by the modification into a filament, 
of cells which under normal conditions exist in simple masses or 
groups.— JosePHiIne E. TiLpEN, Botanical Laboratory, University of 
Minnesota. 

EXPLANATION oF Plate XXX.—Fig. 1, portions of a gill. Only one lobe is 
figured, the shape of the other being indicated by dotted lines. X84.—Fig. 2, 
one of the hairs from the gill. x450.—Fig. 3, an antenna. X 450. 


Northwestern notes.—Lathyrus paucifiorus, n. sp.—Rather slender, 
two feet or more high: stipules broadly lanceolate and halberd shaped, 
an inch or more long, a third as wide, acuminate above, acute or ob- 
tuse below, usually coarsely toothed; leaflets three to six pairs, thick- 
ish, oblong-lanceolate or ovate-oblong, strongly apiculate, almost ses- 
sile, one or 1% inches long: peduncles as long as or longer than the 
leaves, 3- or 4-flowered: flowers purple, an inch long; calyx teeth cili- 
ate, the middle triangular-lanceolate ones twice as long as the upper tri- 
angular ones and two thirds as long as the lower lanceolate tooth; pods 
hot seen.—Collected at Roseburg, Oregon, by Thomas Howell, June, 


ry a 
AL “1AM UIALL 


(no. 810); and at Snake River Cafion, Washington, by C. V. Piper, May 
27, 1893 (no. 1,487). This species has been confused with Z. polyphyllus 
Nutt. from which it is distinguished by its few large flowers, gh 
thickish leaves, and narrower stipules. 

Rosa NuTKaNna Presl, var. hispida, n. var.—A form alaaadtanies 
made conspicuous by its strongly glandular, hispid receptacle and 
glandular calyx, though not otherwise differing from the type.—Col- 
lected at Rock Creek, Montana, by Dr. Watson, July 27; 1880 (no. 
124); and at Pullman, Washington, by Seb’ fa Piper, June and Sept., 
1893 (no. 1,540). 
ochortus pavonaceus, n. sp.—Stems 10-20 inches high, from a 
small bulbous base, with a bract in the middle an inch or two long: 
leaves two-thirds as long as the stem, three or four lines wide, strongly 
‘avolute in the dried specimens: the 1~4-flowered umbel ee : 
aS Many unequal bracts, the longest rather longer than the pedicels; 
at least one of the pedicels becoming three inches long: sepals wad 
lanceo! ate, acuminate, glabrous, 1-1% inches long, ee ae 
With violet Within, the thin scarious margin almost transparent: _ 

*5—Vol. XIX.—No. §. | 


1887 (no. 677); at Wawawai, Washington, by Lake and Hull, June, 1892 


ih 


a 


336 The Botanical Gazette. ba [August, 


cuneate-obovate, 14-13. inches long, the margin dentate and long 
ciliate, tending to become erose at the tip, violet above, yellowish be 
low, with dark markings like the eye of a peacock’s feather; gland 
small, covered with matted yellow hairs, bordered by longer ones, 
like those on the margin of the petal: anthers oblong, four lines in 
length, scarcely shorter than the broad-winged filaments: capsule 
broady elliptic to nearly orbicular, an inch long, with a short, stout 
beak.—Collected at Pullman, Whitman Co., Washington, by L. F. 
Henderson, June, 1892 (no. 2,484); and by C. NV. Piper, 1894 (no. 1,680); 
and at Urtion Flat, Whitman Co., by Lake and Hull, July, 1892 (no. 
618). Aspecies near C. nitidus Dougl., but well distinguished by its 
colored petals, and relatively long anthers and short filaments. Mr. ! 
Piper’s no. 1,681, from Pullman, seems to be Calochortus macrocarpis ~ 
Dougl., though the petals are white, with or without blue markings # 
their bases. —Merrritr Lynpon FErNnaLD,* Gray Herbariilin, Cam 
bridge, Mass. ea 

Cross fertilization of petunias.—This series of experiments 1n Cm 
fertilizing the ordinary purple petunia, were continued until the third 
generation was obtained. The same precautions against accidental 
fertilization were used, as described in the previous notes published ia ‘ 
this magazine for October, 1892. ee 

The results obtained from the last generation were somewhat more 
conclusive than from the first, as would naturally be expected, yet me 
variation in this case was no more than would usually occur 12 
generations. ; 

The variegated varieties showed the same lack of vitality and ae 
ductiveness, throughout all the generations. The plants were Se 
weaker, and much less productive than the plain purple 1p #* ir 
every case; but a few plants which seemed as large and as egg 
the average purple ones bloomed less freely; only a few of SEE Bee 
soms produced seed capsules, which were always smaller. - ee 
_ The seeds obtained from the first year’s experiments were al Dae 
the same day, under exactly the same conditions and gil Oise 
tion was carefully watched and noted every day. No. 1 (self-feri™ 


(cross fertilized), were all sowed in the 
board partition between, so that there could not have 
est difference in their conditions while germinating. 
The variegated variety germinated more slowly and } te at ew 
than the purple; while many of the seeds failed to pen 
On the seventh day a large percentage of no. 3 4P yet. 
ground, while but four of no. 1, and none of no. 2 were UP sa 


¥ 


1894.] Briefer Articles, 337 


the eighth day a few of no. 2 appeared, a few more of no, 1, and many 
more of no. 3 were above the soil. The seeds all continued germin- 
ating at intervals for over two months, though all germinating after the 
second week were less vigorous than the first. 

From the time of germination until the plants died, no. 3 seemed 
much more vigorous and healthy; while no. 2 stood next, and no. I 
last in rank as over half the plants of the latter died before maturity. 

The table below will show some of the chief differences in size, pro- 
ductiveness and vigor of the three Series, I, 2, and 3. 


First Second c 
generation, generation. generation. 
HE 35 
oy * 
ss 2 I ei I p 3. 
- { i 
Average days germinating ......|....]|... ree 14 40 ‘ 


Per cent. germinati 


Height, inches, at six months.. Te 
GEO oe iais'G aig var Cae oe eis 40 |\7O |121 
No. capsules ripened........... 3.137. | SO ljeeo cients 


t 116 | 44 []--ea}eoes pe oe 
9.661.6) 50 ||.-.-|++++ Hees 


A i mele ; 
ver. weight capsule in milligrams 
Per cent. bl duci dji 


\ 


ss 


_ A number of blossoms from each series were accidently destroyed 
in various ways; but these were subtracted from each number before 
the averages for seed capsules were made. 

It will be seen by this table that the same conclusions may be drawn 
as before; namely, that self-fertilization tends to weaken the plant, and 
also to lessen its productiveness; while cross fertilization has just the 
reverse effects, The crossing of different flowers on the same plant 1s 
no doubt better than self-fertilization; though not nearly so ogy 

no. 2 
producing seed; but the seed capsules were many of 
empty, while all were much smaller, usually less than one third as large 
asno. 3. The third generation was planted but no. 1 failed to germin- 
ate, so that the plants were not cared for longer.—MINNIE Reep, Kan- 
Sas Agric. College, Manhattan. 

Trillium cernuum L.—Monstrosities in the genus Trillium axe not 
ante, but two unusually singular forms from Canobie Lake, Windham 
township, N. H., may be worth putting on record. 

The plants are of the usual size and in each there is the normal 
whorl of leaves. In one plant, lifted about one inch above that nor- 


338 The Botanical Gazette. [ August, 


mal whorl on the stem, are three more whorls of three leaves each set 
closely together, making a pretty rosette, and above those is the flower 
erect. Sepals rather larger than common; petals 11 long and 4! wide, 
with a white stripe running down the center, and a green one on each 
edge; stigmas four; one of the petals two-parted. 

In the other plant a rosette of two whorls; a third abnormal whorl 
inthis specimen also, but lifted half an inch above the others to the 
base of the flower. Petals green and white; one stamen abortive; stig: 
mas two. The rosettes pressed and mounted measure in one plant 5* 
10! across, in the other 4™ 11, 

The upright flowers suggested T. grandiflorum, but the stigmas, 
distinct and recurved,and the short stamensare perhaps enough to prove 
the species to be cernuum; moreover, I learn that T. grandiflorum has 
never been noticed in that vicinity, and that T. cernuum is common 
where these plants were found. They were collected by a very youthful 
observer, Miss Anna Dimmock, who writes to me that there were several 
other similar specimens where she gathered those which she sent here. » 
—Maria L. Owen, Springfield, Mass. 


An abnormal Hepatica.—A peculiar form of Hepatica triloba, et 
lected near Boston, was brought to me recently. The peduncle, 
which is very flat, though not much larger than usual, is doubtless 8 
case of fasciation. The involucre consists of seven green bracts of 
unequal size, one with a white streak on both sides. A normal ae 
of nine semi-white sepals is in the normal position. Another pe 
flower, of six white sepals, is crowded between the larger howe a 
the involucre on a short pedicel. This flower has an wee x 
three bracts, one green, and two of a variegated green and white colo ‘ 
Both flowers have the usual number of stamens and pistils—Watt#® 
DEANE, Cambridge, Mass. 


EDITORIAL. 


Tue era of machinery appears to have arrived for American botany. 
It was probably inevitable whenever physiological studies attracted 
sufficient attention to take a prominent part in the curriculum. But 
just the manner and time of its advent could hardly have been antici- 
pated. The elaborate auxanometers, clinostats and other special 
pieces used in foreign laboratories, made familiar to American bot- 
anists through books and journals, described by visitors to Tiibingen, 
Leipzig, Cambridge, Vienna and other famous centers of research, 
and of which a sample instrument has occasionally been purchased 
for the general equipment of a laboratory in this country, seemed too 
expensive and too difficult to obtain ever to become common in 
merica. 

At first very simple appliances served the teacher’s purpose. — The 
demonstration of transpiration was made by passing a fresh sprig 
through pasteboard over a tumbler of water, and inverting another 
tumbler over it, and heliotropism was shown by setting a plant before 
awindow. The need of accurate records led to the adoption of various 
mechanical methods. Special devices for demonstrating growth were 
first brought forward. More than a decade ago Professor Bessey’s arc 
indicator became well known, and a few years later the rather elaborate 
machines devised by Professor Barnes and Mr. Bumpus were figured and 
described in the journals, and very recently Miss Golden’s auxanometer 
has been described. About three years ago Mr. Swezey described a 
centrifugal apparatus for studying geotropism, and two years ago Pro- 
fessor Thomas illustrated and described an apparatus for recording 
root pressure. Other apparatus has from time to time been devised 
and some of it described in the journals or before societies. But none 
of these pieces could be obtained in the market. Each laboratory 
ne obliged to make its own apparatus, or import from foreign 

akers. 


The first pieces of physiological apparatus emanating from an Amer- 
can laboratory, duplicates of which could be purchased, were nee 
anometer and centrifugal apparatus originating at Purdue University, 
and displayed at the Madison meeting of the A. A. A. S. last year. 

he considerable number of laboratories which have availed them- 
Selves within the year of the chance of securing these pieces of appa- 
Fatus, shows that the plan of offering newly devised apparatus for sale 
Meets with favor. 


340 The Botanical Gazette. 


‘A circular recently distributed from the botanical laboratories of 
the University of Minnesota offers the botanical public three ingen- 
ious pieces of apparatus: an electrical auxanometer, a registering bal- 
ance, and a recording apparatus to be used with either of the pre- 
ceding. 

While visiting the botanical laboratories of Wabash College a short 
time since the writer saw a beautifully made apparatus for recording 
root pressure, of which duplicates can probably be obtained shortly. 
There may be other laboratories ot research, fortunate enough to com 
mand the services of skilled mechanics, already contemplating shar- 
ing the results of study and skill with their fellow workers. Certainly 
we should not be surprised to hear of such, now that the method Is 
fairly inaugurated. : 

American botanists are an enthusiastic class, and are credited with 
being well endowed with the proverbial ingenuity of the Yankee, 80 
that having turned their attention to providing their own mechan 
devices for studying plants, many compact and efficient designs m4) 
be confidently anticipated. : d 

The movement is one to be highly commended. It is only secon 
to the supply of suitable text books in its power to advance the inter: 
ests of the science of physiology in the higher institutions of pea 
It is clearly the precursor to more accurate methods of research 1m ; 
several lines requiring close measurement. As such i 
become more common, finer methods will prevail, more ree 
adjusted machines will be demanded, and more ganic: gee 

: whic 
be possible. It is one way, possibly the only way, fe enable them ‘0 


equal those of Europe in the lines of research requring such ad 
Other claims for the wide reaching influence of eae ven 
might be made. It is at least likely to liberalize the prev 6 . 


regarding the requirements for a well equipped laboratory. 


CURRENT LITERATURE. 


Manual of Vegetable Physiology. 


A guide to laboratory exercises in vegetable physiology, the first 
published for the use of English speaking students, has just been 
issued from the press of Morris & Wilson of Minneapolis, Minn.* 
This valuable addition to the aids for teaching physiological botany 
is the outcome of the needs of the flourishing department of physiol- 
ogy in the University of Minnesota. The work is a translation of 
Oels’ Phlanzenphysiologische Versuche, published less than a year ago, 
and intended for the use of middle class schools. ‘The translation 
has been prepared and printed primarily for the convenience of stu- 
dents in the University of Minnesota, but it has been put into such 
good shape, and the original text is so admirable that it will prove 
specially valuable wherever elementary physiology is taught. 

The translator. has taken great liberties with the Roman-paged pre- 
lude to the text proper, but the body of the work has been rendered 
into English with fidelity, the only change of moment being the sub- 
stitution of the word “photosynthesis” for that of “ assimilation.” 
This change follows from a suggestion by Dr. Barnes, made a year ago 
before the American Association at Madison, who clearly pointed out 
the need of a distinctive term for the synthetical process in plants, 
brought about by protoplasm in the presence of chlorophyll and light. 
He proposed the word “photosyntax,” which met with favor. In 
the discussion Professor MacMillan suggested the word “ photosyn- 
thesis,” as etymologically more satisfactory and accurate, a claim 
which Dr. Barnes showed could not be maintained. The suggestion 
of Dr. Barnes not only received tacit acceptance by the botanists of 
the association, but was practically approved by the Madison Congress 
in the course of a discussion upon this point. In the interest of har- 
mony, therefore, even if courtesy be ignored, the word substituted for 
assimilation, if any were to be inserted, should have been “ photosyn- 

x and not “ photosynthesis.” 

he text is made up of eighty-eight paragraphs of general state- 
ments of fact, introducing the experiments, one hundred and twenty- 
two in number. The illustrations show clearly how the work is to be 
PP erenme a 


*Okts, Waxter: Experimental plant physiology; translated and edited by 


»*. MacDougal. pp. x + 86. figs. 77. 8vo. Minneapolis: Morris & Wilson. 
1894. $1.10, : . 


342 The Botanical Gazette. —— FAugust, 


done. The experiments are well selected, and not difficult to per- 
form. A few are by no means likely to afford the degree of success 
that the description of the process would indicate; but this comes 
from inherent difficulties, and to give all necessary precautions would 
be likely to frighten the beginner from any attempt, which would be 
worse than to try with but partial success Some of the experiments 
call for considerable knowledge of manipulation on the part of the 
instructor. However, it would be difficult to select a more satisfac- 
tory series of experiments on the whole, to illustrate the main facts of 
the science. Moreover, it is not necessary to use the whole series in 
order to present an acceptable outline, and selections can be made to 
meet special requirements. . 

The apparatus required is of the simplest kind, and is not difficult 
or expensive to provide.. 

The majority of the experiments are of the qualitative type, and all, 
even the quantitative ones, are specially designed for beginners, no 
attempt being made to indicate the precautions or niceties of manip 
lation required for strictly accurate and authoritative work. + 

The last chapter, a short one of a page and half, on the relation of 
plants and animals, does not properly belong to the subject of phys 
ology, but to that of ecology, and its omission would be preferable. : 

The translator has added a page of equivalents of English and 
metric weights and measures, and an index to the plants mentioned 
in the text, for which all students will be grateful. 

The printers have done fair work ; some minor defects may be sal 
- looked as due to inexperience in book-making. The paper and b - 
ing, the latter flexible cloth, are well suited to a laboratory manl 


Minor Notices. 

Durinc the summer of 1893 the Michigan Fish Commission Fen 
party to study the flora and fauna of Lake St. Clair. Mr. A.J. isi 
was botanist of the party, and he has now published ¥ The plan “ik 
Lake St. Clair” as one of the bulletins of the Commission. The pe 
is based upon that of Magnin in the lakes of the Jura. per : 
was found arranged in zones limited by the depth of water, ee 
ing certain plants characteristic of each zone, although Magnins ©” — : 
pharetum did not exist. 


ntof 
Dr. Wittiam TRELEASE has published an interesting ae @ 
Leitneria Floridana, distributed in advance of the sixth annua this: 

of the Missouri Botanical Garden. Mr. B. F. Bush discov ts being 
species in 1892 in the lowlands of S. E. Missouri, the ee Gulf 
more robust than those of Florida, and associate with 0! 


1894. ] Current Literature. : 343 


species. There seems to be here an indication of the northern exten- 
sion of the Gult flora along the deep swamp-lands of the lower Mis- 
sissippi. Leitneria is also reported from the Brazos in Texas, but 
there is some uncertainty as to the locality. A remarkable feature of 
Leitneria is its lightness, being the lightest of all known woods, with 
a'specific gravity of 0.207, while ordinary cork is given as 0.240. 
Dr. Trelease has made a careful study of the anatomical structure of 
the stem, and illustrates it by the reproduction of several excellent 
photomicrographs. Fifteen full-page plates are given. 


Mr. JARED G, Smitu has published an excellent revision of the 
North American species of Sagittaria and Lophotocarpus, distributing 
itin advance of the sixth annual report of the Missouri Botanical Gar- 
den. Dr. Engelinann’s notes and types served as a foundation for 
the work. Leaf forms prove very unsatisfactory in classification, and 
the least variation is found to be in the form and size of the acheni- 
um, form of the anthers, pubescence or not of the filaments, relative 
length of fertile and sterile pedicels, etc. Twenty-two species are 
recognized, three of which are Mexican, and several new, and much- 
tangled synonymy is straightened out. Following Buchenau and 
Micheli, Lophotocarpus is separated from Sagittaria. Twenty-nine 
full page plates accompany the revision. 


THE THIRD and last part of Dr. John M. Coulter’s "Manual of the 
Botany of Western Texas” has been issued by the Department of 
Agriculture. It contains the apetale, monocotyledons, gymnosperms, 
and pteridophytes. The Juncacez are contributed by F. V. Coville; 
Carex by L. H. Bailey; Graminee by L. H. Dewey; and Pterido- 
Phyta by L. M. Underwood. This completes, in a handy volume, the 
Presentation of the flora of a very interesting region, whose local study 
Was Seriously interfered with by the scattered and inaccessible nature 
of the publications that dealt with its plants. The need of such a 
a has been attested by the fact of a much larger demand for the 
earlier parts than could be supplied. 


_ TWo “Contributions” have just been issued from’the Gray Herba- 
mam; One by Dr: B.-L: Robinson (Proc. Amer. Acad. 29: 273-339)» 
ores the other by Dr. Robinson and Mr. J. M. Greenman (1.c. 382-394). 
— fo tmer Dr. Robinson presents a revision of the North Ameri- 
i Alsinex, 4 continuation of his study of the Caryophyllacez. Of 
ine Native species Cerastium contains 16 species and varieties, Stel- 
Ti *26, Arenaria 46, Sagina 9, and Spergularia (retained instead of 
wm thus adding to the synonymy of this much vexed group) IT. 
rest of the contribution and also the second one are dev to 
eg of plants from the Pringle collections of 1892 and 1893. 
Vol. XIX.—No, 8. 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


Mr. FREDERICK LE Roy SarGENT has a series of articles on the 
pollination of orchids in the recent numbers of the Popular Science 
Vews. : 


.T. H. Kearney, JR., has been appointed to the curatorship of 
the Columbia College herbarium, as successor to Dr. Morong, de- 
ceased. 

Boxorny has shown experimentally (Archiv. £, Hyg. 20:—.1894) that 
chlorophyll-bearing aquatic plants are highly efficient in purifying 
natural waters containing sewerage. 

IN THE ANNUAL REPORT of the Connecticut Station for 1893 Dr. W. 
C. Sturgis gives (pp. 72-111) information about many plant diseases 
with much helpful matter relating to treatment. 


PEACH YELLOWS AND ROSETTE are ably described and discussed by 
Dr. Erwin F. Smith in a twenty page bulletin from the U. S. Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, no. 17 of the farmers’ series. 

THE SECOND ANNUAL REPORT of the Ohio Academy of Sassi 
pamphlet of 52 pages. It includes seventeen short papers OF 
stracts relating to botany, several of which are lists of Ohio plants. 

Ind., to pie 


A Science Cuus has been organized at Indianapolis, owship 
mote local interest in scientific subjects and foster good fe red i 
among resident scientists. Pleasant club rooms have been sect 
the Denison Hotel. Mr. John S. Wright is the present secretly lv 
MATERIAL FOR CLASS use, both alcoholic and dry, and also pees 
ing material, can be obtained of the Cambridge Botanical ae buy 
This will prove a great service to many teachers who pre es theit 
te than to collect, or who need some special sorts to att > 
ist. 


IN RECENT NUMBERS of the Bethefte sum Botanischen C eet : 
Dr. A. Zimmermann has gathered together the recent eee impot- 
ing to the plant cell and has presented a summary of the m 
tant contributions. This supplements his work Die Pflan 
brings information up to date in a most useful manne!. le 

Bacterium Zopri has been found by Boyce and Centr Batt 
strongly apogeotropic when grown in nutrien ( : 
u. Par. 15: 568), and by Beyerinck to be the 
The last investigator suggests that the sensitiven ed 
less enables the organism to more readily penetrate te oe 
for it is parasitic upon the domestic fowl. sorption of 

A CRITICAL NoTICE of Mr. Ganong’s paper Bre at 
water by the green parts of plants (this journal, @™"> 0. ie 

ee ae " Sand issued), Written 


Christian Bay. The methods employed are severely a 


1894. ] Notes and News. 345 


which a résumé of the literature of the subject is given, extending from 
the time of Mariotte and Bonnet to the present. 


A New yeast has been found by M. W. Beyerinck (Centr. f. Bak, 
u. Par., 16: 49-58. 1894) upon Zante currants. It is called Schizosac- 
charomyces octosporus, the genus containing only one other species, an 
east African form. As the name indicates, it forms eight spores in a 
cell. It is capable of fermenting glucose and maltose, but not sucrose, 
lactose or arabinose. It makes but feeble growth in a solution of cane 
sugar. 


VEGETAL PARASITISM among insects is the subject of a paper of 
nineteen pages and three plates in the Quarterly Journal of Proceed- 
ings for April of the Columbus (Ohio) Horticultural Society, written 
by Prof. F. M. Webster. It includes much valuable personal observa- 
tion and experiments. A classified list of entomophytes of the families 
Hypocreacee and Entomophthoracee enumerates 87 species of fungi 
with their insect hosts and distribution. 


_ THE CARD INDEX of genera, species and varieties of lants published 
since 1885, prepared by Miss Josephine A. Clark of Washington, has 
met with much favor. The series is carefully prepared and can not 
fail to be of great assistance to any working botanist. All classes of 
plants are included. There are between one and two hundred cards 
of fungi in each thousand, and for the convenience of mycologists it 
has been proposed that these be also issued separately. Miss Clark 
has consented to this proposition, if a number of mycologists will send 
in their subscriptions soon. The separate index of fungi will be sold 
at the rate of $1.75 per hundred cards. 

_AN EXPEDITION through eastern Africa for the collection of natural 
history s ecimens, and to secure photographs, will start from Pretoria, 
- South African Republic, about August 1st, and passing through Mata- 
beleland, the extreme western portion of the East African Portuguese 
Possessions, and along the western coast of Lake Nyassa, will reach Zan- 
zibar after about twelve months. Although all kinds of material of a 
Scientific character will be collected, plants and insects will receive 


Century. Those desiring to place orders should address The Kaess- 
Abn edition, care of Imperial German Consulate, Zanzibar, East 


the science of botany is at present divided calsbongs exceptions may 
taken to the nomenclature) is given by Prof. W. F. 


2m Out that the amateur can do little to advance the science in de- 
vu nate Il, Iv and x, that he can do some small service in Il, v, VI, 
nd vill; and very important service in 1, 1x and XI. The object 


346 The Botanical Gazette. [August. 


of the paper is to promote the biological study of Acadian plants by 
local botanists, but it will interest and benefit other American botan- 
ists as well 


seeds, lint and bolls, caused by bacteria, with one plate. Second re- 
1 itchcock and 


recent Chinese vegetables by L. H. Bailey (Cornell N. Y. no. 7) gives 
an interesting account of a number of cultivated plants, wi sd 
Chinese names, and illustrations. 

Month- 
one or 


acter has not before been observed. Plants of this spect thelr 
. Voveboracense have been grown by Mr. Day in his gar ia ncy to 

habits carefully watched. The latter species shows no tende 

twine. 


PLATE XXIX. 


DIETEL on UREDINEA, etc. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. 


PLATE XXX. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 1894. 


} 
| 


Otis _oO* 
AR 


* 

> 
-¢ 

#* 


"e 


* 
a Sor 


TILDEN on PROTOCOCCUS. 


‘MICROSCOPES OF ALL MAKES AND 


SPECIALLY -PREPARED : 
Derbarium Paper:Botanists 


_ This paper is offered at the moderate price of $5.50 per 
ream. We also furnish— 
No. 1 Genus Cov er, 16% o 24 inches, at ¥ na per 100 
2 


i. = 3 30 “ 
Dryer 513 # 2.00 
Species sheets, 16% x 23% 
Orders will receive prompt attention. Wits ne samples. 


E, MORRISON PAPER £0. | 


1069 Penna. Avenue, N. W. 


Oels’ Experimental Plant Phage 
nslated and Edited by D. T. M 
concise laborat cae ‘txt adapted for the use of mee er in high school or 
college, either alone or in connection with a course in = anatomy. The 
‘very teacher of botany. Octavo, 100 pages, 77 illustrations, 
By mail, age $1.10 
MORRIS” & WILSON, Publishers, Minkeapolt Minn. 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Gompany_ a 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS ee 


GRADES 
SPECIAL ATTENTION TO IM PORTING DUTY FREE FOR - 
EDUDATIONAL INSTITUTIONS. Se 
A GOOD Leitz Microscope for. or ee magnification 57 to 408, au 


—__EVERYTHING USEFUL TO BOTANISTS. 
Wilhelm Englemann, Leipzig, ee 
anr | ) 


NATU nea Se ene ee ple 

Pi ded by A. Engler and K. Prantl and continued by A. Engler, with sam 
se a vical uote bas of contents of all scoiniie gare meee 
ed, sent upon request postpaid to any one 


: Those wishing good herbarium specimens eae find it it most 
°nvenient to send their lists of desideratato 


$7. ee BOTANICAL EXCHANGE EB 
ee, hun: = oo, Basan © rar 


Henry Heil Chemical 


wie LOUIS; MG. 


Ghemic 


_ Before Ordering Elsewhere, Get Our 
Large Illustrated Catalogue on Application. 


EDITORS: 
_ JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, Il. 
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 
J.C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 0 


ree : CONTENTS: 

? “The evolution of the Hepaticee.—Lucien M. Underwood. 
edings of SectionG, A.A.A.S. . + - 

Eoee petuie Section G, AAAS. .. 

Pat eee 2 ts, see hay gh ee 


a 


THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 
SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 


The subscription price must be paid in advance. No numbers are sent after the 
expiration of the time paid for. No reduction is made to dealers or agents. 


In Great SEAL, = shillings. In Germany, 14 marks. 
Agent, W. P. COLLIN: Agents, R. ehepsioten (15500 SOHN, 
157 Great Seed St., London, W. ristrasse 11, Berlin, = W.6 


The prices named énclude postage. 

Subscriptions and business correspondence should be addeesa | to the 
BOTANICAL GAZETTE, MADISON use money orders and drafts should be made 
payable to the Botanica Gazer 

Separate Copies.— Contributors are furnished on request 25 separate soe 
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied 
at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate 
per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like Gazerts, with 
title, $1.50 per 100, additional. 8-7he number desired must be paar at the 
head of the MS., as none will be printed unless ordered. 


Manuscripts.—Contributors are requested to write scientific and proper anes oa 


of 
with particular care, and in citations to follow the form shown in the -" 
the GazeTTe. —— = be sent to any one of the editors. : 
illustrations Articles requiring cline ‘and ot 


vee about advertisements should be addressed to J. J.C. A 
University, L te, 


F jl 
Fomaeed oe gs Sse ae oo when in et 


[Entered at the Post-office at Madison, Wis., as second-class po 


oS In the October aatnber well appear: ae 
-Filices Mexicane. v., by GEORGE E. 
Medford, Mass. oe eo 
_ Notes: on a Cribraria minutissima <a 
D hia, Pa. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 
SEPTEMBER, 1894. 


The evolution of the Hepatice. 
Vice-presidential address before section G, A. A. A.S. 
LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD. 


There is, perhaps, a natural tendency among specialists to 
magnify the importance of the particular subject or group of 
life forms in which they happen to be specially interested. 
The horticultural botanist, dreaming of the time when the 
world will be reorganized through the products of his art, is 
Prone to see nothing beyond utility and ornament in plants, 
and it becomes a part of his nature to see some useful char- 
acter in forms of vegetation which to others are devoid of 
either beauty or utility. The economic mycologist, over-im- 
pressed with the magnitude of the losses sustained by the un- 
fortunate agriculturist and fruit grower, is haunted in sleep 
with visions of anthracnose and mildew, and in his waking 
hours sees little in botany but host-plants bristling with par- 
asites and Bordeaux mixtures certain to relieve them of their 
incubus. The man with inherent, if not coherent, proclivi- 
tes for priority, with a war-like temperament and a strong 
tendency to cross lances, sees in botany one vast battle field 
of synonymy in which cohorts of pre-Linnaean binomials, 
hordes of decapitalization dogmas, hostile homonyms an 
Kuntzian curiosities charge down upon each other in battal-° 
‘ons, form and reform in utter confusion. There are some 
Microscopic botanists whose degree of specialization never 
Permits them to look outside the limits of an apical cell; an 
others still whose botanical horizon is bounded by the field of 
an immersion lens and whose azimuth and right ascension are 
apn within its limits. We are all more or less range 
ini ...- Our own hobbies in public places, so in performing t 
— function of this office, I can perhaps do no better than 

bring forth mine. In this way, I shall at least be in touch 


. with present custom. 


27—Vol, XIX. —No. 6. 


348 The Botanical Gazette. [September, — 


With no desire, however, to overestimate its importance, 


I wish to place before you the position in the botanical sys- 


tem of a comparatively obscure group of plants and to call 
your attention for a brief time no less to their own differen- 


tiation than to their important relation to the evolution of © 


the plant world. I desire to set forth in something of a rea- 
sonable way the characters of the group and to correct some 
misunderstandings that have resulted from an imperfect appre- 
ciation of its relations. The group commonly known as He- 


tive of this triply developed group of plants, notwiths 
the fact that the other members of this trio are vastly a 
important—one in the nature and extent of its devine 
per se, and the other in its important relations to the oun 
opment of the higher groups of the plant world. ere 
mentary text-book that has in general done much to @") 

the standard of botanical teaching in America ee 


: atice / 
past decade opens its account of the Hep the most 


words: ‘In the liverworts the plant body is fo 

part either a true thallus or a thalloid structure. This 
there is a differentiation into stem and leaves, o ncepti 
statement may be taken as fairly representing 4 | aoe 
of the group common among botanists and bola ; 

The hepatics among us are popularly supposed t0 ?¢ 

or thalloid plants and Marchantia is regarde 
representative. As opposed to this wide-sprea 
tion, it should be noted that as far back ast tice (1847) 
last publication of a general synopsis of the Hepa 

the relative numerical importance of the Marc 
only 17 per cent. of the entire group and 

that time has been even more largely in t 
other groups, especially the foliaceous Junger™ 
represent at once the most numerous and best 


he direction 
aniace® ™ 


aye one 


the increase of the 
which 
differentia” 


SS ee ee 


esas Se eee genet 


1894. ] ' The Evolution of the Hepatica. 349 


types of the Hepaticz.! It would be even less a misrepre- 
sentation of the Musci to make its representatives in An- 
dreaea, Phascum or Buxbaumia than to place Marchantia or 
any of its allies as a normal representative of the Hepatic. 
Armed, however, with such a conception gained from the 
elementary texts and emphasized by the works of reference 
usually accessible in an ordinary laboratory, as for example 
Kny, Strasburger, Sachs, and Goebel, the student goes forth 
into the field to study liverworts and after he has exhausted 
Marchantia and Conocephalus, and has possibly seen a Ric- 
cia, he is usually stranded and knows not what to seek. In 
fact, many are more likely to confuse some such thallose 
lichen, as Peltigera, with liverworts than to look for them 
among leafy forms which their training has not rendered them 
able to properly correlate. The Lophocoleas, the Cephalo- 
zias, the Frullanias and the Radulas, so elegant in their 
structure as to impress the least zsthetic student with their 
beauty, so diversified in their evolution as to demand the ex- 
ercise of his most active powers of reflection, and withal so 
simple in structure as to render them accessible with a mini- 
mum of microscopic technique—these are a closed volume to 
him because of the limitations of his early instruction and im- 
pressions, 


mediate from the structural standpoint, but in its relation to 
the evolution of the higher plants it stands as a key or link 
between the lower and simpler and the higher and more com- 
plex. The group is not a compact one nor are its component 
8roups closely united to each other. It is even to be doubted 
. 4 §00d reason exists for the separation of the bryophytes 
into the two classes Musci and Hepatic, and it would be 
hazardous to attempt their separation as coordinate groups 
®n any rational grounds, even if we leave in question their 
relation to the Sphagnaceze. ee 

‘The relative extent of the Jungermaniacez as developed by modern explor- 


i d subsequent study can be seen in a comparison of a few representative 
Species described in Species Bin ogo 
Metzgeria Synopsis Hepaticarum 1844-47. Schi . 
Lophocolea.""""""*77#*ettteeeees Bs senenenateeestnnssnenest 
PR ne cio ES ay ee ee 483 


PSI aM de rea es ate eae 


350 The Botanical Gazette. [September, 


The hepatics possess almost absolutely no utilitarian aspect. 
Beyond the doubtful use of one or two in medicine, and the 
occasional occurrence of one or more tropical species as weeds, 
they are, so far as the physical condition of the human race 
is concerned, an entirely useless group of plants. Theydo — 
not trouble the experiment station botanist, the horticulturist 
finds no use for them, and the general public does not see 
sufficient importance in them to subscribe a single shilling 
for the endowment of a laboratory for research in such an 
apparently barren field. And yet from the higher stand- 
point of genetic relationship, there is probably no single group 
of plants that occupies such an unique position in the plant 
world. What the comprehensive and heterogeneous group 
‘‘Vermes” is to the animal kingdom, the Hepatice are 
plants, with this difference, that we have here a much less 
complicated group of organisms with which to deal. _ 

To understand more fully the relation of the Hepatice to 
the evolution of the green plants and particularly to their role 
in the development of the alternation of phases of bia : 
tion which has attained such extended proportions de = 
ferns and other pteridophytes, it is desirable to bring in vias | 
review the successive stages in the processes of mae : 
from the simplest forms upward. For it must be remem 
that even if the methods of reproduction cannot serve as - 
means of separating the primary types of the thallon a 
in a natural system of classification, they nevertheless a : 
sent the highest function that is manifested in organi” ” 
The successive stages may be characterized as follows: 


con- 
I. Among forms whose only method o ; 


< 


” 


division 


Among forms in which conjugation occurs . 
successive stages of distinct sexual reproduction ne tT 
fore the idea of bisexuality has been different “increase 
purposes seem involved in this process, (1) partes and 
vitality by the union of elements of separate oe ey 
the production of a structure capable of holding V oe 


1894. ] The Evolution of the Hepatice. 351 


certainly through critical changes of environment; hence the 
resting-spore. We have here a type of life history where 
continuity commences to curve into a circle and its ends begin 
to unite to form a complete cycle of development. In many 
forms, however, the individual is too hopelessly entangled in 
colony life to be clearly separated. 

{Il. In forms (like Vaucheria) where the sexual cells are 
clearly distinguishable from the early commencenient of the 
process of reproduction, and the oospore results directly and 
simply from the act of fertilization, the life history of the 
plant may be clearly said to be represented by the circle. 
The phase of growth is purely a sexual one from spore to 
germinating filament through the production of sexual ap- 
Paratus to spore again. If asexual reproduction occurs, it 
merely serves to rapidly multiply the plant when favoring en- 
vironment makes it possible, and bears no relation to the 
Sexual process and is not dependent upon it. 

- Among some of the higher alge occurs the simplest 
form of alternation of phases of reproduction. While there 
are various modifications of the process in minor details in 
Many groups of algz, the act of fertilization in certain repre- 
Sentative forms is followed (1) by the formation of a special 
envelop of cells about the oogone as a specialized protective 
Covering, and (2) by the division of the cell contents of the 
gone into a series of reproductive bodies, an asexual pro- 
fess following as a result of a sexual one and therefore de- 
pendent on it. The life history here, instead of representing 
4 simple cycle of growth, can be best characterized as a com- 
bination of two loops each short of a circle, the larger repre- 
senting the sexual stage from germinating spore to the com- 
pletion of the process of fertilization, and the smaller represent- 
ing the asexual phase involved inthe internal cell division that 
results in the development of the reproductive bodies. 
So-called “alternation of generations”, which is nothing more 
= the succession of phases in the life history of the organ- 

™, Commences at a point considerably below the lowest 
bryophytes, 
a. The transition from the above condition to that ses 
st nd in the lowest archegoniates is a simple one The “e 

nce manifests itself in the following particulars: (1) in the 
pit otective envelop of the egg cell being developed prior to the 

* of fertilization and not as a result of it; (2) in the some- 


352 The Botanical Gazette. [September, : 


what more complex development of the asexual phase (spor- 
ogone) in the formation of a definite multicellular wall and the 
division of the interior by a double process of cell multiplica- 
tion. Most of these details even are more orless feebly fore- 
shadowed in some of the higher alge. The only modification 
necessary in the diagrammatic representation of the lower bry- 
ophytes as contrasted with that of the higher alge is the rel- 
atively greater development of the asexual phase which is 
therefore represented by a proportionally larger loop. The 
lines of specialization which have resulted from the varied 
differentiations of this simple type will be discussed more in 
detail later in this paper. ; 
VI. The highest development of the principle of alternation 
of phases of reproduction is illustrated by the well known cli- 
max reached among the pteridophytes in which the asexual 
phase represents a degree of specialization utterly dispropot- 
tionate to the simple sexual phase (prothallus) which has 
scarcely advanced beyond the primitive condition reached by 
the lowest archegoniates. The diagrammatic repre 
of the life history of the fern is therefore a reversal of that : 
the higher alge, the larger loop representing the bi z 
ferentiated asexual phase and the smaller the simple thallose 
sexual phase. of 
The high degree of differentiation of the asexual sige 
the pteridophytes coupled with the great antiquity © e 
group have rendered them a stumbling block to pee i 
have not been careful in tracing their homologies. In the 


2 . . m 
olution of the pteridophytes, however it must be remem™™ 
“Biren comparison — 


that the line of descent must be sought, ree - = with the 
; the on 
of the highly developed asexual phase © of the simpler — 


simple sporogone of the other but along the line ne bere 
sexual phase. When we consider this feature of wees from 
opment in its proper light, the progress" of Basie 
alga to fern is greatly simplified and the distance be n of the 
groups either in the time necessary for the derivatio ntiation — 
one from the other or in the slight degree of Aim 
manifest in these coordinate phases, is reduced to 4 n is not 4 
From Higher alge to simple prothallus the pie at 
difficult one. In regard to the other feature of the Pp 


of fern-like plants which dates back to ¢ 
reached a high degree of specialization in the 


1894. ] The Evolution of the Hepatice. 353 


may have been strongly influenced and perhaps rapidly 
evolved by the peculiar environment of precarboniferous 
times; at least the statements of the books in reference to the 
excessive amount of carbonic oxide in the atmosphere being 


this point, however, it may be questioned whether the state- 
ments of the books do not need some modification. _ 

I have said that the Hepatice have undergone a triple dif- 
ferentiation. Commencing with a simple thallose plant with 
its unmodified sporogone, it is evident that there are three 
possible lines of specialization: (1) the development of the 
thallus as such; (2) the transformation of the thallus into a 
leafy axis combined with the modification from creeping to 
ascending or erect habit; and (3) the specialization of the 
Sporogone at the expense of the thallus. Even a cursory ac- 
quaintance with the diverse structures that are developed in 
the group will make it evident that the Hepatice have im- 
proved their opportunity in each of these three possible lines 
and have carried the differentiation of each line to a high de- 
gtee of perfection. Let us follow out in some detail these 
three lines of development. 

The Marchantiales. We must place as lowest in the 
series the group which commences with such simple types as 
Riccia and Tesselina and ends with the elaborate Marchantia 
and its congeners. Among the lowest types the habit is not 
greatly different from that of the alge, the plants either float- 
ing in water or attaching themselves to wet soil. The cap- 
sular development in the lower forms moreover is not very 
diverse from that of certain of the higher alge, the sporogone 

ing without stem and often imperfectly surrounded by a 
Capsular wall. As we advance to higher forms, we find not 
only an extensive modification of the thalloid structure neces- 
Sitating an elaborate system of stomata and in many Cases 
‘pecially modified branches for the better accommodation of 
the reproductive bodies, but also a striking advance in the 
Sapsular development in which the egg cell develops not only 
* capsule or fertile portion, but also a stalk or sterile portion, 
which with the addition of elaters formed within the capsule, 

*tter serves to distribute the spores. eo is 
© may note here also two types of differentiation in the 
‘Pecialized branch that bears the carpocephalum, as it €x- 


354 The Botanical Gazette. [September, 


plains some seeming anomalies in the fruiting habits of some 
of our common Marchantiacez. The impression has prevailed 
and is now wide spread that while Marchantia may commonly 
be found in fruit, Conocephalus rarely produces it. The 
fruiting branch of Marchantia is developed before the matur- 
ity of the sporogone is reached. This branch is therefore 
firm and consequently persistent. The botanist who only 
rarely comes in contact with plants except as they are pre- 
served in herbaria or imbedded in celloidin has considerable 
opportunity to see the fruit bearing branches of Marchantia 
as they are developed, long before the spores are mature and 
persist long after the spores are scattered. On the other 
hand, Conocephalus, whose archegones are fertilized during 
the late summer or early autumn, matures its capsules within 
the carpocephalum before the fruit bearing branch of the thal- 
lus is developed. In this condition it passes the winter and 
with the earliest return of spring the reserve material of the 
thallus rapidly aids in sending up a semi-hyaline slendet 
branch which lasts barely long enough to allow the capsules 
to burst through their calyptre and then withers away. J 
the time the spring botanist, roused from his hibernation, 
goes forth to search for Anemone or Epigea, Conocephats 
as long since scattered its spores, its fruiting branch is with- 
ered, and the late observer concludes that it rarely 
fruit. He who will become a botanist in any broad sens 
must come in contact with nature face to face at all reek? 
and study plants as they grow, as well as in the her al 
and laboratory. The man who sees and studies plants ee 
as they are represented by dried herbarium fragt pr 
accordanée with the stereotyped formula, “treated beet ‘cro 
per cent. solution of chromic acid, stained in mass wit bie 
carmine, imbedded in paraffine and cut with a _ pene 
tome,” is sure to get a one-sided notion of the true ol 
gies of the vegetable world. i ; 
While all Ge minutiz of the relations of the Marchant 7 
have not been worked out, the following provera thet 
= (see diagram opposite) will give some idea © . 
nities. come 
From simple forms like Riccia, themselves dosh ae 
siderable advance over the primitive hepatic, ip htly more 4 
modification in Ricciocarpus and Tesselina, and ein) To the 
differentiated forms in Corsinia and Funic ge and 
former are allied such higher forms as Clevea, Ay* ao 


1894, ] The Evolution of the Hepatice. 355 


Hypenantrum; from forms allied to the latter we have on the 
one hand Cyathodium and Targionia with their sessile fruit, 
and on the other, Lunularia, Conocephalus and Marchantia, 


Primitive hepatic 
which justly may be regarded as the highest thalloid develop- 
ment that appears among the Hepatice. _ ses 
1. The ¥ungermaniales. The second line of differenti 


mong the Hepatice is in the direction of the vec 
°" @ leafy axis. From such thalloid forms as Aneura W! 


356 The Botanical Gazette. [September, 


scarcely developed central axis to such simple modifications 
as appear in Pallavicinia and Metzgeria, in which the central 
axis becomes distinctly differentiated from the plain wing-like 
border a single cell in thickness, it is an easy step to pass to 
such pseudofoliaceous forms as Schiffneria, Fossombronia and 
Haplomitrium. From these forms again it is not difficult to 
pass to some of the simpler leafy axes like Lophocolea, Baz- 
zania, and Jungermania. It is in this group that we find the 
Hepatice attaining their greatest profusion of structure, the 
most remarkable diversity of foliar development, the widest 
range of adaptation, and the consequent abundance of genera 
and species that span the world from the lone and barren 
island of Kerguelen in the south to the inhospitable region of 
Spitzbergen in the north. Here some three thousand specits 
have been developed, and judging from the rapidity of the 
returns, it is evident that the tale is not nearly told. : 
It is, of course, impossible, within the limits of the time 
assigned, to attempt to touch upon the numerous: features of 
the evolution which this group has undergone in diverse quar 
ters of the world; we can only hint at some of the more strik- 
ing by way of illustration. . 
. The p t 1development among the Jungermaniales 
is usually slight and ephemeral; in only occasional inst A 
do we find it persistent. Perhaps the most striking yee: 
tion of this is Protocephalozia, in which the formation of 2 
occurs only as a special development for the protection : 
reproductive bodies. The antherids are borne ing by 
axils of rudimentary leaves while the perianth, subten [ pre 
slender involucral leaves, rises directly from the OTE pa 
tonema which represents the entire vegetative con ss 
the plant. a 
2. The lines of development leading from thallose ze a 
forms are numerous among the Jungermaniales, Ber is 
them have not yet been definitely correlated. Ca from 
that there is no single line of thallose genera 4s disti nui 
the foliaceous ones. While the greater part of we may 
forms do not produce their fruit terminally and ae Mets 
separated intoa distinct family which may be calle ces if 
‘ * : : eral instan 
gertacee from its typical genus, there are Sev fo with 
which thallose forms lead up toward foliaceous nial de 
which they agree in the closer relation of ater they beat . | 
opment, as well as in the more ‘important fact tha’ co 


1894.) The Evolution of the Hepatice. oo ae 


the sporogone terminal on the main stem or on a branch. 
The line of this character that is best known is perhaps that 
leading up to the Trigonantheze from Zoopsis to Cephalozia. 
From the simplest thallose structure, differing only slightly 
from alge, the various species of Zoopsis become developed 
so as to present the successive modifications of a leaf of a 
single cell, a leaf of two cells, and a leaf of four cells; from 
these steps the passage is easy to such simple two-toothed 
decurrent leaves as we see developed in some of the Cepha- 
lozias, especially in our common Cephalozia multiflora. The 
fruiting characters in this series are so strikingly alike that 
they have even been united in a single genus. 

ot Perhaps no single group presents so many modifications 
in the diversity of foliar structure as is manifested in the var- 
lous genera of the Jungermaniales. With nothing but leaf 
cells forming a more or less well developed lamina, the great- 
est conceivable variety of form coupled with modification 
arising from environment has been differentiated, and we 
find numerous examples of marvellous adaptation of means to 
end. From these we may note the simple tripartite leaves 
of Blepharostoma made up of simple rows of cells; the intri- 
cately divided leaves of Trichocolea and Ptilidium which give 
to the species of those genera their peculiar tomentose ap- 
pearance; the ciliary fringes of endless variety that character- 
ize the numerous species of Plagiochila; the median lamina 
of Schistocheila recalling a similiar development in Fissidens 
among the true mosses, and above all the innumerable para- 
Phyllia of Stephaniella, often covering the entire surface of 
the leaf. These merely indicate a few of the possibilities of 
the foliar development. In the leaf cells themselves, we have 
‘very grade of compactness, varying from the lax structure 
of Cephalozia, Chiloscyphus and Kantia to the close compact 
structure of Herberta and Gymnomitrium. oe 
a beyond all these are the various forms of compiicts . 
the ow Clearly adapted to serve as retainers of moisture. ra "s 
"ae imple folds in the leaves of Radula, Scapania and Diplophy 


pa 
y metimes elaborately differentiated, and the water sacs of 
Jubula, Frullania and more especially Polyotus in which — 
ote Sometimes developed in great profusion. As might ‘ 
ii, these peculiar foliar adaptations for holding mo!st- 
“€ Most prominent in those species that have been driven 


358 The Botanical Gazette. | [September, 


from their normal habitat on the ground and on decaying 
logs to the bark of trees and even the surface of leaves, 
which in tropical countries are often wholly covered with var- 
ious species of Lejeunea,? together with an occasional Radula 
and rarely species of other genera. The reputed symbiosis of 
rotifers and other small animals with these water sacs of 
Lejeunea and Frullania has been commented on by many ob- 
servers. 

4. No less remarkable is the development of the perianth 
which serves as a special protection to the maturing sporo- 
gone. This is normally free from the uppermost stem leaves, 
which are usually modified from the ordinary form. In cer- 
tain genera like Nardia, Marsupella, Schistocheila and Har- 
panthus, the perianth becomes more or less adherent to the 
involucral leaves and in some instances forms a bulbous or 
gibbous enlargement at the base. An exaggeration of this 
bulbous development produces the marsupiocarpous condition 
found in Kantia, Geocalyx, Tylimanthus and several pre 
genera, in which the sporogone is developed at the base ol a 
pendulous pouch which penetrates the substratum, OF in 
tropical Tylimanthus is hung among the stems of Hess 
mosses which grow in its vicinity. It is of interest whee 
that this condition has been developed independen’y 
widely different sections of the family and cannot be er 
ered as forming a tribal alliance by itself as was form 
maintained. 


: ye all 
It must now be evident that the Jungermaniales, abov 
he most elabora 


typical representatives of this class. When we@ ae 
great degree of differentiation, the wide-spread aye a 
distribution of the Jungermaniales which has ss equentlf 
ulating almost every available island in the world, pee a 
with endemic species, it becomes evident that pee a 
tribute a great antiquity to the group. The pviow 
absence of the hepatics in fossiliferous rocks, for On athe 

sons, should count as little in determining their pe as cate 
Ill. The Anthocerotales. Having considered the ee Ye 


in which the hepatics have disported themselves 2° 
Soe Pe patics Dave re 


_ *I have only once found our Lejeunea calcarea in arene" the damp masse 
it completely covered a small leaf of Camptosorus growing ip Po ing 
ravine. This is the first instance known to me of Leje 
epiphyte in northern latitudes. 


1894. ] The Evolution of the Hepatice. 359 


come finally to the group in which their development has 
looked toward something higher in the plant world. If the 
Marchantiales have elaborated the thallus at the expense of 
other parts, and the Jungermaniales have developed leafy 
axes and exhausted their energies in the elaboration of beauty 
and intricacy of foliar development, the Anthocerotales have 
ound a more important line in which to differentiate, namely, 
the development of the sporogone. And while it has resulted 
in small returns when considered from a hepatic standpoint, 
the results otherwise are commensurate with the whole range 
of higher plants from mosses to Composite 

In the Anthocerotales, the thallus has undergone only a 
slight differentiation from the primitive type; the sporogone, 
however, develops into a fleshy structure that frequently re- 
quires stomata for its transpiration processes. The capsule 
is necessarily a somewhat permanent structure and unlike all 
other bryophytes, develops its. spores continuously from above 

ownward, 

The ancestors of Anthoceros and Notothylas on the one 
hand, and the Musci on the other, were doubtless the same, 
and the line of separation between them probably commenced 
at an early day, since the elaboration of genera and species 
1s no less marked in the Musci than in the foliaceous Hepat- 
ice. 

It has further become evident that the line of development 


n. A reorganization becomes necessary as $ 
maining bryophytes can be properly co-ordinated. 
€ can then summarize the relations of the Hepatic®. 
6 ' - The group is not of recent origin. This is shown cet 
ly from the wide-spread geographic distribution of its ma 


360 The Botanical Gazette. [September, 


jor group, and its extensive modification into diverse genera, 
but as well by its relations through the Anthocerotales to 
higher groups which have themselves a high antiquity. 


Hepatic 


Alge. 


r is it entirely — 
above ou 

remail 

for 4 


2. The group is not a compact one, no : 
Ghnecrihed The three groups of the Hep a 
lined differ as much or more among these aie 
ing bryophytés differ from them. .There 15 4 ith our Pf 
new grouping of the bryophytes to accord wi 


saat 


1894.) The Evolution of the Hepatice. 361 


knowledge. The present grouping into Musci and Hepatice 
as coordinate classes, is entirely unsatisfactory, and artificial. 

3. In such a triple development as exists among the He- 
patice, no single plant can stand as a type which will fairly 
represent the entire group. Ifa single plant is to be consid- 
ered, however, it would be only fair to make the selection 
from the group which is at once the most highly specialized 
structurally and the most widely represented in all parts o 
the world. To the Jungermaniales, and not to the Marchant- 
iales, belongs this distinction. 

4. We must recognize at least five families among the He- 
patice. Among the Jungermaniacez, it is well to separate 
those forms in which the archegone terminates the growth of 
the shoot from those in which the archegone is distinctively a 
lateral development. The ‘‘Jungermaniacee anakrogyne” 
of Leitgeb and Schiffner, which will include many but not all 
of the “‘Jungermaniacee thallose” of previous writers, may 
well be separated as a distinct family for which we propose 
the name METZGERIACE&. The older name, Jungerman- 
lacee, may properly be retained for the remaining part of the 
family which includes by far the greater number of genera and 
species. : 

5. The Hepatice are especially interesting as constituting 
the connecting link in the evolution from thallophytes (alge) 
to the higher plants. In this particular, the line of the An- 
thocerotales in which mere vegetative function is sacrificed 
for the sake of reproductive function, represents the royal line 
of development. 

¢ Pauw University, Greencastle, Ind. 


eihey AES, Sy eM ic aaa” nice en ea OR 


Proceedings of section G, A. A. A. S., Brooklyn meeting, 
1 


THURSDAY, AUGUST I6TH. 

Section G met at 11:15 A. M., and organized by electing as 
councilor, Byron D. Halsted; as members of sectional com- 
mittee, in addition to the ex officio members, Geo. F. At 
kinson, W. J. Beal, B. T. Galloway; as member of nominat- 
ing committee, A. B. Seymour; as committee to nominate 
officers of section, the officers and John M. Coulter, M. B. 
Waite, and J. J. Davis. 

At the suggestion of the council a new officer, to prepare 
for the press readable reports of papers presented, was ni 
pointed. Byron D. Halsted was elected ‘‘press secretary. 

At 4:30 P. M., vice-president Underwood’s address (printed 
in full elsewhere) was read by Dr. S. E. Jeliffe. 

MONDAY, AUGUST 20TH. 

Reports from the standing committees appointed by the 
Madison Botanical Congress were called for. 

The Committee on Bibliography and Typography P 
the following report: 

To section G, A. A. A. S.: ‘ated 

The Committee on Bibliography and Typography ean 
by the Madison Botanical Congress was directed to repo” 
section G of the American Association for the Advance al, 
of Science. This section therefore is asked to receive ae : 
lowing report and take such action thereupon as sce 

The committee report that progress has been 
the past year in carrying out the suggestions ™ 
Madison Botanical Congress.! The first recomm 
thereto made, viz., ‘‘that there should be published i 

ican botany] PF 
a catalogue of papers [relating to American "4 
authors,” has been undertaken and so far as wees: 
been successfully accomplished by the coopera i 
ber of bataniees with he editors of the Bulletin of eee $ 
Botanical Club and the Cambridge Botanical oe 
This index, printed first in the Bulletin, is rep a Co., # 
standard cards by the Cambridge Botanical SupP\Y i 


1Proc. Madison Bot. Congress 45. Je 1894. 


resented 


1894. ] Proceedings of Section G, A. A. A. S. 363 


that any number of copies can be had and arranged by sub- 
jects or by journals as desired. Every effort will be made by 
those charged with the preparation of this index and its first 
publication to make it complete, and to have it conform ex- 
actly to the rules for citation prepared by this committee. 
The work of publication upon cards, however, is not ade- 
quately supported. The committee sincerely hope that this 
form of publication will not have to be given up, and they 
therefore urge that those interested testify their interest by 
sending their subscriptions to the Cambridge Botanical Sup- 
ply Co., Cambridge, Mass. 

The committee also announce that the BOTANICAL GA- 
ZETTE, in connection with the Cambridge Botanical Supply 
Co., is ready to undertake the publication of the supplement- 
ary list of journals referred to in section 1. 6. of the commit- 
tee's report? to the Congress which appointed it. The pub- 
lication of these lists of journals upon cards will be begun as 
Soon as subscribers sufficient to defray the expense of print- 
ing the cards can be secured. In the same way the Budletin 
of the Torrey Botanical Club will undertake the publication 
of the list of authors referred to in the committee’s report 
under 1. c. If the number of subscribers to the index of pa- 


Ute or desirability of any changes. To those rules, 
Owever, the committee desire to add the following ampli- 


fication 
thee? 46, I. c., before the last sentence insert: In c 
*Loc. cit. 
28—Vol. XIX—No. 9. 


ase 


364 The Botanical Gazette. [September, 


its place, the reprint paging being given in accordance with 
the foregoing rule. 

The committee also recommend the adoption of the two 
following paragraphs as addenda: 

j- If it is considered desirable to give other data than series 
number (if any), volume number, page and date, these should 
be added in brackets after the date. But useless or unneces- 
sary data should be avoided. 

k. Citations of reviews, abstracts, and all such secondary 
references should be enclosed in parentheses. 

Since uniformity is the chief object in the adoption of the 
tules for citation by the Congress, the committee call atten- 
tion to the necessity of an exact following of these rules by 
as many writers and publishers as can be induced to give at- 
hesion to them. To facilitate this we recommend that the 
editors of the Bud/etin of the Torrey Botanical Club, the Bo- 
tanical Gazette, Erythea, and the American Naturalist be te 
questéd to publish these rules, and examples of as ee 
variety of citations as practicable. The committee also = 
sire to issue these on tag-board sheets, ina form plese 
be readily distributed and preserved for convenient qt 
To enable the committee to do this, and to dissemi 
formation upon these points, we recommend that the a 
of the A. A. A. S. be requested to make a grant of $25 


cover the necessary expenses which may be incurred. 
C. R. BARNES, 


A. B. SEYMOUR, 
L. L. BRITTON, | < 
for the Committee, 


ittee 
The report was accepted and adopted, and the er é 
continued. the A. A 
c 


called. In the absence of the chairman, Dr. the ¢ 
Dr. Barnes reported that so far as he was aware, tinued ¥ 
tee had done nothing. The committee was age 
instructions by the Section to prosecute its work: 


1894.] Proceedings of Section G, A. A. A. S. 365 


The Committee on the Terminology of Anatomy and Mor- 
phology was called. No report was ready. In the absence 
of the chairman, Prof. Conway MacMillan, it was suggested 
that the committee be continued with instructions to present 
areport next year, since suggestions by this committee are 
desired to secure as great uniformity as possible in the term- 
inology of the new Systematic Botany of North America. 

The Committee on Geographical Botany reported that its 
work was in progress and that a full report would be rendered 
next year. The committee recommended that two additional 
members, Dr. N. L. Britton, selected by the committee, and 
one to be named by the vice-president of the Section, be ap- 
pointed. The report was accepted and adopted, and the 
committee continued. 

The Committee on the Nomenclature of Plant Diseases was 
called. The chairman, Dr. B. D. Halsted, announced that a 
report would be ready on Tuesday. 

In joint session of Sections F and G the following resolu- 
tions of the Committee of the A. A. A. S. ona table at the 
Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Holl, Mass., were 
offered by Dr. S. H. Gage for adoption by the Sections: 

The Sections of Zoology and Botany (F and G) request 
that the Association continue its subscription of $100 for an 
ivestigators’ table at the Marine Biological Laboratory at 
Woods Holl, Mass. : 

he two sections in joint session also make the following 
suggestions for the award and government of the table sub- 
scribed for by the Association: , 

1. That the table shall be known as the A. A. A. S. table. 

2. That the award of this table shall be entrusted to a com- 
mittee of five, consisting of the vice-president and secretary 
elect of each Section (F-and G), and of the director of the 
Marine Biological Laboratory (at present oe Whitman). 
3° Any fellow or member of the A. A. A. S. shall be elig- 
ible for appointment to the table. (An applicant for mem- 
bership in the Association will be considered as a member 
and therefore eligible. ; 

4- Applications for the table are to be made to the perma- 
— secretary, who shall forward them to the senior vice- 
President of Sections F and G, seniority being determined as 
in $11 of the Constitution, i. e., according to continuous mem- 
bership. : 


366 The Botanical Gazette. [September, 


5. That the holders of the Association’s table are expected 
to give proper credit for the use of the table in all published 
results of investigations carried on at the table. 

The resolutions were adopted. At a meeting of the Coun- 
cil in the evening the subscription was continued for 1895 
and the above regulations for its use adopted. 


TUESDAY, AUGUST 2IST. 

The Committee on the Nomenclature of Plant Diseases pre- 
sented the following report, which was accepted and adopted, 
and the committee continued. 

To Section G of the American Association for the Advance 
ment of Science: : 

The Committee upon the Nomenclature of Plant Diseases, 
appointed by the Madison Botanical Congress, by vote of that 


body begs to make the following report: j 7 

The committee finds itself with a somewhat difficult tas 
upon its hands. Names of fungous diseases that are ok 
general use it will be difficult, if not impossible, to gin 
and set aside. Thus the black rot of the grape and pe 
knot of plum and cherry are well known, distinctive os 
fixed. In anideal nomenclatural system there would be. rs 
tinctive common names for the various groups. bese 
measure has been accomplished, for we have downy “Use 
for Peronosporez, rusts for Uredinez, and smuts for nera 
ginee. There is a vast number of species of the large a 
like Septoria, Phyllosticta, Cercospora, Ramularia, Phyl 
are not easily given general names. Thus a Septor pe affect 
losticta may produce a definite spot upon the ie i t 
the whole area and the term ‘‘leaf spot” is gi 
is possible, for example, for blights (pear), rots ( a to 
wilts (melon), tuberculosis (olive), and other ie a 
produced by bacteria. It is suggested that W his can be 
the term bacteriosis be used for such cases. ey 
done when a mycologist has the opportunity to so names, 
disease before the world, and antedate any name e 
for there may be many, that arise among ee! rans it has 

Anthracnose is a name that is used so generally 


; hers, 
very little significance. It should, like many oF : 
restricted. et ee which the 
Without further argument the principal Pr considerations | 


committee would respectfully present for your 
are as follows: 


1894. ] Proceedings of Section G, A. A. A. S. 367 


1) When a good name has become firmly established no 
effort should now be- made to change it, except when it is 
manifestly inappropriate, as the so-called ‘‘strawberry rust” 
and ‘‘celery rust.” 
(2) There should be,terms to distinguish between the par- 
asite and the disease it produces. It is awkward to say ‘‘this 
disease is rust, and it is produced by a rust.” An improve- 
ment upon this would be to state that this disease is uredino- 
sis, and is produced by a rust, giving the botanical name of 
the rust or even the genus when possible. 

(3) The diseases need to have, for popular use, English or 
at least Anglicised names, and these may well be derived 


. ‘) — the pathology of plant diseases is understood 
| . ag than now a scientific classification of them can 
px ade, and appropriate names given to each; at present 
r i artificial system can be hoped for. 
entative classificati 
ten soalaichignaan ree and nomenclature may be made 
(a) bk the group names of the parasites as the 
redinex producing uredinosis 
Bacteria acteriosis 
6) fron opines as ustilaginosis 
blight € gross effect upon the host as rot, scab, spot, 
rai noe vate club-root, black-knot, mold, gall, 
» etc., for i ini i 
Giiitenciea! which Latinized names might be 


(¢) from the : 
x te general cause of the disease; (1) unfavorable 


368 The Botanical Gazette. [September 


(a2) Collate and tabulate the common names of plant dis- _ 
eases now in use : 
(2) Soph a working scheme in which every plant dis- — 
se is assigned a place with a distinctive (scientific) 
name followed by an ee geet name, the last to be, when — 
possible, the one already in : 
(c) It is recommended that rs parasite should be distin- 
guished from the disease in all cases. ; 
(2) It goes without saying that mycologists are urged to 
apply names to plant diseases instead of leaving the 
matter of a choice to a popular verdict. 
RON D. HALSTED, 


4 
; 


meeting. 


The nominating committee selected for vice-president * 
1895, Dr. J. C. Arthur, Prof. of Botany, Purdue es S 
Lafayette, Ind., and for secretary, Mr. B. T. Galloway, D.C i 
of the Division of Vegetable Pathology, Washington, D ? 
They were elected in general session, Tuesday. 


Papers read before section G, A. A. A. S., Brooklyn meet- 
ing, 1894. 


GALLOowAY, B. T.: The growth of radishes as affected by 
the size and weight of the seed.—The relation of the weight 
of the seed to the weight of the products was considered, and 
the physiological questions involved discussed. It was shown 
that by using large seed about 90 per cent. of the crop reaches 
marketable size at the same time. Where mixed seed are 
used, or seed as it usually comes from the market, from 45 to 
50 per cent. only of the crop matures at the same time. In 
other words, by using large seed go per cent. of the crop will 
mature in from thirty-five to forty days, and where large and 
small seed are used about 50 per cent. of the crop will mature 
in the same time. 


thizomes being then placed under water and cut at ve 
intervals of time, the bubbles of gas, as they rose through t #3 


370 The Botanical Gazette. [September, : 


descent of the mercury in the tubes showed the rapidity of 
the passage of the gas. Gas passed through rhizomes very 
rapidly for the first hour, though becoming slower towards — 
the end of the -hour, and finally, as the rhizomes became 
saturated with the gas, becoming so slow as to takesome — 
times a day for the mercury in the tube to come to the level 
of that outside. The gas passed more rapidly through short 
than long lengths of rhizomes. 
2. To determine passage of gas through sections of epider- 
mis under pressure, sections of epidermis were fastened on 
the end of a glass tube, which was then filled with mercury 
and placed in a vertical position in a vessel of mercury. The 
mercury remained at its original height for days, though the 
sections would become concave from the pressure on them. 
3. To determine amount of diffusion of gases without pres- 
sure through living plant membranes and dead plant and 
animal membranes, sections of hog’s bladder and living and 
dead epidermis were fastened on tubes as before, the tubes 
being filled with water instead of mercury, the water then be- 
ing displaced by the gas. The sections permitted consider 
able diffusion to take place, though the greater amount Was 
attained by the living plant membrane. 
4. To determine rate and amount o tu 
through both epidermis and internal air cavities, 
rhizomes were fastened air-tight into tubes, rahe 
rhizomes extending into the tube being sealed. The 
were then filled with gas as before, carbon * 
and ammonia being feed. The ammonia killed the Paty ie 
so that no comparison between it and the other erik ae 
be made. The carbon dioxide showed greater pe: ier . 
amount of diffusion, and was uniform in diffusing, W ee 
hydrogen was subject to fluctuations, the mercury ate gases 
sometimes dropping to the level of that outside. . 
diffused more rapidly when the tempera i 
high temperature very probably causing the gas * a} plant 
ficient pressure to hinder diffusion. The 1 ree pndet 
was the factor of greatest importance, 45 like are amount 
similar conditions showed variations in the rate: ane 
of diffusion. 


chigan 

BEAL, Ws. J.: The sugar maples of Central Mit : 
Descriptions of A. barbatum and the var. nigrum a ae 
It was shown that A. saccharum barbatum ee 


1894. ] Papers Read Before Section G, A. A.A. S. 371 


even a variety, as it is found growing on the tops of numer- 
ous trees of the species. A summary of comparisons of A. 
barbatum and A. barbatum nigrum was given. It was shown 
that color of branches and stems, shape of top, number of 
leaf lobes, depth of sinus, leaf-texture, could none of them 
be used as diagnostic characters. Intermediate forms be- 
tween the species and variety were also noted and the author 
inclined to the conclusion that the varietal rank of A. barba- 
tum nigrum is reasonably established. 

COULTER, JOHN M.: Some affinities among Cactace@.—A 
study of our species of Cactus (Mamillaria), Anhalonium, and 
Lophophora has suggested certain lines of genetic affinity, 
indicated by the relative position and structure of the tuber- 
cles, spines and flowers. In the discussion the two subgenera 
of Cactus (Eumamillaria and Coryphantha) were considered 
Separately. Eumamillaria is characterized by its grooveless 
tubercle, which bears at its summit the spine-bearing areola, 
and in its axil the flower-bearing areola. Coryphantha shows 
the same relative position of the two areola but they are 
connected by a deep woolly groove running down the upper 
face of the tubercle; in fact, the two areola seem to be but 
expansions of the groove at its extremities. In Echinocactus 
the two areola become contiguous at the summit of the tuber- 
cle. The relation between Echinocactus and Coryphantha 18 
made evident by intermediate forms, in which the groove 
gradually shortens, making the flower areola more and more 
extra-axillary, so that it gradually ascends the tubercle, until 
reaching its summit and becoming contiguous with the spini- 
ferous areola, the resulting form is an Echinocactus. Whether 
the groove has gradually shortened or lengthened is not clear, 
but the indications are that the Echinocactus condition has 
given rise to Coryphantha, and that, in turn, by the closing 
snes groove, to Eumamillaria. Related to these forms are 
ar aberrant genera, now regarded as such, but frequently 
relapses referred to Cactus (Mamillaria) and Echinocestis 
a faeces and Lophophora. The real anageie i 
Poth radee genera are indicated upon an examination 0 i nial 
ot Con The very young tubercles of Anhalonium are ok 
the Pol Seaalie such as those of Cactus macromeris, Wi 
ing seas, areola extra-axillary, the woolly pokes 

tte alf way down the tubercle. In later dev P Bs 
€r, the upper and lower portions of the tubercie 


372 The Botanical Gazette. [September, 


come much modified and very different from each other, the 
upper portion becoming a very thick triangular bract, in some 
cases preserving the woolly groove, in other cases the groove — 
being obliterated and appearing only as a minute tuft at the — 
tip. In all cases the spiniferous areola is completely oblit- 
erated. It seems evident that Anhalonium is an offshoot from 
forms intermediate between Echinocactus and Coryphantha 
Lophophora has been still more puzzling, as it shows @ 
grooveless tubercle, upon the summit of which is the florifer 
ous areola, suggesting at once Echinocactus, to which the 
forms have mostly been referred. However, the entire dix — 
appearance of a spiniferous areola should suggest doubt. The 
very young tubercle of Lophophora shows the floriferous are 
ola below the summit, but the small tip develops no further, — 
while the floriferous areola becomes terminal by the large de- 
velopment of the lower portion of the tubercle into a br 
mass, in the center of which the floriferous areola appears a 
a small depression with a penicellate tuft of hairs. 
In conclusion, in the group of forms under connie : 
Echinocactus is suggested as the primitive one, with | 
grooveless tubercles bearing at summit the contign? an 
The formation of a groove separating these slightly . tthe 
and finally carrying the floriferous areola to the ax! wa | 
tubercle, has given rise to Coryphantha, intermediate nd 
having given rise to the aberrant genera Anhalonium 
Lophophora; while the closing of the Coryphantha gi ; 
has given rise to Eumamillaria. It may be that a 
tion has proceeded in the opposite direction, from per : 
laria to Echinocactus, but it would not change the © i 
position of the genera here suggested. a 
BESSEY, CHARLES E.: Simplification and “ge asized 
Structure in the angiosperms.—The spea jee. increasing — 
thought that evolution proceeds in the direction Ob" 
simplification as well as of increasing complexity. 5 of groups 
bellifere and Composite were used as in ae of the 
of high rank in which there has been a simpli ad © 
floral parts. This is not to be confused with reat ®°e 
ation, such as occurs in dodder and mistleto. panical tise 
NEWCOMBE, F. C.: Regulatory growth De ne 
sue.—To be published in full in this journal. hip Pe 
: . elationsmy 
BEssEY, C. E.: Further studies im the fr 5. —The 
arrangement of the families of flowering plant: = 


1894. ] Papers Read Before Section G, A. A. A. S. 373 


presented a brief discussion of the primitive flower of the 
monocotyledons; modifications of the primitive flower by in- 
creased complexity of structure; the origin of sedges and 
grasses; development of irises and orchids; the primitive 
flower of the dicotyledons; modifications by increased com- 
plexity; modifications by simplification; development of the 
Bicarpellatee and of the Infere. It was accompanied by the 
following chart of suggested changes in the arrangement of 
groups in accordance with genetic lines. 


Micromerz 


Bicarpellate 


Inferze 
Heteromerse 


ay Calyciflore 


Soothe ERWIN F.: The watermelon disease of the South. 
a ety isa disease of the vine of hitherto unknown origin, 
ais prevalent in the melon districts of the southeastern 

ed States and so destructive that growers in Georgia be- 


374 The Botanical Gazette. [September, 


Large vines in full vigor wilt suddenly, without apparent — 
cause. This is followed ina few days by the death of the — 
vine, but during this period there are no external indications 
of parasites, either above ground or below. The cortex is — 
turgid, free from spotting, and normal in color at the time — 
the leaves begin to wilt. , 

Constantly associated with the earliest stage is a fungus ap- 
parently undescribed and to which I have given the provis 
ional name, Fusarium niveum. It occurs in the ducts of the | 
stem, filling them more or less completely and interfering with — 
the movement of water from roots to foliage. The fungus 
was most abundant near the crown, but it was found in may — 
parts of the root system and in the vessels of the stem abund- 
antly as far as 0.5—1.5™ away from the roots. | 

This fungus gains entrance through the root system, and 
there are some indications that this infection takes place pri 
cipally within the first few weeks after planting. At that — 
time all the tissues are attacked, in hot wet weather damp 
ing off the seedlings as energetically as a Pythium. be ; 
the parenchyma becomes more resistant, and the peniie " 
takes itself to the bundles, and especially to the pe 
when the stem begins to shrivel it is again found : 
the parenchyma. 

Conidia are produced abundantly within t : 
vine and pure cultures have been made from ie Cant 

The most badly attacked fields observed in Sout ae 
were those heavily fertilized with barnyard pape me 

' from what is locally known as ‘‘watermelon hay, } ‘many 
grass, cut in autumn from melon fields, ince br 
blighted vines. This is composted and put back a a 
at time of planting. In my judgment a modifica et 
method of manuring, a judicious rotation of peek to esse 
prompt destruction of diseased vines would do muc : 
the prevalence of this disease. ne relation 

ATKINSON, GEO. F.: Preliminary note om ¢ : he complet? 
tween the sterile and fertile leaves of Onoclea.— a Onoclts 
differentiation between the fertile and sterile ets ata, whe 
senstbilis suggested that the so-called var. obtu ee ced by# 
is an intermediate state, could be artificially indu eaves 
putating the early vegetative leaves of this ee y uth, r 
were then cut from a patch of this fern oP ae a few lear? 
oth, and July 12th, respectively. On July 12 tae 


he vessels of the 


1894.] Papers Read Before Section G, A. A. A. S. 375 


were seen which showed the transition stages. On August 
8th and 9th the plants were gathered and every conceivable 
gradation between the fertile and sterile leaves was present, 
as illustrated in over thirty specimens. Some leaves of the 
fertile kind were expanded to a size equal to that of large 
sterile leaves, but usually the venation was coarser and a few 
rudimentary indusia could usually be found on the basal pin- 
nules of the lower pinnze. Some leaves were found which it 
was impossible to properly correlate. The number and per- 
fection of the sporangia as well as the indusia varied in ac- 
cordance with the variation of the leaves. On those leaves 
or parts of leaves where but few or rudimentary sporangia 
were developed, there were frequently cases of apospory, 
rudimentary prothallia being developed from the placental re- 
gion. 


Ruspy, H. H.: Lophopappus, a new genus of mutisiaceous 
Composite, and Fluckigeria, a new genus of Gesneriace@.— 
The author gave the general characters of the groups to which 
the new genera belong, their positions in such groups, the 
occurrence of the plants on which the new genera are based, 
and the description of the latter. 

ATKINSON, GEO. F: Preliminary note on the swarm spores 
of Pythium and Ceratiomyxa.—Recent study of the ‘‘damp- 
ing off” fungus from fern prothallia and green house cuttings 
of dicotyledons has served to show that considerable confusion 
exists concerning our knowledge of the swarm spores of the 
genus Pythium, or that the genus is a very heterogeneous one. 
In DeBary’s? earlier work he says that P. proliferum possesses 
eval uniciliate zoospores, and that occasionally double zoo- 


d arm spores with twolateral cilia. Schroeter* characterises 


lias: 
Syters Saprolegnieen, Prings. Jahrb. f. wiss. Bot. 2: 185. 1860. 
nd. ee Pa Rie 

. - 2. Morph. u. Phys d. Pilze 4: 93. 1881. 

Engler u. Prantl’s Natiirlich. Pflanzenfam. 1: —. —- 


376 The Botanical Gazette. 


with two lateral cilia, and yet introduces Hesse’s figure of — 
P. DeBaryanum with oval uniciliate zoospores. 
According to Pringsheim,® P. entophytum has unicil 
zoospores. P. cystostphon Lindstedt (Cystosiphon pythiod 
R. & C.), according to Roze and Cornu’, has reniform sw. 
spores, the two cilia arising from the pointed ends instead ad 
from the side. P. Eguiseti Sadebeck,? which DeBary* places 
as a synonym of P. DeBaryanum, has swarm spores exactly 
like those of P. cystosiphon. P. DeBaryanum Hesse, as 
cated above, has, according to its author, oval uniciliate swarm 
spores. io 
The Pythium which I have studied from the botanical con 
servatories of Cornell University is what I have supposed to 
be the P. DeBaryanum Hesse, and is probably what usually 
passes for that fungus in America. The peculiarities which 
I have observed are as follows: The swarm spores in proce 
of formation are reniform with rounded ends, the developing | 
cilia issuing from the broadly rounded ends, which beca 
of the form of the body are turned to one side. Ont ' 
from the swarm-sporangium they are long reniform W 
pointed ends and a cilium is attached to each end di ee 
the point. After swarming for a while amoeboid movetl 


Lipemee <a ae 


uficiliate swarm spores. These swarm again an o 
come to rest and germinate. The questions arise = 


ing to the character of the zoospores, OF whet ua 
first biciliate, becoming later uniciliate, or whet! ie tae 
great variation in the different species in this bi 
at one time both kinds of zoospores will be devel 
another time only one kind. These ques 
attempt at this time to answer. 


tions I 


In studying the germination of the spores Zs ie ; 
Ceratiomyxa Schreeter® (Ceratium A. et S.), 4 © 


a r les page ae 
; . Bot. V. 1: 7 2 ae 
et des Péronosporées. go d. Sci. Nat. Bo’ trage z. Biologie © 


121. 1875, : : 1881 
®Zur Kenntniss der Peronosporeen. Bot. Zeit. se ae 
®*Engler u. Prantl’s Natiirlich. Pflanzenfam. 1: 1°. 


1894.] Papers Read Before Section G, A. A. A. S. 377 
which may be the type of a new species to be known as C. 
plumosa. The sporophores possess a stout base but are very 
profusely and finely branched, very much more so than 
C. mucida (P.) Schroet., and have been chiefly found on rot- 
ting elm and basswood stumps or logs. Spores freshly 
matured and sown in pure water before drying germinated 
within two to six hours. 

The germination differs from that of any other genus of 
the Myxomycetes. Through a small perforation in the wall 
of the spore the protoplasm escapes slowly as a vermiform 
body which possesses tortuous motions and slight amoeboid 
movement of the surface. In the course of fifteen minutes 
to one hour this shortens and becomes amoebiform, the devel- 
oping pseudopodia being quite short and slender but longer 
than those on the vermiform body. Four rather clear spaces 
appear in the protoplasm which precede the simultaneous 
Parti-division of the mass into a four-lobed body. These 
then farther divide once forming an eight-lobed body; minute 
pseudopodia developing the meantime over the surface of all 
the lobes. A single long cilium is now developed from the 
end of each lobe and quite violent lashings follow accompa- 
med by the continued development of the pseudopodia. _ 

The individual lobes separate frequently in pairs which 
remain for a time in communication but eventually separate. 
Sometimes three to six may remain joined for several hours 
assuming various shapes, but always showing the individual 
lobes and the long cilium. These frequently simulate the 


that which I have observed. In the first place they were not 
able to germinate the spores until after they had passed a 
poe OF drying, and then only in a nutrient medium formed 

Y 4 solution of rotten pine wood in water. They were not 


Paige form issued directly, and division began by bi-parti- 
IVision 
the eigh 


“Ueber awei cane ; aucidée A. tt 
S. Zwel neue formen von Schleimpilzen: Ceratium hy 
nog A.etS. Mém. a I' Acad. Imp. d. Sci. d. St, Petersbourg, 
0. 3.] 


378 The Botanical Gazette. [Sep 


It is difficult to believe that specific differences woald | 
account for the differences in the observations, nor can we 
suppose that Famintzin and Woronin overlooked the vermi- 
form body in the first stage of germination. Probably there 
may be some variation in ‘individuals in this respect. 

BRITTON, ELIZABETH G.: A revisionof the genus Scoulena 
—The author described the type of the genus, Scoulerit 
aquatica, and reduced S. Nevii Kindb. and S. Mueller: 
Kindb. to it. S. marginata was described as a new ae E 


large tees on Nianitashet Island.—Fragments of age tress 
have been found while cutting peat at Polpis, _Hughes ms : 
and the author saw in this bog a stump 1.75" : 
ence. Near by as many as twenty stumps of various es 
were found. 

BRITTON, N. L.: Notes on the primary fling edi 
in Pinus rigida.—The author exhibited twigs and 
of this pine and discussed the foliar morphology, § 
the possible affinity of some fossil plants iad. 
with pteridophytes with the pines. The fr 
tween the primary leaf-scars and those on 
dodendrids is certainly striking. 

HALSTED, BYRON D.: Notes on pices igs : 
fungus Chalara paradoxa (De Seynes) acc. is si 
Saccardo’s Siticce F sign The writer crud i during 
the present year as growing upon pineapp ples : the jntet> 
the best material thus far met with for illustrating 2 “av 
nal abjunction of spores. When the time aT ee ‘ 
duction of these spores, the tip of the hypha dissolv 
protoplasmic contents become divided serially Oe 
hyaline cylindrical spores which are pute we 
the spore- -bearing hypha. While the pro eh 
Mation is at fr height the time for the delve 
Spore may not exceed fifteen minutes t 

There is a second form of spore much larger 


die pose of lo 


third form of spore midway between the two it 
in that it is produced by internal abjunction ae 
oval and not hyaline. This is likely @ vali 
ditions under which the spores are produce 


_ 1894.) Papers Read Before Section G, A. A. A. S. 379 


also spores produced within the substance of the host (pine- 
apple flesh) that are still different. 

BRITTON, ELIZABETH G.: A hybrid among the mosses.— 
Definite record of hybrids among some species of mosses have 
been made in Europe. The author here makes the first 
American record of such a hybrid. The parents are Aphan- 
orhegma serrata? x Physcomitrium turbinatum & (?). The 
specimens were distributed as Schistidium serratum in Drum- 
mond’s Southern Mosses no. 20. They show both the nor- 
mal fruit of one of the parents and the hybrid capsules, grow- 
ing together from the same stem. 

HALSTED, BYRON D.: Notes upon a root-rot of beet.—Dur- 
ing the present year a serious fungous decay was found upon 
the roots of field and garden beets. It seems to be an unde- 
scribed species of the genus Phyllosticta. The present paper 
describes the rapid and profuse development of the pycnidia 
of this fungus upon the cut surface of the affected parts of the 
beets; the complete separation of the pycnidia by the inter- 
vention of a layer of thin cloth laid upon the freshly cut sur- 

face; and the confirmation of previous statements regarding 

the non-sexual origin of the pycnidia. ; 
BRITTON, N. L.: On Torreya as a generic name.—As an 

evidence that the law of homonyms is necessary for stability 

of nomenclature, the case of Torreya was presented, a gen- 


eric name which has been applied six times. The record is 
as follows: 


Torreya Ral. (1819) = Pycreus Beauv. (1807). 
Torreya Spreng. (182 1) = £giphila Jacq. dis: 
753). 


The 


840). 
ne only one of these genera that has stood has been the 
Florid 


a taxoid tree of Arnott. 

BRITTON, ELIZABETH G.: Some notes on the genus En- 

‘alypta.—The author compared the European and American 

se aaaig 's of E. ciliata, with some notes on E. Jongipes and E. 
z. ) 


@counz 


Hotcuxiss, JED.: The growth of forest trees illustrated 
AA om marked corners 107 years old.—Specimens illustrating 
arks on corner and line trees taken from the Henry Ban 

29~—Vol. XIX—No.9, 


380 The Botanical Gazette. 


10,980 acre patent, in Greenbrier co., W. Va., surveyed 
April 18, 1787, were shown. The growth varied from .03 to 
.05" per year, and the number of growth layers agreed in 
number exactly with the record. | 

PATTERSON, MRs. F. W.: Species of Taphrina parasitic m 
Populus.—American mycologists formerly referred to Tajh- 
rina aurea specimens occurring on ovaries of Populus tremi- 
Joides and other hosts. It has been shown, however, that the 
name T. aurea belongs only to the form on leaves, which has 
not been known heretofore in America. The form on ovatits” 
was then supposed to be identical with Johanson’s 7. rhisoph-— 
ora but from this it now proves to be quite distinct and easily 
recognized by size of asci as belonging to 7. Fohansonti Sader 
beck. A form differing but slightly from T. aurea has now . 
been found also in Iowa, parasitic of several species of Popu- : 
lus planted from Europe. j 


The following papers were presented in joint sessions of 
Sections F and G: ome 
BUTLER, A. W.: Work of the Indiana biological ete 
An account of the organization of this work by the In 8: 
Academy of Sciences, its plan and progress. a 
Hopkins, A. D.: Some interesting conditions m™ mee ! 

dpeckers.— 


viet sat 
sy 


poplar was due to the persistent wounds made by oe bird’ : 


eye maple. Further investigations are in progres os 
BAILEY, L. H.: Relation of age of type to 0a 
There is a wide difference in variability in ¢ 
Some species vary enormously. The type ° 
tivated for somewhat less than 2,000 years, was © 


really the LZ. Scariola. The type of § 
sweet potato are not known. Of tomatoes 
ieties are more removed from the type t 
are from each other. eo 
2. Variability is not due toage, cultivation, © ie 
cal distribution. "gre 


han many 55° 


Ba: Be i tes we, laid he Fo 
ath nh gh = PEE 
t reat ti ae net a 
ae ae ols ead wie det 


1894. ] Papers Read Before Section G. A AO 381 


3. Variability under cultivation is due to some elasticity of 
the species and is thus inherent. 
4. The newer the type the more readily it varies. New 
types are polymorphous, old types are monomorphous. The 
most flexible types have not yet passed their zenith, e. g., 
Cucurbitaceez. The varieties of cereals are so much alike that 
expert knowledge is needed to distinguish them. 
5. Why are new types flexible? A certain answer cannot 
be given but the author believes it explicable on the principle 
of divergence of characters rather than by any rejuvenescence 
ol type. 
BAILEY, L. H.: The struggle for existence under cultiva- 
tion.—The struggle for existence under cultivation can be re- 
solved into figures. Seedsmen estimate that one-fourth the seed 
produced is lost because unsown. (But this is less than nature 
wastes among wild plants.) Three-fourths therefore engage in 
the struggle for existence. Only one in thirty or one in twenty 
ofthese come to anything. The rest are thinned out. This is 
a struggle between members of the same species; therefore the 
struggle sets up a divergence within the species. Added to 
this is the selective agency of the weeder. The same laws 
which govern evolution in feral conditions govern evolution 
under cultivation. : 
MILES, MANLY: Limits of biological experiments. —The 
author contended that evolutionary laws cannot be demon- | 
strated by direct experiment because of the great number of 
uncontrollable factors, a point well illustrated by the many 
valueless feeding experiments. 


Titles of informal papers and notes presented before the 
Botanical Club, A. A. A. S., Brooklyn meeting, 1894. 


C. E. Bessey: The germination of the macrospores of 
Marstlia vestita. 

E. F. SMira: Tannin as a mordant for staining cell-mem- 
branes. 

F. C. NEWCOMBE: JZanninas a mordant for staining prolv- 
plasmic structures. sae 

. J. BEAL: The use of measurements tn the identification 

of grasses. : 

L. R. Jones: The decrease of oat-smut in Vermont. 

B. T. GALLoway, E. F. SmiTH and G. H. HICKs: For- 
maline as a preserving fluid. 

N. L. Britton: The check-list of plants of the northeastern 
States. : 

E. F. Smiru: The bacterial disease of cucumbers with an 
exhibit of photomicrographs. . 
 C. E. Bessey: Extreme decapttalization. ee 

L. R. Jones: A Haematococcus for class-demonstration 
motile gametes. 

E. J. DURAND: Sporangial trichomes on certain erns. ‘he 

ARTHUR HOLLick: The significance of stipules from 
standpoint of paleobotany. 

&. R Bide. The Sndbig of a considerable quantily of 
Eustichia Norvegica in Wisconsin, in frutting stages. 

J. J. Davis: Gonidial chains of Entyloma flerkee. a 
B.D. HALSTED: Solandi printing of variegated NT 
C. E. Bessey: A better pronunciation of botanica af pee 

B.D. Hatsrep: The peach-spotting fungus 4 @ 


asite. a of the 
E. J. DURAND: Development of Olpidium SP» one of 

Chytridiacee. aconid 
B. D. HALSTED: A peculiar discoloration of the Pe 

ay: [tures of 


E. F. SMitu: A simple method of making pur nee 


Sung. the Br : 
‘" CE. Bessey and Roscor Pounp: The work of : - 
tanical Seminar of Nebraska. : she ear 

M. B. WaIte: The killing of young shoots of # ee 
excessive transpiration. : 
M. B. WAITE: Staining the flagella of bacteria. 


~ 


BRIEFER ARTICLES. 


Pleodorina in Indiana.—On the eleventh of last May the writer col- 
lected specimens of Callitriche heterophylla Pursh, and Witella sp.? 
from a shallow, stagnant pond near Bloomington, Ind. A small 
quantity of this material was kept fresh in a bell-jar in a north win- 
dow of the laboratory. On June 29th, while searching for unicellular 
alge for the use of my class, I noticed numbers of little, pale green 
specks along the wall of the glass vessel below the surface of the wa- 
ter. They were at once taken to be Volvox. A microscopic examin- 
ation convinced me, however, that these plants differed from any Vol- 
vox that I had ever seen. der 

Having no special literature on the Volvocinez, I did not feel cer- 
tain as to the precise limits of the genus Volvox. 

However, a study of the life history was begun immediately as, in 
the specimens in question, the asexual development from the gonidia 
could be very readily followed. 

While in the midst of my investigations, the Botanical GAZETTE 
for July, to my agreeable surprise, brought me the paper of Mr. W. 
R. Shaw of Stanford University on “Pleodorina, a new genus of the 
Volvocineze.” 

A glance at this paper convinced me that the organism at hand was 
Pleodorina Californica Shaw, and a closer comparison confirmed the 
opinion. Almost every detail in the study made by me agreed with 
those presented in Mr. Shaw’s paper. 

Together with few minor details which may be of little importance, 
Some of the specimens examined by me, however, were a little larger 
— the measurements given in the paper. The plant body of the 
“gest individuals observed, measured 352/4 in diameter, the gonidia 
“ine Previous to the first division, 24-32/4; vegetative cells, just one- 

2 of the gonidia in the same colony, 12-164. ; 
ae July 27th the plants, then numbering thousands in the same 

na seam In good condition, multiplying rapidly. As this 
shan © be hoped that the sexual reproduction, if sone oi a 
yy may occur and be observed this fall.—David M. Mo 

‘ana University, Bloomington. 
Se lin in Illinois——The new alga Pleodorina California ef 
abund in the July Gazerre was found during the month of co Z 
wher ance at Havana, IIl.. by Prof. T. J. Burrill and myself. ae 
€ the University of Illinois has its new Experiment Station 


384 The Botanical Gazette. [September, ie 


the study of aquatic life, and is a rich collecting ground for alge— 
G. P. Ciinton, Champaign, 171. 


Fruiting Eustichia Norvegica Brid.— This rare moss has been 
known in the vegetative condition for many years. It occurs in dif 
ferent parts of the world, and has been found in half a dozen or more 
localities in this country. In the fruiting condition, however, it is 
little known. Mrs. E. G. Britton discovered it in fruit at the dells of 
the Wisconsin river, near Kilbourn City, Wisconsin, in July, 1883, and 
described the fruit in the BwZ/etin of the Torrey Botanical Club 10: 
99. 1883. Seventeen fruiting specimens were found. These, up to 
the present summer, were all that were known to exist. The herba- 3 
rium of the University of Wisconsin is now, however, in possession of 
a sufficient quantity in fruiting condition to distribute to all bryolo- 
gists desiring it. 

While working on a botanical survey of the Wiscons 
Mr. F. D. Heald and I collected between eight and 
fruiting specimens in “ Witches’ Gulch,” near Kilbourn City, 
sin, in the latter part of July of the present year. ast 

Among the capsules are many one year old at least, while it is quite : 
possible that some of them are older. This would indicate that the i 
difficulty experienced in finding fruiting material is due chie sg ce 
rarity of fructification and not to the disappearance of fruiting parts : 
soon after maturity. The capsules probably matured 1m July. wi _ 
of the material collected by Mrs. Britton in the early part of J a 
immature. The capsules collected this summer are, with seme! 
exception, mature, many of them having already dehisced. An er 
ination of the capsules shows the entire absence of peristome 
annulus.—L. S. CHENEY, University of Wisconsin. 

1 Applications for specimens must be accompanied by postage (unless : 
foreign countries) and should be addressed to the Department of Botany, in 
versity of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis., U.S. A. i 


in river valley, 
nine hundred 
Wiscon- 


CURRENT LITERATURE. 
The flora of Mt. Desert, 


THE FLORA of Mount Desert has for some years been the object of 
careful study, and the result has now appeared in a very handsome 


erogams, 47 pteridophytes, 271 bryophytes, and 421 thallophytes ex- 
cluding funi and myxomycetes, which have not been collected. A 
carefully prepared introduction gives a general description of Mt. 
Desert and its flora. Some ot the noteworthy features are the arctic 
character of the flora, the very small representation of introduced for- 
eign plants, the scanty showing of Leguminose, the entire absence of 

sclepias, Gentiana, and other well known genera, and the remarkable 
beauty and deepness of coloration. 

The introduction also contains a somewhat extended discussion of 
homenclature, brought on by the recent attempts of American botan- 
ists towards stability. In the list the nomenclature of the last edition 
of Gray’s Manual is followed, a principle which the GAZETTE has al- 
Ways strongly advocated for local lists. In the discussion of what 1s 

nown as the “Rochester Code,” however, the argument is weakened 
by the frequent imputation of unscientific motives to those concerned 
in framing the code. We believe in difference of opinion and a 


"Rann, Epwa imi talogue of the 
» £DWaRD L. and Reprretp, Joun H.—A preliminary cata : 
2p Sowing on Mt. Desert and is aati islands. With a map. vo. PP 
: bridge: University Press. 1894. 


386 The Botanical Gazette. »  [September, 


Minor Notices. 


ANOTHER practical botany has been added to the list of laboratory 
guides, this time for beginners. Professor Bower: has really given us 
an abridgement of his “ Course of Practical Instruction in Botany,” 
so that its spirit and method is familiar. The book can be of excel- 
lent service in our secondary schools, and even in the elementary 
courses of most colleges, provided, always, that it is in the hands ofa 
competent teacher, and this any book demands. The information as 
to methods of preparation, and the introductory exercises on the 
structure of the vegetable cell, and the common micro-chemical reac- 
tions, are very helpful to the inexperienced teacher. As is known, 
the author begins with the highest types, an order of treatment which 
we do not consider scientific or necessary. There is no reason why 
the mucor of the last study should be any more difficult for a beginner 
to see and to understand than the tissues and ovule structures of the 
first types. The excellence of the work demanded, however, and the 
scientific spirit of it all, needs no comment. 


THE PROCEEDINGS of the Madison Botanical Congress have recently 
been published by Secretary J. C. Arthur. The issue was much ¢ 
layed by the dilatoriness of speakers and committeemen in revising 
manuscript and proof sheets. The report makes a han somely 
printed pamphlet of sixty pages with an index by which all references 
to the matters discussed can easily be found. Copies may be obtal 
by application to Dr. J. C. Arthur, Lafayette, Indiana. 


IN CONNECTION with the study of some recent collections, Be 
H. Knowlton? has given a review of the fossil flora of Alaska. 
historical review, list of species, and discussion of beds are Or aa 
the 115 forms enumerated forty-six are peculiar to Alaska. a a 
author has published in Zhe Journal of Geology (May-Jun WS 
instructive paper on “ Fossil plants as an aid to geology. 

A RECENT contribution® from the Gray Herbarium contains ate! 
tions of some twenty-five new Mexican plants, among them* 
tiful new pine (P. Lumholtzii) with dense pendulous foliage 
figured in Scribner's Magazine. 


* Bower, F. O.—Practical botany for 
& Co., London and New York, 1894. 90 cents. 
*KNnow.ton, F. H.—A review of the fossil flora pl. 1. 3894 ¥ : 
_ of new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 17: 207-240. Pf. 4- | 7a py Be 
®Rosinson, B. L. and Fernatp, M. L.—New plants cola to north 

C. V. Hartman and C. E. Lloyd upon an archzologica: © Pre 


30: 114-123. Aug. 27. 1 


OPEN LETTERS. 
Added synonymy. 
_ In noticing the revision of the N. Am. Alsinez by Dr. B. L. Rob- 


Inson, in the August number of the GazeTTE, was it fair to say that in 


peace” !—Joun H. REDFIELD, Philadelphia, Pa. 

[Naturally no reference was made to the addition of Spergularia to 
synonymy, but to the consequent addition of new binomial combina- 
tions.—Eps, | 


Marchantia as atype. 

Dr. Underwood’s objection to the use of Marchantia as a type in 
morphological courses of study expressed in several places page | 
and reiterated in his vice-presidential address at Brooklyn last mont 
seems to me based upon a misunderstan ing. I use this plant con- 

ot, as D 


rwoo 
address used it to illustrate, viz., the greatest possible complexity of 
thallus. For neither of the other two lines of development, of a 


- 

honored Mar in spite of th 

Marchantia as one of the bryophyte types, in spite of the 

= that it is a representative of only a small group of hepatics and 
at the lowest,-_R. 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


FINE illustration of Cereus Pecten-aboriginum appears in 
and Forest of August 22d. 

Tue “Systematic Botany of North America” is rapidly 
demnite shape. Sample pages have been ee sub 
e 


pletion. 
n Le Botaniste for July the six papers are all by the editor, 
A. Dangeard, the subjects being: Obse rvations on the green 


lous flower of Tulipa sylvestr 

By THE BURNING of the Kno iacee in Wahu : 

Prof. F. Lamson-Scribner jost ie cat herbarium with t 
tudyl Thi 


ng, h were on 

hands for study. The loss is quite irreparable, and the rALE 
to eed is sympathy. 
HE ORGANIZATION of the aba Be ae: of Am 
pleted at nti where oe charter members were 


presented, ae after full sean and amendment was 
d is constitution provides that only Amer 
ged in research, who have publishe work of rec 


e€ 

Nominees may be rejected by two negative votes ite 
body s seven, or by one-fifth the votes cast even 4 
Coun 
esti were elected as follows: president, “Chae 
Br ry, Charles 


president, Nathaniel Lord Britton; — creta 
embers 


ee idered 
members were elected, as it was const 
the first members in accordance with the rigid provi 


stitution. = 
The first annual meeting will be held in Chicag 


meets in San Francisco) shortly before the meeting 


SPECIALLY PREPARED 
“ Herbarian Paper:Botanists 


This paper is offered at the moderate price of $5.50 per 
team. We also furnish— 
No. 1 Genus Cover, 16% x 24 inches, at $4.00 per 100 
2 66 73 66 2.50 se 
6“ 74 “6 1.50 oe 
Drye “ 2.00.34 
pseles sheets, 16 %wx28% “e 50 
Orders will receive prompt alcatel Write for samples. 


E. MORRISON PAPER CO., 


1009 Penna. Avenue, N. W., Washington, Dp. C. 


Reet a ares. 
«Oels’ Experimental Plant it Physiology... 
Translated and Edited by D. T. 
A concise vee ai sen adapted for the use a rea in high school 
an either connection with a course in plant anatomy. T 
2 0 - . 


of 


| EGS DR et bth ae 

Cambridge ree Supply GOmpeae 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS 

_ MICROSCOPES OF ALL MAKES AND. 
GRADES 


_ SPECIAL ATTENTION TO IMPORTING DUTY FREE FOR. ae : 
4 A GOOD Leitz m 


le table of sae said oO 


upon reques pone to any yon ire : 


Henry Heil Chemical 


ST. LOUIS, Mo. 


Chemicals and Apparat 


AND 


LABORATORY 
SUPP 


Before Ordering Elsewhere, Get Our | 
Large Illustrated Catalogue on Application. 


Dissecting 
IN EVERY VARIET 


EDITORS: 

JOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, Ill. 
CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 

J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 


CONTENT? = 4 
Boson V.—George E, enport. 

on Cribraria minutissima and Licea slates Cong A: 
ee (With ise es epee ssa ins 


: ion Oba audoak week 2k. & Cem: : 
sera aan plants to climate.—Theo. Holm. 


A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science, 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 
SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 


The subscription price must be paid in advance, No numbers are sent afler the 
expiration of the time paid for. No reduction ts made to dealers or agents. 


Great Britain, 14 shillings. n Germany, 14 marks, 
Agent, W. Le COLLINS, Agents, R. RE DLAENDER & SOHN, 
7 Great Portland St., London, W. arlstrasse 11, Berlin, N. W.4 


The prices named include postage. 

Subscriptions and business correspondence should be addressed to the 
BOTANICAL GAZETTE, MADISON, wis, money orders and drafts sie be made 
payable to the BoTranicaL GazetT 

eparate Copies— Contributors are furnished on request 25 separate copies of 
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied 
at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate, 
per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. eos like GazeTTE, W with 
title, $1.50 per 100, additional. 8 7he ise desired must 2s marked a the 
head of the MS., as none will be printed unless ordered. 


Manuscripts.—Contributors are requested to write scientific and f piven 
with particular care, and in citations to follow the form shown in ‘the Pes i 
the Gazettr. Manuscripts may be sent to any one of the editors. eel 
lilustrations and advertisements.—Articles requiring illustrations | and — 
pondence about advertisements should be addressed to J. C. | Sie 
University, Lafayette; in 
Seashore wat be replaced free only when claim is 


| Missing made wi e: 
hn after receipt of the number following. 


_ {Entered at was Post-office at Madison, Wis., as pene rd 


fe In the Neveinhs> number will appear: and cor 

Nature and ‘distribution of attraction-sphere® he 
trosomes in eeecrahle cells, by Jee, H. SciArtet: : 
: Arbor, Mich. . 
Notes. on edoublement, by AuG. ‘F. Fo 

Ohio, ; 
_ Popular ‘keeriaa plant names. 
E Cau ambridg ge, Scots 


BoTANICAL GAZETTE 


OCTOBER, 1894. 


Filices Mexicanz. V.' 


An enumeration of the ferns collected in Mexico by C. G. 
Pringle of Charlotte, Vermont, during the seasons 
1891-1892 and 1893. 

GEORGE E. DAVENPORT. 

-ACROSTICHUM. ? 
A. conforme Swz. 5,195. 
' On cliffs, Sierra de las Cruces, Oct. 2, 1892. 
g A. latifolium Swz. 5,530. 
__ Wet cafions, Colima Mts., 7,000" alt., March 23, fe get 
__ Specimens agree very well with Chas. Wright's 996, 969, 
and 3,958 from Cuba in 1859-1865. 
A. recognitum Kze. 
Sierra de las Cruces, Aug. 25, 1892. 
A. venustum Fée, Mem. 8: 68. 5,190. 
Moist banks, Sierra de las Cruces, July 19, 1892. 
ADIANTUM. 


33 
a 
z 
ce 
ag 
cll 
i, 
a 
* 
7] 
Revie 
m 
bee, 
a 
a, 
a 
" 
j 


c. 1, 1891. 

d fronds, the 
Segments from one to one and a half or OE 
and, in Mr. Pringle’s specimens, «decurved obliquely 
dactylon L. & F.). 


ia =] 
oO 
o 
‘=, 
rT) 
= 
ee 
© 
a, 
° 
e 
= 
© 
a. 
oO 
Bw 
Q. 
ty 
° 
— 
- 
st) 
3 
) 
W 
o 
4) 
2 
=) 
oO 


ey 
bale 
o 
4 
Py 
| 
(am 
to 
© 
an 
oO 
a B 
wn 
2 
rt) 
i 
2 
F ha, 
= 
6 
% 
= 
~~] 


ANEIMIA, eB 
A. hirsuta Swz. 3,850, including var. Lpeogiwi re 
(A. tenella Swz.) A more delicately cut f0FM, “™ 
Pinne deeply pinnatifid. 7 


For numbers I t ° 483, 519, 555: . 
o IV see Garden and Forest 4: 448, 4°3, >t or the con 
: renin aphabetical order has been adopted for these notes merely for th 
an ultimate re-arrangement. 
3°—Vol. XIX—No. 10. 


390 The Botanical Gazette. [October, 


Cool grassy bluffs of barranca near Guadalajara, Sept. 15, 
1891. 
ASPIDIUM. 

A. aculeatum Swz. 5,532. 


A slender nearly smooth form from the cafions of the Co- 
lima Mts. May 20, 1893. 


A. (Polystichum) melanostictum Kze. 3,825. 
Shaded slopes of barranca of Las Canoas, Aug. 22, 1891. 
The large cinnamon colored involucres with black centers 
and ciliated margins appear to fix Mr. Pringle’s plant here 
with reasonable certainty. 


A. (Nephrodium) setosum KI. (N. tetragonum Hook.) 
3,957, # and f, the two forms so different as to appear 
like entirely different species, yet not clearly separable 
by any good characters. -atitd 

Form a, which is simply pinnate with deeply pinnati 
pinne six or more inches long and one inch broad, alm 
exactly matches Fendler’s 194 from Venezuela, 1854-55; fom 
fis nearly tripinnate in the lower half of the frond an 
broadly deltoid with unequal-sided pinnz like A. aan 
var. dtlatatum, but the upper part gradually and sot i 
produces form a, all other characters being the same in 
orms. Iam not sure of this determination, but ar i 
it impossible to place it elsewhere, although I have ha 
under frequent examination during the past three yea a 

Banks of a cascade, hacienda of Tamasopo, Dec. 2, 


ASPLENIUM. s3l- 

A. cicutarium Swz., var. paleaceum, n. vat. 5 

Rachises chaffy, otherwise as in type. 3 
Moist banks, cafions of Colima Mts., May 23, 1893: 
A. hastatum Kt. 3,920. 
In rich forests, Las Canoas, Oct. 17, 1891. 

A. pumilum Swz., var. laciniatum, n. vat. aeee 
The divisions deeply cut into linear strap-shape There is 
Mossy ledges, barranca of Tepii, Oct. ats 1893. Kew (566 

a similar form in the Cambridge Herbarium from 
from Jamaica) with which this agrees perfectly. 
ar. 

A. rhizophyllum Kze., var. proliferum, 0. V ‘ 

Moist banks, cafions of Colima Mts., May 23, 7 


535 


1894. ] Filices Mexicana. V. 391 


The exceedingly narrow divisions, and the dareoid appear- 
ance of the sori on the upper part of Mr. Pringle’s plant led 
me to look for it in the Darea section of this genus, but Prof. 
Eaton considers it a mere form of A. rhizophyllum, and a 
more careful examination convinces me that he is right. 
There are specimens of this species and 5,531 in the Cam- 
bridge Herbarium with proliferous fronds, a seemingly not 
uncommon character in this genus. 

A, rubinum, n. $e. Sigh 
Rootstocks tufted, clothed at the crown, and the young 
croziers covered with blackish-brown fibrillose scales and 
chaff; fronds clustered, 6 to 15 inches tall, 3 to $ of an inch 
broad, pinnate; stipites 2 to 6 inches long, moderately stout, 
and, as well as the rachises bright ruby colored, smooth and 
glossy; pinne 20 to 30 or more pairs, sessile, or in the larger 
specimens sub-sessile, variously shaped, mostly unequal-sided, 
wedge-shaped at base, or sub-dimidiate, the lower side cut 
away one-half to two-thirds in a curved line with the upper 
base line parallel with the rachis, lowermost pairs distant, 
thomboidal or sub-reniform, margins entire or slightly cre- 


scure, sori large, 1 to 5 pair to a pinna, brown when mature. 

Cold cliffs, Sierra de las Cruces, Sept. 11, 1892 

No description can make the distinctive character of this 
fine ruby-stalked Asplenium perfectly clear, but once seen it 
's Not likely to be mistaken for any other known species. 

In general appearance and habit it resembles a robust form of 
A. 7; richomanes, but the stout red stalks, which extend nearly 
to the apex of the frond before greening, and the enormous 
“rl render its identification comparatively easy. ihe back 
n mature pinna is a solid mass of brown sporangia, nearly 

scuring the persistent indusia and presenting the appear- 

nce of an Acrostichum. 

T 4. Shepherdii Spreng. 3,958, a and B. 

*Masopo cafion, June, 1891. 
Borrycuium. “ 


a "atricariefolium R. Br. 5,193- 
— volcano of Toluca, Sept., 1892. 
- lernatum Sw. 5,192. 000" Sept. 
rtoatine Meadows, Sierra de las Cruces, 10, a 


392 The Botanical Gazette. [Octobet, 
CHEILANTHES. 


C. speciosissima A. Br. 4,202 a and f. (Plecosorus | 
Mexicana Fée.) | 


a, with somewhat rigid fronds densely clothed with rich. : 
brown scales; 8 with fronds lax and only sparingly scaly 
from growing in shady grottos. i 

Cliffs, Sierra de las Cruces, 11,000" alt., Sept. 11, 1892. | 
DICKSONIA. | 

D. rubiginosa Klf. 3,824. 

Rich moist slopes in shade, barranca of Las Canoas, Auf. 
18, 189I. ; : 

Five to 8* high, fronds deltoid, 3 to 5", stipes 2 to3- | 


GYMNOGRAMME, 


G. Calomelanos KIf., var. Peruviana Baker. 4,377. (6. : 
Peruviana Desv. ee : 
Calcareous banks and cliffs, barranca near Colima, st@ a 
Jalisco, June 4, 1893. a 
G. Ehrenbergiana Klt., var. muralis Pringle (# htt.). ; 
4,420. in 

A cliff-growing dwarf form with chafty rachises, aa 
out scales. On faces of cliffs near Tequila, July ©, 1? 
G. trifoliata Desv. 4,000. oe 
Barranca of Las Canoas, state of San Luis Potosi, Aug: '5 4 
189I, growing among willow and cypress bushes. 


Specimens bifoliate, and without powder. Judgne. a 


the series of specimens at Cambridge, the species ee 
bifoliate than otherwise, and the powder is not always P . 
rthography 


NoOTHOLANA. This is Robert Brown’s original 
as used by him when he established the genus 1? 
I do not wish to be quoted as favoring any other. in Garden 
orthography of Kaulfuss (1824) in my notes — 444 
and Forest, 7. ¢., was not used with my appt “ ors 
not concede the right of an editor to interfere wv iling or grat 
manuscript unless it be to correct errors of spe have too 
mar. It is not a question of scholarship that ¥* 
sider here, but one of priority and right, and che ide 
the ‘‘revised nomenclature” can consistently va out doing 
original orthography for that of Kaulfuss w! oie. > 
lence to the very code which he professes to ® 


1894. ] Filices Mexicane. V. 393 


N. Grayt Davenport. 5,373. 

Ledges, barranca of Tequila, Oct. 4, 1893. 

Mr. Pringle wrote that ‘‘if, as I think, I send you Noth. 
Grayi, it must be from an extreme southerly station, much 
farther south than before recorded. It was 50 miles west 
from Guadalajara, where JV. Schaffnert rather than this species 
is common.” 


OPHIOGLOSSUM. 


O. crotalophoroides Walt. 4,244. , P 
Moist meadows, Nevado of Toluca, 11,000* alt., Sept. 6, 
892. 


QO. reticulatum L. 3,816 and 3,995. C 

3,816 in moist, grassy places under shrubs, Las oe a 
state of San Luis Potosi, Aug. 15, 1891. 3,995 in wet soi 
near Guadalajara, state of Jalisco, Oct. 5, 1891. oie t. 
the latter specimens seem doubtfully distinct from : ee 
gatum; but the two species appear to run very closely he? 
gether, if not into one another, and I doubt very much} 
they are specifically distinct. 
OsmunDA. f 

O. regalis L. No number, and should have been in my 

previous notes. 
By streams near Guadalajara, Dec. 13, 1888. - 

PoLyPopium. ; 
us angustifolium Swz., var. ensifolium seins uae 
sifolium Willd.) Specimen numbered 3,803, 
821, 
On trees, barranca of Las Canoas, Aug. ‘beer 145 
wh heteromorphum H. & Gr. (P. variate Mere iF 
Ya ium, 

Slender and remarkably beautiful ape th annually, each 
growth being distinctly seen, : th 
may have upon it asad! matured and si a stat “ 

“ apex preparing for the next season's extension. id 
hanging from hisuies in sheltered niches ai a oath 
ngs summit of Sierra de Las Cruces, 11,000° altitude, 

1892, 


‘7 


P. lepidopteris Kze. 5,359. 
On trees, hills of Patzcuaro, July 16, 1891. 


394 The Botanical Gazette. [October, 


P. Martensti Mett. 5,360. 
With 5,359. -Aug. 3, 1892. 


P. pectinatum L. 3,974. A form apparently identical 
with P. Paradise L. & F. 
Rich woods, hacienda de Tamasopo, Dec. I1, 1891. 


P. petiolatum, n. sp. 4,001. 
Rootstock stout, half an inch or more in diameter, wide- 
creeping, and thickly clothed wlth large fulvous (brown) 
scales: fronds scattered, 2" or more tall, 15 to 18” broad, pin- 
nate; stipites stout, 6 to 8" long, and (as well as the long 
stipiform rachises) straw colored, smooth and glossy; lamina 
divided into from sixteen to twenty pair of long acuminated 
inear-lanceolate pinnz 6 to 9" long, three-eighths to one-half 
lan inch broad, stalked nearly to the top, uppermost sub-ses 
sile, the long terminal one with a pair of small sessile pinné 
below; texture sub-coriaceous, smooth; venation that 0 
Goniophlebium, areole uniserial, veins conspicuous, sof 
prominent, thirty to forty each side of the prominent costa. 
On mossy oak, Las Canoas, Aug. 19, 1891. the 
Mr. Pringle wrote me that this fern ‘‘was found on of 
branches of oaks on the mountain sides about the station . 
Las Canoas in the eastern part of the state of San Luis ! ; 
tosi. This must have been near the limit of its ipeauint 
—certainly on the western limit and near the dry reg! 
for I searched somew 
ry d 


and fine Polypodium. 
P. Phyllitidis L. 5,187. 
On trees, Tamasopo, Dec. 1, 1891. 
P. pilosissimum Mart. & Gal. 4,288. : a 
Mossy rocks, Sierra de las Cruces, 11,000, Sept. Il 
P. Plumula. 3,999. 
On ledges, Tamasopo, Dec. I, 18Q1. 
P. vulgare L. 5,190. 
Sierra de las Cruces, 11,000*, Sept. 11; 1892. 


1892. 


TRICHOMANES. 


T. pyxidiferum L. 3,800. 
Mossy rocks, Tamasopo Mts., July, 1891. 


PRE er CT ee eee 


1894. ] Filices Mexicana. V. 395 


I have referred Mr. Pringle’s specimens to this species 
merely because I do not find any authentic record of 7. fil- 
icula from this continent. 

In the note under 7. fi/icula in Synopsis Filicum, Dr. 
Hooker stated that ‘‘he could not distinguish from that spe- 
cies a Mexican plant from Liebmann though labelled pyxidi- 
Serum on high authority,” and I am myself unable to discover 
any important difference between Mr. Pringle’s specimens and 
some specimens of 7. fi/zcula which I have from Leprieur’s 


- Herbarium (Paris Museum) given to me by Dr. Gray. It is 


doubtful if the two species are in reality distinct. 


T. radicans Swz. 5,535. 
Wet cliffs, cafions of Colima Mts., May 23, 1893. 
Specimens somewhat larger and coarser than our southern 
form, but otherwise characteristic. 
Woopsia. 
W. mollis J. Smith. 1,865. 
Moist banks and ledges near Guadalajara, Nov. 1888. 
Should have been included in my previous notes, as should 
also my acknowledgments to Prof. L. M. Underwood for se 
uable assistance in verifying some determinations at a time 
when I was greatly troubled with my eyes, and it would seep 
to me that I was taking to myself credit for what was not 
Justly my due if I continued my notes without putting myself 
n record in this manner. / 


In addition to the foregoing ferns several other species pre- 
viously recorded were again collected, mostly in, or near the 
‘ame localities as before, so that it does not appear necessary 
to record them again here. 

ERRATA, 


Prof. Underwood has called my attention to Mr. Pringle’s 
eet sent out with the collection of 1887 as rafeoat i hs 
rie (see Fern Notes in Bulletin Torrey Bot. Club), whe h him 

Nds to be Cheilanthes farinosa Klf. 1 fully agree shane! aes 
and thank him for the correction. 
a € also writes that his specimens of 449 and ee 
© Bulj Torr. Bot. Club) are Cheilanthes Ahan hae 
we C. microphylla, the species to which I had referred th 
in mers. ~My own specimens were somewh ing to- 
character, but with, as I still think, a stronger leaning 


396 The Botanical Gazette. 


ward microphylla than Alabamensis. They are as good mi- 
crophylla as many specimens so named by good authority. It 
does not, however, matter very much from my point of view, 
as I consider the two so-called species mere Yorms of one, 
That they do run into each other through almost inseparable 
gradations there can be little question, and Prof. Underwood 
himself appears to doubt their being distinct. 

It is certainly impossible at times to separate specimens 
satisfactorily, and their variations have not only been made 
the basis for several untenable species but the two extreme 
forms have even been put into separate genera. 

Dr. Hooker, however, in Species Filicum expressed the 
opinion that we might ‘‘conceive of C. microphylla having 
reached its extreme northern limits in the C. Alabamensis of 
the southern states.” I coincide with this view and believe 
that we should write: 

Chetlanthes microphylla Swz. 

8. var. Alabamensis (Buckley). (C. Alabamensts Kze.) 


Medford, Mass. 


Notes on Cribraria minutissima and Licea minima. 
GEORGE A. REX. 


Cribraria minutissima Schwz. 


There isa marked discrepancy between the original de- 
scription of this species by Schweinitz! drawn from the type 
specimens now in the Schweinitzian herbarium in the Academy 
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and the later descriptions 
of Rostafinski and Massee which were drawn from the Schwein- 
itzian specimens in the Berkeleyan herbarium. 
The two specimens apparently differ in important points. 
The diagnostic description of Schweinitz, however, accur- 
ately describes the curiously shaped elongated sporangia of the 
type, which appear as if ellipsoidal when first developed, be- 
Coming finally constricted in the middle when mature. The 
sporangia have the appearance of being girt by a thread, ex- 
panding above and below into two nearly equal globose por- 
tions, the diameter at the central constriction being from one- 
half to three-fourths the diameter of the upper and lower por- 
tions. A longitudinal section through the center of a typical 


of band-like threads only occasionally wider at the intersec- 
Hons, and forming irregular meshes. ; 

The Berkeleyan specimen, on the contrary, is described as 
having no permanent wall or calyculus, but simply a perma- 
nent globose network of the same character as t 

n 


ear’ however, a fixed character, according to the o 
pa ye of the writer, who has seen associated both cons sh 
me “Aconstricted ellipsoidal sporangia, the latter approa 

“Shegy y the obovate sporangia of 


An important point necessary to be considered in this con- 


1 x > — 
Wey Schweinitz, L. D., Synopsis Fungorum in America Boreali media degen 
Foc. Am. Philos. Soc. 1831. [Philadelphia.] 


398 The Botanical Gazette. [October, 


nection is the relation of C. mzcroscopica B. & C. to the 
two foregoing Schweinitzian forms. In their spores and net- 
work these three forms essentially agree. They vary only 
in the shape of the sporangium, which is a diagnostic charac- 
ter of no specific value, and in the size or degree of develop- 
ment of the calyculus which must be conceded to be variable 
and therefore a specific character of doubtful value. 

The only species of Cribraria created solely upon the ab- 
sence of a calyculus as a determining specific factor is C. 
dictydioides Balf.; but the great variability in the size of the 
calyculus in different gatherings and even in the same gath- 
ering of the allied and overlapping species C. tenella and C. 
intricata makes the validity of C. dictydioides more than 
doubtful. ' 

Sporangia without calyculi associated with others having 
minute disciform calyculi are constantly found with the typ 
cal net characters of both the above species. The same var 
iability of the calyculus is also found, though to a much less 
extent, in sporangia of the type of C. vulgaris Schrad. | 

As C. microscopica B. & C. differs from typical C. mmr 
tissima Swz. only in having globose or slightly obovate 
stead of ellipsoidal sporangia, the writer concludes that it's 
not specifically distinct, but should be merged in C. minutts- 
stma Swz. which is the older species. h 

The Berkeleyan form of C. minutissima Swz. holds the 
same relative position to the type as C. dictydioides to oy 
tricata and C. tenella. It is a constant variety of C. iis 
Zisstma and could only doubtfully be assigned a separate an 
valid specific place. E Fair- 

The localities for this species known to the writer he N. 
mount Park, Phila.; Shawangunk Mts., N. Y.; Ne pk 
J. (J. B. Ellis); and the original station at Bethlehem, 
(Schweinitz). The Berkeleyan variety is probably more 
quently found than the typical form. ; : 
- In the preparation of "the preceding notes the writer : 
amined and compared the type of C. minutisstma speci- 
in the Schweinitzian herbarium, with an authentic 
men of C. microscopica B. & C. communicated by to the 
tis, the collector and one of the authors of the Laan nia, 
herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences, eee 
which corresponds absolutely to the descriptions © the same 
by Rostafinski and Massee and is probably a part of os 
gathering. Specimens from several private collectio 
trating the Berkeleyan variety, were also examinc™ 


J 
a 


. 


1894. ] Notes on Myxomycetes, 399 


Licea minima Fr. 

This obscure and little known species has an interesting 

developmental history. _ 
he sporangia of the American, like those of the European 

specimens, vary in color greatly. All, except one, of several 
gatherings from various American localities examined by the 
writer were of various shades of chestnut or umber brown. 
In the exception, the color of the sporangial wall was dull 
black by reflected light, but dark reddish brown or black by 
transmitted light. 

The upper surface of the sporangia in all of the gatherings, 
was divided by seams or ridges into from four to six parts. 
In the brown specimens these seams were of a darker brown 
than the adjacent parts, but in the black specimens they were 
jet black, smooth and shining. They extend from the base 
to the center of the surface of the sporangia when of the usual 
depressed hemispherical form, but to a short central or apical 
tidge when the sporangia are elongated. These ridges are 
Sutural in character and mark the lines of the rupture of the 
sporangia upon the dispersion of the spores. The rupture 
takes place through the middle of the sutures and the result- 
ing segments of the sporangial wall become partly reflexed, 
thus giving a serrated margin to the cup-like sporangial cav- 
ity left by the scattered spores. : 

The location of these sutures is indicated early in the devel- 
°pment and differentiation of the sporangia from the plas- 
modium. 


This fact the writer was able to verify while bering. pe 
it interesting development of the sporangia of the blac 
orm, 


When found, the plasmodium had just entered the first 
“tage of differentiation and had formed cushion-shaped masses 
of a uniform dull yellow color, probably two and three times 
the diameter of the mature sporangia. 
and maturation advanced, the plasmodi 
“orrespondingly in size, and in the smoot 
a Sutures characterizing the mature sporang! 
“‘entiate, first as double rows of minute dark 
pigment Points which gradually grew larger 

nally blended, forming black shiny s sat ier 
f ile the sutures were developing, the whole payer} nally 
“ce also changed from yellow to dark garnet, 4 


400 The Botanical Gazette. [October, 


black, the pigmentation commencing at the sutural and basal 
lines and spreading thence toward the centers of the segments 
of the sporangial wall. The lines of rupture occurred between 
the rows of pigment points which first outlined the sutures. 
On examination of the matured sporangial wall under proper 
microscopical conditions of light and high amplification, a 
marginal line of rounded cells, varying in degree in different 
specimens, may usually be seen following the outline of the 
segments and marking the position of the primary sutural 
points or foci of pigmentation. 

This species will probably be found to beas widely distrib- 
uted in the northern United States as in northern Europé 
where only it has yet been recorded. It was recorded by 
Schweinitz in his herbarium and in his synopsis of North 
American fungi under the name of Licea pusilla Schrad., with 
which species it is probably often confounded. ‘ 

The writer is indebted to the courtesy of Arthur Lister, 
Esq., of London, for the identification of his specimens W! 
authentic specimens of the species. 

The American localities for this species, 
writer, are Philadelphia, Pa. ; Adirondack M 
Newfield, N. J. (J. B. Ellis). 

Philadelphia, Pa. 


known ‘to the 


ts., N. Y.; and 


Eduard Strasburger. 
JAMES ELLIS HUMPHREY. 


WITH PORTRAIT—PLATE XXXI. 


No name has been more familiar to botanists during the 
past fifteen years and no work has attracted greater attention 


plete account of his life and work will be possible. But it 
seems legitimate to recognize the interest which naturally at- 
taches to the personality and surroundings of every leader of 
thought. The following pages are simply the record of the 
permanent impressions remaining to a student after several 
months of daily intercourse, begun with no knowledge of the 
man but such as may be gained from his published work. 

_ Eduard Strasburger is a native of Russian Poland, and has 
Just completed his fiftieth year. He is, therefore, in the prime 
of his powers. He was educated at Warsaw and in Germany, 
as called 


at the age of twenty-five to the university at Jena. There he 


as tempted him from this congenial post. Later he was 
given the title “‘Geheimer Regierungsrath,” the official dis- 
tinction which the Prussian government confers upon its citi- 


oats, familiar to botanists everywhere. te 
€ chronological list one is struck by the hompgeeer? “g 


tengPment of one research from a cgscoat pest 
Stic of the greatest investigators. Entering u ; 
whisk had shortly before been shown by the path-breaking 
‘ on of Hofmeister to be so full of interest an 
aeacance, the reproduction of the gym 
Urally led to the comparative study 0 


. 


402 The Botanical Gazette. [October, 


also, and, one question leading to another, deeper and deeper 
into the investigation of the processes involved in the repro- 
duction of the flowering plants, and of their significance. 
These studies naturally and-early led to the investigation of 
the cell-contents, and especially of the nucleus, whose funda- 
mental importance in the activity of the cell becomes so 
quickly apparent to the student. And it is perhaps through 
his work upon the indirect division of the nucleus that his 
name is most widely known. Prof. Strasburger himself states 
that his attention was first attracted to the karyokinetic fig- 
ures by their conspicuousness in the endosperm of certain 
Conifer, and their superficial resemblance to the figures 
formed about the poles of a magnet. Studies of the cell con- 
tents inevitably brought up also questions as to the structure 
and growth of its wall. Apart from the two related lines of 
research just indicated, his chief work has been that which 
has resulted in his classic volume on the structure and func- 
tions of the vascular bundles in plants, which is also the bulk 
iest of his publications; so that he always refers to it in con- 


versation as ‘‘Mein grosses Buch.’ : » of 

Just outside the corporate limits of Bonn, in the subur he 

Poppelsdorf, stands the ‘‘Poppelsdorfer Schloss, uP 7 
ce 0 


beginning of the present century a summer pala ns 
Archbishop-Electors of Cologne. It is a huge square buila 
ing of two stories, about a central circular c ee! 

pied by the Natural History department of the university, 
containing also the residence of the professor of b 
botanical establishment occupies the entire uppet 


of the northeasterly or front side. 
ing was erected in the first half of the last centu 
quite another use, will explain why it is poorly a pe 
laboratory purposes. Yet, since the windows are pegs 
one finds abundant room and all necessary apparatu tudes a 
no reason for complaint. The Botanical Institute ! ae a 
lecture room, well supplied with wall charts and diag 
laboratory for elementary and one for advanced ang 
private rooms for the professor extraordinarius, Prot. ratus 
per, and for the assistant, besides storage room for app? 
reagents and alcoholic material. -. residence 
Prof. Strasburger devotes the two rooms of ms rving 3 
which adjoin the institute to his own work, one - 


1894.] Eduard Strasburger. 403 


library, the other as laboratory. These rooms are simply 
furnished, but their contents show that their occupant denies 
himself nothing that can really aid his work; and their scru- 
pulous neatness and orderliness mark him as a careful and 
systematic man. Everything has its place and is to be found 
there when not in use. The library is very complete in mod- 
ern botanical literature, and the space required for the alpha- 
betical classification of the pamphlets, chiefly authors’ re- 
prints, is calculated to impress one with the volume of the 
literature of botany. Perhaps nothing serves to give a better 
idea of the rate at which this volume is increasing than a 
glance through the undistributed accumulation of two or three 
months on a shelf here. 

The principal windows of the professor’s residence and of 
the laboratories overlook the old palace garden, which has 
een the botanic garden since the foundation of the univer- 
sity in 1818. This is well laid out and well stocked. The 
out-of-door part has thus far received the chief attention of 
Prof. Strasburger, who is ex officio its director. This consists 
of an open level plot, laid out in beds for the systematic dis- 
Play of the vascular plants, and bordered at one end bya 
small pond which is formed by the widening of a part of the 
old palace moat and gives suitable ground for aquatics and 
‘wamp plants. On each side of the ‘“‘system” lie the two 
Parts of the arboretum, which contains many large and fine 
trees, including not a few American species. I noted large 
and flourishing specimens of Quercus rubra, Fuglans nigra, 
and Liriodendron tulipifera, among others; while the bloom- 
Ng of our red maple was almost the first tangible evidence 
that the dreary drizzle that passes for winter in the Rhine 
Valley was giving place to spring. The garden is rich in con- 
les, as the inspector, Herr Beissner, is a leading authority 
on this gr oup. One of the oldest and most striking of them 
'S a beautiful cedar of Lebanon, which is quite hardy 
jai There are also sections for officinal plants and ee? 
t Plants, and a biological section where one finds gro R * 
~Sether in one bed plants which have solved a given eg ats 
tionsh; blem in a similar way, without regard . gett ge 
feeaos os This section was laid out peste hk wee 
garden was one of the first of its kind in a aoe 
Me * Now give more or less attention to such a : fi 

nt, whose value is too evident to need emphasis. 


404 The Botanical Gazette. [October, 


greenhouses, though partly old and in poor condition, con- 
tain some interesting things. Strikingly good are some large 
aroids and cycads and two tubs of splendid plants of Strelitaia 
Regine that produce every spring thirty or forty flower-stalks, 
and, after artificial pollination, develop good seeds. The 
palm-house and Victoria-house are new and good, and there 
is always something interesting to be seen in the propagation — 
houses. 

So much for the place where his work is done. Personally 
Prof. Strasburger is spare in figure and above the medium 
height, but his devotion to the microscope has given to his 
shoulders the student’s stoop in a marked degree. His serious 
face and deep-set penetrating eyes can light up most pleas- 
antly, as at the moment when the accompanying excellent 
likeness was taken. 

In the lecture room he speaks very distinctly and earnestly, 
and presents his subject in clear and attractive fashion. He 
throws his whole thought and energy into the matter in hand, 
he most careless 
st and im- — 
portance of what he presents. A lecture of three quarters of 
an hour is thus often very exhausting, 
doubted that its influence on the audience is far mo : 
and lasting than that of a speaker of less enthusiastic porsi 
ament. In the laboratory the same qualities are promine a 
His real interest in the work of each student, hearty viet 
ciation of good work, and pressing curiosity for eae does 
stimulate all to their best efforts. The earnest’ see , 
not require much time to discover that no books, no piet* 

; : t, which cal 
apparatus, no plant in the whole establishment, moe 
facilitate his work will be withheld. Should he feel ao ae 
in asking often for apparatus which is private aba ig 
mutilating a rare plant, he is met by the question 
it here for?” This geniality and generosity } a 
his science is res dine characteristic of Prof. pire 
Earnestness is the sure passport to his fullest aid gre shown 
thy, and is assumed in every new comer until he i 


the contrary. ‘tent ndefatigable- 


clue, welcoming evidence from every source, Its, one 
extraordinary capacity for accomplishing Tes¥ 
‘ ‘ 


Eduard Strasburger, 405 


knew only the man could prophesy the quality of his work. 
One recognizes qualities of the ideal investigator in his zeal 
for the truth, no matter whose theories suffer, his openness 
to conviction, and his freedom from petty jealousy. He has 
Pronounced views on disputed questions, and decided opin- 
ions of the work of others; yet one soon comes to feel that 
there is none of his views that cannot instantly be given up, 
and none of his opinions that cannot be modified when the 
accumulation of evidence shows it to be necessary. If he 
sifts evidence most critically and demands that it be ample, 
one feels so much the more confidence in his conclusions. 

His quick, nervous manner is in marked contrast to the 
usual phlegmatic calmness of the native German, and is some- 
times brusque to the verge of abruptness. But one quickly 
learns that this is. but the expression of his intense earnest- 
hess and concentration upon the subject in mind, to the ex- Oe 
clusion of all non-essentials. Finally, one’s admiration daily Nis 
creases as his marvelous grasp of the whole field of morph- eg 
ology and physiology is brought out by the discussion of the oo 
problems constantly arising in the laboratory. One recog- ie 
nizes a growing consciousness of the presence of a master 
mind, and a growing delight in contact with it. It is the pos- 
sibility of the free development of such minds and of the fru- 
ition in them of the true scientific spirit in an atmosphere of 


3I—Vol. XIX.—No. to. 


Noteworthy anatomical and physiological researches. 
Physiological action at a distance. 


Dr. Elfving has published an additional paper? concerning 
the effect of different bodies upon the sporangiophores of Phy- 
-comyces nitens. Erxrera (see Bot. Gaz. 18: 196. 1893) 

explained the attractive or repulsive effect of different met- 
als, etc., upon the organs named as manifestations of hydrto- 
tropism inthe latter. Elfving now publishes new experiments. 
If iron acts as a hygroscopic body upon the negatively hy- 
drotropic sporangiophores, we may expect to see the phenom- 
enon most plainly when the fungus is exposed to the influence 
of such highly hygroscopic bodies as calcium chloride. The 
result was, however, negative. ‘ 
A very hygroscopic plate of gypsum (80x 35 X 10™"), dried | 
at 100° C., and placed among the sporangiophores 1 pees 
atmosphere saturated with water, had no effect whatever upon 
these. [To those who have done experimental work with 
here was no hygro 
s, Erreta 
rdsa place 
oisture, 


streaming of the molecules in the air is the ! 
tropic irritability. The first statement is con 
experiments of Du Hamel, Knight, Johnson, 
chartre, Sachs, Pfeffer, and Molisch.] This gypsum 
condensed 1.665% of water. An iron plate (surface of ek : 
‘**™™) had a well marked attractive effect, and condensed om 
3.5°"" Of ‘water: pe 
Elfving comes to the conclusion that these anise ‘oe 


caused by molecular movements. Highly polishe a 
platinum have very little effect upon the sporangiophot ae 
t for a long 


if these metals are exposed to direct sunligh ‘ 
they become active, i. e., they are brought into such a ‘ ale 
tion that they attract said organs. This active conditio 
lasts for some hours, and then it disappears. — 

1 Zur Kenntniss d. pflanzlichen Irritabilitat.—Sep. from 
Vetensk. Soc. Foerh. Haeft 36. 1893. 


Oetversigt 


1894.] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 407 


We know that a number of non-phosphorescent bodies emit 

rays of light after having been under the influence of the lat- 
ter. The duration of this condition is from a few minutes 
to.twenty-four hours. Metals like steel and iron are non- 
phosphorescent, but we have here a new form of this phe- 
fomenon, dark phosphorescence. It is the light, and not the 
heat which produces the effect named upon the metals; the ts 
color of the rays does not seem to have any power to produce : 
in the metals the effect described above. Zinc becomes ac- 
tive by heating alone; when experimenting with this body, 
Elfving found that it acts as a positive thermotropic agent. | 
On Copper, cobalt, nickel, tin, lead, and glass, heating (as ie 
above) alone did not produce the activity, although these ; 
metals and the glass were heated until they were nearly melt- 
8, and then allowed to cool so far that the hand could not 
feel the heat. 


*rpern selbst innewohnen, oder irgend eine in denselben : 
Stattfindende Veriinderung begleiten, ahnliche physiologische = 
Wirkungen hervorrufen kénnen. Was speciell die Metalle ar. 
betrifft, zeigt uns ja auch die Metallotherapie Wirkungen, die ee 
“atschieden fiit solche sprechen.”—J. CHRISTIAN Bay. ee 


# Color bodies in seeds and seedlings.’ 


ti mt this paper Famintzin gives the results of his investiga- 
aon te origin of chlorophyll in plants, a subject con— 
Ditric which there is much uncertainty and difference of 
* ae aS may be seen in the fact that Bredow and Belzung 
“lat this question came to diametrically opposite con- 


Famintzin’s attention was directed principally to the ripe 


ae = Helianthus. Microtome sections were placed in ph 
thus oil, Whereby colorless choromatophores, 1.5-2-54 
a diamet 


altho €t, were distinguished without further ghia os : 
sect ugh their Presence was more easily discernible when The Oe 
chroma, had been slightly moistened with the breath. Sn she ; 

de tophores are situated partly in the spaces betwee mnt 
va, Stains and partly on the surface of the latter ané 
"Pn the cel] nucleus. ; i 


- : aes 
7” esas A. Ueber das Schicksal der Chlorophylikorner in ens der 
Akadamie ,'0,PP-» 1 plate. Arbeiten des botanischen Centralbl. 58: 378-9: 
Hig St. Petersburg, 1893. No. 5. Abst. in Botan. © sce. 


408 The Botanical Gazette. : [October, 
Their presence in all of the embryo cells may be demon-— 
strated by treating the embryo with acid fuchsin, the chro- 
matophores and a thin layer of plasma surrounding the 
aleurone grains taking the stain. This demonstration is fa- 
cilitated by previously treating the sections with acetic acid 
which causes the aleurone grains to swell and finally to dis- 
solve. Re 
The swelling of the aleurone grains take place normally in 
the early stages of germination, producing a similar effect a 
when treated with acetic acid. : ; 
The chromatophores are frequently found closely pressed 
together in groups of considerable size which are liable to be 
mistaken for single bodies. ee 
In germinating seeds the colorless chromatophores may be 
easily made out by the acid fuchsin stain. The autho 
covered a further means of distinguishing them in resting 
well as germinating seeds by the use of ammonia, 20 . 
or alkaline carbonate. The chromatophores were found to ¢ 
tain chromogen which, by means of these reagemis - 
transformed into a golden-yellow pigment. If th 
of the Helianthus seeds are placed in a moist cnam 
access of air, the chromatophores, owing to the pre at fist 
chromogen, become spontaneously colored, taking on 
a bluish-green, and later a yellowish-brown tint. ee 
A comparison of sections of ripe see those ae 
lings of different ages, including those containing os : 
phyll-green chromatophores, showed all stages of pi? rain 
tion so that it is not to be doubted that the chlorophy”” “la 
of the seedling arise from the colorless chromatophores | 
seed. This result was confirmed by a study © 
Lupinus albo-coccineus. : 1  e 
A later and shorter paper by Famintzin- oaretl 
chromogen of Helianthus seeds. At present the a xal 
gaged in a study of the relations of this asa deriv 
phyll and chlorophyll, both of which are pre Uniort 
from chromogen in the process of germinatio™ gal 
ately the original papers are in Russian, hence = . 
the majority of scientific readers. —G. H. Hicks 3 


1894. ] | Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 409 


Investigations on pine and oak wood.? 


This series of investigations by Dr. R. Hartig, begun in 
1891 and completed early in the present year are a continua- 
tion of investigations begun many years ago; and they are to 
be followed by others by the same author dealing especially 
with the influences exerted by the soil in which trees grow, 
and the results obtained by growing ‘trees in masses and in 
theopen. While the investigations were conducted in accord- 
ance with scientific methods nothing that will be of value to 
the practical forester has been omitted. 

INE.—The trees studied were grouped in five or six classes 

according to diameter at a given height above the ground. 

or convenience periods of ten or twenty years are taken as- 
units, each designated as a growth period. Classes one, two, 
and three attained the maximum annual growth in height in the 
Stowth period between thirty and forty years; class four a dec- 
Ee eAtlicr; class five continued its qiax Hainan’ growth 
nearly twenty years, i. e., from twenty to forty. Class six 
did not reach its greatest growth until the two periods be- 
tween forty and sixty years. The last tree had early fallen 

hind the others in growth and was consequently overshad- 
owed by them. By the time the forest was forty years old 
class six was so completely shaded that a rapid growth in 
height became necessary in order to obtain sunlight. 
of 2 * pine tree one hundred years old five of the annual rings 
olay Within the last twenty years of growth, did not ex- 
Hi wn to a point 1.3 meters above the ground; four were 
"ahead at a point 3-5 meters above the ground; two at 5-5 , 
eae and one at 7.7 meters. Two of these short ee 
indicat. med more than ten years before the tree died. be 
F that he an exceedingly interesting physiological ae 29 ne 
- ing ite Cambium may remain inactive for years witho 

Power of cell-division. 

4 result of these and some earlier investigations the au- 
Bri ves his theory for the formation of the annual par : 
tated it is as follows: The wood formed in the ear 4 us 
Wide ‘ib irsg Season is composed chiefly of large — ae 2, 
Mis Rea These are designated as conducting vi ie 
- Stream § these that the larger portion of the transpt ae 
ay Passes. When a sufficient quantity of conducting ts" 
" eS Sa eres ers Zeitschrift. 1: 129, ae oe 
is * 49, 249, 289. 1893.—3: 1, 49, 172, 193. oe: 


of 


410 The Botanical Gazette. (October, 


sue has been formed wood composed of smaller, much thicker 
walled cells is produced. 

In pine forests of recent growth the maximum thickness of 
the annual ring is found in the first ten years. In trees grown in 
the primeval forest, the maximum thickness is not reached 
until the one hundredth year; sometimes as late as the one 
hundred fiftieth or sixtieth. The thickness of the annual 
ring is greater in the upper part of the trunk than in the 
lower, excepting in trees grown in the open. This is due to 
two reasons: First, the action of the cambium begins three 
or four weeks earlier in the tops of closely growing pines than 
in the lower parts of the trunks, thus producing a greater 
number of cells above than below in the season; second, & 
the nourishment of the tree must pass from the top to all 


lower parts, the upper part is at all times supplied is 
wef, 


not 


ternal conditions, but also in different parts of the same tree. 5 
Of the timber from recently grown pine f 


paratively little transpiration, and wit ; 
late in the season, have valuable wood from th iokal 
Trees grown well up the sides of mountains or 1n wet 10 
ities have the best wood formed early. _ he outer 

The amount of water present decreas J 
part of the tree to the inner, with a su 
passing from sap-wood to heart-wood. 
of alburnum to duramen is not always the same o” 
sides of the sametree. There may be a differe : 
as ten annual rings. The percentage of shrinkage 0 oe 
wood of pine is much less than that of sap-w0o h cent: 
parison it is interesting to note that in the beech t yee fot 
age of shrinkage is the same for the old and yore hrinkage 
sap-wood and heart-wood, while in the oak the a : 
is much greater in the sap-wood. The st e to 
shrinkage in the heart-wood of pine and oak 1S i od, 
deposition of the material which characterizes heart-w"™ 
the micellar interstices of its cell walls. : 

A difference in size of trees of the sam 
related to the difference in size of the 
them 


e age is VOY © eg 
elements COMr 


1894. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches, 4Il 


one-half meter from the stem was still dormant. By the 21st 
of June the annual growth of stem was half completed. When 
compared with the preceding annual ring the thickness of the 
forming ring was found to vary from .45 to.72. On the 19th 
of August the formation of wood at the base of the trunk had 
ceased, in the upper part of the trunk the cells were still 
thinwalled and unlignified, while in the smaller branches cell- 
formation was stil] going on. By the 5th of September the 
formation of wood had ceased in all parts of the tree. The 
time required for the formation of the annual ring is thus 
» own to be a little more than four months, extending from 
last third of. April to the last of August. In this connection 
the author states that in red beech and pine growth does not 
egin until about four weeks later, being completed in the 
pine as early as Aug. roth, and in the beech but little later, 
making the time required for formation of an annual ring in 
the beech and pine about two and a half months. 
tthe time that shoots and leaves are developing, a com- 
plete transformation of the starch in the smaller branches 
fakes place. In the older parts of the tree the starch of the 
bark (phloem and cortex) is first changed for the nourishment 
of the cambium. At the beginning of June for a short time 
all starch disappears from the sap-wood. This disappearance 
has alr cady begun in the upper part of the trunk by the os 
nach May. The disappearance of starch progresses pres 
downward, and is completed by the 6th of June, only o 
“arch of the roots remaining unchanged. By the middle « 
a the storing of food ‘in the form of starch has beens in 
* Suter sap-wood layers of the trunk and of branches a ey 
'd. The I-3-year-old twigs are still without ears . 
© Newer sap-wood is still empty. The youngest W a 
the | on the contrary, shows some starch in the vicinity 
ni hoy vessels. Traces of it are also found in ars a . 
With = beginning of July all parts of the tree are We!" © Poon 
"eserve starch. Its accumulation in the phloem ne 


412 The Botanical Gazette. [October 


been more rapid in the upper part of the tree than in the — 
lower. From the beginning of August to the middle starch — 
is entirely wanting in the phloem of the branches. In the 
phloem of the stem only traces of it are found in the outet 
part. It is assumed that the starch has been withdrawn from — 
the phloem a second time to be used in the growth of the — 
phloem itself. Not until the beginning of September has the — 
accumulation of reserve food begun again in the phloem, , 
then only in the lower part of the stem. As late as the 30th 
of September the bark of the 1—2-year-old twigs is still free 
of starch, although it is abundantly supplied with it by the — 
end of October. In December the starch has been changed 
into sugar and oil. x 

The amount of water in oak wood taken from different parts _ 
of the same tree varies considerably. It is very abundant, as. 
a rule, in the outer layers of sap-wood; less so in the innet — 


layers; while the outer portion of the heart-wood a 
ing amount — 


the sap-wood. The wood of the root-shaft contains more 
water than that of any other part of the tree. By pike 
roots, however, seem to be poor in water. There 1s a io 
crease in the amount of water present in passing from eh 
base of the tree toward the crown. This decrease continu 
in very old trees to the ends of the twigs. A 
the iciniten is continued to the upper end of bole, but from 
here to the extremities of the twigs, there 1s 4 
crease. In perfectly air-dry oak wood, to every I 
of the wood substance there are 19 to 20 volumes of 
tion water. 


ternal conditions. The smaller roots, which eit 
perform any mechanical function for th 
a limited degree, contain no trace of m 


mechanical tissue that they furnish we a 
wood of the tree. In these places strong w00 che th 
for resisting the forceof winds. If forany reasonh™™ 


1894. ] Anatomical and Physiological Researches. 413 


tion of a tree is large in proportion to its conducting tissue, 
the wood of the tree will be composed largely of conducting 
and storage tissue; on the other hand, if the amount of trans- 
piration is limited to any considerable degree, less conduct- 
ing tissue will be required and the tree will have at its dis- 
posal a larger quantity of plastic material from which to pro- 
duce mechanical tissue. —L. S. CHENEY. 


Adaptation of African plants to climate. 


After some introductory remarks upon the highly interest- 
ing flora of Cape Colony, the author describes the different 
ways in which the plants are adapted to the climate. The 
Variety of arrangements for this purpose is very great and 
may be considered from different points of view. The evap- 
oration is prevented by reduction of the leaves, either by the 
development of small leaf-blades, or by transferring their func- | 
tion to green stems. Stapelia, Euphorbia and the imported ie 
Opuntia illustrate the last case, while small or narrow leaves 
are very common, for instance in Bruniaceez, many Compos- tg 
ite, and others. Some other plants show the surface of the = 
leaves impregnated with substances that are impermeable to 
Water, and this is to be observed in Aloe, Protea, Myrica and ae 
several others. The cuticle, or a cover of wax or silica, forms 
the protective medium in these plants. 


Secreted mineral substances may also form a protecting 
“yer over the whole leaf as in Tamarix, or only over the de=. me 


°selia, and other Plumbaginez. : nee 
; Such arrangements as the placing of the stomata in depres- : 
Pee OE crooves of ‘leaves ahd stems, or under the re xed a 
*dges of the leaves are also common in this vegetation. a s 

Eucaly ptus globulus and Protea grandiflora illustrate 4 
— 'n which the leaves assume the most favorable positi 
°Wards-the sun. ‘ ae 
“re are also plants which possess reservoirs in their stems, 


thizomes, or leaves. Such plants are the delicate herb, Ele- oh 


4 y # ke ‘ Nga 3 a Ai 
hag R.—Some adaptations of South African plants to the climate. — 
th African Phil. Soc. 6: 31. A ag 


acne ae 


414 The Botanical Gazette. 


phantorhiza Burchellii, which has a huge watery rhizome, — 
sometimes weighing ten pounds. Several Asclepiadez of the 
Kalahari region accumulate so much water in their tubers that 
the bushmen often depend entirely on it. The Stapelias and 
Euphorbias store the water in their stems and retain it with 
great tenacity. The remarkable Cissus Cramerianus of Da- 
maraland has a large fleshy trunk and develops onlyafew 
thick branches. ae 
Too rapid evaporation may also be prevented by sap con- 


Marlothii. The salt is often deposited in such quantities that 
during the drying of the plant it crystallizes and forms a thick 
crust on it. he 
Hairs, glands or sheaths are the organs which enable the 
plant to absorb the dew. This is for instance the case WIM 
Salsola Zeyheri from the Kalahari region, where rain 1s rare 
The depressed glands at the base of the leaves of Acacia 
seem to serve for the same purpose, for drops of dew run ng 
down along the rhachis must moisten them. Watsomia a 
iana is protected by the large sheaths, which were found 
contain water even many weeks after rain has fallen. _ 
; THEO. Ho 


one 


BRIEFER ARTICLES. 


New loealities.—The following are some localities for plants, not 
given in Gray’s Manual, 6th edition: 

Salsola kali tragus was first found and reported in Illinois, by myt 
self, at Polo, Aug. 14th. Since then I have found it at Oregon, Sa- 
vanna, and Chicago. Letters to the Experiment Station also give it 
as‘occurring at fourteen other places. At most places it was undoubt- 
one introduced by cattle trains from the north-west. So far it has 
(Satie only in the northern part of the state, and chiefly along 
thi ilroads. At Savanna, and possibly at some places in Chicago, 

is plant undoubtedly occurred last year, as two or three thousand 
plants were found. 
aN eR squarrosa is given as occurring at Evanston only, in this 
ae ie everal specimens of this were found by me at Polo, Oregon, 
rary anna. These towns are on the Chicago, Burlington and North- 

railroad, and the plants were undoubtedly introduced by that 
toad from the north. 
ig “seine few specimens of Solanum triflorum were dis 
Sod ot in the Manual as occurring 1n central Kansas an 

; a 1S was also introduced by the railroad. 
hex ee ores of what appears to be Verbascum mgru 
bi orn t . Experiment Station grounds at Champaign. This 
Tae ¢ through seed from Europe, as the plant is not given 

; as yet occurring in the United States.—G. P. CLINTON, 
paign, Tis. 
abhidamany Fungi—Uromyees minimus, n. sp.—Hypophy 
Bi ight brown, teleutosori black, oblong oF linear, 


covered. 
d west- 


m was 
prob- 
in the 
Cham- 


lous. — 
soon 


echinulate, 12-194 
smooth, spheroidal 
apex rounde 
thickened, the apical 


. 


hot seen e 
Strate e clsewhere, but no experiments have been 
8enetic relationship. 


™~ 


416 The Botanical Gazette. — [0c 


Doassansia ranunculina, n. sp.—Spots light brown, 2-4™ in diam- 
eter, papillate. Sori ag regated or eager: usually spherical, 100- 
e parench or the | 


the 
epidermis and the fibro-vascular ‘bundles. Spores crowded, filling the 
sorus, spherical or polygonal, 6-10 in diameter. Cortex of one layer 
of cells which are more or less quadrangular. in section, pee 
Spores germinating in position. Promycelium 3-4 in : 
vacuolate. Primary sporidia 6-8 in a whorl on the end of ce promy 
celium, fusiform, vacuolate, 12-20X2-2.5M. Conjugation by mean 
a large apical tube both in position and after becoming free. 
ment 60-90/ long is then formed from which the secondary 
are abstricted in basipetal. succession. Secondary sporidia 12-15X ; 
2.5-3. In material which had germinated and produced the fila- 
ments in the field the secondary sporidia conjugated by means of 
necting tubes. In many of the specimens collected germination ! 
occurred and the filaments protruded through the cleft cortex 
epidermis. ; 

In the leaves and occasionally the petioles of pee mit. 
Pursh, in swampy places which had become dry during the ’ 
Racine, Wisconsin. vs 

Material has been prepared for the distribution of these s 
Ellis and Everhart’s North American Fungi.—J. J- Davis, 
Wisconsin. 

Ruled slides.—For several years I have made much use of rtedsi 
with a stage microscope. It is so easy thus to measure bee | 
dissect, that I wonder they are not in more general use. ae 
are ruled in squares, 1o™ each way, in the middle of a sli 
ought to be three inches long, and wider than the ordin 
prevent getting mixed up with them. The ruling ought to 
enough so that water will not temporarily make it pes 
difficult to see the lines. Good ruled slides for the eget 
ought to be in the market at moderate prices.—W. J. 
tural College, Mich. 


CURRENT LITERATURE. 


The evolution of plant life. 


Another book intended as a University Extension manual has re- 


cently come to our notice. In these days when college men are 


eagerly looking for books suitable for interested intelligent but unin- 
structed people to read—books which will give a connected idea of 
plant forms and their activities—any title which promises as much as 
the above will attract attention. But when attention is directed to the 
book, few, we think, will be able to detect the appropriateness of the 


Mycetozoa, Thallophyta, Lichenes, Characee, Muscinez, Pteri- tak 
dophyta,and Phan gamia, form essentially a much abbreviated text- me 

Ook on morphology, whose faults, while chiefly those of abridgement, ie 
are too often due to confused ideas of homology. cee 


Mr. Massee’s statements are often obscure, and this obscurity ap- 
Péats to be traceable sometimes to his ideas and sometimes to the in- i 
appropriate phrases chosen to convey his ideas. The definition of ee 
metabolism (p. 41) illustrates the former case, and such a phrase as ~ 

Protection against climate” (p. 18) the latter. In discussing the evo- 
lution of sexuality (p. 66) the author goes far astray. Having men- 
tioned examples of conjugation he adds: : 

‘Tn these examples the greater part of the protoplasm is used up in ie 
Mation of the reproductive bodies; but as differentiation in this direction pro- 
» We observe that the relative bulk of the individual specialized for repro- 


he for- 


pat Usually bear a very small proportion [sic] to the whole; pen 
This confusion of ideas regarding sexuality in Pp ea ee - 

“ryptogams continues throughout the entire book, most Strikt Py oe 

PP. 68, 60 : ‘ : 

to ; 

‘ Phen the writer has been these last ten years. It 
Pot remote or secluded, for we are assured (p. 7 
1 

a - GtorGe:—The evolution of plant life, lower forms. 

88. 38. London: Methuen & Co. 1891, 2sh, 6d. 


) that “the most 
12 mo. pp.vilie 


eres oak ere tke ye 


. 


jects of which it treats. : 


‘through B. Westermann & Co., New York. 


a 


418 The Botanical Gazette. 


generally accepted primary division of the vegetable kingdom at the 
present day is into the two divisions formed by Linnaeus” [i.e., Crypto 
gams and Phanerogams]. an 
With the bulk of the descriptive part of the book less fault can be 
found; but surely a writer of a university extension manual ought to 
take the greatest care not to propagate false conceptions of homolo- — 
gies so fundamental as those dealt with above. The book presenting 
modern views of plant life and adapted to popular reading remains — 
yet to be written in English. : 
The essential oils. i 
The chemistry of plant products, as well as their mode of origin, is a 
always a matter of interest to physiologists. When these products are 
of economic importance, either medicinally or industrially, interest tit 
taches also to their commercial source. Schimmel & Co. of Leipaig 
and Prag have long made a specialty of one group of such substances, 
viz., essential oils. A few years ago’ they established branch labora- 
tories in this country at Garfield, N. J.,in the name of their agents, 
Fritsche Bros., and placed it under the direction of Dr. Frederick B. : 

: ists in this coun 
try. Dr. Power has recently compiled a descriptive catalogue of 
essential oils and organic chemical preparations,t which embraces 9 
a systematic and comprehensive form, and in alphabetical gore 
ment, not only all the official and ordinary essential oils met with “ 
commerce, but also a large number of rarer products which have been 
prepared at various times for strictly scientific or experimental ae . 
poses. In connection with each article the botanical source, physice 
characters, and chemical composition are given, with other 
tests for purity when such are known. a ers 

The work is divided into three parts, comprising (2) the ‘+ 1890 
essential oils, or those recognized by the U. S. Phare ae 
together with some closely related oils, (4) the non-official essen" 
oils, and (c) organic chemical preparations. 

The work is concise in its character, contains a © 
ber of references to publications embodying the m 
original investigations, and the endeavor has been made satan: 

ee he well-su 
accurate record, up to the date of publication, of all , ie 
tiated facts relating to the characters and composition of ee 
chemical preparations considered in the work. ace | to all 

It is designed for reference chiefly, and will be See ms thes 


onsiderable num 


who are either commercially or scientifically interes 


1Small 8vo. pp. 96. New York: Fritsche Bros. $1.00. To ps - 


1894. ] 


Current Literature. . 419 - 


A compendium of general botany. 


This book is really a wonder considered from a literary standpoint. 
It is neat, precise and up to date. One is surprised to find how much 
has heen condensed in so little space. The author has intended it to 
serve as a guide to the German high school pupils. It ought to serve 
asimilar purpose in this country, but according ,to the present cur- 
riculum of studies it will be found very useful in our colleges and uni- 
versities. 

The arrangement of the subject matter is scientifically correct. 

Part 1, comprising forty-two pages, treats of the cell, part 11 of tissues. 
and single organs, part 111 of systems of organs, part 1v of reproduc- 
tion. This is the most interesting part. Here are explained and 
| ; compared, as in no other textbook, the rotation of gametophytic and 
sporophytic generations in mosses, vascular cryptogams and phanero- 
__ sams. Part v treats of the physics and chemistry of plant life, and 
Patt vi, comprising six pages, of plant classification. 
_ The author’s style is simple yet cleat, and scientific. It is not 
‘Intended asa book for “ recreative”’ reading. The chapter on the 
general physiology of reproduction is perhaps too deep for the aver- 
age high school pupil. 

The original figures are excellent. ‘The others are well selected 
from the works of the best authors.—A. SCHNEIDER. 


Minor Notices. 

THE FOSSIL PLANTS of the Bozeman, Montana, coal fields are listed, 
mth annotations, by Mr. F. H. Knowlton in bulletin 105, U. S. Geo- 
logical Survey. 

PROFESSOR A. S, HircHcock’s “ Key to spring flora of Manhattan, =~ 

ansas]” is intended to enable beginners to name the angiosperms 
of that Vicinity. ; 

Directions For DESCRIBING a flowering plant, i.e. a “scheme for — 
Plant “analysis”, based on Gray’s “Lessons,” have been prepared by 
PL. Sargent and published by the Cambridge Botanical Supply Co. 


ir ape OF the Sphagna, parasitic fungi, and liverworts, collected me 
tls §. 


ese 


“epg The list will accompany the sets of specimens as 


distrib- 


1 . A ae acl 
én Westenwater, Max.—Kompendium der allgemeinen Botanik fiir ccm 


lang. PP. 309. figs. 171. Freiberg in Breisgau Herder'sche ¥ 


420 The Botanical Gazette. 


EFFECT OF SPRAYING with fungicides on the growth of nursery stock 
is the subject of a bulletin (no. 7) from the division of vegetable path- 
ology of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. In general much and 
valuable improvement showed in such plants by application of fun — 
gicides, especially of Bordeaux mixture, and particularly with Peer , 
cherries and plums. 


_ THE NINTH NUMBER of the Minnesota Botanical Studies contains 
three articles. Two of them describe newly devised Pee a 
paratus, and the third is a Berea tance of the subject of the fixation 


titles after a time. The apparatus has already been mentioned and 
also advertised in this journal. Both the auxanometer with its com 
tinuous recorder, described by the inventor, W. D. Frost, and the 
registering balance, also described by its inventor, Alex. P. Anderson, 
are most excellent instruments, and must prove of great service to in- 
vestigators and to teachers. Both instruments, of which plates from 
photographs are given, can be bought at a reasofiable price. 


THE ANNUAL REPORT of the New Jersey Experiment Station fr 
1893 includes the report of the botanist, Dr. B. D. Halsted, occup 
150 pages, with 73 illustrations. This part has also been distrib 
as a separate. The number of topics treated by Dr. Halsted is wie 
large. Most of the illustrations are from photographs by the er 
Altogether it shows great industry on the part of the writer, ane * 
sharp eye for interesting matters of observation. Most of the report 
is upon fungous diseases of plants, of which a great variety ate anes i 
many being of the nature of spot diseases 


m the result | of Mt 
had previously 

should not ® 
als to which 


peared. We see no feat however, why the author 
followed the usual custom of giving credit to the journ 
is indebted. In some instances this is done, but we oe 
taken from the American Florist, the Proceedings of the Sovitly 
Promotion of Agricultural Science,and others, for which pad : 
given. This is not only an infringement of a well grou rl cite 
but it makes it difficult for conscientious writers to propen'y 
articles. ust be 

The report embraces much admirable work, but a m looked 
gret that bibliographical details were not more carefully 


—~ 


1894.) Current Literature. Migetaee 


THE sECTION Harpidium of the genus Hypnum was elaborated for 
the Muscologia Gallica by Mr. F. Renauld. These pages have been 
issued as a separate.t M. Renauld’s wide knowledge of these*forms, 
very careful descriptions, and criticab remarks under the more obscure 
species will be of great assistance to students of this very difficult 
group. , 

THE UNCULTIVATED bast fibers of the United States are treated in 
a bulletin (no. 6) issued by the U.S. Department of Agriculture in 
its series of fiber investigations. It has been prepared by C. R. Dodge. 
A score or more of species find place in the list, including the com- 
mon and well known plants: Hibiscus Moscheutos, Abutilon Avi- 
cenne, Asclepias incarnata, Apocynum cannabinum and others. 


IN a preliminary paper on Nucleolen und Centrosomen in the 
Berichte a. deutsch. bot. Gesells. 12: 108-117. p/. 6. 1894,? which has 
been distributed as a separate, Dr. J. E. Humphrey shows that the 
nucleolus can not be regarded as an organ of the cell, since the ex- 
tusion and persistence of nucleolar substance, during nuclear division 
‘Snot normal but exceptional and probably pathological. He thinks. 
the nucleoli inactive globules of fluid or semi-fluid substance. The 
Paranucleolus of Strasburger, a crescentic body found often at one 
Margin of the nucleus, is due to faulty fixation methods. He also 
finds centrospheres in Psilotum and Osmunda. . 


index to authors renders reference very easy. Copies of this catalogu 


may be obtained gratis by addressing the director. 
ae ea RTP AIRS EIT IIE ps8 
Musc, Gall. 2: 
. - 2: 368-395. 2/7. 205-1137. Mr 1894. 
See also Annals of Bot. 8: 373-375. S 1894. 
7 Veh XIX. Noa 30: 


OPEN LETTERS. 


Comment on ‘‘The meaning of tree'life.”’ 


When Professor Greene, in reviewing Professor MacMillan’s Meta- 


ticular the section last referred to, seems to have furni 


How far the terms which Professor MacMillan has found to express 
roperty $0 


. ee Life” in 
ning of Tr MacMil: 


By comparing the article entitled “The Mea 
recent issues of the Wafura/ist with the portions of 7 sor 
also w te : 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


Dr. A. Zi 
lich” in the University of Tiibin 


T PART of Husnot’s Meascoie Gallica was announced for 
issue % Bectiatba: and-will probably appear shortly. 

Tue European and North American species of eee are : 
revised te N.C. Riwdherw; in Revue Bryologique a1; : 


IMMERMANN has been advanced to professor “ausserordent- 
ngen 


le “elie aa 


F. Atkinson has published in Bull. Torr. Bot. AP 
ci ania) : preliminary paper on Some Exoascee of the United 


” 


‘és. Sixteen species or Nokes of Exoascus are noted, ten oo 
nich are new, and one Taphrin ae 
Mk. G. Masser is publishing in Gres revised descriptions of type tee 
specimens of fungi in the Kew herba ie esetat of work & 
en many have been very briefly ant | imperfectly descri ry Among ; = 
We notice many North American spec ee 


Sebo of the mreocedis s of the ‘eae pete Mie aia have 
be distributed to stee aienbed of botanists, ae may be parte! os 
ae interested on poe ee to the Secretary, Dr. J. C. Arthur, ie 

“yette, Indiana. Send four cents in stamps for postage. 


© DIFFICULTIES in the cultivation of black pepper in the pee, 
€ been successfully overcome in Tr meen we learn : 
: e Royal Botanic Gar a 

Fy avediet Bee samples rep received highly satis- 


tory See 


IN Erytheg useful pub- 
eyes 6 ‘a August Mr. J. Burt Davy begins the very 
"gy scripts of iieien of Californian ci oh pon . 

: cations. This first paper contains gener 
fescribed in a St. Petcrebinrg shaper Botanic Garden Seed yp ary 
18 ae 


1834 t iy: 

SCIENCE se seventh annual ee 

mn ems to have been largel absent anor ae ie 
Seting of the Association of hear Agricultural Coll = a 


ht Stations, judging from the volume of Proseding ae. 

: Th Ss be two s ort set i 

2 a by Prot Stakes to bota any appears to Kate 
~~ 8ppend 


Raa 


424 The Botanical Gazette. [October, 


RTS 106-108 of Die natitrlichen Pflanzenfamilien have been dis- 
Shietey containing the completion of Cactacez and the Bignoniacee 
nn, Geissolomacex, Penzacez, Oliniacez, oy > E 

leacez, and Eleagnacee by E. Gilg; and the Gesneriacee and Col: 
umelliaceze by Karl Fritsch. 


PrRoFEssoR JOHN M. CouLTer has been appointed “Professorial 
fecinter” in Botany at the University of Chicago, in-charge of the 
graduate work. This is the beginning of the development me a depart: 

ment of botany which is to be put upon the same footing as the other 
departments of the university. 

EMBER: number of the Forstlich-naturwissenschaftliche 
Zeitschrift contains the first installment of a paper entitled: “A con 
sone = the history of the development of buds in some decid- 
uous trees,” by Dr. Paul Albert, together with several other Paper of 
less ounieal interest.—L. S. C. 


n s 
Sechics of : ert s stem surviving the severest oad 


Tue Last EZrythea (September) announces the ce of str 
Greene’s mission in Europe. e will visit Kew and 
tinental herbaria for a critical study of the types of ake this 
plants. It is a fortunate thing that Professor Greene can € 
study, as no one is so well fitted to make it of lasting value. 


GERMAN INVESTIGATORS find that yeast grown upon i a : 
hate as gypsum blocks and clay age show dec sae! a . 
, . 


work can only be made, when aieaiie se carried out 
conditions as the work with which comparison is a 
is the 


SuR # Myxoba tence nouvel ordre de ccizoare 
title of Dr. Roland Thaxt ae shee which was printed 1n r July, 
> Revue Myco es fr 
z.F 


94 (pp. 92- It was erage d by . Ric 
only about half the figures of abe we plates ar 
as just sent out ee 


sta 
distributed by Mr. Curtiss from 1877-1886 will w 


e is 
E HERBARIUM of the gt S. ag ordi A Agta . 


heretofore been two herbaria, insure safety from HTe,_ oth 

act more convenient, and give more room to the m 

ees of Botany. De 
_ _ Tue Division of Vesctabis Pathology of the eU.® ” th 
Fock alii is desirous of including pe wt ie: 


1894. ] Notes and News. 425 


its labors, very justly maintaining that the best work in pathology is 

pon an understanding and development of physiology. It is 

a departure that all friends of botanical science, in both its pure and 
applied forms, will be glad to see. . 

L GUIGNARD, who first demonstrated the existence of “di- 

tective spheres” in plants (Compt. rend. 9 March, 1891) has begun the 


Pp . 

in Journal de Botanique (July 16); called out by subsequent Y shat 
ions. Some botanists seem to have co d I 
spheres structures of an entirely different nature. 


ploy no botanist, while only three are without achemist. Altogether 
there are three chemists employed to one botanist. 
IN tHE Journal of Botany the description of new tropical African 
lants continues, among them ten Acanthaceze (one a new genus, 


y E. 


atry Bolus. In the May number four new British brambles are de- 
scribed, and in August seven new species of Hieracium! 


an HE INTERESTING fresh-water alga, which occurs abundantly in the 
es of Minnesota and adjoining states in the form 0 


P Richt., and 
Gloiotrichia 


annual meeting: i in such cases, it 1S 
| €ting; but what is not common ins h the statements i 
ure been taken, there being no less than 148 citations. Itisa 
: of facts, and a most valuable résumé. ee 
N Bulletin del Herbier Boissier for July, M. Micheli describes Six 
: Fy ie 
ta Leguminosae from Central pat each illustrated by a yet 
h i Otto Kuntze gives aset of “Nomenclatur-Studien , 1? ¥ 8 
Y considers certain recent propositions of Pf : ty 
of pl nd also those of the Madison Congress (notal le the 
forme ce and the law of homonyms); and A. Kasimir discustte 
num of the oxalate crystals of Opuntia and Pereskia. In th South 
Amen, ©: DeCandolle describes some new Meliacee from 0! 
Merica. ot ie 
i —AS4 résumé of a work published in Danish lait year’ 
= too Senland’s Havalgar. Extr. des Meddelelser om Groenland 3: ener : 


426 The Botanical Gazette. 


at the end of the eighteenth century by Fabricius, Giesecke, a 
Wormskiold, and ieik greatly augmented by Vahl during his eight 
years sojourn in Gr i land, as well as by the abundant contributions 
of later, collectors, 1 pale ding Th. Holm ort Hartz, and the author. | 
The paper is iris illustrated by text 


. Kossowircu has conducted a careful series of expen in re- 
fi nitrog' 


fungi there was in part a considerable increase of ig 

organisms was responsible for this has not yet been determined. 
Dr. E. L. Srurrevant has published in Budd. Torr. Bet. Kosei 

gust) a series of notes on maize, which impro ed nom mene 2 


but the author considers our data as yet too feaperk 
opinion as.to the original Jooaly of maize cultivation. 


form of coats tet lists. The University oe 


t Tr 
140,000 specimens at the present time and is growing rapidly. 


are 
RECENT STATION BULLETINS having botanical char aes 
lows: The Russian thistle is treated by W. M and 8 
from the economic si ree half-tone ames eeds 
of the flower give a good idea of oy plant. Jletin 
: nt bul 
cussed by F. H. Hillman (Nev. no. 22). The ay iva a ae 


of Hordeum jubatum, Franseria ‘Hookeriana, 


1 Untersuchungen iiber die Frage, ob die Algen freien Stic 
Zeitung 52: 97-116. 16 My 1894. : j 


1894. ] Notes and News. | 427 


Bursa-pastoris, and Lepidium intermedium, A sprig and some seeds 
ofeach kind of weed are glued to the pages, and with some plates 
l 


The latter include a new s ecies, Prunus Besseyi, and a id of P. 
Besseyi and P. Watsoni. Cro not, a disease of fruit trees of un- 
known origin is treated by J. W. Toumey (Ariz. 2, no. 1. 


; in in some they are either present 


ence is constant in others: and a } € 
or absent, for which fact no satisfactory explanation was discovered. 


2 
‘st In considerable quantity exclusively in a dissolved state, the oe 
epee of the absence of crystals of this salt is not aulncleat Groves : 

sc'icating its abs iven species. Lupinus luteus, 
example g ence in any given spe p 


Gece AWASCHIN contributes to the Berichte der deutschen er ape 
schaft,? a reliminary account of his researches on “Miss 
M gy of the Betulaceae. He claims to have priority ‘lization 
wie Benson’s publication regarding the chlazogamic fertili 
fe a Plants (see this journal 19: 299. Jy 1894). | carding the 
bitchee resent paper he summarizes his conclusions ie he 
P aera ers. He fin . f joan 
OWer js led in the 
pee 18 £OR TE en 


t ui 

Ann. d Sci 894. Be 

2 “pct. Nat. Bot. VIII. 18: 151. My 1 : logie der Bet- 
ting er Bericht meiner biigsetaes Studien fiber die Embryo 


lc. 12: 163-169. 31 Ag 1894. 


* 


428 The Botanical Gazette. | October. 


embryo sac from apex to base. The antipodal cells and egg apparatus 
are as usual, but the two remaining nuclei do not fuse until fertiliza- 


ent: first, before 
has formed the 


t 

at the time of fertilization the carpels are long since dried, the 
has been fully formed and the ovules have jus 
velopment... : 

Nawaschin concluded that there must be an intermediate ee 
tween the chlazogamous and porogamus angiosperms and has ¢ eo a 
ered it in the Ulmaceae: At the time f pollination the ovules Fr 
almost ripe; the pollen tube passes through the short atyle and 
scends the funiculus. half the [ength of the ovule and thet di 
itself to'the apex’ of the nucellus which it reaches by penetrating 
fertilizatio® 


. loc as an i 
placenta containing an ovule limited to the embryo 
corpuseula); = =e : 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE. 


1894, PLATE XXxXI. 


ee ese 


Mexican Plants for Sale 
Having decided to limit my herbarium to the species growing north of the 
Mexican boundary, I offer for sale my Mexican specimens, riage Fa a ver of 
i i 5 to 


ns, about 1,700 Pererigenl nearly one-fourth new species 


For particulars addrés 
. N. PATTERSON, Oquawka, Ills. 


Oels’ Experimental Plant Physiology... 
gal. 


d and Edited by D. T. MacDo 


A concise ices an adapt for the use of students in ar school or ‘ 
college, either alone or in connection with a course in pan omy. 
value of aconvenient manual in English on this subject w proslinry 


fvety teacher of botany. Octavo, 100 pages, 77 meee ier: binding. 
By mail, Pee $1.10 ; 
MORRIS & WILSON, Publishers, Minneapolis, Minn. i ta 


North American Check-List 
Of the numbered check-list of North American Plants, only about forty 
copies remain for sale. Those who desire a copy should write for it at once, — ant 
% the edition will soon be exhausted, and I do not expect to reprint the list. pet 
One style only, the mailing list on light paper. Price 75 cents. ee 
Address 


i 


H. N. PATTERSON, Oquawka, Ils. 


UREDINEZE EXSICCATZ ET ICONES © , 


By J. ©. ARTHUR and E. W. D. HOLWAY. me 
The first ee of the Sige apo of North American redness with every ee 
Species and form illustrat pity of the spores om a oP epee as ae 
Magnification, is now re =e sere fascicle contains seventeen species ¢ 
ac redinex,  Fepresented by rhietyoene packets. The size of the fa oa 
Fe diteas, b aosiae some apecion requiring ee fa the to Pomliee nis 3 ot 
 Cicle in pati 


packets; $3. so per fiseacis in hana os 


. W. D. HO LWaY, : 


i ‘Paper is eheret a the 
ram. We also furnish— 
ae : Genus forse 16% x 24 ines, | 


pes-Subscribers are requested to forward no s 
tions for the Botanical Gazette throngh the I 7 
UNION PUBLISHING CO., of Lansing, Michigan. — 
shall have no further dealings with this petit 

P 


Henry Heil Chemical 


Chemicals and appara 


LABORATORY _ 
SUPP 


GIVE US A TRIAL. YOU WILL FIND US bc 
Before Ordering Elsewhere, Get Our 
Large Illustrated Catalogue on Application. 


Dissecting Microscope 
IN EVERY VARIETY 


EDITORS: eit ites 
SOHN M. COULTER, Lake Forest University, Lake Forest, fil. : 

CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 
J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University sete ager 


CONTENTS: 
American plant-names. — Funny D. Bergen. 
ature and distribution of attraction — 


poorer Loupe.—Geo. F Atkinson. 
Massachusetts.- 


” 


FOREST HEALD, Fellow in Botany, Un very sity 
= PORT, Medford, Mass. 


oe CULBERTSON, Hanover eee i 


THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science. 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 
SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 


The subscription price must be paid in advance. Ne numbers are sent after the 
expiration of the time paid for. No reduction is made to ee i 


reat ape 14 Shillings. n Germany, t 
Agent, W. P. COLLIN Agents, R. "PRIEDLAENDER € SOHN : 
7 Great Netnae St., London, W. It, Berlin, N. W. 6 


The prices named include posta 
Subscriptions and business correspondence should bie 
BOTANICAL mere MADISON, WIS.; money orders and drafts should be nae 
payable to the BoTanicaL GAZETTE. 
Separate Copies—— Contributors are furnished on request 25 separate cul 
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied 
t the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.59 for each p 
per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like GazeTTE, 
title, $1.50 per 100, additional. 8" The number desired must be me 
head of the MS., as none will be printed unless ordered. 
Manuscripts. —Contributors are requested to write scientific and pret : 
with particular care, and in citations to follow the form shown in t 
the Gazette. Manuscripts may be sent to amy one of the —- wae 
illustrations and advertisements. —Articles requiring illustrations ant ee. 
pondence about advertisements should be addressed eam 
University, i stinette ind. ic 
Missing Numbers.—Will be replaced eo oy when claim is 
days after receipt of the number followi a 


_ 


ek at the Postolice at Madi Wie, a dogs 


te the December number will appear: oa 
A contribution to the sae his | 
and the resulting photeolie movements, : 


Two new ferns from New Engh: and 


- Some notes on the eee of 8 


= BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


NOVEMBER, 18094. 


Popular American plant-names. _ III. 

F FANNIE D. BERGEN. 

printed by request from plates kindly furnished by the editor of the Journal of 
5 American Folk-lore.—Eps. | 

_ Iv this paper the writer has, for convenience, discarded the sys- 
‘ematic arrangement of names of genera, under families, and adopted 
“the alphabetical arrangement. It has also seemed best, in view of 
the threatened revolution in nomenclature, to give the authorities 
for the scientific names used, as far as these could be conveniently 
'rtained, In a few instances the Spanish names of species 


UMBELLIFERE. 
shay sp., Aunt Jerichos, N. E. 
Carota, L.., Queen Anne’s lace, somewhat general. 
bird’s nest, N. J. 
lace-flower,! Philadelphia, Pa. 
ee Devil’s plague,! West Va. 
“Sigg bulbosa, Nutt., turkey-pea,? near Cincinnati, O., fifty years 


aca sativa, L., queen-weed, West Va. 


Bay ARALIACE#. 

OP ‘da, Vent., pigeon-berry, Buckfield, Me. 

~ Mudicaulis, L.., sassafariller, Banner Elk, N. C. 

' Vénquefolia, Decaisne & Planch., sang,? West Va. 

lia » ginshang, Vt. 

oe memos, L.,, spice-bush, Hartford, Conn. . 
1 : J eee 

: fare former evidently a city-born name, the latter from the point of _- oe 

D * Name ; . finds the species a pestilent weed. ee 
od “thy in a former list, but without locality. 

: ¥ an abbreviation for ginseng. 


ca 


: C 430 . | The Botanical Gazette, dies . 


g ¥ 


Linnea borealis, L., deer-vine, Me. 


Aralia racemosa, L., life-o’-man, Fryeburg, Me. 
old man’s root, Buckfield, Me. 
spignet, Banner Elk, N. C. 


CORNACEA. | 
Cornus florida, L., nature’s mistake, Abington, Mass., about fifty years 


ago. 

Cornus stolonifera, Michx., squaw-bush,! Penobscot Co., Me. 

Nyssa sylvatica, Marsh., horn-bine, horn-pine, Southern States. 
old man’s beard, Lincolnton, N. C. 


Lonicera Tatarica, ia “twin sisters,” La Crosse, Wis. 

Symphoricarpus occidentalis, Hook., wolf-berry, buck-brush, W. Neb. 
Symphoricarpus racemosus, Michx., waxberry, N. Y. 

Viburnum lantanoides, Michx., moose- -berry, oe hobble-bush? 
Franconia, 
tangle-foot,? 

moose-bush, Hickfield, Me. 

Viburnum nudum, L., nanny-berry, West Va., Livingston Co., N. es 

Ferrisburgh, Vt. 
possum-berry, Ocean Springs, Miss. 
7 els lentago, L., wild raisin, Penobscot Co., Me. 


RUBIACE&. : 
= ooegeen occidentalis, L., pond buttonwood, crouper-bush. Fer 


isburgh, Vt. 
Galium Mollugo, L. (and other sp.), mist, babies’ breath, E. Mass. — 
Houstonia cwrulea, L., eye-bright, W. Maine, Cambridge, Mass. 
starlights, Cambridge. 
Venus’s pride, Stonington, Conn. 


DIPSACE. 3 B glish 
Dipsacus sylvestris, Mill., Indian thistle, Huttonweed,’ £0g™ 
thistle, water-thistle,t West Va. 


COMPOSITE. V 
Actinomeris squarrosa, Nutt., wing-stem, stickweed, West Va 
Ambrosia Artemisiefelia, L., bitterweed, N. Y., Neb P cabs 
Anaphalis hte Benth. & Hook., poverty.weed, 
0., 
* The bark is said to have been smoked by the Indians for tobacco. 
2 From the fact that the branches often take root at the endss — Ce ion) 
* Because found on the farm of a man named Hutton. « the leaves next the 
* From the amount of water often found in the concavity of ae 
stem. 


Popular American Plant-Names. 433 
ennaria plantaginifolia, Hook., pincushions, Hingham, Mass. 
ange og-toes, Concord, Mass. 


% splinter-weed,! Peoria, Il. 
Anthemis Cotula, D.C., stinking chamomile, N, Y. ° 

nemisia Absinthinm, L., boys’ love,? Wellfleet, Mass. 
Artemisia Abrotanum, L., sweet Benjamin, Concord, Mass. 
| Artemisia Ludoviciana, Nutt., sage, Minn. ; 
Artemisia tridentata, Nutt., Sage-brush, Neb., Rocky Mountain 
 ‘Tegion, 
Aster cordifolius, L., var. lev 
_ weed, Fall Aster, West Va. 
Aster diffusus, Ait., var. hirsuticaulis, Gray, white devil, wire-weed, 
; devil-weed, Old Virginia stick-weed, old-field-sweet, farewell-sum- 
mer, nail-rod, West Va. 
- fers of any kind, Michaelmas daisies, N. Y. 
Asters of any species, it-brings-the-frost, Onondaga Indians, N. Y. 
Aster (a purple Species), Good-by Summer, Lincolnton, N. C. 
as halimifolia, L.., ploughman’s spikenard, N. Y. 
"ns viminea, D.C., black willow, Santa Barbara Co., Cal. 
“ Srondosa, L., cuckles,? Concord, Mass. 


Devil’s pitchfork, Ferrisburgh, Vt., Concord, 


zgatus, Blue Devil, stick-weed, bee- 


cta, L.., sweet ‘sultan, Mattapoisett, Mass, 
~» SPs dusty miller, Boston Florists’ catalogue. 
L., skeleton weed, naked weed, hog bite, Devil's 


whemum leucanthemum, L., Kellup weed, Rhode Island clover, 
Montpelier, Vt. , 
bullseye, Me., Andover, N. B., 
est Va. 

bullseye daisy, Andover, N. B. 
ISanthern yy ie sheriff pink, West Va. 

camphor 4 arthenivides, hort., double feverfew, double feather- 
he Fis “ee aly bridal roses, West. Mass. yee 
les “s, L., bachelor’s button, Mass., So, Cal. 

Bey ato children, from the appearance of the heads. 

um 9 €n given because the plant was confounded with Artemisia 


This may be “the Cuckold, a troublesome weed 
have horns” mentioned in Williamson’s History of 


il 


432 The Botanical Gazette. | (N 


Cnicus arvensis, Hoffm., Canada thistle, E. Neb. 
Cnicus lanceolatus, Hoffm., boar thistle, West Va. 
Coreopsis, sp., old maid's breastpin, Plymouth, O. 
dye-flowers, Banner Elk, N. C. 
Elephantus tomentosus, L., tobacco weed, Devil's grandmother, W. Ve a 
Eupatorium ageratoides, L., richweed, Banner Elk, N, C, 
Eupatorium celestinum, L., mist-flower, blue boneset, West Va. . 
Eupatorium purpureum, L., quill-wort, Indian gravel root, 1 West Va. — 
nigger-weed, queen-of-the-meadow, Ind. 
marsh milk-weed, Mass. 
Fransenia Hookeriana, Nutt., sand-bur, Cal. 
Gnaphalium polycephalum, Michx., Indian posy, Stonington, Ct. 
moonshine, Dorset, Vt. 
balsam, N. Y. 
rabbit-tobacco, N. C. 
Grindelia robusta, Nutt., gum-plant, Cal. 
Hemizonia pungens, T. & G., tar-weed, Cal. 
Hieracium aurantiacum, L., Flora’s paint brush, Oxford Co. and , 
Penobscot Co., Me. : 
Iva frutescens, L., Jesuit’s bark, N. Y. 
Krigia amplexicaulis, Nutt., False dandelion, W. Va. 
Lactuca Canadensis, L., Horse-weed, Devil's iron-weed, Devil's weed, 
West Va. 
_ Lactuca integrifolia, Bigel., Devil's iron weed, W. V 
Leontodon autumnalis, L., arnica bud, dog dandelion, “Allston, Mass. 
Liatris scariosa, Willd., Devil's bite,2 Concord, Mass. : 
Madia sativa, Molina, tar-weed, Berkeley, Cal. 
Matricaria discoidea, D. C., wild marigold, Col. Springs, Cal. 
Porophyllum gracile, Benth., poison flower, Colorado River. 
Prenanthes altissima, L., bird-bell, N. Y. | 
Parthenium integrifolium, L., wild quinine, W. gas 
Rudbeckia hirta, L., brown daisy, Concord, Mas 
ox-eye daisy, somewhat sec! in Mass. 
Brown Betty, Passaic, N. J 
Rudbeckia triloba, L., nigger-heads, Anderson, Ind. 
Senecio aureus, 1.., snake-root,? Concord, Mass. 
Solidago, sp., yellow-weed, Vt. 
Solidago bicolor, L., silver-weed, N. Y. 
Solidago, sp., pyramid golden-rod, N. Y. 
Tragopogon porrifolius, L., nap-at-noon, Hennepin, Til. 
Tussilago Farfara, L.., ginger-root, Minn. 
. _ apparenily thought to be a remedy for calculi. 
* Because the corm or tuber is thought to look as if bitten off) 
—— the Aromatic and bitterish flavor of the roots, like that ik 
‘a. saree 


Popular American Plant-Names, 


LOBELIACE ®, 


lis, L., hog physic, Plymouth Co., Mass, < 

red Betty, Ferrisburgh, Vt ae. 

1 Dortmanna, \., water gladiole, N. Y. a: a 
1 inflata, L., low belia.? | ae 
pphilitica, L., high belia ae 
ERICACE®. a 

en 


ligustrina, Muhl, seedy buckberry, West Va 
ius Mensicsiz, Pursh, madrofio, Cal. 

los glauca, Lindl., manzanita, Cal. eA 
los Uva-ursi, Spreng., hog-cranberry, Provincetown, Mass, _ 
mountain cranberry, Southern Me. 
. Nutt., wintergreen, Buckfield, Me., Penola 


ep kat 


oe 


eer 
is 


sell ifolia, Salisb., running birch, Vt. 

moxie berry, Penobscot Co., Me. 

ia procumbens, L., partridge-berry, N. H. 

partridge-plant, N. Y. 

chickaberry, Stonington, ee te 
ng come-ups, Ferrisbur t. 

Young leaves) ; little Johnnies, Calais, Me. 

ia Shallon, Pursh, salad, Cal. 

' a resinosa, Torr. & Gr., black snaps, hic ues 


uniflora, L., Dutchman's pipe, N. J. 
fairy smoke, Deering, Me. 
ipa, Nutt., wild lily.of the-valley, Concord, Mass. 
m maximum, L.., cow-plant, Montpelier, Vt. 
horse-laurel, White Haves Pa. 
, all species, laurel, N. C. a 
nudiflorum, Torr., wild honeyrucke, Georgia, wo — 
Mayflower, 
viscosum, Torr., wale honeysuckle, ki, Concord, Mass, 


esos, Torr., var. g/aucum, Gray, cinnamon ‘honey 


sanguinea, Torr., snow-plant, Cal. 
_" Somewhat general among herb-collectors._ 


ee See A ea ORD ia ood > Pe Seam & eh a ear | oie ee eS) Le i OF 4 ‘ +. TE EN FE a ay ae 
es « SPT a LOS Pe AS, { tee Ae Y aa > Tae ae re <p 
, z j ; cue Be ys 

‘ “ } . \ adie 


434 The Botanical Gazette. [November, ss 


Vaccinium hirsutum, Buckley, bear-huckleberry, N. C. 
Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum, Lam., strawberry-huckleberries, Wey- 
mouth, Mass. 


DIAPENSIACE. 
Galax aphylla, L., coltsfoot, Banner Elk, N. C. 


PRIMULACEA 
Dodecatheon Meadia, L., Indian chief, Rockford, II. 
Johnny jump, So. Cal. 
Dodecatheon Meadia, var. shooting stars, roosters’ heads, Santa Bar- 
bara Co., Gal. 

Lysimachia nummularia, L., down-hill-of-life, Lincolnton, N. C. 
Lysimachia stricta (2?) Ait., swamp candles, N. E. 
Trientalis Americana, Pursh, star-anemone, Concord, Mass. 

May-star, N. Y. 

Star-of-Bethlehem, E. Mass. 


STYRACACEA, 
Flalesia tetraptera, L., shittimwood, West Va. 
Symplocos tinctoria, L’Her., dye-leaves, Banner Elk, N. C. 


OLEACE. 
Osmanthus Americana, Benth. & Hook., devil-wood, Ala. 


APOCYNACE. 
Apocynum androsemifolium, L., rneumatism-weed, West Va. 
Macrosiphonia brachysiphon, Gray, jessamine, Arizona. 


ASCLEPIADACE. 

Asclepias cornuti, Decaisne, wild cotton, West Va. 

Asclepias tuberosa, L., white root, Mass. : 
Archangel, (near) Providence, R. I. 


GENTIANACEZ. 
Erythrea Muhlenbergii, Griseb., conchalagua, Cal. 
Eustoma Russelianum, Griseb., Canada pest, Deer Lodge, Mont. 
Gentiana Andrewsit, Griseb., bottle-gentian, barrel-gentian, soe 
: cord, Mass. 
blind-gentian, N. E. 
Sabbatia angularis, Pursh, pink bloom, West Va. 


HYDROPHYLLACE®. 
Eviodictyon glutinosum, Benth., palo santo, yerba santa, Cal. hart 
Nemophila insignis, Dougl., baby-blue-eyes, blue-bells, Santa Bar 
Co., Cal. 


» Ss 
a Ba aaah ee at Be ee a alee ie al as 2 


ae BORRAGINACE®. 
. Gnoglossum, sp., stick-seed, dog-bur, wool-mat, West V. 
Dmglssum officinale, L., dog-bur, West Va. 
stick-tights, Anderson, Ind. 
; tory-bur,! N. Y. 
| Ehinospermum Lappula, Lehm., 
VE Redkowskii, Lehm., var. occidentale, Watson, }stick-tight, Minn. 
E Virginicum, Lehm., 
Lhinospermum Virginicum, stick-tights, Anderson, Ind. 
Ehivm vulgare, L., blue thistle, blue weed, blue stem, West Va. 
. a blue thistle, Va., N. Y. . 
: blue devils, blue weed, Iowa. 
| Kynitzkia, sp., Fischer & Meyer, white forget-me-nots, Santa Bar- 
| tara Co., Cal. 


j lithospermum canescens, Lehm., Indian paint, Minn. 


| CONVOLVULACE®. 

Cmvoloulns sepium, L., woodbine, N. Y. 
Cuscuta ompacta, Juss., love-vine,? Banner Elk, N. C. : 
“Mcula racemosa, Mart., alfalfa dodder, Cal. ud 
"ta pandurata, Meyer, wild sweet potato, West Va. 
mechoacanna, N. Y. 


Bn. SOLANACES. 

Stramonium, L,, stinkweed, West Va. ; Jamestown lily, Lin- 
ton, N. C: : 
; oa Tatula, L., Jamestown lily, Lincolnton, N. C. 
“9 rulgare, Dunal., box-thorn, bastard jasmine, Iowa. 
ag Bigelovii, Watson, wild tobacco, Santa Barbara Co., Cal. 
| Tt St Graham, tree tobacco, Santa Barbara Co., Cal. 
egy rustica, L., Indian tobacco, real tobacco, N. Y. 

95, Sp., wild cherry, N. J. 

ug Serdifora, Hook., wild tomato, No. Minn. 
Voi, esitiana, Mill., wild cherry, No. Minn. 
aolinense, L.., sand-brier, radical, West Va. 
uy bull-nettle, Perrysville, Ind. 
Pe "OStratum, Dunal., buffalo-bur, So. Neb. 


4 f 


ie 9/4) Mm f 
i 


th, 


, Serta, SCROPHULARIACE. poe. ‘ja 
Guin, Mbosa, Ruiz. & Par., lady’s slipper, Hopkinton, tow 

8 COtcineg, Spreng., bloody warrior, Minn. 

nosebleed, Conn. 


ts Name perhaps now obsolete. ? 
. Probably because used in love-divinations. 


The Botanical Gazette. 


Castillea coccinea, Spreng., Indian pink, Peoria, Ill. 
_Chelone, sp., snake-mouths, Banner Elk, N. C. 
Collinsia verna, Nutt., blue-eyed Marys, Anderson, Ind. 
Linaria vulgaris, Mill., wild flax, devil’s flax, wild tobacco, Indian 
. hemp, impudent lawyer, West Va. 
snap-dragon, Cambridge, Mass. 
Veronica Americana, Schweinitz, blue-bells,! Fort Fairfield, Me. 
wallink, West Va. 
Veronica officinalis, L., gypsy-weed, West Va. 


BIGNONIACEZ. 
Catalpa Bignonioides, Walt., catawba, West Va. 


PEDALIACE®. 
Martynia proboscidea, Glox., pickled rats,2 N. Y. 


VERBENACE2. 
Lantana, sp., tea-plant, Louisiana. 
Verbena hastata, L., iron-weed, Jones Co., Iowa. 


LABIATA. 
Audibertia polystachya, Benth., grease-wood,? So. Cal. 
Brunella vulgaris, L., blue curls, somewhat general. 
dragon-head, Deer Lodge, Mont. 
Coleus Blumei, Benth., Joseph’s coat, general. 
Conradina canescens, Gray, wild rosemary, Fla. 
Tsanthus ceruleus, Michx., flux-weed, New Albany, Ind. 
Lamium amplexicaule, L., hen-bit, Iowa. 
Melissa officinalis, L., lemon-balm, common balm, sweet Mary, lemon 
lobelia (pronounced lobely), N. E. 
goose-tongue, Concord, Mass. 
Monarda, sp., sweet Mary, N. H. 
Nepeta Glechoma, Benth., Gill-run-over-the-ground, Conn. 
Pycnanthemum lanceolatum, Pursh, pennyroyal, Minn. sa 
_ Salvia Balloteftora, Benth., majorano, Texas and adjacent Mexico. 
Scutellaria lateriflora, L., mad-dog-skull-cap, West Va. 


PLANTAGINACE/:. 


Plantago lanceolata, L.., buck-plantain, buck-horn plantain, rippl¢ 


ribwort, English plantain, West Va. 
Plantago Rugelii, Decaisne, silk-plant, Fla. 


? The stigma is said to form the clapper. sscahre plant a 
€ : 


* Name apparently transferred from the fruit, as seen pickled, tot 
* One of the shrubs so called. 


ieee 


: ie 
a a 


my ea oe 
aa aE rr ne eats 


Popular American Plant-Names. 


437 


ee AMARANTACE#. 

Bias salictfolzus, hort., fountain-plant,! Boston florists’ cata. 
egw 

- on 


CHENOPODIACE®, 

Beiiodinm Botrys, L., ambrosia, Concord, Mass, 

henopodium leibitatusn, Watson, Indian paint,? Colorado, Tob'que 
River, New Brunswick. 

Sisola Kali, L., Russian thistle, No. Neb. 

‘Salsola Kali, var. T; Vagus, Moguin, Russian thistle Russian cactus, 
Dak, 


‘Swcobatus vermiculatus, Torr., greasewood, Neb. 


POLYGONACER, 
Piygonella articulata, Meisn. , Sand-grass, Wellfleet, Mass. 
4) ihygonum orientale, L.., oentlentaiy s cane,® Mansfield, O. 
Polygonum Persicaria, L, heartsease,t Eastport, Me., Mansfield, O. 
heart-weed,* Penobscot Co., Me. 
black heart,* So. Vt. 
Signum amphibinum, L., var. terrestre, Leers., heartsease,> Neb. 
Be sella, L., horse-sorrel, Minn. 
red sorrel, red weed, West Va. 
sour grass, Hartford, Conn. 


s ARISTOLOCHIACE#. 
‘orum arifolium, Michx., heart-leaves, Ga. 
| Virginicum, L., heart-leaves, Banner Elk, N. C. 
Wm Conadense,) £5 Péottatook Necks 
colic-root, West Va. 


Dene ; LAURACE#. 

"2 Carolinensis, N ees., red bay, Ala., N. C. 

: : white bay, N. C. 

nbeltatarig Californica, Nutt., California olive, California laurel, 
eput, Cal, 


View gq THYMELEACE. 
Palustris, L. » Wicopy,® Penobscot Co., Me. 


drooping h 
teats a the abit of foliage. 


Pe of the dark spots on ‘the leaves 
Be also sy applied in the same localities to P. Pennsylvanica and P. Per- 
ea po eally by bee-keepers. 


430°" The Botanical Gazette. : [Nove 


ELEAGNACE&, 
Shepherdia argentea, Nutt., buffalo-berry, Upper Missa 


EUPHORBIACE. 
Croton monanthogynus, L. (2), prairie tea,! common from the Gila to 
the Rio Grande. 
Fe ala setigerus, Benth., turkey mullein, Santa Barbara Co, 


Euphorbia ee L., balsam, Mooers, N. Y. 
raveyard-weed, West Va. 
Euphorbia Lathyris, L., mole-weed, West Va. 
Simmondsia,’sp., “ supposed to be the quinine plant,” So. Arizona. 
Stillingia Sylvatica, L., queen’s delight (corrupted into “queen of 
the lights”), Ga. 
URTICACE. 
Broussonetia papyrifera, Vent., cut paper, West Va. 
Celtis occidentalis, L., hoop-ash, beaver-wood, N. Y. 
Maclura auraniiaca, Nutt., wild orange, N. J. 


PLATANACE®. 
Platanus occidentalis, L.., button-ball, N. J. 


_ JUGLANDACE. 
Carya alba, Nutt., kiskytom, Otsego Co., N. Y. 
king-nut, West Va. 
walnut, N. E., Minn. 


: MYRICACE. 
Myrica Gale, L., meadow-fern, Dover, Me. 


‘CUPULIFERE. 
Betula vidialien Michx., scrub birch, Mich. 
Betula lenta, L., cherry birch, Canada. 
Betula papyrifera, Marshall, spool-wood, Me Fe 
Betula populifolia, Ait., pin-birch,2 Penobscot Co., Me. 
Betula pumila, L., tag alder, Minn. 
Carpinus Caroliniana, Walter, iron-wood,® Ky. 


1 Used as tea. ter, which — : 
? A name given ieee to the young trees, an inch or more in diameter, 7 
are cut into hoop-poles, ii 
® Ostrya Virginita, which in Gray’s Manual is also peer een ae 
Kentucky known only as hop-hornbeam or lever-wood. nomenclatu 
that of Wood's Botany, and, I fancy, may be the usual One: 


ca gE LS ee Tea ee mR 
“ Popular American Plant-Names. : 439 eee 
syluatica, L.., white beech, red beech, N. Y. 

hina Virginica, Willd., hardhack, Franconia, N. H. 

Qurcus agrifolia, Nee., scrub oak, evergreen oak, Cal. 

encino (Mexicans), Cal. 

Quercus Catesbe@z, Michx., forked-leaved black jack, S. C. 

jercus chrysolepis, Liebm., Californian live oak, Cal. 

ereus cinerea, Michx., blue jack, S. C. 

hiercus lobata, Nee., Roble (Mexicans), Cal. 

jercus oblongifolia, Torr., evergreen white oak, live oak, Cal. 

hercus stellata, Wang., iron oak, West Va. 

lureus Wislizent, A. De C., var, frutescens, Engelm., desert oak, S. 
E Cal 


SALICACE&, 

lipulus tremuloides, Michx., quaking asp, Mansfield, O., N. E., Iowa. 

hilt, sp. (any of those with large catkins, when buds are opening), 
pussy-willows, U. S. 

goslings, Franklin Centré, P. Q. 


EMPETRACE®, 
‘roma Conradit, Torr., poverty-grass, Provincetown, Mass. 
erin ngrum, L., hog cranberry, Islands of Penobscot Bay, Me. 


CONIFER, ! 
tes balsamea, Miller, blister pine, balm of Gilead fir, West Va. 
fies Douglasit, Oregon pine,? San Francisco, Cal. 

MYparis Lawsoniana, Parlat., Oregon cedar, white cedar, gin- 
spine, Oregon and No, Cal. 
llnecyparis Nutkaensis, Spach, Alaska cedar, Washington. 
li yellow cedar, Alaska. 
“tig Guadalupensis, Watson, blue cypress, Cal. 
‘ag macrocarpa, Hartw., Monterey cypress, So. Cal. 
Gg ‘etragona, Schlecht., sweet-berried cedar, New Mex. 
mericana, Michx,, cypress, Buckfield, Me. 
juniper, Penobscot Co., Me., Grand Lake 
libs ae region of Penobscot River, Me. 
ba alia “gg Torr., white cedar, Cal. 
, nk, cat-pine, Buckfield, Me. 
skunk-spruce,! Mt. Desert, Me., Washington Co., 
: Me., Islands of Penobscot Bay, Me. 

oe the n 
Called 
og Called by any other name. 

Posed unpleasant smell of foliage. 


Oe 
440 The Botanical Gazette. [November, 


Picea nigra, Link, cat-spruce, Penobscot Co., Me. 
yew-pine, spruce-pine, West Va. 
Pinus Banksiana, Lambert, jack-pine, Mich. and Minn. 
shore-pine, rock-pine, Grand Lake sec. 
tion of Penobscot River. 
the unlucky tree,! Adirondacks, 
Pinus brachyptera, Engelm., yellow pine, Cal. and New Mex. 
Pinus edulis, Engelm., pifion (Mexicans), nut-pine of New Mex., or 
simply nut-piné (Americans), Tex. to Cal. 
Pinus Lambertiana, Dougl., sugar-pine, Cal. 
Pinus ponderosa, Dougl., yellow pine, Cal. 
Pinus ponderosa, var. scopulorum, Engelm., bull-pine, Black Hills. 
Pinus resinosa, Ait., Norway pine, Washington Co., Me., Minn. 
Pseudotsuga Douglasii, Carr., Oregon pine, San Francisco, Cal. 
Taxus Canadensis, Willd., creeping hemlock, West Va. 
Thuya occidentalis, L., white cedar, Minn. — 
cedar,’ Pénobscot Co., Me. 
Lorreya Californica, Torr., nutmeg-tree, Cal. 


ORCHIDACE. 
Arethusa bulbosa, L., wild pink, Atlantic City, N. J. 
laughing jackass (locality ?). 
Calopogon, sp., grass pink, Fla. 
Corallorhiza, sp., crawley, N.C. 
Corallorhiza multiflora, Nutt., dragons’ claws, N. Y. 
Cypripedium, any sp., ducks,* Wyoming Valley, Pa. 
Cypripedium, sp., whip-poor-will shoe (Indians), N. Y. 
Cypripedium acaule, Ait., valerian,®> Franconia, N. H. 
whip-poor-will’s shoes, squirrels’ shoes, Conn. 

Goodyera pubescens, R. Br., ratsbane, Banner Elk, N. C. 
Habenaria orbiculata, Torrey, Solomon's seal, Vt. 
Habenaria psycodes, Gray, soldier’s plume, N. Y. 
Orchis spectabilis, L.., purple orchis, N. Y. 
Spiranthes, sp., ladies’ tresses, ladies’ dresses, ladies’ traces (the latter 

two corruptions) (locality ?). 
Spiranthes, sp., spiral orchid, N. H. 


1 It is believed that some calamity will befall whoever stands under this piné 4 
and that it is especially unlucky for women to do so. 
? Called pitch-pine in some regions. | 
® Never called by any other name. 
3 — the flower is partly filled with sand and set afloat on water, 
ere 


it looks like 
a : 
® Probably on account of its supposed efficacy as a cure for nervous disord : ; 
The plant has a wide reputation as a remedy in such cases. 4 


/ 


Popular American Plant-Names. 


cermua (??), Richard., screw-auger, Nova Scotia. 
es gracilis, Bigelow, twisted stalk, West Va. 


| ee IRIDACE. 
Gadiolus, sp., sword lily, N. Y. 

‘Jacob’s ladder, Lincolnton, N. C. 

1% prismatica, Pursh, 

Wivversicolor, L., 

P\yrnchium angustifolium, Mill., blue-grass, grass-flower, star-eyed 

7 fs, Concord, Mass. (children). 


poison flag-root, Concord, Mass. 


| & = AMARYLLIDACEZ. 
‘mw, sp, Indian maguey, New Mex. 
Yim Virginica, L., rattlesnake’s master, S. C. 
piissus Poeticus, L., 
lrssus Pseudo-narcissus, L., P 
"i us Pseudo-narcissus, L., butter and eggs, Martha's Vineyard, 
ass, 


Easter flowers,! Lincolnton, N.C. 


: “Myranthes Atamasco, Herb., Easter lily, Macon, Ga. 


s F : DIOSCOREACEZ. 
4 villosa, L.., colic-root, West Va. 


8, LILIACES. 
ag » SP, ramps, Banner Elk, N. C. 

‘ay Schenoprasum, L., shore onion, Andover, N. B. 
qh. pwn, Ait., ramps, West Va. C 
Mant ih muscetoxicum, Gray, crow-poison, Banner Elk, N. 2m 
“iat Benth., hog onion,? Spanish lily, Santa Bar 


Allin 


qc 
la priss (several species), Mariposa lilies, Santa Barbara Co., Cal. 
E. lus Nuttallii, T. & G., Mariposa lily, Deer Lodge, Mont. 
Na borealis, Raf., dogberry, Bath, Me. 
bear-plum, Franconia, N. H. 
Northern lily, Penobscot Co., Me. 
wild corn, Oxford Co., M 
any, an aisig ie lily-of-the-valley, Co 
a hyn... “um, UCL, ; n, In 
| “a Americanum, be asin ti pen 

‘ m albidum, lily, Peoria, IL. 
nun Americanum, trout-flower (local), N. Y. 


e. 
ncord, Mass. 


pg applied to Ranunculus and many early species of Lili 
tastes like elm-bark, and is eaten by children- 


“ 


The Botanical Gazette. 


Erythronium Americanum, lambs’ tongues, Banner Elk, N.C, 
yellow bells, Shorthills, N. J. ‘ 
yellow lily, Ferrisburgh, Vt. : 

Povecvocallis fulva, L., Eve’s thread, West Va. 

Hyacinthus orientalis, L., Jacob's ladder, No. Ohio. 

Lilium Canadense, L., meadow lily, nodding lily, N. Y. 

Lilium Philadelphicum, L., tiger-lily, N. J. 

glade-lily, West Va. 
Lilium superbum, L., nodding lilies, ete 
wild tiger-lily, Min 
Matanthemum Canadense, Desf., wild \dy-obthe-alley Penobscot Co., 
Me 


bead ruby,! N. Y. 
Melanthium Virginicum, L., bunch-flower, West Va. — 
Oakesta sesstlifolia, Watson, wild oats,Penobscot Co., Me. 
straw-lilies, Conn. 
_ Polygonatum biflorum, Ell., conquer-John, Mo. 
Smilacina Serledinc Desf., Jol? s tears, N. Y. 
golden seal, Banner Elk, N. C. 
Smilax rotundi ifolia, L., biscuit-plant,? Cape Ann, Mass. 
orse-brier, Mass. 
Streptopus amplexifolius, D.C. 
Streptopus roseus, Michx., 
Trillium, sp., moose-flowers, N. Y. a 
- Irillium erectum, L., daffy-down-dilly, orange-blossom, Bradford, Vt. : ‘ 
squaw-flower,* Ferrisburgh, Vt. q 
birth-root, nosebleed, N. Y. 
Trillium erythrocarpum, Michx., Sarah,5 Penobscot Co., 
Trillium grandiflorum (?) Salisb., bath-flower,® Franklin pian P.Q. 
Veratrum, sp., branch eliber,’ Banner Elk, N. C. 
Veratrum viride, Ait., poke-root, Franconia, N. H. 
Yucca alotfolia, L., Spanish daggers, Ala. | 
Yucca angustifolia, Pursh, soap-weed, Iowa. 
_ Zygadenus elegans, Pursh, alkali-grass, Minn, 


‘ 
j 
4 
4 


’ ' liver-berry,’ St. Francis, Me. 


1 Probably from the beauty of the berries. 
* Children eat the tendrils and new leaves. 
* From the supposed medicinal value of the cathartic fruit, hee is 
by children wherever the Streptopus grows. ae 
* Perhaps from the smell. . hunt. 
® Trillium erectum is here called Benjamin, and children every spring 8° 
ing Benjamins and Sarahs. birth 
‘ 6 Evidently a chiuption of beth-flower, which is in its pai aes oe 
ower, the Trilliums being quite generally known as birth-roo the 
Equivalent to bratch Raleboees £ ‘ m4 the hellebore siete grows ane m3 
brooks or “ branche 


freely eaten 


RR Ret ne eS a ee 
t , : 


oY Popular American Plant-Names. 


_ COMMELINACE®, 
adescantia crassifolia (?) Cav., mother-of-thousands, Boston, Mass. 
V ladescantia Virginica, L., spider lily, N. Y., New Orleans, La. 


JUNCACEA, 
Jimcus, sp., sour-grass, Neb. 
Tuncus tenuis, Willd., poverty-grass, West Va. 


wire-grass, Jones Co., Iowa. 
* 


| ARACE. : 
Acorus Calamus, L., calmus, N. J. ) 
‘isema triphyllum, Torr., wake-robin, Ferrisburgh, Vt. 


ALISMACE. 
| “gittaria vartabilis, Engelm., arrow-leaf; N. Y. 


NAIADACEZ. 
Ustera marina, L.., tiresome weed,! Little Egg Harbor, N. J. 


a CYPERACEZ. 

fs, Sp., higger-wool,? Neb. 
am efusum, Torr., saw-grass, Fla., and other Southern States. 
strigosus,’ L., nut-grass,? Concord, Mass. - 

_ ans tenuts, Schultes, poverty-grass, kill-cow, West Va. 


lacustris, L.., tule, Cal. 
black rush, Minn. 


$ 


* 


GRAMINE&.* 
um Slaucum, R. & S., slough-grass, pond-grass, Colorado blue- 
' grass, blue-grass, S. W. Neb. 
| wheat-grass, Central Neb. 
7h repens, Beauv., witch-grass,> Penobscot Co., Me. 
bhdpg oo” Té?eatus, Muhl., blue joint,® Minn. - 

1 oh Halliz, Hackel, turkey-foot, W. Neb. 


Ay 
lron 


yo the ob 
Me tube 
e 


uy Ny 


8% scoparius, Michx., big blue stem, big blue joint,’ Central 


4 

"For th | 
"nag iven in this article, as well as for many 

"PON them, — most of the grasses given in this article, 

sees 


ain. | SOW by any other name. 
* Maine Calamag. ostis Canadensis, Beauv., is blue joint. gare” 
S-calleg ‘rn part of the plains this is one of the “ bunch-grasses, an 


ass | 3 The Botanical Gazette. 


Andropogon scoparius, broom-sedge, West Va. 
Andropogon sorghum, Brat., Johnson-grass, So. Neb. 
Aristida purpurea, Nutt., muskit grass, Tex. 
Bouteloua hirsuta, Lag., black grama grass, Neb. 
Bouteloua oligostachya, Torr., blue grama grass, Neb.’ 
Bouteloua racemosa, \.., tall grama grass, Neb.! 
Bromus ciliatus, L., swamp chess, Neb. 
Bromus ciliatus, var. purgans, Gray, swamp chess, N. W. Neb. 
Bromus Kalmii, Gray, wild chess, Cent. and N. W. Neb. 
Bromus Kalmii, var. Portert, wild chess, N. W. Neb.» 
Bromus secalinus, L., chess or cheat, E., Central and N. Neb. 
Buchloe dactyloides, Engelm., buffalo-grass, W. Neb. 
Calamagrostis longifolia, Hook., sand-grass, Central Neb. 
Cenchrus tribuloides, L., hedgehog-grass, West Va. 
hedgehog-grass or bear-grass, Iowa. 
Danthonia spicata, Beauv., June-grass,? Penobscot Co., Me. 
Distichlis spicata, Greene, var. stricta, Thurber, salt-grass, N. W. Neb. 
Eatonia obtusata, Gray, prairie-grass, Central Neb. 
Eleusine Indica, Gzertn., dog’s tail-grass, wire-grass, West Va. 
Elymus arenarius, L., rancenria grass, Cal. 
Eragrostis major, Host., stink-grass, Neb. 
candy-grass, Central Neb. 
Eragrostis tenuis, Gray, blow-out-grass,? Central Neb. 
Festuca scabrella, Torr., bunch-grass, Cal. 
lyceria Canadensis, Trin., pearl-grass,* Waverley, Mass. 
Holcus lanatus, L., old white top, feather-grass, velvet-grass, West Va 
Hordeum jubatum, L., squirrel-tail-grass, Neb. 
Keleria cristata, Pers., June grass, N. W. Neb., Central Neb. 
Lolium perenne, L., English blue-grass, West Va. 
Lolium temulentum, .., cheat, Berkeley, Cal. 
Munroa squarrosa, Torr., false buffalo-grass,® Central Neb. 
Panicum capillare, L., tickle-grass, West Va., Neb. 
anicum clandestinum, L., deer-tongue-grass, West Va. 
Panicum sanguinale, 1.., pigeon-grass, Hopkinton, Iowa. 
Panicum virgatum, L., switch-grass, wild red-top, E. Neb. 
Paspalum undulatum, Poir., bull-grass, Ala. 
Cambridge, Mass. 
1 In Nebraska the three species above given are often confounded. The ee 
&7ama or gramma means grass, but in spite of tautology ‘the word erat ee 
ally added. By many farmers B. oligostachya and B. hirsuta are called 


$ Farmers call the dead grass in the spring, “old fog.” : 
pring, “old fog. : we 

* A“ blow-out” is a crater-like cavity in the side of a sandhill. Hi: J. WOT q 
Z Name given by a few children, some years ago. — 
So called because it looks like buffalo-grass, but is worthless. 


a ee a ee 


ho 


With Tep 


/ “Sations, | 


Peet at let 


The nature and distribution of attraction-spheres and 
centrosomes in vegetable cells.! 


JOHN H. SCHAFFNER. 
WITH PLATE XXXIII. 
Introduction. 


The question as to the nature of centrosomes and attrac- 
tion-spheres and their importance in the cell is still in dispute. 
Some hold that these bodies are only temporary accumula- 
tions of the cytoplasm of the cell, while others contend that 
they are permanent organs, which are secondary in import- 
ance only to the nucleus itself. Moreover, the number of 
these bodies in each cell, their movements and manner of di- 
"sion, their action during impregnation of the ovum, whether 

*yTemain on the outside or inside of the resting nucleus, 
and even their action during the process of indirect cell di- 
‘Sion are all questions more or less in dispute. It seems, 
Wever, that from the chaos of opinions enough truth can be 

“overed to enable one to arrive at a safe conclusion in re- 
bard to many questions relating to them. Since the work 
titherto done on plants was more especially in connection 
roductive cells, it was my purpose to work entirely 
with Purely vegetative cells,—to study the existence of cen- 

Somes and attraction-spheres in these cells, to find whether 

‘Ytemain on the outside of the resting nucleus or are in- 
ES ed by the nuclear membrane, to determine the number of 
‘ ; bodies in each cell, and to trace them from the resting 
as through the stages of karyokinesis. In my investi- 


had the assistance of Professor F. C. Newcombe, 
S 


0 ; 
ue °S€ Suggestions are largely due whatever success I may 
Ve attained. 


Historical. 
Discovery, —To Professor E. van Beneden (26)? belongs the 
183 of having discovered the attraction-sphere. In the . 
ie’ he found in the fertilized ovum and the blastomeres 0 
Seas mMegalocephala, at the poles of the nuclear spindle, 
4 4 . = . 4 H 
Tet bution from the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Michigan. 


Ne refer to the bibliography at the close of the paper. 
‘ 4~Vol, XIX—No, Il. ; 


446 The Botanical Gazette. [November, 


definite spheres each with a dense center, which he consid- 
ered as permanent cell organs in connection with the nucleus. 
In the following year Boveri(1) observed the sphere and its 
center. He called the dense central body the centrosome, 
and regarded it as a contribution from the spermatozoon to 
the attraction-sphere of the ovum. 
Distribution.—Investigations were made on various kinds 
of sexual cells until the year 1891, when Flemming (5) first 
found the attraction-spheres and centrosomes in the resting 
stages of leucocytes and in the epithelial cells of the lungs of 
the salamander. In the same year Guignard (10) demon- 
strated the existence of these bodies in reproductive vegetable 
cells, both in the resting stage and during karyokinesis. Since 
that time they have been found in the cells of many kinds of 
tissues, and especially in the ova of various animals. 
Heidenhain (14) found them in the leucocytes of the sala- 
mander, in the medullary cells of the bones of young rabbits, 
and in the alveolar epithelium and leucocytes of the lung of a 
pneumonic patient; Biirger(3), in the proboscis-sheath of 
nemerteans, in resting cells; van der Stricht, (29) in the blas- 
tomeres of Triton and in the cartilaginous cells of several 
amphibia; E. de Wildeman(32), in Spirogyra and in the spore- 
mother-cells of Equisetum; Biitschli(4), in Surirella; and 
Schottlinder (25), in the antheridia of Gymnogramme and in 
the spermatozoids and the ova of Chara. Heidenhain (153) 
in a recent investigation has made a special study of centro- 
somes in the lymph cells (lymphocytes) and giant cells (me- 
gacaryocytes) from the bone marrow of the rabbit. He foun 
them also in the spleen of the rabbit, and in the lymphatic 
gland and the wall of the intestine of the dog. Thus the 
bodies have been demonstrated in reproductive cells of both 
plants and animals, and also in non-reproductive animal cells. 
General description.—The general appearance of a centro- 
some and its surrounding attraction-sphere is described by 
van Beneden (28) as a dense ‘‘cytocenter” around which may 
be distinguished a medullary and a cortical zone concentric to 
the central corpuscle. Heidenhain (15) also lays emphasis 
on the fact that the attraction-sphere is sharply limited from 
the surrounding protoplasm, and in many cases shows @ 1% 
tinct radiate ‘structure. Guignard (10) says, in regard to te 
bodies seen by him in plant cells, that the attraction-spheres 
were composed of transparent granular areas in which 


a ee, 


= 


gd 


Mich has its origin from one of the larger centrosomes. . 


A ttraction-Spheres and Centrosomes. 447 


centrosomes lay. Attraction-spheres and centrosomes vary 
in size in different kinds of cells. Flemming found them 
very small in the epithelial cells of the salamander’s lungs, 
while in leucocytes they were much larger. Biitschli(4) says 
that the centrosomes, observed by him in Surirella, were so 
large that they were visible as a dark round granule even in 


the living cell. 


There was a divergence of opinion, almost from the begin- 


. 


| ting, as to the number of these bodies in each cell. Many 


observers claimed that there was but one in the resting cell, 
and that this one divided before the nucleus began to divide; 


7 while others held that there were two to each resting nucleus, 
md that each of the two divided during nuclear division, so 


that each daughter nucleus was again provided with two. 


Flemming (5), in 1891, found the bodies double much more 


often than single, and he thought that where only one was 
sten the other might be hidden. Heidenhain(15), in 1892, 
tated that the number of centrosomes with each resting nu- 
fus is always two. Guignard (10) also found them always 
double. Birger, van Beneden, and van der Stricht evidently 
hold the opinion that there is only one. Thus there is room 
a doubt as to whether there may not be variation, in some 

ules but one and in some two for each resting cell. 

But Heidenhain (153), in 1894, found in many cases along 
with the two centrosomes a third body, and sometimes a 


| burth, which he regards as an accessory centrosome (Neben- 


“petchen). That is, he thinks that the accessory centro- 
Oe is nothing else than a centrosome of the smallest ee 
giant cells from the bone-marrow of the rabbit he found 
—3€ Numbers of centrosomes grouped together, sometimes 
Smany as 1 35 in a group. There is generally one main 
Pof these bodies in each cell, with one or more smaller 
“eessory groups. : i 

The bodies have been found quite universally in the ae 
ns a8 regards the nucleus. In:the resting cell they 


toy tie in a depression of the nucleus, close together, 


hs during mitosis they are at the poles of the spindle. co 
Mane aon (12), while he holds that the apart: tae ee 
ae organs, believes with O. Hertwig (13) tha z ih 2 
eg lees during its resting stage and only com 

St stages of division. 


448 The Botanical Gazette. [November, 


Activity and function.—According to Guignard (10), at 
the beginning of nuclear division spheres migrate to the 
poles of the future nuclear spindle and then each one 
divides during the prophase of nuclear division. But ac- 
cording to those who hold that there is only one attrac- 
tion-sphere to the resting nucleus, the division takes place 
before the migration. Van der Stricht (29) finds that the 
division in the egg of Triton is, as a rule, effected in the qui- 
escent stage of the nucleus, rarely during the anaphase, and 
exceptionally during the metaphase. 

According to Heidenhain(151) every centrosome arises 
from another one, not by self-division, but by budding, the 
largest centrosome in a group being the oldest, and the small- 
est the youngest. 

The origin of the attraction-sphere and centrosome in the 
fertilized ovum does not seem as yet clearly worked out. As 
already stated, in the year 1888 Boveri advanced the opinion 
that the centrosome was brought into the attraction-sphere of 
the ovum along with the spermatozoon. But Guignard (10) 
found in the cells of the embryo-sac of Lilium Martagon that 
the attraction-sphere contained a centrosome before fertiliza- 
tion; so the hypothesis of Boveri must be given up. Accord- 
ing to Guignard (11) there is a union of the attraction-spheres 
and their contained centrosomes accompanying the conjugat- 
ing nucleus of the pollen-tube, with those of the nucleus of the 
embryo-sac during fertilization. He says that in angiosperms 
the two spheres brought with the male nucleus unite wit! 
the two of the female during the fusion of the two nuclei, 
leaving the new nucleus with two spheres, each composed 0 
a male centrosome and its sphere united with similar bodies 
from the female. 


cell organ—the attraction-sphere with its centrosome. 

organ propagates itself by division when the -cell does, 
the division of the sphere precedes that of the cell. The ray® 
of the spindle are attached to the sphere and are contractile 
fibers which attach themselves to the chromosomes and draw 
their halves towards the poles. The contractile rays of the . 
spindle obtain a firm hold, for the spheres are held in place 


ie 


+1894] A ttraction-Spheres and Centrosomes. | 449 


by the cytoplasmic threads of the polar radiations. Thus an 
important part of the karyokinetic process would take place 
_ outside of the nucleus. Van Beneden also made the general- 
ition that the spheres with their central bodies were of 
quite general distribution in both animal and vegetable cells. 
Heidenhain (153) considers that the attraction-sphere is 
_ fot a constant characteristic of the cell but, as is the case in 
leucocytes, it is present only during the resting period of the 
cell, and not during the process of karyokinesis; thus the at- 
_ Mfaction-sphere is not considered to be an organ in the exact 
meaning of the word. He considers that the ‘‘microcentrum” 
(centrosome with its envelopes) of the higher organisms cor- 
Tsponds to the paranucleus of the protozoa while the nucleus 
‘orresponds to the macronucleus. He gives some important 
discussions on the physiological réle of centrosomes and the 
law of their position, together with other theoretical views, 
but since they are beyond the scope of this paper they will 
hot be considered here. 

Biirger’s (2) views are the following: He thinks that the 
bodies are not permanent organs, but that they are simply 
due to certain mechanical processes; that the central body is 
lot the cause but the result of polar attraction. That is, he 

thinks the microsomes are attracted toward the center of the 
Polar fegion from the periphery, and since they are solid 
bodies, if they are attracted equally from all sides, they form 
‘hollow Sphere which is the attraction-sphere. aw 
we tase (31) has advanced an hypothesis somewhat similar. 
i thinks that the centrosome is simply a large microsome 
"med at the point where the greatest number of cytoplasmic fil- 
aeutsmect; that a barrel-shaped pindlet inde- 
- €nt microsomes at each pole instead of one centrosome. But 
em €xplanation, as well as that of Biirger, corresponds igre 
i the observed facts that it seems entirely io atagee 
bs Could not be a reasonable rere ie 
i: * Seen beside the resting nucleus by Guignar lan ae 
wt the four spherical bodies, which can be so easily seen 


| hy *takinesis in cells of the ovary of Lilium and other 
- Plants ) 


For the filamentary structure of cytoplasm has not yet been 
‘Mic Sastrated in plants; and if the centrosomes are only aie 
ea omes, then the spindle must be divided into halves to 
MSduce the two centers at the poles, or else there must be a 


Dice cant aa See a ¥ ; Bi Brahe . ’ a a 


450 The Botanical Gazette. ' [November, 


crossing of filaments below the two centrosomes, neither of 
which has been observed. 

If the views of those who hold van Beneden’s hypothesis 
are correct, it becomes evident that every centrosome with its 
‘ attraction-sphere must arise from a previous one, all the cen- 

trosomes in an organism arising from the primary one in the 
ovum, or according to the view of Guignard, from the two 
that are inthe fertilized ovum, each of which represents the union 
of a male centrosome with one from the female. And thus 
they can be traced backward or forward from one generation 
to another the same as the nucleus. 

The question naturally arises as to whether these bodies are 
present in cells which divide by amitosis, and if present what 
their action is during the process. Flemming (8) states that 
in leucocytes, where division is both direct and indirect, 
the ‘‘central bodies” are present; but they do not seem to be 
implicated in the fragmentation or direct division of the nu- 
‘cleus. He does not state what becomes of the spheres when 
fragmentation takes place, but concludes that only the pro- 
ducts of karyokinetic division continue to live and multiply. 
Neves (19) has worked upon this subject with the spermato- 
gonia of the salamander. He reports some discoveries, which, 
if they can be substantiated, truly present some very won- 
derful phenomena. He says that he saw the attraction-sphere 
become oblong, and that in various stages of the constriction 
of the nucleus the elongated attraction-sphere was twined in 
a ring about the constriction. In some cases the two ends of 
the elongated body appeared as though they were not yet 
fused together. When the division was complete, the elon- 
gated body appeared like a ring lying between but to one side 
of the two daughter nuclei; but there was only one of these 
bodies to the two nuclei. No further observations were made 
in regard to the subsequent action of the body and the two 
daughter nuclei: so the question of attraction-spheres 1m re- 
lation to amitotic division is yet ina very unsatisfactory state. 

Plant cells espectally.—The work hitherto done with soe 
is as follows: Guignard’s investigations stand as one of te 
most important contributions to the subject. Guignard (10) 
found the attraction-spheres and centrosomes both in 
and dividing pollen-mother-cells of Lilium, Fritillaria, 
€ra, and Najas; in the mother-cells of the embryo-sa¢ ee 
nuclei both at rest and in stages of division; in the cells of th 


1894.] Attraction-Spheres and Centrosomes. 451 


fe . 
ia aa agin from this nucleus; and in the endo- 
ce ee t em in the microsporangium of Isoetes 
ai igium of Polypodium and of Asplenium. 
Dettny facts ensive report (II) he adds many new and in- 
Dr .... apm numerous illustrations of the appear- 
um co Lilium Martagon, Listera ovata, Le- 
| Samii alanthus nivalis. Biitschli found very 
ew a.,, s in Surirella, a large form of diatom. E. 
an (32) has found the attraction-spheres and cen- 


trosomes i i ; : 
Sin Spirogyra jugalis and nitida, and in the spore- 


mother-ce . 

of the oi ot ea both in resting and division stages 
Metis in Be oe (25) claims to have found cen- 
but no aM e sexual cells of Marchantia polymorpha, 
the tiers surrounding them. He found 
chrysophylla, a 3 eres in the antheridia of Gymnogramme 
foetida, Thus nd in the spermatozoids and the ova of Chara 
directly << a a reproductive cells of plants, and those 
éatrosomes ag , the presence of attraction-spheres and 
ee vecorted i. non quite generally demonstrated, but has 
Be egetative cells in but two cases. 


Investigation. 


The r 
Was eal ny, ork on centrosomes and attraction-spheres 
Were principal! ovember, 1893. The growing tips of roots 
Nn other plant : _used, though investigations were also made 
tioning was issues. All of my material which needed sec- 
imbedding noah according to the ordinary, methods, by 
the slide: leapt and afterwards staining the sections on 
quite de I also did some staining 7m toto. After 
of advantage is exper imenting, several methods were found 
i D> he these bodies. — Hermann’s method, 
aks Zimmermann’s ‘‘Die botanische Mikro- 
via r al used very successfully on the root tips of 
. =e e€ centrosomes are ines re black while 
“*omewha : clear, though sometimes 
Mig Bae tet by the safranin. The dark granular limit- 
ted, well defined, while the surrounding cytoplasm is 
Ms days in a ? for one or 
Chloride, on solution of fifteen parts one per cent. platinum 
aoa € part acetic acid, two to four parts two per cent. 
» eighty parts water. Now wash t 


Ing w 
ater, harden gradually in alcohol, , an 


; flowin 


he objects in 
d after that 


eel 


452 The Botanical Gazette. [November, 


place them from twelve to eighteen hours in pyroligneous acid. 
Next place the objects in asolution made of one part twenty per 
cent. hematoxylin, ninety-nine parts seventy per cent. alcohol. 
Keep in the dark and leave from twelve to eighteen hours, 
and after that in the dark for some time in seventy per cent. 
alcohol. Imbed and section. After the sections are fastened 
to the slide, cover them with a solution of potassium perman- 
ganate, which has so much water that it possesses a light 
rose color, and leave until they have an ocher color. Then 
wash the sections with a solution of one part hydric oxalate, 
one part potassic sulphate, 1,000-2,000 parts water. After 
this, stain the sections for three to five minutes in a saturated 
alcoholic (100%) solution of safranin; clear and mount in Can- 
adabalsam. Lalso prepared root tipsin Flemming’s fixing fluid, 
and after imbedding and sectioning, stained first with Klein- 
enberg’s hematoxylin and then with a two per cent. aqueous 
solution of acid fuchsin. The ovaries and anthers of Lilium 
longiflorum Thunb., I stained in several ways. The centro- — 
somes and attraction-sphere will be stained quite well, how- 
ever, by simply leaving them for a considerable length of time 
in anilin-safranin, and then taking out the excess of color 
with alcohol. By another method I took equal parts of an 
aqueous (two per cent.) solution of acid fuchsin and acetic 
methyl-green, which in some cases made a very favorable stain. 
The last method tried was one suggested to me by Professor 
Newcombe: (1) a one per cent. aqueous solution of ferrous 
sulphate, (2) a five per cent. aqueous solution of tannic acid, 
(3) anilin-safranin (one part of one per cent. alcoholic solu- 
tion of safranin with two parts water), (4) an aqueous solution of 
picro-nigrosin, strong enough to have a dark bluish-green color. 
The slides holding the sections were placed thirty to forty- 
- five minutes in the iron solution, then washed in water, next, 
the same length of time in the tannin, and washed again. 
Now the sections were covered again with the iron solution 
and left for a minute or two or until they changed to a rather 
dark color. After washing off the iron in a stream of water 
they were stained in the anilin-safranin from thirty minutes 
to one hour, and afterwards fifteen, minutes or more 1 = 
picro-nigrosin. After raising them through the grades © 
alcohol and being careful so as not to take out too much of the 
Safranin stain, they were mounted in balsam. The centro- 
somes were stained very dark and the attraction-spheres © 


1894, ] z 
Attraction-Spheres and Centrosomes 
. 453 


defined, of a 
above S ehods cee the radiate structure. Any of th 
“proper care is Bacch: ba fairly good results with pl celled 
! ee ued plant cells, if 
iron-tannin-safrani it I prefer Hermann’s method or th 
ae : ule very small and u i 
sating owing appeanates lens, and generally a ye Sae 
€icountered in st iS rule, I think more dition Wiseats 
The killing ee : be these bodies in plants than in animals 
more displacement o not penetrate so readily, which causes 
Bie veretable sores distortion of the elements of the cell 
numbers of chromate moreover, are generally present large 
other such bodie atophores, starch grains, crystalloids and 
tification of Ta which myAy. greatly interfere with the iden 
tips which oS ter bodies as centrosomes. In the root 
of trouble; and led, I found the leucoplasts a constant source 
weful become apnea stains which might otherwise be very 
Bile color these “sie it because of the readiness with which 
Bilism is also - odies. The radiate structure of the cyto- 
| Bd cont: — less marked than in animal ceils. 
tamed material: somes and attraction-spheres in the following 
— I-it), in CET in the young root tips of A/um cepa L. (figs. 
BR the root +i 4g ae and the various stages of karyokinesis; 
ain ocr ‘par faba L. (fig. 15); in the root tips a 
dermis of the yg . (fig. 16); in the resting cells of the epi- 
18); and in th old bulb scales of Allium cepa L. (figs. 17 and 
of the ovary “e Asien of the anther (fig. 14) and the walls 
Se ithe onion r elium longifiorum Thunb. (figs. 12 and 13). 
 Rearly all the oot tips, I was able to trace them through 
in the youn stages of nuclear division (figs. 1-10) as well as 
Not trace eh ovaries of Lilium. In the other material I did 
i... m through the whole series, but in the Vicia and 
a them in several of the 
er he li 
oes bond then: vile Cae Mar cells of the lily 
“the * 
: Stage ect scales, where all the nuc 
a “Ueceeded in — there is no subsequent cell-division, I also 
~ Many cas emonstrating the existence 0 
ence fn 18). 
f aways two poe the bodies in resting 
8S in most somes, each with an attraction 
cases marked off from the surroun 


cells, there were 
-sphere, which 
ding cyto- 


454 The Botanical Gazette. [November, 


plasm by a well defined granular layer; and in cases where 
karyokinesis had advanced to any considerable extent, two 
centrosomes could be distinguished at each pole of the spindle. 
Sometimes there appeared to be but one at each pole, but 
careful focusing generally demonstrated the fact that one was 
lying below the other. Inthe root tips of Allium, where the 
division is tranverse to the axis of the root when one goes a 
little distance from the apex, the attraction-spheres always 
appear at the upper or lower end of the nucleus as seen in 
longitudinal section. In the resting cells, they generally lie 
quite close to the nucleus in a little indentation. 

In the epidermis of the onion scales I observed these bodies 
_ in a sufficient number cf cases to convince me that they were 
true attraction-spheres, since they had the same appearance 
and took the same stain as those which I saw by the side of 
the close skein of the daughter nucleus. Now in these epi- 
dermal cells of the onion scales the nuclei are all resting, and 
therefore the objection that the centrosomes may have just 
come out of the nucleus in the beginning of division cannot 
be made; and so I hold that the attraction-spheres with their 
centrosomes do not enter the nucleus during its resting stage 
but remain permanently outside of the nuclear membrane. 
Moreover, these cells of the epidermis of the bulb scales of 
Allium were all definitive resting cells; yet with the iron-tannin- 
Safranin stain it was demonstrated that the centrosomes and 
attraction-spheres were still present beside the nucleus, and 
that they retained their usual structure. 

When division of the nucleus takes place, I found the 
attraction-spheres in the onion roots at the very beginning of 
the close mother skein stage, one at the upper and one at the 
lower pole of the future spindle, still close to or in contact 
with the nucleus (fig. 2); and though I did not find any 
stage where one of the bodies had gone only part of the way | 
around, yet there can be no doubt that one or both had 
traveled around from their original position to the poles. In 
the following stages the spheres elongate, and generally by 
the time when the nucleus has reached the loose mother skein 
(fig. 3) the centrosomes and _ their spheres have divided, 
though they still lie closer together than in the later stage>- 
During metakinesis and the daughter star stage (figs. 5-7); 
they can be seen very distinctly at each pole; and they keep 
this position in relation with the nucleus through all the suc 


- 


1894. ] Attraction-Spheres and Centrosomes. 455 


ceeding stages of the division (figs. 8-10), and through the 
resting stage of the nucleus until a new division of the nucleus 
takes place. | 

It will be seen from the fact that the centrosomes remain 
at the position of the pole of the daughter nucleus until the 
division following, that in the case where the next spindle is 
inthe same direction as the preceding one, one of the cen- 
trosomes must travel through 180° to come to the opposite 
pole of the nucleus. But in the case where the division is at 
right angles to the preceding one, each centrosome must 
travel through 45° in order to reach the poles of the future 
spindle. Now in the Allium root tips, in many cases, ina 
given chain of cells, division will take place logitudinally at 
4 certain distance from the apex; and from that point onward 
there will be two chains of cells instead of one, and farther 
on the division of the nucleus will again be in a plane trans- 
verse to the axis of the root. Thus taking such an example 
where the cell has divided transversely, if the next division — 
Slongitudinal each centrosome must pass through 45°; the 
ixt division being transverse again both bodies must again 
"avel as before; but in the third division one of the bodies 
will be stationary while the other passes through 180°. Ina 
strand of cells coming from the apex of the root, the cells as 

fy continue to divide always maintain a curve, and the 
attraction-spheres will not be quite 180° apart as they lie at 
the two poles of a dividing nucleus. I have observed in cells 
t these points, that the spheres lay inclined with the daugh- 
ter nucleus toward the concave side of the strand of cells. 
The bodies do not always travel in the same direction, as will 
feadily be seen when we take into consideration a strand of 
Cells from an onion root whose elements are dividing trans- 
Yersely, If the spheres are at the proximal end of the nucleus 


» When division occurs, the migrating one will travel in a direc- 


ae foward the apex of the root; but if they lie at the distal 
Tf the nucleus it must travel in the opposite direction. 
if whole subject shows that the centrosomes with their 
ah  cavel in a very complicated manner during the for- 
on of any given vegetable tissue. 
2 very pesalas shereeneie was noticed in the root a 
in ‘ium, In many cases the spindle was formed obliquely 
ci +9 cell, the attraction spheres lying near opposite corners 
me cell as it appeared in longitudinal section (fig. 11), 


456 The Botanical Gazette. [November, 


The actual length of the spindle from pole to pole was greater 
than the length of the cell. It appeared as though there was 
not enough room for the division of the nucleus, and the 
bodies had wandered to the corners in order to gain more 
space for the formation of the spindle. It seems to me that 
this phenomenon explains itself if we admit that the attrac- 
tion-spheres are directive in their function, and control 
nuclear division; but the appearance might be just as well 
accounted for by supposing that the controlling power rested 
in the nucleus or the cytoplasm of the cell in general. 


Results. 


The special results of the investigation are as follows: 

I. Centrosomes aud attraction-spheres are present in non- 
reproductive as well as reproductive vegetable cells. 

2. They remain on the outside of the nucleus during its 
resting stage. 

3. They persist in cells which have ended their growth 
and division. : 

Besides the foregoing results, the present investigation 
furnishes confirmation to the following propositions: 

I. In phanerogams there are two of these bodies for each 
resting nucleus. : ; 

2. When the nucleus begins to divide, one or both of the 
bodies migrate so as to take their positions at the poles of 
the future spindle. 

3. Subsequently they immediately begin to divide, the 
division being completed in the prophase of the mother nu- 
cleus. ; 

4. After-their migration, the attraction-spheres remain at 
the poles of the nuclear spindle, and do not change their post- 
tion until the beginning of the following division. _ 

5. They seem to be organs which institute and direct nu- 
clear division. 


Summary. 

The theory advanced by Van Beneden has received the pt 
port of many of the leading biologists, and has with some a¢- 
ditions been quite generally substantiated by investigations. 
Taking the facts and opinions of those who have studied these 
bodies, into general consideration, the subject seems to be Hn 
the following condition: There is a permanent body in t 


- 1804. Attraction-Spheres and Centrosomes, 457 


cell—the attraction-sphere with a centrosome—which is of 
universal distribution in both plants and animals—at least in all 
cells which divide by karyokinesis. This body propagates 
itself by division. Asa rule, there seem to be two of these 
bodies for each resting nucleus, but in some cases only one. 

They remain constantly ouside of the nucleus. They appear 
to be the organs which direct nuclear division. It seems that 
there is a union of the attraction-spheres and centrosomes ac- 
companying the male nucleus with those of the female nucleus 
uring impregnation of the ovum. The bodies migrate and 
divide, and are thus carried from one cell to the other 
throughout the entire organism, whether plant or animal. 

Ann Arbor, Mich., F¥une, 1894. 


REFERENCES. 
The following is a list of prt more important references on the subject of cen- 
and attraction-spher 
1. Boveri, Zellenstudien. fens ‘acti Zeits. Naturwiss. 22:— 
2. Bir ice t, O., Was sind die se und ihre peprctiannie? Anat. 
eig. 7; 222-231. 
3. Birger O., Ueber Ataktionssphiaren in Zellkérpern einer Leibesfliissig- 
keit. ‘Anat Anze 6: 484-9. ie 
4. Biitschli, Ueber die sorceauenel Central g 
. Naturhist.-Med. Viveigs ae sire eerann N. F. t. — =, 


Ds | A 


[Heft 5.) 
+ F lemming W. Pg che gpa ge und ong el tt in Gewebezellen und . 
poet ellen. Anat. Anzeig. 6: 78-81. 


Anat, 37: 685 — ~751. Vv 
7. Flemmi ming, W., Ueber Zalibarlane. Verhandl. d. Anat. Gesells. V Ver- 
sammlung zu Miinchen. —: 12 
8, te W., Ueber Theilung bere Revkieceudl bei pats bens und pate 
m Attraktionss haren. Archiv f. Mikr. Anat. rence 0: 
9. Fick, § R, Be Bemerk gerd zu O. Biirger’s Erklarungsversuch der aniceae 
Sphdren. Anat. Anzeig. 7: 464%7. 18 
an ,..; Sarl etecnes 4 des ‘sphére es attractives’ dans ee vai gin vég- 
ue tales. Comptes Rendus Hebd. Acad. Sci. 112: 539-42. cae 
““Uignard, L., Nouvelles Etudes sur la fécondation. Copier 
é j z les plantes et chez les ani- 
n 


m 96. 1891. _ 
@. Hansemann, D , Ueber args ey -Aticaktionpenhizes in ruhenden 


sspharen der 
Zellen, Anat A 1-7. 189 

15. Heidenhai a. ae Anzeg, 6:4 nT Protoplas asma. Festschri 
gen Doctorjubilaum von v. Killiker. Leipzig, 1892, pp- ! 

oe 66 . 1893.) ee fine 
. Sidenhain, M., Neue Untersuchungen fiber die Centralkérpe kr. Anat. 

43: 42 ae zum eth und Zellenprotoplasma. Archiv. £. Mikr. 

8. 1894. 


- zum 50-jahri- 
11-166.—(Bot 


458 The Botanical Gazette. [November, 


16. Hermann, F., Beitrag zur Lehre von ne eae ee der karyokinetischen 
Spindel. Archiv. £. Mikr. Anat. 37: 569-86. 1891 

17. Kéliiker, A., Das tinh rep a! Accaiiionsapliaves: E. v. Beneden’s bei 

* Siredon. Anat. zeig. 4: 147-55. 18 

18. Lebrun H, Les Sse dans l’oeuf de l’Ascaris megalocephala. 
Anat. Anzeig. 8: 627. 1892. 

19. Meves, F., Ueber Saaheotacke Kernteilung in den Spermatogonien see" sr 
amanders und Ve wae n der Attraktionssphiaren bei ders elben. 
Sues S 7: 626-639. are 

20. Solger, B., Ueber 2 wetlabad Zellen und deren Centralmasse. Mitteil. 

d. Neuter wiss. Ver. von Neuvorpommern u. Riige a; 
: —. B., Zur Kenntniss ites Pigmentzellen. Anat. Anzeig. 6: 162- 165. 


N 
_ 


22. Soigee. B., Ueber Diese ie sinpi eledenbangs in #F Attraktionssphare ruhender 
Chro omatophoren. at. An 6: 282- 
23. Solger, B., Zelle und Zallkern, Thiermedicinische Vortrage 3: 60, [H. 112.] 
Leipzig, 1892.—(Bot. Centb. 54: 1893.) 
24. er 6h -C.oUnt ntersuchungen fre on Zelle. Arbeiten aus dem 
Zoolog. Institut za Wien 9:— Heft 2.] 
25. gecingac ag P., Beitrage zur patetes des Zellkerns und der Sexualzel- 
n bei Kryptogamen. Cohn’s Beitr. zur Biol. der Pflanzen 6: 267- 


tgs Strasburger, Pavgtewnng Beitraige 1892. 
Beneden Mavens rechoiena sur la fécondation et la 
ivision a ‘chez? dscavine a greale t otoes Bull. de I’ Acad. roy. 
a Belg III. 14: ane 


~~ 
= 
5 
ise) 
ee) 
3 
st 
is) 
Ca 


C., n der Sericht, Caryomitose et division directe 
es cellules & noyat S eciedise tut Extr. Ann. dela Soc. de Med. de 
Gan 


14. 1891. 
28. Van Beneden, E Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique 62: 77-82. 1892.—(Jour. 
Roy. gk 1892, 348. 
29. Van der Borckt O., Contribution 4 l'étude de Ia sphére attractive. 
1892 


30. Waldeyer, ar reer eo its reustion to the process of fertiliza- 
tion. (Land II). Jour. of Micr. Science. N. S. 30: 159-281. 1889- 
31. Watase, S., Homology "of the pistes ack Journal of Morphology 8: 
3-43. 1 
32. Wildeman, E. de, Sur les sphéres attractives dans quelques cellules végé- 
tales. Bull. de l’Acad. Roy. de* elg. I 94- 


: 5 
33. Wildeman, E. de., Sur les sphéres attractives dans les cellules végétales. 
Bull. de la Soc. Roy. de bot. de Belg., 1892.—(Bot. Cent. 54: 19. 1893.) 


EXPLANATION OF Pirate XXXIIL 
Figs. 1-11, Allium cépa—troot tips. 
Fig. 1. Resting nucleus, showing two attraction-spheres with controsomes.—— * 
Fig. 2. Beginning stage of divi ion, one attraction-sphere being at e ch po 
m i —Fig. 3. Loos 


—Fig. 7. Dau ughter Star; at the upper end of the spindie dd e of the ane 
is displaced.—Fig. 8. Loose da ughter et showing the fou Sey cvomrge 
Spheres.—Fig. 9. Close daughter skein, o e upper nucleus showing os 
bodies.—Fig. 10. Daughter nucleus neariy plead, The nuclear membr: 


Attraction-Spheres and Centrosomes. 459 


 hasappeared. The two centrosomes with their spheres appear at the upper 
side—Fig. 11. Acell in pe — spindle lies obliquely. 


Fig. 12. Last stage of citakioeds, showing the attraction-spheres and cen- 
ttosomes, with cytoplasmic radiations around the poles. (From wall of young 
ovary.)—Fig, 13. Last stage a close daughter skein; the upper canes 
Roles shows attraction-spheres and centrosomes. (From wall of ovary.)— 
Fig. 14. Resting nucleus from the epider tis of the anther, with two ateratioie 


‘15. ta faba—root tips. Daughter star; showing two ‘centrosomes 

Ny I ca apheres at the upper end of the spin 

«Rg Tradescantia rosea—root tips. Close daughter skein; the centro- 
es a ide. 


Fig. 17. Allium cepa—epidermis of bulb scales. Resting nucleus with two 
ee opheres and centrosomes.—Fig. 8, aissitad to fig. 17. 
O) 


Notes on dédoublement. 
AUG. F. FOERSTE. 


Trillium sesstle. Three interesting cases of more or less 
quaternate structure in this species of Trillium have recently 
come under our observation. One of these is quite simple in 
character. First came a pair of opposite broader leaves, fol- 
lowed in decussating order by a pair of narrower leaves, an 
outer pair of sepals, an inner pair of sepals, then by a set of 
four petals decussating with the two sets of sepals taken asa 
whole, next by four outer stamens, these by four inner sta- 
mens, but of practically similar insertion, and lastly by an 
ovary which bore four distinct styles. 

Mr. Ed. Rynzrson, teacher of botany at the Dayton High 
School, found a vastly more interesting case which he placed 
at the writer's disposal. To appreciate this fully it must be 
remembered that the sepals of this species are green and the 
principal veins are longitudinal and parallel, while the petals 
are dull purple brown in color and have veins which incline 
towards either side of the petals and 
show more or less of an anastomosing 
structure. First there is a pair of op- 
posite leaves (fig. I), next a pair of 
slightly narrower leaves. With these 
four leaves as a whole, the sepals if 
there be four acting together as a 
whorl should decussate. And with 
these four sepals four petals should 

-_* decussate. To determine how a plant 
with only six floral envelopes could manifest this tendency 
might puzzle a mathematician, but the question has been 
solved by this curious plant ina very odd manner. 

On either side of one of the second pair of leaves is found 
a sepal in decussating position. On either side of the opp? 
site leaf is found a floral envelope in position a petal but in 
appearance partly petal and partly sepal. One of these 1S 
colored and veined like a petal on the outer half, and colored 
and veined like a sepel on the inner half, so that this innet 
half falls in the proper space to represent a third sepal. The 
other floral envelope is colored and veined like a petal on the 


wen y 
Ree a 


outer half; the strip along the i 
Piuarter 6 g the inner half of the pet 
cae te is igs of the floral leaf is pain ad ees 
fits floral leaf is ut the quarter strip on the inner ed 
es. eh ne again colored and veined like a a 
. hag these two floral envelopes, petals in Abe: 
their inner slice ecko ie show sepal character along 
a quaternate plan. ere the other pair of sepals should be on 
© compl 
Date Bc chick: —— that third floral envelope on a 
ters, both in col ating: be a sepal, shows all the charac- 
between the ty or and venation, of a petal. Opposite to this 
Be ther Sia undoubted sepals is found the regular petal 
Te thos = complete the quaternate whorl, would 
Bick ahove e ee of the peculiar floral envelopes de- 
The Sele =) which are colored and veined like petals. 
of the purple S04 and anastomosing veins on the other side 
to the Bcccey ct can not destroy this analogy, but only add 
Be eistetire os the case. The tendency towards quater- 
by the colorin induced by the four leaves is therefore shown 
feturn to he Se venation of the floral envelopes, while the 
actual number s inary ternate structure is heralded by the 
ears of floral envelopes (6) produced. There are 
Ina ied and three styles. 
ird case, also found by Mr. Ed. Rynerson are found 

two leaves (fig. 2), followed by two 
other leaves; decussating with these 
are four sepals; almost decussating 
with those at thre 
petals, heralding t 
ternate type, and at the place where 
the fourth petal ought to be, two 
| stamens are found, attached by their 
: a. filaments below, of which that sta- 
Uatern men which should according to the 

ate plan be the fourth petal has a Sean neciiet 


flame 
n : 
Not counting this half of the compound stamen, 
three petals in 


the stamen there 
interpretation, if 
Id be no logical 
f the pres- 


on : 
explanation ms an ordinary stamen, there wou 
Ne of the s the sequence of the floral leaves, OF © 
35—V eventh stamen. . There-are three styles: 
ol, XIX.—No. 1. 


462 The Botanical Gazette. [November, 


Nothing could be more interesting from the point of view 
of phyllotaxy than this attempt of plants to maintain a quater- 
nate phyllotaxy, after numerically they had gone over to the 
normal ternate plan. 

A fourth case, also found by Mr. Rynerson, has three or- 
dinary leaves in ternate order (fig. 3). There are two ordin- 
ary sepals, and the third one has been 
replaced by a green leaf of about 
one-half the ordinary size, but di- 
vided almost to the very base, the 
venation of each half near the base 
being obliquely outward as when 
forming part of an entire leaf. The 
result is that the two divisions of the. 
leaf-like sepal and the two ordinary 
sepals take up a position which is 
ternate to a certain extent and de- 
cussate with reference to the normal leaves, but more 
quaternate when considered among themselves. It is im- 
possible to reproduce this effect satisfactorily in a diagram. 
Decussating with this set should come four petals if the 
quaternate plan is to be carried out. The fact is that the 
petals do decussate, but there being only three petals, 
this leaves one space vacant. Next on the quaternate plan 
there should be four stamens, one above each of the two nor- 
mal sepals, and one above each division of the leaf like 
sepal. These are present. Next should be found four 
stamens, one over each of the petals present, and one over 
the space left vacant in the row of petals; but the last one 
does not occur, thus showing a return to the ternate order 
numerically but not necessarily in position. Finally, if the 
quaternate arrangement is to hold, one style should appear 
over each of the outer (four) stamens. These occur, but one 
of them is smaller and its cell is narrower than in the rest. 
The numerical order is therefore three, four, three, four, 
three, four, the quaternate position, however, being main 
tained, even where the actual number of parts had gone back 
to the ordinary arrangement in threes. 

Ulmus. Mr. W. B. Werthner, teacher in the High School 
here and an expert botanist, found this spring on McDaniel St. 
a very interesting set of cases of dédoublement of leaves which 
Seemed to be quite common in the young vigorous elms along 


Fig. 3: 


Liver 


1894. ] Notes on Dédoublement. 463 


the sidewalk. He very kindly placed this material at the dis- 
posal of the writer. The trees had recently been pruned, and 
the material in question consisted of the twigs which had fal- 
len into the street. It being early spring, only the leaf-scars 
remained to indicate the fallen leaves, but the scaly leaf buds 
were well shown. We will use the term leaves instead of 
leaf-scars. 

In the most interesting case the third node above the cut 
end of the twig showed a bud in the axil of the leaf, and a 
smaller one in the axil of the lowerstipule. Two leaves, each 
subtending a bud, occur after intervals of six, four, seven, six, 
and again of six nodes, in the last case the pair appearing just 
beside the terminal scar. There is herea sort of tendency to- 
wards the recurrence of dédoublement after an interval of 
about six nodes. 

On a second twig, one of the lowest nodes shows also a bud 
in the axil of a leaf and a second smaller bud in the axil of the 
lower stipule. At the fourth succeeding node the leaves are 
Opposite and do not maintain the usual lateral position of the : 
one half phyllotaxy, the pair having a diagonal position. 
Above this point every alternate leaf is separated by a shorter 3 
internode from the leaf below, so that the leaves have an war 
dent tendency to form decussating pairs. First are foun 
three pairs, of which the leaves are separated by shorter in- 
ternodes, then one pair of which the leaves are opposite, oe 
a pair of which the leaves are separated by shorter per fe 
and finally at the tip of the stem, a pair of leaves whic ae 
Opposite, and on each side of the terminal scar. The a is 
€ncy to form decussating pairs is here very marked, an 
fully successful at irregular intervals. : 
Ina third case, two leaves, each subtendi 
at the fifth node from the cut end, and also . 
ceeding node. Then two buds occur separated D. eae es 
Boies, and next are found two leaves subtending rf — 
bud placed in their conjoint axil. At the second axl ee 
this two leaves each subtending a bud occur. aati ee nied 
buds separated by shorter intervals, and next two he beds 
two buds, of which one is larger. After this come 
Presenting a sort of two-fifths phyllotaxy. 
_ On a fourth twig the second node bears ; 
Ing as a pair but a single bud. At the second n ; 
two leaves each subtending a bud; this recurs a 


ng a bud, occur 
the fourth suc- 
d by shorter in- 


two leaves subtend- 
ode above are 
he fifth suc- 


464 The Botanical Gazette. [November, 


ceeding node, and is followed by two leaves separated by a 
shorter internode, and then by two which are almost opposite, 
and these in turn by two leaves at the same node, each sub- 
tending a bud. The pairs of the whole series decussate after 
a fashion. At the third node above occur two leaves, asa pair 
subtending a single bud. Atthe second succeeding node are 
two leaves each with a bud, and then follow six or seven buds, 
as far as the tip of the twig. 

On a fifth twig two leaves, as a pair subtending a single 
bud, are followed in the same vertical plane by two opposite 
leaves and buds, and these by a similar pair in decussating 
position. Next follow ten leaves’ in a sort of spiral phyllo- 
taxy, the alternate leaves being separated by shorter and 
shorter internodes on going higher up on the twig, so that the 
ninth and tenth leaves are again almost opposite. Then the 
phyllotaxy becomes spiral again. A branch growing from 
this twig shows at one node a bud in the axil of a leaf and a 
second bud in the axil of a stipule. 

As a series these twigs show a tendency to recurrence of 
the abnormal phyllotaxy even after a more or less successful 
return to normal conditions. The presence of two leaves (or 
rather leaf-scars) subtending a single bud, and occasionally 
of a bud also in the axil of a stipule, is especially interesting. 

Arisema triphyllum. Marion Nichols, one of the pupils 
of the High School, brought in a remarkable case of dédou- 
blement in the Indian turnip. Two leaves have developed 
on the same petiole. The petioles coalesce perfectly below, 
but show an impressed line in front and in the rear towards 
the top. The middle leaflet of each leaf is of course distinct; 
So are also the two inner leaflets of each leaf. On the con- 
trary, the two outer leaflets, which one migat expect to be 
farthest removed, have grown together along their midribs, 
but are free elsewhere. In the axil of this double. leaf is a 
double flowering stem also coalesced perfectly below but bear- 
ing an impressed line above, and bearing on each side a 
‘flower,” both spathes being well developed but placed back 
to back, the open ends therefore facing away from each other. 

ne spadix in each case bore only ovaries. It will be seen 
at once that this is a case similar to many of those mentioned 
in the case of the elms, where by dédoublement two leaves 
appeared at one node, and each leaf bore a bud in its axil, only 
in the case of the Indian turnip the dédoublement has not 
gone to the extent of perfect separation of the parts. 


1894. ] Notes on Dédoublement. 465 


Podophyllum peltatum. The numerical floral plan given by 
Eichler in his Bliithendiagramme, 2: 137, based upon the 
work of Payer and Baillon, assumes a ternary arrangement of 
the stamens, of which the outer circle contains three stamens, 
and the inner zzze stamens in three groups of three stamens 


each, each group being consid- 

ered a single but compound sta- 

i" =\ men. That this is not a correct 
S 


O2n g, interpretation can be readily seen 
( o€ Yc by one having access to abundant 
v e fresh material. The typical plan 


WH is undoubtedly ternate (fig. 4). 
aed As is well known from aberrant 
—) occurrences and from _ other 

Fig. 4. species, the leaves are not truly 
opposite, but alternate, the terminal flower having on this ac- 
count the appearance of appearing higher up on the side 
of one of the petioles. This fact has been emphasized 
in the diagrams. The three bracts and six sepals are in- 
troduced in accordance With the interpretation of Asa Gray, 
which accords with the general ternate structure of the petals 
and stamens. The position and number of the petals and 
stamens and of the placenta of the ovary are taken from an 
occurrence actually at hand at the time the drawing was pre- 
pared. There are evidently three petals, with which de- 
Cussate three more petals, and with these as a whole decus- 
Sate first six stamens, and then again six stamens. Nothing 
can be more improbable than the peculiar occurrences of 
ternary dédoublement assumed by these distinguished au- 

rs. 


Dayton, Ohio. 


BRIEFER ARTICLES. 


New genus of Umbelliferee.—witH PLATE xxxu1.—Mr. John Donnell 
Smith has recently sent us from his last collection in Central Amer- 
ica a new genus of Umbelliferz. This is a most peculiar plant, not 
closely related to any known genus, nor is it easily referred to any 
tribe. It becomes a small tree fifteen feet high and is the only arbor- 
escent species which we have seen from North America. Only two 
plants were seen, growing at an altitude of 10,200% and constituting the 
highest vegetation on the volcano. 

This is the third genus of Umbellifere that has been brought to 
light by Mr. Smith in Central America. We have previously reported 
upon Guatemalan Umbelliferz in this journal for January and Octo- 
ber, 1890, and February, 1893. 

Myrrhidendron, genus nov.—Calyx teeth obsolete. Fruit linear, 
flattened dorsally, glabrous, shining. Carpels strongly flattened dor- 
sally; dorsal and intermediate ribs low; lateral ribs narrow-winged. 
Stylopodium low conical. Oil-tubes solitary in the intervals, two on 
the commissural side. Seed strongly flattened dorsally, with a flat 
face and furrowed under the oil-tubes—Arborescent. Leaves large, 
decompound; leaflets ovate. Flowers white. - 

A peculiar genus, with fruit of the shape and texture of Myrrhis but 
differently flattened. The carpels are flattened as in Peucedanece butin 
other respects unlike that tribe. 

Myrrhidendron Donnellsmithii sp. nov.—A small tree 3.6 to 4.8" 
high; trunk 7.5°™ in diameter: leaves large, 30™ or more long, ter- 
nately compound; leaflets ovate to lanceolate, 2.5 to 5.0™ long, acute, 
sharply and often irregularly serrate, the teeth more or less mucron- 
ate-tipped, glabrous, shining and impressed veiny above, dull and 
paler beneath and conspicuously reticulate; petiolules with a prom!- 
nent stipular ring which is more or less glandular tufted; petioles 
large, inflated: peduncles short: involucre few-leaved; involucels nu- 
merous, 3- to 4-toothed or cleft near the apex, scarious margined and 
strongly purplish veined: inflorescence more or less glandular puber- 
ulent; rays numerous, rarely equal; pedicels 8 to 1o™ long: fruit lin- 
ear, 10 to 12™ long, glabrous.—From the lava beds at the summit of 
the volcano Irazii in the province of Cartago, Costa Rica, March, 
1894 (no. 4,825).—JoHN M. CouLTer and J. N. Rosr, Lake Forest, Ill, 
and Washington, D. C. 


Pee ee ee ee 


1894. ] Briefer Articles, 467 
Completoria complens Lohde.—This very interesting parasite of 
fern prothallia has not, heretofore, I believe, been reported as occur- 
ting in the United States. It was found by me last winter in fern pro- 
thallia grown in the Botanical Conservatory of Cornell University. 
The fungus is very interesting both from its relationship with the 
Eniomophthore and from its being a parasite in plants. It is of very 
simple structure. 

The germinating conidia do not enter the cells of the prothallia 
directly, but put out a short germ tube which enlarges at its end, and 
into this enlarged end the protoplasm migrates, thus forming a germi- 
hating vesicle or proembryo. From this germinating vesicle the tube 
arises which penetrates the cell of the prothallium. The cell wall 


reddish brown. The tube, which is quite slender, grows directly to 
the center of the cell lumen where it enlarges into a flask-shaped 
body, rich in protoplasm, very granular, and with large vacuoles. 
From this a short and thick branch grows out and curves more or less 

_ closely to the parent cell or hyphal body. Successive branches of a 
similar kind arise and curving around form a closely compacted bo- 
tryose cluster, which eventually more or less completely fills the cell 
lumen. From the marginal cells of this cluster slender tubes arise 
which penetrate into the adjacent cells. Conidia and sexless (?) rest- 
Ig spores are formed. 

In the formation of the conidia certain of the marginal cells of the 
botryose cluster grow through the wall of the prothallium cell to the 
&xterior, where a single-spored sporangium is formed, either quite 
Close to the surface of the prothallium when the conodiophore is very 
short, Or at a little distance from it when it is longer. The conidium 
thrown off with considerable force as in the other Entomophthor si 
and the basal end protrudes slightly as a prominent point. If the 
conidia are not in a favorable position for entering the cells of hd wives 
thallium, or the surrounding conditions are unsuitable for it, it may 

_ Ptoduce a short conidiophore and a secondary conidium be thrown 
ae This may quite likely be repeated several times. 
The resting spores are ey rete the central cells of the botryose 

Cluster, and may vary in a single cell of the prothallium, and thus in 

*, ugle cluster, from one to ten or fifteen. These cells become larger 

Man the others, gradually round off, the protoplasm contracts some- 

vat'and at the same time the wall thickens inward. The appear- 

reat many of the outer cells in such a cluster suggests the possibility 

: of there being a sexual process, but in no case have I seen any ae 
— MUNication between these cells, although I have carefully examin 


: 
; 


ee ee 


468 The Botanical Gazette. [November, 


many. This however may have been overlooked because of the diffi- 
culty of observation in such a large mass of cells. 

_ The fungus was found in prothallia of Aspidium falcatum, Pteris 
- argyria, and P. cretica 

It was first Boncaibed by Lohde.’ Subsequently Leitgeb*? made it 
the subject of a thorough investigation, and grew it in a large number 
of species of fern prothallia—Gero. F. Arkinson, /thaca, lV. Y. 

Lemna Valdiviana in Massachusetts.—Several interesting botanical 
excursions have been made this year in the lands recently set apart by 
the state of Massachusetts for public parks 

By notice sent out by the superintendent of planting for the parks, 
the local botanists have had the opportunity of enjoying a seriés of 
pleasant field days and comparing the work done in different portions 
of the reservations. 

One such trip was taken on Sept. 3d through the Blue Hills region, 
eight miles south of Boston. This public park is thirteen miles in 
circumference and includes the highest land in eastern Massachusetts 
(Blue Hill, 636), as it is also the highest land on the Atlantic coast 
from southern Maine to Florida. It has long been locally famous for 
ifs rocky ledges, basin-like swamps, and, on its southern side, the ex- 
tensive meadows and ponds of two sorts, rocky, with clear waters, and 
marshy, with dark waters. 

The most interesting find on that occasion was a Lemna, which, so 
far as comparison with specimens at the Gray Herbarium shows, is 
Lemna Valdiviana Philippi; and I send this note of its occurrence So 
far north of its usual habitat, and would be very glad to have some 
southern or western Z. Valdiviana in exchange.—GEo. G. KENNEDY, 
Readville, Mass. 

Paceinia malyacearum.—Some years ago, the late Geo. W. Clinton 
of Buffalo, N. Y., expressed himself as disappointed because a certain 
Ranunculus did not turn out to be R. bulbosus. “Why can’t Buffalo 
have this plant?” 

We have rather desired at this place the presence of living Puccinia 
malvacearum, because it was so useful for the class room. This year, 
_ for the first time, it has been introduced with some hollyhocks oy 
chased at the east. It has already made serious attacks on hal 
dozen species of plants in our botanic garden and now that we ae 
os the thing doesn’t seem so funny.—W. J. Bea, 4 gricultural College, 

ich. 


* Tagblatt der Naturforscherversammlung zu Breslau, 1874. 
? Sitzungsbericht der Math.-Naturwiss. Classe d. kaiserliche Aka 
issenschaft. Wien 841: 288, 1881. 


demie der 


= 


CURRENT LITERATURE. 
The Flora of Nebraska. 


The members of the botanical seminar of the University of Ne- 
braska have undertaken not only a botanical survey of the state, but 
have begun the publication of a flora on an elaborate and costly plan. 
The first two parts of the twenty-five promised have recently been 
issued and are an earnest of a most admirable work. The brief intro-. 
duction prepared by Dr. C. E. Bessey (who, we doubt not, is the in- 

spiration of the undertaking) gives an account of the principles of 
classification of the vegetable kingdom. The first part, embracing 

Sixty-eight pages and twenty-two plates has been prepared chiefly by 

Mr. De Alton Saunders, who describes the green plants belonging to 

the Protophyta and Phycophyta; while Messrs. Roscoe Pound and 

Frederick R. Clements describe the fungi of these groups. The sec- 

ond part, on the Coleochaetacez: and Characeze, has been done by 

a Albert F. Woods, and consists of nine pages of text with fourteen 

Plates, 


Of the accuracy of this work only a specialist can judge and we do - 
hot undertake to pronounce upon it; but however many slips there 
may be, or however crude the critical work may be, it can hardly be 
doubted that the publication will be of great value in making known 
the A ra of the state not only to those outside it but much more to 
those inside it. ‘That it begins with the plants it does (or even treats 

Mm at all) will be a revelation to many a teacher, who thinks of these 
4 plants to be sure, but hardly as plants which can be described, much 
q ‘ss identified, by ordinary mortals. 

__ Aword of commendation should be said for the plates. The draw- 
1B €ngraving and printing are all excellent and they contribute much 
0 the value of the work. Not all the species. are represented of 
| No principle of selection is stated and we are unable to wee 
at it is beyond that of figuring at least one species of ee 

then 5° Many of the species are thus shown that the plates add im- 

Mensely to the helpfulness of the text. pa ee, aac: 
te ®braska is in peculiar need of a local flora, since it lies at the J cd 
"Flora of Nebraska. Edited by the members of the botanical — shay 

4to. Introduction, by Charles E. Bessey- : 


hyta- a pl. 1-22. Part 2, 
ho hycophyta, by De Alton Saunders, pp. 1-68 § pl. 23-36. Lin- 
$ OOo, 


Cover wh 


470 Lhe Botanical Gazette. [November, — 


floras of the spermaphytes do not adequately cover its territory, to say 
nothing of the entire lack of manuals for the lower plants. 

We congratulate the people of Nebraska therefore, on the auspi- 
cious beginning of this work. We commend the disinterested labors 
of the botanical seminar to public support by the appropriation of 
public moneys for maintenance and extension of the botanical survey. 
No state, so far as we are aware, has ever had such work done at pri- 
vate cost, and we doubt not that a small appropriation would not only 
greatly encourage these unselfish students of the Nebraska flora, but 
greatly facilitate and extend their work. 


Minor Notiees. 


Pror. W. W. BaiLey’s Botanical Note Book will surely be wel- 
comed by those who intend giving a course of lectures on structural 
and systematic botany in relation to the phanerogams, and conducting 
classes in laboratory work in the’same subject. The book is divided 
into two parts. The first part consisting of outlines of lectures on the 
seed, root, stem, leaves, inflorescence, flower, essential organs, and 
fruit. Each lecture is followed by a schedule for the description of 
the parts treated in the lecture. 

The schedules consist of questions, and lines of investigation to be 
followed by the student. Part two is devoted to lectures upon cer- 
tain difficult families or genera with schedules for theirstudy. These 
are arranged in the same general way as the preceding, and include 
Composite, Umbelliferze, Cruciferze, Graminez and Ferns (with the 
genera Carex and Cyperus.) The framework of an introductory lec- 
ture on the subject of botany in general precedes the whole. The 
book is of handy size, 63 by 434", and is bound in strong flexible cov- 
ers. It will be a welcome addition to the laboratory, and a practical 
help to the instructor.—WaLTER DEANE. 


THE PROCEEDINGS of the Indiana Academy of Science for 1893 con 
tain much botanical material, chiefly in connection with the work of 
the State Biological Survey. Professor Underwood, the botanical di- 
rector of the survey, gives an account of the work, followed by a com- 
plete bibliography of Indiana botany, a list of cryptogams at present 
known to inhabit the state of Indiana (about 650), containing descrip 
tions of some new species, and complete lists of hosts in the cas¢ of 
parasites. Among the botanical papers published in full are a general 
consideration of the phanerogamic flora of the state, by Stanley Coul- 
AE ics aah 6 tenn cra 

*Baitey, W. W.—Botanical Note Book. A synopsis of lectures and labora- 
tory plans for use in Brown University and University Extension classes. 
Providence, R. I. Preston and Rounds, 1894. 


Current Literature. 47t 


fer; the special senses of plants, a presidential address by Dr. 5 a 
"Arthur; notes on Saprolegnia ferox, by Geo. L. Roberts; the ash of 
ttees, by Professor M. B. Thomas; our present knowledge of the dis- 
tnbution of pteridophytes in Indiana, by Dr. Underwood; the adven- 
“itious plants of Fayette county, by Robert Hessler. 


Racigorski has studied the morphology and development of the 
shoots and flowers of the Cabombez and Nympheacex. His re- 
sults appear in Fora, 78: 244-279. 1894, and his paper has been dis- 
_tibuted also as a separate, repaged. The editor of Mora ought not to 
Permit this, even if the publisher knows no better than to do it. 
: When will such bibliographical sins cease? 

THE DEPARTMENT of botany of the British Museum has had pre- 
. pared a“Guide” to Sowerby’s models of British fungi now in the 
possession of the Museum. lll the species are described and many 
Riss are given. The guide forms a brief compend of the larger 
. ‘nd more common edible and poisonous fungi of Britain. 

; ‘Mr. Epwarp A. Burr has worked out the histology and develop- 
% ee of a new species of the imperfectly known phalloid genus An- 
| ty A. borealis Burt. He characterizes the species, and describes 
os investigation in the Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural His- 
: lory, 8: 487-505. Al. go, 50. O 1894. | 

: es of the useful keys to Manhattan (Kans.) pla 
By t Hitchcock, has appeared. This one is pased upon 
_@ets, and will be found valuable for winter study. 


nts, by Pro- 
fruit char- 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


Dr. H. Mo.iscu has been called to the German University at Prag 
as professor of anatomy and physiology of plants and director of the 
physiological institute. 


THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE has issued a bulletin on “nut 
grass” (Cyperus rotundus), regarding which Mr. Dewey, assistant 
botanist, desires information 

THE ACADEMY OF SCIENCES at Berlin has appropriated 500 marks 
for the prosecution of the work of the International Commission for 
the reform of botanical nomenclature. 


Dr. Epwarp PaLMER has gone to Acapulco, Mexico, where he ex- 
pects to make a collection of plants. He goes at his own expense, 
but his plants will be named as heretofore by Mr. J. N. Rose of the De- 
partment of Agriculture. 


IN THE American Naturalist (August) Professor L. H. Bailey pub- - 
lishes a paper on “Neo-Lamarckism and Neo-Darwinism,” in w ic 
these varying schools are defined, and exceptions taken to Weismann's 
theory of the continuity of the germ-plasm, as well as his sweeping 
claims concerning acquired characters. 


Dr. HARSHBERGER’s note (p. 159) concerning Ra lus acris L. as 
being poisonous tellsanoldstory. In many places, beggars used to rub 
their hands with this plant, in order to make them sore and thus obtain 
alms. For this reason the Danish name of the plant is Tigger-Ranun- 
kel (beggar-r.). The Krautterbiicher and old floras know a great deal 
about this plant.—J. C. Bay. 


shoots and leaves caused by the Exoasci,” by W. G. Smith; and “The 
capacity of oak stumps for budding, and their infection by 4ga7¢#s 
melleus,” by Dr. Robert Hartig. 


Messrs. Frank S. Collins, William A. Setchell, and Isaac Hoist 


THE BeLcian Acapemy of Sciences at Brussels has of Lae 
tothe value of 600 francs for the best treatise on the following theme>: 


ae 


Uae fate egy 
A cae 


Notes and News. 473 


(1) Researches on the number of chromosomes before fertilization in 
any animal or plant; (2) New researches on the quaternary flora (o 
Belgium) and especially on the peat bogs; (3) Is there a nucleus in 
the schizophytes, and if so, what is its structure and the mode of 
division? Theses must be written in French or Flemish and sent 
under a fictitious name before August rst, 1895, to Chev. Edm. Mar- 
chal, secretary of the Academy. 


winter, he found that respiration diminished with the diminution of 
| the water; but when he operated with young tubers collected in April 
or in May and formed during the season, he found respiration aug- 
mented by a rather feeble loss of water. 


Dr. J. Gruess of Berlin publishes an extensive paper in Pringsheim’s 
Jahrbitcher f. wiss. Botanik (26: 379-437- 1894). on the behavior of 


ttachee, Griiss holds it as certain that diastase belongs to the bodies 
_ &pable of diffusion. 


- It possible to vary the flavor of legumes. by grafti , 
have a different flavor; to retard the flowering of crucl 
md oid hybridization by insects, etc., when it 1S 
tion pure); and to create new varieties by grafting 2 


aratgement but even the stem structure from IsoD! = 
avery J* Senus chiefly used, Phyllocactus, Vochting: oareaterbe 
iq ty modern one, and the changes induced in it by re, fore, he 

be artificial reversion. In these leaf-like Cactace®, : ieht cnet 
“neludes that leaf arrangement is due to the influence of 1} 


ip 
_ Revue Gén. de Bot. 6; 353. 15 S 1894. _ Gén. de 
Bot echerches morphologiques et physiologiques Sur la greffe. Rev 
& 1 
3 Rev. Gén. de 


Sur quel ay : ffe herbacée. 
ques applicat tiques de la gre 
' et 6: 356; 15'S tg ions practiq 


474 The Botanical Gazette. [November, 


the growing point. It isnot a phenomenon of secondary growth. 
It may be that in other plants other external agents, notably gravity, 
produce an effect, and he promises investigation of this and similar 
questions. 


formed opinions concerning the nature and value of Rafinesque 
work which are quite erroneous. e volume will be in the sumptu- 
ous quarto form adopted by the Filson Club, the edition limited to five 
hundred copies, and issued in paper only. It will contain several full- 
page illustrations, one of which will be a portrait of its subject. A 
complete bibliography of the writings of Rafinesque, on every subject, 
comprising over four hundred titles, will be included. 


VERY CONSIDERABLE changes and advances are being made in the 


shrubs grouped principally in their natural orders, but at the same 


er, has been made instructor in bd aa are 
botany. The laboratories have been liberally equipped with ad - 
tional 9h Reagan and new courses, including graduate work, are being 


offered. 
ho lived 


R. Moritz Trause, one of the many genial naturalists w 
Traube 


dD 
and worked at Breslau, Germany, died on the 28th of June. | His 
was born at Ratibor and studied at the University of Berlin. 1) 


brother, Ludwig Traube the distinguished clinic, was engaged in med- 
i : ; when the 


orie der d’ 
Zellbildung und Endosmose in Reichert’s and Du Bois Reymo 
Archiv, —: 87. 1867, and his many valuable papers in the Berté + on 
deutschen chemischen Gesellschaft, 1874, 1876, and later. His wor 


> 


OE TORI, Se Ne Rete 
Oe Riva (Pine eee vy ar 


Notes and News. 475 


‘the production of oxygen by the organism caused a long and most 


interesting literary debate between him and Hoppe-Seyler. Traube 
was unable to devote more than a part of his time to investigations, 


peste the half and even to pass out through the cork layer. On 
ich roots, as on those grown in plaster casts, no hairs develop, which 
is probably due to the resistance of the medium. . The passage made 


net on the penetration of potato tubers by rhizomes of Cy f 
% Dactylon may be explained on other grounds than the excretion of a 


_ fothe inner. So the ability and the force needed to penetrate, living 
tissues is not peculiar to the specialized roots of Cuscuta, but 1s pos 


EFFER HAS demonstrated that it is the root alone which acs 
stotropic sensitiveness. “Al! previous investigations have be 
: y 


Sta the t h oan r 
ate of things is easily demonstrated, since the rays of 


as 
* Stimulus can be easily directed to a single point alone 


bend of the tube, and pushes on as far as the ot 
Whe e by heat geotropic © D enscibetuty, 
2 that | the tip of the root is not placed in the nicola ip directed 


476 The Botanical Gazette. | November, 


vertically downwards, the rest of the root may occupy the horizontal 
or any other position, without the geotropic reaction following. By 


in an uninjured root only the root tip is geotropically sensitive. 


“A THEORY of the strobilus in oe ape is the title of a 
. Bower be of 


most suggestive paper rea y fore section D 
the B. A. A. S., and published in “the dene oF Botany 8: 343° -365. 
S 1894. It ought to be read in full by every botanist who 1s inter- 
ested in the questions of vegetable phylogeny. The main points a the 
theory are briefly stated by the author in these words: 

1. Spore production was the first office of the spor op and the 
spore phase has constantly recurred throughout the descent of the 
Archegoniatz; the spore bearing tissues are to be regarded a primary, 
a vegetative tissues as secondary, in point of evolutionary history. 

Other things being equal, increase in number of carpospores is an 
iinisie: a Fea of numerical spore production was attained in the 
vascular cryptogam d 

3. Sterilization of potential sporogenous tissue has been a wide- 
kara a ae ti appearing as a natural consequence of increased 


spore produc 
mee aan, ve ies or pci of cells (tapetum), served in many 
cases the direct function of nourishin ay the developing spores, being 


themselves aained during she’ proc 
5. By formation of a central mass se-alaaiedla, etc.) the spore pro- 
co pica was, in more complex forms, relegated to a more superficial 


6. ros vascular plants, parts of the sterile tissue formed septa, parte 


=F 


P 
; , 8 ey septation, may have taken place repeatedly in the same line 
o 
Q- The trobilus as a wholeis the correlative of a body of the nature 
of a sporogonial head, and the apex of the one corresponds to the 
Baia 
. Progression from the wong os more complex type de- 
SeNied upon (@) septation, and (4) e n to form superficial ap- 
pendicular organs see rangi Poke. “iporephalie’ upon which the 
soar ty bad a 
By continued pica} gr doin of the stobilus the number of sporo- 
phytis may ae indefinitely increased. nd 
i ane ger Pata as are kipceptible of great pedis in size aD 
iaeniplexity > Hed tan t of paca eels Lh agi small and sim- 


rilization of 


I 
sporophyl 
ene ner rere” 


tAnnals of Botany, 8: 317. S. 1894. 


Weer 
Yd si 
Ypr\' MY 


Ay 


ae 


/ 
soca sah aoe td Al hieacnatinieds shee: nh Rate AE 
{ ae ZA 
¥- 


PLATE XXXII. 


een GAZETTE, 


SPHERES. 


SCHAFFNER on ATTRACTION 


fin Deeember, 1894, will appear the 


Annual Catalogue for 1895 of the Vienna 


Botanical Exchange Society 


(ESTABLISHED 1845) 


In it will be offered for exchange or sale about 4ooo plants 
Prepared for the herbarium, most of them rare, and part never 
before contained in an exchange list. This list will be the most 
Complete, as well as the richest in rarities and new species, ever 
published. 


Sent free, upon request addressed to 
J. DORFLER, Wein I, Burgring 7, Austria. 


- VOLUMES III, IV, IX, X, XI. 


We have recently secured one complete copy of each of these 
Volumes, 


BP Mntending purchasers should apply early. 
Vols. IIT and Iv, $3. Vols. IX and X, $3.50. -Vol. XI, $3. 
THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 
MADISON, WIS, 


PORTRAITS FOR SALE! 


Half. 


tone engravings of Dr. Eduard Strasburger, of Bonn, 
and the late Dr. Sereno Watson 
SUITABLE FOR FRAMING. 
Securely Packed, by mail, 25 cents each, the two for 40 cents. 


THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE, 
MADISON, WIS. 


APPARATUS FOR EXPERIMENTS? 


Vv ETABLE. "PHYSIOLOGY 
an use of schools and investigators. These Sieh are substantially made, 
ostly of brass, and fully nickeled, While simple, and easily adjusted by be- 
ginners, their form and superior sorktnauakip adapt them to the most accurate 
‘toe 


xanometer, cae eR Perea ere jer eeny Weegee ae om eee Cush. tie Foy” $25 00 
ayer Geatritius al, complet ith motor and a 1OSi 625 Phar Sake Sieh ee 25 00 
Arthur Centrifugal, without motor sy raat © |) enuresis RRP nR Wr cee) SeuMa ee. Aa oy Fe 15 00 
Awn Transpiration Indicator, per pair. . 2. 6 6 ee ee ee ee te I 50 
Slide for peer current on microscope SRE ese 6 einen ee Ne, Se eee I co 
Engelmann Gas-stage; for microscope... 2 65. A I eo Fee el tae 3 50 
Respiration Apparatus, baryta matieed, COnmplete: f8 os is Noe eis SS eas 30 00 
prs Skt Apparatus, chamber with outer j ar sh Drase cover! os ee ae 3 00 

scriptive circular upon appiication. dare re 


“BOTANICAL MFG. CO., Lafayette, Ind. 


Musci Europzez Exsiccati 
By F. RENAULD and J. CARDOT 


choice of speci ine s, will be ote in series of fifty numbers, at the price ‘of 
three dollar. “ei a series, payable on receipt. Orders Tae re be addressed to the 
signed, zed ap receive the amount of sabecriptibns: The 


under: 
sent series will re tRtheartiey short 
JOHN en HOLZINGER, Winona, Minn. 


UREDINEZ EXSICCAT4 ET ICONES 
By J. C. ARTHUR and E. W. D. HOLWAY. 


The first fascicle of the distribution of North American Uredinez, with every 
<copaniy! and form illu —o ed ne at wine of the spores on a uniform scale of 
magnification, is now ready. fascicle er seventeen species of 
Lepto- Stipaginicss 2, represented es pe ibe one packet The size of the fascicles 
will be variable, some species peguining more pa ete to vere, display their 

i n ice $3.00 per fas- 


rms, but none s 
cicle in loose packets; $3. 50° per fastitle § in bound volume. 


E. W. D. HOLWAY, Decorah, Iowa. 


MERMAN-HUMP 


BOTANICAL MICROTECHNIQUE 


—— $2.50 POSTPAID «—— 


Cambridge Botanical Supply Company 
CAMBRIDGE, MASS. 


N. Am. LICHENS FOR SALE 


Three hundred specimens or more in collections. Many rare and new ones 
Also Loudon’s Encyclopedia of Plants, 1600 pp., illustrated. 
Address 


. W. CALKINS, 147 California Ave-, Chicago- 


é Rg ee ae E ee ee 
pe I erat eS aT ee a ee ee ee = 


j 


fa Subscribers are requested to forward no subserip- 
tions for the Botanical Gazette through the READERS 
UNION PUBLISHING CO., of Lansing, Michigan. We 
shall have no further dealings with this concern. 
UBLISHERS. 


Henry Heil Chemical Co., 


ST. LOwut!Is, Mo: 


Ghemicals and Apparatus 


LABORATORY 
SUPPLIES. 


GIVE ©. A TnIAl YOU WILL FIND US PROMPT AND CHEAP 
e Ordering Elsewhere, Get Our Quotations. 
Large nis Catalogue on Application. 


Dissecting Microscopes, 
IN EVERY VARIETY: 


PRIMARY DISSECTING MICROS SCI 


DESIGNED BY PROF. c. Re BARN Abbectaaees 


THE 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


FOR 13895. 


The demand upon the pages of the BOTANICAL GAZETTE — 
during the past year has more than kept pace with its in- — 
creased size, and we have again and again exceeded the forty 
pages promised. About SEVENTY different botanists have 
contributed to its pages in the past eleven months. Among 
these are representatives of twenty-five institutions of Jearn- 
ing or research, scattered from Massachusetts to California. 

No marked changes will be made in the form or conduct 
of the journal for the coming year. The editors will welcome 
to its pages, not only the results of anatomical and physio- 
logical research, but also papers dealing with the taxonom: 
of any group of plants. They will likewise be glad to r 
ceive for publication briefer articles on any of the multitudes 
of interesting facts which come to the knowledge of ever 
acute observer, and which are lost unless recorded. They 
also solicit items of news about botanists, botanical ea 
_ tories, books, the poets of eyes tiee Sy etc. 


$3.00 a year 
STRICTLY IN ADVANCE. 
RE Please renew your oe eats — 


No cients or cia rates. 
Remit by express, or postal money order, or r bank 
eae ey : Stamps, cash, or postal notes at risk of sender. 

= | Address a and all business ocean 


DECEMBER, 1894. 


EDITORS: 


_CHARLES R. BARNES, University of Wisconsin, Madi 
J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University’ Lafayette, Ind. 


THE BOTANICAL GAZETTE 


A Monthly Journal Embracing all Departments of Botanical Science. 
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, $3.00. 
SINGLE NUMBERS, 30 CENTS. 
The subscription price must be paid in advance. No numbers are sent after the 
expiration of the time paid for. No reduction ts made to dealers or agents. 
In Great Britain, 14 shillings. | n Germany, 14 marks. 

Agent, W. P. COLLINS, Agents, R. ‘FRIEDE JENDER & SOHN, 

7 Great Portiand St., London, W. aristrasse 11, Berlin, N, W. 6 ~ 

The prices named ‘nelude postage, 

Subscriptions and siness correspondence should be addressed to the - 
BOTANICAL GAZETTE, MADISON, WIS.; money orders and drafts should be made — 
payable to the BoranicaL GAZETTE. 

Separate Copies.— Contributors are furnished on request 25 separate copies of 
their articles (free) when 2 pp. long or more. Additional copies will be supplied - 

at the following rates: For each 4 pages or less, per 100, $1.50; for each plate, 
per 100, $1.00. A less number at the same rate. Covers like GAZETTE, with | 
title, $1. ae per 100; additional. 2@8"The number desired must be marked et ee i 
head of ihe bMS. as none will be es unless ordered. saa 
Manuscripts. —C it requested to write scientific an proper names 
: with particular care, ee in foeseae to follow the form shown in the ace 
the emis boemaaas ess be sent to any one of the editors. 
lust rticles spose illustrations and corres: 


Tticies 


Mobi Glia 


pondenc 
University, Lafayette, Ind. 
Missing Numbers.— Will be replaced oA only when claim is made within o 
: bose alter ~— of the number followi : 


-fntered at the Postoffice at Madison, Wis., as oe matter] 


| S In the Sandy number ae appear: : 
| ‘Undeseribed plants from bistemale ea tee Cent 
seudieie Republics. Tee by ess DONNELL ‘SuitH, 


ROTANICAL GAzer Le 


DECEMBER, 1894. 


‘Contribution to the comparative histology of pulvini and 
the resulting photeolic movements.* | 


FRED DE FOREST HEALD. 
WITH PLATE XXXIV. 

Since the work that I have already completed upon the 
_ comparative histology of pulvini and ‘the resulting photeolic 
‘Movements is too extended to permit of presentation in 
‘these pages, the large mass of details in connection with each 
Species will be passed over, and only an outline of the work 
' Carried out will be here attempted. The complete paper will 
be published elsewhere later. 
4 Aim of study. 
_ Inasmuch as the majority of investigators have busied them- 
Ives with seeking an explanation of the movement of leaves 
ith motor organs without paying very great attention to 
eir histology, the literature dealing with the structure of the 
ulvinus is comparatively scanty. The present work was 
ndertaken as a contribution to the comparative histology of 
Motor organs, hoping that a better knowledge of their struc- 
ttre might aid in understanding their physiology. 
he work that I have already done seems to indicate that 
_Presence of motor organs is much more general than was 
rst supposed. Not only the material collected, but ob- 
ations in connection with the field work confirm this opin- 
n. It remains for further study to reveal to what extent the 
Pposition is correct. 
‘connection with the anatomy of the or 
__ Sive a general idea of the positions which the leaves as- 
®'at nicht. It was not considered necessary to mcasth™ 
tthe €xact angles which the petioles form with the axes nor 

angles of the leaflets with the rachis in the diurnal and 


1 : ; iscon- 
-oiaahe a thesis for the degree B.S. in Botany, University of Wisco 
94. j 


organs Lhave sought 


3—Vol. XIX —No. 12. 


478 _ The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


nocturnal positions, since the angles vary with different indi- 
viduals, and with the same individual at different times. All 
that was sought was the general extent and direction of the 
movements. 

I pass over the account of earlier investigations which forms 
the historical introduction to my paper and set forth the 


Present state of knowledge as to the physiology of the 
motor organs. 

Pfeffer? found that the rise of the leaves of Phaseolus, when 
assuming the night position, was brought about by the in- 
crease of the turgidity of the cells of the lower half of the 
pulvinus and a diminution of the turgor of the cells in the 
upper half; the reverse occurs when assuming the day posi- 
tion. From this it is evident that changes of an opposite 
nature take place simultaneously in the cells of the two op- 
posed halves of the pulvinus. 
There are three ways in which the change of the hydro- 
static pressure might occur: (1) by a change in the osmotically 
active substances of the cell sap; (2) by a change in the 
elasticity of the cell-walls; (3) by a change in the resistance 
of the protoplasm to the escape of cell sap. The first two 
are shown by Vines? to be out of the question, and the third 
remains as the explanation of the changes in turgidity. With 
illumination comes the restoration of the protoplasm to its 
original condition, and the absorption of water into the cell. 
The change in the protoplasm being entirely invisible, it 
may be inferred that there occurs arear ent of the molec- 
ular structure or possibly the breaking down of the proto- 
plasmic molecule. In the latter case the restoration of the 
original condition would simply be the building up of the 
protoplasmic molecule. Briefly, the mechanism of the MOVE: 
ment may be stated as variations in the degree of turgidity of 
the opposed halves of the motor organs, in accordance witl 
changes in the molecular structure of the protoplasm. The 
molecular changes are brought about under the influence of 
the alternation of light and darkness. f 
In connection with this subject I must mention the work o 
Haberlandt* on the conduction of ‘‘stimuli” in Mimosa 


* Pfeffer; Die periodischen Bewegungen der Blattorgane 166. 1875. 

* Vines; Physiology of Plants 62-64. 1886. ; 

4 Haberlandt; Das reizleitende Gewebe-system der Sinnpflanze. eee 
/ 


1804.] Comparative Histology of Pulvini. 479 


pudica. His investigations contradict those of Dutrochet® 
and others. He finds that the impulse normally travels inside 
the collenchyma ring but outside the xylem of the bundles, 
in other words, in the phloem. When a stem is cut, drops 
come from special cellsin the phloem and not from the xylem 
as was formerly supposed. The phloem of Mimosa, like that 
of many of the leguminous plants, is characterized by rows 
of somewhat larger cells than the true sieve-cells, which from 
the nature of their contents are known as tannin cells. He 
concludes that the impulse is transmitted by these rows of 
glucoside cells, and that in a purely mechanical manner. 
his is against the theory of Vines® that the impulse travels 
by the continuity of the living protoplasm, for Haberlandt 
found that the impulse could be transmitted through parts 
that had been killed by steam. : 
A few words in regard to what Vines terms’ the transmis- 
sion of the ‘‘ stimulus.” In accordance with animal physi- 
ology the use of the term is incorrect. It is not the stimulus 
that is transmitted but the stimulus upsets the equilibrium and 
the resulting impulse is transmitted. Heat as heat is not 


transmitted, a mechanical force as such is not transmitted, 


ut each gives rise to impulses that are transmitted. Why 
then in the case of plants like Mimosa is it not the impulse 
from the stimulation which sets off the cells of the succeed- 
ing motor organs and. causes the leaflets to fold together? We 
should speak of the transmission of impulses and not stimult 
and in one more way unify the two sciences. 

In order that we may obtain a correct idea of the move- 
Ments to be dealt with, a short outline of the movements of 


vant organs is here given. Passing by the movements of 


Sfowing organs, or auxotonic movements, which do not | 


Pecially concern us, there are the movements of mature 


= es 


*rgans, or allasotonic movements, which comprise the fol- 
lowing : 


: iti ich 
_ 1. Spontaneous movements, resulting from conditions whi 


© are unable to interpret. 
A 2. Induced movements, or those resul 
d 


% Cording to the nature of the stimulus we 
e 


ting from stimulation. 
distinguish those 


5: 
a eyines; Physiology of Plants 583, 1886. 
i 
84-587. 
a 


Ines; of. cit. 
"Vines: op. cit. 38 


Oye a AER Mee BORER ee ce oat 
ste ake See Ra ; 5 


480 The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


. To variation in the intensity of light. Called ‘‘sleep 
movements;” ‘‘nyctitropic movements;” ‘‘ variation 
movements.” (Pfeffer. 

To variations in temperature. 

To mechanical stimuli. 

To electrical stimuli. 

To chemical stimuli. 

To intensity and direction of light, or para- and diahe- 
liotropism. 

Suggestions on terminology. 

The phrase ‘‘sleep of plants” is, of course, entirely fanci- 
ful. Even as far back as the time of Senebier it was known 
that this Linnean phrase was not scientifically correct, yet it 
has continued in quite frequent use even up to the present 
time. The movements have also been called nyctitropic 
movements, among which Darwin includes the nutation move- 
ments of growing leaves. Even if we confine this term to 
the movements of plants with motor organs, the term is still 
not a good one. Etymologically it means night-turning 
movements; now from the nature of the movements, it 1s 
evident that since the leaves assume a different position at 
the approach of day, it would be just as proper to use a term 
meaning day-turning movements. For this reason it seems 
to me that some other term would be better. Since we know 
the real cause of the movements, the gradual variation in the 
intensity of the light, would not a word expressing that be 
.better? For this reason I propose the term photeolic move- 
ments, from the Greek gas meaning light, and aioAos, vart 
able. This term would be only applicable to movements 0 
leaves which have special motor organs, and not to those simi- 
lar movements which are auxotonic. 

One more point in regard to the terminolog 
to me to be of importance that we use terms 
tifically correct. The special organ of motio 
called, ‘‘the motile organ,” or the ‘‘ pulvinus,’ 
same as the ‘‘Gelenkpolstern” of the Germans. is 
on ‘The mechanism of movement in Cucurbita, Vitis a? 
Robinia,” Penhallow® speaks of tendrils as motile organs. he 
can not deny him the right to use this term, for tendrils cer 
tainly are motile organs. Here then is a confusion of a com- 
Vitis and Robinia. 49: 


Q 


SS Qo & 


y, for it seems 
that are scien- 
n is commonly 
’ which is the 


hy enhallow; Mechanism of movement in Cucurbita, 
1886. 


In his paper 


1894.) Comparative Histology of Pulvini. 481 


mon term, using the same for two very different structures. 
Burdon-Sanderson® speaks of the organs as ‘‘ motor organs.” 
Ido not know whether it was a mere accident on his part or 
a premeditated change, but ashe states no reason for so doing, 
Ijudge that it was the former. It is, however, a happy sug- 
gestion and therefore instead of the term which .is in such 
common use, motile organ, I propose to adopt the term 
motor organ for those structures whose curvatures set in mo- 
tion other passive parts. In electro-mechanics it is the motor 
that drives the machinery. Now the motor organ, like the 
electric motor, causes other structures to move, the leaf being 
Passive and taking whatever position is necessitated by the 
curvatures of the motor organ. This, then, seems to me to 
ean especially good term, and in adopting it we shall avoid 
confusion in the minds of those who do not command a view 
of the whole subject. 
Method and material. 
: The material for the work on this subject was collected dur- 
ing the summer of 1893, in the months of June, July and 
August. At the same time that the collection of material — 
Was made the positions of the leaves were noted. A small 
fase containing bottles of Flemming’s fluid was carried into 
the field; the specimens of motor organs were snipped off 
with a pair of scissors, leaving only such additional parts of * 
leaves, petioles and axes as were necessary for examination, 
4nd placed immediately in the fixing fluid. The plants were 
_‘Usited during the day, the position of the leaflets noted, and 
_ Material collected. They were again visited about dark, and 
Specimens of the organs in their nocturnal position were ob- 
fined; at the same time a record of the position of the leaf- 
&ts was made. Some leaves were slow in assuming their noc- 
_turnal position, and in those cases it was necessary to visit 


_ Nations which are possible in studying a plant out of its nat 

_“alhabitat. On the other hand the observations required 
“nsiderable time and trouble because some of the species 

f= local, and it was n ecessary to go toa distance in order 
| btain specimens from them. 

: i. Specimens of the motor organs, 
_~"™Ming’s fluid as soon as removed, were 


which were placed in 
allowed to remain 


a et ° . 1882, 
: Burdon-Sanderson: The Excitability of Plants. Nature. 26: 353, 483 


482 The Botanical Gazette. ' [December, 


for twelve to twenty-four hours, or until they were perfectly 
fixed. They were then removed, washed with water, and 
carried through the different grades of alcohol up to 70%, 
where they were allowed to rest. Sections were cut and 
stained with either borax-carmine or hematoxylin, washed, 
then passed through 95% and 100% alcohol, cleared in oil of 
origanum, and mounted in balsam. For the study it was nec- 
essary to have transverse sections of the motor organ, of the 
petiole above and below the motor organ, and of the rachis; 
also median longitudinal dorsiventral sections of the organs in 
their diurnal and in their nocturnal positions. Over one hun- 
dred and fifty slides were prepared for the work. The borax- 
carmine stain was used for the majority, and it was found 
necessary to leave the specimens in the stain for about twelve 
hours, on account of the slowness with which they took it up. 
| Species studied. 
Twenty-five species representing four families and seven- 
teen genera were studied. The following is the list: 
I. LEGUMINOS#. 
Baptisia leucophaea Nutt., B. leucantha Torr. & Gray, Trt- 
folium pratense L., T. hybridum L., T. repens L., T . pre- 
cumbens \.., Melilotus alba Lam., Medicago lupulina L., 
Amorpha canescens Nutt., Petalostemon violaceus Michx., P. 
candidus Michx., Desmodium acuminatum DC., D. canescens 
DC., D. Canadense DC., Lespedeza capitata Michx., Vécta 
sativa L., Lathyrus ochroleucus Hook., L. venosus Muhl., LZ. 
palustris L., Aptos tuberosa Moench, Amphicarpea monoica 
Nutt., Gleditschia triacanthos L. 
II. GERANIACE#. 
Oxalis corniculata L., var. stricta Sav. 
Ill. POLYGALACE. 
Polygala verticillata L. 
IV. MALVACE#, 
Abuttlon Avicenne Gertn. 
Definitions. 
In the descriptions which -follow I have called th 


organ located at the base of the petiole the primary ia’ 
In the pinnate leaves the whole of the secondary petiole oO 


e motor 


1894.] Comparative Histology of Pulvini. » 483 


petiolule is transformed into a motor organ, this I term the 
secondary organ. (Contrast with Penhallow’s paper.) In 
the case of bi-pinnate leaves, the petiolules of the second- 
ary leaflets may be transformed into motor organs and these 
Iterm ¢ertzary organs. Theterm ventral has been used to 
indicate the upper side of the organ, leaf-blade or petiole, 
that is, the side toward the axis in the bud, the dorsal being 
the lower side or that which is away from the axis in the bud. 
Following the example of Penhallow!®, I have used the term 
hypodermal tissue to mean the tissue between the stele and 
the epidermis which is derived from the periblem. Vines** 
calls this extra-ste/ar fundamental tissue. Inthe motor organ 
the pith is either pushed to one side and the cell-walls be- 
come thickened or it remains in the center of the stele; when 
the former is the case, the stele is generally somewhat kidney 
shaped in cross section, the remnant of pith occupying the de- 
pression. This depression I have termed the Ac/um of the stele 
in order to facilitate description. In the descriptions I have 
given the external appearance of the motor organs and the 
changes in position of leaves from normal diurnal positions 
to the nocturnal positions. Ihave then in each case given 
the anatomy of the organs, beginning with the primary and 
following this with the secondary and the tertiary organs 
when present. 


From the twenty-five species described I select one, which 
though treated at greater length than the majority Is best 
adapted for illustration. 


Melilotus alba. 
Melilotus alba shows well developed motor organs and con- 
_ Sequently very marked movements. It has a primary motor 
gan which will be noticed as a slight thickening of the 
Petiole just above the bract-like stipules, each of which con- 
tains a well developed schizostele. These schizosteles arise 
alf way around the central stele of the axis and pass up- 
_ Wards and towards the base of the pulvinus, where just be- 
: fore uniting with the middle schizostele, they are ge ett 
pent angles to the axis. These three schizosteles of whic 
_ the center one is the largest unite in the center as they pass 
Bough the motor organ proper. Besides being an enlarge- 
|, PIOPE SOT te ee eee 
1, Penhallow: 
"Vines; deAe ¥en wick of Botany 146. 1894. 


- 


484 The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


ment of the petiole the organ is noticeable on account of its 
darker green color. The secondary motor organ, as in Tri- 
folium, constitutes the whole of the petiolule, but here there 
is a rachis intervening between the mesopodium and the pul- 
vinus of the terminal leaflet. [This was referred to when 
‘speaking of Trifolium procumbens in the preceding genus. ] 
Unlike those of Trifolium, the organs do not show any differ- 
ence in size as they are continued on into the mid-rib, but 
shade off gradually so that their limit can only be determined 
externally by their difference in color. The rachis continues 
for about half an inch before the terminal leaflet is given off 
and the organ of this leaflet is a little smaller than the rachis, 
there being quite an abrupt change in size, as shown in plate 
XXXIV, figs. 1 and 2 

In the normal diurnal position the petiole forms a right 
angle with the internode above its insertion, and the three 
leaflets are spread out in a horizontal position. The leaf 
shows other very marked movements not photeolic, and one 
of these may be noted early in the morning when the sun Is 
still in the east. The petiole curves so as to bring the plane 
of the laminz at right angles to the incident rays of the sun. 
If the plants are visited in the late afternoon it will be found 
that the upper surfaces of the leaflets are similarly turned 
towards the setting sun. This is due to the so-called trans- 
verse heliotropism and is to be separated from the movements 
brought about by the variation in the intensity of light. If 
the plants are observed in the hottest part of the day they 
will be found to have assumed a position different from the 
one just described. The blades of the leaves are brought to 
occupy a position parallel to the incident rays of the sun, by 
turning upwards; this movement is connected with the pro- 
tection of the chlorophyll from the intense rays of the sun, — 
and is due to the so-called paraheliotropism. These move- 
ments are mentioned so that it may be understood that they 
are not similar to, and have not been confused with, the phot- 
tteolic movements. : 

In assuming the nocturnal position the primary petiole ap- 
proaches the axis above its insertion, passing through ae 
angle of 20-30°, thus coming to make an acute angle wit 
the axis. The two lateral leaflets turn upwards so as to bring 
the upper faces together, but they never twist upon ist 
axes. The’ terminal leaflet approaches the axis, sometimes 


1894. ] Comparative Histology of Pulvini. 485 


directly without any twisting, while at other times a slight 
twist is made. They thus assume nearly the same position 
as the leaflets of T. repens, only the position seems different 
on account of the upright growth of ‘the axis. 

Darwin’? describes the ‘sleep movements” of a large num- 
ber of species of the genus Melilotus, and as the type of their 
movements, he selects a case altogether different, in that the 
movement is the exact reverse of what I have found in Melil- 
otus alba, although this is one of the species that he enum- 
erates. Special pains was taken to make sure of this move- 
ment and plants were visited again and again with always the 
same result. It could hardly be that Darwin made a mistake 
and as he mentionsa similar movement in one species at a differ- 
ent time, it is possible that the movement may sometimes 
differ in the same species. From this reversion of the move- 
ment to the Trifolium type, Darwin is inclined to speculate, 
_. and regards it as an indication of the close relation of the 
two genera. Since all photeolic movements are either up or 
down I can see no basis for Such’ speculation. 
Primary organ.—The pulvinus of the petiole as seen in the 
Cross section is kidney shaped, fig. 4, the hilum being di- 
rected upwards or towards the ventral side of the petiole. The 
dorsiventral diameter is about 1.4", the lateral diameter 
1.75", while the length is only about 1.4". From these 
Measurements it will be seen that the organ is quite short be- 
ing only as long as its dorsiventral diameter. In the diurnal 
Position the organ has a single transverse depression on each 
Side, that on the ventral side being somewhat closed up, but 
not as deep as the one upon the dorsal side. In the noc- 
turnal position there is a marked change in the outline; the 
transverse depression.on the dorsal side becomes less marked 
as the petiole approaches the axis, while the motor organ, on 
its ventral side, is thrown into transverse folds for its entire 
length, (3 or 4 folds) the depth of the depressions depending 
Upon the degree of movement that has taken place. gt 
seneral rule the depressions are deeper at the base of the 
°rgan and become more shallow towards the distal end. 

here is a gradual change in the epidermis in passing from 
the leaf or petiole, so gradual indeed that it is impossible to 
tell €xactly where the cells belong to the one or the hae 
region. The epidermal cells of the pulvinus are of abou 


*? Darwin: Movement of Plants. 346, jig. 749. 1880. * , 


486 The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


equal dimensions radially and tangentially, but are shorter in 
the longitudinal direction in accordance with the general type 
of motor organ cells. In consequence of the thickening of 
the walls the cell cavities are more or less spherical, fig. 3. 
The epidermal cells of the dorsal side are larger than those 
on the ventral side. The internal walls are much thicker in 
the longitudinal direction than the external walls, and very 
much thicker than the radial walls (fig. 3). The ex- 
ternal wall also shows longitudinal ridges as in Trifolium pra- 
tense and other species. 

The cells of the hypodermal tissue are different upon the 
upper and under sides of the organ. Those immediately be- 
neath the epidermis are of about the same size as the epi- 
dermal cells, but towards the center the first few cells increase 
in size, then there is a decrease until the central stele is 
reached where they are even smaller than the epidermal cells. 
The cells of the dorsal side of the motor organ in the region 
of the hilum are smaller than tho$e of the other side and 
their walls are more uniformally thickened while the cell cavi- 
ties are generally four sided incross section. The remainder 
of the hypodermal cells are of the collenchyma type, fig 3. 
They are very much thickened at the corners and the middle 
lamellz are very marked. . The side walls, although they 
look thin when compared with the thickened corners, are yet 
very much thicker than the walls of the adjacent parenchyma. 
Upon the ventral side of the organ in the region of the depres- 
sion, which remains permanent, the cell walls are very thick 
and the cells irregular in shape. In some cases the opposite 
walls nearly touch each other, and when the nocturnal post- 
tion is assumed the cells in the region of all the transverse de- 
pressions become very much distorted in shape. In the region 
of the central stele there are a few intercellular spaces, but to- 
wards the periphery they are entirely absent. The cells near 
the axis cylinder contain an abundance of chlorophyll, but 
those near the surface have a less abundant supply. Like all 
those previously described the cells have a peripheral layer of 
protoplasm, with the center occupied by a large vacuole. a 

Cross sections of the hypopodium were cut, and the origin 
of the bundles from the axis which was externally indicated, 
was confirmed. The purely mechanical advantage of t : 
arrangement is at once clearly seen, and when itis noted me 
these three schizosteles come together at the base of the pul 


1894. ] Comparative Histology of Pulvini. 487 


vinus and pass through that organ as a single cylinder, sepa- 
rating again as soon as beyond the limits of the motor organ, 
one is again impressed by the mechanical advantage which is 
gained by this course. As shown in the cross section the 
central meristele is kidney shaped in agreement with the form 
of the organ and is entirely surrounded by a cylinder of bast 
fibers. (The outline is shown in fig. 4.) The cells with, the 
thickened walls at the hilum, which are considered to repre- 
sent the remnant of the pith, have very much thicker walls 
than the remainder of the bast fiber layer which is made up 
of the bast fibers belonging to the phloem of the bundles. As 
seen in the longitudinal section the cells at the hilum are 
found to be short fusiform cells, while the latter are much 
longer and contain straight cross partitions which are much 
thinner than the longitudinal walls. The phloem forms a con- 
tinuous ring around the xylem except at the hilum. The 
xylem vessels, spiral, pitted and reticulated, radiate from the 
hilum and between them are well marked pith rays the cells 
of which are filled with granular protoplasmic contents. 
From the short longitudinal dimensions of the cells of the motor 
organ proper, it might be thought that on account of the ten- 
sions set up, the cells of the vascular bundles would likewise 
be shorter than elsewhere. This supposition is confirmed by 
observation. The pitted and spiral vessels show cross walls 
much more frequently than in the general bundles of the 
plant. 

Secondary organ.—The secondary pulvinus is nearly circu- 
lar in cross section, 0. 7™™ in diameter. The length is 1.4™",1. €., 
twice as great as its diameter. As seen-in the cross abet 
the epidermal cells are of the same size as the hypoderma 
collenchyma cells but their longitudinal dimensions are he 
than the same of the collenchyma. The external epiderma 
Wall is very thin and covered with a thin cuticle which facet 
longitudinal ridges as already described for the sel eae 
organ. The radial diameter of the raeaees ae eh 
al, or if any differ- 
ence is to be detected the longitudinal ts eenthe epidermis to 
ize and 


orm; they are arranged in regu 
Not fit together in the manner 0 


488 The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


cribed but have square end walls. They are of the same col- 
lenchyma type as shown in the organ of the petiole, but the 
thickening at the corners is not quite as marked. In Trifolium 
repens the walls of the pulvinus parenchyma cells are slightly 
thicker than the walls of the adjacent parenchyma. A few of 
the cells for that organ are shown in fig. 5; as compared with 
those, a few cells from the organ of Melilotus alba are shown 
in fig. 6. The difference in the thickness of the cell walls is to 
be noted. The cells are about equal in their tangential and 
radial dimensions but their length is slightly less. No inter- 
cellular spaces whatever could be detected, but the whole 
of the hypodermal cells are richly filled with chlorophyll 
bodies, while the protoplasm always occupies the periphery 
with a large vacuole in the center. 

In the diurnal position the organ is slightly curved and 
shows very marked and regular transverse wrinkles for the en- 
tire length. When the organ assumes its night position it 
becomes more curved; the wrinkles on the ventral side be- 
come more marked while those on the other side are to a Cer- 
tain extent obliterated, figs. 7and 8. These organs are con- 
tractions rather than enlargements of the petiolule. The 
same distortion of the cells in the region of the transverse 
depressions is to be noted as in the primary organ. 

The schizosteles,-as they emerge from the primary organ, 
traverse the petiole in the position shown in fig. 9 and give 
off lateral branches to the secondary motor organs in which 
they still occupy the center. The stele with its surrounding 
bast fibers is circular in cross section to agree with the form 
of the organ itself and it shows the same remnant of pith as 
in previous cases. By comparing the cross sections of the 
steles of the petiole and motor organs, it is found that the 
elements have been reduced in size; the bast fibers have 
thicker walls and are decidedly smaller, while the sieve cells 
have undergone such a modification in the thickness of their 
walls that it is almost impossible to tell which are bast fibers 
and which sieve cells, so closely do the two regions merge 
into each other. Otherwise the arrangement is very similar 
to that described for the primary organ, so no further des- 
cription is needed. In the rachis the schizosteles occupy the 
same position as in the petiole and at the end come together 
to form the central stele of the terminal leaflet. 


4 


1894. ] Comparative Histology of Pulvint. 489 


Conclusion. 

3 _From the study of the twenty-five species, I have found 
_ that there are, considering their diversity, many striking re- 
_ semblances in the external and internal anatomy of the motor 
organs, of which I here give a short summary: 

1. Organs may be found at the base of the petiole, and as 
such they are termed primary organs. In the species con- 
sidered the primary organ may be altogether absent or repre- 
sented by an imperfect development. As a general rule sim- 
ple leaves do not possess pulvini; but one exception has been 
noted in the case of Abutilon Avicenna, in which the organ 1s 
at the base of the leaf blade, or epipodium. This, however, 
I consider as a primary organ. The petiolules of each leaflet 
of pinnate and bi-pinnate leaves are transformed into motor 
organs, the secondary and tertiary organs. In the case of 
pinnate leaves, whenever any pulvini are present, it is always 
these which are found, no examples being discovered in which 
a primary organ was present without secondary organs. 

2. The organs generally show a difference in color from the 
adjacent tissue. In the organs containing chlorophyll the 
color is darker green, which it must be concluded is due to 
the fact that the organ contains but few intercellular spaces. 
The pulvini which do not contain chlorophyll are generally 
yellowish. This color is due to the presence of yellow color- 
ing matter, probably xanthophyll. In all the color may be 
Modified by trichomes, and in ‘Abutilon Avicenne there 1s a 
ted coloring matter in the epidermal pile oe 2 

3. As might be expected, different stages in the ids re 
ment of the pulvini are found in the species describe Sect 
gradations, from the very simplest indication to the per PA ane 
developed organ, are to be found. These rudimentary pulvini 
are always at the base of the petiole and never Oe as 
tertiary organs The beginning development ts to be ad a 
by the enlargement of the base of the petiole, ae ‘ 
tion of the hypodermal cells to agree with the sg 
type, and in the convergence of the schizosteles towards 
Center to form a single cylinder. 

4. The organs have a variety of for 
ae organs of the petiole, the fae wie 
erally kidney-shaped although they may © . : 
The secondary oulvint are bet? commonly roapea ae 
cross section, but different forms occur, varying from Hatte 


ms in cross section. 


eR ais pia et as rere 45 A ad iB rae ae ON a i 


490 The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


heart shape to almost triangular. In organs which are not 
circular, the lateral diameter is generally the greater although 
the exact reverse is the case in a few species. In the major- 
ity of organs the length is generally about twice the diameter; 
a few however were found in which the diameter was equal to 
the length. 

5. The epidermis is fairly well developed when compared 
with the adjacent epidermis, and we// developed when com- 
pared with the remainder of the motor organ tissue. The 
cells are shorter in the longitudinal direction than those of 
the leaf or petiole and their longest diameter is generally in 
the radial direction. The epidermis is generally covered Fs 
with trichomes: but in no instance could any stomata be found 
within the limits of the motor organ. The hypodermal cells 
are always smaller than the parenchyma cells of neighboring 
parts. They are always very short in the longitudinal direc- 
tion, while the radial and tangential dimensions are some- 
times equal to each other, but as a general rule the radial 
dimension is the greater. The cell walls are generally 
thicker than the walls of the adjacent parenchyma cells, and 
the protoplasm always occupies the periphery of the cells. 
The cells may be arranged in quite regular longitudinal rows, 
or on the other hand the arrangement may be quite irregular. 
The hypodermal tissue is to be regarded homologous with the 
mesophyll of the leaf. There are three types of hypodermal 
cells: (a), the parenchyma type; (4), the collenchyma type 
or those which show thickened corners in the cross section, 
(c), a type intermediate, in which the cells have walls that 
are uniformly thickened. 

6. Very few intercellular spaces could be detected and 
these only near the central stele; they are very small when 
compared with the intercellular spaces of adjacent parts. 

7. The completely developed organ is always traversed by 
a stele which is entire and completely surrounded by a layer 
of non-lignified bast fibers. The meristele, in those leaves 
with primary organs, arises from the axis as three separate 
strands; these fuse to form the meristele of the organ and 5° 
close is the union that it is impossible to make out these three 
in the crosssection. The same may be said of the stele of the 
secondary organ which is simply a branch of the meristele of 
the petiole. The stele may be central, or pushed to one side, 
in which case it is excentric. The remnant of the pith may 


1894.] Comparative Histology of Pulvint. 491 


be in the center of the stele or it may be represented by the 
thickened cells at the hilum, which is always on the dorsal 
side of the organ. Generally speaking the elements of the 
steles are poorly developed. ~ 

8. The well developed organ always shows marked trans- 
verse folds even in the diurnal position, which become 
changed when the curvature of the organ becomes greater or 
less. Many organs show a compression and distortion of the 
cells in the region of the transverse folds. 
_ 9. Some organs must be regarded as enlarge 
ing to the old idea while others are distinctly contractions, 
The former is generally the case with primary organs and the 
latter more commonly with secondary and tertiary organs- 
Madison, Wis. 


ments accord- 


EXpLANATION OF PLaTe XXXIV. 
All figures except fig. 5 represent Melilotus alba. 


Fig. 1. Diurnal position of leaf turned towards the west. 
Fig. 2. Nocturnal position. ; ‘ 
Fig. 3. Epidermal and collenchyma cells from the cross sectio 
atl organ. 

ig. 4. Diagram of cross section of primary organ. 
Fig. 5. Trifolium repens. Ey podeciial parenchyma cells from motor organ. 
Longitudinal section. 
ig. 6. Cells from longitudinal section 0 
oe 7. Diagram of longitudinal section 0 


n of the pri- 


f secondary organ. : 
f secondary organ, nocturnal posi- 
ti 
Fig. 8. The same, diurnal position. 
Fig. 9. Diagram of cross section of petiole. 

Fig. to. Diagram of cross section of secondary organ. 


Two new ferns from New England. 
With some observations on hybridity and nomenclature. 
GEORGE E. DAVENPORT. 

The unexpected discovery of a new (species) fern, whose 
characters show unmistakable evidence of hybridization, in 
Essex county, Massachusetts, by Mr. Raynal Dodge, of New- 
buryport, is of unusual interest and importance, as it opens 
up again the question of hybridity among the ferns, a ques- 
tion by no means as yet satisfactorily settled. 

Unfortunately absolute proof of hybridity among ferns in 
nature is beyond our reach and we can only conjecture prob- 
able results, with possibility of error in our deductions. We 
must not assume that because one plant possesses certain 
characters in common with two others it is necessarily a hy- 
brid, as fundamental structural characters alone are impor- 
tant. The innate tendency of ferns to vary must always be 
considered, for herein the explanation of many apparent dif- 
ferences and superficial resemblances will be found. 

The number of fern hybrids is exceedingly small as it must 
necessarily be from the very nature of the difficulties sur- 
rounding germination even in normal directions. 

Asplenium ebenoides is probably the best example of a 
fern hybrid that we have, the infrequency of its occurrence, 
the presence always of Camptosorus and Asplentum ebene- 
um, and the few plants found in the recorded stations, all 
going to favor the hypothesis of hybridization; yet even here 
the difficulty of demonstrating such an hypothesis is almost 
insurmountable. é 

The late Wm. H. Leggett wrote to me only a short time 
before his death that some efforts were being made to test 
the hybridity of Asplenium ebenoides, but the probabilities 
are, that the effort, if made, was unsuccessful, as no attempt 
of that kind has been recorded to my knowledge; and if that 
fern really derived its origin from two species separated from 
each other by generic distinctions, the presumption is wholly 
in favor of its sterility. 

Aspidium Boottii is generally considered a hybrid between 
Aspidium spinulosum and A. cristatum, but the frequency 
of its occurrence has oftentimes caused me to doubt the sound- 


Pail ame we Maes Be 
es Sor Be vin ate 


Ee 1804. Two New Ferns from New England. 493 


ness of that view: it is certainly very strange that those two 
species should be so accommodating as to intercross in so 
many widely separated stations under such varying condi- 
tions and always with such nearly similar results. Besides 
Ihave more than once found A. Boottii growing so far away 
from one or the other of its reputed parents as to almost pre- 
clude the possibility of contact. 

The fern which I here bring forward for the first time, 

however, was found growing under such conditions, and ex- : 
hibits such unmistakable characters, that there is every prob- 
ability in favor of its hybrid origin. Moreover the successful 
cultivation in my garden during the past year of plants trans- 
planted from their native habitation has enabled me to watc 
the growth and development of this fern so closely, and my 
convictions in regard.to it have become so strong, that I should 
Not now expect to find it growing anywhere in nature except 
in close proximity to Aspédium cristatum and A. marginale, 
whose combined characteristics it inherits. 
At the same time I recognize the possibility of parent forms 
dying out, or being exterminated from various causes, while 
_ 4 hybrid or varietal form might continue an independent ex- 
" istence; so that the absence of one or both parent forms 
from any given locality could not necessarily disprove hybrid- 
ity, though it might weaken evidence for It. 


I which I also publish here for 
n the case of the other fern whic ae yesesn 


Maine; but as there are other and stronger Fas. ae 
accepting that view I have preferred to consider it a 


inc : 
t species. o Prof. Daniel 


ds for investigation, 


te n considering the question of nomenclature the first to re- 
"4 the Swartzian generic names as Swartz was better to keep 
Uce fern genera to any kind of order, and it is 


37—Vol, XIX—No. 12. 


494 The Botanical Gazette. [December,, 


his names than to use names of only partial and doubtful ap- 
plication given by writers who knew very little about the 
subject. 

I do not recognize the authority of the makers of the 
Rochester and Madison codes, nor can I approve of the 
methods by which final judgment is forestalled, and I do not 
consider that any one is bound by them 

I believe in the desirability of uniformity, and am ready to 
sacrifice my own opinions without hesitation whenever Kew 
and Cambridge, Paris and Berlin shall agree upon some uni- 
versal basis, but until that time I prefer to be guided by the 
principles laid down by the illustrious de Candolle, and lately 
substantially reaffirmed in the recommendations made to the 
Botanical Section of the American Association in August, 
1894, by the committee on the nomenclature of plant diseases. 

The name ASPIDIUM was first used by Swartz for the 
whole genus very nearly as it is now understood, and it ought 
to be retained as there is no earlier name with the same scope 
and application. 

However if any think otherwise and prefer to divide 
Aspidium into two genera they can use either Dryopteris, 
_Nephrodium or Lastrea for the Aspidia with reniform indusia, 
and for the benefit of such persons I have appended to my 
descriptions synonyms from which they can choose whichever 
suits them best. 

Aspidium cristatum x marginale, n. (hybrid) sp.— Root- 
stock caudiciform, stout, erect or sub-erect, crown central as - 
in A. marginale, shaggy with large pale brown ovate and 
ovate-lanceolate scales: fertile fronds 13 to 23" tall, 4 to 8 
broad across the middle of the lamina; sterile fronds one-half 
to two-thirds as large; stipites 4 to 12™ long, stramineous, 
strongly channelled, usually well clothed, especially below, 
but sometimes quite naked or sparingly scaly, with pale brown 
ovate-lanceolate or linear-lanceolate scales: laminz 10 to 20 
long, elliptic-lanceolate narrowing both ways, the lower one- 
third usually with triangular oyate obtuse pinne as in ‘)- 
cristatum, but sometimes as in A. marginale, the upper two- 
thirds more like A. marginale in outline with long acuminated 
deltoid-lanceolate or lanceolate pinnz and narrowing gradu- 
ally to the acuminate apex; pinnz variable, sub-sessile, aoe 
_ stalked, distant, approximate, alternate or opposite, 2 to 43 
long, } to 13" broad at base, narrowing gradually to the acu- 
minate apices, deeply pinnatifid one-half to two-thirds of a 
way down with oblong or sub-falcate entire or finely serrat 


1894. ] Two New Ferns from New England. 495 


divisions, the basal ones cut nearly to the mid-rib and again 
pinnatifid with finely toothed lobes, texture sub-coriaceous; 
rachis stramineous and, as well.as the midribs beneath, usually 
scaly with minute scales and chaff; venation as in A. crista- 
tum, but more strongly depressed on the face and sometimes 
with the wavy blackish midribs and veins of A. marginale: 
sori nearer the margins than in A. cristatum, indusia smooth, 
convex before maturity as in marginale, spores few. 

Habitat: Borders of swamps with A. cristatum and A. mar- 
ginale near the bases of rocky land congenial to the latter. 
Collected in Boxford, Newbury, and Merrimac, Essex county, 
Mass., 1892, by Raynal Dodge of Newburyport. eis 

The principal characters by which this fern is to be distin- 
_ guished from A. cristatum, for which it is most likely to be 
mistaken, are (1) the character of the rootstock, this having 
acentral crown surrounded by fronds, while in A. cristatum 
the growth is lateral, extending beyond the fronds; (2) the 
broader outline of the upper two-thirds of the frond, the longer 
acuminated apex, and the acuminate pinne. 

The strongest resemblances to A. cristatum are In the young 
and sterile fronds, but a careful observation of several plants 
grown on my own grounds during the past year has shown 
marked differences that a practiced eye will readily detect. 

Mr. Dodge reports finding in August last a single plant in 
a swamp in Warren, Rhode Island, and it may be looked for 
Wherever A. cristatum and A. marginale grow near each other 
under favorable conditions. . a a 

Ihave also found it recently (in October), within gees 
sex Fells Reservation in Medford, growing under the condi 
tions I have indicated; A. cristatum, A. marginale, and ne 
hybrid near together, with plenty of A. marginale on con 


’ 


t. Dodge notices a disposition on the part of hao ida 
Produce abortive fronds, and I have found that it main 
this disposition under cultivation. “ 

Aspidium simulatum, n. sp.—! to 33 ae ae 

thizomataceous, wide creeping, slender, pdm shae 
-Proximate along the extensions or clustered near - isue 
end; stipites 6 to 20" long, stramineous, pigeons : in 
SParingly and deciduously scaly; lamine 7 to ce % Fertile 
73" broad, oblong-lanceolate, gradually (or ™ innatifid 
fronds abruptly) narrowing to the long acuminate p 


r 


496 The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


apex, pinnately divided into from twelve to twenty pair of 
elliptic-lanceolate deeply pinnatifid sessile pinnae, the lower- 
most pair as a rule introrse, apices acuminate, the obtuse 
oblique or oblong divisions entire or slightly toothed, the 
basal divisions of the lower pinnaz sometimes cut quite to 
the midrib, margins only partially revolute in fruit, but the 
whole pinna often conduplicate, texture herbaceous, surfaces, 
especially along the midribs, finely pubescent, the margins 
ciliately so, color varying, even in contiguous plants, from 
light to dark green, turning brown with age; rachis stram- 
ineous; venation simple, pinnate, rarely, in one abnormal 
plant only as far as I have seen, with a few of the lower veins 
once forked: sori much larger than in either of its congeners, 
indusia finely glandular, sporangia and spores brown when 
mature. 

Habitat: Woodland swamps, thriving best in deep shade 
near cool moist hummocks, in beds of sphagnum. Originally 
collected in Seabrook, Essex co., Mass., about 1880, by 
Raynal Dodge of Newburyport, and more recently by him 
there, and also in Salisbury in several localities. Found 
growing abundantly on Indian Point, Georgetown, Maine, by 
myself in June, 1893, and in nearly full possession of a deep 
swamp in the Blue Hills Reservation, Quincy, Mass., Sept. 
1894. Ithas also been collected in Purgatory Swamp, Dedham, 
Mass., by Judge J. R. Churchill, Sept., 1889, and there are 
two fronds from Stoneham, Mass., without date, in the collec- 
tion of ferns bequeathed to the Appalachian Club by the late 
Mr. E. H. Hitchings. There is every probability of its hav- 
ing been collected many times as A. Thelypteris or A. Noveb- 
aia and botanists should compare their specimens care- 
‘fully. é 
This fern is intermediate between A. 7%) helypterts and A. 
Noveboracense showing resemblances to ‘both. There are, 
however, few species in any one genus that are separate 
from one another by stronger and more distinctive characters 
than those which separate it from those two ferns, and the 
only explanation for its having so long escaped recognition is 
to be found in the fact that no one would think of looking 
for, or expect to find among the ferns a new species within 
the limits of the Manual, such varying forms as might be 
noticed naturally being referred to the nearest species. 

Once attention is called to it, however, its recognition be- 
comes comparatively easy and no one would a second time 
mistake it for A. Thelypteris, from which it is distinguished 


Sas se ee 


_ Filix-femina which almost invaria 
_ when growing in the sun. 


Fees i) 


1894.) Two New Ferns from New England. 497 
by its simple venation, larger sori and glandular indusia; or 
~ for A. Noveboracense from which it is distinguishable by its 
Thelypteris-like fronds; and from both of which it is soon 
known by one of those indefinable graces of appearance that 
Sometimes gives character and tone to a plant just as a cer- 
tain air or carriage oftentimes distinguishes one person from 
another. 

The new fern is also somewhat later than either A. Thelyp- 
teris or A. Noveboracense. On Indian Point I found the 
young crosiers just beginning to unfold while those of A. 
Thelypteris and A. Noveboracense were from six to eight in- 
ches high, and in the Quincy swamp matured plants were 
fresh and green when A. Noveboracense in the neighboring 
woodlands had become brown and yellow. : 

Unlike A. Thelypteris, too, this fern is at its best in ne 
deep shade of cool swampy woodlands, growing natural ie 
_ 4nd fruiting heavily under conditions where A. Thelypteris 18 
_ ‘lMvariably weak growing and sterile. 
Mr. Dodge’s ckecoise ee and my own agree very i a 
only on the points mentioned but in others to which ae ae 
my attention, and I am under great obligations to him a ia 
om he has taken to furnish me with so much valuable in 
Ormation as he has done. 

The name which I have given to this fern was selected 


- Noveboracense, but more especially 
Markable simulation of a narrow W 


ferns here 
I append the following synonyms poet Aspidium: 
Published for the use of those pa abe en ere; 
_ ASPIDIUM CRISTATUM X MARGINALE A podien crista- 
Dryopteris\ cristata X mar, gina’ x marginalls 
lum X margina e. Lastrea ees 
ASPIDIUM SIMULATUM Davenpor- . Lastrea 
Dryopteris simulata. N ephrodium ee 
Stmulata. 


NoTre.—It was my intention to have wat 
ures showing the resemblances, differences ee 
acters of these ferns and their related SPe defer them unti 
able circumstances have compelled me a 
Some other time. 

Medford, Mass. 


Some notes on the Leguminose of Siam. 
GLENN CULBERTSON. 


During the latter portion of a few years residence in Siam, 
I spent many interesting hours in the study of the flora of 
that almost untouched botanical field. My work was chiefly 
upon the plants in the immediate vicinity of Bangkok, the 
specimens having been collected during short walks on the 
outskirts of the city, or during more or less extended house- 
boat trips through the many canals intersecting the city and 
much of Lower Siam. 

On .examining the list of a collection of about four hun- 
dred plants, with a view to comparing the number of species 
in the seventy orders represented, I was somewhat surprised 
to find that of these four hundred specimens, which composed 
the greater part of the flowering plants in that immediate 
vicinity, seventy-six were of the order Leguminose. These 
species were found in thirty-eight genera; twenty-two of 
these genera were found under the sub-order Papilionacee, 
eight under Cesalpinee, eight under Mimosee. This is a 
very much larger proportion of the last two suborders than 
is found in a temperate climate. Gray’s Manual of Botany 
gives Papilionaceze thirty-two, Czsalpinez four, Mimosee 
two; while Coulter’s Rocky Mountain Botany gives seventeen, 
two, and one respectively. 

A few of these plants have most probably been introduced, 
but at least ninety per cent are native. 

Of the Papilionacee the genus Prerocarpus, of which there 
are two species (P. indicus and P. macrocar pus), 18 easily 
first in commercial importance, although last on the list 
botanically considered. Both species are rather large trees 
with very hard and beautiful wood, somewhat similar to ma 
hogany but coarser grained. The wood from the roots and 


from large knots or protuberances is much darker than that . 


of the trunk and is richly variegated. This wood is very 
: highly prized by’ the Siamese and Chinese for ornamental 

purposes, and a great many beautiful betel boxes and other 
valuable articles are made from it. Some very good speci” 
mens of this wood, probably bearing the native name ““padoo F 
or ‘‘padu”, were exhibited at the World’s Fair at Chicago. I 


i 
PT ee 


; 


1894.) Leguminose of Siam. 499 


distance were not too great a barrier, it would find a ready 
market in this country for veneering purposes. 

Another tree, very common farther north in Siam, is the 
bastard teak, Butea frondosa, named most probably from the 
striking similarity in the appearance of the leaves to those of 
the teak tree. It blooms during. the dry season in January 
or February, when the leaves have fallen; and the geat abund- 
ance of its large bright orange-red flowers certainly places 
_it first in gorgeousness, and if second in beauty, it is second 
only to the famous Potnciana regia. Even then it is not 
from lack of beauty in the flowers, but rather from the ab- 
sence of contrasting foliage. 

It is on the twigs and small branches of this tree, as well 
as the banyan and one or two others, that the little insect, 
Coccus lacca, makes its home, and causes the production of 
stick lac. Every yeara great many long, low-roofed boats 
- from the north come down the Menam to Bangkok, loaded 
with small branches of Butea frondosa, thickly incrusted with 
this valuable amber-colored gum. 

Plants of the genera Erythrina and Sesbanta are small trees. 
Of the three species of Erythrina, all are very striking in ap- 
pearance, because of the dense racemes of exceedingly showy 
coral-red flowers. These also appear during the dry season 
as do almost all Siamese flowers of any marked beauty. 

Sesbania grandiflora is a great favorite of the poorer peo- 
ple, on account of the edible qualities possessed by the young 
shoots, leaves, and flowers, which are eaten as a vegetable, 
with their curries. Nowhere, I suppose, are there ee 
ous flowers of larger size than those of this tree. — The ers . 
are fully four inches long, and when the flower is open, dig 
tip of the broad recurved standard or upper petal, is at a of 

tance of five or six inches from the tips of the wings ~ — 
_ One variety has pure white flowers and another dar! : 

an, it seems, is not the only animal that has a liking or 
these flowers as an article of food. The huge flying fox bats 
also consider them a great delicacy. On almost any pacar 
light night, several of them could be seen, from. the ever oP S 
windows of ‘our dwelling, as they came Sakis to ea nad 
other, and flapping their broad wings on oe ek be 
feet from tip to tip) to alight on the trees, where , on ae 
head downwards or reached out their ungainly thumbs 
other flower or branch. : 


’ 


500 The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


Uvaria crinata, a rather insignificant looking shrub, de- 
serves mention because of its long dense cylindrical racemes 
of beautiful pink flowers, and the peculiar habit of the pedi- 
cels curving inwards after flowering, and pressing the three 
to five jointed short pods firmly against the strong rachis. I 
have never seen more dense and enduring racemes of delicate 
and beautiful flowers than those of this plant. It is certainly 
worthy of wide introduction as an ornamental plant. 

Among the twining Papilionaceze no species is more deli- 
cate and retiring than the wild licorice plant, Abrus precator- 
zus. It is sometimes grown as an ornament around native 
dwellings, partly on account of the flowers and partly on ac- 
count of the bright scarlet seeds which have a black spot 


around the hilum. The seeds are prized as ornaments, and. 


are used by jewelers and druggists as one grain weights. 
There is a strong taste of licorice noticeable in the leaves and 
stem but especially in the roots, which, judging from the 
large amounts seen in the shops, are extensively used for the 
Same purpose as the true licorice root. 

Several species of Ciitorta and Canavalia are quite inter- 
esting, but space will not permit a description. Before no- 
ticing some of the more prominent species of Cesalpinee, I 
must mention the shrubby Flemiugia strobilifera, which 
grows in clumps resembling the American hazel bush in gen- 
eral appearance. The inflorescence consists of many flowers 
arranged along each side of a zigzag rachis. The one to 
three flowered peduncles are enclosed within broad persistent 
bracts, which in many cases effect a complete exclusion of in- 
sects at the time of flowering. 

Of the Czsalpinez, the most beautiful and probably the 
best known to the world of all the trees in Siam, the teak eX- 
cepted, is the Poinciana regia. Truly queenly, the prevailing 


and almost glaring scarlet of its myriads of flowers is delight- 


fully softened by the pale yellow of a single petal in each, 
and by the rich green of the large, feathery, minutely di- 
vided, compound leaves. This tree with its wide-spreading 
branches can be seen at a great distance, and although in all 
probability an introduction of many decades past, it has 
taken a firm hold upon the hearts of the flower-loving Siam- 
ese. From a distance the flowering tree strikingly resembles 


a large fire, which resemblance, no doubt, gave origin to its: 


Siamese name, ‘the flame of the forest.” 


Stem between the nodes. The ordinary s 


1894.) Leguminose of Siam. 501 


Of the genus C@salpinia, two species are rather peculiar, 
especially to an inhabitant of a cooler climate. One, C. bon- 
acealla, is an extensive woody climber, sometimes reaching to 
a distance of seventy feet or more on each side of the parent 
stem, and a jungle where there are many of these plants is 
next to impassable because of the binding power of the 
branches, covered with strong recurved prickles. 

C. pulcherrima is a small tree frequently planted for orna- 
mental purposes. The copious, wide-spreading, terminal ra- 
cemes of reddish orange or yellow flowers, cause the tree to 
appear like a great bouquet. It has been named the ‘‘pea- 
cock tail tree” by the Siamese. ; 

Of all the genera of Leguminose represented, I think no one 
has a larger number of species than Cassia. Of these C. fistula 
isthe most noticeable. It is a medium sized tree, which during 
the hottest part of the dry season is literally loaded with great 
bunches of large bright sulphur-colored flowers. Here again, 
the absence of leaves at the time of flowering is conspicuous. 
The pods of this tree are cylindrical and from fifteen to 
twenty-four inches long. The seeds of. Cassia tora are gath- 
ered by very poor people, and used as a substitute for coffee. 

Saraca cauliffora is a large wide-spreading tree with beau- 
tiful clusters of reddish-orange flowers. These flowers are 
long and tubular and without petals, with seven stamens aris- 
ing from the throat of the calyx tube. h 

The tamarind is found in great abundance over all of sout ‘ 
ern Siam, and is one of the most useful of all the trees in the 
country. The wood is heavy and hard, and is.used oe nial 
Ous purposes. The flowers, young leaves, and especially “i 
Sreat abundance of reddish, sour pulp, which surrounds the 
Seeds, are very palatable. The latter furnishes a Mase ee aes 
able sauce, which is eaten by all classes with rice sp pie 

Among the species in the suborder Mimosee, ee tee: 
oleracea is one of the most curious. It is a Ee oe 
with sensitive leaves and pretty little heads of Jered 4 . 
Its most peculiar feature, however, is a provision for “6 sat . 
light and air, when it happens to grow out vibes tishe ops 
Which is very frequently the case. At pena a ahe 
4 great abundance of very porous Spong 
than one-fourth inch in diameter, but when the floats have 
developed they measure fully an inch across. 


‘ 


502 ' The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


Few trees are more handsome than the lofty Parkia Rox- 
burghit. Although we hardly expect such large plants in 
this suborder, some of these trees measure fully seventy feet 
in height, and with their large twice pinnate leaves and re- 
markable flowers, they present an appearance not soon for- 
gotten. The inflorescence consists of long pendulous racemes 
usually with three heads of flowers. These heads are as much 
as two and a half inches in diameter, and below this there is 
a neck of similar flowers one inch or more in diameter, and 
still below this is a fringe of flowers containing long stamin- 
odes, which in appearance remind one of the broad ruffs of 
Queen Elizabeth’s time. From these peculiar white heads, 
each of which contains a hundred or more separate flowers, 
as many asa dozen or fifteen pods, a foot or more long and 
one or two inches broad, are produced. 

Several Acacias are found, one of which,a prickly climber, 
often binds the tops of high trees together by means of its 
ramifications, although the stem at base may not be more 
than three or four inches in diameter. Mimosa pudica, with 
its pretty little pink flower heads and peculiar skeleton-like 
pods, is only too abundant, and must be classed with such 
pests as the thistle, nettle, and briar, with us. 

In continuance, I could mention the thick woody pods of 
Xylia, which, under the influence of the hot afternoon sun, 
burst with a loud report and scatter their seeds through the 
forest to quite a distance from the parent stem, as do the 
pods of one species of Mz//etia; or 1 might speak of the deli- 
cate clover-like Desmodium triflorum, ot the huge beans 0 
Canavalia ensiformis; but sufficient has been given, already. 

Hanover College, Hanover, Ind. 


4 _ Stadually assumes the oval form which it possesse 


BRIEFER ARTICLES. 


Intelligence manifested by the swarm-spores of Rhizophidium glo- 
bosum (A. Br.) Schroeter.—Some algz, mostly species of Spirogyra, 
collected during November, at Ithaca, N. Y., were kept in the labora- 
tory in open vessels by a cool window. During an examination of 
this material Dec. 18th, at 12:50 P. M., several nearly mature zoospor- 
angia were observed attached to a thread of Spirogyra. The zoo- 
sporangia were full size and the contents coarsely granular. These 
were mounted in water in a VanTieghem cell and kept for observa- 
tion of the escape of the zoospores. At 2 P. M. the protoplasm was 
segregating into 1sodiametric masses, the beginning of the zoospores. 
There was no opportunity for farther examination of the prepara- 
tion until 5:30 p. M. of the same day when fortunately the zoospores 
were escaping, about one-half having already made good their escape. 
Oae was at the moment squeezing itself through the rather small 
ostiolum at the apex of the zoosporangium, while the others were 
sailing about within it. Lying at the ostiolum, the body of the zoo- 
Spore against the wall of the zoosporangium, the swarm ‘cell begins 
amoeboid movements by throwing out the granular portion of the 
protoplasm at the end opposite from that which contains the hyaline 
sphere. Beside the extension of this part of the swarm cell the ex- 
truded portion also moves about over the inner surface of the wall in 
the effort to find the opening. When this is accomplished the flow- 
ing of the protoplasm continues, moving the body of the cell into the 
ostiolum. The anterior end of the ameboid cell having passed 
through the opening, enlarges, thus forming a constricted portion at 
the point of passage. At first the enlarged portions are of unequal 
Size, the outer part being the smaller. This increases in size as the 
protoplasm flows through until the two parts are equal, when the cell 
1s dumb bell shaped. Soon the outer portion is the larger and finally 
the entire mass of the protoplasm has flowed through, and the cell 
d before the attempt 

at passage. It remained poised at the ostiolum for a few moments as 
if getting itself in form again during the transition from the amoeboid 

orm to the swarm cell form, when suddenly it darted away. 

When there were but few swarm cells in the sporangium it was easy 
to note the maneuvers by which the cell determined the location of the 
-0stiolum. The swarm cell swung violently in irregular circles appar- 
€ntly usually keeping quite free from the walls of the zoosporangium. 


504 The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


Then it would come to rest at any point, there seeming not to be any 
choice in the location. Amoeboid movements would begin as de- 
scribed above for the cell which was first seen passing through the 
ostiolum. The extended process would feel about over the inner 
surface of the wall for the desired opening. After a few moments of 
vain search, if it did not happen to be located at the ostiolum, it 
would assume the rounded form again, dart violently away and repeat 
the circular gyrations. Frequently as it swept across the field it 
seemed to be of a somewhat flattened form, but this may have been 
due to slight amoeboid movement during the swarming, produced by 
the unequal pressure in the water encountered in turning suddenly at 
a different angle. Again it would come to rest and by amoeboid 
movements search for the ostiolum, and, failing, would again swarm 
violently about for another period. This would be kept up until the 
cell happened to rest close by the ostiolum when by amoeboid move- 
ments the search would be rewarded by finding the passage, when the 
issuance would be slowly made.—Gro. F. ATKINSON, Cornell Univer- 
sity, Ithaca, 

_ The wild rice of Minnesota.—In a recent conversation with Dr. El- 
liott Coues, the well known naturalist, who had just returned from a 
visit to the head-waters of the Mississippi, some interesting informa- 
tion with regard to wild rice was brought out and in response to my 
request for some written notes on the subject Dr. Coues forwarded 
the appended account of the plant. When it is known that the 32,- 
coo Ojibwa Indians depend upon the native wild rice of northern 
Minnesota as their staple article of vegetable food, the importance of © 
this plant from an economic stand point is at once apparent, and these sea 
facts are suggestive of its further commercial utilization FREDERICK _ “ay 
V. CovitLE, Washington, D. C. : 


» wis - m, Z 7 = 54 > 
Se ae ee ka et Seen et a Kane 


WasuHincTon, D. C., Oct. 28, 1894- 


Dear Sir: 
Reletring to our conversation of yesterday, on the wild rice or Zi- 
zania aquatica, 1 was somewhat surprised to be informed that “there 


which I made during my recent canoe-voyage to the sources of 4 
notes on th river. . “compy with pleasure a ne request for some cr 
tes on this s — 
Wild ri eectipares: . a staple food-product in the earliest historicat 
accounts we have of the various Indian tribes which then In newer us 


northern Wiscdntis and Minnesota. One of these is in fact n re” 

from this circumstance. But it would be a great mistake to presume 

that the case is entirely differe ice continues to be a staple 
he reserva 


894. } 
1894. | Briefer Articles. 505 


article is so well known and generally used that it is found conveniént 
va, 


: see sie ; 
n the trade to distinguish our cultivated rice, Oryza sativa, as “white 


min Oo 
ed by the whites. I Hae heard the plant called “oats;” it is al- 
sir ild ri i ‘rice.’ 
ate aquatica is specially luxuriant in still or slow waters with rich 
y bottoms, and grows more sparsely or not at all in grounds 


om I can 
bi ds living about Lake Winni- 

igoshish, Lake Cass, and Lake Bemidji. They generally cultivate 
ild rice which 


Winnibigoshish - the inhabitants had “gone ricing.’’ I freq 
anoes en route, whose destination was some rice-fiel i 
h acrotch at the end, something like a 


f cloth spread to receive them. e per- 
e not loose enough to 
d then they soon fall 


With the reeds (Phragmites communis or P. pATas : 
Be aquatic growths, and in some places entirely supplanting them. 


506 The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


quarter of section 24, township 146 N., range 35 W. of the 5th princi- 
pal meridian. This body of water, of roundish figure and about a 


view completely. The deepest part of such a lake is generally open 
or only broken by the bulrushes (Scirpus Jacustris); next shallower 
r i redominance of rice; then 


of the adjoining haying-meadows. 

ere is a great difference in the stature of the rice, as well as in the 
length and thickness of the fruiting heads, according to topical con- 
iti ih. «So it 1 i 1 


and ad be as many inches long, nodding under th 

the ripened grains. The heads are for the most part le gre 
color with a tinge of yellowish, but generally acquire a purplish shade 
at maturity. ain makes good food; it is nutritious, tastes very 
much like cultivated rice, and is cooked by boiling in the same way- 
But the commercial article—at any rate the sample Is irt 
appearance due to mixture with dark brown or blackish specks which 


than I do. It seemed to me to belong to the grain itself, as if it were 
the persistent beak of the carpel. I presume that this is what makes 
them call the cultivated product “white” rice, in distinction from the 


that which is freest from the dark specks. When boiled, the grains 
swell up, but not quite like those of our rice, for they acquire 4 curl- 
ous curl or twist 


In estimating the total value of this rice-crop as a food-product, we ae: 


should not forget to take into consideration the myriads of wild fowl 
which eat it almost exclusively at the proper season, and are eaten 1p 
turn by both whites and Indians. 
‘ Very truly yours. 

ig EiotT Cours. 
Salsola Kali tragus.—As the introduction and dissemination of 
weeds are receiving much attention from botanists, some facts regard- 
ing the first appearance of the Russian thistle in Chicago and vicinity 


FS ber of sheets of Lemna Valdiviana Philippi, 


aq _ interesting one, the plant will be desired by 


1894.] Briefer Articles. 507 


will be of interest as way-marks indicating its progress eastward. I 
first noticed it in August, 1890, when a patch of a dozen or more 
plants was found by Wolf Lake, on the eastern border of the city. 
' They were on a side track of the Pennsylvania R. R., about a mile 
from the main line. The boundary line between Illinois and Indiana 
crossed the track so obliquely at this point that both states were rep- 
resented in the small area they occupied. A month later others 
were found at Clarke, Ind., a station in the pine barrens, nine miles 
east of the boundary line, on the main line of the railroad. In a 
couple of years the plants had spread considerably, and in 1893 were 
very abundant on the branch of the road running to Hammond and 
East Chicago. In late autumn one would come upon them blown about 
the fields as tumble weeds, though as yet but few are found growing 
in fields. They are well represented on railroads in the southern and 
eastern portions of the city, and along those crossing the northern part 
of Lake co., Ind., within three or four miles of Lake Michigan, and 
probably much beyond. In August, 1894, I found a few at English 
Lake, Starke co., Ind., seventy miles from Chicago. ee 

The fewness of the plants in each of these localities indicates that. 
the season in which they occurred was about the first of their appear- 
ance. The specimens were generally rather small, but examples two- 
or three feet in diameter are not rare now. “ties | 

These plants were, at the time of finding them, identified as Sa/so/a 
Kali L., and were so published in “The Flora of Cook County, Il- 
linois, and a part of Lake County, Indiana.”* They were afterwards 
mentioned under the same name in notes con eh 
ICAL GazETTE.2 Subsequent study of the plants and comparison wit 
specimens from Nebraska led to their identification with the variety 
tragus.—E. J. Hu, Chicago, I. 
Lemna Valdiviana.-—I have collected and floa 


ted out a large num- 
discovered lately in 
As the station is an 
botanists, and I shall 
k for it—WALTER 


Randolph, Mass., hy Dr. George G. Kennedy. 


be very glad to send it to anybody who may ¢ 
Deane, 9 Brewster st., Cambridge, Mass. : x 

Ruled slides again.—I have found them already in new tgs ; 
_ just received from the Bausch & Lomb Optical Co., Rochester, N. *- 
_ Irefer to a slide for a stage ease i : 

slide was hot enough to soften it, a stam 
2 making clean eee 20X20™. I hope they can een pe 
_ down, so that every one will get them.—W. J. BEAL, peice ah 
lege, Mich These have been in the market for several yeats- 
\Bulletin of the Chicago Acad. of Sci. 2: 155. 189¥- 

. Ag. 1892. 


‘ke, 19: 248 


EDITORIAL. 


For vears the Journal of Botany has annually had its fling at the 
Reports of the Missouri Botanic Garden, and the November number 
affords the last example of this unpleasant spirit. Usually with little 
or nothing to say of the scientific papers beyond faint commendation, 
the editor has devoted his energies to ridiculing the annual flower 
sermon and the post-prandial eloquence at the annual banquet. Un- 
fortunately, since they are embodied in a will, the eccentric ideas of 
the dead Englishman have to be carried out as rigorously as his benef- 
icent ones are executed gladly. And we may be permitted to suggest 
to the editor that his own island house so abounds in transparent fol- 
lies of the same sort that it is really not becoming in him to pelt our 
few imported windows. 

THIs NUMBER of the Journal has also its stale gibe at “the reform- 
ing zeal of our transatlantic.friends”, which it now sees manifesting 
itself in the formation of the Botanical Society of America. Just 
what connection the organization of this society has with our “reform- 
ing zeal” we imagine it would be hard for the-editor to state; but he 
has thrust in his innuendo and his readers are given to understand 
that this also is part of a huge farce which is being enacted in the 
transatlantic wilds in the name of botany. 

* 


* - 

Tuat sAME reforming zeal, which seems so ridiculous in the eyes of 
our “British-and-foreign” friend, vaunteth not itself and is not puffed 
up, spite of the good it is accomplishing and the promise and potency 
of more. It has a most simple mission; it aims only to secure as great 
accuracy and uniformity of usage as users of botanical language may 
feel inclined to adopt. It brings together a considerable number of 
botanists, who, having in view present usage, agree that it is desirable 
to follow certain principles in nomenclature, or in citation, or in ter- 
minology, or in pronunciation. This agreement coerces no one, if 
denounces no one, it asks no one to acknowledge its ‘authority. 
Still less have “its supporters . a case to prove” as the authors of the 
Flora of Mt. Desert assert. The parties to the agreement have only 
to submit its principles, clearly enunciated, to those interested, and 
let each determine whether he is willing by adopting them to be Beg 
tated to by a comparatively few botanists”; or whether he will follow | 
other principles, or none at all. The choice is-a simple one, and ae & 
friends that follow not with us need not fash themselves over the 
source Of our authority to cast out devils. ; 


UR Reh ea we 
pare is iba 
ey f 


\ 


CURRENT LITERATURE. 


Laboratory manual of vegetable physiology. 

The rapid development of vegetable physiology as a pedagogical 
subject is marked by the increase in text books and manuals. The 
latest addition to the list is a work that will be received by every 
teacher of vegetable physiology with much satisfaction. We refer to 
the laboratory guide to the physiology of plants by Francis Darwin 
and E. H. Acton,’ both of Cambridge University, England. Proba- 
bly there is no English teacher of botany from whom a work of this 
kind will be so highly appreciated by botanists in general as from Mr. 
Francis Darwin. The fame of his illustrious father as a keen and 
original experimenter has to some extent been transmitted to the son, 
and has been supported and augmented by many profound and ad- 
mirable pieces of independent research. 

The work is divided into two parts. The first and larger part em- 
| braces general physiology, including such subjects as respiration, as- 

similation of carbon, .transpiration, growth, and movements due to 
Writability. It is separated into 269 experiments, a number so large 
that the prominent topics which have engaged the attention of original 
investigators at different times are mostly represented. Often several 
experiments are devoted to the same inquiry, using different methods, 
and enabling the student to arrive at more or less accurate results. 
Although many experiments are arranged for the best apparatus ob- 
tainable, yet in each case the same principle is illustrated by expert- 
ments requiring only simple and inexpensive devices. Sometimes 
Much is left to the ingenuity and judgment 6f the student. At times 
this is a good method, especially when the teacher sees that the stu- 
dent does not lose too much time in ascertai 
able procedure, but occasionally this method 
the authors to escape from the description 
On the whole, however, the 269 experiments of the first part are ad- 
 Mirably suited to illustrate the present status of vegetable physiology 
_ from the physical and mechanical side; they will add a fresh interest 

to laboratory work in this subject. | 
__ The second portion of the work, according to the preface, gan . 

Particular department of physiology in a more special manner; that 

1Dar s:—Practical physiology of plants. 

Den oe eee din ia the exe, easnbendge, Unie, Exim, 120 MAP 
_ Millan & Co,, New York, American publishers. ees 
38—Vol. XIX—No. 12. 


ning the requisite or suit- 
appears to be adopted 
of a tedious process. 


510 The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


ceived in a very different spirit from the first part, however. It is not 
separated into experiments, but it is a short treatise upon chemical 
manipulation. In the opinion of the reviewer it is not a work upon 
chemical physiology, but upon physiological chemistry, and therefore, 
while admirably devised for teaching the student chemical methods, 
is not a legitimate part of a book devoted to botany. It occupies less 
than one-third of the volume. 

It is noteworthy that ecological topics, commonly included to a 
greater or less extent in works upon vegetable physiology, have been 
wholly excluded. ; 

A word of commendation is due the publishers for the neat and appro- 
priate way in which the printing and binding have been done. An 
excellent index increases the usefulness of the work. 


Alternation of generations. 

This subject has long been a prominent one in both botany and zo- 
ology, and a clear, incisive presentation of any part of it will be ac- 
ceptable to a large number of students. It is rare that any subject of 
such deep biological import and such wide reaching influence as this 
is more happily discussed and illustrated than in the recent work 
on gall flies and their production of oak galls by Dr. Hermann 
Adler, englished with valuable additions by Charles R. Straton. 

The alternate generations of gall-flies in certain species are very 
sharply marked, so much so that the sexual and agamic forms have 
been described under distinct genera. Mr. H. F. Bassett, of Con- 
necticut, was the first to point out the probable connection between 
the two states, or rather to indicate that certain monosexual species 
were genetically connected with apparently distinct bisexual species. 
It was due to the labors of Dr. Adler, however, to fully establish the 
fact, and to work out the details in a considerable number of species _ 
by means of careful and patient observations and cultures. 

The results have been of more than taxonomic importance. We 
_ have before us, in fact, a particularly clear and happy exposition of a 

number of topics which are commanding wide attention at the 
present time, such as the purposes of alternate generations, ad- 
vantages of parthenogenesis, function of polar bodies, and the 
transmission of hereditary characters. Whoever is enies in such 
_ topics should not fail to read this attractively written wo 

The botanist as well as the entomologist will Hin the ook tefl 

1ADLER, HERMANN: SSS gag! generations: a biological study of oak oe 
fes. Trans. and edited by Charles R. Straton. 12mo I 


col. plates. "Oxford, Clarendon ane 1894. Macm millan & Co., New ow 
American publishers. $3.25. 


1894. } Current Literature. 511 


in the narrower domain of his specialty. The diversity of form and 
internal structure of the galls, and the fact that species are often dis- 
tinguished more from the excrescence on the plant than from the ap- 
pearance of the insect, should incite botanists to give them attention. 
The author takes up the evolution of the gall, its minute structure, and 
the question of its specific form, and brings forward many new facts 
and views. 
a The work closes with a list of the Cynipide, a bibliography of the 
| subject, and a substantial index. The publishers have done their part 
well, providing a clear page, excellent colored plates, and an attractive 
binding. 
a A laboratory manual of bacteriology. 
q New manuals for laboratory use in bacteriology have been numer- 
ous of late. The last one comes from the University of Michigan, 
from a laboratory famous for good work. This volume by Dr. 
Novy? is more in the nature of outlines for the Michigan laboratory, 
than for general use (which will doubtless account for occasional crud- 
ities of diction and looseness of statement), yet many teachers will be 
grateful for its publication. It isinterleaved with blank pages for memo- 
randa, which some persons may consider an inconvenient form in 
_ which to keep notes. The directions for laboratory procedure are con- 
_Cise, apposite and easily followed. There are diagnoses, occupying a 
page each, of about twenty-five non-pathogenic forms and thirty 
pathogenic forms. A series of good lecture outlines, covering the 
most important topics relating to the general subject of bacteria, a 
interspersed with the laboratory directions, indicating the groun 
which the student should cover by lectures, recitations oF additiona 
reading. 


Minor Notices. 

Dr. W. F. Ganonc has distributed his paper’ bes ag morphology 
and biology of Cactacez, which contains much interesting ae 
concerning a much neglected and most interesting group itn peg 
Among the results obtained the following are pei PO ses an 
tles are shown to be metamorphosed leaves; every eae eaves 

axillary bud which usually remains single, but 1m | id as d. 
Mamillaria (Cactus), Anhalonium, etc., the re is Hak & bro: 
the forking being neither lateral branching nor dic : : sue point; 
duction of permanent tissue between two parts ise ab f 
‘Novy, Freperick G.:—Directions for laboratory wae ng Nes 
the use of the medical classes “8 the University of Michigan. : 
. ___Beitra zur Kenntniss 
‘ Seales pilonarry eee agural-Dissertation, Munich. 1 


1.50. : 
interleaved. 2 pl. George W. T, Ann Arbor, [1894]. . - Morphologie und i 


512 The Botanical Gazette. [September, 


the grooves are but the stretching out of the pulvini; the sheath in 
Cylindropuntia is formed from a coalescence of hairs; species of 
Opuntia, Cereus, Mamillaria possess honey-secreting structures which 
are always either ordinary or metamorphosed spines; the transverse 
rings shown by many thorns are due to alternating zones of air-con- 
taining and air-free tissue; the bundle systems of all genera are modi- 
fications of the typical system seen in Opuntia. By using a combina- 
tion of vegetative and floral characters the generic relationships are 
indicated by the usual phylogenetic diagram. It is very valuable for 
our systematic work to have such careful morphological studies made, 
as too much of our work is based upon a very superficial morphology. 


Tue JouRNAL oF Myco.ocy appears at such long intervals that a 
new number is especially noteworthy. The last one is no. 4, the 
final one of volume seven. It contains 146 pages of printed matter 
and six plates. Forty-eight pages, however, are devoted to an index 
of volume seven, and thirty-two to the continuation of the general 
bibliographical index of mycological literature. The latter is admira- 
bly done, and if it could only be reissued on cards, would be invalua- 

The number is largely devoted to fungicides, and methods and 
results of their application. A fungus (Aschersonia tahitensis Mont.}, 
new to the country, is reported by H. J. Webber as being of possible 
economic importance in Florida in checking the abundance of such 
scale insects on orange and other citrous fruits as secrete honeydew, and 


thus harbor the sooty mold, a serious fungous disease. Interesting © 


field notes for 1892 by Erwin F. Smith, include especially a notice of 
root tumors of the peach. Nine articles of foreign literature are Te- 
viewed. < 


are especially interesting parts of the essay. The thorough manner 
in which the subject is handled in all its bearings makes the work one 
of the most important contributions relating to fungicides issued up 
to the present time. ! 3 


a ee tc aC a 

1 Farrcuitp, D. G.:—Bordeaux mixture as a fungicide. Bulletin No. 6 of 
the Division of Vegetable Pathology. 8vo. pp. 55 Washington, Government 
Printing Office. 1894. 


NOTES AND NEWS. 


Dr. ALBERT SCHNEIDER is studying the ic o of northeastern 
North reopen at the Columbia College herbar 

In Garden and Forest (Nov. 21) Mr. Geo. F. * Zz nson discusses the 
Exoascacez of stone fruits, and Dr. B. D. Halsted describes and figures 
a eee of Cosmos 

r. L. H. Baitey completed some months ago the revision of 
| ee S Field Forest,and Garden Botany, and the book is now in type 
and sey for issue by the American Book Co. 

Dr. D. H. Campsett’s forthcoming work on oe dodger aie will 
be brought out by Macmillan & Co., and will be a book 400 
pages. “Tt will go into the printer’s hands about Chaistias 

Dr. DouGias H. Camppe.t presented before the B. A. A. S. at its 
Oxford meeting a paper on the origin of the sexual organs of the 
Sanaa the substance of which will appear in our next issue. 

THE SECOND CENTURY of Ule’s Bryotheca Brasiliensis is now ready 
for Maribancn by Dr. V. F. Brotherus of Helsi ngfors. The price is 
the same as that "ot the first century ($6), of ie a few sets still 
remain unsold. 

* Proressor C. S$. SarGENT in Garden and Forest es 31) mois 
and figures three hybrid walnut trees growing n They 
seem to be hybrids of Juglans ee * and Jugtane siti, ee are re- 
peas intermediate in chara 

THE SCREW PINES of nesee ok ae described by Mr. A. B. 
Rendic i in Journal of Botany (Nov.). eem to keep to the coast 
line, five species on the west mari two of Cinch are new, and three on 
_ the east coast, all of which are n 

Mr Wiis, in Jour. Linn. Soc. (30: 284-298) discusses 
eid of fertilization in species of Brodiaea, Stanhopea, Pimelea, 
- Cotyledon, Hydrolea, Nemophila, and Ziziphora; pete also cleistogamy 
in Salvia verbenacea. Two plates illustrate the paper 
3 urprising harvest of new spe- 
WESTERN CHINA continues to yield a Aes : J Ae couioues Wis 
ote six new species of Corydalis, a 
f Saxifra; pe 


Natural History. It isa most caduahie aang wes lete 
Sore. oe studied, and quite a pepe of new species bein 
bed. 
ibed (Bulletin Torr. Bot. Club, Sage 
ms 

a new fossil liverwort oe the ib tesgor region 
- questionable whether its relationship 1s with paatog ease Senet 
_ but the new generic name Preissites suggests that the 

is with the latter view. 


~ 


514 The Botanical Gazette. [December, 


THE GENUS Lathyrus is presented in a paper by Mr. Theodore G. 
White in the Zorrey Bulletin (Oct.). In looking over the herbarium 
material from North and Central America, thirty-three species are 
recognized, and an artificial key is provided for them. Of these four 
species are described as new. 


stricta in the northern states; some new and rare Polygonums also by 
Mr. Small; five new species from Florida, by Mr. T. H. Kearney; and 
two new Bolivian genera by Dr. H. H. Rusby. : 
THE ANNUAL report of the state botamist of New York for 1893 has 
just appeared. Considerable additions have been made to the herba- 
rium, numerous notes as to the variations of local plants are recorded, 
and a number of new species are described. In addition to the de- 
scriptions of new fungi, a ne arex, whi 
en aaa var. elliptica Boott, is described by Dr. E. C. Howe as C. 
chit. 


i 

Swietenia. In the same number Prof. R. Chodat presents some €x- 

tensive studies of certain Protococcides, illustrating them with eight 
m Oct. . R. Buser protests 

against Ascherson’s substitution of Cypripedilum for Cypripedium. 


um sac 
rophilum, The morphology and physiology of these four species — 
were carefully investigated. ' 


Pror. D. P. PENHALLOw has been studying the anatomy of the wood 


author (ein Schulbuch ist es nicht). 


1894, | Notes and News, 


America. Of the seventeen species of North America north of Mex- 
Ico, a new species from Stone Mountain, Georgia, is described, and 
another from the Florida swamps. 


N THE Kew Lulletin (Oct.), among descriptions of new species 
from Tropical Africa, will be f ipti 


Just now very much interested in the Mexican flora, and who are not 
in the habit of looking into the Kew Audletin for a description of Mr. 
Pringle’s material 


WING-LIKE APPENDAGES on the petioles of a fossil Liriodendron 
b 


Other regidns. / 


ag 
cent. of forest land, the Gulf states 50 per as ong Pom ptt poe 
Per cent., the Interior states 20 per cent., the Kocky Nou! Pre 

_ Io per cent., and the Pacific coast 30 per cent 


and Liriophyllum are figured and discussed by Mr. Arthur Hollick in © 
ber). He reg 


+ 


516 The Botanical Gazette. [ December, 


NUAL REPORTS for 1893 from three Experiment Stations are 
res our table, which have not before been noticed. In the Maine 
report some studies by the pot method upon the use of phosphates by 


ea ato a 
-for the state (Plantago Patagonica, var. aristata Gray). In the New 
ort S. A. 


on the distribution of roots in field soils, and E. S. Goff discusses the 
prevention of apple scab, potato scab and other plant diseases. Al 
these articles are illustrated. 


‘RECENT STATION BULLETINS include three upon the Russian thistle 
(Il, no. 35; Iowa, no. 26; and Colo., no. 28), of which the one by the 
several members of the Iowa Station staff is especially full and inter- 
esting. Fungicides and their use in specific diseases receive attention 
from P. H. Ro lfs (Fla., no. 23) ee i Phage: 3 A Pamm mel (Iowa, no. 24)- 


treated by ass ig each yellows by L 
Bailey and the prunicolous Exoascez of the eos States by Geo. F 
tkinson, both from the Cornell Station (no. 75 and 73 resp.) are two 


prickly tet bellies: more than Leseimdad well. Tuscon, Wild or 
i 


ae AvEN NELSson, botanist to the Wyoming Experiment Station 
at Laramie, finds that the squirrel-tail grass (or as it is commonly 
a 4 " £ 


f the a 

taining this grass wake dise eres ‘till the fo tissue of the vera 
is disarranged, the ulcers pees \d to all parts of the jaw bone and it be- 
comes distorted and enlarged. . . . The marrow-filled interior is 
peaeued into great cavities filled with the broken awns. This condi- 

tion may continue till the cavities extend entirely through the jaw and 
the tightly packed awns protrude till they — be pulled out with 
forceps or fingers 


heads: 
ogy, Preparations, Rev 
Names 
bold fac 
A 


A. A. A. S., Brooklyn meeting, 362; papers be- 
fore. Botanical Club, 382; pa eg before 
a n G, 369; pro oceedings of Section G,. 


Abr fan precatoriu 
Absorption of water, 


recognitum, 389; venue tanh , 389. 
ieee pentadac actylon, 389; trapaesiforme, 


Mchmes nee 263. 


413. 
Se, 425, 426, aoe Minnesota, 246; preparte 
tions of, 210; sets of, 472; swarm spores of, 


Alternation of generations, 510. 
Ama dogg page 8 320; sibemas? argin 
tus, albu erlandieri 33. Bige 
stoi 2 27; biitordes, foc vars densifolius 
and Reverchoni, 315; Blit bract- 
pin, 314; califoricts, 313; cares, 317; 
caudatu - Chloros- 
tachys, 43 crassipes, 315;.cr fling 319; de- 
ogee 319; poeta feos ble S, 


orreyi Yl, 272, var. su 
Reolsta 269, Pty Jon mmery F ere ven pula SUS, 
ag viridis , 319; viridis, 319, 320; Wrightit, 


dirved polygonotdes, 269; sguarrulosa, 270; 
Bane ata, 
Am ystegium es 240. 
Amentifere, emb of, 299, 427. 
Anabaena, parasite. a ycas, 25. 
rd 390; tenella, 399. 
Mm, 371. 
astanthum, 265. 
nan : 


Arcyria’ 


eee 


GENERAL INDEX. 


The more important classified entries will be found under the following 
Diseases, Floras, lost Plants, Journals, Necrology, Personals, Physiol- 


2 synonyms are aiid in /talics; names of new species, etc., in 


Arisaema triphyllum, 464. 
Artemisia stelleriana, 253. 
us n : 


ieeaneste 
setosum, 3 > aimeatatutts, 495, 497; spinu o- 
m, 390; helypteris, 496. 


u 
Asplenium, cicuta rare hon png 390; 
es 492; has lum, 
va iniatum,390; chizophyltumirar. pres 
» 391; oe 


Attraction spheres 

Aux Pe hg ‘or measuring ae in 
retinas 

‘Avceaiie officinalis, 32 327. 

Azolla filiculoides, 87. 


B s > 
— mia hyalina, 24 
Bacteria, effect ig oan adahye 86 86; labora- 
11; liter. 


Bactectans fon Bookie 344. : 
Ba piee sine 42; a hybrid, 42; leuco- 


terna- 


viheek m, eager var. Demetrii, 239; — 
os ee Waghornei, 233; subery- 
pew University, 
oe jera, 

_epnothiza nsis, 51 

theca rasilie i 

Bevo mum, var, i 38. 
Bp d development in Eyaccalnss, 61. 
Butea frondosa, 499. 


ee t. of ee 253. 
hvlloide , 328; eriopetala, 


C 


is, llescens, 2. 
Cabralea, insignis, 1; pa i leat-like, 473; 


affinities ‘among, 3 


Cactacee, 
morphology of, 511; revision 0 

perms gee Donducella, sor 501; - ohne corma, 501. 

| Calcium oxalate, role 0 


[517] 


518 


The Botanical Gazette. 


Calochortus, macrocarpus, 336; pavonaceus, 


Canavalia ensiformis, 50 
Carbohydrates, origin aE 369. 


Card index vara 

Carex Pee 

Saige Be, ais 

Cassia tula, 501; ‘ef pote America, 301; 


Cearels sinpari pin ooriiey - 

Cell, Stead of, 3 

Centrosom 74 

Centrospheres, 425, 445. 

Ceratiomyxa, mucida, 377; plumosa, 376; swarm 
spores of, 375. 

Ceratium h ydnoides, 3 

anadensis, past cisions in, 215. 


is, 395; farinosa, 395; 
micro yl: a Goccunineaan, 392. 
Chlorella pro otothecoides, 
ES aliebigys Se saccharophilum, 514. 
Chr tophores, in se 
Saicmmotas Nordstedtii, 100. 
Chrysom ae on a ostaphy ti, 
303; i, bid 
Rhodo: cee i 303 
Chrysopsis villosa, 1 
ae eagien, 4 nae groups, 85; phan- 
am 
Gh teens columnatus, 
Clemavis.; Pitcheri, sh “virginiana, 103. 
Climate, relation to 


303; Chiogenis, 
303; Pyrole, 303; 


ompass plants, 35. 15 sas by 
Completoria complen: 
Composite, as compass ners 35- 

Conifer, wood 0 i st4: 

Coes militaris, 135. 

Cornuella Lemnz, 187. 

Cribraria, minutissima, 397; purpurea, 91. 
Cryptoglena americana, ror. 

cont tae ey Re Marina, 100; oyata, 


D 


Dedoublement, pag om 64; Poin h 
465; Trillium, 460; Ulm = a es 


373+ 
Distribution of ate by birds, 159. 
success a, de: formans, r85: ae 


venedia; 185; m anothiana, 185; occulta, 
ies, Lagi’ Pap ae se toh 186; ranun= 
41 


Dolichos sinensis, 292. 


7t, 187; in=) 


Dracaena marginata, role - pericycle, 67. 

Dion: source of native, 4 

DEG teris, cristata X eels margin- 
is, 200; szmulata, 497. 


ie 


Economic botan 
Embryo, nourishment. ‘of, 327. 
a ciliata, 379; longipes, 379; Macounii, 


Endosperm in 1 in eg Paha 327. 

E a, 514. 

Rateridion: Eeteniers. germination of, 9 

En we ma, orn pease 187; crastopriiiins 

ym . 189. 

Epiphegus virginiana, 214, 

arboniferous, 71. 

Shr age 

Mytbronian. development of bulb, 6. 

Ethereal oils in plants, 168. 

FEuastrum pinnatifidum, 58. 

Eudorina elegans, 281. 

Seek erctesoen Sullivantii, var. ae del 239. 

Eust , fruitin: s, 38 

pares see cmarginalus, 3 20; VIrt idis 

Ev erms, 372; of Hepatica, 

uggle for existence, 
sto. ax 

Pasicente, ist 4723 i eediuems 46. 


‘3 


Ferments, in aati 210; diastatic, 473; 
vegetable, 
Ferns of New Bealend, 492. 
Fertilization of abe gs 336. 
Fibro-vascular bundle, 
: fatcatulus, 237. 


Floras, Africa, 167, 425; Chi ina, 513; Florida, 37 
424; Georgia, 33; Greenland, 78; ein 


Mexi Minnesota, 86; 
Dee. Seis iebraska, 84, 469; New York, 
oe, Port ugal, ee 210; Vermont,200; 

n, 79. 

Fluckigeaa. oe 


Forestry, poh on, 515. 


Frasera, caerulea, ae appr cane 119. 
> 


; of Florida, 37; new 
ucedinous, 244i sexu we sees 
consin, 415. 


Pom niveum, 374. 


G 


Garden, Buitenzorg, 74, 421 
ag rete in rhizomes, 369- 
Gaura parviflora, 158. 
Gilia prandifiara, an var. diffusa, 120. 
Gloiotrichia echinulata, 425. 
ng | Grafting, pene ee = 
ri, 39. 
Gt ttif Vv ants, rein: 36 164 4) 
revi + - fs 
uttifere, Vesque’s me anos, 39% chinctophyhe 
be ] é 
peruviana, 392; nce lad om 266, scia- 
traphis, 266; trifoliata, 392. 


General Index: 


eeeetoria, of phanerogamic parasites, 46, 124, 


Heat, radiation and absorption by: leaves, 85. 

Heisteria, sean wegen 255; salicifolia, 255. 

Helianthemum, 30 

Hemiarcyria rohit: 

Hepatica triloba, abnort 

Hepatic, evolution of, roe ae fossil genus, 
notes on, 2 

Herbarium, Donnell Smith, igi? cag a 

; Parry, 83; Uni f Minn 

Nat +» IZ1, 424. 

Picci graminea, 179; limosa, 179; reni- 

179. 


dry- 
» 426; 


 Uva-Ursi i, 303; 
ios. Uva a 


beni hand? oo 167; Sagittari 
186; Stellaria media, 296; ih zani Meese 
Hybrids, Baptisia, 42; ferns, 492; walnuts, 513. 
Hydnangium Ravenelii, 37. 


Hype aera ~ ngulosum, 35; cistifolium and 
insects, 
ypnum, ve  gicanteuny, var. labradorense, 
240. 
I 
‘Index, card, i% 
Tse Acad "Sci. 47, 249, 470. 
ec Tig ants, 213. 
Insec eae owWerTS, 103, 128; and oak galls, 


ne 
Tow . Sci. 
Toomoe Fatnicae var. nicaraguensis, 256. 
Isaria farinosa, culture of, 129. 
Isopyrum biternatum and insects, 103. 


oe 


: Agric. Sci., | 
. Micr. Jour., 


Neat. 


88, 516; Bull. Herb. Boiss., 167, Re 73, ate i 
425, 43 ee ie ate Sng Bull. 
one Bot Chu, 


Univ. “lowa, 9: Bull.” oe ue Lote 
1) eae an art. Agric., 344, 420, 421, 
512; Bull. U.S. Geol. Sury., 209, 419; Centr 
ak. u. Par., 345; Compt. Rend., 66, 71, 
25 , 2843 . S. Nat. Herb.;: 80; 
rythea, 167, 211, 301, 423, 424; Flora, 301, 
471; Forschungs-Ber. etc., 211; Forst. 
atur. Zeit., 409, 424, ; Gard, and For- 
est, 212, 30%, 388, 423, 513; Grevillea, 4233 
Harp. Month., 128; Hedwigia, 82, 514; Jahrb. 
73; undies, 473 : 


Hanz., 472; 


Zoe, 209 
nate, its veneer 7 Sa 
Juncoses s s y of, 208 


ales, 353 


Laboulbeniacez, 125. 
gain paste a ‘scariola, 36, 158, 380. 
cristat 


marginalts, 497; simulata, 


th rus, 514; pauciflorus, 335- 
Ei ss of arrangement, 473; developed 
soi » 45. 
Le oe 


302. 
er ulvini She 482; of Siam, 493. 


mv 
ine er n, 
one an Pa 


Lo coho ppus, 
Taphe phos 97 3. 
Lophotocarp 

Lupinus, a pustifolius, 292; lu 


us, 292. 
Lycoperdon, oe 37; larerams 37. 


Maclura aurantiaca, 

Maize, 44; 1 sae 0 
aria 

a of se 370; winter condition and 


sist 


resistance, influence of, 149, 191, 


3 ) 88 7.5 
, (Vt.) 82, 213, (Wash. 88, ( 
Bag y 6, (W eit yoming) 


520 The Botanical Gazette. 
Mechani f growing plants, 71. Pepper, black, cultivation of, 423. 

= nage 84. Peronospora, phiogin 06. 

Meliace r4. Personals: Agardh, 83: Atkinson, 45; Avetta, 
Melilotus ieelba. motor organs of, 483. 302; Bailey, 513; Baldini, 302; Bebb, 127; 
Mengea californica, 318. Bonnier, 127; Brande epee, 209; Ca mpbel . 
Metanema, 19. 209, 513; Car. eton, 167; Cesati, a5 ins 453 
Metzgeriace: ®, 361. Coulter, 424; Curtiss, 424; Delpino, 302; 
Mexican plan ak 39, 386, Donnell-Smith, 82; a ie 253; Forbes, 
kets dem _{foliacea, “Ge (sore 58; Decttans) 302; Franceschi, 46; Giessler, 302; Greene, 

; pinnatifida, 58; pseudofurcata, 60. 424; Hicks, 82; Hopkins, 83; Kearney, 344; 
Miaicie. on pre Klein, 302; Krueger, 302; Kuntze, 127; Lov- 
Mimosa pu udic isato, 302; Macoun, 253; = i 5 -a0at 
Sdsascotyledous, inet al secondary tissues, et ge 472; Morong, 127; Newcombe, 82; 


g, Dr. Thomas, sketch o 
Howes a hybrid, 379; new species A 237. 
Mounting microscopic preparations, 45. 
Myriophyllum scabratum, 200, 
Dah aortamolgad ay prunes tg 466, 


Myxomycetes, 397; of central N. Y., 89; germin- 

ation of, 45. 
N 

Naegelia, observations on, 49. 

Naegelielia Reinschi1, 54. 

Names, popular American, 429. 

Necrology: Bentley, R., 82; Boehm, Dr. Jos,, 
45; Hasskarl, KK. 127; Lockwood, am- 


uel, 82; Moron : Dr. Tho omas, 209, 225; 
ar uce, Dr. Richard, 82, 168; apes Dr. 
prites ene: Wich Weiss, br. GA 
ja, 2 
Negundo prcdarm 253. 
Heaton new cab aisha of panna meng 35. 
mxX nale, 497; stm- 
Toe alum, 497; Lig m xin 90. 
Neptunia oleracea, sor. 
Nitrogen, fixation of free, 284, 426. 
shige oem eae 126, 170, 493; of plant diseases, 


No: Seine commune, 30. 
Notholaena oneasba 393. 


Nucleolus, 4 
Number of eenke 169, 
Nymphaeacez, forms of leaves, 127. 


O 
Oaks as weeds, 33. 
a ee rape 117. 
Ohio Acad. Sci., 

Oils, pier ame ethereal, 168. 
‘trichum carpophilum, 244. 
Gyitrict fertile a sterile leaves, 374. 

Oospora scab 168. 


P 


Palmettoes, ceo in Fla, 
Parasitism of Epiphe 


» Parench ype amental, 154. 
Parkia Roxburghii, 502. 4 
Pedila 


; Ae 
Luxii, 260; Cormeen 8; san- 
9% Santa-rosana, 1 + OF 
oo 


Zacha - Om: sas pete ye 
Petunia, cro cient tiliza 
Phaseolus eal aris, rhizobia ue ar 
Phoebe amp! lifolia 


Photeolic nl ate one 

Phragmidium biloculare, 3 

Phragmites, communis, 505;  ohita agmites, 505. 
dee turbinatum, 379, var. crassi= 


Physiology, absorption of water, 136; action at 
a dis e, 406; pec ma neact to poe 4133 


Bacterium Zopfii, 
= of, 4273 Darwin’s manual, 

Agri 4243 pererigeo pot Ras oot, 
ane 369; 


Mabocettur: 88; in ca 
sf nati 


Bees of Bs ti * 4753 
; growth infinenced 


gen, ? gi ° 
i a Ste tirs 327; 
Teranaletiony: 301; f 
pulvini and phot colle rcv enients, 4773 Teg- 
istering balance, 420; roots pe ee 
tissues, 475; work re of Jama Logan 
Se Broder II; pan meh (oh ite 
ura, nd pul meanest 12; riparia, 11; sen- 


‘arifolia, 

Pines, screw, of A Africa, 513. 

Pinus, a 301; australis, 33; Donnell- 
Smit a, ee A naahoteetly 86; mitis, 33; rig- 
cia ee foliage of, 378; Taeda, 333 


Piper, Dor Donnell-Smithit, 9 es cn 


y dei, yok 
tubercuiatum, 8 
som 6; 


258; 
8 Tuer ee m, 258; 
u rekheimit, pe: > sa 
: 9; yzabala- 


Pitcairnia “puberula a, 264." 
Plantago patagonica, 516. 
Plecosorus mexicana, 392. 
pisstens sass oa rnica, 282; in Illinois, 383; in 


Indian 
Plucheas a = gua plants, 120. 
ophyllum peltatum, 465. 


lida, 96. 
Polygaia ve verticillata, 4 82. 


angwstiolons tfolium, 

393; haters eg » 3935 lepidopteris 393; 
Martens 9 hylliti di pi osissimum 
hyllt 1018S, 394; r 

oon tenes » 3943 dis, 394; il 393; vulgare, 


Pontaderiaces, histology of, 178. 


General Index. 


521 


Pontederia, Sree 179; crassipes, 178. 


Preissites 
Preparations of al 
rge 


and ; ick sections, 48; mounting 


microscopic, 4 


Prizes, Belgian yt oa 472. 

Protococcus Ba ac development of, 334. 
Protonema, 

Protoplasm, continuity in fungi and alge, 47; 


energy : = 


Prototheca, 


cba, 


Da: 
Pyth sacri A irae on, 376; ryanum, 3 
m, sag Equisett, aie? prolifera, 


od of 


Quercus, Catesbaei, 34; Leana, 171; nigra, 34; 
wo dak 


Resins in plants, 


4 


: R 


as poisonous, 159, 472; cul 
sects, 107; septentrionalis pat insects, 105. 


Reticularia umbrina, ermination 
Reviews: Adler’s “‘A cee of i gencraions,” 
Atkinson’s | te Biolog 165; 


cal note-book, ” 470; Ben- 


y 
any of Death Valle 
oer lichens,” ioe Pre 
09; emey's “F ‘Func 


peel 67; Del rset eaey eal : 
> ; s 


, 210; formic aldehyde in, | 


419; 
ay 


Westermaier’s ‘‘General botany,” 
Woods sonal , ‘Biological lectures,” 
Zi pore ia s ‘Microscopical methods 
(H aig Pol ym 43. 
Rhamphaspora Y Nymphaece, 188 
richum, macrosporum, 245; tenellum, 
Rhi 2 interruptum, 4 
Puech a ee 
Rhizonbiivin globosum, swarm spores of, 503. 
Rhiz ra, 2 Sere 328; Mangle, 327; mu- 
wer 
Rhizop si cations scens, 37? 


Rhus glabra and insects, 11 

iccia, 273; aggregata, asia 274; arven- 
sis, 27 i randegei, mig ornica, 274; 
Cataline, 275; cili ata, a7 crystallina, 273, 
2753 Donel, 27% Frosti , vai r. major, 
2733 hirta, mA drat nace 
276; Coes a 2743 sige riana, 277; lutes- 
cens, 276; minima, 277; D er 277; tenuis, 
276; tumida, sn Wa ies 


Rice, wild, 504. 

Richardia african 

inn? Seg foe ped REE 475; penetrat- 
ving tissues, 475. 

iting utkana, sp - hispida, 335+ 

Rose, a curious, 


S 


Saccharomyces, 168, 
ria, fe 
Salix, some large plan 
Nnaryts Kali, 82, 300, 415, 
on ’ 250. 
ubius, 54; 


ts, 424. 
506. 


Reinschii, 54- 
45- 


atia Berlandiert, 268. 
ete octosporus, 345- 


Scirpus la’ 

Scou - 

Af a hew footeana, 1 

Secondar 7 schools, potany in, 

| Seeds, or bodies in, 497; germination in saw- 
sib 33 33: 2 number in relation to various 

heno’ 

Sertnen be betas Chas 45 Washington, 169. 

Sericocarpus tertolivs 35. 

Sesbania grandiflora 

Sex in fo S 

Sia u ¥ 

Sicyos angul , poisonous, 200 

Silene, generic, subdivisions, 84. 

Silphium laciniatum, 

Slides, — 3 

Smilacee, 


44: Hitchcock’s “Manhattan plants,” 470: é 
Kiaerskon's “ yrtles of Brazil,” 44; Mas- Ss oe 
see’s “Evolution of plant life,” 417; Novy $ Sphaeropiea af #2 of 167 
Fr ie ory manual of bacteriology ue ope rages Them gE ro. 
el’: ae h iol , ? ac ; . : i” 
deh Seer Piefier’s “Mechanics of fra Stash origin of cultivate, 212, 
? . se u ~ , 
ee aS powers“ Essenti * eg ? 418; yeomenig te in 8 ine prninate' ted sina ob, 4 
ae and a AMedfield’s | Summer schools, Hara tg Univ., 213 
“Flora of Mi. Desert,” 385; Robinson’s CH f p ° ; 
“Contributions,” 343% = Sprengel’ ae, Swa sof Ehcophiium, 
Me peti 2075. § See peat a’s eae alge and bacteria th Cycas, 25. 
Boisduvalia,”’ 160; ny, ah Omen of chytriv um on § vs Stellana fia, 296. oom 


“St ue 
Guttife = get Vines “Text-book,” 202; 


522 The Botanical Gazette. 


rt 


Taphrina, aurea, 380; Johansonii, 380; parasitic 
on Populus, 380; rhizophora, 380 
Teratology, Hepatica triloba, 338; Sah ed 
298; Trillium cernuum, 
ecahintiacns, structure of, 427. 
Cs earmian mnioides, 200 
Thamni So eh on cay 239. 
aie! Elymi, 305 
Timmia austriaca, yar. brevifolia, 238. 
Teeeopsportuni bullatum, 1 nee seen eaneronnT 278: 
Torreya, 
Torsion of leaves, 
Trees — of, got large, 378; meaning of 
life of, 
Trichia, ciert: gt; fallax, 89. 
ee collmane, 40; Donnell=-Smithii, 2; 
deana, 3; Palmeri, 
po ac chosen flicula, 395; pyxidiferum, 394; 


radicans, 
Trifolium, pratense, 293; repens, 293, rhizobia 


Trillium m, “cern um, 337; sessile, 460. 
Bs Sap Maeceasbil, 257. 
ercles of Leguminosz, 290. 


U 


Ulmus, 
Umbellilece, a new genus, 466, 515 
redinez, 303; ai aa i sporidiola, 81. 
ina ine minim 
SS agg 303; "avitiainlac position of, 


abn ps sphaerogena, 18 
oe aire hig ay tava food of, 254. 


V 


Vacuole, special membran: of, 46. 
Variability, relation of age ie psd 
Verbascum pai 415 

Vicia sativa 

Viscum albunt, haustoria of, 46. 
Rss wer in mangroves, 327. 
Volvocinez, a new genus, 279. 


Gs 


W 


Walnuts, hybrid, 5 
Ware collection ar Paeate 
Willows, flora of pollard, ie 
babar es ee nlfere 514; insect attacks, 380; 
oa. 
Woddsia ‘mollis, 395. 
Woodwardia virginica, 200. 


oe americanum and insects, 109. 


Xylia, 


ate eee z, 
a AE ange geet arte 


Deo, eer ne 


Yeast, cultures of, 424; a new, 345- ae “ 


Z 


Zizania aquatica, 504. Baa 


Bs ak 


INDEX TO AUTHORS 


Atkinson, Geo. F., 40, 129, 244, 467, 503. emedy Gecree G., 468, 
Koehne, E 
Kuntze, Otto, a 


Beal, We -» 416, a a ag gl D. Ts, 47, 7%, 120, 332. 
acMillan, Conway, 19, 246, 252. 


Bergen, annie 
Blodgett, Frederick Hi Meehan, Th on 
Bray, Wm. L. (& Gling). "268, 313. Mottier, D 


Mulford, A. Isabel, i%7, 
McClatchie, A. J., 245. 

Cardot, J. (& Renauld), 237. 
Frees Be ES Newcombe; Frederick C., 149, 191, 229. 


Clinton, G. P., 383, ‘415. 
Coues, Elliott, 504. Olive, — Le , 178, 
ead ohn M. (S, gens 466. Owen, Maria L., 337- 


sy egg Se AO a a al ls 
¥ vg We eee 


Coville, ~ V., 121, 2 
Culbertson, Glenn, 499. Pillsbu j. H., 15. 
dq, Roanoe: 422. 
Davenport, Geo. E., 389, 493- 
Lobo ee y M., 96. edfield, John H., 387. 
avis, 
‘ Deane, 4 i, 144, 225, 338,-507- Reed, aonsie. 298, 336. 
era 3 ngo olle, Casimir, 39. peep oe Key Cardot), 237+ 
jiete 302. , 
Durand, Elias J., 89. Robertson, ees iter), 466. 
Rossel, Hi 


Fernald, Merritt L., 335. 

Foerste, August F., 33, 460. putes tae 
Schneider, Albert, ae 

Setchell, William Albert, 185. 


Ganong, W. F., 
og Kainerine E, TI3 . Si ale Da ah, I, 255. 
A. J.» Sto baa 
Halsted, Byron D., 290. Thaxter, Roland, 
Harper, R A., 46. : erence 5 2 
Betsktemer, john W 169; 907. Tilden, Josephine E., 334- 
Hicks: G. B37 ), 28 
icks, G. H., 327, or | Uline Edwin B. goa 2 , 268, 313- 
Bi Ei iy 7G ay? if 
Hitcheack, Ao Underwood, L. Mo 273, 
m, Theo., 66, 67,483 
Heresies. James Ellis, gt Walker, Ernest, 241- 
aes eG as hoe 


ohnson, L. N., 56. f 


PLATE XXXIV. 


BOTANICAL GAZETTE, (8940 7 


HEALD on PULVINI.